Arabic Literature of Africa. Volume 4. The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa. (Brill, HdO, 2003) PDF

ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA
Volume IV
The Writings of
Western Sudanic Africa
HANDBOOK OF ORIENTAL STUDIES
HANDBUCH DER ORIENTALISTIK
SECTION ONE
THE NEAR AND MIDDLE EAST
EDITED BY
H. ALTENMÜLLER · B. HROUDA · B.A. LEVINE · R.S. O’FAHEY

K.R. VEENHOF · C.H.M. VERSTEEGH
VOLUME THIRTEEN
GENERAL EDITORS
J.O. HUNWICK and R.S. O’FAHEY
EDITORIAL CONSULTANTS
ALBRECHT HOFHEINZ, MUHAMMAD SANI UMAR

and KNUT S. VIKØR
Volume IV
The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa
VOLUME IV
THE WRITINGS OF
WESTERN SUDANIC AFRICA
COMPILED BY
JOHN O. HUNWICK
WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF
OUSMANE KANE, BERNARD SALVAING,

RÜDIGER SEESEMANN, MARK SEY and IVOR WILKS
BRILL
LEIDEN • BOSTON
2003
This book is printed on acid-free paper.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Arabic literature of Africa / general editors J.O. Hunwick and R.S.
O’Fahey
p. cm.— (Handbuch der Orientalistik. Erste Abteilung, Der
Nahe und Mittlere Osten, ISSN 0169-9423 ; 13. Bd. = Handbook of
oriental studies. The Near and Midle East)
Includes bibliographical references (p. 331- ) and indexes.
Contents: v. 1. The writings of eastern Sudanic Africa to c. 1900
/ compiled by R.S. O’Fahey with the assistance of Muhammad Ibrahim
Abu Salim ... [et al.]
ISBN 9004094504 (cloth)
1. Manuscripta, Arabic—Africa—Cataloge. 2. Africa—
Civilisation—Manuscripts—Catalogs. 3. Africa—Civilization—
Sources—Bibliography—Cataloge. 4. Arabic literature—Africa—Bio-
bibliography. I. Hunwick, John O. II. O’Fahey, R.S. (Rex S.)
III. Series: Handbuch der Orientalistik. Erste Abteilung, Nahe und
Mittlere Osten ; 13. Bd.
Z6605.A6A73 1993
011’S.31’096—dc20 93-33250
CIP
ISSN 0169-9423
ISBN 90 04 12444 6
© Copyright 2003 by Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, The Netherlands

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, translated, stored
in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior written
permission from the publisher.
Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted
by Brill provided that the appropriate fees are paid directly to
The Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Suite 910
Danvers, MA 01923, USA.
Fees are subject to change.
printed in the netherlands
¡«b¼≈
u¹uÐ ‚U×Ý≈ sÐ ÊUL¦Ž ÃU(« …UO( Èd–
UÞuDLK »u¼u YŠUÐ
tK« tLŠ— Ü½Už WFUł b− ÂU≈ Ë
In Memoriam
A lh a j i O s m a n I s s a k a B o y o
Dedicated manuscript researcher
and Imam of the Mosque,
University of Ghana
This page intentionally left blank
CONTENTS
Arabic Literature of Africa: Foreword ..................................................ix
Preface .................................................................................................. xi
Introduction . ........................................................................................xiv
Transliteration, Dates and Proper Names .............................................xv
Abbreviations ... ....................................................................................xvi
Short Titles of Works frequently referred to . .....................................xvii
General Works of Reference, Journals, and Catalogues ... ...................xx
Writings of Western Sudanic Africa: an Overview ...............................1
1. The Middle Niger to 1800 ... ...........................................................8
2. The Middle Niger in the 19th-20th centuries .. .............................43
3. The Saharan Fringes of Mali I:
The Kunta ..................................................................................... 67
4. The Saharan Fringes of Mali II:
Other Writers of Azawd .............................................................. 49
5. Central Mali in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries ........... 207
6. Senegambia I:
The Niassene Tijnı Tradition . ...................................................272
7. Senegambia II:
Other Tijnı Writers ................................................................... 308
8. Senegambia III:
Writers of the Murıd ‡arıqa ....................................................... 396
9. Other Writers of the Senegambian Region ................................ 463
10. Writers of Guinea .......................................................................491
11. Writers of Niger. .. .......................................................................530
12. Writers of the Greater Voltaic Region . .......................................539
viii CONTENTS
13. Anonymous Chronicles, King-Lists and Historical Fragments

chiefly of Mali and Niger .................... .......................................631
APPENDIX:
Unassigned Writers ............................................................................ 652
Addenda.... ...........................................................................................664
SOURCES AND B IBLIOGRAPHIES
(a) Manuscript Collections and Archives ................................... 667
(b) General Bibliography ............................................................ 673
(c) Editions and Translations ...................................................... 701
(d) Unpublished Reports and Papers ......................................... 707
INDICES .... ...........................................................................................709

Index of Authors ......................................................................... 710
Index of Titles
(1) Arabic .................................................................................... 722
(2 Dagbane .................................................................................. 761
(3) French. .................................................................................. 761
(4) Fulfulde ................................................................................. 762
(5) Gbanyito ................................................................................ 763
(6 Hausa ...................................................................................... 763
(7) Kotokoli ................................................................................ 763
(8) Songhay ................................................................................ 764
(9) Wolof. ................................................................................... 764
Index of First Lines of Poetry
(1) Arabic .................................................................................... 765
(2) Fulfulde ................................................................................. 795
(3) Hausa .................................................................................... 795
(4) Wolof. ................................................................................... 795
General Index .............................................................................. 796
FOREWORD
We have pleasure in presenting to readers the fourth volume of our

projected series of six volumes whose purpose is to provide a bio-
bibliographical account of the Arabic literature of Saharan and sub-
Saharan Africa, and, in so far as is feasible in the present state of re-
search, the literatures in African languages used by Muslims. Our aim is
to provide for these regions a reference tool comparable with those of
Carl Brockelmann and Fuat Sezgin for the wider Islamic world. Indeed,
in so far as we attempt to include material in languages other than
Arabic, we go beyond the parameters of their work.
Since the publication of volumes I and II several advances have been
made in terms of research relating to the Islamic intellectual tradition of
Africa. In the first place, some new collections of manuscripts have
come to light, and some have had catalogues of their contents published
by the Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation. Secondly, we, the editors
of the series Arabic Literature of Africa (ALA), have initiated an
Institute for the Study of Islamic Thought in Africa, based at
Northwestern University (Evanston, IL, U.S.A.) , in partnership with the
University of Bergen (Norway). There is still a long way to go before
the Islamic thought traditions of Africa become fully accessible to
scholars of Islam. More volumes of ALA are planned, even beyond those
listed below. The first two volumes have been translated into Arabic,
and will be published by the Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation.
Volume I, concerned with Eastern Sudanic Africa down to c. 1900
appeared in 1994. Volume II, The Writings of Central Sudanic Africa,
covered Nigeria and some neighbouring territories from earliest times
right down to the 1990s, and was published in 1995. The remaining parts
of the six-volume series are as follows:
IIIA The Writings of the Muslim Peoples of Northeastern

Africa, 2003
IIIB. The Writings of the Muslim Peoples of Eastern Africa (in
press)
x FOREWORD
V. Arabic Writings of the Sudan in the 20th Century

VI. The Writings of the Western Sahara
A seventh volume, containing amendments and additions to the

primary series is also under consideration, as is a separate volume
dealing with the Hausa and Fulfulde literature of Central Sudanic Africa.
J.O. Hunwick R.S. O'Fahey
Northwestern University University of Bergen
PREFACE
As with volume II of Arabic Literature of Africa, work on the present

volume began several decades ago. A primitive version of it was
privately circulated to selected libraries in 1979 under the title Handbook
to the Arabic writings of West Africa & the Sahara, and it consisted of a
simple list of authors and titles, with some indication of the location of
manuscripts and the existence of published editions, covering the whole
of West Africa and the southern Sahara.
Serious work on preparing volume IV of Arabic Literature of Africa
was initiated after a visit to Timbuktu in 1992 when, due to the courtesy
of its director Mahmoud Zouber, the contents of the Centre de
Documentation et de Recherches Historiques Ahmad Baba (CEDRAB)
were made accessible to me. My work was further encouraged by
discussions with Abdul Kader Haidara, curator of what came to be
known as the Bibliothèque Commemorative Mama Haidara, the legacy
of the Haidara family; and conversations with Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad
Dedeb (known as Hamou), an educationalist and expert in the scholarly
traditions of Timbuktu. I am most grateful to Hamou for all the help he
has given me in providing biographical data for writers on the Timbuktu
region and Azawd. I must also thank Djibril Doucouré, librarian of
CEDRAB, for his help in locating manuscript items from that collection
for me to examine.
In principle this volume ought to cover all areas of West Africa not
touched by volume II, which focused principally on Nigeria and Chad.
However, that has not been completely possible, since many countries
have not yet had their Islamic scholarly heritage brought to light through
the collection and cataloguing of manuscripts, or various forms of
scholarly inquiry. The initial focus was to be on Mali and Senegal, but
then, to my great delight, Ivor Wilks kindly agreed to let the volume
benefit from his extensive knowledge of the Islamic scholarly traditions
of Ghana, which he has formulated into the basis for the chapter on
“Writers of the Greater Voltaic Region”, which deals not only with the
area constituting the present Republic of Ghana, but also areas of
northern Ivory Coast and southern Burkina Faso.
xii PREFACE
In the Preface to volume II, I apologised for not incorporating material

on Niger given to me by Harry Norris, and indicated that this would
appear in a subsequent revised edition. Rather than wait for that to
happen, this material now forms the basis of Chapter 11 of the present
volume. I am grateful also to other colleagues for generous help in
formulating or contributing to certain chapters. Right from the beginning
Ousmane Kane agreed to draft the chapters on Senegambia, and later on
Rµdiger Seessemann volunteered to read through and review the
sections dealing with the Tijniyya writers. The Senegambian chapters,
therefore, have greatly benefited from their scholarship. Finally, through
the miracle of the Internet, Bernard Salvaing was able to get in touch
with me, and kindly offered to review the material I had assembled on
Guinean writers. I am truly grateful to him, together with Constant
Hamès and Alfa Mamadou Diallo-Lélouma, for helping to reshape and
enrich Chapter 10.
Nevertheless, it must be acknowledged that information is scarce (or
even non-existent) concerning certain writers. In particular, little is yet
known about most 19th century Malian writers, with the exception of
some Timbuktu scholars. Since it has not been possible to group many
of these scholars, some have simply been inserted in parts of a chapter
somewhat haphazardly. Those who could not be contextualised at all
have been placed in an appendix of Unassigned Writers. It should also
be noted that it is not possible to personally examine every manuscript
listed, and hence most titles and information on contents are based on
catalogues and publications by other scholars.
I also wish to express my sincere gratitude to many other friends and
colleagues who helped to smooth the way for producing this volume,
whether by providing me with materials or assisting the logistics of my
field work. Notable among them are: Louis Brenner, Said Bousbina,
Shaykh By of Boudjebéha, Jeremy Berndt, Muhammad Saliou Camara,
Souleymane Bachir Diagne, Djibril Doucouré, Shaykh Tidiane Gaye
(who worked with Ousmane Kane), Kadi Dramé and his son Ibrahim,
Bruce Hall, Moulaye Hassan, Baz Lecocq, Doris Kuwornu, Dustin
Langan, Fatima Harrak and Mohammed El-Mansour, Mbaye Lo,
Benjamin Soares, and Muhammad Sani Umar, now formally an editorial
consultant. Sincere thanks also to David Hunwick and Knut Vikør for
technical advice and aid with computer work for the preparation of the
PREFACE xiii
text of this volume. Thanks also to our Brill editor for her help and
understanding.
Finally, I wish to acknowledge with thanks the financial aid of the
National Endowment for the Humanities, which supported, conjointly
with Northwestern University, an entire year of my travel and research. I
am also deeply grateful to the Maison des Sciences de l’Homme, Paris,
for inviting me to spend a month in France in 1998; and to Jean-Louis
Triaud, who recommended me for this privilege, and hosted me in Aix-
en-Provence after my initial stay in Paris.
I also express my gratitude to the Ford Foundation for funding our
Institute for the Study of Islamic Thought in Africa, which will make
possible the initial basic work for volume V of Arabic Literature of
Africa.
Evanston John O. Hunwick

December 2002
NOTE : After completion of this volume, another catalogue of

manuscripts was published by the Al-Furqn Islamic Heritage
Foundation, London. The catalogue, which covers sixteen collections in
Ghana, was officially published in the year 2000, and kindly sent to me
by the Foundation's director, Professor Yüsuf Ibish, in November 2002;
hence no information from it is included in the volume (except mss. in
the University of Ghana [Legon] collection, which were individually
examined). The catalogue is as follows: Fihris makh†ü†t Maktabt
Ghn/ Catalogue of Manuscripts in Ghana Libraries, prepared by Bb
Yünus Mu˛ammad, edited by fiAlı fiAbd al-Mu˛sin Zakı.
INTRODUCTION
The book is divided into chapters focusing on geographical areas, and in

the case of the first two chapters, time periods. Within chapters authors
are grouped into communities they are associated with (as far as such is
known), and, whenever possible, a chronological order.
Each author is defined by his or her formal Arabic-based name, as
known from written sources, followed by “popular” versions of their
name, and dates of birth and death; however, authors of writings in
Fulfulde (Chapter 10) are generally only listed under their Fulfulde
names. Immediately following this comes a list of sources containing
information about the author and his writings. These are listed by the
name of the writer and the date of his/ her publication (e.g. Hiskett
(1980)), the full details of which are to be found in the “Bibliography” at
the end of the chapters. Some may be indicated by a simple abbreviation
(e. g. Nayl, Khulßa), the full titles of which are to be found in “General
Works of Reference” (see below, pp. xx-xxiv). Then comes a brief
biography of the author, followed by a listing of his writings in
alphabetical order of their titles. Manuscript copies of the work are then
listed under MSS, followed by information on published versions of the
work, when applicable. Many of the locally published works in West
African countries, especially Senegal, are published at the expense of
some person or other, and this is indicated on the cover with the phrase
fial nafaqati [fuln], indicated in this volume simply by the phrase
“published for [ so-and-so]”. Other references to authors included in the
volume are indicated by “(q. v.)”
Anonymously (or dubiously) authored historical works are listed
according to the area, or group, they relate to in Chapter 13, followed by
an “Appendix” containing authors whose assignment to a particular
locality is not clear, plus a brief “Addenda” of items that came to light
after the main work on the volume had been completed. Users of this
volume are advised to first consult the list of abbreviations used (pp.
xvi) and the “Short Titles of Works frequently referred to” (pp. xvii-
xix), the latter consisting of Arabic texts studied or worked on by
various authors.
TRANSLITERATION, DATES, PROPER NAMES
Transliteration of Arabic words follows the system of the Encyclopaedia

of Islam (new edition), but with the omission of the subscript ligatures
and substitution of “j” for “dj”, and “q” for “‚k” Correspondence of Hijrı
and Gregorian dates was calculated either using H.-G. Cattenoz, Tables
de concordance des ères chrétienne et hégirienne, 3rd edn., Rabat, 1961,
or the electronic programme “Minaret” by Kamal Abdali.
In the English text, accepted English or French spellings of place
names, where such exist, have been preferred over strict transliteration
(e.g. Rabat, not al-Rib†) When place names do not have a known
“anglicized” or “gallicized” spelling, they have been transliterated like
Arabic. The same applies to non-Arabic personal names. Tuareg names,
in particular, are often simply transliterated when no Tamasheq
pronunciation is known for sure. The words, imam, wazir, and Sufi,
have been treated as English words; Hausa and Fulfulde words are spelt
with the “hooked” letters ›, ∂, ª, where needed, except in quotations
from sources that do not use them; The term qaßıda is applied to original
poetic works, even if they do not conform to the classical qaßıda format,
e.g. the devotional verse works of A˛mad Bamba, which are, in fact,
called khasaid in Wolof. On the other hand, verses that are clearly
didactic are listed as na÷m or man÷üma. In general, titles given have
followed the denomination used in the manuscript, manuscript
catalogues, or the published edition of the work concerned.
.
ABBREVIATIONS
A list of abbreviations most frequently used in this volume is given

below. Abbreviations referring to manuscript collections are to be found
tin the “General Bibliography and Sources” at the end of the volume.
(1) ARABIC
R. Risla
b. ibn
Sh. Shaykh
bt. bint
Sı. Sıdı
K. Kitb
Takh. Takhmıs
M. Ma†bafi
w. walad/wuld
Mk. Maktaba
Q. Qaßıda
(2) ENGLISH , FRENCH, AND LATIN
abridgt. abridgement inc. incomplete

acc. according to in litt. in litteris (in corres-
anon. anonymous pondence)
attrib. attributed litho. lithograph
B. Battle of marg. margin
c. circa by (about) ms./mss. manuscript/manuscripts
cf. confer by (compare) MS/MSS manuscript/manuscripts
cat. catalogue n.p. no place [of publication]
Ch. Chapter n.d. no date [of publication]
comm. commentary [by] (shar˛) passim here and there
diss. dissertation publ. published
ed. edited q.v. quod vide (whom/what
edn. edition see)
ff. folios reg. regnavit (he reigned)
fl. floruit (was active) trans. translation/translated by
ib. ibidem the same (work) var. variant wording
id. idem the same (person) vers. versification (na÷m) by
Imp. Imprimerie vv. verses
SHORT TITLES OF WORKS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO
Certain didactic and devotional texts have been studied in almost every
age and place in Western Sudanic Africa. They have often been the
inspiration for locally written works, and are the subject of
commentaries and glosses, or, in the case of poems, rendering in
quintains or other such treatments. Those most frequently referred to are
listed below.
◊jurrümiyya fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad al-∑anhjı, called Ibn
◊jurrüm, d. 723/1323, al-Muqaddima al-◊jurrümiyya;
see GAL II, 237, S II, 332.
Alfiyya of IBN Jaml al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh al-‡√ı al-
M◊LIK Jayynı, called Ibn Mlik, d. 672/1273, Alfiyya fı ’l-
na˛w; see GAL I, 298, S I, 521.
fiAshriyyt of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yakhlaftan al-Fzzı, d. 626/1230,
AL-F◊Z◊Zˆ al-Qaß√id al-fiashriyyt fı ’l-naß√i˛ al-dıniyya wa’l-
˛ikam al-zuhdiyya; see GAL S I, 482.
fiAshmwiya fiAbd al-Brı al-Riffiı al-fiAshmwı, fl. 10th/16th cent.,
al-Muqaddima al-fiAshmwiyya; see GAL S II, 435.
Burda of AL- Sharaf al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Dilßı al-Büßırı al-
BÜ‚SˆRˆ ∑anhjı, d. 694/1296, Qaßıdat al-burda or al-Kawkib
al-durriyya fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya; see GAL I, 264, S
I, 467.
Dal√il al- Mu˛ammad b. Sulaymn al-Jazülı, d. 870/1465, Dal√il
khayrt al-khayrt wa-shawriq al-anwr fı dhikr al-ßalt fial
’l-nabı al-mukhtr; see GAL II, 252, S II, 359.
I˛y√ of AL- Abü ˘mid Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Ghazlı, d.
GHAZ◊Lˆ 505/1111, I˛y√ fiulüm al-dın; see GAL I, 419.
al-I˛mirr of al-Mukhtr b. Büna al-Jakanı, fl. 18th cent., al-I˛mirr
IBN BÜNA fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik; see A˛mad al-Shinqı†ı, al-Wası†
fı tarjim udab√ Shinqı†, 3rd edn., Cairo, 1961, 177-83.
xviii WORKS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO
Irshd al-slik fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad Ibn fiAskar al-

of IBN Baghddı, d. 732/1332, Irshd al-slik il fiqh al-imm
fiASKAR mlik; see GAL II, 163, S II, 205.
fiIshrıniyyt of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yakhlaftan al-Fzzı, d. 627/ 1230,
AL-F◊Z◊Zˆ al-Qaß√id al-fiishrıniyyt fı mad˛ sayyidin
Mu˛ammad; see GAL S I, 482.
al-Khazrajiyya fiAbd Allh b. fiUthmn al-Khazrajı, d. 626/ 1228, al-
Rmiza al-shfiya fı fiilm al-fiarü∂ wa’l-qfiya; see GAL
I, 312.
Kubr of AL- Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf al-˘asanı al-Sanüsı al-Tilimsnı,
SANÜSˆ d. 892/1486, al-fiAqıda al-kubr or fiAqıdat ahl al-
taw˛ıd wa’l-tasdıd al-mukhrija min ÷ulumt al-jahl wa-
raqabat al-taqlıd; see GAL II, 250, S II, 352.
Lmiyyat al- Jaml al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh al-‡√ı al-
affil of IBN Jayynı, called Ibn Mlik, d. 672/1273, Lmiyyat al-
M◊LIK affil; see GAL I, 300, S I, 526.
Madkhal of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-˘jj al-Fsı al-fiAbdarı, d.
I BN AL-˘◊JJ 737/1336, al-Madkhal il tanmıyat al-afiml bi-ta˛sın
al-niyyt; see GAL II, 101.
Man÷üma of Ya˛y b. fiUmar al-Qur†ubı, d. 567/1171, Urjüzat al-
AL-QUR‡UBˆ wildn; see GAL I, 429, S I, 763.
Mukhtaßar of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Akh∂arı al-
AL-AKHD‚ ARˆ Bun†yüsı al-Mlikı, d. 983/1585, Mukhtaßar fı ’l-fiibdt
fial madh’hab al-imm Mlik; see GAL S II, 705;
Ka˛˛la, v, 187.
Mukhtaßar of ∆iy√ al-Dın Khalıl b. Is˛q al-Jundı, d. 776/1374,
KHALˆL Mukhtaßar fı ’l-furüfi; see GAL II, 83, S II, 96.
Mudawwana of fiAbd al-Salm b. Safiıd b. ˘abıb al-Tanükhı, known as
SA˘NÜN Sa˛nün, d. 240/ 854, al-Mudawwana al-kubr,
recording rulings of Mlik b. Anas; see GAL S I, 299.
Muqaddima of Shams al-Dın Abü ’l-Khayr al-Dimashqı al-Jazarı,
AL-JAZARˆ known as Ibn al-Jazarı, d. 833/1429, al-Muqaddima al-
Jazariyya fı fiilm al-tajwıd; see EI (2), iii, 753.
WORKS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO xix
Murshid of IBN fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı Ibn fi◊shir al-Andalusı

fiASHIR al-Fsı d. 1040/ 1633, see al-Murshid al-mufiın fial ’l-
∂arürı min fiulüm al-dın; see Ka˛˛la, vi, 205.
Niqya of AL- Jall al-Dın fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Suyü†ı (d. 1505), al-
∑UYÜ‡ˆ Niqya fı arbafiat fiashara fiilman; see GAL, II, 143-58.
Risla fiAbd Allh b. Abı Zayd fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Qayrawnı,
d. 386/996, al-Risla; see GAS I, 478-81.
∑a˛ı˛ of AL- Mu˛ammad b. Ismfiıl al-Bukhrı, d. 256/870, al-Jmifi
BUKH◊Rˆ al-ßa˛ı˛; see GAS, I, 115-34.
∑a˛ı˛ of Abü ’l-˘usayn Muslim b. ˘ajjj al-Qushayrı al-
MUSLIM Nisbürı, d. 261/875, al-Jmifi al-ßa˛ı˛; see G A S, I,
136-43.
K. al-Shif√ of K. al-Shif√ bi-tafirıf ˛uqüq al-Muß†af of al-Q∂ı fiIy∂
Q∂ı fiIY◊∆ b. Müs al-Ya˛ßubı, d. 544/ 1149; see GAL I, 369.
∑ughr of AL- Smaller treatise on dogmatics by the author of the
SANÜSˆ Kubr (see above). The ∑ughr is also known as Umm
al-barhın.
Tu˛fat al- Jaml al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh al-‡√ı al-
mawdüd of I BN Jaynı, called Ibn Mlik, d. 672/1273; Tu˛fat al-
M◊LIK mawdüd fı ’l-maqßür wa’l-mamdüd, see GAL I, 300, S I,
526.
Umm al- See ∑ughr of AL-SANÜSˆ.
barhın
Wus† of al- Medium treatise on dogmatics by the author of the
SANÜSˆ Kubr (see above). Also known as al-Jumal or al-
Murshida.
GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE, JOURNALS, AND CATALOGUES
ALA I Arabic Literature of Africa, Vol. I: T h e

Writings of Eastern Sudanic Africa, compiled
by R.S. O’Fahey et al. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1994.
ALA II Arabic Literature of Africa, Vol. II: The
Writings of Central Sudanic Africa, compiled
by J.O. Hunwick et al. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1995.
Afilm Khayr al-Dın al-Ziriklı, al-Afilm: qmüs
tarjim li-ash'har al-rijl wa’l-nis√ min al-
fiArab wa’l-mustafiribın wa’l-mustashriqın, 8
vols. 7th edn., Beirut, 1986.
BCEHSAOF Bulletin du Comité d’Études historiques et
scientifiques de l’Afrique Occidentale
Française.
BIFAN Bulletin de l’Institut Fondamental (formerly
Français) d’Afrique Noire
BIFHA Bulletin d’information. Fontes Historiae
Africanae.
BSOAS Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African
Studies, University of London.
CCIM Culture et Civilisation Islamiques: Le Mali.
N.p. [Rabat]: ISESCO, 1408/1988.
Dhikr m waqafia Dhikr m waqafia li'l-shaykh al-wlid fı
˛aytihi al-mubraka. Biog. of Mu˛ammad b.
Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi al-Aghllı by his son.
MS: [Photocopy] NU/Hunwick, 400. Trans. in
Norris (1975), 181-90.
Dict. biogr. Marc Gaboriau, Nicole Grandin, Pierre
Labrousse & Alexandre Popovic (eds.)
Dictionnaire biographique de savants et
grandes figures du monde musulman
périphérique du XIXe siècle à nos jours. Fasc.
1, Paris: CNRS/EHESS, 1992.
GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE xxi
Dramé/FN Ibrhım Sori Dramé, Field Notes, Kayes, Nov.

1998.
EI (1) Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1st edn., 4 vols. and
Supplement. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1913-42.
EI (2) Encyclopaedia of Islam, new edn. Leiden: E.J.
Brill, 11 vols.,1960 – 2002.
Fat˛ Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr al-
∑iddıq al-Bartilı, Fat˛ al-Shakür fı mafirifat
afiyn fiulam√ al-Takrür, ed. Mu˛ammad
Ibrhım al-Kattnı & Mu˛ammad ˘ajjı.
Beirut: Dr al-Gharb al-Islmı, 1401/1981.
Fay∂ Abü Bakr fiAtıq, al-Fay∂ al-hmifi fı tarjim
ahl al-sirr al-jmifi. Cairo: M. al-Munıriyya,
1376/1956.
Fih. Az. Fihris al-kutub al-mawjüda bi’l-maktaba al-
Azhariyya, 7 vols. Cairo: M. al-Azhar, 1946-
62.
Fih. Fah. Mu˛ammad fiAbd al-˘ayy b. fiAbd al-Kabır al-
Kattnı, Fihris al-fahris wa’l-athbt wa-
mufijam al-mafijim wa’l-mashyakht wa’l-
musalsalt, ed. I˛sn fiAbbs, 3 vols. Beirut:
Dr al-Gharb al-Islmı, 1406/1986.
Fih. Khid. Fihris al-kutub al-mawjüda bi’l-kutubkhna
al-khidıwiyya al-Mißriyya al-kubr, 7 vols.
Cairo: M. Wdı’l-Nıl, 1289-92/1872-5.
Fih. Tay. Fihris al-khizna al-Taymüriyya, 4 vols.
Cairo: Dr al-Kutub al-Mißriyya, 1948-50.
GAL Carl Brockelmann, Geschichte der arabischen
Litteratur, 2nd edn., 2 vols. Leiden: E.J. Brill,
1943-9.
GAL S Carl Brockelmann, Geschichte der arabischen
Literatur, Supplementbände, I-III. Leiden: E.J.
Brill, 1937-42.
GAS Fuat Sezgin, Geschichte des arabischen
Schrifttums. Leiden: E.J. Brill, I –, 1967 – [in
progress].
xxii GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE
Hadiyya Ismfiıl Bsh al-Baghddı, Hadiyyat al-

firifın, asm√ al-mu√allifın wa-thr al-
mußannifın, 2 vols. Istanbul: Wiklat al-
mafirif, 1951-5.
HDS Andrew Clark & Lucie Colvin, Historical
Dictionary of Senegal. New Jersey & London:
Metuchen, 1994.
ˆ∂˛ Ismfiıl Bsh al-Baghddı, ˆ∂˛ al-maknün
fı’l-dhayl fial Kashf al-÷unün, 2 vols. Istanbul,
1954-7.
Infq (A) Infaku’l Maisuri [ Infq al-maysür o f
Mu˛ammad Bello], edited from local
manuscripts by C.E.J. Whitting. London:
Luzac & Co., 1951.
Infq (B) Mu˛ammad Bello, Infq al-maysür fı ta√rıkh
bild al-Takrür, ed. Bahıja al-Shdhilı. Rabat,
1996.
IJAHS International Journal of African Historical
Studies
IJMES International Journal of Middle East Studies.
Inventaire Noureddine Ghali, Sidi Mohamed Mahibou &
Louis Brenner, Inventaire de la Bibliothèque
fiUmarienne de Ségou. Paris: Editions du
CNRS, 1985.
ISSS Islam et Sociétés au Sud du Sahara.
Izlat al-rayb A˛mad Abü’l-Afirf, Izlat al-rayb wa’l-shakk
wa’l-tafrı† fı dhikr al-mu√allifın min ahl al-
Takrür wa’l-∑a˛r√ wa-ahl Shinjı†. MS:NU/
Hunwick, 476 (photocopy).
JAH Journal of African History.
JHSN Journal of the Historical Society of Nigeria.
Ka˛˛la fiUmar Ri∂ Ka˛˛la, Mufijam al-mu√allifın,
tarjim mußannifı ’l-kutub al-fiarabiyya, 15
vols. Damascus, 1957-61.
Kashf al-÷unün ˘jjı Khalıfa (Ktib Çelebi), Kashf al-÷unün
fian asmı’l-kutub wa’l-funün, 2 vols. N.p.
[Istanbul]: Maarif Matbaasi, 1941.
GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE xxiii
Kawkib Najm al-Dın al-Ghazzı, al-Kawkib al-s√ira

bi-afiyn al-mi√a al-fishira, 3 vols. Beirut,
1945-58.
Khulßa Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Fa∂l Allh al-Mu˛ibbı,
Khulßat al-athar fı afiyn al-qarn al-˛dı
fiashar, 4 vols. N.p. [Cairo], 1284/ 1868.
Kifya A˛mad Bb, Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat
man laysa fı ’l-Dıbj, ed. Mu˛ammad Mu†ıfi,
Rabat,, 1421/2000.
MKUB Mafilümt fian Khiznat Usrat Bulafirf, by
Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab. MS photocopy
in NU/Hunwick, 476.
MMD Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab, known as
Hamou, a Timbuktu scholar, who supplied
some oral information.
MSOS Mitteilungen des Seminars fµr Orientalische
Sprachen an der Friedrich-Wilhelms
Universität zu Berlin.
Muqaddima A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad
al-˘anafı Fall, Muqaddima fı tarjamat al-
mu√allif, in fiAbd Allh Niasse, Mufıd al-anm
(compiled by Mu˛ammad Slim b. Qatham b.
al-Dh [MS, copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 119].
Nashr al-mathnı Mu˛ammad al-‡ayyib al-Qdirı, Nashr al-
mathnı li-ahl al-qarn al-˛dı fiashar wa’l-
thnı, ed. Mu˛ammad ˘ajjı & A˛mad al-
Tawfıq. Rabat, 1977-86.
Nayl A˛mad Bb al-Tinbuktı, Nayl al-ibtihj bi-
ta†rız al-dıbj, on marg. of Ibn Far˛ün, al-
Dıbj al-mudhahhab fı mafirifat afiyn fiulam√
al-madh’hab. Cairo, 1351/1932-3.
Nouveau catalogue Khadim Mbacké & Thierno Ka, “Nouveau
catalogue des manuscrits de l’IFAN Cheikh A.
Diop”, ISSS, viii (1994), 165-99.
RBCAD Research Bulletin. Centre of Arabic
Documentation, University of Ibadan.
RC Renseignements Coloniaux
REI Revue des Études Islamiques.
xxiv GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE
RMM Revue du monde musulman.

al-Safida al-abadiyya al-Safida al-abadiyya fı ’l-tafirıf bi-fiulam√
Tinbuktu al-bahiyya by A˛mad Bb˙r al-
Arawnı; MS photocopy in NU/ Hunwick,
475.
SAJHS Sudanic Africa. A Journal of Historical
Sources.
Shajara Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Makhlüf, Shajarat
al-nür al-zakiyya fı †abaqt al-Mlikiyya.
Cairo, 1349/1930-1.
Tafirıf Mu˛ammad al-˘ifnwı b. al-Shaykh, Tafirıf
al-khalaf bi-rijl al-salaf. 2 parts., Beirut,
1405/1985.
T. Fattsh Ma˛müd Kafiti/Ibn al-Mukhtr, Ta√rıkh al-
fattsh, ed. & trans. O. Houdas & M.
Delafosse. Paris: Leroux, 1913. Refs. to Arabic
text.
T. Nisyn Anon, Tadhkirat al-nisyn, ed. O Houdas.
Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1966. Refs. to
Arabic text.
T. Südn fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAbd Allh al-Safidı,
Ta√rıkh al-südn, ed. O. Houdas. Paris: Ernest
Leroux 1898. Refs. to Arabic text. English
trans., see TSE.
TSE John Hunwick, Timbuktu and the Songhay
Empire: al-Safidı's Ta√rıkh al-Südn down to c.
1613 and other Contemporay Documents,
Leiden: Brill, 1999.
UBMIA Universität Bayreuth, Materialsammlung
“Islam in Afrika”, located at Lehrstuhl fµr
Islamwissenschaft.
Yawqıt Mu˛ammad al-Bashır ⁄fir al-Azharı, a l-
Yawqıt al-thamına fı afiyn madh’hab filim
al-Madına. Cairo, 1324-5.
THE WRITINGS OF WESTERN SUDANIC AFRICA
OVERVIEW
Western Sudanic Africa constitutes a large and diverse region. This

volume only attempts to cover certain parts of it—those where
sufficient research has been done, and where a strong manuscript
tradition exists. To a large extent this also reflects the areas where
Islamic scholarly and literary traditions have been most prominent.
One of the key centres of Islamic scholarship, from a millenium
ago right down to the twentieth century, has been Timbuktu; and not
only the city itself—though this was the inspirational heart—but also
the neighbouring regions of Azawd, the semi-desert region to the
north of the Middle Niger, and the western reaches of the Niger
Bend from Gimbala down to Msina. As Timbuktu established itself
as a centre of commercial interchange between tropical Africa and
Saharan and Mediterranean Africa during the fourteenth century, it
began to attract men of religion as well as men of business—the two
categories sometimes overlapping. The city was early settled by
members of the Masüfa tribe of the ∑anhja confederation following
the apparent dissolution of the Almoravid movement in sub-Saharan
Africa. To what extent they brought with them the Mlikı juristic
tradition is not clear. When Ibn Ba††ü†a visited Timbuktu in 1352 he
noted the predominance of the Masüfa, but had nothing to say about
Islamic learning there. A century later, however, a Masüfa clan—the
Aqıt—migrated to Timbuktu from Msina, and they clearly brought
with them a deep tradition of learning, especially in the sphere of
fiqh. Mu˛ammad Aqıt’s descendants, intermarried with another
Berber, and possibly ∑anhja, family, provided the q∂ıs of
Timbuktu over the next century and a half.
But such Saharan peoples were not the sole source of Islamic
knowledge in Timbuktu at that period. In fact, the most celebrated
member of the Aqıt clan, A˛mad Bb (1564-1627) had as his prin-
cipal shaykh a Juula scholar from Jenne, Mu˛ammad Baghayogho.
The Juula were undoubtedly among the first West Africans to
acquire Islamic knowledge, being originally a merchant group who
traded gold with North African merchants in Ancient Ghana. They
may well have been influenced eventually by Almoravid Mlikı
teachings. At some point in time (perhaps after the break-up of
2 OVERVIEW
Ancient Ghana), some of them settled in the Msina region, and by

the fifteenth century had opened up a trade route southwards from
Jenne for acquiring gold being mined in the Akan forests of what is
now the Republic of Ghana. Some also moved into the central Niger
Bend region, especially Timbuktu, whilst others moved eastwards to
Hausaland. They played a significant role in bringing Islam to areas
of what are now the Ivory Coast, and southern Burkina Faso.
Another group of them, originally settled in Diakha in the Msina
region, dispersed westwards, and became celebrated as proponents
of Islamic knowledge under the name Diakhanke (i.e. people of
Diakha), better known as the Jahanke. Timbuktu distinguished itself
from the sixteenth century onwards as a centre of study which
attracted students from many parts of West Africa, and scholars of
Saharan oases from Walta to Awjila, and also from North African
cities. The city’s educational reputation has led some people to
speak of a Timbuktu university, beginning with Félix Dubois, who
wrote of the “University of Sankore”. 1 While the Sankore quarter in
the north-east of Timbuktu certainly was an area which attracted
many scholars to live in it, nevertheless, there is no evidence of any
institutionalized centre of learning. Teaching of some texts was
undertaken in the Sankore mosque, and also in the Sıdı Ya˛y
mosque and the “Great Mosque” —Jingere B˙r—but teaching
authorizations (ijza) always came directly from the shaykhs with
whom the students studied. Much of the teaching was done in the
scholar’s homes, and individual scholars had their own personal
research and teaching libraries. In terms of writings, Timbuktu was
noted for its fiqh works right down to the twentieth century, and
apart from anything else, there is a rich fatw literature in the
Timbuktu region. Timbuktu is also noted as a source of historical
writing. One of the earliest such works, the Jawhir al-˛isn was a
product of the sixteenth century written by one Bb Güru b. al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj al-Amın Gnü, of whom nothing is known,
and whose book has never come to light, but is known of, since it
was a source for the celebrated Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, written by
members of the Kafiti family. A twentieth-century scholar, A˛mad
Bb˙r (d. 1997), wrote a book with the same title designated to take
the place of the lost sixteenth century work. The other great
chronicle of Timbuktu and the Middle Niger region, the Ta√rıkh al-
Südn of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Safidı, was written at about the same
1 Félix Dubois, Timbuctoo the Mysterious, London: William Heinemann, 1897, 275.
OVERVIEW 3
time as the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, (mid-1650s), while roughly a century

later an anonymous chronicle, Dıwn al-mulük fı sal†ın al-südn,
recorded the history of Timbuktu and its region under the rule of the
Moroccan forces from 1591 onwards. The Timbuktu chronicle
tradition appears to have spread far and wide over West Africa. In
what is now the Republic of Ghana there has been a strong
chronicling tradition, beginning with the Kitb Ghanj in the early
eighteenth century. Following the Moroccan conquest of Timbuktu
in 1591, many of the city’s scholars dispersed, and it is known that
some went as far south as the Volta river basin. That region (called
in Chapter 12 “The Greater Voltaic Region”) was also a meeting
point for scholars from east and west. From the west came Juula
scholars, from the time of the establisment of the trade route from
Jenne, leading down to the town of Begho just north of the Akan
forests. Others established themselves in towns of the northern Ivory
Coast such as Bonduku, Buna, and Kong, and eventually in
Ghanaian polities such as Wa and Gonja. From the east, in the late
seventeenth century, merchants from what is now northern Nigeria
began to pursue their trading activities in the Greater Voltaic basin,
while in the late nineteenth century such activity brought in trader-
scholars such as al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr, originally from Kebbi,
who settled and made his scholarly reputation in Salaga.
In a very broad sense, Arabic writings of Western Sudanic Africa
may be classified under four headings: historical, pedagogical,
devotional, and polemical. Historical writings help Muslim
communities to establish and confirm their identities, a necessary
exercise for those living in remote areas surrounded largely by non-
Muslim peoples, but also valuable in terms of community solidarity
for those dwelling in recognized centres of Islam, such as Timbuktu,
Arawn, or Jenne. Only occasionally, in the twentieth century (and
under the influence of European colonial administrators), do we find
a broader, and what might be called more “secular”, approach to
history. A notable example of this is the celebrated Zuhür al-bastın
of the Senegalese writer Müs Kamara (d. 1943 or 1945), a broad
history of the lands and peoples of Futa Toro and its neighbours;
some writings of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr of Kete-Krayke in
Ghana (d. 1934) also fall into this category. He also wrote works in
verse that are of historical significance, including an account of the
1892 civil war in Salaga, and commentaries on colonial intrusions
into the Volta region. The historical writing tradition of what is now
the north of the Republic of Ghana is very rich. As Bradford Martin
4 OVERVIEW
(1966, 83) wrote: “If this material could be used for research it
would contribute very greatly to a rewriting of the history of this
region, which is so badly needed”.
Pedagogical writings arise from the need for students to have text
books. Whilst texts from outside of West Africa circulated within
the region, teaching shaykhs often abridged some of them, wrote
commentaries on them, or versified them so as to make them easier
for students to memorize. This was especially true in great
educational centres such as Timbuktu, but is also characteristic of
the Greater Voltaic region, where, no doubt, copies of texts from
elsewhere were rather more difficult to obtain, due to the remoteness
of the region from the trans-Saharan trade networks. Noteworthy
among such teachers was al-˘jj Mar˛ab (d. 1401/ 1981), who
wrote treatises on aspects of the Arabic language, but who was also
noteworthy for his writings on Muslim communities of the region.
Devotional writings are common throughout West Africa, written
both in Arabic and in local languages, such as Fulfulde. Both al-
Mukhtr al-Kuntı (d. 1811) and his son Mu˛ammad (d. 1241/ 1825-
6) wrote a considerable number of prayers which have been pre-
served and recopied over the past two centuries. Al-Mukhtr also
wrote a major work on devotion for the Prophet, Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-
ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb, which was commented on by his son,
who himself wrote a collection of panegyrics of the Prophet, al-Sitr
al-d√im li’l-mudhnib al-h√im. Poems in praise of the Prophet, and
seeking his intercession are indeed a popular form of writing.
A˛mad Bamba (d. 1927), the Senegalese Sufi leader, wrote dozens
of such poems, and these are recited by members of his †arıqa in
chanting fashion rather like the singing of hymns in Protestant
Christian communities. Paper copies of many of these are available
in the form of market editions reproduced in Dakar. In the other
widespread Sufi †arıqa of the Senegambia region, the Tijniyya,
there is a considerable volume of writing, especially poetry, in praise
of the originator of the †arıqa, A˛mad al-Tijnı, and beseeching him
to bless, and intercede on behalf of, his adherents. The most famous
writer of such works was the Senegalese Tijnı leader Ibrhım
Niasse (d. 1975), whose al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar is entirely made up of
such poems. He also wrote and published a collection of six dıwns
totalling nearly 3,000 verses, but these were in praise of the Prophet
Mu˛ammad. Ibrhım Niasse himself became an almost legendary
figure in West Africa, and was regarded as a saint by many of his
numerous followers. As a result, many writers in the region wrote
OVERVIEW 5
poems honouring him.

As for polemical writing, that is mainly a feature of the rivalry
between the Qdiriyya and the Tijniyya †arıqas, which surfaces in
the mid-nineteenth century, or under the influence of Wahhbı teach-
ings, attacks on Sufism as a whole, generally in the second half of
the twentieth century as the Saudi Arabian impact on Muslim Africa
increased. In the nineteenth century the Kunta scholar A˛mad al-
Bakk√ı (d. 1865) was a leading anti-Tijnı polemicist, not least
because his authority over the Timbuktu region was challenged by
the Tijnı conqueror al-˛jj fiUmar (d. 1864). Some of his sharpest
conflict was with a Qdirı “convert” to the Tijniyya, generally
known as Yirkoy Talfi (or in Arabic [translation] Wadıfiat Allh),
whose strong response was to “make al-Bakka√ı weep”—Tabkiyat
al-Bakk√ı. A˛mad al-Bakka√ı not only attacked local Tijnıs, but
even entered into polemic with a Moroccan Tijanı, Mu˛ammad b.
A˛mad Akansüs (d. 1877), to whom he addressed the treatise Fat˛
al-Quddüs fı ’l-radd fial Abı fiAbd Allh Mu˛ammad Akansüs, as a
rebuttal of the latter’s al-Jawb al-muskit. In the twentieth century a
leading early figure in such polemics was fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf
al-Ifrıqı (d, 1957), a Malian scholar who studied in Saudi Arabia,
and who wrote al-Anwr al-Ra˛mniyya li-hidyat al-firqa al-
Tijniyya, an attack on the Tijniyya, and encouragement to its
adherents to abandon it.Very recently in Senegal there has been a
sharp controversy over Sufism. Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo, a scholar
with Saudi connections published his Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-
süfı in Riy∂ in 1996, to which Shaykh Tijn Gaye wrote as a
response, Kitb al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l-tadnıs.
Most recently (1997) Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo published (evidently in
Saudi Arabia) his doctoral thesis with the title Jinyat al-ta√wıl al-
fsid fial ’l-fiaqıda al-Islmiyya which constitutes an attack on
many interpretations of Islam, including both Twelver and Ismfiılı
Shıfiism, and Islamic philosophers, and culminates with an attack on
Sufism. Western Sudanic Africa is not, of course, the only locus of
such polemics. Anti-Sufi writing and responses thereto are also to be
found in Central Sudanic Africa, specifically Nigeria (see ALA II,
chapter 13).
In addition to the abundant Islamic literature written in Arabic in
Western Sudanic Africa, there are also Islamic literatures in African
languages. The best known of these (and perhaps the most abundant)
is the Fulfulde literature of Futa Jallon in Guinea (see Chapter 10).
Fulfulde was also written in Futa Toro in Senegal, but little is known
6 OVERVIEW
of it other than the famous qaßıda of Mu˛ammad fiAlı Cam (or

Mohammadou Aliou Tyam), a supporter of al-˛jj fiUmar, whose
poem is about the latter’s life and work. In Senegal there is also
writing in Wolof, using the Arabic script (see, for example Serigne
Müs Ka), but it has not been possible to incorporate much of that
literature into the present volume. In Mali the Songhay language has
also been written in Arabic characters, and some Songhay devotional
poems are preserved in the Centre Ahmad Baba in Timbuktu, but
again, it has not been possible to list such material. Finally, it must
be pointed out that some Muslim writers of the twentieth century
have composed works in French, or translated some of their Arabic
writings into French. Noteworthy among such writers is Safid b.
fiUmar b. Safiıd Jeliya (known as Saad Oumar Touré), director of a
school in Segu, who has written five works in French as well as
twenty-one in Arabic. The Senegalese founder of the Union
Culturelle Muslumane, Cheikh Touré (b. 1925) has written mainly in
French - eight books and some twenty articles. The practice of
writing in English in an anglophone country such as Ghana appears
to be less common. The only clear example is a bi-lingual work by
Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil (b. 1936), a disciple of A˛mad Bbah
al-Wfii÷, and director of the school he founded in Kumase. That
work is his Bayn nißb al-zakt al-˛awlı li’l-dhahab wa-qımat rubfi
al-dınr al-sharfiı fı fiumlat sıdı al-ghnı. Notes on Zakat and Dowry
in Islam, a bi-lingual publication on the minimum amount of capital
upon which zakt is to be paid, calculated in Ghanaian cedis, and the
lawful minimum dowry payment in cedis.
The future may well see an increase in the amount of bi-lingual
Islamic literature in both francophone and anglophone countries, as
the madrasa system continues to expand. More and more Islamic
schools are being established, many of them combining traditional
Islamic teaching in Arabic with elements of “Western” disciplines
taught in either French or English. What will be interesting will be to
see to what extent more Islamic literature is written and published in
African languages—a phenomenon that certainly grew during colo-
nial rule in Guinea. Some authors, however, even use traditional
Arabic verse styles to deal with contemporary political (even non-
Muslim) figures, or to comment on modern issues. Prominent among
these is the Senegalese scholar and Arabic schools inspector Shaykh
Tijn Gaye, who has written poems about President Léopold
Senghor and Nelson Mandela, and another verse work on Islam and
humanitarian organisations.
CHAPTERS ON:
The Middle Niger

Saharan Fringes of Mali
Central Mali
Senegambia
Guinea
Niger
Greater Volatic Region
Anonymous Chronicles
Unassigned Writers
Addenda
CHAPTER ONE
THE MIDDLE NIGER TO 1800

By far the most important centre of Islamic scholarship in the Middle
Niger region during this period was Timbuktu, especially after 1500
when it eclipsed both Walta and Jenne. There had been in the previous
century much coming and going of scholars between these cities and
Timbuktu, but in the sixteenth century Timbuktu became the chief pole
of attraction. The other great city of the area, Gao, produced no writers,
so far as we know, for most scholars preferred to distance themselves
from the seat of political authority. The stagnation of scholarship in
Timbuktu after the mid-seventeenth century is not unrelated to the fact
that the city became the seat of power of the Arma administration
following the Safidian conquest of 1591.
Traditionally, Timbuktu is said to have had its origins c. 1100 as an
encampment for Tuareg (but more probably ∑anhja) nomads who spent
the summer months close to the river Niger. During the period of Malian
expansion in the late thirteenth century the whole of the Middle Niger to
beyond Gao was brought under Malian hegemony, and it was during this
period that the city grew into a major commercial centre, and Muslim
scholars were attracted to settle there. The earliest we know of by name
was Abü Is˛q Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-S˛ilı (d. 747/1346), an
Andalusian notary and man of letters who met Mansa Müs in Mecca in
1324 and accompanied him back to Mali. After a period of residence at
the mansa’s court, he settled in Timbuktu, where he was responsible for
the construction of the Great Mosque and of a residence for the mansa.
Scholars from North Africa, and from oases such as Tuwt, Walta and
Awjila, visited or settled in Timbuktu in the period 1350-1500. Among
the best known of these was Sıdı Ya˛y al-Tdallisı b. fiAbd al-Ra˛ım
al-Thafilibı, a ∑üfı shaykh who claimed sharifian descent. He was made
imm of the mosque built in his honour and named after him by the
THE MIDDLE NIGER TO 1800 9
∑anhja governor Mu˛ammad-n-Allh, 1 and he held classes in its

courtyard.
His teacher and friend Modibbo Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı was also an
immigrant to Timbuktu, but from a different region. His native town of
Kbara lay to the west of Jenne, not far from Diakha, in south-western
Msina. Both Kbara and Diakha were known to Ibn Ba††ü†a, and
Diakha was singled out by him as a Muslim town of long standing.
Kbara had produced many scholars who had taken up residence in
Timbuktu, and when Modibbo Mu˛ammad died he is said to have been
buried in a plot alongside no less than thirty of his townsmen. His ethnic
origins are not known, but it is likely he was of Mande or Soninke stock.
A celebrated later immigrant from the Inland Delta region was
Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı, whose nisba clearly indicates his
Mande Juula ancestry.
What is interesting here is the fact that these southerly towns were
early centres of learning which produced scholars deeply versed in the
literature of the Mlikı madh’hab that Timbuktu profited from. Although
there is no direct evidence, we may hypothesize that this tradition
ultimately stems from Almoravid scholarship, which was imbibed by
Soninke and Mande who may have come in contact with learned ∑anhja
in the Sahelian regions, and who subsequently migrated to towns of the
Inland Delta. They would have been closely associated with long-
distance merchants (often perhaps of the same family) and together they
established centres of trade and learning in the region. This ∑anhja
Almoravid tradition of scholarship was later passed back again to
subsequent generations of ∑anhja living in Timbuktu. Modibbo
Mu˛ammad taught fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, a ∑anhja scholar of the
Masüfa branch whose lineage perhaps goes back to Abü Bakr b. fiUmar,
the Almoravid leader who died in 480/1087. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho
(d. 1002/1593) was perhaps the most celebrated teacher of his
generation, and among his best-known students was A˛mad Bb, a
great-grandson of the same fiUmar. The Aqıt family had migrated to
1
This name is written Mu˛ammad Na∂∂a in Arabic, but in Western Saharan names ‘a∂∂a’ is
a common orthography for Allah. See Ismaël Hamet, Chroniques de la Mauritanie sénégalaise,
Paris, 1911, 96.
10 CHAPTER ONE
Timbuktu from Msina during the period of ∑anhja (often called

Tuareg) rule (1434-1468), and provided the q∂ıs throughout the
10th/16th century.
As is well known, when Sunni fiAlı, ruler of the expanding Songhay
empire, took over Timbuktu in 1468 and drove the ∑anhja out, he
undertook a purge of many of its scholars, particularly those of ∑anhja
stock whom he suspected of aiding and abetting their ruling kin. His
successor Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad (reg. 1493-1529), on the other
hand, showed favour to scholars of this same group, as did his
successors, to later generations of ∑anhja scholars. Following the
Safidian conquest of 1591, however, these scholars again found
themselves suspected of treason. Several of them were among those
arrested by Pasha Ma˛müd b. Zarqün in 1593, and some were exiled to
Marrakesh. There was a perceptible decline in standards of scholarship
in the 11th/17th century—the stumbling and ungrammatical prose of the
historian fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Safidı (d. after 1655) is all too clear an
indicator. Intellectually, Timbuktu passed into its ‘dark ages’, with signs
of revival most clearly evident in the nineteenth century under the
leadership of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (q.v.).
IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-S˛ilı al-Anßrı al-

Gharn†ı Abü Is˛q, known as al-‡uwayjin d. 27 Jumd II 747/13
October 1346
Ibn al-A˛mar, Nathır al-jumn fı shifir man na÷amanı wa-iyyhu ’l-zamn, MS: Dr al-
kutub, Cairo, adab, 1864; Ibn Ba††ü† (1969), iv, 431-2; Ibn Khaldün, K. al-fiibar, Cairo,
1284/1867, vi, 200-1; Ibn al-Kha†ıb, al-I˛†a fı akhbr Gharnta, vol. i, Cairo, 1955,
337-49; idem, al-Katıba al-kmina fı man laqınhu min shufiar√ al-mi√a al-thmina,
Beirut, 1963, 235-8; al-Maqqarı, Naf˛ al-†ıb, ed. R. Dozy, Leiden 1855-61, i, 589; T.
Südn, 8/ TSE, 11; Hopkins and Levtzion (1981), 295, 299, 335, 371; Hunwick (1990b);
Binsharıfa (1992); Haïdara (1997), 102-27.
Ibrhım al-S˛ilı was born in Granada c. 1290, where his father was
head of the corporation of spice and perfume sellers. He received a
training in jurisprudence and was for a while a notary public. He is also
said to have made some contributions in the field of derivative legal
issues (al-mas√il). However, he seems to have disgraced himself while
under the influence of marking nut (baldhur), in which state he
proclaimed himself a prophet.
He set out for the east, and after travels in Egypt, Syria, Iraq, and the
Yemen, made the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1324. During the course of the
pilgrimage he was introduced to Mans Müs, who invited him to
accompany him back to Mali. This he did, and spent the rest of his life in
the domains of the Malian empire apart from a visit to the Maghrib in or
about 1337. Whilst in Mali he designed a palace for Mans Müs in his
capital and one in Timbuktu, where he also played a role in the building
of the Great Mosque (Jingere Ber). He was invited to serve the Marınid
sultan Abü ’l-˘asan, but declined and spent the rest of his life in
Timbuktu where he left children who later settled in Walta. His literary
skills are displayed in the elegant verse and rhyming prose of his which
has survived.
1. Khi†b il ahl Gharn†a

An address in rhyming prose addressed to the people of Granada, written
in Marrakesh during his visit there.
Publ. in Ibn al-Kha†ıb, I˛†a, 339-47.
2. Qaß√id
i) Q. fiayniyya: Dafi al-fiayn tudhrı fı †alal al-rabfiı * Fa-laysa
˛arman an urıqa bihi damfiı.
Publ. 16 vv. in Ibn al-A˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 237-8.
ii) Q. mımiyya: Ta√allaqa najdiyy an fa-˛ayy wa-sallam *
Wa-nj jufünı fa’stahallat lahu dam
iii) Q. nüniyya: fiUyün sa˛bin am sa˛b fiuyünı * Saqat ßawba
nufimn bi-ßawb in mafiını
in
iv) Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ malik al-maghrib [Abı ’l-˘asan]

Opens: Kha†arat ka-mayys al-qan ’l-muta√a††irı * Wa-ranat bi-
alh÷ al-ghazl al-afifarı
Publ. First line only in Ibn al-Kha†ıb, I˛†a, 347.
v) Q. sıniyya: Zrat fı kulli la˛÷in †arfu mu˛tarisı * Wa-˛awla
kulli kins in kaffu muftarisı
Publ. 25 vv. in Ibn al-Kha†ıb, I˛†a, 347-9
12 CHAPTER ONE

vi) Six occasional verses rhyming in ∂d are given in Ibn al-
A˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 238.
MU˘AMMAD al-Kbarı Abü fiAbd Allh, known as M o d i b b o

Mu˛ammad fl. 1450
TS, 47-9/ TSE, 69-72; Fat˛, 107.
He originated from Kbara on the river Niger towards the southern
reaches of the Inland Delta, a town already known to Ibn Ba††ü†a.
According to al-Safidı, he settled in Timbuktu in the middle of the
9th/15th century and was the teacher of the jurist fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad
Aqıt (contrary to Fat˛, 176, where the relationship is reversed), and Sıdı
Ya˛y al-Tdallisı. He is credited with being the locus of many
manifestations of divine grace (karmt). He is also described by al-
Safidı as a jurist and q∂ı.
1. Bustn al-faw√id wa’l-manfifi or Bustn al-mulük (see Nashr al-

mathnı, iv, 271, where he is wrongly called Mu˛ammad al-Kabır).
Opens with a discussion of al-fiAqıda al-murshida, the “creed” of Ibn
Tümart.
MS: Niamey, 1342 (photo, inc.).
Sıdı YA˘Y◊ b. fiABD AL-RA˘ˆM b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N al-

Thafilibı al-Tadallisı, d. 866/1461-2
TS, 50-1/ TSE, 72-4.
His nisba probably relates him to the town of Dallys on the
Mediterranean coast some fifty miles east of Algiers. He was reputed to
be a sharıf, with a genealogy going back through al-˘asan, son of
F†ima and fiAlı. He arrived in Timbuktu in the middle of the period of
“Tuareg” rule (i.e. c. 1450), and was welcomed by the Timbuktu-koi
Mu˛ammad-n-Allh, who had great affection for him and honoured him
by building a mosque for him and making him imam of it. The mosque
of Sıdı Ya˛y, although several times rebuilt, still stands close to the
centre of the old city of Timbuktu.
He was the contemporary of scholars such as fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad

Aqıt and Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad, whose descendants constituted the
leading learned families of Timbuktu over the next century and a half.
No students of his are recorded, though he studied with Modibbo
Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı. He is considered one of the great saints of
Timbuktu.
1. Q. dliyya fı rith√ Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı

Opens: Tadhakkar fa-fı ’l-tidhkr jull al-faw√idı * Wa-fı †ayyihi wirdun
fial khayri wridı
Publ. Text and trans. in TS, 49/80-1/ TSE, 70-72.
THE AQˆT FAMILY
The first member of this family to live in Timbuktu was Mu˛ammad

Aqıt. He traced his ancestry over fourteen generations back to Abü Bakr
b. fiUmar, who may perhaps be identified with the Almoravid leader of
that name (Norris (1967), 637). Mu˛ammad Aqıt had lived in a tented
encampment in Msina, but moved his family away to forestall
intermarriage with the local Fulani. He moved first to the Walta area,
then to midway between Ra√s al-M√ and Timbuktu. Finally, c. 1450 he
was reconciled with Akil, the ∑anhja governor of Timbuktu with whom
he had a long-standing quarrel, and settled in Timbuktu. His son fiUmar
(d. sometime between 1468 and 1480) was a jurist, and married Sitta, the
daughter of another great ∑anhja scholar and q∂ı of Timbuktu, Anda
Ag-Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn. Their descendants provided
the city’s q∂ıs down to the time of the Safidian conquest of 1591, and
some were also imams of the Sankore mosque. Male descendants of
Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad also acted as imams, and during the Arma
administration as q∂ıs. Between them, the two families provided the
intellectual and religious leadership in Timbuktu for some two centuries.
MA˘MÜD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT al-∑anhjı al-Masüfı,

Abü ’l-Ma˛sin, Abü ’l-Than√, b. 868/1463-4, d. 16 Rama∂n 955/19
October 1548
Nayl, 343-4; TS, 38-9/ TSE, 53-5, et passim; Ibn al-Q∂ı, Durrat al-˛ijl, Cairo, 1971,
no. 873; Infq (A), 196-7/(B), 316-17; Shajara, no. 1043; Ka˛˛la, xii, 85; Afilm, viii,
56; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 14-16; Saad (1983), passim.
14 CHAPTER ONE
He was born in Timbuktu, but at the age of five, in 873/1468-9,

accompanied his father and two elder brothers fiAbd Allh and A˛mad to
Walta, fleeing from Sunni fiAlı’s purge of scholars. He began his
studies in Walta, and on his return to Timbuktu in 885/1480-1, took the
q∂ı ˘abıb as his shaykh. On the latter’s death in 904/1498-9, he
succeeded him as q∂ı of Timbuktu, having earlier been appointed imam
of the Sankore mosque by ˘abıb.
In 915/1509-10 he made the pilgrimage, during which he studied with
the brothers Shams al-Dın and Nßir al-Dın al-Laqnı (v. Nayl, 335-6),
and others. On his return to Timbuktu, he resumed his post as imam, but
it was only on the intervention of Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad that he was
reinstated as q∂ı. He continued to hold both posts until his death.
He was a celebrated teacher, and is said to have popularized the
teaching of the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl in Timbuktu. The Ta√rıkh al-Südn
says of him: ‘Jurisprudence from his mouth had a sweetness and
elegance, his easy turn of expression, making his subject wonderfully
clear without affectation’(TSE, 54). His students included his sons
Mu˛ammad, al-fi◊qib and fiUmar, his nephew A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad,
and his grandson through a daughter, A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd.
1. Fatw fı ’l-riqq
A fatw on slavery in which he maintained that the word of a person
who says he is free and has been wrongfully enslaved is to be accepted.
Publ. in Hunwick & Harrak (2000), 95 (Ar. text) /12 (trans.).
2. Shar˛ fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl

A two-volume commentary compiled by one of his students from notes
he took on Ma˛müd b. fiUmar’s teaching of the work (see Nayl, 344).
His son MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD

AQˆT b. 909/1503-4, d. 13 ∑afar 973/9 September 1565
Nayl, 340; Kifya, 641; TS, 33-4/ TSE, 47, et passim; Infq (A), 191/(B), 311; Shajara,
no. 1078; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 19-20.
Both editions of Infq al-maysür wrongly call him Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar

b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt. He studied under his father, whom he succeeded as
q∂ı of Timbuktu on 15 Shawwl 955/17 November 1548, and held the
post until his death.
1. Tafilıq fial rajaz al-Maghılı fı ’l-man†iq

See Nayl, 340. Comm. on Mina˛ al-Wahhb of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-
Karım al-Maghılı (d. 909/1503-4 or 910/1504-4, see ALA II, 20).
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. SAfiˆD b. 931/1524-5, d. 28 Mu˛arram

976/23 July 1568
Nayl, 95; Kifya, 95; T. Südn, 43/ TSE, 62; Tafirıf, ii, 58; Fat˛, 28 ; Shajara, no. 1079;
Cherbonneau (1854-5), 21.
He studied at first with his grandfather the Risla and the Mukhtaßar,
and with others he studied both the Mukhtaßar and the Mudawwana of
Sa˛nün. He taught many persons during the last sixteen years of his life,
including Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (q.v.) and his brother A˛mad.
1. ˘shiya fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl

See Nayl, 95.
ABÜ BAKR b. al-˛jj A˘MAD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT

known as Bbakar B˙r, b. 932/1525-6, d. 991/1583-4
Nayl, 102; T. Südn, 41-2/ TSE, 59-60; Tafirıf, ii, 28-9; Shajara, no. 1089; Cherbonneau,
24-5.
He was a nephew of Q∂ı Ma˛müd b. fiUmar, and a well-known ascetic.

He made the pilgrimage to Mecca, and soon after his return to Timbuktu,
left again with his family, and took up residence in Medina where he
remained until his death. He wrote several small works on Sufism.
1. Mufiın al-∂ufiaf√ fı ’l-qinfia

See Nayl, 102.
2. Shar˛ manqib al-sdt al-kirm min al-ßa˛ba

See Nayl, 182. Comm. on a statement of the qualities of some of the
Companions attributed to the Prophet, and known as his waßiyya, as
recorded in writing by Mu˛ammad b. Qsim al-Raßßfi (d. 894/1488-9,
see GAL S II, 345).
A˘MAD b. al-˛jj A˘MAD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT, b.

Mu˛arram 929/19 November-19 December 1522, d. 17 Shafibn 991/5
September 1583
16 CHAPTER ONE
Nayl, 93-4; Kifya, 94 138; T. Südn, 32-3, 42-3/ TSE, 46-7, 60-2; Tafirıf, 36-7; Fat˛, 29-
39; Shajara, no. 1090; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 21-4; Ka˛˛la, ii, 33.
His father, al-˛jj A˛mad (c. 862/1457-8 - 942/1535-6) had been one of
the oustanding scholars of Timbuktu in his day. He had made the
pilgrimage in 890/1485, and in Cairo had met with al-Suyü†ı (d.
911/1505), and the grammarian Khlid al-Azharı (d. 905/1499). He
spent some time in Cairo on the way home before returning to Timbuktu.
A˛mad himself studied with his uncle Q∂ı Ma˛müd, and with the
latter’s son Q∂ı Mu˛ammad. He made the pilgrimage in 956/1549, and
during the course of his journey met with several of the more important
scholars of his time, such as Nßir al-Dın al-Laqnı (d. 958/1551, see
Nayl, 336-7), fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Ujhürı (d. 957/1550), Ibn ˘ajar al-
Haytamı (d. 974/1567, see GAL II, 387, S II, 527), and Ya˛y al-˘a††b
(d. after 1001/1593). From a number of these he obtained ijzas. His
Sufi shaykh was Abü ’l-Makrim al-Bakrı, (d. 994/1586, see Kawkib,
iii, 67-72) and the two remained in contact after A˛mad’s return to
Timbuktu.
He was a noted teacher in many fields, and counted among his
students A˛mad and Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, his uncles fiAbd Allh
and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, sons of Q∂ı Ma˛müd, and his own son A˛mad
Bb, to whom he granted an ijza for all the works for which he himself
had an ijza and all his own works.
1. ˘shiya fial shar˛ al-Tat√ı fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl

See Nayl. 94. Gloss on a comm. of al-Tat√ı (d. 942/1535-6) on the
Mukhtaßar of Khalıl.
2. al-Manqib al-fkhira fı asm√ sayyid al-duny wa’l-khira

Attribution from the ms. in Tunis; otherwise not listed.
MSS: Tunis (BN), 923.
3. Shar˛ fial Jumal al-Khünajı

See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the handbook on logic of Mu˛ammad al-
Khünajı (d. 646/1249, see GAL I, 463, S I, 838).
4. Shar˛ fial ’l-Qur†ubiyya

See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the Man÷üma of al-Qur†ubı on fiibdt.
5. Shar˛ fial ’l-∑ughr

See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı.
6. Imn˛ al-a˛bb min Minh al-Wahhb

See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the the Min˛ al-Wahhb of Mu˛ammad b.
fiAbd al-Karım al-Maghılı (see ALA I, 22).
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1945.
7. Shar˛ takhmıs Ibn Mahıb li-fiishrıniyyt al-Fzzı

See Nayl. 94. Comm. on the rendering in quintains by Mu˛ammad b.
Mahıb of the fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı,
8. Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Khalıl

See Nayl, 94. Comm. on matters in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl.
A˘MAD B◊B◊ b. A˘MAD b. al-˛jj A˘MAD B. fiUMAR b.

MU˘AMMAD AQˆT al-Tinbuktı, al-Südnı, al-Masüfı, al-∑anhjı, b.
22 Dhü’l-˘ijja 963/26 October 1556, d. 6 Shafibn 1036/22 April 1627
Autobiography in Kifya, 704; al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, Rabat, 1983, 303-15; T. Südn,
35/ TSE, 48-9; Khulßa, i, 272; al-Ifrnı, Nuzhat al-˛dı, Paris, 1888-9, 97-8 (edn. of
Casablanca, 1998, 171-2); idem, ∑afwat man intashar min akhbr ßula˛√ al-qarn al-
˛dı fiashar, Fez, 1310/1892-3, 52-5; Nashr al-mathnı, i, 271-6; Fat˛, 31-7, ed. and
trans. in Hunwick (1964); Infq (A), 199-200/ (B), 318-21; Ta√rıf al-khalaf, i, 16-25; al-
Nßirı, K. al-Istiqß√, Casablanca, 1955, v, 128-31; al-˘u∂aykı, Manqib, Casablanca,
1357/1949-50, ii, 43-4; al-Tamanartı, al-Faw√id al-jamma bi-asnıd fiulüm al-umma,
trans. Col Justinard, Chartres, 1953, 51-3; Fih. Fah., i, 76; al-fiAbbs b. Ibrhım, al-Ifilm
bi-man ˛alla Marrkush wa-Aghmt min al-afilm, Rabat, 1974-83, ii, 302-7; Izlat al-
rayb, 43-6; Shajara, no. 1157; Ka˛˛la, i, 145; Afilm, i, 98; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 31-
42, (1855a & b); Lévi-Provençal, Les historiens des Chorfa, Paris, 1922, 250-5; Ben
Cheneb, Étude, no. 94; Basset (1905), no. 12; Hunwick (1962, 1964, 1966); Kake
(1966), Zouber (1977); Kifya, 25-47; EI (1), i, 191, EI (2), 279-80; GAL II, 618, S II,
715-6; Sadki (1996).
Other nisbas used are al-Msinı (and al-Masnawı), al-Takrürı, and al-
Mlikı. A˛mad Bb was the most prolific and the most celebrated of
Timbuktu scholars. He first studied under his father A˛mad (q.v.), then
under his uncle Abü Bakr b. al-˛jj A˛mad (q.v.), and briefly under
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd (q.v.). His principal teacher, the man he
named as the regenerator (mujaddid) of the 10th/16th century for
Timbuktu, was the Juula scholar Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı
(q.v.), whose teaching he followed for more than ten years.
18 CHAPTER ONE
In 1002/1594, following the occupation of Timbuktu in 1000/1591 by

a force sent by Müly A˛mad al-Dhahabı, the Safidian sultan of Morocco
(reg. 1578-1603), he and a number of other members of the Aqıt family
were exiled to Marrakesh. He arrived there on 1 Rama∂n/21 May 1594,
and was held in custody there for two years. On his release he was
compelled to remain in Marrakesh, and took up residence close to the
Jmifi al-shuraffi (later renamed Jmifi al-mawwsın). According to
Nashr, 275, his house was in Darb fiUbayd Allh, but this street has
since been renamed Darb al-˛ammm (see Mu†ıfi (1987), 47). Despite a
speech defect, he taught in the Jmifi al-shuraf√ for many years, and
acquired widespread fame both for his teaching and for the fatwas he
gave. He was offered appointment as a muftı, but refused. His students in
Marrakesh included Ibn al-Q∂ı, the muftı of Meknès (d. 1025/1616, see
GAL II, 679), Ibn Abı Nufiaym al-Ghassnı, q∂ı of Fez (d. 1023/1623),
and the noted historian of Muslim Spain, Shihb al-Dın A˛mad al-
Maqqarı (d. 1041/1642, see GAL II, 296, S II, 407).
After Müly Zaydan gained sole power in Morocco in 1608, A˛mad
Bb was permitted to return to Timbuktu, and he departed on 10 Dhü’l-
Qafida 1016/26 February 1608. Of the scholars exiled in 1594, he was
the only one to survive; the others died during an epidemic of plague. He
continued to write and teach in Timbuktu until his death, but held no
public office. An unnamed son of his is said to have studied in Cairo (see
Nashr, iv, 275), and some verses ascribed to a grandson of his through a
daughter are given in al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 314.
His special field of competence was jurisprudence, and but for the
Safidian occupation and the suspicions of disloyalty that fell upon the
Aqıt family, he would almost certainly have become q∂ı of Timbuktu
after Q∂ı fiUmar b. Ma˛müd. He was also recognised for his abilities in
˛adıth, and wrote several works on Arabic grammar. He is probably best
known, however, for his biographical compendium of Mlikı scholars,
Nayl al-Ibtihj, a valuable supplement for the western Islamic world to
Ibn Far˛ün’s al-Dıbj al-mudhahhab.
1. Ajwiba
i) Ajwibat al-as√ila al-Mißriyya
See Nayl, 36.
ii) Ajwiba fian thaltha as√ila
Completed 26 Shawwl 1024/18 November 1616. Replies to

three questions (see Fagnan, Catalogue générale, 532 (10)):
1. On the preeminence of sharıfs or practising scholars.
2. On the method of proving that one is of sharifian descent.
3. On non-practising scholars and ignoramus sharıfs .
MSS: Alger (BN), 476, ff. 153-62, 532(x).
.
iii) Ajwibat al-mas√il al-arbafia
MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2262, 2263.
iv) On whether or not “saints” (awliya√) need to have a shaykh
or an initiator.
MS: Alger, 532(vi).
v) Ajwiba fı ’l-riqq
Responses to questions from Yüsuf b. Ibrhım al-ˆsı, a
Moroccan student of A˛mad Bb.
MSS: Rabat (KhA), Q930, ff, 365-74 (=Tamgrout, 1497);
Tamgrout, 1985.
Publ. in Hunwick and Harrak (2000), together with al-ˆsı’s
questions.
vi) Further responsa of A˛mad Bb are said to be in a
collection of ajwiba by Timbuktu scholars.
MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 375.
2. Anfas al-afilq fı fat˛ al-istighlq min fahm kalm Khalıl fı darak

al-ßadq
Written after 1014/1606. Gloss on a passage in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl
concerning the marriage portion.
MSS: Rabat (KhH), 7745, 9616; Tamgrout, 2538 (15), 2999 (9) (with
title Nafıs al-afilq).
Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90 (with items 13, 19, 21, and 68).
3. As√ila fı ’l-mushkilt
See Sadki (1996), 14, 37-9. Thirty-six questions about matters in the
Mukhtaßar of Khalıl addressed to the Egyptian Mlikı muftı Slim b.
Mu˛ammad al-Sanhürı (d. 1015/ 1606, see GAL, II, 305).
20 CHAPTER ONE
4. fiAyn al-ißba fı ˛ukm †ba

See Zouber (1979), 95. Written after 1018/1610. On the lawfulness of
tobacco usage. See also item 30 below. One of these two items was sent
to Ibrhım al-Laqnı (d. 1041/1631-2) as a response to the latter’s work
declaring tobacco to be forbidden. There had been contacts between the
two before this, but when al-Laqnı received A˛mad Bba’s work he
refused to dignify it with a reply. See al-Nbulsı (1986), 429.
5. al-Budür al-musfira fı shar˛ ˛adıth al-fi†ra

See Fat˛, 35.
6. Daffi al-∂ayr fian kalm Ibn Khayr

See Mu†ıfi (1987), 58.
MS: Tamgrout, 1553(6), (Jawb warada fian al-Dil√ ismuhu Daffi al-
∂ayr - cf. item 24 below).
7. Durar al-sulük bi-dhikr al-khulaf√ wa-af∂il al-mulük

Moralising on kingship with manqib of some early caliphs and some
later rulers. Written in Rama∂n 1014/10 January-8 February 1606.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 778.
8. Durar al-wish˛ li-faw√id al-nik˛

See Fat˛, 36. Abridgt. of al-Suyü†ı’s al-Wish˛ fı faw√id al-nik˛ (see
GAL II, 153208 ).
9. al-Durr al-na∂ır fı alf÷ (var. kayfiyyat) al-ßalt fial ’l-bashır (var.

al-shafıfi) al-nadhır
Completed 1 Rajab 1014/12 November 1606. Collection of prayers for
the Prophet.
MSS: Rabat (KhA) D1724, ff. 13-27, D1727, ff. 9-18 (inc.); Tamgrout,
2999(3).
10. Fatw
A number of his fatw were included by Shaykh By al-Kuntı (q.v.) in
his Nawzil. These were extracted by an anonymous compiler.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 482.
11. Fat˛ al-Mu˛yı fı mas√alat ˛ayiya

Completed 1 Rabıfi II 1008/21 September 1599. Comm. on v. 995 of the

Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik.
MSS: Rabat (KhH ), 8228.
12. Fat˛ al-Qadır li’l-fijiz al-faqır fı ’l-kalm fial dufi√ Mu˛ammad

b. ˘amır
See Fat˛, 36. This appears to have been an early title for Nayl al-marm
(see no. 46 below). The last folio of MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2075
(which is otherwise a mukhtaßar of a manqib of al-Sanüsı, and hence
likely a copy of A˛mad Bb’s al-La√lı al-sundusiyya, q.v.) seems to
refer to Fat˛ al-Qadır as such.
13. Fat˛ al-Razzq fı mas√alat al-shakk fı ’l-†alq

Written after 1014/1606.
MSS: Rabat (KhH), A9615 (majmüfi), Photo 1899; Tamgrout, 2538(4),
2999(12); Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 773.
Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90 (with 2, 19, 21, and 68).
14. Fat˛ al-∑amad al-Fard fı mafin ma˛abbat Allh li’l-fiabd

MSS: Tamgrout, 2018(3); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 772; Tunis (KhA),
3760, ff. 33-43; Waddn (Ahl al-Kitb), 19.
15. Fatw ˛awla alw˛ Jazüla

See al-Tamanartı, al-Faw√id al-jamma (Sadki, 28).
16. Ghyat al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal

Completed in 1001/1592. Analysis in Zouber (1979), 179-84, who
describes it as ‘un véritable traité de psychologie spirituelle’.
MSS: Tamgrout, 2999(4); Tunis (KhA), 3784, ff. 1-18.
17. Ghyat al-ijda fı muswt al-ffiil li’l-mubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda

Abridgt. of author’s al-Ibd√ wa’l-ifida.
MSS: Tamgrout, 2999(15).
18. al-Ibd√ wa’l-ifida fı muswt al-ffiil li’l-mubtada√ fı shar† al-

ifda
See Zouber (1977), 99. On syntax. Completed before 991/1583.
22 CHAPTER ONE
19. Ifhm al-smifi bi-mafin qawl Khalıl fı ’l-nik˛ bi’l-manfifi

Written after 1014/1606. Gloss on a passage in the Mukhtaßar
concerning marriage. See also his al-Nukat al-lawmifi, item no. 47
below.
MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9016, alif 9616; Tamgrout, 2538, 2999(8).
Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90, (with items 2, 21, 23, and 68).
20. Imtfi al-asm√ bi-m qıla fı ijr√ alf÷ ruwt al-˛adith majr ’l-
samfi
Written before 1012/1603.
21. Irshd al-wqif li-mafin ‘wa-khaßßaßat niyyat al-˛lif’.

Completed 30 Jumd I 1014/13 October 1605. Abridgt. of his Tanbıh
al-wqif. (q.v.)
See Sadki, 15.
MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9016, 9615; Salé, 386 (3); Tamgrout, 2538(14),
2999(2) (with title al-Nukat al-lawmifi).
Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90, (with items 2, 13, 19 and 68).
22. Isti†rd al-÷uraf√

See Nashr, i, 274. On the ˛adıth about the twelve ‘true’ caliphs. Written
whilst he was in Morocco, but suppressed until after his return to
Timbuktu.
23. Jalb al-nifima wa-daffi al-niqma bi-mujnabat al-wult al-÷alama

(var. bi-mujnabat al-÷alama wa-ulı/dhawı ’l-÷ulm)
Completed 2 Dhü’l-˘ijja 997/12 October 1589. Analysis in Zouber
(1979), 156-62.
MSS: Ibadan (UL), 368; Rabat (AF), fiayn379; Rabat (KhA), D517, ff.
198-221, D2743, ff. 328-78, D3456, J123(2), K383, ff. 218-76, Photo
1902; Rabat (KhH), 3731, 5534; Tamgrout, 3208(10); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 775. See also Salé, 124(24), 223/ 13, described as R. fı ’l-
ta˛dhır min qurb al-÷alama wa-muß˛abatihim.
Dhayl by author, see M rawhu ’l-ruwt, etc.
24. Jawb fian su√l warada min al-Dil√

25. Jawb fian (var. fı sha√n) al-qawnın al-fiurfiyya allatı tafirafa

fialayh bafi∂ sukkn al-jibl
Fatw concerning the treatment customarily meted out to brigands, and
reprisals against their families by certain groups in the Atlas. Analysis in
Zouber (1979), 169-73. See also al-Tamanarti, al-Faw√id al-jamma.
MSS: Rabat (KhA), J1016; Rabat (KhH), 5813.
25a. al-Kashf wa’l-bayn li-aßnf (var. fı ˛ukm aßnf) majlüb al-

südn,
Alternative title for Mifirj al-ßufiüd il nayl ˛ukm mujallab al-süd (q.v.)
26. Kham√il al-zahar fı (var. fı m warada min) kayfiyyat al-ßalt fial

sayyid al-bashar
Completed end of Jumd II 1014/27 July 1615.
MSS: Niamey, 536; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 334; Paris (BN), 5684, ff.
182a-b (extract).
27. Kifyat al-mu˛tj li- (var. il/fı) mafirifat man (var. m) laysa fı ’l-
Dıbj, also known as al-Dhayl or al-Takmila
Completed 1 ∑afar 1012/11 July 1603. Revised and abridged edition of
the author’s Nayl al-ibtihj. Analyses in Zouber (1979), 146-55; Mu†ıfi
(1987), 74-85.
MSS: Alger (BN), 156a (Fagnan, Catalogue, no.1738); Berlin, 10032;
Cairo (AL), 765, 1181; Cairo (DK), ˛√8660, ˛√9016, Taymür, ta√rıkh,
1068; Fez, 106; Ibadan (UL), 323; Marrakesh, 621; Mikns (KhA), h√-
lm80 (116); Niamey, 362; Paris (BN), 4628; Rabat (KhA), D1641, ff.
321-335 (inc.), F/fiayn 356; J709, K2390; Rabat (KhH), 453, 681,1741,
1970, 2045, 3029, 8077, 9902 Photo, 2223; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 727
(inc.); ; Tunis (BN), 3814; Tunis (MZ), 14597, 14897; Zaria,
113/1,2,3,4, 128/1.
Publ. ed. Mu˛ammad Mu†ıfi, Rabat, 1421/ 2000; trans. extracts in
Cherbonneau (1854-5); biog of the mathematician Ibn al-Bann√, trans.
Aristide Marre, in Atti Acc. Pontificia dei Nuovi Lincei, xix, séance I, 3
dicembre 1865.
Dhayl: (i) Mu˛ammad b. al-‡ayyib al-Qdirı (d. 1187/1773), al-Iklıl
wa’l-tj fı tadhyıl Kifyat al-mu˛tj (see GAL S II, 687). MSS: Rabat
(KhH), 1897, 3717.
24 CHAPTER ONE
(ii) Bb b. A˛mad Bayb al-Shinqı†ı (d. before 1280/1864-4), Takmilat

al-takmila li’l-Dıbj.
28. al-La√lı al-sundusiyya fı ’l-fa∂√il al-Sanüsiyya

Completed 7 Rabıfi II 1004/10 December 1595. Abridgt. of al-Mawhib
al-quddüsiyya fı ’l-manqib al-Sanüsiyya by al-Sanüsı’s student
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Malllı (fl. 897/1492). Analysis in Zouber
(1977), 103-5.
MSS: Rabat (AF), fiayn134; Rabat (KhA), D471, ff. 82-136, D984, ff.
107-32, D2100, ff. 249-69, D2594, ff. 1-64.
29. al-Lamfi fı ’l-ishra li-˛ukm al-tibgh

Completed on 9 Jumd II 1016/1 October 1607. On the lawfulness of
the use of tobacco, expanded in the author’s fiAyn al-ißba (q.v.).
Analysis in Zouber (1977), 184-7); see also Hunwick (1964a),
Mu˛ammad ˘ajji, al-˘araka al-fikriyya bi’l-maghrib fı fiahd al-
Safidiyyın, n.p. [Rabat], 1396/1976, i, 251-4 .
MSS: Ibadan (CAD), 175; Ibadan (UL), 313; Niamey, 251 (qawfiid bi-
˛illiyyat al-dukhn); Rabat (KhH), 3627(2); Tamgrout, 2999(6);
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1490.
Sadki (1996), 30, reports that the text is included in Ibn Abı Ma˛allı, al-
Ißlıt al-khirrı†.
30. al-Lumfia fı ajwibat al-as√ilat al-arbafia

Completed 11 Shawwl 1004/7 June 1596. Responses to four questions.
According to Fagnan, Catalogue, 532(9), they are:
1. The relationship between the Islamic and the Gregorian calendars.
2. The fate of an illegitimate child in the afterlife. Will he go to paradise
or not?
3. The invoking of the basmala at the beginning of letters and of all
important acts in life.
4. The practices of adherents of certain “brotherhoods”who get together
to sing and dance until they are completely exhausted, and who also
refuse to observe prayer and fasting, and refrain from learning the
Qur√n and ˛adıth, and consider all those who do not follow this path to
be heretics.
MSS: Alger (BN), 476, ff. 150-3; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1102, 2813.
31. al-Manhaj (var. al-Fat˛) al-mubın fı shar˛ ˛adıth awliy√ Allh al-
mu˛ibbın (var. al-muttaqın)
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 779; Wdn (Ahl al-Kitb), 17.
32. Man÷üma fı ’l-mabfiüthın fial ra√s kulli mi√a

See al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 313, where one verse is given; Hunwick
(1966), 24-5; Zouber (1977), 106-7.
33. al-Maqßid al-kafıl bi- (var. il) ˛all muqfal Khalıl

Written before 991/1583. Comm. on part of the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl.
MSS: Rabat (KhA), D1360.
˘shiya by the author, Minan al-rabb al-jalıl, see below, no. 38.
34. M rawhu al-ruwt fı mujnabat al-wult

Written after 1007/1598-9). Dhayl to the author’s Jalb al-nifima (q.v.).
MSS: Rabat (KhA), K3299 (1 f. only); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 774.
35. Mas√il il fiulam√ Mißr

Completed 1 Rabıfi ıı 1014/16 August 1606. ‘Vingt et une questions
adressées au fiulam√ d’Egypte…Les thèmes abordés dans ses questions
sont: exaucement des prières; nature et signification des techniques
onomatomantiques et arithmomantiques utilisés par certains lettrés
musulmans…; divers sujets portant sur le droit, la morale, la théologie et
la syntaxe’ (Zouber (1977), 109).
MSS: Paris (BN), 5382, ff. 62b-72.
36. al-Ma†lab wa’l-ma√rab fı afi÷am asm√ al-rabb

Also called Ma†labı wa-ma√rabı fı afi÷am asm√ rabbı
See Fat˛, 35; Zouber, 109-10.
37. Minan (var. Mina˛) al-rabb al-jalıl fı ta˛rır (var. bi-bayn)

muhimmt (var. mubhamt) Khalıl
Completed 25 Rabıfi II 1018/28 July 1609. Gloss on the author’s al-
Maqßid al-kafıl.
MSS: Marrakesh, 36†/1 (˘shiya fial ’l-Mukhtaßar); Niamey, 167;
Rabat (KhH), 4468; Tamgrout, 2773; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5661. See
26 CHAPTER ONE
also Tamgrout, 348, 391, 543, 2773, described in the catalogue simply as
˘shiya fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl.
38. Mifirj al-ßufiüd il nayl ˛ukm mujallab al-süd

Also entitled al-Kashf wa’l-bayn li-aßnf majlüb al-südn (q.v.).
Replies to questions concerning slavery sent to him from Tuwt.
Completed 10 Mu˛arram 1024/9 February 1615. Analysis in Zouber
(1979), 129-46.
MSS: Niamey, 1770 (inc); Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 19-23; Rabat (AF), 764;
Rabat (KhA), 1447, 1985, D194, ff. 13-19, D478, ff. 115-34, D1079, ff.
83-7, D1724, ff. 1-7, J100, K1080; Rabat (KhH), 3565, W7248, Y7579;
Tamgrout, 1079; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 25; Tunis, 7070(4).There is also
an uncatalogued copy originating in Timbuktu preserved at the Institute
of African Studies, Mu˛ammad V University, Rabat.
Publ. Partial trans. in Zeys (1900); text and trans in Barbour and Jacobs
(1985); text, French trans. and analysis in Zaouit (1996); text and
English trans. in Harrak and Hunwick (2000). See also Hunwick’s
comments in Sudanic Africa, 11 (2000), 131-9.
39. Mir√t al-tafirıf fı (var. bi-) fa∂l al-fiilm al-sharıf

Written after 1012/1603. Abridgt. of the author’s Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√.
MSS: Niamey, 311, 535; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 333; Timbuktu
(MMHT), 271.
40. al-Misk al-anamm il mafirifat halumm

Written before 1010/1601. See Hunwick (1966), Zouber (1977), 112,
who comments: ‘Peut-être s’agit-il des observations sur un passage (le
dernier hémistich du vers 999) de l’Alfiyya d’Ibn Mlik concernant le
traitement à réserver à halumm’.
41. Munkh al-a˛bb min mina˛ al-Wahhb

Comm. on al-Maghılı, Min˛ al-Wahhb fı radd al-fikr fial ’l-ßawb,
attributed to A˛mad Bb, but perhaps the same as the comm. Imn˛ al-
a˛bb by A˛mad Bb’s father A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad (q.v.)
MSS: Ti†wn (JK), mım, 890/5.
42. Munawwir al-˛lik fı shar˛ baytay Ibn Mlik

Written after 1008/1599. Comm. on 2 vv. of the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik

concerning oaths. See Hunwick (1964), 579; Zouber (1977), 112-3.
43. Nashr al-fiabır bi-mafin (var. mafinı) yt al-ßalt fial ’l-bashır
al-nadhır
Written after 1014/1606. See Fat˛,35 ; Zouber (1977), 113.
44. Nayl al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal

See Fat˛, 35; Zouber (1977), 113.
45. Nayl al-ibtihj bi-ta†rız al-Dıbj, or Wajh al-ibtihj fı ’l-dhayl fial

’l-Dıbj
Completed 7 Jumd I 1005/27 December 1596). Supplement to al-
Dıbj al-mudhahhab fı mafirifat afiyn al-madh’hab, of Ibn Far˛ün (d.
799/1397, see GAL II. 175, S II, 226). Biographical dictionary of
scholars of the Mlikı madh’hab, see Temimi (1985, 1994b); Mediano
(1990); Haïdara (1997), 53-86.
MSS: Cairo (AL), 1298; Cairo (DK), ta√rıkh, 1315; London (BM),
11569; Niamey, 361; Paris (BN), 5257, 5719, ff. 212a-210b (inc.); Rabat
(KhA), D610, D2229, D766, D1975, Q394; Rabat (KhH), 99, pp. 69-
355, 1896, 2139, 2358, 3302, 4206; Tunis (MZ), 12877, 14596; Wazzn,
403.
Publ. Fez, 1317/1899-1900; Cairo, 1329/1911, 1351/1932-3, on marg. of
Ibn Far˛ün, al-Dıbj al-mudhahhab; Tripoli: Kulliyyat al-Dafiwa al-
Islmiyya, 1398/1989.
Comm. Anon., Taqyıdt mukhtaßara fial Nayl al-ibtihj. MS: Tunis
(KhA), 1982.
Dhayl. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır ⁄fir al-Azharı, al-Yawqıt al-thamına fı
afiyn madh’hab filim al-Madına. Publ. Cairo, 1324/1906.
46. Nayl al-marm [fial ’l-tamm] bi-bayn ˛ukm al-iqdm fial ’l-
dufi√ li-m fıhı min al-ıhm
Written after 1014/1606. According to Zouber (1977), 115-6, “…traite
du problème du dufi√ ou invocation personelle adressée à Dieu. Il y
précise les règles et les conditions dont il doit s’entourner”.
MSS: Tunis (KhA), 465, ff. 55-66 (inc.).
47. al-Nukat al-lawmifi fı mas√alat al-nik˛ bi’l-manfifi

28 CHAPTER ONE
cf. no. 19 above, for which it may be an alternative title.

MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9615 (majmüfi); Tamgrout, 2099 (8).
48. al-Nukat al-mustajda fı muswt (var. il˛q) al-ffiil li’l-mubtada√

fı shar† al-ifda
Completed 22 Dhü ’l-Qafida 991/7 December 1583. cf. items 16, 17
above.
MSS:Rabat (AF), fiayn135; Rabat (KhH), 3720.
49. al-Nukat al-wafiyya bi-shar˛ al-Alfiyya

Incomplete comm. on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik, cf. items 11, 40, 42
above, 50, 60 below. See Hunwick (1964), 579, Zouber (1977), 117.
50. al-Nukat al-zakiyya

An incomplete comm. on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik. See Fat˛, 36 Zouber
(1977), 118; cf. .items 11, 40, 42, 49, 60.
51. Nuzül al-ra˛ma fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi’l-nifima

See Hunwick (1964), 580; Zouber (1977), 118.
52. Qaß√id
i) Q. t√iyya: A-y qßid an Kghü fa-fiuj na˛w baldatı * Wa-
zamzim bih ahlı wa-balligh a˛ibbatı
Written in Marrakesh, on his longing for his homeland and
friends.
Publ. 8 vv. in al-Ifrnı, Nuz˛at al-hdı, Paris, 1889, 82
(Casablanca, 1998, 173); trans. in TSE, 316-7.
ii) Q. sıniyya: Tarajjawtu min ma∂ghikum luqmat * Tuzıl al-

bal wa-tufiısh al-nufüs
Humorous dhayl to some verses of al-Manjür on early morning
hunger.
Publ. in al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 314.
53. al-Qawl al-munıf fı tarjamat al-imm Abı fiAbd Allh al-Sharıf

See Mu†ıfi, 62; Sadki, 43.
54. Risla fı ’l-†asawwuf

Completed 21 Rajab 1024/16 August 1616. On the question of whether

the murıd has need of a shaykh; see Mu†ıfi(1983), 58.
55. Shar˛ al-fiaqıda al-Burhniyya

Written after 1006/1598. Comm. on the fiAqıda of Burhn al-Dın
fiUthmn al-Sallijı (d. 574/1167). See al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-◊s, 305;
Zouber (1977), 119-20.
56. Shar˛ fial ’l-Bas† wa’l-tafirıf fı ’l-taßrıf

Comm on the comm. of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAlı al-Makküdı al-Fsı (d.
807/ 1405; see Ka˛˛la, v, 156) on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik.
See Izlat al-rayb, 45; also Mu†ıfi, 58, Sadki, 43, where it is simply listed
as Shar˛ rajaz al-Makküdı.
57. Shar˛ al-ßadr (var. ßudür) wa-tanwır al-qalb (var. qulüb) bi-bayn
maghfira m nusiba li’l-jnib al-nabawı min al-dhanb (var, dhunüb)
Completed 23 Rajab 1014/4 December 1605. See Hunwick (1964), 578/
Fat˛, 35. Analysis in Zouber (1977), 120-1.
MSS: Niamey, 1772 (inc.); Tamgrout, 2999(17); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
777; Tunis (BN), 3760, ff. 19-44.
58. Shar˛ al-∑ughr

Written after 1006/1598. Comm. the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı; see Fat˛, 35;
Zouber (1977), 121-2.
59. al-Ta˛dıth wa’l-ta√nıs fı ’l-i˛tijj bi-[alf÷] Ibn Idrıs

Variant title: Ta˛ßıl al-Ta√nıs bi-maziyya min mazy al-imm Ibn Idrıs.
On the authority of the words of al-Shfifii as loci probantes (shawhid).
See Fat˛, 36; Zouber (1977), 122-3; Sadki (1996), 35.
60. Tafilıq fial aw√il al-Alfiyya

Listed only in Fat˛, 36.
61. Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Ibn ˘jib

Comm. on a work of Ibn ˘jib (d. 646/1249, see GAL I, 303, S I, 531),
probably his Mukhtaßar fı ’l-furüfi. See al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 305;
Zouber (1977), 123.
30 CHAPTER ONE
62. Tanbıh al-wqif fial ta˛rır (var. ta˛qıq) <wa-khaßßaßat niyyat al-
˛lif>
Abridgt. with additions of a tafilıq on the same passage in the Mukhtaßar
of Khalıl by al-fi◊qib al-Anußammanı (see ALA II, 27). Written in Dhü
’l-Qafida 991/15 November - 15 December 1583.
MSS: Alger (BN), Fonds Ben Hammouda, ˘25Z (inc.); Fez (BQ), 930,
pp. 345-62; Rabat (KhA), D2623, pp. 111-29, Q1104/12, 346-62, Photo,
1901; Rabat (KhH), 9226B, ff. 4-11; Salé, 359/10; Tamgrout, 2538,
2999(11); Tetuan (GM), 612.
63. Tanwır al-baß√ir wa’l-afhm bi-˛ukm (var. bi-m qıla fı) ˛ashr al-
ajsm bafid al-ifidm
MSS: Berlin, 3721 (21), see GAL II, 467.
64. Tanwır al-qulüb bi-takfır al-afiml al-ßli˛a li’l-dhunüb

Written after 1006/1598. Analysis in Zouber (1977), 174-9.
MSS: Niamey, 1771 (inc.); Rabat (KhA), D1641, ff. 295f.-302, Photo,
1900; Rabat (KhH), 3754; Salé, 198/8; Tunis (BN), 3766.
65. Tartıb jmifi al-Mifiyr

Guide to al-Mifiyr al-mughrıb, the collection of fatws by A˛mad b.
Ya˛y al-Wansharısı (d. 914/1508, see GAL II, 248, S II, 348). See Fat˛,
36; Zouber (1977), 125.
66. Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√ bi-bafi∂ fa∂√il al-fiulam√

MSS: Rabat (KhA), D1641, ff. 302-21; Rabat (KhH), 5334, ff. 42-66,
5675, 6308; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 776.
Publ. Text and trans. Smı & Zniber (1992).
Abridgt, by author, Mir√t al-tafirıf (q.v.).
67. Wasılatı wa-shfifiı fı thubüt al-i˛tijj (var. al-istidll) bi-alf÷ al-

imm al-Shfifiı
See Sadki (1996), 35. Completed 9 Rabıfi I 1014/25 July 1605. Abridgt.
of author’s al-Ta˛dıth wa’l-ta√nıs (q.v.).
68. al-Zand al-warı fı takhyır al-mushtarı

Written after 1014/1606. On a passage in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl
concerning the buyer’s option to rescind a sale.
MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9615; Tamgrout, 2538, 2999(10).
Publ. Fez, 1307/1889, with items 2, 13, 19, and 21.
See also: (1) Wdn (Ahl Yy Buya), 7, Shar˛ alf÷ al-naßı˛a al-kfiya
wa’l-taqrıb lim i˛tawat fialayhi min al-fiulüm al-nfifia al-shfiya,
attrib. to A˛mad Bb b. A˛mad al-Misk b. A˛mad b. fiUmar
Mu˛ammad Aqıt al-∑anhjı.
(2) Timbuktu (MMHT), 354, Naßran li’l-˛aqq wa-nuß˛an li’l-
muslimın, attrib. to A˛mad Bb b. A˛mad b. fiUmar b. Sufyn al-
˘asanı al-Takrürı al-Tinbuktı.
THE BAGHAYOGHO FAMILY
MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Wangarı, known as

Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, b. 930/1523-4, d. 19 Shawwl 1002/8 July
1594.
Nayl, 341-2; T. Südn, 43-7, 212/ TSE, 62-8, 261; T. Fattsh, 113, 124-5; Nashr, iv, 40;
Khulßa, iv, 211-12; Infq (a), 191-5 (wrongly M. b. Abı Bakr), (b), 312-15; Tafirıf, 509-
10, 511-12; Shajara, no. 1097; Hadiyya, ii, 260; ˆ∂˛, ii, 697; Ka˛˛la, xi, 315; Afilm,
vii, 310, x, 229; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 25-31; Hunwick (1966), 22-5, (1990a).
Born in Jenne of a well-known Juula family, he studied there with his

father (who was briefly q∂ı of the city before his death), and with his
maternal uncle. He and his brother A˛mad then left for Timbuktu where
they studied first with A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd (q.v.), and then
with A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt (q.v.). In the midst of
his studies he made the pilgrimage to Mecca and met with a number of
scholars in Egypt. On his return he settled in Timbuktu and became one
of its most celebrated teachers and influential personalities. Askiya
Dwüd was determined that either he or his brother should become q∂ı
of Jenne, but neither would agree. Among his students was A˛mad Bba
(q.v.), who calls him his shaykh, and considered him the mujaddid of
Timbuktu for the tenth/sixteenth century.
32 CHAPTER ONE
1. Bayn m fı shar˛ al-Tat√ı al-kabır min al-sahw naqlan wa-

ta˛rıran
The title is taken from a description of the work in Nayl, 342. It was
A˛mad Bb himself who actually gathered together what his shaykh
wrote on the errors in the large comm. of al-Tat√ı (d. 942/1535-6, see
GAL S II, 435) on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, and compiled the work in a
number of fascicles.
2. Fatwı
Nayl, 342, records that he gave many.
3. al-Hady fı jamfi wa-na÷m muba††ilt al-ßalt

4. ˘adıth tanbıh al-ghfilın wa-tan÷ım al-akhbr wa-badıfi al-thr

Collection of ˛adıths related by Ibn fiAbbs. This work is sometimes
attributed to fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye. In addition to the mss
listed in ALA, II, 83, add:
MSS: Ibadan (CAD), 291; Ibadan (UL), 382; Jos, 19; Manchester, 824E.
5. [Tafilıq wa-†urar nabbaha fıh fial hafawt li-shurr˛ Khalıl wa-

ghayrihi]
A descriptive title from Nayl, 342. Apparently notes on errors made by
the commentators of the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl.
His nephew MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ABˆ BAKR

BAGHAYOGHO al-Wangarı, d. 9 ∑afar 1066/8 December 1655.
T. Südn, 322; Fat˛, 108-9 (where his name is given as Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. al-q∂ı
Mu˛ammad b. Bakr Baghyufiu)
Little is known of his life. Al-Safidı (T. al-Südn, 322) refers to him as
“our shaykh”, and describes him as one of the last shaykhs of Timbuktu.
His vers. of the Sughr of al-Sanüsı was highly regarded, especially by
the Fulani students.
1. Dhayl rmizat al-fiarü∂

Suppl. to the treatise on prosody al-Rmiza al-shfiya by Mu˛ammad al-
Khazrajı (fl. 650/1252, see GAL II, 312, S II, 545).
2. Fatw fı sha√n taqsım al-tarika

3. Mas√ala fı sha√n mu†lafiat kutub min mahjir

4. al-Muqaddima al-Wangariyya
Said to be on taw˛ıd.
5. Nayl al-mafilı shar˛ fiaqıdat Bad√ al-mlı

See al-Nbulsi (1986), 366-7.
6. Na÷m ∑ughr al-Sanüsı

Vers. of ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı in 174 vv. Opens: Ya˛madu rabbahu khayr
al-˛amdı * Al-Wangariyyu Mu˛ammadu ’bnu A˛mad. See al-Nbulsı
(1986), 366, where he is called Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b.
Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr Baghyafiu al-Wangarı.
MSS: Niamey, 1301 (Na÷m fı ’l-taw˛ıd); Paris (BN), 5484, ff. 135-43,
5492, ff. 16-24, 5492, ff. 161-4 , 5602, ff. 102-110, 6106, ff. 146-155;
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 131, 641, 1039; Timbuktu (MMHT), 369.
Comm. by fiAbd al-Ghanı al-Nbulsı, al-La†√if al-insiyya fial na÷m al-
fiaqıda al-Sanüsiyya. See al-Nbulsı (1986).
7. Nzila fı sha√n imra√a tazawwajat bafid wa∂fiih min ˛aml fsid

8. Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3505, 3820.
MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘MAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ABˆ

BAKR BAGHAYOGHO al-Wangarı al-Tinbuktı.
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-adab
34 CHAPTER ONE
MU˘AMMAD B◊B◊ b. MU˘AMMAD al-AMˆN b. ˘ABˆB b. al-

MUKHT◊R, b. Jumd II 931/March-April 1525, d. 25 Shafibn 1014/5
January 1606.
T. Südn, 217-8/ TSE, 267-8; Fat˛, 111-2.
A renowned scholar and teacher of Timbuktu who studied with many of

the leading shaykhs of that city, among them fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b.
Ma˛müd b. fiUmar (d. 1006/1597), Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Koray (d.
1029/1620), imm of the Sankore mosque, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. A˛mad
al-Mujtahid (d. 1019/1610), and fiAbd Allh b. A˛mad Buryu (d.
1010/1601-2). He also attended the seminars of Mu˛ammad
Baghayogho al-Wangarı (q.v.).
1. ˘shiya fial ’l-Bij√ı

See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268; Fat˛, 112 (wrongly ˘shiya fial ’l-
Bukhrı). Perhaps to be identified with no. 6 below.
2. al-Mina˛ al-˛amıda fı shar˛ al-Farıda

Comm. on the Alfiyya (or al-Farıda fı ’l-na˛w wa’l-taßrıf wa’l-kha††) of
al-Suyü†ı (d. 911/1505); see GAL S II, 193 247 .
MSS: Algiers (BN), Fonds Ben Hammouda, ˘19, ˘32; Kaduna (NA),
G/AR10/1; Kano (BU), 343; NU/Paden, 79; Rabat (KhA), K1746; Paris
(BN), 5683, ff. 85-115 (inc), 5467, ff. 1-160; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
532, 641, 1039,1563.
3. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
At least five such. See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268.
ii) Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Baghayogho
See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268.
iii) Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-q∂ı Ma˛müd
See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268.
4. Qi†fia fial ’l-maqmt

See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268. An opuscule on the Maqmt of al-˘arırı
(d. 516/1122, see GAL II, 276, S II, 486).
5. Shar˛ mulaffaqt shawhid al-Khazrajı

Comm. on the pseudo-proof texts in al-Rmiza al-shfiya of al-Khazrajı
(fl. 650/1252, see GAL II, 312, S II, 545). See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268.
6. Shar˛ takmilat al-Bij√ı fial ’l-lmiyya

See T. Südn, 218. Fat˛, 112, wrongly gives Takmilat al-Bukhrı fial
’l-lmiyya. Perhaps to be identified with no. 1 above.
OTHER TIMBUKTU SCHOLARS
Some time before 1003/1595, an unidentified author, known only as “al-

Südnı” wrote a comm. on the Mukhtaßar. Lévi-Provençal (Cat. des
manuscrits arabes de Rabat, item 181) apparently attributes it to A˛mad
b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad, but this must be regarded as doubtful. No
Timbuktu source mentions such a comm. by any one of that name.
A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Buryu was only born in
978/1570-1, and could have been no more than twenty-five at most when
the comm. was written. Mu†ıfi (1987), 59, attributes several mss. of the
Shar˛ al-Südnı to A˛mad Bb, but without arguing the case for this
attribution; however, it could refer to his partial comm., al-Maqßid al-
kafıl (see above, p. 25, item 34). The CEDRAB collection at Timbuktu
has a ms. entitled ˆ∂˛ al-sabıl fial taw∂ı˛ alf÷ Khalıl, once said to be
by “al-Imm al-Südnı”, and now attributed to A˛mad Bb (see ms.
629). The following copies are attributed simply to “al-Südnı”:
MSS: Fez (BQ), 1025; Marrkesh, 36/†; Mikns (JK), 26, 49, 236; Rabat
(KhA), 420, Pt. II only (copied in 1003/1595), D1360; Tamgrout, 2354,
2507, 2620, 3051, 3865.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Kbarı.

There is no clear information about this scholar, but he may possibly be
identified with Mu˛ammad b. fiUthman, a jurist who died in 970/1562
(see TS, 106/ TSE, 150).
1. Fatw fı sha√n ˛iyzat al-milk

36 CHAPTER ONE
∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD ANDA-fiUMAR, called ∑lih Takinni.

T. Südn, 36/ TSE, 51.
He is mentioned by al-Safidı as the author of a commentary on the

Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, and as a faqıh whose intercession with rulers was
never rejected. No dates are assignable to him, though he evidently lived
in Timbuktu in the 10th/16th or the early 11th/17th century.
A˘MAD b. ANDA AG-MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD BURYU b.

A˘MAD b. ANDA AG-MU˘AMMAD d. 1044/1634-5.
T. Südn, 30, 224, 308/ TSE, 43; Fat˛, 38; Nashr, i, 331; Tafirıf, i, 37-8; GAL S II, 33430.
His great-great grandfather was the celebrated mid-fifteenth century q∂ı

of Timbuktu. He studied under Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (q.v.), and
became q∂ı of Timbuktu on 12 Shawwl 1020/18 December 1611,
following the death of his brother Mu˛ammad. He was a celebrated
teacher of fiqh and grammar. His comm. on the ◊jurrümiyya was in
circulation in Fez, according to Nashr (loc. cit.), where its author is
described as ‘fair in complexion, dressed in handsome garments,
eloquent of speech and awe-inspiring’.
1. al-Futü˛[t] al-qayyümiyya
Completed 24 or 25 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1001/21 or 22 August 1593. Comm.
on the ◊jurrümiyya.
MSS: Alger (BN), 163(4); Cairo (DK), na˛w Taymür, 228, h√5277;
Paris (BN), 5442, ff, 195-250, 5709, ff. 159-241; Rabat (KhA, 521
(inc.); Salé, 389/2; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1927, 1928(i) and (ii), 2008;
Timbuktu (MMHT), 2284; Ti†wn (KhA), 1619; Ti†wn (JK), 105, 892;
Tamgrout, 3059.
Publ. with ˛shiya by Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı b. Mu˛ammad b.
Mu˛ammad al-Kha∂ir al-˘asanı al-Wazznı, Fez, 1298/1881.
2. Jmifi al-manfifi fı taqßır manfifi Fat˛ al-Jalıl

Gloss on comm. of al-Tat√ı (d.942/ 1535-6, see GAL S II, 435) on the
Mukhtaßar of Khalıl.
MSS: Tamgrout, 2790, 2868.
3. Tafilıq fial ’l-Murdı

See Nashr, i, 331, Tafirıf, i, 37. Comments, probably on a work of the
grammarian al-˘asan b. al-Qsim al-Murdı (d. 749/1348, see GAL II,
22, S II, 16).
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD BAGHAYOGHO, b. MU˘AMMAD

GOR∆O b. MU˘AMMAD S◊Jˆ al-Fullnı d. between 1126/1714 and
1132/1720.
T. Nisyn, 145.
Nothing is known of his life, but his grandfather came to settle in

Timbuktu in 1005/1597, studied under most of the leading scholars of
the day, and was a close friend of fiAbd Allh, father of the historian
fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Safidı (q.v.). His father and grandfather were both
imams of Jingere-B˙r, and his great-grandfather Mu˛ammad Sji had
been a q∂ı, perhaps in Msina.
1. al-˘izb al-nawawı
MSS: Paris (BN), 5436, ff. 131-6.
2. Mab˛ith al-˛all li-tark al-˛arm al-mu˛arram

Written in 1097/1685.
3. Ta√lıf fı ’l-qa∂√ wa’l-˛ukkm

This work is only mentioned in the Paris ms of Fat˛ (BI, 2406(118), f.
35.
His brother (or son) SAfiˆD b. MU˘AMMAD BAGHAYOGHO fl.

1156/1743-4.
T. Nisyn, 86-7.
1. Ta˛rır al-kalm fı-m yanqu∂uhu ’l-qu∂t wa’l-˛ukkm

38 CHAPTER ONE
THE CHRONICLERS
MA˘MÜD KAfiTI b. al-˛jj al-MUTAWAKKIL KAfiTI al-Kurminı al-

Tinbuktı al-Wafikurı (or -Wafiqurı), d. 1 Mu˛arram 1002/27 September
1593.
T. Südn, 211/ TSE, 260; T. Fattsh, passim; EI (2), iv, 754; GAL S II, 717; Hunwick
(2002).
His life is ill documented. A Soninke by origin, whose paternal great-

grandfather appears to have migrated from Spain, he found favour with
Askiya Dwüd (reg. 1549-83), and ended his life as q∂ı of Tindirma, a
town at the southern end of L. Fati between modern Niafounke and
Goundam. The town was also the seat of the viceroy for the western
provinces of Songhay, the Kurmina-frı. His association with Askiya al-
˛ajj Mu˛ammad (reg. 1493-1529) may be apochryphal, or perhaps refer
to an ancestor who bore the same name. Al-Safida al-abadiyya, 42,
gives his date of death as 1058/ 1648.
1. Ta√rıkh al-fattsh fı akhbr al-buldn wa’l-juyüsh wa-akbir al-ns

wa-dhikr waq√ifi al-Takrür wa-fia÷√im al-umür wa-tafrıq ansb al-
fiabıd min al-a˛rr
The Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, covers the period of the Songhay empire from
the reign of Sunni fiAlı (reg. 1464-92) down to the Safidian conquest of
1591, and sketches the history of the earlier empires of Ghana and Mali.
As its title indicates, part of its purpose was to rationalise a social
hierarchy, based on a dichotomy between slave and free, this latter
category also essentially embracing the servile groups. It was later edited
by the son of one of his daughters, known to us only as Ibn al-Mukhtr
Q.n.b.l (Gombele?) around the year 1075/1664-5 (the last date
mentioned in the extended text), incorporating notes by three sons of
Ma˛müd Kafiti. One manuscript version which survived was textually
manipulated by an early nineteenth century scholar of Msina, Nü˛ b. al-
‡hir (q.v.), at the behest of Shaykh A˛mad Lobbo (q.v., d. 1260/1845),
ruler of the Islamic state of ˘amdallhi in the southern Inland Delta. In
editing and translating the text, Houdas and Delafosse included passages
found only in that manuscript, so that the currently available published
text is an amalgam of original sixteenth and seventeenth century material
and nineteenth century forgery. A document identical with much of the
first chapter of the published text was circulated under the name of Nü˛
b. ‡hir to help establish the claim of A˛mad Lobbo to be the twelfth
“true caliph” of Islam and the rightful successor to the territory and
resources (especially the servile groups) of Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad.
Studies on the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh: J.P. Brun, “Notes sur le Tarikh el-
Fettach”, Anthropos, ix (1914), 590-6; Dj. T. Niane, “Mythes, légendes
et sources orales dans l’oeuvre de Mahmoûd Kâti”, Recherches
Africaines [Conakry], i/4 (1964), 36-42; J.O. Hunwick, “Studies in the
Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, I: Its authors and textual history” RBCAD, v (1969),
57-65, II: “An alleged charter of privilege issued by Askiya al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad to the descendants of Mori Hawgro”, Sudanic Africa, iii
(1992), 133-46; N. Levtzion, “A seventeenth-century chronicle by Ibn
al-Mukhtr: a critical study of the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh”, BSOAS, xxxiv
(1971), 571-93; idem, “Ma˛müd Kafiti, fut-il l’auteur du Ta√rıkh al-
fattsh”, BIFAN, xxxiii (1974), 665-74; Madina Ly, “Quelques
remarques sur le Tarikh el-Fettâch”, BIFAN, xxxiv (1972), 471-93.
MSS: Paris (BN), 6651; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1, 64, 2221(ii), (5 ff.
only, in poor condition covering the reign of Sunni fiAlı), 2934 (copy of
published text), 3927 (wrongly attrib. in cat. to Ma˛müd b. fiUmar Aqı†
al-∑anhjı al-Tinbuktı al-Wafiqarı, this is, in fact, MS A of the Houdas
edition, including the “feuillet isolé” and appendix 1); 8378 (copy of
published text). A fragment containing the material on the ˛urma
document issued to Mori Hawgro is in Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 35-36.
Publ. Ed. and trans., Tarikh el-Fettach ou Chronique du Chercheur pour
servir à l’histoire des villes, des armées et des principaux personnages
du Tekrour par Mahmoûd Kâti ben El-Hâdj El-Motaouakkel Kâti et l’un
de ses petits-fils, traduction française…par O. Houdas [et] M. Delafosse,
Paris: Publications de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes, Ve série,
vol. X, 1913-14, repr., Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1964.
B◊B◊ GÜR(U) b. al-˛jj MU˘AMMAD b. al-˛jj al-AMˆN G◊NÜ

He evidently lived in the first half of the seventeenth century since his
father was one of those who escaped from the massacre of scholars in
Timbuktu by soldiery of the Arma in 1593, and his history Durar (var.
Jawhir) al-˛isn fı akhbr bafi∂ mulük al-südn is quoted in T. al-
fattsh as edited by Ibn al-Mukhtr. Nothing is known of his life, and no
copy of his history has yet come to light.
40 CHAPTER ONE
fiABD al-RA˘M◊N b. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiIMR◊N b. fi◊MIR al-Safidı,

b. 30 Rama∂n 1004/28 May 1596, d. after 1065/1655-6.
T. südn, 213, 244/ TSE, lxiii-lxv, 262, et passim; Fat˛, 176; Shajara, no. 1198; O.
Houdas, intro to T. al-Südn, xiii; EI (2), viii, 718-9.
His father’s male line was traced to the Banü Safid, though the family
had been settled in Timbuktu for several generations. His father’s
maternal great-grandmother was Fulani. Nothing is known of his youth,
except that he tells us that he studied under al-Amın b. A˛mad (see TS,
55/ TSE, 78). In 1036/1626-7 he became imam of the Sankore mosque of
Jenne. In mid-life he was employed by the Arma administration of
Timbuktu, especially in the administration of Jenne and the Masina
region of the Inland Niger Delta. In 1056/1646 he became chief
secretary to the Pashalik in Timbuktu. The precise date of his death is
unknown, but it was evidently after 1065/1655-6, the last date mentioned
in the Ta√rıkh al-südn.
1. Ta√rıkh al-südn
In thirty-eight chapters, the work is chiefly concerned with the history of
the Songhay empire from the mid-fifteenth century until 1591, and the
history of the Pashalik of the Arma of Timbuktu from that date down to
1655. The latter period occupies about half of the work. The early
chapters are devoted to brief histories of earlier Songhay dynasties, of
imperial Mali and of the Tuareg, and to biographies of the scholars and
saints of both Timbuktu and Jenne. Chapter 26 concerns the Fulani of
Msina; a variant version of this is to be found in Gaden (1968).
Al-Safidı’s acknowledged sources are few. For the seventeenth century
he relies mainly on personal knowledge, evidently supported by notes
(there are several chapters of obituaries and noteworthy events), and on
records of the Arma administration for earlier periods. He rarely
mentions his sources, other than ‘trustworthy persons’ or ‘one of my
colleagues’. He does, however, cite Ibn Ba††ü†a, the anonymous al-˘ulal
al-mawshiya and, for some of the biographies of Timbuktu scholars, the
biographical dictionary of A˛mad Bb, Kifyat al-mu˛tj. For the
period after about 1610 we may assume that much of his information
was gained first-hand. The long chapter 35 is largely a first-hand
account, and is sometimes frankly autobiographical.
MSS: Alger (BN), Fonds Ben Hammouda, ˘4, ˘5 (frag,); Dakar, Fonds
Brevié, 19, ff. 1-19 (inc.); Paris (BI), 2414(200); Paris (BN), 5147, 5256,
6096; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 61 (inc.), 660, 681, 3487.
Publ. Ed. and trans. O. Houdas, Paris: Publications de l’École des
Langues Orientales Vivantes, IVe série, Vol. XIII, 1898-1900, repr.
Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1964; trans. chapters 1-30 in TSE. See also
C. Ralfs, “Beiträge zur Geschichte und Geographie des Sudans
eingesamelt von Dr Barth”, ZDMG, ix (1855), 518-92; V.J. Lippert,
review in MSOS, ii (1899), 244-53; Charles Monteil, ed. V. Monteil,
“Notes sur le Tarikh Es-Soudan”, BIFAN, xxvii (1965), 479-530.
al-IM◊M al-TAKRÜRˆ
Some time before 1724 an author only known as al-Imm al-Takrürı
wrote a work entitled Naßı˛at ahl al-südn. It is known to us only
through a lengthy quotation from it concerning the askiyas of Songhay in
Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Ifrnı, Nuzhat al-˛dı bi-akhbr mulük al-qarn
al-˛dı, Fez, n.d., 74-5 (Casablanca, 1998, 161-2). See also J.O.
Hunwick, “Askia al-˘jj Mu˛ammad and his successors: the account of
al-Imm al-Takrürı”, SAJHS, 1 (1990), 85-9.
ANON.
In c . 1150/1737-8 an anonymous author compiled a history of the

Pashalik of Timbuktu from the conquest of 1591 down to his day,
entitled Dıwn al-mulük fı sal†ın al-südn. A work with the same title is
preserved in Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2221, and attributed to al-Mukhtr
al-Kabır b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı, though there is no other
evidence that he wrote such a work.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 88-152; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5343 (56 ff.,
lacks f. 1, ends in 1094/1683 with Pasha ˘addu b. Slim, and an account
of the accession of Müly Ismfiıl in Morocco.).
A grandson of Alfa al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad ∑üd (or Mü∂/Modi, or al-

amır ∑üwü), rearranged the Dıwn al-mulük as a biographical dictionary
entitled Tadhkirat al-nisyn fı akhbr mulük al-südn.
MSS: Kaduna (NA), O/AR10/1,3; Paris (BN), 6097; Dakar, Fonds
Brevié, 20, ff. 1-128 (see H.J. Fisher in RBCAD, v (1969), 52-3).
42 CHAPTER ONE
Publ. Tedzkiret en-Nisian fi akhbar molouk es-Soudan, ed. and trans. O.

Houdas, Paris: Publications de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes,
IVe série, Vol. XX, 1899-1901, repr. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1966.
Müly Q◊SIM b. Müly SULAYM◊N, fl. 1800
1. Dhikr al-wafyt wa-m ˛adatha min al-umür al-fii÷m wa’l-fitan

Brief history of Timbuktu from 1160/1747 down to 1215/1815, in the
form of ˛awliyyt (“annals”).
MSS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 24-34.
Publ. ed. and trans. Michel Abitbol, Tombouctou au milieu du XVIII e
siècle d’après la Chronique de Mawly al-Qsim b. Mawly Sulaymn,
Paris, 1982: Maisonneuve et Larose. [Fontes Historiae Africanae, Series
Arabica, VII].
CHAPTER TWO
THE MIDDLE NIGER IN THE 19TH - 20TH CENTURIES

This chapter lists mainly scholars of Timbuktu, but includes a small
section on minor scholars of Msina. The more celebrated scholars of
the Msina region, such as A˛mad Lobbo and al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd are
to be found in Chapter 5.
FULANI SCHOLARS
A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. A˘MAD b.

MU˘AMMAD GUR∆O al-Fullnı al-Tinbuktı
1. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr

A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD al-Fullnı al-Tinbuktı

Izlat al-rayb, 36
1. R. fı ’l-naßı˛a
Advice to the amır A˛mad Lobbo of ˘amdullhi.
See Izlat al-rayb, 36.
MU˘AMMAD JIBO/JOBBO b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Türı

It is not known where he originates, but his name suggests he was a
Fulani.
1. La†√if al-qudsı fı fa∂√il yat al-kursı

MS: Paris (BN), 5479, ff. 1r-156r.
IBR◊HˆM b. al-Fagha GI∆◊∆O
1. Shar˛ sullam al-tarqiya

44 CHAPTER TWO
2. Shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd fial [fı] ’l-maqßür wa’l-mamdüd

no doubt the same as item 3 below.
3. Talkhıß Jüd al-mawjüd

Abridgt. of comm. by Ibn Zakür on al-Maqßür wa’l-mamdüd of Ibn
Durayd (see MS Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 253).
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 469.(copied 1332/1913).
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. fiABD AL-WAHH◊B al-Fullnı
1. al-Talkhıß al-mufıd fial Rislat Ibn Abı Zayd

Abridgt. of the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd al-Qayrawnı. Written before
1271/1855.
2. Q. fı faw√id yt al-Qur√n

MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ˘◊MID al-Fullnı
1. Jawb rislat Mu˛ammad Ibrhım

Concerns a qaßıda, and contains 33 problems for him to solve.
2. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

His son MU˘AMMAD AL-BASHˆR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b.

˘◊MID al-Fullnı
1. Mawrid al-÷am√n fı ’l-ßalt fial wuld sayyid fiAdnn

(MD, 13/ii).
2. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Bb A˛mad b. Sıdı al-Kuntı

THE MIDDLE NIGER IN THE 19TH - 20TH CENTURIES 45
MU˘AMMAD IBR◊HˆM
1. Q. fı mad˛ Ibn ˘ammüd

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 946 (with criticism of Mu˛ammad
Ma˛müd).
MU˘AMMAD AL-SANÜSˆ b. A˘MAD AL-ZARRÜQ al-Fullnı
1. Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
Composed at the Prophet’s tomb (?).
ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD SIRE al-Fullnı
1. Q. fı ’l-adfiiya
MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD al-Fullnı
1. Müjibt al-jinn
SCHOLARS OF M◊SINA
ABD AL-RA˘M◊N SISÉ d. 1846
1. Ta√rıkh Msina
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 14.
ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ KOYARO, d. 1999

Deputy imam of Jenne and principal of the Khlid b. al-Walıd Islamic
School.
1. Hadiyyat al-bashar fı ’l-qarn al-khmis fiashar

46 CHAPTER TWO
The work is divided into five sections:

(i) the author’s poem R√iyyat al-wußül (see below); (ii) “Religion is a
necessity”; (iii) al-Qur√n al-karım; (iv) “Islam and Youth”; (v) History
of Jenne. The history section begins with reference to a lecture by
Sayyida Makı Untüsh al-Amrıkiyya [i.e Susan Keech Macintosh] and
continues with a long Q. mımiyya on the fiulam√ of Jenne. These
include a certain Sh. S˙yü (?) who wrote a book entitled Dal√il al-faraj.
This is followed by sections on teaching methodology in Jenne, and a
section on the virtues of Jenne, within which is an urjüza by the author
on the city’s saints. Next comes a tourist’s guide, and then poems and
occasional verses of the author. The conclusion contains the author’s
Nüniyya (see below). Completed 20 Rabı√ I 1410/19 November 1989.
MS: NU/Hunwick (Photo), unaccessioned.
2. R√iyyat al-wußül fı ˛ayt al-rasül

Poem in 120 vv. composed in 1399/1979. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-
Qadır al-jrı * Fı ˛ukmihi m sh√a bi’l-aqdrı
MS: Partial copy in NU/Hunwick (Photo), unaccessioned. Also in
Hadiyyat al-bashar. See (1) above.
3. Q. nüniyya: A-y ilh al-filamın * Wa-munzil al-dhikr al-mubın

The qfiyya is varied in fifteen of the poems forty lines, those lines
having their own internal rhymes. There is an addition of 24 lines with
variant rhymes, nün being predominant. Both poems are in praise of the
Prophet.
MS: Both are included at the end of the author’s Hadiyyat al-bashar.
4. Q. nüniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * F∂at bu˛ür al-

fiilmi wa’l-fiirfnı
31 vv. in praise of his father.
MS: Included in author’s Hadiyyat al-bashar.
5. Q. lmiyya: M lı ar ’l-jawwa mukhtall al-ni÷mi fial * Khilfi

m kna ßi˛˛iyyan wa-mufitadilı
40 vv. elegy for his father, who died in 1401/1990.
MS: Included in author’s Hadiyyat al-bashar.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR al-Msinı
1. Shar˛ qaßıdat Ibn Muqrifi

Comm. on vv. on grammar. The only known Ibn [al-]Muqrifi is Ismfiıl
b. Abı Bakr al-Shwarı al-Shaghdarı al-Yamanı (d. 837/ 1433, see GAL
II, 191, S II, 245).
A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. SAfiˆD al-Fullnı al-Msinı

Izlat al-rayb, 37.
1. Untitled work.
Izlat al-rayb, 37, simply mentions “a book in which he draws attention
to the Satanic innovations of the people of the Südn”.
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı al-Msinı
1. Q. b√iyya
On the camel of the prophet ∑li˛ (see Qur√n, 17: 59 et seq.)
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 157r.
2. Q. r√iyya fı ’l-taßawwuf
MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff, 96r-97r.
3. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 157r.
A˘MAD B◊B◊ b. Amır al-mu√minın A˘MAD b. YÜSUF b. S◊LIM b.

IBR◊HˆM F◊DIG◊ al-Zghawı
MS Niamey, 326, has intro. by Sh. Mar˛aba (q.v.) who calls the author,
A˛mad Bb, brother of fiUmar Fadika b. Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. al-
Salm b. Ibrhım al-Dabsı al-Fdikı al-Zghawı. He says fiUmar
studied under Sulymn Qaramughu [Karamoko] in the town of W-s-gh-
l [Sigila] Ghyfi. He [took his learning] from Müs Saghanuqu, from
48 CHAPTER TWO
Safiıd Saghanuqu from his brother al-fiAbbs Saghanuqu from his father
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af from his grandfather Mu˛ammad al-fi◊fı.
1. R. fı sha√n m wajadtu min anwfi al-kufr wa’l-bidafi al-mu˛arrama

allatı l tu˛ß fı ar∂ al-Südn
MSS: Niamey, 326, 1379; Paris (BN), 5473, ff. 15-22, 5684, f. 100,
5705, ff. 94r-97v. (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 328 (R. fı ’l-bidfia wa’l-
kufr fı ar∂ al-Südn).
Note also MS Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1930, given the following
catalogue title Naßı˛a muwajjaha min Bb b. amır al-mu√minın Fdig
yanßa˛ al-muslimın fian al-bidafi allatı l tu˛ß fı ar∂ al-süd.
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. YÜSUF b. S◊LIM b. IBR◊HˆM al-

Fdikı al-Zghawı
He is presumably related to the preceding writer, or may possibly be
identified with him.
1. R. fı bayn anwafi al-bidafi wa’l-kufr bi-bild al-Südn

MS: Paris (BN), 5461, ff. 63-88, 5603, ff. 28-41, 5610, ff. 144-50, 6106,
ff. 2-10, 5684, F. 100r (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 338, 512; Timbuktu
(MMHT), 1112 (Maktüb fı ’l-bidafi al-shay†niyya).
ABÜ MU˘AMMAD AL-˘◊JJ b. MU˘AMMAD, Shams al-Dın, al-

Zghawı al-Kansamı(?), fl. 1237/1822
1. al-Futü˛ al-rabbniyya fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya

Written before 3 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1237/22 July 1822. Khumsı form with
ten hemistiches for each letter of the alphabet.
MS: Niamey, 313
fiABD ALL◊H b. MU˘AMMAD al-Zghawı

Perhaps related to the preceding author.
1. R. fı ’l-akhlq
MS: Paris (BN), 6108, ff. 51r-73r.
fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-˘ASAN b. AL-˘USAYN b. al-˛jj

SULAYM◊N al-Zghawı
Two treatises by him are listed in the Paris (BN) catalogue. One is
described as “Ethique. L’existence terrestre”; the other as “Ethique.
Exhortations”.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5690, ff. 36v.-52r., 6108, ff. 37r.-50v.
MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-Qdirı al-Suwarı al-Zghawı
1. Takhmıs mımiyyat al-Yadlı fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Paris (BN), 5707, ff. 120r-128v.
fiABD ALL◊H B◊B◊ JANNˆ b. YÜSUF al-Wafikurı, fl. 1353/1934
1. al-Qawl bi-kifyat al-taqlıd fı ’l-taw˛ıd li-fiawmm al-muslimın

With tadhyıl. Evidently a treatise denying the necessity for the common
man to know the proofs in matters of taw˛ıd. This matter was also
addressed by Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, endorsing the view of
al-Sanüsı; see ALA II, 70, item 58.
ABÜ BAKR b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Zanjawı (?) al-Kbarı, fl. 1095/1684.
1. K. fı ’l-taw˛ıd
2. Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın al-˛anafiyya

Completed on 4 Rabıfi I 1095/ 20 February 1684.
MS: Paris (BN), 5450, ff. 148-186.
50 CHAPTER TWO
TIMBUKTU SCHOLARS
A˘MAD B. ABˆ BAKR B. YÜSUF b. IBR◊HˆM al-Fütı al-Düjaqı (or

-Dawjaqı) al-Tinbuktwı, al-Jinnwı, fl. 1814
Originally from Futa [Toro], he studied in Jenne and settled in
Timbuktu. His father was a q∂ı. He made the pilgrimage and returned
through Tunis and Morocco in 1814.
1. Hatk al-sitr fiamm fialayhi südn Tünis min al-kufr

Addressed to the Bey of Tunis, the treatise is a condemnation of the
‘pagan’ practices of the black Africans in Tunis, which were a form of
bori. See Montana (2001).
MS: Rabat (KhH), 6832; Tunis (BN), 9564, Série 63B, 21183, Série 5B.
Publ. Text in Temimi (1994), 74-86; text and English trans. in Harrak &
El Mansour (2000).
2. R. fı ’l-bidfia
MS: Rabat (KhH), B6833.
3. ∑arfiat al-hind li-affil al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra li’l-fiabd

MS: Rabat (KhH), 6834.
4. Shikyat al-dın al-Mu˛ammadı il rifiyat al-muwakkalın bihi

On the religious practices of black Africans in Morocco.
Publ. text and English trans. in Harrak & El Mansour (2000).
A˘MAD b. B◊B˚R b. ALF◊ MUGHY◊ al-Lamtünı

Al-Safida al-abadiyya, 52.
No date of death is given for him, but his son Al-Mm Bb˙r died in
1345/ 1926-7, so presumably he was flourishing in the late 19th century.
1. Maktüb fı ’l-ßarf wa’l-na˛w

ANDA fiABD ALL◊H b. A˘MAD
1. Ajwiba li-mas√il al-q∂ı Sanb˙r al-Arawnı

Sanb˙r [b. al-Wfı al-Arawnı] died in 1180/1767.
BÜBU al-Msinı
Evidently a scholar of Timbuktu, since his only known work was copied
by him in Timbuktu.
1. Maktüb fı dhikr suwar min al-Qur√n al-karım wa’l-dufi√ bih fiind

al-shad√id
MS: Timbuktu ( MMHT), 2801.
AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. fiABD ALL◊H, d. 1279/1862-3

Author describes himself as a student of the family of Shaykh Sıdı al-
Mukhtr. The continuation of his history was written by an evident
partisan of al-˛jj fiUmar.
1. Dhikr m waqafia fı ’l-qarn al-thlith fiashar

Continued by Ibrhım al-R√is b. Ismfiıl. Annals of the Middle Niger
region, 1200/1785-6 - 1297/1880.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(75).
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Kbar, known as

San Shirfi, d. 3 Mu˛arram 1280/19 June 1863
Al-safida al-abadiyya, 49.
He was appointed Notary Public (ktib al-wath√iq) in 1249/1833-4. In
1257/1841-2 he was appointed q∂ı of Timbuktu, and was also imam of
Jingere B˙r from 1271/1854-5. His son Mu˛ammad was q∂ı shortly
before the French occupation.
1. Notes on the history and obituaries of Timbuktu and Msina

Three fragments attributed to San Shirfi are preserved in Paris (BI),
2406(72, 71, 70, so arranged):
52 CHAPTER TWO
(72) is the beginning of the work, and consists of an account of Sh.

A˛mad Lobbo as the twelfth “true” caliph of Islam, with “proofs” from
the forged Ta√rıkh al-fattsh.
(71) Obituaries from 1257/1841-2 down to 1263/1847-8, followed by an
account of the conquest of ˘amdallhi by al-˛jj fiUmar in 1279/1861.
The obituary section corresponds to an obituary list (Paris (BI),
2405(3)), said to have been written by Mu˛ammad b. al-Suyü†ı, father of
a later scholar and imam of the same name, except that it omits mention
of the death of “our wife” Nna Khadıja bt. Sh. Alfa A˛mad b. Alfa
Banya on 8 ∑afar 1270/9 November 1853.
(70) An account of al-Bakk√ı’s coming to Timbuktu and his battle with
the forces of al-˛jj fiUmar.
2. Two short letters addressed to Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, entreating him

to come to the aid of Timbuktu against the forces of al-˛jj fiUmar.
MS: MAMMP, 7.3; Niamey, 528, p. 22, 544(vi); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
5576(ii).
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. SAfiˆD
1. Maktüb fı radd al-bidafi al-shay†niyya al-mu˛datha fı bild al-

Südn
A˘MAD B◊B◊ b. ABˆ ’L-fiABB◊S b. fiUMAR b. ZAYY◊N, b. c. 1860

Marty (1920), ii, 12-13.
Q∂ı of Timbuktu and a Tijnı muqaddam, his genealogy goes back

(through a slender eight generations) to A˛mad al-∑aqlı (or ∑aqallı), the
˘assanid sharıf who is said to have arrived in Timbuktu in the early 16th
century (see Hunwick, 1996b). He was in the delegation that met with
the French officer Lt Boîteux in 1893 to negotiate the submission of
Timbuktu. He was appointed q∂ı in 1896, and was held in high regard
by the French, who made him a member of Comité Consultatif des
Affaires Musulmanes for West Africa. He was affiliated to the Tijniyya
through Sh. A˛mad Zarrüq of Jenne, who obtained his authorization
from the zwiya of Fez.
1. Report on the case of a woman enslaved by the Tuareg who died in

Ar˛am. After her death who inherits her?
AL-SUYÜ‡ˆ b. MU˘AMMAD, b. c. 1865

al-Safida al-abadiyya, 51; Marty (1920), ii, 15-17.
When the French began to threaten Timbuktu in the early 1890s, al-
Suyü†ı went as a member of the Timbuktu delegation to Morocco to seek
help from Sultan ˘asan I. Obtaining no satisfactory reply, he went on
pilgrimage to Mecca. On his return to Timbuktu he found the French
installed, and paid allegiance to them, In 1911 he was appointed
professor at the French established Médersa of Timbuktu where he
taught theology and law. He received the Tijnı wird from Sh. A˛mad
Zarrüq of Jenne.
A˘MAD b. MB◊RAK b. BARKA b. MU˘AMMAD al-Müs-ü-fiAlı

al-Takanı al-Wdnünı al-Süsı al-Tinbuktı, known as Abü’l-Afirf, or
Bou’l-Araf, b. 1864, d. 16 September 1955.
MKUB.
Born in Gulimım in Darfia (Morocco), he was not a professional scholar,

but a man of independent means, gained through trade, a bibliophile and
patron of the learned. After living for some time in Shinqı†, he settled in
Timbuktu in 1907.
In the CEDRAB catalogue some of the mss. below are ascribed to
A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh al-Qsim.
1. Bahjat al-†lib bi-nayl al-ma√rib

2. al-Baraka wa’l-mafiüna fı muntakhab faw√id min al-Risla al-

maymüna
Abridgt of al-Risla al-maymüna of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.
3. Bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat al-ikhwn

54 CHAPTER TWO
4. al-Durra al-∂wiya wa’l-ghurfa al-ßfiya

See MKUB, 6.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 974, 1213 (al-Durra al-ghwiya).
5. Fat˛ Allh al-Majıd fı iltiq† faw√id min Junnat al-murıd

Abridgt. of Junnat al-murıd of Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.).
listed in MKUB, 5, as Fat˛ Allh al-Majıd talkhıß kitb Junnat al-murıd
dün al-marıd.
MS: Niamey, 1356; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 357.
6. al-Faw√id al-manqüla min kitb al-Kawkab al-Waqqd

Abstract of a book by Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.).
7. Izlat al-rayb wa’l-shakk wa’l-tafrı† fı dhikr al-fiulam√ al-

mu√allifın min ahl al-Takrür wa’l-∑ahrI 29
A biographical dictionary of scholars of the Middle Niger and southern
Sahara. See Brown (1967b), written in 1360/ 1941-2 (see Kani (1984).
MSS: Niamey, 1476; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 492, 991 (inc.); photocopy
of ms. in the hand of Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab, NU/ Hunwick, 480.
Publ. ed. al-Hdı al-Mabrük al-Dlı n.p. [Benghazi], n.d.[ c.2000]
[Silsilat al-Ta√rıkh al-Thaqfı li-Ifrıqiy fı-m war√ al-∑a˛ra√ wa-
Shimlih, 1].
8. Jamfi nawzil Mu˛ammad Fl b. Mattl

See MKUB, 4.
9. al-Kashf wa’l-nabha fı il˛q al-walad li’l-shubha

10. Man÷üma fı ’l-kab√ir

MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 66; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8911 (Na÷m fı ’l-
kab√ir). Cf. Munawwir al-∂am√ir (see below).
11. Man÷üma manfafiat al-ikhwn fı shufiab al-ımn

See MKUB, 6.
12. Man÷üma fı rith√ Afilı b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Anßrı

13. Munawwir al-∂am√ir fı shar˛ Mußaqqil al-baß√ir fı na÷m al-

Zawjir
Comm. on Mußaqqil al-baß√ir, itself a vers. of al-Zawjir [fian iqtirf
al-kab√ir of Ibn ˘ajar al-Haytamı?]. Written before 1328/1909 (date of
copying of MS: 1228).
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 956, 1228. Cf. Na÷m al-kab√ir, MS:
14. Mukhtaßar al-Kawkab al-waqqd

Abridgt. of al-Kawkab al-waqqd by al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.).
15. Mukhtaßar K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id

Abridgt. of the K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id of Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr
al-Kuntı (q.v.).
16. Nasab Müs b. fiAlı

Genealogy of Müs b. fiAlı who is buried in Shaghrüsh. See MKUB, 6.
17. Nawzil A˛mad Mu˛ammad b. Khayr al-Tandaghı

See MKUB, 4.
18. Nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr al-fiAllüshı

Arranged under fiqh topic classifications; see MKUB, 4. See also item
28 below.
19. al-Nawzil al-mufıda

20. Na÷m akbar al-kab√ir al-thaltha fiashar

See MKUB, 5.
21. Na÷m fatwı bafi∂ fiulam√ al-Takrür

MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1306.
22. Na÷m fi mukaffirt al-dhunüb

56 CHAPTER TWO
MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1223.
23. Na÷m ˛ikam al-shaykh Ma˛müd al-Kardı al-Kürnı

See MKUB, 5.
24. Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiın

See MKUB, 5.
25. Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiimi√a

See MKUB, 5. Deals with all the mortal sins mentioned by Ibn ˘ajar al-
Haytamı (d. 973/ 1565) in his K. al-zawjir fian iqtirf al-kab√ir (see
GAL II, 387).
26. Na÷m nasab al-shuraf√ al-Birrıshiyyın

See MKUB, 5.
27. Na÷m al-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-˛adıth al-muttafaq fialayhi

See MKUB, 4. Evidently comm. of a work by Ibn al-Jawzı (d. 597/
1200; see GAL I, 500) on abrogated ˛adıths: Ikhbr ahl al-rusükh fı ’l-
fiqh wa’l-ta˛dıth bi-miqdr al-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-˛adıth.
Maybe the same as item 39 below.
28. Na÷m nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr

See also item 18 above.
29. al-Na÷m al-÷arıf li-nawzil ˘am ’llh al-sharıf

See MKUB, 5.
30. R. fı ahammiyyat al-ta√rıkh

31. R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sı. fiUmar al-Kuntı

Asking him to find him a copy of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı’s Fat˛ al-Quddüs.
32. Shar˛ bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat al-ikhwn

See MKUB, 6.
33. (Shawhid min na÷mihi)

34. Sullam al-bayn fı ˛urriyyat al-südn

MKUB, 6.
35. Tafilıq fial ’l-risla al-maymüna

See MKUB, 5. Comments on al-Risla al-maymüna of Sı. al-Mukhtr
al-Kuntı (q.v.).
36. ‡arıq al-janna fı faw√id min Kitb al-minna

Abstract of K. al-minna of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. Written before
1369/1949.
37. Tarjamat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. al-‡lib

fiAbd Allh al-Shinqı†ı al-Waltı
38. Tu˛fat al-arıb al-najıb fı muntakhabt faw√id [var. faw√id

abraznh min] al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb
Comm on Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb by Sı. al-Mukhtr
al-Kunt (q.v.). See MKUB, 6.
39. Urjüza fı ’l-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-a˛dıth al-nabawiyya wa-

shar˛ih
MU˘AMMAD fiABD ALL◊H b. ABˆ ’L-AfiR◊F al-Takanı al-Tinbuktı
1. Maktüb fı ’l-na˛w mafia shar˛ihi

Timbuktu (MMHT), 1373.
2. Muqaddima fı ’l-fiarü∂
58 CHAPTER TWO
ABÜ BAKR b. AL-BANY◊
Fatw
MU˘AMMAD MA˘MÜD b. AL-SHAYKH b. Sı. ABˆ BAKR

(BUBAKKAR) b. al-q∂ı Sı. A˘MAD al-˘asanı al-Süqı al-Arawnı al-
Tinbuktı, d. 30 Shawwl 1393/25 November 1973
Izlat al-rayb.
His genealogy continues: b. al-q∂ı Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-q∂ı S ı .

Mu˛ammad B˙r b. al-q∂ı Sı. al-Wfı b. al-q∂ı Sı. ‡libna b. al-q∂ı
Sı. Mu˛ammad Agin b. ‡libna b. Sh. Sı. A˛mad b. Adda. A jurist, q∂ı
of Timbuktu, and a prolific poet, there was mutual admiration between
him and the French. Post-independence, under the military regime of
Moussa Traore, however, he was arrested and exiled to Sikasso. In the
1990s much of his library was plundered during the Tuareg uprising.
The remainder is looked after by his son Buya. He is said to have written
an account of his own life.
1. al-Ajwiba al-durriyya fial ’l-as√ilat al-Süqiyya

Written before 1355/1936 (date of copying of ms.)
2. Bulghat al-murıd il bu˛ür al-man†iq al-jadıd

3. Fatwı
i) On a point in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl.
ii) On marriage.
iii) Nzila concerning a woman who married a Christian
without her parents’ consent.
iv) Concerns a woman who was married on condition that if her

husband took a second wife or befriended another woman
(tawannasa bi-imra√atin ghayrih), she would become ˛arm to
him. Judgement given Rajab 1355/Sept.-Oct. 1936, followed by
remarks by other legal scholars.
v) On loans.
vi) On wills.
vii) On a man who claimed the debts of his father.
4. Fay∂ al-Fti˛ al-Mlik fı ußül al-imm Mlik

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 153,
5. Fuyü∂t al-Muqtadir fı ˛illiyyat kulli sharb fiad ’l-musakkir

6. If˛m Mu˛ammad al-Slik fı [al-]dhabb fian al-a√imma

Perhaps response to Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyi al-Tinwjıwı.
7. K. al-turjumn fı ta√rıkh al-∑a˛r√ wa’l-Südn wa-balad Tinbuktu

wa-Shinqı† wa-Arawn
Written after 1352/1933. Consists of sixteen chapters, but the index at
the end indicates that this is only Part I. There are several genealogical
tables, some glued in in the text, others detached at the end. Chapter 14
is on the benefits of French rule.
8. Maktüb fı a˛km al-˛ubus

9. Mukhtaßar Fat˛ al-Shakür

60 CHAPTER TWO
Notes of MMD.
10. Na÷m
Izlat al-rayb lists:
i) Fı ’l-fiarü∂
ii) Fı fiilm al-sirr wa’l-jadwal
iii) Fı ’l-man†iq
11. Qaß√id
i) In praise of Sayyid fiUrwa al-Arawnı, and congratulating
his son Bb A˛mad on his appointment as amır. 40 vv.
ii) Elegy
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2260 (with another by Ibn fi◊lı b.
˘abıb).
iii) Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Takanı
Opens: A-l inna ’l-zamna la-dhü ’ghtiylı * Wa-yan÷uru ahlahu
na÷ara ifitillı
iv) Q. lmiyya: Y †liban li’l-˛aqqi düna jidlı * Anßif akhı li’l-
W˛id al-Mutafilı
15 vv. See also no.15 below.
v) Q. nüniyya: ‡alafiat bi-wajhin s†ifi al-lamfinı * Qarrat bi-
man÷arin ßabbah al-fiaynnı
62 vv. congratulating the amır Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. al-‡hir b. al-
Mahdı on his safe return from the pilgrimage.
vi) Q. r√iyya: Qif bi’l-diyri wa-bi’l-mafilimi fı ’l-qur *
Nabkı khalılı ˛asratan wa-ta˛ayyur
MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 453(ii).
vii) Q. r√iyya: A-dafinı [or A-dafika]dfiı ’l-bayni bi’l-ijhrı *

Y nafsi inna al-khayra fı ’l-asrrı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4839; Timbuktu (MMHT), 453(i).
12. R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya fı sha√n al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya

13. Tabßirat al-mukhtr fı anna sadl al-yad sunnat al-Mukhtr

14. Tafsır al-Qur√n

Notes of MMD.
15. Tanbıh al-ghfilın fı farsh al-afirsh fı a˛km lu˛üq al-walad bi’l-

firsh
On paternity, preceded by poem: Y †liban li’l-˛aqqi düna jidl
His son MA˘MÜ D b. MU˘AMMAD MA˘MÜD b. AL-SHAYKH al-

Arawnı, known as fi◊dil Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad
Notes on MMD.
A talented poet who wrote many poems of welcome, and elegies. He

studied under his father and under fiˆs (b. Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd?). He
taught for some time in Segu.
1. Na÷m al-Kitb al-akh∂ar [li’l-Qadhdhfı]

Vers. of the “Green Book” of Col. Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı, president of
the Libyan Arab Jamhıriyya.
2. Q. r√iyya: Fa-˛aw∂ al-mawti amruhu ayyu amrı * Wa-Zaydun fı

wurüdihi mithlu fiAmrı
13 vv. elegy for Bba Wangara b. Surmoy Wangara.
Müly A˘MAD [b.] B◊B˚R al-Arawnı, d. 12 Rabıfi I 1418/17 July

1997
Notes of MMD.
62 CHAPTER TWO
His principal teacher was Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.).
He became one of the leading teachers of Timbuktu, being a recognized
expert in matters of inheritance, an exegete, mu˛addith and historian. He
was also imam of the zwiya of Müly al-fiArabı (q.v.) and q∂ı of the
people of Arawn resident in Timbuktu. He is buried close to the mau-
soleum of Q∂ı Ma˛müd b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt just north of the
city of Timbuktu.
1. Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd al-

Sharıf
Comm. on poem on inheritance.
2. Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr al-südn

Intended in some sense to replace the apparently lost 16th cent. work of
the same title by Bb Gür(ü) b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad al-Amın (q.v.). For
the period down to the early 19th cent. the work follows existing
histories in the main, but the material for the 19th and 20th centuries is
more original, especially in synthesizing tribal histories. It is clearly
arranged in chapters and sections and the Niamey ms. copy is perhaps in
the hand of the author.
MS: Niamey, 106.
Publ. ed. al-Hdı al-Mabrük al-Dlı, n.p. [Benghazi], 2001[Silsilat al-
Ta√rıkh al-Thaqfı li-Ifrıqiy fı-m war√ al-∑a˛ra√ wa-Shimlih, 3].
3. Shar˛ fiala ’l-na÷m al-Ma√müniyya min al-mırth fı ’l-munsakha

MS:Timbuktu (MMHT), 1653.
4. Man÷üma fı dhamm qaryat Hadr

5. Mughnı al-mutafiallim fı ’l-˛isb wa’l-far√i∂

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6144, 6365; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1029.
6. al-Nür al-f√i∂ fı laghz al-far√i∂

7. R. fı fiilm al-˛isb
8. al-Safida al-abadiyya fı ’l-tafirıf bi-fiulam√ Tinbuktu al-bahiyya

History of Timbuktu and biographical dictionary of its scholars.
MS: Ibadan (CAD), 262 (photocopy in NU/Hunwick, 475); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 2752.
9. Ta√rıkh Azawd
Edited version with footnotes of a history of the Barbısh of Azawd by
Ma˛müd b. Da˛mn. Written in 1368/1948-9. A copy of the original
history is in Niamey, MS 86.
MS: Niamey, 1475 (photo, 43 pp.).
10. Shar˛ man÷ümat A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ww

Titles supplied by MMD:
i) Aßdaq al-qawl fı mas√il al-fiawl
Comm. on vv. by Mu˛ammad Rr.
ii) Mift˛ al-far√i∂ li’l-mubtadi√ın fı tafilım fiilm al-far√i∂
Introduction to the law on inheritance.
iii) Minan Allh fial m yüßıkum Allh
iv) Natıjat al-fara∂iyyın fı istinb† mas√il al-writhın
Comm. on the chapter on inheritance in the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd.
v) Shar˛ al-mawlidiyya fı ’l-far√i∂
vi) R. fı wußül al-thawb li’l-amwt
vii) R. fı ikhtilf al-fiulam√ fı ’l-tibgh
AL-∑IDDˆQ b. YA˘Y◊ al-Tinbuktı

Evidently 20th century, since he praised Hamidu Sossi of Segu (q.v.),
who was still alive in 1367/1947.
1. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad ˘mid SΩsi

64 CHAPTER TWO
Opens: Y man bi-˛usn al-ßanfii qa†† ˛ab lı * fiAmman siwhu wa-fianhu

batta wißlı
MS: Niamey, 429(iv).
MA˘MÜD MU˘AMMAD DADAB known as ˘ammü, b. 26 Shawwl

1374/27 June 1955
Biographical notes and list of titles supplied by MMD.
Born in Timbuktu, he studied under several teachers: Abü ’l-Khayr b.

fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.), Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Bü ’l-Afirf, from
whom he obtained an ijza in ˛adıth and other Islamic sciences. Other
teachers included Müly al-fiArabı b. Müly Hshim al-Arawnı, fiAbd
Allh Badda b. al-Munır al-fiAlawı, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Sayyid al-
Tinbuktı, fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd, Sı. Mu˛ammad w. A˛mad al-
fiAyshı, Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Shirfi al-Arawnı, Müly A˛mad (q.v.),
from who he obtained an ijza in ˛adıth, and Mu˛ammad al-∑adıq b. al-
Dın, from who he obtained a certificate in calligraphy.
He ran a Qur√nic school, then became a prospector and curator at the
Centre A˛mad Bb. He then transferred to education, and after more
than ten years working in that field became educational consultant in the
Malian Inspectorate of Education.
He has his own teaching circle held at his house, but remains devoted
to calligraphy, constantly copying manuscripts. He has been a research
assistant for several researchers, and is one of the experts in the field of
Arabic manuscripts in Timbuktu. The titles of works below have been
supplied by their author.
1. Ajwiba ˛awl mafin ˛adıth <Khayr al-qurün qarnı>.
2. Ba˛th ˛awl al-fialqt bayn al-sukkn fı shiml wa-janüb al-∑ahr√

al-kubr
Paper delivered in Nadwat al-Tawßul in Tetuan, May 1998.
3. al-Irshd al-nuqüfi li’l-akh al-halüfi fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-wuqüfi fı

ashwk al-mashrüfi
In verse. Taqrı÷ by Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd b. A˛mad al-‡hir, known as
Ammalü Ag Hamath al-Anßrı.
4. al-Irshdt ˛awl al-tawjıht fı istinb† al-fiqh wa-mawqif al-

fiulam√ fı ’l-dın
Taqrı÷ by Alf A˛mad Bb˙r.
5. al-Maq†af al-ßarıf li’l-fikif al-wajıf fı adfiiyat al-La†ıf
6. Maktüb ˛awl al-makh†ü†t wa-ahammiyyatih wa-adawtih
7. Maktüb fı ’l-kasb wa-ahammiyyatihi
8. Mafilümt fian khiznat usrat Bulfiarf

On the library of A˛mad Bü’l-Afirf (q.v.), with analysis of its contents.
MS: Xerox copy of ms. in author’s hand in NU/ Hunwick, 480.
9. Nabfiat al-dhawq wa’l-shawq al-mukhtaßara min al-mudh’hab

wa’l-nafit wa-ftiq al-ratq
Taqrı÷ by Alf Idrıs b. Mu˛ammad al-˘aydarı.
10. Nawzil al-Shaykh Abı’l-Khayr al-Arawnı

Collection of the rulings by Abü ’l-Khayr al-Arawnı (q.v.)
11. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ghazawtihi ßall ’llh fialayhi wa-
sallam bi-ßarf al-fitna fian ahl al-fiIrq
ii) Q. fı ’l-naßı˛a wa’l-tawaßßul bi’l-awliy√ al-mu˛ı†ın bi-
madınat Tinbuktü li-raffi al-fitna (in Songhay).
12. Qıfin al-janna fı ’l-adhkr al-Qur√niyya wa’l-nabawiyya

Collection of adhkr derived from the Qur√n and the Sunna in 280 pp.
13. al-Risla al-maymüna al-muhimma al-mu˛tawiya fial jull al-

naß√i˛ al-wuddiyya wa’l-irshdt al-bayyina al-qayyima bi-munsabat
al-fitna al-†˛ina fial Tinbuktü wa’l-aqlım al-shimliyya
Commentary and counsel on the Tuareg uprising in the 6th region of
Mali in the early 1990s.
14. al-Shabb wa-dawruhum fı ’l-Islm

66 CHAPTER TWO
15. Tafßıl al-ımn wa-arknihi
16. Tanbıh al-mdi˛ al-muqallid fial m kna fialayhi salaf Tinbuktu fı

’l-mawlid
Taqrı÷ by Alf Slim b. al-Imm Bb˙r.
17. Tarjamat A˛mad Bü ’l-Afirf wa-ibnihi Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Bü

’l-Afirf
18. al-fiUßra al-ßfiya fı sulük al-shawmis fı ’l-ukhuwwa fı shu√ün al-

dafiwa wa’l-i†ra wa’l-bifitha
19. al-Zin wa-thruhu al-sayyi√a fı sulük al-Muslim wa-shiddat

ftihi fı ’l-mujtamafi
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD al-Tinbuktı
1. Ajwiba fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyyın

2. Ta√rıkh al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya min al-Maghrib il baqiyyat mudun

Ifrıqiyya
MU˘AMMAD b. YAfiQÜB b. MÜSA al-Sunghawı
This is the only person to use the nisba “Sunghawı”, (i.e. Songhay).
Perhaps he did not identify himself with Timbuktu; or possibly he was
not from the city or resident in it.
1. Fal˛ al-mu√min wa’l-najt

On prayers for the Prophet.
CHAPTER THREE
THE SAHARAN FRINGES OF MALI: I, THE KUNTA

The Kunta, although they consider themselves “Arabs” and claim fiUqba
b. Nfifi as their eponymous ancestor, are most likely Berber by origin.
Their early history is unclear, but from the mid-sixteenth century they
begin to emerge as a distinct and relatively large tribe, and they began to
roam over wide areas of the Sahara from al-Sqiy√ al-˛amr√ in the
north to the Hodh (al-˘aw∂) in the south, and eastwards as far as the
oasis of Tuwt, where eventually a settlement known as the Zwiyat
Kunta emerged. In the early eighteenth century a rift occurred. Clans
descended from Sı. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır, a son of Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı
established themselves in what is now southern Mauritania, and became
known as the Kunta al-Qibla, whilst descendants of Sı. fiUmar al-
Shaykh, another son of Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (and a respected religious
figure) combined pastoralism with commerce, and established a network
of trading posts from Wdı Darfia through Tuwt to the Azawd region
north of the Middle Niger to Timbuktu in the west and Katsina in the
east.
Among the latter, the Awld Sıdı al-Wfı established a pre-eminent
status in the second half of the eighteenth century, due to the role of their
leader Sı. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr (d. 1226/ 1811), who
combined qualities of learnedness and sanctity with political astuteness
and commercial acumen. In 1167/ 1753-4 he established a base at a
location known as al-˘illa in Azawd, which soon became a noted
centre of study and a base for the propagation of the Qdiriyya †arıqa. In
fact, due to the saintly nature of Sı. al-Mukhtr, his propagation of the
Qdiriyya led to his disciples constituting a sub-order known as the
Qdiriyya-Mukhtriyya, from which many Qdiriyya groups in West
Africa derive their affiliation.
Upon Sı. al-Mukhtr’s death, his son Sı. Mu˛ammad inherited his role
as chief of the Awld al-Wfı and shaykh of the Qdiriyya-Mukhtriyya.
Upon his death in 1241/ 1826, political and spiritual leadership passed to
his son al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, and upon his demise to his brother A˛mad
68 CHAPTER THREE
al-Bakk√ı, who took up residence in Timbuktu, and worked to retain the

city’s independence in the face of attempts at domination by A˛mad
Lobbo and his successors, and of the Tijnı shaykh al-˛jj fiUmar, who
established a state based on Segu in the early 1860s.
In the closing years of the nineteenth century, two grandsons of Sı.
Mu˛ammad distinguished themselves by their differing reactions to
French colonial overrule. Zayn al-fi◊bidın declared a jihd against the
French, following their occupation of Timbuktu in 1894, and continued
to present a menace to them in the first two decades of the twentieth
century. Sh. By b. Sı. fiUmar, a scholar and man of saintly repute, took
up residence in the Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras, and encouraged both the Ifo‚ras and
the Ahoggar Tuareg to avoid conflict with the French. He came to be
recognized by the French as a judicial authority in the region, though he
did not hold a designated post.
The Kunta produced numerous scholars in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries, of whom the best-known and most prolific were
direct descendants of Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kabır. Their Qdiriyya
disciples carried the †arıqa widely over western Sudanic Africa, though
the Tijniyya became a powerful rival to it in the twentieth century.
al-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Kuntı al-Wfı, Abü Zayn

al-fi◊bidın, b. 1142/1729, d. 1226/29 May 1811
Fat˛, 152-3; Marty (1920), i, 27-62; Batran (1971, 1974, 1979, 2001); McDougall (1986); EI (2), v,
393-5; CCIM, art. by Mahmoud Abdu Zouber, pp. 215-8. See also Missions to the Niger, ed. E. M.
Bovill, Cambridge, 1964 i, 301, n. 3.
He was born in the region of Kathıb/Erg Oralla a large dune just north of
Mabrük. His father died when he was ten, and he was educated by his
brothers Mu˛ammad Abü ˘miya and Abü Bakr, and by his maternal
grandfather Bdi b. al-˘abıb. He also spent time living with and
studying among the Kel Inalbash branch of the Kel al-Süq, and the Kel
˘urma. His principal teacher, however, was Sı. Alı b. al-Najıb of
Arawn, a leading shaykh of the Qdiriyya in the region. He spent the
years 1754-7 studying in Morocco, and on his return married a distant
cousin of his, a pious and learned woman simply known as al-Shaykha
(d. 14 January 1810).
THE SAHARAN FRINGES OF MALI I: THE KUNTA 69
On the death of Sı. fiAlı, he succeded him as shaykh of the Qdiriyya,

and established a zwiya at Bü ’l-Anwr in Azawd, some 400 km. NE
of Timbuktu [15-20 km NE of the well of Aneschchag, 18° 42’ N - 1°
02’ W]. From there he exercised his intercessory powers over various
inter-tribal disputes, especially those of his own tribe with the Barbısh.
He was on especially good terms with their chief Mu˛ammad b. Ra˛˛l
and supported the succession of the latter’s son fiAlı. Relations with the
Kel Antasar, however, deteriorated, and hostility remained between them
and the Kunta until the early twentieth century. Nevertheless, Sı. al-
Mukhtr retained good relations with clerical clans such as the Kel
Inukundar. He was also a spiritual advisor to Kawa Ag Amma, the
amenokal of the Ullimiden.
Sı. al-Mukhtr maintained a wide range of contacts with other Islamic
leaders of the region and a network of discipleship that extended from
southern Mauritania to Bornu and southwards to the forest zones of
Ivory Coast and Guinea. Among those who traced their Qdirı wird
through him were Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye (see ALA II, 55),
and Sh. A˛mad Lobbo of Msina. He was buried at his zwiya at Bü ’l-
Anwr.
1. Adfiiya wa-a˛zb
Some collections of prayers exist without title, while several individual
prayers circulate independently. These are listed first:
i) Dafiwat yat al-kursı
ii) Dufia√ al-awliy√
Opens: Allhumma laka al-˛amd bi-kulli shay√in nu˛ibbu an
tu˛mada bihi.
iii) Dufi√ al-basmala
See also no. (v) below.
iv) ˘izb al-asrr
MSS: Rabat (KhA), D2257, pp. 614-26, J962, pp. 1-9.
70 CHAPTER THREE
v) ˘izb al-basmala
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 987.6-8, 3072 (listed as Dufi√ al-
basmala).
vi) ˘izb al-isr√
MS: Rabat (KhA), D2257(9); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 900 (inc.),
1943 (inc.), 2065, 2937, 3622(i), 3798.
vii) ˘izb al-nür
MSS: Niamey, 1721; Rabat (KhA), D253, ff. 106-8; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 602, 3621(ii) (frag.).
viii) Untitled. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı sharrafan
bi-ßaltihi fialayn
MSS: Niamey, 1008, 1444.
ix) Untitled. Opens: Rabban ÷alamn anfusan
Written for a student in a state of mental confusion.
x) Untitled. Opens: Allhumma ˛ulla baynı wa-bayn al-
mafißiya wa-asbbih wa-kha†artih wa’qtirbih
xi) Prayers said to be uttered by Sı. al-Mukhtr on arriving
at a camping site or a house where he would stay.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2342(iv)
Collections of prayers
xii) Untitled. Opens with Qur√nic vv. of protection.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4052 (inc.).
xiii) Khamsa a˛zb
xiv) Majmüfia a˛zb wa-adfiiya
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 966 (62 ff.), 2438 (66 ff.), 2672,
4311.
Rabat (KhA), D127, pp. 71-335, D1754 (Opens with ˘izb al-
isr√, ˘izb al-nür, ˘izb al-basmala).
xv) Majmüfi adfiiya
A collection of 27 prayers. Opens: Y ilh al-liha al-rafıfi
jalluhu, Y Allhu as√aluka bi-ww ilühiyyatika al-kmila, wa-
mım ra˛matika al-shmila wa-dl daymümatika al-sarmadiyya
wa-fiayn fiizzatika al-abadiyya
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1337; Rabat (KhH), 1130.
2. Ajwiba
i) On reciting a portion of the Qur√n during communal ßalt.
Opens: M jar min al-fida min qir√at al-˛izb bayn a÷hur al-
mußallın.
MS: Timbuktu, 1732, 4992, 5668(i); Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 33-
40r.
ii) On reciting the Qur√n in a loud voice close to someone
who is praying.
iii) Responses to various questions, perhaps from one of his
sons. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı jafiala qulüb al-fiulam√
mafti˛ li-fat˛ ratq muqfalt al-a˛km.
MS: Niamey, 590, 1386; Rabat (khA), D226.
iv) Responses to questions on taßawwuf and fiqh. Opens: al-
˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı lahu ’l-wujüd al-mu†laq.
MS: Niamey, 565.
v) On writing Qur√nic verses for a fee for a sick person who
then dies.
MS: Niamey, 1150.
vi) On marriage. A man asks a girl’s hand, being already
married. The girl’s father lays down a condition: if the man
72 CHAPTER THREE
reunites with his wife or takes a concubine, the girl is

automatically divorced.
MS: Niamey, 564; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5668(ii).
vii) Responses to various questions. Opens: Amm suatafiallim.
MS: Niamey, 1029.
viii) Responses to various questions. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi
jfiil fial qulüb al-fiulam√ maftı˛ ta˛illu aqfl al-mushkilt.
MS: Niamey, 2278.
ix) Responses to various questions. Opens: M jar min al-fida
min qir√at al-˛izb bayn a÷hur al-mußallın (cf. nos. i and ii
above).
x) On the ruling concerning goods seized from marauders
(mu˛ribün) and robbers (lußüß), and whether there is any
difference between these two categories.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 21, ff. 1-7.
xi) On various religious matters. Opens: ˘ a m dan li-man
nawwara baß√ir ülı ’l-istibßr bi-ithmid ku˛l al-asrr wa’l-
atwr
xii) On the lawful and the forbidden (al-˛all wa’l-˛arm)
MS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 37r-38v.
xiii) Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(14)b√, ˘(14)F; Niamey, 2271; Paris
(BN), 5480, ff. 103-6, 5610, ff. 10r.-13v., 5616, ff. 83r-89v;
xiv) On failure of women to observe ˛ijb.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 299 (Ajwibat al-niqb).
xv) Selection compiled by his son Mu˛ammad

MS: Kaolack, 143.
See also: Paris (BN), 6399, ff. 219-65.
3. Ajwibat Labbt
Answers to 81 questions in response to Labbt [b. Mu˛ammad b.
Ibrhım].
MSS: Boudjbeha (500 ff.); Niamey, 582; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1258
(inc.).
4. al-Ajwiba al-muhimma li-man lahu bi-amr dınihi himma

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı awjab al-tamassuk bi’l-kitb wa’l-ßalt
wa’l-salm fial ’l-nabı al-awwb
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√37 dl; Birmingham, 3; MAMMP, 8.4, 2-60;
Paris (BN), 6366; Rabat (KhA), D270, pp. 196-335, D1429, ff. 1r-57v.,
K2541; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 21, 2915, 3953, 4637, 8878.
5. al-Awrd al-Qdiriyya wa’l-tawjıht al-Mukhtriyya

See Cour, Catalogue de la médersa de Tlemcen. See also Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 4114 (Awrd).
6. Badhl (var. bulügh) al-wusfi fı ’l-mas√il al-tisfi

Nine questions put to Sı. al-Mukhtr by one of the fiulam√ al-südn as a
test. See Fat˛, 152, Massignon (1909), no. 1.
7. Bughyat al-kh√i∂ fı ˛ukm al-tamattufi bi’l-˛√i∂

On sexual relations with a woman after menstruation if she has not
bathed due to lack of water.
MSS: Niamey, 965, 2237; Paris (BN), 5675, ff. 146r-153v.
8. al-Burd al-muwashsh fı qa†fi al-ma†mifi wa’l-rush

MSS: Birmingham, 19; Niamey, 424, 584; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1015
(inc.), 1701.
Comm. By his son Mu˛ammad (q.v.), fiIlm al-yaqın wa-sunan al-
muttaqın. MSS: Niamey, 585; Rabat (KhA), D2450; Rabat (KhH), 824;
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 36, 473, 3295.
74 CHAPTER THREE
9. Fatwı
i) On seeking cures through writing of Qur√nic verses.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 933, 2711.
ii) On the lawfulness of property taken from robbers and
marauders (al-mu˛ribün); cf. Ajwiba, no x above.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 40r.-43v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
968, 1077, 2566 (on what is taken from Ullimiden, Tadmakkat
and Imghd), 2716, 3848.
iii) On the law on zakt.
iv) On a judgment (nzila) on the people of Azawd.
v) On blood remaining inside a carcass after slaughter.
vi) On divorce.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2359
vii) On selling salt for grain.
The item is not actually by Sı. al-Mukhtr, but refers to a ruling
of his on the subject.
viii) On stipulations a sick man makes about healing.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2486, 2922 (different?).
ix) On attempting bribery.
x) On almsgiving.
xi) Decision in a case between two men (unknown issue).
xii) On treachery.
xiii) On zakt.
xiv) On inheritance.
Question posed by the grandsons of Sh. Inalbash about the
division of their father’s inheritance.
xv) On the fidya of him who recites Qur√n for the dead.
xvi) On marriage with conditions.
xvii) On the status of goods taken from the hands of marauders
and thieves, and the difference between them. Cf. fatw no. ii,
and Ajwiba, no. x above.
xviii) Collection of fatwı.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3948 (18 ff.)
10. Fat˛ al-Wadüd bi-shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd

Comm. on Tu˛fat al-mawdüd of Ibn Mlik. Written in 1201/1786.
MSS: Birmingham, 5 (inc.); London (BM), 12544; Niamey, 570, 2243
(inc.); Paris (BN), 5371, ff. 1-164; Rabat (KhA), J58, K2572; Rabat
(KhH), 1957, 3278, J58; Salé, 161; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 14 (inc.),
567, 1246, 1247, 1388; 1974, 2035, 3490, 8631.
Gloss: by Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Qri√, Tu˛fat
al-labıb wa-bughyat al-˛abıb. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 442, 6356.
11. Fat˛ al-Wahhb fial Hidyat al-†ullb

Comm. on author’s Hidyat al-†ullb (q.v.) in four large volumes.
MSS: Niamey, 1738, 2542.
12. Fiqh al-afiyn fı ˛aq√iq al-Qur√n

Also called Lubb al-albb fı ˛aq√iq al-sunna wa’l-kitb.
MSS: Niamey, 1207, 2420 (Pt. II only), 2541 (part of Pt. I only),
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2845, 2846, 3684.
76 CHAPTER THREE
13. Hidyat al-†ullb

A compendium (mukhtaßar) of fiqh; see Fat˛, 152.
MSS: Rabat (KhA), D372 (Pt. III only).
Comm. by author, Fat˛ al-Wahhb fial Hidyat al-†ullb (see above).
14. al-˘ißn al-manıfi fı ’l-tawaddud il ’l-˛abıb

15. al-fiIlm al-nfifi

MSS: Paris (BN), 5606, ff. 98r.-103v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 517,
3380.
16. al-Irshd fı maßli˛ al-fiibd

A treatise on theology.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1834 (Pt.I, inc.), 1835 (Pt.II, inc.), 2009 (Pt
1, 192 ff., copied in 1242/1826 by al-Mukhtr [al-∑aghır] b. Mu˛ammad
b. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad [al-Kuntı], the author’s grandson).
17. al-Istikhra
MSS: Paris (BN), 5474, f. 154, 5543, f. 153.
18. Jadhwat al-anwr fı ’l-dhabb fian (manßib) awliy√ Allh al-

akhyr
Written in 1205/1790-1. Reply to al-Mukhtr b. Büna regarding a verse
in his poem al-Wasıla in which he denied that anyone other than a
prophet could possess fiißma. Mukhtr al-Kuntı argues that saints also
possess it.
MSS: Birmingham, 22; MAMMP, 8.2, 170-287; Niamey, 1384, 1705;
Paris (BN), 5429, ff. 247-93; Rabat (KhA), K2579; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat),
139; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 332, 810, 3681, 4225.
19. Jadhwa nürniyya tubayyinu li’l-slik m yafiru∂ lahu mimm

huwa rabbnı aw shay†nı
MSS: Birmingham, 6.
Publ. text in Batran (1971), 425-32.
20. al-Jurfia al-ßfiya (var. al-shfiya) wa’l-naf˛a al-kfiya

Written in 1207/1792-3.
MSS: Alexandria (MB), taßawwuf, 13; Niamey, 821 (inc.), 1157, 1452,
1952, 1986, 2006; Paris (BN), 5503, ff. 1-156, 5525, ff. 199-374; Rabat
(AF), ayn 655 (attrib. to M. b. al-Mukhtr) Rabat (KhA), D360, K2578;
Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 189; Shinqı† (Ahl Ludfi), 16; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 500, 1700, 3349, 3985.
Comm. by Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Mlikı. MS:
Niamey, 819 (inc.).
Abridgt. by author, al-Rashfat al-shfiya min al-jurfiat al-ßfiya, MS:
21. Kashf al-labs fı m bayn al-rü˛ wa’l-nafs

MSS: Birmingham, 18, 24 (inc.); Niamey, 583; MAMMP, 8.2, 1-169;
22. Kashf al-niqb fian asrr Fti˛at al-Kitb

See Fat˛, 152, where it is described as an extraordinary work.
MSS: Salé, 119 (inc.); Rabat (KhA), D343 (Tafsır al-Fti˛a); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 1699., 2479
23. al-Kawkab al-waqqd fı fa∂l dhikr al-mash√ikh wa-˛aq√iq al-

awrd
MSS: Birmingham, 15 (inc.); Kaolack, 77, 78 (both: fı dhikr fa∂√il al-
mash√ikh wa-daq√iq al-awrd); MAMMP, 8.3, 2-223; 8.5, 285-321;
Niamey, 587, 1275, 1383; Rabat (AF), fiayn 65; Rabat (KhA), D1661, ff.
156-61 (inc.), J615, J762, K1592 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 1124, 6099, 8328,
9942; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1608 (fı fa∂l mash√ikh al-awrd), 2481.
See also A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf, al-Faw√id al-manqüla min al-Kawkab
al-waqqd. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 404.
24. Khu†bat fiıd al-a∂˛

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı’l-fiizza wa’l-jall al-fia÷ım bi-ghayr jism
wa-l shakl wa-l khayl
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√16; Niamey, 918, 1681; Paris (BI), 2405(29);
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 13, 391, 1612, 2308, 2339, 2585, 4269.
25. K. al-minna fı ifitiqd ahl al-sunna

MSS: Salé, 57 (lacks opening); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 170, 415.
78 CHAPTER THREE
Abridgt. by A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf al-Tinbuktı ‡arıq al-janna fı faw√id

k. al-minna ( q.v.).
26. La†√if al-Qudsı fı fa∂√il yt al-kursı

MSS: Rabat (KhH), 5493, 9838.
26a. Lubb al-albb fı ˛aq√iq al-sunna wa’l-kitb

Alternative title for Fiqh al-afiyn (q.v.).
27. al-Mamzüj
See Fat˛, 153, where it is described as a work that unites ∑üfism (al-
˛aqıqa) and sharıfia.
28. Maqla fı ’l-awliy√ wa-karmtihim

29. Ma†iyyat al-khalß fı kalimat al-ikhlß

On the teacher and pupil.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1821, 2917 (fı mafin ’l-ikhlß).
30. al-Mukhtaßar al-jamıl fı m tadfiü ilayhi al-˛ja min al-˛urr wa’l-

fiabd wa’l-mar√a wa’l-ßibyn
MS: Rabat, UNESCO, ser. K, B935/3.
31. Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb

MSS: Kaduna (NA), G/AR1/4; Paris (BN), 5474, ff. 54r.-99v., 5519, ff.
138r.-50r., 5675, ff. 28v.-57v.; Rabat (KhA), D127, ff. 1-35, D2257, pp.
543-613, J407, pp. 7-100; Rabat (KhH), 8439, 8827; Shinqı† (Ahl
˘abat), 171; Sokoto (WJC), 1/57; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 173, 475,
1607, 1614, 1655, 1933, 2945, 2785, 2945, 4177; Tunis (BN), 2178.
Comm. by his son Mu˛ammad (q.v.), al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb fı shar˛ Naf˛
al-†ıb, MSS: Niamey, 1382, 2175; Rabat (AF), fiayn 358; Rabat (KhA),
D730, K164, K1547 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 4636; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
8362.
Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü’l-Afirf, Tu˛fat al-arıb (q.v.).
Abrigt. of text and comm. by Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Bakk√i b.
Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 402.
32. al-Naßı˛a
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh alladhı azla fiann al-sina wa’l-asinna bi’l-
˛ikma wa’l-mawfii÷a al-˛asana.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 29 (inc.), 30.
33. Naßı˛at al-batt li-jamıfi ahl Kunta

MSS: Niamey, 551; Paris (BN), 5613, ff. 190-3; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
4838;
34. al-Naßı˛a al-shfiya al-kfiya

35. Naßı˛at al-munßif al-mubaßßir [var. al-mubtahil] al-mutafia††if

Quoted and abstracted in fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, Nayl al-
marm min shiyam al-kirm; see ALA II, 100. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi
’lladhı qla wa-liman ßabara wa-ghufrn dhlika li-man fiazama al-
umür
MSS: Niamey, 526.
36. Nu∂r al-dhahab fı kulli fann muntakhab

MSS: MAMP, 8.2, 346-418; Niamey, 586, 2173.
37. Nuzhat al-rwı wa-bughyat al-˛wı

MSS: Niamey, 420, 815, 1381, 2530; Paris (BN), 5365 (inc.), 5367
(inc.); Rabat (KhA), K1517 (inc.), K1327, K2148 (inc.), Q56 (inc.);
Rabat (KhH), 412, 1429, 2513; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 207; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 706, 3453.
Comm. by anon. MSS: Niamey, 815.
38. Qaß√id
i) Q. mutanawwifia
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 465-9; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1516, 4460.
By qfiya
ii) Q. b√iyya: al-Dhawqu sakr al-fiabdi bi’l-sharbı * Qabl
al-tarawwu˛ bafid al-iqtirbı
80 CHAPTER THREE
MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 10/87.

iii) Q. b√iyya: Minnı’l-salm wa-fiannı ayyuh ’l-nujubü *
Ta˛ammalü tafib an intjuhu ’l-†arabü
Addressed to his disciples, 88 vv.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 276-9; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 306.
iv) Q. dliyya: A-l abligh il ’l-nafar al-mufidı *
Mughalghalatan tunbi√u bi’l-saddı
In 32 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2027(i).
v) Q. dliyya: Shughif al-fu√du bi-˛ubbi Dht al-w˛idı *
Wa’l-sirru anb fian muqirrin j˛idı
∑üfı poem in 28vv.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5623, ff. 103r-v, 5693, ff. 65r-v; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 3057, 4862, 5435.
Comm. by author; see Fat˛, 153.
vi) Q. dliyya: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min kayd al-fiid abad * Wa-
sharri m fiaqadü wa’stamsakü’l-fiuqad
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4015 (attrib. to A˛mad al-Bakk√ı),
4093(i).
vii) Q. dliyya: Y man bi-azrihi yashudd al-sfiidü * M lı
siwkum fı ’l-umüri musfiidü
See Fat˛, 153.
viii) Q. dliyya fı ’l-taßawwuf
MSS: Paris (BN), 5623, f. 103.
ix) Q. hmziyya: Allhu rabbi filimun bi-shif√ı * Wa’hwa ’l-
Qadıru fial ’l-shif√ı
In 36vv.
MS: TC 2582.
x) Q. h√iyya: Ra√aytu ’l-Muß†af fı ’l-nawmi ˛aqq * Fa-
bashsharanı wa-adnnı ilayhi
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2155(i), 3764, 5276(i).
xi) Q. h√iyya: Suqy an li-ar∂in ghashh ’l-qa˛†u min zamanı

* Fa’mnin bi-ghaythin ay Mannnu y ’llhü
xii) Q. h√iyya: A-man tashakk min shab (?) ˛absihi *
Abshir bi-nür in l˛a min shamsihi
Addressed to a disciple. 20 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2601(iv).
xiii) Q. ˛√iyya: Fa-l takhsh iqllan wa-dhü’l-fiarshi mni˛ü
* Wa-l takhsh. Adressed to his son Sı. al-Mukhtr.. 13vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2637(ii)
xiv) Q. lmiyya: Y rabban ∂afiufat al-a†flü * Wa-qa˛a† al-
nis√u wa’l-rijlü
Prayer in verse, 23 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 300(ii), 2327.
xv) Q. lmiyya: Ijfial al-layla jawdan yamta†ı * Wa-dafi al-
nawma fa-fı ’l-nawmi al-fashal
19vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2601(v).
xvi) Q. lmiyya: Il mat anta y miskınu mashghülü * Bi-
jamfii duny wa-anta fianh manqülü
xvii) Q. lmiyya: Abshir fa-anta bi-˛abl Allhi mawßülü * L
takhsh faqran fa-inna ’l-fiahda mas√ülü
Addressed to his son Sı. al-Mukhtr. 20 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2637(iii).
xviii) Q. lmiyya fı ’l-dufi√
MS: Paris (BN), 5693, ff. 66r. -67v.
xix) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabbı khliqı azal *
˛amdan afüzü bihi wa-ablugh al-amal
In 77 vv, celebration of the 99 names of God.
82 CHAPTER THREE
xx) Q. lmiyya: Y rabbi dh ’l-anmi wa’l-af∂lı * Rawwi

’l-bilda bi-wbilin dhayylı
Prayer for rain in 17 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2969(ii).
xxi) Q. lmiyya
MS: Salé, 494/1 (at end).
xxii) Q. mımiyya: Abshir bi-khayrin fa-inna ’l-naj˛a ma˛tümü
* Wa-kullu m qaddar al-Ra˛mnu marsümü
xxiii) Q. mımiyya: A-man huwa bi’l-fiadli mawßüfun wa’l-
karamı * Wa-bi’l-kamli wa-bi’l-i˛sni wa’l-qidamı
xxiv) Q. mımiyya: Rabban dafiawnka fial * Falaqatin wa’l-
fiafwu yufiz li’l-kirm
In 30 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3915 (fial fiqatin), 5893.
xxv) Q. nüniyya: Ayqi÷ jufünaka inna ’l-qalba wasnnü * Wa-
ßammim al-fiazma inna ’l-fiazma kaslnü
In 27 vv.
xxvi) Q. nüniyya: Y rabbi y rabbi ßra ’l-mawtu †üfn *
Wa-anta akramu man bi’l-lu†fi awln
In 49 vv.
xxvii) Q. nüniyya: Habb al-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-aw†nı * Fa-
athra minnı kmin al-fiirfnı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5388(ii) (inc.).
xxviii) Q. nüniyya: ˘amdan li-man lahu ’l-asmı ’l-˛usn * Wa-
kullu nafitin dhı kamlin asn
In 191 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316 (vi).

xxix) Q. nüniyya: ‡araf al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Wa’l-qalbu min
lafa˛t al-wajdi walhnü
xxx) Q. qfiyya fı rith√ zawjatihi
xxxi) vv. Elegy for his wife Lalla fi◊√isha.
xxxii) Q. r√iyya: A-man sirruhü na˛w al-mulibbına qad
yassar * Taraffaq bin wa-la-tubdil al-fiusra bi’l-yusrı
In 262 vv.
MS: Niamey, 1404 (inc.).
xxxiii) Q. r√iyya: Tanßarat al-afid√u min kulli jnibı *
fiAlayya fa-˛asbı man lahu ’l-khalqu wa’l-amrü
In 57 vv.
MS: Paris (BI), 2413(199 end); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316(iii).
xxxiv) Q. r√iyya: Y ayyuh ’l-muta˛allı ghayra shımatihı *
Aqßir fa-laysa wujüd al-fiayni ka’l-atharı
In 53 vv.
Publ. text in Batran (1971), 399-405.
xxxv) Q. r√iyya: Y dh’l-than l yan˛aßir * Innı ghulibtu
fa’ntaßir
In 31 vv.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2877, 3767, 5888.
xxxvi) Q. r√iyya: Ilayka rafafin ’l-amra y man lahu ’l-
amrü * Wa-laysa laka Zaydun siwka wa-l fiAmrü
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4339 (preceded by prayer by Sı. al-
Mukhtr).
xxxvii) Q. r√iyya: Y rabban qad fiammat al-asw√u wa’l-
∂ararü * Wa’ghbarra ufq al-sam wa’˛marrat al-shajarü
Prayer for rain in 20 vv.
84 CHAPTER THREE

xxxviii) Q. sıniyya: Ashkü ilayka wa-l ashkü il ’l-nsı *
Faqrı wa-dhullı wa-taqßırı wa-iflsı
In 21 vv.
xxxix) Q. t√iyya: Y rabbi hadh ’l-wab * Nar annahu
i∂taramat
xl) Q. t√iyya: Idh lam ashmir bafida khamsına ˛ijjat *
Fa-dhlika tafrı† un wa-sü√u †awiyyatı
On his approaching death, in 10 vv.
xli) Q. r√iyya: Mat taßhü wa-qalbuka fı ghurürı * Wa-
tasbi˛u bi’l-sinıni wa’l-shuhürı.
In 118 vv.
By topic
xlii) al-Q. al-badriyya
Calling on God, the Prophet, and the saints to help him against
his enemies. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-fa∂lihı * Manna
fial fiibdihi bi-ruslihı. 30 vv.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5678, ff. 118-9v); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
2219, 2659, 2708, 4079.
xliii) Denial of the suggestion that he is the Mahdı.
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√23÷√.
xliv) al-Q. al-fay∂iyya al-mushtamila fial anwfi al-tajalliyyt
Comm. by anon. MS: Niamey, 812(v) (frag.).
xlv) Q. fı ’l-dht al-ilhı
xlvi) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ fial ’l-÷alama
xlvii) Q. fı ’l-˛ikam
Openß: Nafsi ’llatı tamliku al-ashy√a dhhibatü * Fa-kayfa
asfi fial shay√in dhhibı
xlviii) Q. fı ’l-ibtihl
a) Al†if bi-lu†fika y La†ıfu bi-khalqihi * Bi’l-ghaythi
tabfiathuhu sarıfian mughdiq. 17 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3136(i)
b) Opens: Y rabbi m fiawwadtan ill ’l-jamıl * Wa-
rizquka ’l-jammu wa-fa∂luka ’l-jazılü. 23 vv. Urjüza
c) Opens: Laka ’l-˛amdu y man lahu iftaqara * Jamıfi
al-bary bi-qahri ÷ahrı
d) Opens: Qad ßadaqa ’llhu wa-ballagha ’l-rasülü * Wa-
na˛nu mann bi-kulli m yaqülü
See also, 3980.
xlix) Q. fı fiilm al-†arıqa
MSS: Paris (BN), 5613, ff. 190-3.
l) Q. fı ’l-istisq√
Opens: Ql al-faqıh al-muqtadı bi’llhı * Mu˛ammad al-
Mukhtru ghayra w†ı. 27 vv. (inc.?). On f. 1r is another version
of ll. 1-3. Line 1 ends man dhü’l-jhı.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3940. See also 2372.
li) Q. fı mad˛ fiashıratihi wa’l-diffi fianh
lii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
Opens: Laka’l-˛amdu rabbi m tarannamat * w-sh-˛ fial ’l-
fqi wa-minhum maßabb
86 CHAPTER THREE
liii) Q. fı mad˛ al-Süqiyyın

In 44 vv.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2649, 4325, 5603(i).
liv) Q. fı mad˛ ra√ıs Kal al-Süq
In 14 vv.
Opens: Il man thaw bayn al-jawni˛i ˛ubbuhü * Salmun ka-
∂aw√ al-miski bal huwa ajmalü.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5603(ii)
lv) Q. fi ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr b. Büna
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2046 (illegible).
lvi) Q. fi ’l-radd fial ahl al-Süq
Response to the Kel al-Süq who were preventing al-Mukhtr’s
students from attending the ˛a∂ra Mukhtriyya. Opens: Man
dh yusfiilu fian kirmin ajillatı * Fa-hum mash√ikhu qdatun
li’l-muqtafı. 20 vv.
lvii) Q. fı shafin al-dajjl
Opens: Minnı wafiıdun d√im al-iqblı * Yaqfü la√ıman fı rififiin
blı. 28 vv.
lviii) Q. fı ’l-ta√rıkh
Arousing Muslims to the dangers of the French conquest of
Egypt. Opens: Nm al-khaliyyu wa-jafn al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Idh
qıla ˛alla bih büqun wa-ßulbnü.
lix) Q. fı ’l-tawassul
lx) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd
Opens: L tastarib bi-karmtin yukhaßßu bih * Man ittaq
’llha fı sirrin wa-ifilnı. 20 vv.
lxi) Q. fı ’l-zuhd
MS: Shinqı† (Ahl fiAbd al-˘amıd), 17.
lxii) Urjüza: Fa-qad safiü bi’l-ar∂i bi’l-fasdı * Fa-
khudh’hum wa-kulla man yufidı
In 41 vv., attacking the Banü ’l-Mült.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316(i)
39. al-Rashfat al-shfiya min al-jurfiat al-ßfiya,

40. Ras√il [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı]

i) R. fı ’l-istikhra
ii) R. fı jawb al-muta˛ribın
iii) R. fı kayfiyyat al-sulük
Opens: al-Sulük il ’llh huwa al-iqbl fial ’llh fı ’l-sirr wa’l-
fialniyya.
iv) R. fı kayfiyyat ziyrat al-shaykh
v) R. fı taqßır al-wird
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1923, 3405 (called here fatw).
vi) R. fı ujrat al-a†ibb√
vii) R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3157, 3942, 3947, 4461.
viii) R. il abn√ fiAlı b. Najıb
To the sons of his teacher.
ix) R. il abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf
88 CHAPTER THREE
Abolishing the custom of letting a slave cut the tip of the ear of a
man’s camel in order to change master.
x) R. il abn√ Sh. Sı. A˛mad ∑li˛ fı sha√n kaff Kel

Antaßar fian al-fasd
xi) R. il A˛mad b. ∑li˛ al-Arawnı
xii) R. il fiAlı b. Sh. Sı. A˛mad wa-ikhwnihi
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mu÷hir al-˛aqq wa-mufilıhı wa-
muba††il al-b†il wa-madh’hab mu˛illıhi.
xiii) R. il amır al-mu√minın fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAshshb
MSS: Rabat (KhH), 2114.
xiv) R. il Bdı b. Ma˛müd
Advice to him on fighting the Tuareg.
xv) R. il ˘mid b. A˛mad al-∑anhjı
xvi) R. il Hanün b. Bayd
Concerning Tuareg in the area of Ra√s al-M√.
xvii) R. il ibnihi Sı. Mu˛ammad
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mufarrij al-kurüb wa-fiallm al-
ghuyüb
xviii) R. il ibnihi fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd
C.f. no. (xviii) below.
xix) R. il jamfiat al-abn√ wa’l-ikhwn jamfiat abn√

fiammin Ibn al-Nafima
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(14)th√, ˛√(37)th√.
xx) R. il jamfiat Iguelld
At end is a note in a different hand apparently by the [pilgrim]
caravan leader ˘m b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Mukhtr (q.v.)
about events in the Middle East.
xxi) R. il jamfiat Kel Antaßar
Inviting the Kel Antaßar to arbitration after they attacked the
Kunta.
MSS: Niamey, 546; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 712, 901.
xxii) R. il kulli mu√min wa-mu√mina
On women’s dress and comportment.
MSS: Birmingham, 12.
xxiii) R. il Mu˛ammad al-Süqı
See Brown (1967a), no. 26.
xxiv) R. il ’l-sul†n al-Almadı al-Mukhtr Bb al-Kuntı
Letter to the chief of the Ullimiden asking him to mediate in a
war between the Kunta and the Iguellad.
xxv) R. il ’l-Q√id Abı Bakr al-Bsh
On the question of the imamate at Timbuktu, addressed to Q√id
Abü Bakr (Bübakr), who became pasha in 1210/1795-6.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1635, 1514 (addressed to Q√id
Abü Bakr b. A˛mad, Buya b. fiAlı, and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn and
Sharıf Zayyn), 3195 (il afiyn T.), 4791.
xxvi) R. il ’l-∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır
On what took place between the Tuareg and the Sultan Kawa Ag
Amma, amenokal of the Ullimiden.
90 CHAPTER THREE
xxvii) R. il Sıdı al-Wfı

xxviii) R. il fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Balla fı sha√n al-∂arrt
(sic)
Whether a wife can seek the divorce of her co-wife. The attribut-
ion to Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı is taken from the CEDRAB
catalog, but it is doubtful since fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Balla was
probably a 20th century figure.
41. al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia il sayyid Bb A˛mad

MS: Kaolack, 142.
42. al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya

Addressed to A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad.
MSS: Niamey, 1160 (inc.).
43. al-Risla al-maymüna

Or Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd fı naßı˛at al-afid√ wa’l-˛ussd. O n
religious ethics. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı l mudhill li-man
rafafia wa-l mufiizz li-man fian fa∂lihi dafafia
MS: Niamey, 574; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 987, 1814.
Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf (q.v.), al-Baraka wa’l-mafiüna fı
muntakhab qaw√id min al-Risla al-maymüna. MS: Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 987.
44. Risla wa-ta√rıkh

MSS: MAMMP, 8.3, 577-666 (inc. attrib. to al-Shaykh al-kabır).
45. al-Sahm al-mußıb

Urjüza: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-fa∂lihı * Manna fial fiibdihı bi-
ruslihı. 84 vv., imploring God and God’s chosen ones to help him
against his enemies.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5436, ff. 201r-202r.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 235, 881,
2316(ii), 4972 (attrib. to A˛mad al-Bakk√ı); Timbuktu (MMHT), 4142
(attrib. to his son Mu˛ammad).
46. ∑alawt fial ’l-nabı

Sokoto ms says: ‘Whoever recites this prayer once on a Friday, it is as if
he had recited the Dal√il al-khayrt [of al-Jazülı] a thousand times’.
MSS: Niamey, 1440; Sokoto (WJC), 6/94.
47. Shar˛ fial ßal† †alfiat al-dht al-mu†alsam

48. Shar˛ qaßıda fı mad˛ al-nabı

Comm. on poem by A˛mad b. Nßir al-Dın Mu˛ammad al-Darfiı (d. after
1100/1680) (Cf Q. by his son Mu˛ammad, al-Futü˛t al-ladunniyya).
MS: Birmingham, 16.
49. Shar˛ al-qaßida al-fay∂iyya

MSS: Rabat (KhH), 7357; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 501.
50. al-Shumüs al-A˛madiyya fı ’l-fiaq√id al-Mu˛ammadiyya

MSS: Niamey, 576.
51. Sullam al-ri∂wn bi-dhawq ˛alwat al-ımn

MSS: Cairo (DK), 808 taßawwuf; Niamey, 541, 968, 1104; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 713.
52. al-Tadhyıl al-jalıl al-fiadım al-mathıl

MSS: Rabat (KhH), 1736; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1805.
53. Ta√rıkh wa-nasab Awld ˘assn bi-Azawd

MSS: Niamey, 107; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1291 (T. qab√il B. ˘assn
b. fiUqayl), 4598 (R. fı dhurriyyat abn√ ˘assn).
54. Tu˛fat ahl al-jibl fı mafirifat a˛wl al-rijl

Biographies of illustrious Muslims. Unfinished.
Paris (BN), 5588, ff. 129r-142r.
55. Waßy
i) Opens: Iyyka an tu˛ıla awrdaka bal jamıfi afimlaka fial
wujüd al-fargh wa-khuluww al-waqt.
92 CHAPTER THREE
ii) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Malik al-Jabbr alladhı jafiala

al-tawßı min sunnat anbiy√ihi al-akhyr
Advice to a disciple who wanted to travel to bild al-südn.
MSS: Niamey, 527;Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 1270.
iii) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amaran bi-ittibfi al-
mursalın wa-˘a∂∂a fial ˛usn al-khuluq wa’l-lın.
MSS: Niamey, 1156, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 314, 359, pp. 131-
41;1156, 2985.
iv) Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-tawßı bi’l-˛aqq wa’l-
ßabr
MS: Niamey, 2262.
v) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı jafiala qulüb awliy√ihi
khaz√in l√ihi.
MSS: Niamey, 1035; Paris (BN), 5429, ff. 294v-301.
vi) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-munazzah fian al-shurak√
wa’l-andd al-mutafilı fian al-ß˛iba wa’l-awld.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 315, 359, pp. 124-9, 999.
vii) Waßiyya fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd
viii) Waßiyya il ’l-tilmıdh Sayyid al-Wfı b. ‡lib.
ix) Waßiyya il tilmıdhihi al-˛jj fiAbd Allh b. al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad b. al-Shaykh Ikina
MSS: Paris (BN), 5437, ff. 152-70, 176-81, 198.
x) Waßiyya wajıza fı ’l-taßawwuf
56. Yatımat al-laylı fı ifhm fiulam√ Tanylı (or Qıtlı)

See Fat˛, 153.
57. Zawl al-albs fı †ard al-shay†n al-khanns

Completed Rabıfi II 1217/August 1802.

MSS: Manchester, 837A; Niamey, 581, 1551, 2297; Paris (BN), 5437,
ff. 109-27; 5452, ff. 79-99; 5495; Rabat (KhA), D508, ff. 89-95; Shinqı†
(Ahl fiAbd al-˘amıd), 16; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 274.
Abridgt. by anon. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 809.
WORKS OF UNCERTAIN ATTRIBUTION
58. Fat˛ al-aqfl

59. al-Irshd fı ’l-hidya il ’l-murd wa-˛usn al-ihtid√

On taw˛ıd. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi jfiil qulüb al-fiulam√ mafti˛
aqfl al-mushkilt. The title is taken from a recent note on the inside
front cover. On f.1r. in another hand the book is identified as being the
work of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı al-Shinqı†ı. An older note speculates that it
is by Zarrüq, but says the author is also the author of Nuzhat al-rwı, cf.
al-Mukhtr’s book Nuzhat al-rwı wa-bughyat al-˛wı.
MS: Rabat (KhA), 2573.
60. Jumn al-durr

Said to be a commentary.
MSS: Zaria, 879.
61. K. al-taw˛ıd wa’l-fiqh bi-†arıq al-ishra wa’l-ghumü∂

MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 523-35.
62. Naßı˛at al-ghawth

63. Nzila nüzila bih Sh. al-Mukhtr b. Bb A˛mad

Appears to be some kind of dream or vision, said to have occurred on 6
Jumd I 1205/11 January 1791.
64. Nubdha ßfiya kfiya mu˛arrara shfiya

94 CHAPTER THREE
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Fatt˛ al-fiAlım al-Bsi† al-˘akım fı ’l-mulk

wa’l-fiizza wa’l-tadbır.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 853, 1896 (inc., no title given).
65. Nuzhat al-asm√

66. Ru√y
67. Shar˛ al-†ar√if al-qudsı [al-qudsiyya]

68. Tafsır al-basmala

See Fat˛, 152.
69. al-Waßiyya al-nfifia

****************
Unidentified items in Paris (BN), 5401, ff. 42r-43v, 72, 5519, f. 13v,
5556, f. 183r, 5560, ff. 163r-166v, 5607, 16v-54r, 5623, ff 103, 5675, f.
27r, 5705, ff. 176r-178v, 179v. Also unverified is a dıwn attributed to
Sh. al-Mukhtr, MS: Sokoto (WJC), 10/8.
His son Sı. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD b. ABˆ

BAKR al-Kuntı al-Wfı, b. c. 1178/1764-5, d. 1241/1825-6
Marty (1920), i, 65-74; Batran (1971, 1974, 1979); EI (2), v, 393-5; CCIM, art. by Sidi
Amar Ould Ely, pp. 229-31.
The fifth son of Sı. al-Mukhtr, but was selected by him as his successor
as shaykh of the Qdiriyya in Azawd due to his great learning, much of
which was acquired directly from his father. He himself was a noted
teacher, the most celebrated of his students being Sh. Sıdiyya of Bü
Tilımıt (in S. Mauritania), who studied with him for fifteen years (1811-
26), and later became the leading Qdirı shaykh of the Mauritanian
Ad‚ra‚r. Sı. Mu˛ammad was buried at Bü ’l-Anwr beside his father.
1. Adfiiya man÷üma
Opens: Ya rabbi bi’l-fiAlı al-mu˛ı†ı * al-Wsifii wa’l-ism al-afi÷amı
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2424 (20 vv.).
See also 2441.
2. A˛zb wa-adfiiya
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2436 (4 such),
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4310 (Majmüfi a˛zb wa-awrd),
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3910 (appears to be referred to at end as al-˘izb
al-sayfı: opens: Allhumma anta Allh al-Malik al-˘aqq al-Mubın al-
Qadım al-mutafiazziz bi’l-fia÷ama wa’l-kibriy√); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
5336: Opens: Allhu l ilha ill huwa al-Kfı al-Kafıl al-Walı al-
˘afız;Timbuktu (MMHT), 636 (Majmüfi min al-dafiawt wa’l-awrd
wa’l-asrr)
3. Ajwiba
Responses to 24 questions.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wjib ˛amdihi wa’l-shukr lahu fial m
awlhn min rafdihi.
Rabat (KhA), D1855(2); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 489.
4. Ajwiba li-mas√il fiqhiyya

MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√14b√; Kaolack, 143; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
3142.
5. al-Ajwiba al-farıda li’l-mawlid al-nabawı

6. Ajwiba fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2480 (inc.).
7. Ajwiba il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı

Responses to Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, who was a propagandist for the
caliphal claims of A˛mad Lobbo of Msina. Opens: Il ’l-akh al-ar∂
wa’l-murıd al-ßdiq al-murta∂
8. Awthaq fiur ’l-ifitißm li’l-umar√ wa’l-wuzar√ wa’l-˛ukkm

96 CHAPTER THREE
MSS: Rabat (KhA), D1855, ff. 73v-137r.
9. Awrd wa-silsila Qdiriyya

MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2443, 2516.
10. al-fiAqıda al-sunniyya wa’l-farıda al-saniyya fı ’l-taw˛ıd

11. Dufi√ ßalt al-tarwı˛

12. Fatwı
i) Apostasy: If a man utters words of kufr, but performs no
act of kufr, he is not an apostate.
ii) On Friday prayer in Sansanding.
iii) Ritual purity: on the permissability for a person in major
ritual pollution to recite the Qur√n.
iv) Slavery: concerning two men who disputed ownership of a
slave woman.
v) Slavery: On permission given to the Tuareg to marry off
their slaves.
vi) Talismans: on taking of compensation for writing Qur√nic
talismans.
vii) Will of deceased.
Response to another scholar.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 2052.
viii) Subject unknown.
In ˘assniyya.
13. al-Faw√id al-jalıla

14. Faw√id nürniyya wa-faw√id sirriyya ra˛mniyya tashra˛u min

mabnı al-ism al-afi÷am m inbaham
MS: Rabat (KhA), D209, ff. 196-222, D2000, pp. 481-523; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 413.
15. al-Futüh al-qudsniyya bi’l-ajwiba al-Fullniyya

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3276: Timbuktu (MMHT), 250.
16. al-Futü˛t al-laduniyya al-sharfiiyya fı shar˛ al-taßliya al-

Nßiriyya al-Darfiiyya
Opens: ˘amdan li-man i††alafia fı sam√ al-azal shams mafirif al-
nubuwwa al-Mu˛ammadiyya.
Comm. on ∑alt al-Nßiriyya al-Darfiıyya.
MSS: Niamey, 533 (attrib to Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. Sı. Bb al-
Kuntı); Rabat (KhA), D1855, ff. 1-31v.
17. al-˘aqıqa al-khmisa

On talismans.
MSS: Rabat (KhA), J75 (pp. 466).
18. fiIlm al-yaqın wa-sunan al-muttaqın bi-˛asm al-itwa al-

muzawwara bi-˛aqq al-musta˛iqqın
Comm. on al-Burd al-muwashsh of his father al-Mukhtr (q.v.).
MSS: Niamey, 585; Rabat (KhA), D2450; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 36,
473, 3295.
19. Irs√ al-asrr il asrr ˛izb al-isr√

MSS: Niamey, 873 (attribution from cover; ms lacks beginning and
end); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1943.
20. Jlibat al-afr˛ wa-slibat al-atr˛

98 CHAPTER THREE
21. Jawb
Responses to three questions concerning the Qdiriyya.
22. Jawb mas√il Mu˛ammad b. fi◊qib b. fiAlı

MSS: Paris (BN), 5574, ff. 1-2.
23. Junnat al-murıd dün al-marıd

Completed 12 Rabıfi II 1227/25 April 1812.
MSS: Boudjebeha (see CCIM, 141); MAMMP, 8.4, 307-426; Niamey,
593, 787, 797 (inc.); Paris (BN), 5452, ff. 99-112 (inc.); Rabat (AF),
fiayn 99; Rabat (KhA), D1038, ff. 1v-168r, K931; Rabat (KhH) 610,
3431; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2932.
Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf (q.v.), Fat˛ Allh al-majıd fı iltiq†
faw√id min Junnat al-murıd. MSS: Niamey, 1356; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 253.
24. al-Kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am

Completed in 1260/1844-5.
MSS:Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 413.
Comm. by author. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1069.
25. Kshifat al-kurüb fian al-mu∂amman fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn

26. Khu†bat fiıd al-fi†r

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi kathıran wa-sub˛n Allhu bukratan wa-aßılan
27. Kitb fı ’l-adfiiya wa’l-asrr

28. Man÷üma fı silsilat al-awrd al-Qdiriyya

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man ittaßal * Bi-˛ablihi ’l-matıni l
budda waßal. 59vv. Vers. of the Qdirı silsila of the Kunta, back to
Mu˛ammad, the angel Gabriel and the law˛.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2622 (attrib. to Mu˛ammad b. Sıdı al-Amın
al-Kuntı), 3531.
29. Man÷ümt fı ’l-taßawwuf

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2498 (19 ff.).
30. Man÷ümt fı ’l-taw˛ıd

MS:Timbuktu (MMHT), 416.
31. Maqla fı ’l-akhlq al-dıniyya wa’l-wafi÷

32. Maqla fı daffi al-fiayn

32a. Mubarrid al-fialıl wa-shfiyat al-ghalıl.

See al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya. See also next item.
33. Mubarridat al-ghalıl wa-shfiyat al-ghull min ßudür al-mu√minın

34. Mughnı ’l-murıd fian al-shaykh al-rashıd

35. al-Naßı˛a al-faßı˛a wa’l-˛ikam al-badıfia al-ßa˛ı˛a

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-Mawl ’l-˛amıd wa’l-shukr lahu fial m
awln min al-minan al-wfira wa’l-mazıd.
MS: Niamey, 421.
36. al-Naßı˛a al-ma˛müda wa’l-fii÷a al-maßmüda

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-Rashıd al-˘dı il ’l-hud.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 62-70; Niamey, 1312(i) (title only on cover);
37. Naßı˛a muwajjaha il Mu˛ammad b. Afkarsh

MS: Timbuktu (MMHT),5 65.
38. Qaß√id
i) Q. fiayniyya: Y rabbi bi’l-fiilm al-mu˛ı† al-wsifiı * Wa’l-
ism al-afi÷am al-fia÷ım al-jmifiı
100 CHAPTER THREE

ii) Q. fiayniyya: Ijmafi shatt al-shamli fı dafiatı * Wa-khaf∂
fiayshin raghadin wsifiı
iii) Q. b√iyya (?): ∆q al-khinqu wa-khnat al-asbbü
MS: Zaria, 99/5.
iv) Q. dliyya: ‡alafiat fa-burjuka li’l-bariyyati asfiadü *
Ayymu jda bika ’l-zamn al-ajwadü
The poem, which also appears to bear the title Sard al-mas˛a,
is a linguistic tour de force, in as much as the first words of the
the first hemistich of each verse when put together form a short
coherent poem of their own, and likewise the first words of each
second hemistich. The two poems thus extracted are given at the
end, each in 15vv. The poem is of 107 vv. with space for 8
“forgotten” verses (with first words of each hemistich and
rhyming word present in red) near the end in the only known
copy.
v) Q. f√iyya: Y d√im al-i˛sn wa’l-mafirüfı * Wfaytu bba
nawlik al-ma√lüfı
vi) Q. dliyya: Wa-min shımatı ’l-ıthru ill bi-qurbikum *
Wa-˛a÷÷ı minkum fa-hwa mumtanifiun fiindı
Taken from a letter he wrote in praise of his father and mother. 7
vv. Two other verses rhyming in b√ from the same letter are
also given.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(vi), 3253(vi).
vii) Q. dliyya: Khalılayya m hdhı ’l-†ulülu wa-dhı ’l-kud *
Mu†awwadatun mathn fa-mathn fa-ßfiid
In 4 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(ix).
viii) Q. h√iyya: ˘asb al-∂afiıfi idh ∂ıma mawlhü * ˘asb al-

faqıri ghin man laysa illhu
In 60 vv.
ix) Q. hamziyya: Akshif ˛ijba ÷ulmat al-dahm√ı * Y †ayyib
al-nufiüti wa’l-asm√ı
Prayer in verse, 45 vv. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2971 says the first
verse is by Sı. al-Mukhtr, while the rest is by his son Sı.
Mu˛ammad.
MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 6/21, 6/68 (both attrib. to al-Mukhtr);
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 302(i), 2971, 3690.
x) Q. hamziyya: M ’l-sukh†u il˛˛un bi’l-dufi√i *
Wa’ltij√un ilayka bafid iltij√ı
In praise of his father Sı. al-Mukhtr, and seeking his
intercession after his death. 37 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(vii), 3253(vii).
xi) Q. hamziyya: Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı * Wa-makhtamı
wa’ntih√ı
Over 350 vv. in praise of the Prophet, intercession through the
pious, and satire of the unbelievers.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 246-55 (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 399.
xii) Q. hamziyya: An fiabduka al-kaslnü wa’l-fiaybu ÷hirü *
Fa-khudh bi-yamını l tadafinı li-afid√ı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4178(i). 20 vv.
xiii) Q. lmiyya: Ilhı wa-y mawl ’l-mawlı wa-khayra man *
Yurajj li-kashf al-˛ditht al-ta†awwulı
MSS: Paris (BN), 5675, ff. 57v-58r.
xiv) Q. lmiyya: Y rabbi üfı ˛ılat al-mu˛tlı * Laj√an ilayka
bi-dhullatin wa-sufilı
In 58 vv.
102 CHAPTER THREE
xv) Q. lmiyya: A-min dhikr ikhwn al-˛aj atamalmalu * Am

al-rakbi aghr ’l-wajda idh yata˛ammalü
In praise of the Prophet, 29 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(i), 3253(i).
xvi) Q. lmiyya: Azk’l-war man khaßßahu rabbuhü * Bi-
bizzat al-fa∂li wa-tj al-jamlı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(iii), 3253(iii).
xvii) Q. lmiyya: Y kafibat al-aq†bi wa’l-abdlı * Wa-
mu˛aqqiq al-a÷nni wa’l-mlı
In praise of his father Sı. al-Mukhtr, 93 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(iv), 3253(iv).
xviii) Q. lmiyya: ˘lı ilayka shakawtuh y sayyidı * Y
mlikı wa-mu˛awwil al-a˛wlı
In 44 vv.
xix) Q. mımiyya: ∑altu rabbı mafia ’l-salmı * fiAl ’l-˛abıbi
khayr al-anmı
xx) Q. nüniyya: ‡b al-zamnu wa-qarrat al-fiaynnı * Wa-at
’l-˛ubüra fa-hanna√ü khulßn (?)
In 48 vv. preceded by a letter in prose to his father. Opens:
˘amdan li-man asd wa-m akd wa-ahd ilayn nifimahu wa-
m ahd.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(x).
xxi) Q. nüniyya: al-Dufi√u sil˛u ahl al-yaqın * ∑a˛˛a fian
A˛mad al-mukayyif (?) al-amın
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 451-2.
a) Q. qfiyya: Allhu ˘ayyun ∑amadun wa-Bqı *
Sub˛nahu dhü kanafin wa-wqı
b) Q. qfiyya: Araqqu salmı min raqıq widdikum *

Taruqqu ˛awshı washyıhi wa-tarüqü
xxii) Q. r√iyya: Ruwaydaka ba˛r al-m√i man fıka yafiburü *
MSS: Paris (BN), 5693, f. 49v.
xxiii) Q. r√iyya: Al l dujiya fikrun bihi anta tufakkirü * Wa-
l fiumiyat fiaynun bih anta tabßirü
In 6 vv.
xxiv) Q. r√iyya: Y whilan jafial al-taqßıra taqßır * Wa-
rma raddan wa-tajwır an wa-tafikır
In 34 vv.
xxv) Q. r√iyya: Y sdat in bihim al-zamnu mufkhirü *
Wa-lahum fial amad al-laylı mafkhirü
In praise of his shaykhs, 22 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3363(iii) (inc.), 4687(ii).
xxvi) Q. r√iyya: Rifqan bi-man adbarat rak∂an shabıbatuhu *
Wa-aqbala al-shaybu yanfi slif al-fiumrı
In praise of his father Sı. al-Mukhtr. 26 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(v), 3253(v).
xxvii) Q. r√iyya: A-l y sayyid al-sdti man qad *
Tasarbala bi’l-mahbati wa’l-waqrı
Addressed to his father, 41 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(viii).
xxviii) Q. r√iyya: Allhu sharrafa man bi’l-fa∂li khaßßaßahu *
Wa-kna fı qab∂ihi wa’l-bas†i asrrü
In 26 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(ix).
xxix) Q. t√iyya: Il ’llhi bi’l-shaykhi ’bni fiUmri wasılatı *
Wa-˛uqqa li-mithlı an yaludh bi’l-khalıfatı
104 CHAPTER THREE
In 24 vv.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 312(i), 2940, 3363(i), 4687(i).
xxx) Q. t√iyya: Lawqi˛ al-ra˛amti wa’l-ta˛iyytı * fiAl
’l-nabıyyi ’l-ra∂iyyi khayr al-barriyy†ı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(ii), 3253(ii).
xxxi) Q. fı ’l-ibtihl
xxxii) Q. fı ’l-istisq√ wa’l-tawassul
MSS: 5 such poems in Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1374, (2 on
istisq√).
xxxiii) Q. fı ’l-mad˛
xxxiv) Q. fı mad˛ Junnat al-murıd
Opens: Badıfi al-shaykhi junnatu man yurıd * Farıdun wa’l-
badıfiu lahu farıdü. 62 vv. at end of copy of Junnat al-murıd (1
f.).
xxxv) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 834 (3 such).
xxxvi) Q. fı mad˛ wlidihi
xxxvii) Unknown qfiya
MS: Paris (BN), 5452, ff. 112-3; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1384,
1943.
xxxviii) Q. maqßüra: ˘amdan li-man lahu ’l-asm√ al-˛usn *
Wa-kullu nafiatin dhı kamlin asn
xxxix) Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf
xl) Q. Opens: Lu†fuhu yajrı bi’l-fiabıdi dawm * Min

ghawiyy in wa-safiıdin wa-rashıdı.
MS: Rabat (KhA), J75, pp. 464-5.
39. al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb fı shar˛ Naf˛ al-†ıb

Comm. on the Naf˛ al-†ıb of his father al-Mukhtr (q.v.).
MSS: Niamey, 1382, 2175; Rabat (AF), fiayn 358; Rabat (KhA), D730,
K164, K1547 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 4636; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2542.
Selective comm. on this comm. by A˛mad Abü’l-Afirf, Tu˛fat al-arıb
al-najıb fı faw√id abraznh min al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb. MS: Niamey,
1290.
40. Ras√il
i) R. il abn√ihi
Exhorting them to follow the footsteps of the pious forefathers.
ii) R. il A˛mad b. al-Faqı
10 ff. on the freedom of slaves.
MS: Boudjbeha, see CCIM, 141.
iii) R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-kha†ıb al-Madanı
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√14dl.
iv) R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo
a) Concerning Bübu Ar∂o Galo and ˘amad Bodejo
MS: MAMMP, 7, 20.
b) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛aqqa ˛amdihi wa-
mablagha majdihi
MS: Niamey, 1346; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 289 (inc.).
c) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛amdan mamdüdan ghayr
[var. l] mafidüd wa-l ma˛düd.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 24-30; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
3300.
d) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-nifim al-Mawl ’l-
naßır.
106 CHAPTER THREE
On the capture of Jenne.

MS: Niamey, 2242, p. 34.
e) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ghfir al-dhanb wa-q√il
al-tawb.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(22)
f) Opens: ˘amdan li-man taw∂afia kulla shay√ li-
fia÷amatihi.
MS: Paris (BI) 2405 (23).
g) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı a˛sana kulla
shay√in khalaqahu.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405 (24).
h) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabb al-filamın al-malik
al-˛aqq al-mubın
MS: Paris (BI), 2405 (25).
i) MS: Paris (BN), 5541, ff. 13-14.
j) Opens: ˘amdan li-man fiaßamanı bi-fiinyatihi min
khadhaln ahl al-ımn
k) Opens: ˘amdan li-man ˛akama bi’l-fiadl wa-wall
wa-fiazala wa-afi† fa-ajzala wa-mana˛a fa-af∂ala.
l) Opens: Bi-asn’l-salm wa-atammihi wa-asn’l-
ikrm wa-anammihi
m) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rfifi fialam al-khilfa al-
insniyya ˛aythu abrazahu fı a˛sani taqwım
v) R. il abn√ A˛mad b. Hanün al-fiUbaydı

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mu˛iqq al-˛aqq wa-mujillihi wa-
mub†il al-b†il wa-mudhillihi.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 44-[inc.].
vi) R. il ahl Jenne

Chiding them for aiding the Bambara against the Muslims [i.e.
the forces of A˛mad Lobbo]. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mufiizz
al-Islm wa’l-ßalt wa’l-salm fial rukn al-dın wa-aßlihi.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 30-4.
vii) R. il ahl al-‡lib al-Muß†af

Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-fiadl wa’l-i˛sn wa-nah fian
al-jawr wa’l-fasd fı ’l-ar∂.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 41-3.
viii) R. il Awld Dwüd

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛aqqa ˛amdihi dawma fiizzihi wa-
majdihi.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 39-40.
ix) R. il Bb A˛mad
Recipient was his brother.
a) al-˘amdu li’llhi akmala ˛amd in wa-awfhu
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 1-21.
b) al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛amdan yuwfı jam√il al-fa∂√il
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 21-4.
x) R. il bafi∂ al-Kuntiyyın
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4278 (2 such).
xi) R. il Fondoko, Sultan Msina
xii) R. il Hanün b. Abı Yüsuf
Recipient was chief of the Abn√ A˛mad b. Hanün.
Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-fiadl wa-nadaba ilayhi wa-
nah fian al-jawr wa-tawafifiada fialayhi.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 34-6.
xiii) R. il ibnihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-˘amıd al-Shakür wa’l-ßalt wa’l-
salm fial nabiyyihi al-mu√ayyad al-manßür.
108 CHAPTER THREE
xiv) R. il ibnihi Sh. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır

MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 72-5; Niamey, 707; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
707, 2342(iii), 4629 (Opens: ˘amdan li-man jafiala al-ifitimd
fialayhi fiumdat al-mufitamidın); 4273 (Opens: al-˘amdu l’llhi
’lladhı khalaqa min al-m√ basharan wa-jafialahu nasaban wa-
ßihran ).
xv) R. il ibnihi Mu˛ammad

The son was in Aïr.
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 79-84.
xvi) R. il ibnihi al-brr Mu˛ammad wa-man mafiahu min al-

talmıdh al-akhyr
Opens: ˘amdan li-man ˛akam fa-fiadala wa-mana˛a fa-af∂ala.
xvii) R. il ˘abıb Allh b. al-Mukhtr

To his brother urging him to return home.
xviii) R. il jamfiat abn√ Abı Radda wa-ahl al-‡lib fiAbd

Allh
Opens: al-Hamdu li’llhi ’lladhı khalaqa al-mawt wa’l-˛ayt
wa-a˛y al-fii÷m wa-hiya raft.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 40-1.
xix) R. il jamfiat F-w-n-t wa-ahl Bahbal

Opens: ˘amd an li-man bi-yadihi al-khalq wa’l-amr wa-bi-
mashı√atihi al-kasr wa’l-jabr.
MS: Niamey, 2242, p. 39.
xx) R. il jamfiat Idaghmüs

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi bi-jamıfi al-ma˛mid wa’l-shukr lahu
fial faw√id al-fiaw√id
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 43-4.
xxi) R. il ’l-khalıfa A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad

xxii) Opens: Il ’l-akh al-ar∂ al-˛abıb al-a˛abb…al-khalıfa
A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(39).
xxiii) Opens: Il ’l-khalıfa al-imm al-ßdiq al-humm A˛mad
b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad Buya.
MS: Niamey, 1178.
xxiv) R. il Mu˛ammad al-fi◊qib b. al-‡hir b. fiAlı

xxv) R. il Mu˛ammad Mawlüd wa-Mu˛ammad al-‡hir

Both recipients were sons of Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b.
Mu˛ammad fi◊lı.
xxvi) R. il Mu˛ammad b. Afimar b. fiAlı b. fiUmar, called ◊msh

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-La†if bi-fiibdihi al-˘akam al-fiAdl
fı bildihi.
MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 36-8.
xxvii) R. il murıdihi al-ßdiq Galajo b. ˘ammad

xxviii) R. il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir

Opens: Bi’l-salm al-tmm wa’l-ikrm al-fimm wa’l-tabjıl
wa’l-i˛tirm wa’l-ijll wa’l-ifi÷m.
Answers to six questions.
110 CHAPTER THREE
xxix) R. il ’l-Rashıd wa-Galajo

On ‘commanding good and forbidding evil’.
xxx) R. il Sidiyya b. al-Mukhtr

MS: Niamey, 818 (73 ff. inc.).
xxxi) R. il Sı. Bb A˛mad A˛mad

Exhortation and advice, especially to shelter and protect
members of the zawy.
MS: Birmingham, 4.
xxxii) Addressed to some one who claimed that the Ma˛jıb

were attacking him.
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√14dhl.
41. al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia

Addressed to Sayyid Bb A˛mad.
MSS: Kaolack, 142; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 809.
42. R. fı ’l-dhikr wa-shurü† al-khalwa

43. R. fı ˛uqüq al-nis√

44. R. fı inkr al-÷ulm li-ibnayhi Mu˛ammad wa-˘ammdı

45. al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya ghayr al-fifiya

MSS: Niamey, 1160.
46. R. fı sha√n a˛wl sukkn Tinbuktu

47. R. fı sha√n il˛q al-walad bi-abıhi

48. R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3919 (2 such), 4068, addressed to his son
Mu˛ammad and his maternal uncle (Opens: Bi’l-salm al-tmm wa’l-
ta˛iyya wa’l-ikrm wa-innahu bi-˛amdi ’llhi ilayka). See also same
title by his father.
49. al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya

Also called Mubarrid al-fialıl wa-shfiyat al-ghalıl. Otherwise known as
Ta√rıkh Kunta.
MSS: Niamey, 573. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 329 (44 ff., inc.), opens:
˘amd li-man aqma bi-kulli fiaßr man yufi†ı al-fiilm ˛aqqahu wa-yüfıhi
wa-ya˛fu÷ fial ’l-umma dınah al-qawım.
Trans. by Ismaël Hamet in ‘Notice sur les Kounta’, in Mission Cortier,
1908-1909-1910, Paris, 1914, 267-85. See also RMM, Sept. 1911.
50. Ruqyat al-fiayn

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3038 (inc.).
51. Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd

Tafilıq on al-Risla al-maymüna of his father al-Mukhtr (q.v.).
MSS: Niamey, 1358; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 359.
52. al-∑awrim al-hindiyya fı qa†fi al-dafiwı al-mahdiyya

Response to a letter of Mu˛ammad al-Jaylnı al-Barkürı who claimed
that the Mahdı had manifested himself in Dinnik.
MS: Niamey, 577.
53. Shar˛ ahamm al-kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am

Comm. on author’s al-Kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am
54. Shar˛ ˛izb al-asrr

55. Shar˛ ism Allh al-afi÷am

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3022, 3458, 3993 (Shar˛ mabdi√ etc).
112 CHAPTER THREE
56. Shar˛ la†ıf fial ’l-abyt allatı ansha√tuh fı ’l-muthallath al-khlı

al-was† al-firı min al-ta∂fiıf
Comm. on verse work of his own which opens: Y man bi-fiirfn al-
muthallath ightaba† * Min ghayr ta∂fiıfin bihi khlı al-wasa† on
consonantal skeletons capable of having three different meanings (see
EI(2), v, 567, art. ‘‚Ku†rub’).
MSS: Paris (BN), 5429, ff. 31-2 (inc.); Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 625;
57. Shudhür al-adhkr al-m˛iya li’l-awzr

58. al-Sihm al-musaddada il nu˛ür al-shunt al-˛asada

In 87 vv. Opens: M lan fiißmatun siw man ta˛m * In yurma
˛imyatan aw yu∂m.
MSS: Rabat (KhA), J75, pp. 459-64; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316(iv),
2349.
59. al-Sitr al-d√im li’l-mudhnib al-h√im

The work consists of prayers for the Prophet.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3294, 3789, 4121: Timbuktu (MMHT),
197, 451.
60. al-Sullam al-asm al-asn il samfi al-asm√ al-˛usn

Opens: Tayammantu bi’smi’llhi mawlya awwal * Wa-m khba
makrüb un fial ’llhi fiawwal, 48 vv.Cf. no. 62 below.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5401, ff. 76-80, 5429, ff. 293v-301v.; MAMMP, 8.4,
486-8 ; Rabat (KhA), D127, ff. 336 ff.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1918,
2012, 2192, 2425, 4219 .
61. Takhmıs Q. lmiyya li’l-Mukhtr al-Kuntı

Takh. of lmiyya by his father al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı; . Opens: ˘att mat
anta bi’l-ahw√i maghlülü * Wa-anta bi’l-raybi fı ’l-˛lt al-manshülü
MS: Salé, 494/1.
58a Ta√rıkh Kunta

See al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya.
62. Taqyıd fı ’l-asm√ wa’l-˛urüf

On talismans (al-tilimst).
MSS: Rabat (KhA), D2254, pp. 140-3.
63. al-‡ar√if wa’l-tal√id min karmt al-shaykhayn al-wlida wa’l-

wlid
History and hagiography of his father and his Qdiriyya silsila. The title
suggests that the book also deals with his mother’s karmt, but none of
the known copies includes that final section, and perhaps it was never
written.
MSS: Birmingham, 25 (inc.); Boudjebeha (see CCIM, 141); Ibadan
(UL), 398; Kaolack, 103; Niamey, 1265, 2001; Paris (BI), 2407(121);
Paris (BN), 5334 (inc.), 5511, ff. 12-111; 6755; Rabat (KhA), J14 (inc.);
K2294; Rabat KhH), 690, 1836, 4406; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 523,
2182; Zaria, M298 (vol. I), M299 (vol. II).
Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf (q.v.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
403;Timbuktu (MMHT), 505.
Publ. abstract in Hamet (1910). See also Marty (1920-1), i, 66 ff.
64. Turjumn al-maql wa-rfifi al-ishkl bi-shar˛ Mina˛ al-Fafifil fı

’l-ußul
Vers. of the Waraqt of Abü ’l-Mafilı [al-Juwaynı?]
MSS: Boudjbéha (see CCIM, 141); Niamey, 571; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
561.
65. al-Wasıla al-mubraka bi-asm√ Allh al-˛usn

Opens: Tayammantu bi’smi’llhi Mawlya awwal * Wa-m khba
makrüb un fial ’llhi fiawwal. Cf. no. 57 above.
MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2918, 2989, 3002.
66. Waßiyya
i) Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-ıß√ wa-awjab al-amr
fial ßi˛˛at al-in˛√.
MS: Rabat (KhA), D2254, pp. 130-6, D3501.
ii) Addressed to one of his disciples. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi
al-Walı al-˘amıd wa’l-shukru lahu fial m awln min al-
minan al-wfira wa’l-mazıd.
114 CHAPTER THREE
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2974 (on cover: al-˘ikma al-

brifia).
67. al-Waßiyya al-fkhira al-mushtamila fial khayray al-duny wa’l-

khira
Advice to an unnamed person. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-ma˛müd bi-
kulli jamıl al-munfiim bi-kulli jazıl al-munazzah fian kulli shabıh wa-
mathıl.
MSS: Niamey, 1177 (attrib. to Shaykhun Sı. Mu˛ammad: Paris (BN),
5560, ff. 163-6. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 904.
68. Waßiyya li’l-bashır A˛mad al-Madanı

69. Waßiyya li-murıdihi Ma˛müd b. al-˛jj al-Ajıjı

70. Waßiyya wa-kitb fı fiilm al-sirr

WORKS OF UNCERTAIN ATTRIBUTION
71. al-Ajwiba al-Fullniyya

72. Bahjat al-nufüs fı manfi al-qdüs

Massignon (1910), no. 4.
73. al-Darrı al-sarrı bi’l-ajwiba al-khiyriyya

See Massignon (1910), no. 7.
74. ˘adıth al-isra√

75. ˘ill al-bi†r (sic)

76. al-Ishrt al-irdiyya wa’l-asrr al-imrdiyya (sic)

See Massignon (1910). no. 11.
77. Mufassir al-ql li-ma∂ammir al-˛l

See Massignon (1910), no. 8.
78. Radd fial qu∂t Arawn

79. R. fian al-wird

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-munfarid bi’l-fia÷ama wa’l-jall al-
munazzah fian al-ashbh wa’l-amthl
MS: Niamey, 568 (no indication of author in ms.).
80. Sirj al-naf√is wa-fiilj al-waswis

Massignon (1910), no. 12.
81. ‡alfiat al-urjuwn

See Brown (1967a), no. 14 (listed as ‡alfiat al-arjün).
82. Ußül al-fiqh

AL-MUKHT◊R AL-∑AGHˆR b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b.

A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Kuntı, also known as Sı. Mukhtr Ntiemi or
Sı. Bdı, b. 1790, d. 1264/1847 or 30 Rabıfi II 1263/26 April 1846 (acc.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(3)).
Marty (1920), i, 75-7; EI (2), v, 393-5.
Studied under his grandfather, Sı. al-Mukhtr, and under his father,
whom he succeeded in both his religious and political roles. In the year
of his succession the Fulbe of Msina had taken Timbuktu, and it fell to
Sı. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır to negotiate with them. Later, in 1831, with the
help of Tdmakkat and Ullimiden Tuareg he forced the Fulbe to
evacuate their garrison from Timbuktu.
1. Fatw fı ’l-nik˛
116 CHAPTER THREE
2. K. al-irshd
Pt. 1 only.
3. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-raffi al-wab√
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(25)fiayn; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2980 .
ii) Q. fı rith√ zawjat al-shaykh Sı. al-Mukhtr bt. A˛mad al-
Bakk√ı
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 232-4.
iii) Q. fı rith√ A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı
Opens: Allhu akbar m dh qad nafi al-nfiı * Min mawt
shaykh in hdh il ’llhi dfiı.
iv) Q. fı shuyükh al-Qdiriyya
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(25)ghayn.
v) Q. nüniyya: Innı bi-sdat hdhihi ’l-azmnı * Ahl al-
safidati sdatı khulßnı
74 vv. on the men of the Qdiriyya silsila.
MS: 917, 1398.
4. Ras√il
i) R. fı ’l-naßı˛a
Addressed to his paternal cousins and his brothers.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’lladhı qla: Wa-la-man ßabara, wa-ghafara
inna dhlika la-min fiazm al-umür. Quotation is from Qur√n,
42: 43.
ii) R. fı sha√n bayfi ama fı qaryat Sraym
iii) R. fı ta˛rım al-hijra fı hdh’l-zamn
MS. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2011.
iv) R. il Abı Bakr b. Ghurul

Seeking his arbitration with the Kel Antasar.
v) R. il A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh al-Waddnı
vi) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı
An attack on the Tijniyya, responded to by al-Mukhtr b.
Wadıfiat Allh in his Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı.
vii) R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr
al-Msinı
Opens: Rabban ÷alamn anfusan wa-in lam taghfir lan la-
nakünanna min al-khsirına.
Dated 15 ∑afar 1250/22 June 1834. Deals with relations with the
Tuareg, and the question of the use of snuff and tobacco.
viii) R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad [Lobbo]
Written 12 ∑afar 1250/20 June 1834.
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(14); Paris (BN), 5659, ff. 1r-18r.
ix) R. il ’l-fimil ˘ammd wa-q∂ı Kül†
x) R. il Mu˛ammad ˘awlan
xi) R. il ’l-˘jj b. fiUmar Abı Radda [Bü Radda]
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(28), ˛√(44)alif.
xii) R. il fiUmar al-˘awßı
See Izlat al-rayb, 47. An attack on followers of the Tijniyya.
xiii) R. il Walwan (?) wa-Arwy (?)
xiv) R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın
Addressee was in the ˘aw∂.
118 CHAPTER THREE
5. al-‡ar√if al-ßughr
B◊B◊ A˘MAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R AL-∑AGHˆR
1. Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Ghaldı

fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı b. c. 1820, d. c.

1895.
Marty (1920), i, 116-17.
He settled in Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras where he built a fortified village and zwiya.
His eldest son Sı. Mu˛ammad preached jihd against the French, but
died in 1896 and was buried next to his father at In Settefen.
1. Man÷üma fı ∂ab† al-nafs

fiURWA b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı
1. al-Manhaj al-qawım il ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım

A˘MAD al-BAKK◊√ˆ (or -BAKK◊Y) b. MU˘AMMAD b. al-

MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı al-Wfı b. c. 1803, d. 15 Rama∂n 1281/12
February 1865
Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-Tijnı, Tarjamat Mawln al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı, 7;
Izlat al-rayb, 47-8; Marty (1920), i, 85-97; Zabadia (1975); EI (2), v, 393-5; Barth
(1965), iii, 308 ff.; Ould Ely (1985); Charles C. Stewart, art. “al-Bakk√ı al-Kuntı” in
Oxford Encyclopedia of the Modern Islamic World, i, 182-4.
He studied with his grandfather Sı. al-Mukhtr and with his father Sı.
Mu˛ammad. He succeeded to the religious and political leadership of the
Kunta of Azawd on the death of his elder brother al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır,
but was challenged by his nephew ˘ammad who continued to lead a
portion of the Kunta in opposition to al-Bakk√ı’s leadership. He
negotiated a pact with the Fulbe of Msina in 1846 under which the
administration of Timbuktu remained in Songhay hands, but with a
Fulbe q∂ı and tax-collector who supervised the payment of the tribute
agreed upon.
Al-Bakk√ı established a zwiya in Timbuktu, but later moved it to the
nomadic encampment known as al-˘illa, due to some discontent with
the institution in Timbuktu. He then divided his time between al-˘illa
and Timbuktu. In September 1853 he received the German traveller
Heinrich Barth and gave him his protection against both local elements
and the demands of Sh. A˛mad III (◊madu ◊madu) of Msina to hand
him over to him. When Barth left Timbuktu eight months later al-
Bakk√ı accompanied him to beyond Gao and gave him a safe-conduct
document (see Barth (1965), iii, 764-7) which served to protect him all
the way to Bornu. Although he at first corresponded diplomatically with
the Tijnı conqueror al-˛jj fiUmar, in 1861 al-Bakk√ı went on the
attack and joined forces with contingents of the defeated Fulbe of
Msina to besiege ˘amdallhi. Al-Tijnı, son and successor of al-˛jj
fiUmar at Bandiagara turned the tables on the Kunta-Fulbe alliance. Al-
Bakk√ı died during an attempted counter-attack at Sarédina, and was
buried there.
1. Adfiiya
2. Adfiiya man÷üma
(i) Opens: Allhu Allhü rabbı l sharıka lahü * Man a˛san al-khalqa
taqdıran wa-ajmalahü. 38 vv.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 281-2; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 307(i),
Also: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 338 (2 poems), 2423, 2803 (2 poems).
3. Bughyat al-alf fı jawb Ibn Yirkoy Talfi

Reply to the attack on al-Bakk√ı in a poem called Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı
by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh [Yirkoi Talfi], q.v.), a former Qdirı
shaykh who had joined the Tijniyya.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 228 (table of contents only); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 4860 (20 ff., lacks beg.).
120 CHAPTER THREE
4. Dhakhırat al-sarmad fı naßı˛at al-shaykh A˛mad

See Izlat al-rayb, 47. Treatise addressed to Sh. A˛mad Lobbo.
5. Fatw
On continuous shortening of ßalt while on travel during Rama∂n.
6. Fat˛ al-Quddüs fı ’l-radd fial Abı fiAbd Allh Mu˛ammad Akansüs

Rebuttal of the treatise al-Jawb al-muskit by the Moroccan Tijnı
writer Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs (or al-Kansüsı), d. 1294/1877; see
Ka˛˛la, viii, 310.
MSS: Niamey, 325, 1296; Rabat (KhA), K2455, D1071 (with reply of
Akansüs, for which also see D1604, ff. 111-40, D2135, pp. 174-204);
7. Jawb fı a˛km al-hady li’l-sal†ın

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 912(i).
8. Jawb fı sha√n waßiyya

9. Maktüb fı a˛km bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 912(ii), 5381 (attrib.) . See also al-Mukhtr
al-Kuntı, Fatw on same subject.
10. Man÷üma fi ’l-fiibdt

11. Man÷üma fı ßalt al-istisq√

12. Man÷üma fı ’l-taw˛ıd

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı minn †alab * Ikhlß safiyin wa-murfit
al-†alab.
MS: Niamey, 532 (67 pp., photo).
13. Maslik al-jinn

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 775; 776.
14. Qaß√id
i) Untitled
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(25)f√, ˛√(37)shın, ˛√(26)˛√; Paris
(BN), 5452, ff. 113-4; Rabat (KhA), D492, ff. 154-9; Rabat
(KhH), 2114, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 180, 1670, 2351, 2394,
3379, 4099, 4297.
ii) Q. fı ’l-amthl wa’l-˛ikam
iii) Q. fı ’l-ghazal
iv) Q. fı ’l-ibtihl
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3218, 3559 , 4035 (several).
v) Q. fı mad˛ fi◊lı b. A˛mad
Opens: Y qu†ba dawr al-sdat al-akmalı * Y dh’l-fiul y
sayyidi y fiAlı
vi) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
(a) Opens: Nabiyyu mawln ’l-shafıfi * al-∑li˛ al-barr
al-mu†ıfi * Dhü’l-qadri wa’l-sha√n al-rafıfi * fiAl ’l-
nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af khayr * al-∑alti wa’l-salm * Wa-
lihi wa’l-shuraf√ * Aß˛bihi ’l-ghurr al-kirm
In 266 vv.
MS: Rabat (KhA), 492, ff. 168-72; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
316(i), 871, 970, 2743(iii), 2938, 4356, 4662.
(b) Opens: Ya nßir al-fiabd al-nabiyyu Mu˛ammad *
Fardan tu˛addı kulla jamfi in fı ’l-nad.
(c) Others: MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 260-4, 266-70; Rabat
(KhA), D492; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 871, 970, 1901,
2754, 2804 (several, 16 ff.).
vii) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi fiUmar b. Safiıd [Ghlı]
MSS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 54a.
viii) Q. fı mad˛ al-sul†n fiAbd al-Majıd
122 CHAPTER THREE
In praise of the Ottoman sultan fiAbd al-Majıd (reg, 1839-1861),

33 vv.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1251(ii).
ix) Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyya
x) Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya
Opens: Ql al-khadımu A˛mad al-Bakk√ı * fiAnhu fiaf wa-
ra˛ima ’l-fiAliyyu. Urjüza in 85 vv.
Publ. text in Batran (1971), 421-4
xi) Q. fı ’l-tawassul
xii) Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(23)dhl; Niamey, 1399 (?); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 4023 (several, 4 ff.).
By qfiya
xiii) Q. fiayniyya: Qul li-jaysh al-Fullni qultu(m) shanıfi *
Rumta amran amran fia÷ıman fa÷ıfi
Publ. in Barth (1965), iii, 650-3 (text), 655-6 (trans.).
xiv) Q. b√iyya: Y nafsu qümı bi-ßidq al-jiddi fı ’l-†alabı
MSS: Zaria, 168/8.
xv) Q. b√iyya: Y rkib al-fiansa tukha††i ’l-rub * Wa-taq†afi
al-sabsaba wa’l-sabsab (?)
In 27 vv.
xvi) Q. dliyya: A-˛aqqan at min fiinda A˛mada A˛mada *
Mu˛ammad in sayyidd al-fiabdi wa’l-fiabdu aswada
Satire in 31 vv. on Sh. A˛mad Lobbo of Msina when he asked
al-Bakk√ı to surrender his guest Dr Heinrich Barth. See also R.
no xiii below.
MSS: Niamey, 528, pp. 20-1; MAMMP, 8.4, 109; Niamey, 528,
pp. 20-1; Sokoto (WJC), 8/14; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 452, 814,
1028 (2 poems), 5576.
Publ. in Barth (1965), iii, 653-5 (text), 656-7 (trans.).

xvii) Q. dliyya: Y man yajüdü bi-jüdin ghayra ma˛düdı *
Wa-man yamunnu bi-mannin ghayra ma˛düdı
MS: Sokoto (WJC), 2/67, 3/62.
xviii) Q. dliyya: Y jfiil al-nra bardan li’l-khalıli wa-qad *
Ta√ajjaj al-jamru minh ˛miyan wa-waqad
In 18 vv. C.f no (lxi) below.
xix) Q, dliyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello
Expressing sadness on parting with Mu˛ammad Bello.
MS: Paris (BN). 5599, ff. 18r-v.
xx) Q, dliyya: Habba ’l-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-wa†an al-bafiıdi
* Wa-at fial fiawz in wa-fı ’l-waqt al-safiıdi
MSS: Niamey, 1312(iii); MAMMP, 8,4, 70; Sokoto (WJC),
13/1.
xxi) Q. h√iyya: Y sayyidi nißf al-Khulsati li’bni M * likin
al-immi Mu˛ammadin akmaltuhu
Addressed to his father upon completing study of half the
Khulßa of Ibn Mlik with him.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2450, 2485, 4727(i), 8 vv., followed
by his father’s poetic response in 16 vv.
xxii) Q. hamziyya: fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello
MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-14v., another, ff. 17r-v
(responding to Mu˛ammad Bello’s hamziyya); another, ff. 18v-
19r.
xxiii) Q. lmiyya: Bi-Fti˛at al-kitbi tunlu sirr * Wa-fiIzzan
shmikh an †ül al-laylı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4044 (i).
xxiv) Q. lmiyya: M lı li’l-fiadhli wa’l-fidhilı * fiAdhilu qad
aktharta fı ’l-b†ilı
MSS: Niamey, 1312(ii); MAMMP, 8.4, 69-70; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 1261 (??) (lacks 1st line; 2nd= Thumma al-ßalt
wa’l-salmu minhu * fiAl ’l-nabiyyi wa-ri∂hu fianhu).
124 CHAPTER THREE
xxv) Q. lmiyya: Adfiüka y dh ’l-fiarshi ya Mutafilı * Y

rabbı y wlı wa-nifim al-wlı
xxvi) Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Sokoto (WJC), 3/34, 61.
xxvii) Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ jamfiat al-Süq

MSS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 137-46.
xxviii) Q. lmiyya il amır al-mu√minın Mu˛ammad Bello

Response to Mu˛ammad Bello’s lmiyya.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, f. 18r, ff. 26r-27r.; Zaria, 31/7.
Sokoto (WJC), 3/39, 10/79 (Opens: L tadhkur al-dra wa’ns
’l-rabfia wa’l-†alal * Wa-fiadda fian dhikrika ’l-a˛y√a wa’l-
khulal (?))
xxix) Q. lmiyya: Salm un kam ∂fiat riy˛ ghawlı *

Tahubbu rı˛an ßabb an wa-shamlı
In 54 vv. [Said to be response to a q. on the Muthallath of al-
Ghazlı].
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5586 (badly damaged).
xxx) Q. lmiyya: ‡araqat Nafısatu [var. Ummatu] wa’l-duj

lam yanjalı * Wasnna min †ül al-sur fı ’l-hawjalı
In defence of the Kunta in response to an attack by A˛mad
Slim b. al-Slik al-Daw˛jjı [of the Idaw al-˘jj]. 387 vv.
MSS: Birmingham, 23, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2068, 3376(iii),
3824, 3834, 5237.
xxxi) Q. lmiyya: Y rkib al-nujub al-fiitqi wa’l-fa˛li *

˘ayya ’l-amıra ’bn al-amır al-akmali
xxxii) Q. lmiyya: Y fidhilayya min al-luwwami wa’l-

fiudhdhalı * fiÜwj ’l-ma†iyya bi-hdh ’l-rabfi wa’l-†alalı. 25
vv.
MS: Sokoto (WJC), 7/84; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1261, 3539,

3692(ii).
xxxiii) Q. lmiyya: Y man tadakdiku min tajalliyyihi ’l-jibl

* Wa-li-fiizzihi’l-afil jamıfi al-khalqi dhall
In 31 vv.
xxxiv) Q. lmiyya: Y rabbi qad ∂q al-khinqu wa-†l * Wa-

ilayka nafzafiu ßibyatan wa-rijl
In 38 vv.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 283-4; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 307(ii).
xxxv) Q. lmiyya: Y ß˛i fiuj bi’l-jimlı * fiAl ’l-rubüfi al-

bawlı
In 130 vv. in praise of the Prophet.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 303(i), 2067, 2743(i).
xxxvi) Q. mımiyya: Nma khalılı wa-bittu ’l-layla lam anam *

Min ghayri m saqamin ladayya wa-l alam
To amır al-mu√minın Mu˛ammad Bello.
MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 2/73; Zaria, 31/5; 168/6. Also Paris (BN),
5599, ff. 11v-14a (unknown ma†lafi).
xxxvii) Q. nüniyya fı amr ahl al-Tijnı

MSS: Zaria, 35/4, 85/4.
xxxviii) Q. nüniyya: Mimm samifitu min aghrab al-buhtnı *

Min qawl ahl al-zaygh wa’l-khidhlnı
Defence of the Qdiriyya against the Tijniyya.
MS: Kaduna (NA), L/AR11/7; Niamey, 812 (viii) (inc.);
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 504, 1018 , 4860 (at end of Bughyat al-
alfı)
xxxix) Q. nüniyya
In praise of the Fulani and encouraging them to jihd.
MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 22v-24v.
126 CHAPTER THREE
xl) Q. nüniyya: Qif bi’l-diyri wa-in lam talqa insn * Fa-

m al-tansı li-†ül al-fiahdi ansn
Addressed to Mu˛ammad Bello.
MS: Salé, 494/2; Sokoto (WJC), 3/40, 13/2.
xli) Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello
MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-14r.
xlii) Q. qfiyya
MS: Zaria, 27k (old).
xliii) Q. qfiyya il Abı Bakr fiAtıq
MSS: Zaria, 27j (old).
xliv) Q. qfiyya
Response to poem of fiAbd al-Qdir b. al-Muß†af (see ALA II,
226 (xiv)).
MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 20v-21r.
xlv) Q. r√iyya: Atat qabl an abd tanaffasuhu ’l-fajrü * Fa-
z˛a bih ˛ijrun wa-zla lah hijrü
Reply to Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs. 90 vv.
MS: Rabat (KhA), 206(i).
xlvi) Q. r√iyya: Salmun ka-fiarf al-raw∂i bkarahu ’l-
ma†arü * Kam zna fian wakf al-khay nürahu al-shajar
Advice to the Futanke (i.e. the supporters of al-˛jj fiUmar), in
156 vv.
MS: MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 288-91, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 985,
1027.
xlvii) Q. r√iyya: Salm Allhi wa’l-ri∂wnu yattar * Yajüdu
tharan li-Bba A˛mad wa-qabr
Elegy for his brother Bba A˛mad in 67 vv.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(65); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3540, 5549.
xlviii) Q. r√iyya: An fı zimmı Mu˛ammadin wa-dhimrihi *
Khayr al-war fı nafsihi wa-nijrihi
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(62).
xlix) Q. r√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı afi† wa-bar *
Thumma had thumma waf thumma shakar
MS: Niamey, 1344(i).

l) Q. y√iyya: fiAliyy an Kabıran Mlik al-mulk Qhir *
fiAl kulli jabbrin afinı al-kulla fi◊liy
li) Q. y√iyya: Dafiawtuka y man l yukhayyibu dfiiy *
Wa-ji√tu il abwbi fa∂lika sfiiy
Prayer in 106 vv.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 302(ii), 3938.
lii) Q. y√iyya: Y jfiil al-nra bardan li’l-khalıli wa-qad *
Ta√ajjaj al-jamru minh wa-waqada ˛miy
In 18 vv.Cf. no. (xviii) above.
Collections of poems
liii) Dıwn al-mad√i˛
Said to be in praise of Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye and
his jihd.
First poem: Min fiabdi mawlhu ’l-ghaniyyu bihi ’l-faqırı * Wa-
ilayhi ˛aqqan A˛mad al-Bakk√iyyı.
MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 3/97, 10/7, 80.
liv) A miniature dıwn of poems exchanged between al-
Bakk√ı, Mu˛ammad Bello and fiAbd al-Qdir b. al-Muß†af.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-27b Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1776.
lv) Majmüfi qaß√id
lvii) Vv. on taw˛ıd.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 298; Niamey, 1344(i); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 350(i), 518, 2743(ii), 4428.
15. Raw∂at al-kham√il li’l-akhyr wa-shafrat al-ßawrim fial ’l-

ashrr
16 Ras√il
i) R. fı sha√n fiaqd nik˛
128 CHAPTER THREE

ii) R. fı sha√n al-im√
iii) R. fı m yajibu fiamaluhu mafi fiUmar al-Fütı
iv) R. fı ’l-tafirıf bi-ahl al-ar∂
v) R. il ikhwnin wa-a˛bbin wa-talmıdhin al-
Marrkushiyyın
Specific addressees include the Qdirı muqaddam Mu˛ammad
fiAmmür (?), and the imam of the Qdirı zwiya Müly al-
Madanı al-fiAlawı.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.2, 294-9 (to his disciples in Marrakesh);
Niamey, 454, 531; Rabat (KhA), D206, D1071bis; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 805 (with reply ), 816.
vi) R. il fiAbd Allh b. Alf fiAmm [al-Tinbuktı]
Asking him when he meets with Sh. A˛mad of Msina to speak
to him diplomatically about the Tuareg problem.
MS: Niamey, 539(i).
vii) R. il ’l-amır Ba Lobbo
Opens: Il ’l-humm al-dhakı al-shujfi al-zakı wa’l-jawd al-
sakhı
MS: Niamey, 539(ii).
viii) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı la yakhfu fıhi lawmat lfiim
ill kullu mudhabdhab whin
MS: Niamey, 544.
ix) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı
An attack on the Tijniyya, responded to by al-Mukhtr b.
Wadıfiat Allh in his Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı.
x) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Sh. A˛mad
MSS: MAMMP, 8.1, 390-1 (inc.), 9. 15.
On inheritance.
xi) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad
a) Opens: Faqad waßala kitbuka al-÷arıf fi mi˛wal kitb
Mu˛ammad b. Sayyid fa’llhu yujzıka khayran wa-yaqıka
∂ayran
b) Opens: Bi-l’salm al-ma˛füf bi’l-takrım wa’l-ikrm al-
maß˛üb bi’l-tafi÷ım
xii) R. il A˛mad b. al-Shaykh
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛1.
xiii) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo fı ˛urmat
∂ayfihi fiAbd al-Karım
Concerning the protection of his guest Dr Heinrich Barth. See
also Q. no xvi above.
MSS: MAMMP, 7.2 (inc), 8.4, 214-8; Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
485.
Publ. trans. [by Dr. Nicholson] in Barth (1965), iii, 764-7;
French trans in Monteil (1938). Partial English trans. in A.A.
Boahen, Britain, the Sahara and the Western Sudan, 1788-1861,
Oxford, 1964, 251-2. General letter of recommendation for, and
defence of, Heinrich Barth, addressed to Arabs, Tuareg, Fulani
and the südn.
xiv) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo al-Msinı
a) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı nazzal al-kitb wa-
huwa yatawall al-ßli˛ın.
MS: Niamey, 569 (photo, 74 pp. & 6 pp. index)
b) Opens: Amm bafid radd al-salm bi-mithlihi aw
a˛san.
MS: Niamey, 1369 (photo, 8 pp.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
291.
c) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Malik al-Quddüs al-Salm
al-bfiith al-nabiyyın wa’l-mursalın bi-dın al-Islm
130 CHAPTER THREE
Concerns the dispute over Barth and Sh. A˛mad’s

demand that he be handed over to him.
d) Complaints over the Fulani governorship of Timbuktu.
Written 24 Rabıfi II 1265/19 March 1849.
MS: Niamey, 545 (photocopy, 25 pp. & 3 pp. index, lacks
first page).
e) Opens: Salm kmil al-a†rf wa-ikrm bası† al-aknf
Complaining and censuring him for listening to the slander
of San Shirfi and not contacting him about it.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(43).
f) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fiazza wa-jalla alladhı l
yudhillu man afiazza wa-l yufiizzu man adhalla
See also: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 485.
xv) R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo al-Msinı
MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(27)b√.
xvi) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad
Concerns a house of his in Jenne.
xvii) R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Abı Bakr al-Msinı
xviii) R. il Amır Minkali (?) A˛mad b. fiUthmn
MS: Niamey, 552(iii).
xix) R. il amır Ibn fiAbd Allh b. Sh. A˛mad
Concerning a dispute between him and his brother al-amır
A˛mad b. A˛mad.
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(37)t√.
xx) R. il amır Karshısh Sulaymn Baßaldı (?)
xxi) R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 103-5, 113; Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 66r-70r,
Niamey, 528.
Publ. in Gerresch (1976).
xxii) R. il jamfiat al-Islm
Opens: Nuhanni√ukum wa-na˛mad Allha fial naßrikum fial ’l-
afid√
MSS: Niamey, 553(v); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 11(i), 31 (copy of
11(ii)), 323(ii). Paris (BN),5259, ff. 72-3;
xxiii) R. il jamfiat Jenne
Opens: Fa’l-salm wa’l-ikrm il jamfiat Jenne alladhına
waw il ’l-dajjl wa-rakanü ilayhi
Censuring those in Jenne who supported al-˛jj fiUmar. Al-
Bakk√ı gives himself the title amır al-mu√minın wa-khalıfat
rabb al-filamın.
MS: Niamey, 552(ii); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 323(iii).
xxiv) R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Gıg
MS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 70-2.
xxv) R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. √g-l-g
Opens: Ra√ayn kitbaka il ahl al-Süq wa-m dhakkartanı bihi
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5056(iii).
xxvi) R. il Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı Faraj
xxvii) R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı
Also addressed to Mu˛ammad and all the sons of fiUmar.
xxviii) R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Nasab
Consoling him on the death of a relative.
xxix) R. il qab√il al-Fulln
Opens: Fa’l-salm wa’l-ikrm il jamıfi ahl al-Islm min qab√il
al-Fulln
132 CHAPTER THREE
MSS: Niamey, 549, 552(i), 1729; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 11(ii),

323(i).
See also Algiers (BH), ˛√ (19)jım; Birmingham, 14; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 1009.
xxx) R. il ’l-q∂ı al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi’lladhı bi-yadihi maqlıd al-umür wa-
huwa al-fialım bi-dht al-ßudür
Dated 30 Rabıfi II 1264/5 April 1848.
MS: Niamey, 548.
xxxi) R. il Sıdiyya wa-B Lobbo wa-fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr
wa-ghayrihim
Letter to his paternal cousin Sıdiyya and others “among all the
Fulani tribes, especially Msina and Sebara”. Concerns various
inter-Fulani quarrels.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(41).
xxxii) R. il ’l-amır al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütwı
a) Opens: Fa-inn nuhanni√uka bi-m afi†ka Allh tafil
min al-dın wa-makkanaka min al-amr bi’l-mafirüf wa’l-nahy
fian al-munkar. The letter calls upon al-˛jj fiUmar to
exercise restraint, and to show mercy and forebearance.
MS: Niamey, 528, pp. 2-11 (further short letters to him, pp.
11-19); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5056(i).
b) Opens: Fa-qad j√anı rasül bi-kitbika wa-kalmika ill
annaka l tafiri∂ li-jawb kitbı bi-qalıl wa-l kathır.
MS: Niamey, 544 (iv); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5056(ii).
c) Opens: Bi’l-salm wa’l-ikrm il ’l-amır al-˛jj fiUmar
b. Safiıd al-Fütwı. Concerns a kidnapped concubine.
MS: Niamey, 544(ii), followed by other short letters.
xxxiii) R. il fiUmar ˘amad fı sha√n al-∂iyfa
xxxiv) R. il Wadıfiat Allh al-Fullnı
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2022.
xxxv) R. il Yüsuf b. A˛mad

Letter to the chief of the Kel Ahoggar asking for cessation of
hostilities (ßul˛).
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3699, 4043 (R. fı ’l-ßul˛).
xxxvi) Ras√il bayn al-Bakk√ı wa-Akansüs
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 808, 2431 (single risla).
xxxvii) Raß√il il fiUthmn b. M. Fodiye, fiUmar al-Fütı,
A˛mad A˛mad, wa-ahl Tinbuktu
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 103-13.
17. R. fı ’l-˛a∂∂ fial ’l-jihd

18. al-Sihm al-masdüda fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-˛asada

MS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 214r.-117r.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4023:
Opens: Ilh al-khalqi mawln qadımü * Wa-mawßüfun bi-awßf al-
kamlı. See also al-Sihm al-musaddada, poem attrib. to al-Mukhtr al-
Kuntı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2349.
19. Ta√lıf fı ’l-adhkr wa’l-awrd

Written in 1250/1834-5.
MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(26)˛√.
20. Tanzıh al-akrim fian tazwıj al-ma˛rim

21. Waßiyya li-awldihi

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2722, 3911, 5580 (opens: Y awldı üßıkum
bi-taqw ’llhi ’l-fia÷ım.)
22. Wathıqa fı ’l-mırth

23. Wathıqa fı ta√mın Jwandu kibr (?)

***
134 CHAPTER THREE
Anon. poem in praise of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı…

Opens: Dafiat bafid m abd mabsimih ’l-fajrü * Wa-zla fian al-
ishrqi min laylih ’l-˛ajrü
Al-BASHˆR b. fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMAD WAD◊D
1. Ismfi al-n√ı fı tarjamat al-sayyid A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

MS: Niamey, 543.
2. Maktüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd
Simply attributed to al-Bashır al-Kuntı.
AfiMAR [fiUMAR] b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊√ˆ b. MU˘AMMAD b.

AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı, fl. mid-19th cent.
1. R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha

Letter to the Tuareg chief al-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı, [the latter
perhaps Kawa Ag Amma, amenokal of the Ullimiden, a contemporary of
Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr].
2. R. il kalafat Kunta

Advising them to return to the sharıfia.
3. R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın b. al-Bakk√ı

MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊√ˆ al-Kuntı
1. Risla
Concerns a teacher who lost his temper when a boy distorted a verse of
the Qur√n.
B◊B◊ A˘MAD b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊√ˆ
1. Q. fı mad˛ jaddihi
(i) Opens: Y sayyidı al-Bakk√ı y sanadı * Wafiadtu wa’intih qaßdı
wa-y fiamadı
20 vv.
(ii) Opens: Y ayyuh ’l-rams al-sanı * Dhü’l-maghna†ıs al-˛asanı
22 double lines.
fiUMAR b. fiALˆ b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı
1. al-Kawkib al-sayyrt fı ’l-awrd al-Qdiriyya

2. Fatw fı ’l-faskh
On the annullment of marriage.
3. Majmüfi nawzil
A collection of 43 legal opinions.
4. Q. fı ’l-˛all wa’l-˛arm
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 140-8.
5. Q. fı mad˛ al-Qsim wa’l-Fzzı wa-jamfiatihim

Opens: A-y †liban nahj al-hidyati mujtall * fiUlüman wa-tafilıman wa-
dhikran murattal
6. Radd fial su√layn fı ’l-bayn

Opens: ˘amdan li-man manna bi-bayn m yufham fial ’l-adh’hn wa-
abna ghawmi∂ asrr kitbihi
Dated 1344/1925-6.
MS: Niamey, 829.
7. R. fı mara∂ al-bbüsh
136 CHAPTER THREE

See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1691: Fatw fı mara∂ al-bbüsh (or al-
lbüsh), by fiUmar b. fiAlı b. al-Shaykh al-Sharıf.
8. Wasılat al-anm fı m yanqasim fial a˛km al-sharıfia

Perhaps also by the same author is a letter simply by fiUmar b. fiAlı,
addressed to Sı. fiUmar b. Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, concerning the revolt of
Kaoussen in 1917.
MS: Niamey, 1266.
MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. fiUMAR [AfiMAR] b. MU˘AMMAD

b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD al-Kuntı, known as Shaykh By, b.
1865, d. after 1920
Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 7-10, trans in Norris (1975), 186-7; Cortier (1908), 286-9 (trans.
in Norris (1975), 168-70); Marty (1920), i, 117-22; EI (2), v, 393-5.
His father, fiUmar, established a zwiya at Telia in the Ad‚ra‚‚r-n-Ifo‚ras,

and upon his death was succeeded as head of it by his eldest son Sı.
Mu˛ammad (q.v.). and later by Sh. By. By studied both with his father
and his brother, and lived at first at his father’s zwiya at Telia. After
1904 he adopted a nomadic life style, living in tented encampments in
the Wdı Telia; only in exceptionally dry years would he and his
following go down to al-Süq or towards the river Niger.
According to Cortier, he led a life of seclusion, inspiring enormous
veneration among the local people, neither eating meat nor drinking
milk. Although he kept his distance from the French, his relations with
them were good. He helped to mediate in several tribal quarrels, and
played a role in reconciling the Kel Ahoggar to the French. The Ahoggar
chief, Müs Ag Amastan was a student of his and remained attached to
him. After the establishment of the French post at Kidal, Sh. By became
recognised officially as q∂ı of the region.
Among his other students were his grandson Mu˛ammad b. Bdı al-
Kuntı (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi al-Aghllı (q.v.),
and Mu˛ammad Ammak b. al-Bakk√ al-Kuntı (d. after 1379/1960, see
Dhikr m waqafia, p. 11).
1. Fatwı.
i) On doubt in ßalt.
ii) On dwelling with the Christians, and on fines.
iii) On lost camels.
iv) On ritual purity.
v) On wells: response to question from Mu˛ammad al-
Mukhtr b. al-∑idq.
vi) On wife’s rejection of husband’s authority (nushüz).
vii) Response about whether it it permissible to eat with a man
who fails to perform wu∂ü√ without valid reason.
2. al-Far√i∂ al-r√iqa wa’l-ajwiba al-f√iqa

3. Fat˛ al-baßıra fı qawfiid al-dın al-munıra

MSS: Niamey, 1424, 2236.
4. Maktüb fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

5. Maktüb fı taqßır al-wird fı ’l-safar

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1020. Cf. Maktüb fı ’l-taßawwuf, MS:
Timbuktu (MMHT), 387.
6. Nawzil wa-ajwiba fiqhiyya

The importance of the rulings of Sh. By merits a closer examination of
existing manuscripts. The following are the collections presently known:
138 CHAPTER THREE
i) Niamey
MS: 562: 19 ff. replies to his “friend in God” Al-Sayyid B-k-t. Opens:
al-˘amdu li’llh al-munfarid bi’l-tadbır wa’l-˛ukm al-mustabidd bi’l-
taqdır wa’l-qa∂√
MS: 566: The Twenty-six Responses. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh wa-kaf
wa-salm fial fiibdihi alladhına iß†af. Hdh m yassar Allh
sub˛nahu fı jawb al-as√ilat allatı su√iltu fianh wa-hiya sitta wa-
fiishrün.
MS: 589(i): 108 numbered pages. Opens: Fa-hdhihi nubdha manqüla
min nawzil Sh. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sı. fiUmar. Completed in
1350/1931-2. The questions are numbered to 102 in marg., but index
lists items up to 178, so possibly this is only part I.
MS: 822: 18 ff. Begins with rulings on questions of ritual ablution and
ends with rulings on manumission and clientage.
MS: 1419 Nawzil al-Shaykh By. 2 vols., photocopy, 417 pp. and 332
pp. Vol. I completed 18 Rajab 1344/1 Febuary 1926. Vol. II is not dated.
Both were copied in 1388/1968-9.
MS: 1437 Nawzil al-Shaykh By, Vol. I only, corresponding to Vol. I
of MS: 1419, but manuscript in a different hand. An opening paragraph
indicates that an anonymous person collected together and arranged the
nawzil under fiqh headings, omitting waßy and ras√il, except those
containing a ruling.
MS: 1492 (10 ff.) and 1500 (14 pp.): a minor collection of responses
beginning with a question about payment of some one hired to fetch
something who does not find the object in the place he is directed to, and
ending with a question about divorce in the case of a wife who is beaten
or otherwise abused.
ii) Timbuktu (CEDRAB)

MSS: 118 (Vol. I), 119 (Vol. II), 120 (Vol. III.), 121 (Vol. IV), 122
(Vol. V), 123 (Vol. VI), 124 (Vol. VII.), 125 (Vol. VIII), 126 (Vol. IX).
A 9-volume collection in various hands. Pages are numbered (1-1011),
and Vol. IX has at the end an index of all the volumes.
MS: 247. One vol. in 263 ff., corresponding to Niamey, 1437.
MS: 688 (263 ff.).
MS: 1890 (2ff.).
MS: 2119 (4 ff.).
7. Ras√il
i) R. fı ’l-awrd
ii) R. fı ’l-†ahra
iii). R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd
iv) R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf
Concerning disapproval of the writings of Mu˛ammad Ya˛y
[al-Waltı?].
v) R. il Bb A˛mad b. fiUrwa b. ˘ammd
And to his nephew and others.
vi) R. il B-k-t
Advising him to stop shedding blood and plundering property.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2084 (to B-k-t) .
vii) R. il ˛kim ar∂ Adghgh
Addressed to the governor (commandant?) of Ad‚ra‚r concerning a
man he was inquiring after.
viii) R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mbrak b. fiAlı
ix) R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı
To a Tuareg leader consoling on the loss of his goods plundered
by the Barbısh.
x) R. il ’l-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs b. fiUmar b.
Zayyn al-˘asanı
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3702, 3703, 3709 (on a dispute
between fiumml).
140 CHAPTER THREE
xi) R. il ’l-walı al-ßli˛ al-˛jj Ballu fı sha√n al-itwt

8. Shar˛ fial ’l-a˛dıth al-Maqqariyya

See Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7.
9. Shar˛ man÷ümat al-faqıh Sı. fiUmar b. fiAbd al-Karım li-mırth

Khalıl
MS: Niamey, 2365 (inc.)
10. Shar˛ na÷m al-◊jurrümiyya

Comm. on vers. of the ◊jurrümiyya [by Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı?
see CEDRAB, item 3971]
11. Shar˛ na÷m al-Tuwtı li-fiAqıdat al-Akh∂arı

Comm. on vers. by Mu˛ammad b. Ubba al-Tuwtı of the fiAqıda of fiAbd
al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Akh∂arı al-Bun†yüsı al-Mlikı,
(d. 983/1585, see GAL S II, 705).
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 471-9.
12. Waßiyya li-qabılat Kunta

MSS: Niamey, 793 (frag. of 19 ll.).
13. Waßiyya
To one of his students.
14. Waßiyya
15. Untitled
“Écrit relatif à l’origine des Imaghcharan, des Peuls et des Touareg”; see
CCIM, 141
˘AMMA b. B◊Y [MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR] al-Kuntı
1. Q. fı mad˛ fiulam√ al-Süq

Concerns a ruling about going on pilgrimage by air.
MS: Niamey, 2513.
MU˘AMMAD b. ˘AMMA b. MU˘AMMAD b. al-shaykh al-kabır

[AL-MUKHT◊R] al-Kuntı
1. Q. fı mad˛ khlihi Bb A˛mad

Opens: Y Bba A˛mad y kahf al-∂ififi dafi * Mustanjidka ∂afiıfun
ruknuhu inßadafi. 23 vv.
2. Q. fı ziyratihi li-khlihi
MU˘AMMAD b. B◊Dˆ b. B◊Y [MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR] al-

Kuntı d. 1379/1960
Dhikr m waqafia, p. 10-11, et passim.
A student of Sh. By al-Kuntı, whose fatwı he collected together and

arranged under fiqh headings. He is considered to be his intellectual
successor. Among his pupils was Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi
al-Aghllı (q.v.).
1. Badıfi al-shakl fı a˛km al-libs wa’l-sharb wa’l-akl

2. al-Maqßid al-asn fı khawßß asmfi Allh al-˛usn

MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 503-8.
3. Na÷m al-Niqya
Vers. of the Niqya of Jall al-Dın al-Suyü†ı.
Comm. by author. See Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 7, 10.
4. Qaß√id
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 489-503.
142 CHAPTER THREE
5. Qaßıda r√iyya: In fia∂∂ak al-dahru bi-anybihı * Wa-lam tuqill

min fiathrat al-fithirı
Poem in praise of Sh. By al-Kuntı (q.v.). See Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 3,
8-9 (total of 14 vv. quoted).
6. Q. fı rith√ Sh. By

See Dhikr m waqafia, p. 9, where the author mentions the work, but
says he has not come across a copy of it.
7. al-Raw∂a al-anıqa fı m yatafiallaq bi’l-u∂˛iyya

MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 508-14.
8. R. fı ’l-awrd wa-kayfiyyat al-talqın wa’l-bayfia

9. R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf

On exchanging of their writings.
10. R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf

In praise of the recipient’s book Bustn ahl al-dın (q.v.)
11. Shar˛ fial na÷m Niqyat al-Suyü†ı

Comm. on his own vers. of the Niqya of Jall al-Dın al-Suyü†ı. See
Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7.
12. al-Shumüs al-†awlifi bi-÷alm m u˛ditha fiind al-qubür min

mankir al-bad√ifi
Completed 29 Rabıfi I 1368/29 January 1949. Concerns a man named Sı.
Mu˛ammad b. Umayya who claimed to be able to receive messages
from the dead.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.3, 427-578; Niamey, 579, 1316 (91 pp.), 2240;
13. Sullam al-ithbt il saqf al-najt min m∂ı al-dhunüb wa’l-tı
MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 515-22.
14. Wiqyat al-mutakallimın min al-la˛n al-muthallim

15. Zınat al-fityn fı fiulüm al-dın al-mußn

Alfiyya on taw˛ıd.
MU˘AMMAD b. fi◊BIDIN al-Kuntı
1. Radd fial kitb min Ibn Salım

Accuses Ibn Salım of insulting Sh. A˛mad ˘amhu ’llh, lying and
becoming an apostate.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1298. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 559, a
reply to Mu˛ammad b. Zayn al-fi◊bidın.
MU˘AMMAD MA˘MÜD al-Kuntı
1. Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ Allh al-˛usn

Opens: Yaqülu fı aqw ’l-raj√i fı karamı * Dhı ’l-karam al-jammi li-
ghafr m ’jtaram
AL-MUKHT◊R AL-KHALˆFA [b. Sı. M U˘AMMAD B . AfiMAR b.

SH. Sı. MU˘AMMAD b. SH. Sı. AL-MUKHT◊R AL-KUNTˆ
1. Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Shdhiliyyın wa’l-Tijniyyın

Opens: Sabaqat rijl al-Qdirı wa-tuwwijü * Bi-fiam√im al-taqdır wa’-
tijnı.
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD AL-ZAYD◊N al-Kuntı
1. al-Murshid fı ’l-tanfır fian mutaßawwifa hdh ’l-zamn

MS: Niamey, 1310.
2. Shar˛ al-hady wa’l-ßilt fı jamfi wa-na÷m Muba††ilt al-ßalt

Comm. on vers. of a book by Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr al-
Wangarı (q.v.).
144 CHAPTER THREE
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 4305 (by ˘amma al-Amın al-Kuntı) .
MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. fi◊BIDˆN b. AL-‡◊HIR b. A˘MAD b.

MU˘AMMAD b. HAYBA al-Kuntı al-Tinbuktı
1. Ajwiba
i) On a paternity dispute.
MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 167-75 (and 176-83, a reply to an
objection to the fatw).
ii) On a dispute between one of the Barbısh and the Rguibat
over she-camels.
iii) On a paternity dispute. Perhaps same as (i) above.
MS: Niamey, 1355.
iv) On inheritance.
v) On gifts/allowances (al-manı˛a)
vi) Concerns a woman who was married to Khalıl b. Bb b.
fiUthmn and bore a child, and another man claimed he had not
divorced her. Dated 3 Shawwl 1365/30 August 1946. Cf. (i)
and (ii) above.
MS: Niamey, 1355 (date 14 Shawwl, 1365); Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 422.
2. R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-Anßrı

Concerning a vision.
MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b.

fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ b. YA˘Y◊ al-Kuntı
1. Q. r√iyya
MS: Paris (BN), 6399, ff. 207-10.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ ZAYN AL-fi◊BIDIN al-Kuntı
1. R. il wazır Dawr ˘asan b. Müs fian al-mahdiyya

MS: Zaria, 102/9.
˘ABˆB ALL◊H b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD [b.

MU˘AMMAD b. Sı. Al-MUKHT◊R] al-Kuntı
1. Fatw fı ˛ukm al-zakt

˘ABˆB ALL◊H b. fiUMAR al-WADD◊fi al-Kuntı
1. Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-˛adıth

MU˘AMMAD b. AL-AMˆN b. MU˘AMMAD b. AfiMAR b. ABˆ

SAYFˆ (or al-Büsayfı) al-Kuntı
1. Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man ittaßal * Bi-˛ablihi ’l-matıni l
budda waßal.
9vv. Vers. of the Qdirı silsila of the Kunta, back to Mu˛ammad, the
angel Gabriel and the law˛ (the “Guarded Tablet”).
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2622 , 3531,(attrib. to Mu˛ammad b. al-
Mukhtr al-Kuntı) 3538.
2. Q. fı ’l-˛anın
Opens: Yawadd al-fat idrka m huwa †libuhü * Wa-ya√b lahu
dahrun tawlat maß√ibuhü.
In 25 vv.
fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-BAKKA√ˆ b. KIN◊NA b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-

Kuntı
1. Fatwı
i) On the marriage of a girl before puberty.
146 CHAPTER THREE

ii) Does the man who cuts off a boy’s penis while circumcizing
him have to pay diya?
iii) On divorce.
2. Maktüb fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh wa-mat yakünu shaykhan

3. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. fiUmar

Composed upon visiting his tomb.
4. Tu˛fat al-muttaqın wa-junnat al-mutawaqqın min al-umar√ wa’l-

wuzar√ wa’l-qu∂t al-muwaffaqın
fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. AL-‡◊LIB Sˆ A˘MAD al-Kuntı
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-rasül

IBR◊HˆM w. ABÜD al-Kuntı
1. Fatw
On the invalid sale (bayfi fsid).
A˘MAD F◊L b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-˘abalı (?) al-Kuntı
1. Du√fi nayl al-maqßid

150 vv. Opens: Bi’smi ’llhi bi’ismik al-mufradı * Bihi bada√tu li-nayl
al-maqßidı.
MS: Niamey, 169.
AL–AMˆN b. ˘AYBALL◊ al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√
Opens: Sa√altuka mu∂†arr an li-yusrin lad fiusrı * Fa-y rabbi y
Ra˛mnu y kshif al-∂arrı.
A˘MAD [b. fiABD ALL◊H] b. A˘MAD al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı
1. Shif√ al-asqm al-firi∂a fı ’l-÷hir wa’l-b†in min al-ajsm

MS: Kaolack, 158; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1045; Timbuktu (MMHT),
116.
*************************
KUNTA RELATED
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AGANAN
1. Q. fı rith√ Llla fi◊√isha
Elegy for the wife of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.
Opens: Ufiazzı qibb al-majdi wa’l-mawtu l yu†fı * Wa-inna
karmatahu al-nafsa wa’l-†abfi bal yu˛fı.
A˘MAD AL-S◊LIM b. AL-S◊LIK b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-

MUKHT◊R
1. Q. fı hij√ Kunta
cf. similar poem by ˘amma b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı; see below, p. 190.
2. Q. lmiyya: Ariqat li-barq al-firi∂ al-mutamallilı * fiAynki

fa’nhamat bi-damfiin musbilı
In 79 vv.
3. Q. r√iyya: Y hjiy an hdhiyan bi’l-kidhbi muftakhir * Al-kidhbu

djin wa-nür al-˛aqqi ÷ahar
148 CHAPTER THREE
52 vv. response to a satire by al-Bakk√ı.

CHAPTER FOUR
THE SAHARAN FRINGES OF MALI: II, OTHER WRITERS OF

AZAW◊D
WRITERS OF ARAW◊N
Arawn is a small town situated some 260 km. north of Timbuktu on the
route to Taghza and Tuwt. It is said to have been founded c. 1600 by
Sı. A˛mad Ag Adda (d. c. 1634), a holyman from al-Süq, but it was
already known to Leo Africanus, who wrote in 1526. Sı. A˛mad Ag
Adda’s great-grandfather Abü Bakr b. al-‡hir was the first of his family
to quit al-Süq, and he is considered the ancestor of most of the shuraf√
of the Middle Niger. Sı. A˛mad’s father lived and died in Timbuktu and
is buried there. A˛mad Ag Adda’s settlement in Arawn marks its
beginning as an Islamic centre. He built the mosque there and was its
first q∂ı. His presence attracted other learned men, and Arawn became
a centre of learning as well as a commercial crossroads. A˛mad Ag
Adda is buried there, and the mosque is named after him. In the early
twentieth century the town’s free population was about 750, but by 1920
Paul Marty only estimated it at only 500.1
‡◊LIBNA SANB˚R b. AL-W◊Fˆ b. ‡◊LIBNA al-Arawnı, b. c.

1100/1688, d. 28 Rama∂n 1180/27 February 1767.
Fat˛ al-Shakür, 102-3; CCIM, art. by Ahmed Mohamed Salim, pp. 238-41.
His father was q∂ı of Arawn, and he studied with him first, then with
Abü Bakr b. fiˆs al-Ghallwı (d. 1146/1733), and with A˛mad Ag al-
Shaykh al-Süqı, a student of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Baghayogho (q.v.).
He became celebrated for his fatws, many of which were given the seal
of approval by other scholars from as far afield as Tuwt and Walta.
1
See art. “Arawan” by Sidi Mohamed Ould Youbbu, and art. “Ahmad Ag Adda” by Adil
Mahmoûd Muhammad in CCIM, 81-4, 198-200.
150 CHAPTER FOUR
His students included Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Bbuya, Abü Bakr b. al-∑ayd

(father of A˛mad al-∑ayd, q.v.).
1. Ajwiba
i) Subject unknown
ii) On purchase of cowries.
A man bought some cowries from another man who claimed to
be an agent of the owner of the cowries, and then transported
them to a place 20 days distant. He then discovered that the
seller was not an authorized agent. Must he then (a) return a like
amount of cowries to the place of purchase, or (b) refund the
value of the cowries, or (c) return the actual cowries.
MS: Niamey, 530 (attrib. to Q∂ı Sanb˙r).
2. Basamt al-fiulüm al-fiarabiyya fial mas√il al-diyr al-maghribiyya

See CCIM, 240.
3. al-Bayn al-shfı fial su√l Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı

See CCIM, 240
4. Fatw fi sha√n al-∂amn

5. Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr

See CCIM, 240.
6. Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fı takhrıj [var bayn.] m fı Mukhtaßar Khalıl

min al-∂afiıf
MSS: Niamey, 455, 525, 2110.
7. al-Jawb al-f√iq fial ’l-su√l al-r√iq

See CCIM, 240.
8. Kifyat al-ma√üna
Said to be a confirmation of the replies of al-Maghılı (see ALA II, 20) to
OTHER WRITERS OF AZAW◊D 151
Askiya al-˛jj. Mu˛ammad; see CCIM, 240.
9. Mißb˛ al-anwr wa-kshif al-astr

MS: Niamey 530; Timbuktu (MMHT), 94.
10. Naf˛ al-fiabır fı ˛ukm dam dabrat al-bafiır

See CCIM, 240.
11. Raffi al-mushkilt fian bafi∂ fiulam√ Tuwt

See CCIM, 238.
12. ∑anjat al-wazzn fı nawzil Arawn

See CCIM, 240.
13. Shar˛ Khulßat Ibn Mlik

See CCIM, 240.
MU˘AMMAD al-Q∂ı b. Al-W◊Fˆ al-Arawnı
1. A˛km sharfiiyya fı bayfi al-raqıq wa’l-wirtha

A˘MAD b. AL-∑◊LI˘ b. SAYYID AL-W◊Fˆ b. SAYYID b. A˘MAD

b. ADDA al-Arawnı
al-Safida al-abadiyya; Izlat al-rayb.
Jurisprudent and grammarian, known for his skill in interpreting dreams.

The two sources give quite contradictory dates for his death: 1120/1708-
9, or 1230/1814-15. The earlier date is probably the more accurate since
A˛mad Ag Adda died c. 1634.
1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya

2 Qasıda
Prayer to God to destroy the nomadic Arabs and their amır Yüsuf for
having plundered Arawn.
152 CHAPTER FOUR
3. Tu˛fat al-asfr fı adhkr al-safar

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3566, 3633 (Tu˛fat al-musfir), 4808.
ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AYD al-Arawnı, d. 1260/1844-5

Notes of MMD.
∑üfı and scholar of jurisprudence. Also skilled in Arabic grammar and

rhetoric.
1. Fatw fial man tajib al-zakt (sic)

2. Q. fı ’l-mad˛
3. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AYD al-Arawnı, d.

1339/1920-1
al-Safida al-abadiyya.
Noted as a grammarian and philologist. His students included Abü ’l-

Khayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.).
1. Fatwı
i) On division of inheritance.
ii) On divorce.
iii) On enmity.
iv) On purchasing plundered goods.
v) On raiding and plundering.

vi) On sales.
vii) On a slave who committed a crime against a free boy.
2. Ijzt
3. R. il jamfiat abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsüf

Informing them that he has abolished the ‘cutting of the ear’ (i.e. the
practice of a slave cutting the ear of another’s camel when he wishes to
change master).
MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AYD
1. Fatw
On inheritance. In a collection of fatwı on the subject.
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-

∑AYD, Abü Bakr
1. Fatw
On sacrificing an animal that has a sickness of the udder.
2. Ijza fı ’l-taßawwuf
3. Ijza li-Khlid b. Ma˛müd

Ijza for the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı.
154 CHAPTER FOUR
4. R. il Ibn Hanün

The recipient was the amır of the Awld fiAllüsh.
AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN al-Arawnı, d. 1367/1947-8

al-Safida al-abadiyya;
Like his father, known for his extreme piety and observance of the
Sunna. He wrote a great deal of poetry, some of it in Songhay.
1. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı dhamm al-tabk
In Songhay acc. notes of MMD.
ii) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Abı ’l-Khayr Si. A˛mad b. al-∑ayd
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 612,5051, 465
iii) Q. fı rith√ Müly Afilı b. Müly fiAbd al-Salm al-Tuwtı
iv) Q. fı rith√ al-q∂ı Sı. fi◊lı al-Arawnı
The subject of the elegy died in 1340/1921-2.
v) Q. fı rith√ fiUrwa amır Arawn
vi) Q. fı tahni√at Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd
Congratulating Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd on his appointment as q∂ı
of Timbuktu.
2. Man÷üma fı ’l-†alq
ABÜ ’L-KHAYR b. fiABD ALL◊H b. MARZÜQ b. AL-˘ALLA al-

Arawnı, d. 6 Mu˛arram 1397/27 December 1976
He was born in the early years of the 14th century of the hijra
[1300=1882] and studied with his brother Afilı, and with Sı. A˛mad b.
Babbakar b. al-∑ayd (d. 1340/1921). He was imam of Arawn and q∂ı
of Azawd. Later he settled in Timbuktu and became its chief Qur√nic
exegist, diividing his time between that city and Arawn until his death.
He took the Qdiriyya wird from al-Turd b. al-fiAbbs, and also had
silsilas to the Shdhiliyya, Nßiriyya, Zarrüqiyya, Jazüliyya and
Dirdıriyya.
1. Ajwiba
i) Concerns (a) the fiidda before a widow’s marriage, and
(b) meat sales.
ii) Topics unknown.
Timbuktu (MMHT), 8.
2. Fatwı
i) As√ila wa-fatw (with material by Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b.
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad).
ii) Fatw addressed to A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. al-∑ayd.
iii) Majmüfi fatwı
iv) On gifts.
v) On the imamship of the two festivals (fiıd al-fi†r and fiıd
al-a∂˛).
vi) On sale of livestock among nomads.
156 CHAPTER FOUR
vii) On secret marriage.

viii) On those who make lawful the seizure of goods belonging
to those who dwell with the colonialists.
ix) On wikla.
x) On zakt.
Jointly issued with Zayn al-Dın fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jabhı al-Süqı.
3. Fat˛ al-Karım fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı Ibn

Salım
MS: Niamey, 487 (photo); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 419.
4. Ijzt
(i) To Alfa Slim b. Bb˙r al-Tinbuktı.
(ii) To Mu˛ammad b. al-∑iddıq.
(iii) Ijza fı ’l-˛adıth
5. al-Jawb al-muskit fı radd ˛ujaj al-mufitari∂ fial ’l-q√ilın bi-

nadbiyyat al-qab∂ fı ßalt al-nafl wa’l-far∂
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 632. 2812.
6. Maktüb fı dhikr bafi∂ fa∂√il al-shaykh Abı ’l-fiAbbs Sayyid A˛mad

b. al-∑li˛ al-Süqı
7. Maktüb fı ’l-jawb fian mas√alat al-nawm fı ’l-masjid

8. Mift˛ al-fal˛ fı adhkr al-mas√ wa’l-ßab˛

9. Nawzil
Collection made by Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab (q.v.), and in his
possession.
10. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı mad˛ Yüsuf
ii) Q. fı dhamm al-duny

11. R. il ’l-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-

fiAbbs al-˘asanı
12. Shar˛ Ibn fi◊shir

Listed by MMD. Probably a comm. on al-Murshid al-mufiın fial ’l-
∂arürı min fiulüm al-dın by fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı Ibn fi◊shir
al-Andalusı al-Fsı (d. 1040/ 1633, see Ka˛˛la, vi, 205).
13. Shar˛ Marqı ’l-ßufiüd

List of MMD.
14. Ta√rıkh Arawn wa-Tawdannı

History of Arawn and Taoudeni.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 621, 3440 (T. Arawn as related by fiUrw
b. M. b. al-˘abıb); Timbuktu (MMHT), 750.
AL-˘AR‡◊Nˆ b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. ‡ALIBN◊ al-Arawnı
1. Ijza fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı

158 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN

Teacher at the mosque of Arawn.
1. Tafilıq fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl

MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b.

B◊NNA al-Arawnı
1. Fatw
On whether a master should reject the affability (mudrh) of his slave
or not.
MU˘AMMAD b. AL-∑IDDˆQ b. AL-DˆN al-Arawnı al-Tinbuktı, d. 28

Shawwl 1402/18 August 1982
Biographical information supplied by MMD.
His father was also known as a scholar and a poet. He himself studied
with Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh (q.v.), and was a jurist, mu˛addith,
grammarian, exegete and poet. Towards the end of his life he taught at
the Centre Ahmed Baba, Timbuktu.
1. Fatwı
i) On the virtues of peace, and censure of those who
oppose it.
ii) On a man who married a woman without anyone telling
him she was within the prohibited degrees of marriage.
iii) On a man who gives a gift to one son, but does not give
to the others.
iv) On sales.
2. Khu†ba fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd

3. Shar˛ fial man÷ümat al-◊jurrümiyya

Info. from MMD.
MU˘MMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. AL-‡◊LIB SURGU al-Arawnı
1. Fatw
On the question of congregational prayer at Boudjbéha.
2. Q. lmiyya: ∑altı fial man nafituhu ’l-jüdu wa’l-badhlü * Wa-min

sha√nihi ’l-i˛snu wa’l-ßul˛u wa’l-fa∂lü
THE DESCENDANTS OF MU˘AMMAD B˚R
Mu˛ammad B˙r was the fifth generation descendant of A˛mad Ag

Adda, founder of Arawn. His floruit would therefore be during the late
eighteenth century.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı, d. 1290/1873-4
1. al-fiAß fı ta√dıb man fiaß

On his dispute with Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-
Waltı.
See notes of MMD.
2. Fatwı
i) On fees for charms.
ii) On plundered goods.
iii) On the sanctity of genealogy (˛urmat al-nasab).
160 CHAPTER FOUR
iv) On sickness of animals.

3. Jawb li-mas√ala fı ’l-nikh

4. R. fi ’l-fiqh
5. Shar˛ fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik wa-I˛mirr Ibn Büna

Info provided by MMD.
His son A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı
1. Fatwı
i) On endowments (˛ubus).
ii) Two fatws.
iii) On money a man gives his wife to please her.
iv) On divorce.
See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5987, 7963.
The latter’s son AL-W◊Fˆ b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-W◊Fˆ b.

MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı
1. Fatwı
i) The case of a man who bequeaths money to two men,
one of whom dies intestate before the bequeather.
ii) Subject unknown.
iii) On bequests.
fiUMAR B. A˘MAD B. MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-

Arawnı
1. Fatwı
i) On the ijza.
ii) On whether the ßadq of a slave woman is to be paid by
her or by her owner.
iii) On sales.
2. Na÷m ashykh al-Qdiriyya

Opens: ˘amdan li-man jafiala zayda nifiamihı * Fı shukrihi bi-fa∂lihi wa-
karamihı
MA˘MÜD B. MU˘AMMAD LAMMÜ∆ B. A˘MAD AG ADDA, d.

c. 1320/1902
Of the family of Ag Adda.
1. Fatw fı man yaskun mafia al-Naßr

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 292; Niamey, 1320.
2. Fatw fı sha√n al-hijra fian al-Naßr

fi◊Lˆ b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R

al-Arawnı, d. after 1331/1913
He died either in 1338/1919 (see CEBRAB cat., 3887), or 1340/1921,
acc. al-Safida al-abadiyya and the catalogue entry for MS Timbuktu
(MMHT), 319. A man celebrated for his piety, who prayed much and
162 CHAPTER FOUR
slept little. Skilled in exegesis, ˛adıth, and ußül al-fiqh. He was a q∂ı
and had his own zwiya in Timbuktu. He apparently belonged to the
Tijniyya, since he gave an ijza for its awrd.
1. Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh
2. Ajwiba wa-a˛km
The rulings listed below are classified by topic. Multiple listings for the
same topic may or may not be identical in content.
i) Anger
ii) Camels
iii) Camels
A man finds a stray camel and uses it, loading it heavily with
salt. The camel is weakened by this and eventually abandoned,
and never found. The owner of the camel brings a case against
him, and the first party is ordered to pay the price of the camel,
but he absconds.
iv) Commerce.
v) Cutting down trees to feed goats.
vi) Debt.
vii) Deputizing (wikla).
viii) Dispute.
ix) Dispute between al-Muß†af b. Bb Sharaf and al-

Mukhtr al-Kuntı al-Jakanı.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 587 (attrib. to fiAlı b. fiUmar b.
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙r al-Arawnı).
x) Dispute over a horse.
xi) Divorce.
xii) Friday prayer.
See also item 4 below.
xiii) Guarantee (∂amn)
A man is held up by bandits and is forced to hand over one of
two camels with him. He hands over the one that does not
belong to him and keeps his own. Is he liable for the one he gave
up?
xiv) Hiring a camel.
xv) Inheritance
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2561, 3091, 3846 (in collection of
fatwı on the subject), 7970 (?).
xvi) Inheritance
A woman who died and left a slave.
xvii) Khulfi
On a woman’s release from marriage by repayment of her
marriage portion (ßadq).
xviii) Marriage portion (ßadq) of a slave girl.
Who pays it, the woman or her master?
164 CHAPTER FOUR

xix) Milk kinship
Concerns a man and woman who befriended one another and
claimed that they were milk kin.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 579. (attrib. to fiAlı b. fiUmar b.
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙r al-Arawnı).
xx) Milk kinship
xxi) Milk kinship
A married couple are told after many years of marriage that they
are milk kin. Fatw dated Dhu ’l-Qafida 1331/October 1913.
xxii) Philology
Concerns the meaning of a word in al-Dasüqı[‘s comm. on the
Mukhtaßar] regarding false accusation of fornication (qadhf).
xxiii) Piety.
xxiv) Sacrificial animals.
xxv) ∑alt, sales, and other matters.
Dated Rama∂n 1335/November 1916.
xxvi) Sales
xxvii) Theft.
xxviii) Treachery and faithfulness (amna)
xxix) Wife’s maintenance.

xxx) Witnessing.
3. Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ’l-mutafiaßßib li-˛ukm al-q∂ı Q-th-m

4. Radd fial risla fı iqmat al-jumufia fı Bü Jubayha

On the holding of Friday prayer in Boudjbéha, addressed to Zayn al-Dın
b. fiAbd al-fiAzız.
5. Risla
On a commercial case between al-Mukhtr b. al-Kuntı and Bb Sharaf.
6. R. fı akhbr al-jumufia
7. R. fı ’l-irth
8. R. fı sha√n fiAbd Allh b. Khashün

9. Ta√rıkh al-shaykh Abı Adda wa-awldihi fı Arawn

10. Wathıqa
Petition to the French asking for protection for the salt caravan.
JAL◊L b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b.

MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı
1. Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ˛ukm al-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amın

166 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD al-ˆtı al-Takrürı
1. Awrq fı ta√rıkh al-mudun wa’l-kalm fial ar∂ al-Takrür

B◊B◊ AL-KABˆR b. MU˘AMMAD al-fiAlawı
1. Ta√rıkh waq√ifi al-Barbısh wa-na÷muhu

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 990, foll. by Khabar al-Süq.
SCHOLARS OF B Ü JUBAYHA
The name of this small town is variously written Bou Djebiha,

Bousbehay and Boûdjbéha, and it lies some 220 km. north-northeast of
Timbuktu and 100 km south-east of Arawn. It was founded by Sı.
Mu˛ammad al-Süqı at the time Mu˛ammad w. Ra˛˛l was chief of all
the Barbısh (mid-18th cent.). In the early twentieth century the
population was some 300 persons, made up of Kel al-Süq scholars, some
Barabish and ˘ar†ın. In 1920 Marty described it as having only 15-20
houses not in ruins, and a population of no more than fifty; the
population in 2001 was about the same.
ZAYN AL-DˆN b. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. ZAYN b. MU˘AMMAD al-

Jubayhı al-Süqı, d. 1355/1936-7
A biog. of him by Mu˛ammad al-Amın Abw, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1908; al-Safida
al-abadiyya.
A student of Sh. By (Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. fiUmar) al-Kuntı (q.v.), he

was also taught by Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-˘asan al-fiAlawı, and
through him renewed his Qdirı wird.
1. Adfiiya
2. al-fiAhd wa’l-mıthq
3. Ajwiba
4. Fatwı
i) Fı sha√n tafilıq al-˛arm
ii) Gift (hiba) and its legal status.
iii) Marriage of one who is absent.
iv) Marriage of a dissolute person (al-mufsid)
v) Recalcitrant wife (al-nshiza)
vi) Zakt
Minimum amount (nißb) on which zakt is liable.
vii) Zakt
Given jointly with Abü’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.).
viii) Fatws on undisclosed topics.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4240, 7968, 8082, 8103.
ix) Majmü min al-fatwı

5. Fat˛ al-∑amad fı ’l-radd fial Mu˛ammad al-Arawnı

6. ˘ukm fı ’l-nudhür
7. Ijza li-Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Tütta fial ’l-

silsila al-Qdiriyya
168 CHAPTER FOUR
8. Ijza li-Surmoy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayoghoo

9. Jawb ˛awla fatw nik˛ al-mufsid

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2626 .Cf. Fatw (iv) above
10. Man÷üma fı silsilat asm√ al-ajdd

11. Mina˛ al-∑amad fi radd maqlt al-Arawnı Mu˛ammad

See CCIM, 141, where it is described as a response in 20ff. on the
question of the validity of holding Friday prayer at Boudjbéha.
12. Naßı˛a
13. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı wa’l-tawassul bihi
ii) Q. fı ’l-mad˛
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3079 (several), 3904 (2 such).
iii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh Kanta
Seeking intercession through the Kunta shaykhs.
iv) Q. fı ’l-waßiyya
v) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷
Addressed to Bb b. Suwaylim al-Khußaybı
MS: Timbuktu, 3809.
14. al-Qawl al-ma√lüf fı ’l-radd fial man nah fifil al-mafirüf

15. Ras√il
i) To the q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs al-˘asanı,
seeking intercession.
ii) To the amır al-saqy (administrator of water delivery) in
Kabara
iii) To the Awld al-Bahır
iv) To the chiefs of the Awld Ghayln
v) To fiˆs b. al-˛jj fiAlı al-fiUmrnı
Warning agains recent innovations.
vi) To the people of Timbuktu (CEDRAB)
Counselling them to remain attached to the Qdiriyya †arıqa
vii) To Surmuy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı
General counsel.
viii) To al-Zahr√ bt. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Yafiıshiyya
16. R. fı fa∂l al-fiilm wa’l-fiulam√

17. R. fı ˛ukm al-taqlıd

18. R. fı ’l-ımn
19. R. fı ’l-taßawwuf
170 CHAPTER FOUR
20. Waßiyya il al-amır al-˘asan b. al-Khiya

21. Waßiyya li-bafi∂ al-ikhwn

His son Sh. B◊Y b. ZAYN al-Jubayhı, still living in 2002.

He inherited his father’s love of scholarship and ∑üfism, as well as his
father’s library, of which he has been the zealous guardian.
1. Fat˛ al-fiAlı fı da√b al-salaf al-Jabahı

See CCIM, 141, with the following description: “Il porte sur les origines
et les traditions des premiers occupants du village de Boujbéha, 25
feuilles”.
2. Tanbıh al-shı fı nawzil al-Shaykh al-Jabhı

Info. obtained from the author.
˘AMM◊D b. KHALˆL al-Jubayhı, d. 30 Rama∂n 1386/11 January

1967
A student of Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jubayhı (q.v.); poet and

∑üfı.
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Antahawsy (?)

2. Man÷üma fı taßrıf al-affil

3. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı ’l-mad˛
ii) Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jılnı

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3084 (two such).
iii) Q. fı mad˛ By b. fiUmar

iv) Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh al-Arawnı

v) Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad

vi) Q. fı mad˛ Müly Sharıf b. al-˘asan

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3059 (2 such)
vii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul
viii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh al-imm

4. R. il Ufimar al-mulaqqab bi’l-shaykh By

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD [b.] AL-˘ASAN b. fiUTHM◊N al-

fiAlawı al-Jubayhı
A student of Sh. Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jubayhı (q.v.), a ∑ufı of

Qdiriyya affiliation, described in al-Safida al-abadiyya as qu†b al-
zamn.
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib

2. Man÷ümt fı ’l-salsil al-thaltha

3. Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül
Opens: A-min tidhkri laylin ariqtu damfi * fiAl ’l-khaddaynı am habba
riy˛ü
172 CHAPTER FOUR
4. Qaßıda
SCHOLARS OF THE KEL AL-SÜQ
The Kel al-Süq, or Kel Es Souk, are a predominantly ‘clerical’ group

who claim an origin from the ancient town of al-Süq, probably to be
identified with ancient Tdmakkat, in the Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras. Legends of al-
Süq say that it was seized by fiUqba b. Nfifi and a group of Companions
of the Prophet, and hence the Kel al-Süq claim an Anßrı genealogy.
fiABD ALL◊H b. A˘MAD al-Süqı
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-aty

Poem in praise of green tea.
fiABD ALL◊H D◊NY◊L b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Süqı
1. Man÷üma fı waßf mafiraka li’l-†awriq

2. Man÷üma fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-bidafi fı ’l-süq

3. Qawfiid al-Islm al-khamsa

fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-˘AMˆD al-Süqı
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf
fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-SHAYKH b. MU˘AMMAD ADDA
1. Ta√rıkh ahl al-Süq

Also entered as Tafirıkh al-Süqiyyın, attrib. to fiAbd Allh Ag-◊dd (see

CEDRAB cat., i, 321)
fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fi◊Lˆ b. IBR◊HˆM b. A˘MAD

al-Süqı, d. before 1230/1815
Izlat al-rayb
1. R. il Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır al-Kuntı fı ’l-awrd

A˘MAD al-Süqı
1. Man÷üma fı ajz√ al-˛adıth al-khamsa

A˘MAD AL-BASHˆR al-Mlikı
1. Man÷üma fı sha√n m jar bihi al-fiamal min al-mu˛arramt

2. Na÷m fı mafirifat al-∂arürı min al-dın

NOTE : Nubdha fı nasab A˛mad b. al-Bashır al-Süqı by unidentified
author
A˘MAD b. A˘MAD AL-BASHˆR al-Kalasüqı
1. Fatw
On the reward for the person who returns plundered property
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD al-Süqı
1. Q. fı ’l-na˛w
174 CHAPTER FOUR
A˘MAD b. AL-SHAYKH al-Süqı
1. R. il shaykhihi Mu˛ammad b. [Mu˛ammad] Baghayogho b. Gur∂o

Letter to his shaykh Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho b. Gur∂o
(q.v.), who died in 1720.
A˘MAD b. YÜSUF al-Süqı
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-mad˛
AL-BUKH◊Rˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD AL-BASHˆR

b. MU˘AMMAD al-Süqı (or al-Kalasüqı)
1. Fatw fı zawj al-bikr

2. Radd fial rislat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r fı ’l-nikh

His son S◊LIK b. AL-BUKH◊Rˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b.

A˘MAD al-Süqı
1. Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh
2. Fatwı
i) Guarantees for objects deposited.
ii) Slavery: selling a concubine mother.
iii) Various
3. R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın b. al-Bakk√ı

4. Wathıqa fı waft San Shirfi

AL-DARFAN b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD IN⁄AMAT al-Süqı
1. Hibat al-mlik fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik

MS: Timbuktu ( (MMHT), 1269.
KH◊LID b. fiALˆ b. MÜS◊ al-Süqı, also called KH◊LID al-Müsawı
1. Man÷üma
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülahu ßall fialayhi
dh’l-fiul
2. al-Tu˛fa
See Izla, 60. Vers. of the Shfiya of Ibn ˘jib (d. 646/1249; see GAL, I,
367) on syntax.
MU˘AMMAD b. fi◊LI AL-SHARˆF al-Süqı
1. Fat˛ al-aqfl fial Lmiyyat al-affil

Comm. on the Lmiyyat al-affil of Ibn Mlik.
MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD INALBASH al-‡ughüghı al-Süqı, fl.

1125/1713
Izla
1. Man÷üma
Opens: Ql Mu˛ammadun huwa ’l-‡ughüghiyyu jaddı * Takrüriyyu
iqlım in wa-Süqı al-waladı
176 CHAPTER FOUR
2. Shfiyat al-qulüb
Verse treatise on taw˛ıd. Opens: Qla Mu˛ammad al-‡aghüghiyy al-
nasab * Ibn Mu˛ammad in Inalbash al-qu†b. Continues: al-˘amdu
li’llhi alladhı qad ibtada√ * Khalq an li-an yufirafa thumma yufibada.
360 vv., completed 12 Rabıfi al-Awwal 1125/8 April 1713.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5645, ff. 50v-68r, 5671, ff. 54r-70v..; Niamey, 1269; ;
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 233 (18 ff.), 2151 (f. 11v, first 10 vv. only),
3044, 4975, 5062.
3. Man÷ümat †urfat al-mamdüd fı na÷m m bi-Tu˛fat al-mawdüd

Same opening as 2 above; then Bismi ’llhi nabda√ al-ni÷m *
Nahmaduhu wa-nuhdı ’l-salm
4. Mafiünat al-ikhwn mimman waqhu ’llhu min al-shay†n

Said to be an urjüza on inheritance, see Inventaire, 239.
MS: Paris (BN), 5687, ff54v-73a; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2156, 5266;
5. Q. dliyya
A comm. on Sürat al-Ikhlß.
MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 57v.58v.
6. Tas’hıl al-marm
Comm. on Sürat al-ikhlß.
7. Wasılat al-mundı
On Sufism.
8. Fatw on divorce
Attrib. to Mu˛ammad Ag-Inalbash.
MU˘AMMAD al-‡ughüghı al-Duqüqı al-Takrürı
1. Hadyat al-qulüb min ÷ulm al-taqlıd wa’l-ruyüb

MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. B◊Y al-Süqı al-Tijnı
1. Takhmıs qaßıdat al-Shaykh A˛mad Akansüs

Takh. of a poem by the Moroccan Tijnı shaykh Mu˛ammab b. A˛mad
Akansüs in praise of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd. Opens: Il nukhbat al-
akhyri y fawtu azmnı * Wa-q√id jund Allhi Fütiyyi ’l-buldnı.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD NA⁄MA al-Süqı
1. Haybat al-mlik fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik

Comm. on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik.
MU˘AMMAD B◊Y b. MU˘AMMAD AKKIN/IKKIN b.

MU˘AMMAD AL-BASHˆR al-fiAdawı al-Süqı al-Jubayhı
Izla
1. Tu˛fat al-z√ir fı shar˛ [var.fı ˛all alf÷ ] Ibn fi◊shir

No doubt a comm. on the Murshid of Ibn fi◊shir.
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1269, 1671. 2429, 2955., 3249
2. Shar˛ Mul˛at al-ifirb

Comm. on the Mul˛at al-ifirb of Qsim b. Alı al-˘arırı (d. 516/ 1122;
see GAL, I, 276).
See Izla.
MU˘AMMAD DAQQA b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Süqı
1. Tas’hıl al-marm fial shar˛ fiaqıdat sürat al-ikhlß

178 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD K-K al-Süqı
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ Ibrhım Niyß b. fiAbd Allh al-Kawlakhı

MU˘AMMAD [b.] AL-∑◊LI˘ b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-

Q◊RI√ b. AL-SHAYKH A˘MAD al-Süqı
1. Tu˛fat al-labıb wa-bughyat al-˛abıb

Gloss on Fat˛ al-Wadüd of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.).
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 442, 6356; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1144.
MU˘AMMAD AL-∑◊LI˘ b. AL-ASWAD b. AL-WALˆ

MU˘AMMAD al-Süqı
1. ˆ∂˛ al-maql fial Lmiyyat al-affil

Comm. on the Lmiyyat al-affil of Ibn Mlik
2. Qarfi al-ikhwn fian al-ta˛akkum bi’l-÷unün wa’l-buhtn

On witnessing.
MU˘AMMAD AL-SÜQˆ b. AL-BASHˆR al-Takrürı
1. R. fı ’l-taw˛ıd
MU˘AMMAD AL-‡UGHÜGHˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-SÜQˆ b. AL-

BASHˆR al-Takrürı
The precise identity of this author is unclear. It is possible that he is

identical with another author listed above, the form of whose name is to
some extent a “re-arrangement” of the name of the present author; that
other name is Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Inalbash al-‡ughüghı al-Süqı.
A work entitled Shfiyat al-qulüb is attributed to both of them.
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-far√i∂
2. Man÷üma fı sha√n [var.fa∂l] sürat al-ikhlß

Cf. no. 8 below.
MS: .Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1962, 2124, 2671(i), 3843.
4. R. Il Masfiüd b. Manßur

Congratulating him on defeating the Bambara “pagans”.
5. Shfiyat al-qulüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd

MS: Paris (BN), 5671, ff. 54r-70v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1715, 1972,
3909.
6. Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-taw˛ıd (sürat al-ikhlß)

Comm. by author. on his verse on taw˛ıd (see no. 2 above). See also
item 8 below, perhaps the same work.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2056, 3149
7. Shar˛ Q. fı ’l-ifitiqd
Cf. no. 2above.
8. Urjüza fı shar˛ sürat al-ikhlß

Perhaps the same as item 6 above.
MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 57v-58r.
MU˘AMMAD MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD b. UMAYYA al-

Süqı
1. Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd
180 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD YA˘Y◊ al-Süqı
1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

MSS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 50r-52r (two such, and poem in praise of
A˛mad al-Tijnı); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 848.
SHARˆF al-Dughüghı al-Süqı
1. Radfi al-aqrn fian al-ta˛akkum fı a˛km al-Qur√n

MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN AB◊W◊
1. al-Naffi al-fiamım fı sırat al-fiallma Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-

Jabhı
DHÜ ’L-KIFL b. MUFLI˘, fl. 1336/1918
1. Im†at al-shawk fı ’l-†arıq li-man ard al-hurüb min dr al-kufr il
bayt Allh al-fiatıq wa-il dr hijrat al-rasül wa-ßa˛batihi khayr al-
rafıq
Completed 18 Rabıfi II 1336/31 January 1918.
MS: Private collection of Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf, Bamako (photocopy in
NU/Hunwick, 482(i)).
MU˘AMMAD AL-fiATˆQ b. SAfiD AL-DˆN al-Süqı, b. 1348/1329-30

Belongs to the Tagalalt clan. They are semi-nomadic, but the drought of
1401/1983 forced them to settle in a village four miles from Gao, where
they built a mosque and a school. They were later expelled from there
and settled in Niger. Mu˛ammad al-fiAtıq received a traditional
education among his people and has devoted his life to scholarship.
1. Shar˛ al-Tu˛fat al-miskiyya wa’l-naf˛a al-Makkiyya

Comm. and arrangement of a work by al-Suyü†ı (written 23 Rajab
869/21 March 1465).
MS: Photocopy in lib. of MMD.
2. Untitled essay in 8ff. giving an account of his clan’s history, their

settlement near Gao and their subsequent expulsion. It was written to
form the basis of a tape recording made by Ibrhım b. Yüsuf al-
Shuyükhı [Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf], and is dated 12 Rama∂n 1415/12
February 1995.
MS: NU/Hunwick, 482 (ii). (photocopy of ms. owned by Ibrhım Ag
Yüsuf).
SCHOLARS OF THE KEL INUKUNDAR
The Kel Inukundar are a fraction of the Iguellad, and are “clerical”
nomads who live by themselves. They are said to have arrived in the
Middle Niger area during the “Maghsharan Tuareg” period (1434-68).
They dug the well of Inu Kundar, 75 km north-east of Tintouhoun and
pillaged their neighbours until Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad subdued them.
They then renounced arms and assumed clerical functions. Before the
colonial period they lived to the north of the Niger and in Tagant. They
subsequently moved to between Timbuktu and Goundam. In the early
twentieth century they were reported to be only a small group, having
about one hundred tents, but large numbers of cattle and many Bella
slaves who lived in Timbuktu and had their own chief.2 Barth camped
among them on 20 April 1854 with al-Bakk√ı.
fiABD ALL◊H b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N al-Inükundarı
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2540(i), 2532 (2 such).
2
See “Notice sur les tribus sahariennes et les Touareg de la région de Tombouctou”, by
Mohamed ben Saïd, Interprète Militaire de 3e classe. See Paris (BI), MS 5939, Fonds Auguste
Terrier, 110.
182 CHAPTER FOUR
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2546, 2538 (several), 2899, 3358 (several).
fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-∑◊DIQ b. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b.

fi◊BIDˆN al-Inükundarı
1. Fatw
On removing the bark from trees.
2. Ras√il
i) On the customs of his contemporaries.
ii) In praise of learning.
ABÜ BAKR b. ˘AMM◊D al-Inükundarı
1. Fatw
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2262, 2265, 2686., 33401
4. Q. fı mad˛ al-aty
5. Majmüfia qaß√id
IBN MU˘AMMAD al-Inükundarı
1. Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Iknan b. ˘amm

MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Inükundarı
1. R. fı sha√n al-a˛bs
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ABˆ BAKR b. AMÜSAN al-Inükundarı
1. Qaßıda
Addressed to his shaykh fiAbd Rabbihi.
2. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi al-Mundhir

Al-Mundhir was the founder of B˙r (fl. 1958).
3. Q. fı mad˛ shaykh al-ßüfiyya

4. Q. fı mad˛ shuyükh al-Tijniyya

5. R. fı ru√y ra√h
MU˘AMMAD AL-JUMUfiA b. AL-M◊LIK b. ˘AYDA B. fi◊LI al-

Inükundarı
1. Fatwı
i) On maintaining close relations with oppressors. See also
fiUthmn b. al-˛jj Ballu, Nußrat li-ahl al-fiilm.
ii) On marriage.
iii) On the purchase of a calf from a slave and whether it
was free of sickness.
184 CHAPTER FOUR
2. Jawb li-Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. al-˘asan

On ßalt in a graveyard.
3. Man÷üma fı ’l-fiqh
4. Man÷üma fı talfiub al-ns bi’l-zakt

5. Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı

Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-ilhi idh had’l-war * Li-wirdihi man li-san√ihi
÷ahar
Anti-Tijnı tract.
7. R. il kffat al-Süqiyyın

8. R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya

Concerns a slave belonging to the Kel Inükundar.
9. Rislat naßı˛
Advising his brethren to quit the Tijnı †arıqa
NS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1359.
10. Silsilat ajdd Mu˛ammad al-Jumfia b. Mamm

Author is called Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. Mamm b. al-Mlik b. Jıd b.
fi◊li
MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. fiABD ALL◊H al-Inükundarı
1. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi
SAfiD b. ˘AMM◊ al-Inükundarı.

See also SAfiD b. AL-˘◊JJ b. ˘AMMA below.
1. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Sadıd

His son MU˘AMMAD AL-˘ABˆB b. SAfiD b. ˘AMM◊ al-Inükundarı

al-Mlikı al-Tijnı, fl. 1396/1976
A Tijnı scholar, and student of fiAbd Rabbihi.
1. Kanz al-ragh√ib fı m li-fiAbd Rabbihi min al-manqib

2. Naßr al-fiulam√ al-fiubbd fı ’l-radd fial urjüzat al-Galldı

Prose response to a 1,000 line urjüza, written in 1396/1976 by “one of
the Galldı brothers of Bamba”, attacking Sh. fiAbd Rabbih b.
Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı
4. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial Nukka al-Süqı

5. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ˘ukku

Defence of the Tijniyya in response to the denunciations of Mu˛ammad
al-Faqıh b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Yüsuf, known as ˘ukku al-Galldı
from Bamba Cf. item no. 2 above.
6. Mißb˛ al-÷alm fı fa∂l al-ßüfiyya al-kirm

7. Qaß√id
186 CHAPTER FOUR
i) Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allh

ii) Q. fı mad˛ bafi∂ ashykh al-Tijniyyın

iii) Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım al-Kawlakhı

iv) Q. fı mad˛ Lmiyyat al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın

Praise of a poem by Sh. fiAbd Rabbihi.
v) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
vi) Q. fı mad˛ Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jabahı

vii) Q. r√iyya: Fa-minnı li’l-taqı al-fiadl al-shahır * Salmun

nashruhu fawq al-fiabır
A response to Nagg al-Süqı, who had disparaged his
hospitality, n 53 vv.
viii) Q. fı ’l-rith√
ix) Q. fı rith√ waladihi ˘amza

8. R. fı mad˛ al-shifir
9. R. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-faqıh fiUthmn al-Ghu†ayrif

10. R. fı ’l-radd fial m ishtamala fialayhi Khaß√iß Mu˛yı ’l-Dın

11. R. il A˛mad al-Tijnı

Concerning the Jawhir al-mafinı.
12. Tahdhıb al-waraqt al-˛aramiyya fı ’l-tafßıl bayn shurü† al-

jumufia al-wujübiyya (wa-) ’l-ad√iyya
13. al-fiUjla al-fiajıba fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-khußüßiyya

14. Urjüza fı naßr al-Tijniyya

SAfiD b. AL-˘◊JJ b. ˘AMM◊ al-Inükundarı
1. Q. fı mad˛ akhıhi fiUthmn b. al-˘jj

2. Q. fı mad˛ fiUmar b. Sadıd al-Triqı

3. Q. fı ’l-diffi fian al-Tijniyya

fiUTHM◊N b. AL-˘◊JJ b. BALLU al-Inükundarı
1. Jawb fı ’l-inkr fial kitb Jawhir al-mafinı

Response to an attack by Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. Mmma on the
Jawhir al-mafinı of fiAlı ˘arzim Barda, dated 1381(?)/1961-2.
188 CHAPTER FOUR
3. Man÷üma fı ’l-far√i∂
4. Nußra li-ahl al-fiilm fı ’l-radd fian muwßalat ahl al-÷ulm

Warning against close relations with oppressors and behaving like them.
Alternative title: Hadiyyat al-akh li-kulli ˛ibb ßdiq fı ’l-nahy fian
muwßalat kulli fsiq
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1189, 2651. Cf.Timbuktu (MMHT), 602,
Maktüb fı ishra il fiadm jawz muwßalat ahl al-÷ulm.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2256, 2336, 4194..
6. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Asaqqafi

7. Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Rabbihi

8. Q. fı mad˛ Awld Ghayln

In praise of a tribe of the Barbısh of Azawd.
9. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. Bü Bakr al-Afiıshı


11. Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-nabı

12. Shar˛ qaßıdat al-Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad ˘ammag

13. Shar˛ qaßıdat al-shahma wa’l-arya˛iyya bi-ßarma

14. Taqrı÷ li-kitb ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir al-

muntaqid
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2055 (ii).
15. Urjüza fı ’l-fiarü∂

16. Urjüza fı fiilm al-˛isb

17. Urjüza fı ’l-taßawwuf

SCHOLARS OF THE IGUELLAD
See Norris (1975), Ch. X, Marty (1920-1), i, 251. The Iguellad are a
confederation of Arabo-Berber origin, now Tuaregized and semi-
nomadic in a radius of about 150 km from Timbuktu north of the river
Niger. They are a clerical group and serve as spiritual advisors to Tuareg
groups such as the Tdmekkat and the Tengueregif. The Iguellad consist
of the Kel Antasar, the Kel Awsa and the Cheurfig. The Kel Antasar
claim descent from Mu˛ammad Qu†b b. Mu˛ammad b. Yanfafi who
became chief of the Kel Antasar settlements in Atlaq (N. of Timbuktu)
in the early 17th century.
fiABD Al-RA˘M◊N b. MU˘AMMAD (b.) SADˆD al-Galldı
1. Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf
2. Q. fı mad˛ al-Ma˛müd
3. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af al-Galldı

190 CHAPTER FOUR
4. Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Abı’l-fiAbbs

5. Q. fı ’l-radd fial munkir al-Tijniyya

6. Tanbıh al-kuhül wa’l-murd fial ta˛rım lafib al-shi†ranj wa’l-nard

wa-ghayrihim min al-lafib al-shghil fian dhikr Allh al-Fard
Attacking the playing of chess and backgammon.
ABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. SAfiˆD (or SAfiD) al-Galldı al-Anßrı
Opens: Hdhı ’l-bu˛ayratu abdat kulla m fıh * Li-man ghad bi-
sihm al-katmi yarmıh
2. Tabkıt al-mufitaqid wa-tabkıt al-muntaqid

A˘MAD b. MÜS◊ al-Anßrı al-Galldı
1. Q. fı rith√ By b. Sh. Sı. fiUmar al-Kuntı

Opens: fiAzza’l-diynatu idh kdat mabnıh * Tandakku wajdan fial
fuqdni bnıh
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1688, 4316, 6385.
AL-AMˆN b. HILLˆ al-Galldı
1. Ajwiba fial as√ila fiqhiyya

HAMMA b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı
1. Q. fı hij√ Kunta
2. R. fı ’l-radd fial Ubbu

IBR◊HˆM ˘UKKU al-Galldı al-Anßrı

See also p. 194 for Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım, known
as ˘ukku al-Galldı. al-Anßrı
1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-rasül

IDABALTANT al-Galldı
The spelling of the author’s name is uncertain. It is written as √I-d-b-l-t-
n-t
1. Man÷üma fı m ˛adatha fı zamnihi min al-bidafi

fiˆS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD MU∑‡AF◊ al-Galldı
1. Fatw fı shihdat al-samfi fı ’l-irth

2. Fatw fı wujüb al-fatw fial ’l-muftı

MA˘MÜD b. KH◊LID al-Galldı
1. Naf˛ al-†ıb fı mad˛ ahl zwiyat B˙r

MAJD AL-DˆN b. AL-MAHDˆ al-Anßrı
1. Q. fı rith√ al-Mundhir
192 CHAPTER FOUR
3. al-Radd wa’l-ib†l fial man iddafi al-ru√y bi’l-iqbl

MU˘AMMAD AL-fi◊BID b. MU˘AMMAD AfiLˆ b. A˘MAD b.

fiUMAR al-Anßrı
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-ta√rıkh wa-mad˛ al-rasül

1. R. il A˛mad Lobbo al-Fullnı

MS: Timbiktu, 284.
MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı,

known as Atal
1. Fatwı
i) Beating a young wife to make her eat.
ii) Cow slaughtered for a deceased person.
iii) Engagement for marriage.
iv) Marriage.
v) Sales.
2. R. fı a˛km al-jinyt
3. R. fı ’l-amna
4. R. fı ’l-fiqh
5. R. fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-anbiy√ wa’l-awliy√

MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMADÜN b. AL-‡◊HIR b.

A˘MAD A˘MAD, known as Halsin Aryaw, b. c. 1908
Info. supplied by MMD.
Studied under Abü ’l-Khayr in Arawn; an expert in Arabic grammar,
philology and rhetoric. Engaged in a public debate (mun÷ara) with
A˛mad al-Kisy al-Kalasüqı. He was still living, in 2001, and was the
q∂ı of the Kel Antasar of the west.
1. R. fı fiilm al-†abıfia wa’l-falsafa

2. Q. fı mad˛ ahl al-fiurüba

3. Wathıqa fı sha√n laf÷ kalimat <tarhm> al-triqiyya

MU˘AMMAD b. AT◊Y al-Anßrı, d. 1992

An important scholar in Arabic grammar and jurisprudence. Died in Lere
(S.W. of L. Faguibine).
1. R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı

MU˘AMMAD AL-DˆN b. MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı
1. Fatw fı sha√n G-m-y-t

2. Q. fı hij√ ahl baladihi

Poem satirizing the people of his area for not observing the Qur√n and
Sunna.
194 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD AL-FAQˆH b. MU˘AMMAD IBR◊HˆM b. YÜSUF,

known as ˘ukku, al-Galldı al-Anßrı
Notes of MMD.
A well-known poet who wrote in both Arabic and Songhay. He engaged
in a public debate (mun÷ara) with fiAbd al-Qdir al-Anßrı.
1. al-fiAbır bi-iftirr thaghr al-tahnı li-ahl zwiyat Bır

2. A†yab al-nuzl wa’l-qir li’l-nr al-mustawfı fı shurüt al-jumufia min

ahl Bır
On the question of the Friday prayer at Ber. See also fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b.
Mu˛ammad al-˘aramı, Min˛at al-Kabır fı luzüm al-jumufia ahl Bır, MS:
3. Fatw fı ’l-buyüfi
4. Fatw fı hibat al-tawriq

5. Ghaßb al-i˛tijj fı ’l-dhabb fian al-˛ijj

6. Ibnat al-maktüm
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2322, 2330, 2892.
8. Muwlt awliy√ Allh wa-mufidt afid√ Allh

9. Naßı˛at al-muttabifi wa-fa∂ı˛at al-mubtadifi

10. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı ’l-hij√ li-ar∂ Qantaraw wa-ahlih
Opens: In kna fı Qantara naffiun fa-li’l-sü√i
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5429..
ii) Q. fı ’l-mad˛
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2416 (2 such), 3451, 4193 (2 such).
iii) Q. fı mad˛ ahl Bayır (Ber?)
iv) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhım Niys
v) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
vi) Q. fı tahni√at shaykhihi Mu˛ammad Muß†af
11. al-Si˛r al-˛all fı m bayn al-˛arm wa’l-˛all

12. Tahni√at al-fim bi-m waqafia fıhi min al-infim

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1573, 2684. See also 3402 (2 such).
His son MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-FAQˆH al-

Anßrı
1. Q. fı ’l-dufi√
MU˘AMMAD AL-˘ASAN b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ al-

Anßrı
196 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MAHDˆ b. HUKUYA al-Anßrı
1. Q. fı ’l-˛anın il wa†anihi

MU˘AMMAD AL-MAHDˆ b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı
1. Q. fı dhikr ar∂ Gundm wa-Tinbuktü

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı
1. R. il q∂ı Tinbuktü

Reporting to him a case concerning a marital dispute.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD ATALL◊ b.

MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı
1. R. fı jawz al-ujra li-mufiallim al-Qur√n

2. R. fı mushkilat al-zakt
3. R. fı ’l-tafimul mafi al-naßr

4. R. fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı
5. R. fı ’l-ujra
6. R. fı fiuyüb al-ßadaq†
Also deals with matters relating to slavery.

7. Tathqıf al-mufiawwaj fı nu†q bafi∂ al-˛urüf

8. Wathıqa fı sha√n tan÷ufi fial br

MU˘AMMAD ˘AMM◊D b. IMALAN b. MU˘AMMAD QU‡B
1. Na÷m shar˛ Ba˛raq al-Kabır fial Lmiyyat al-affil

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD QU‡B al-Anßrı
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-bayn wa’l-badıfi

MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. AL-H◊Dˆ b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı
1. Radd fial qaßıdat Yafiısh al-Galldı

Response to a poem denouncing those who embrace the Tijnı †arıqa
MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. ˘AW◊LAN al-Anßrı fl. 1960.
1. Q. fı mad˛ Müs Tarwiri

In praise of the Malian president Moussa Traore.
2. Q. fı mad˛ al-aty
Poem in praise of green tea.
3. Man÷üma fı hija√ Kunta

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1561 (two such ). See also 3051 (fı hija√
Kanta) attrib. to “one of the Kel Antaßar poets”
198 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD fiABD ALL◊H b.

KAN◊N al-Anßrı
1. R. il fiAbd Allh b. Kann

Criticizing him for a judgment he made for a woman resulting in the
annullment of her marriage.
MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD fiALˆ, called

˘awwad, b. BÜ ˘AYD◊ b. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. al-˛jj
BILL◊ al-Anßrı, d. 1979
Notes of MMD, no. 90
Studied under Ag ˘atı al-Anßrı (q.v.). A brilliant poet and expert in

jurisprudence, ußül al-fiqh, grammar and ˛adıth, he made the pilgrimage
to Mecca and encountered the Saudi King fiAbd al-fiAzız during the
circumambulation of the Kafiba. He then wrote a poem which is said to
have been extemporised. (see no. 5 below). His students included Imillü
b. Hamathi, Hamma b. Hamathi, and Ag ˘atı b. ˘uwilly.
1. Fatw fı ’l-nikh
2. al-Nüniyya al-Kitwiyya
Perhaps the title should be al-Nüniyya al-Kuntwiyya. Opens: A-l
abligh banü qaynın shu√ün * Min al-kalimt türithuhum shujün. 173
vv.
4. Q. fı mad˛ al-shal†
Poem in praise of salad. Opens: Inna’l-shal†a akluhü mamdü˛ü * Li’l-
rjı’l-ßaghıri ˛ayyun yarü˛ü
5. Q. fı mad˛ al-malik fiAbd al-fiAzız

See Notes of MMD. Opens: A-l man lı bi-fiansin jalmazız * Tusfiidunı

bi-naßßin aw hazız
7. Q. ˛√iyya: Ataytuka mushtqan ilayka wa-z√ir * Wa-lı khamsatu

ayymin fı ’l-badwi wa-s√ir
Composed after making a five-day journey from Bi√r Inüshuf to
Goundam to visit Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı Ag al-‡hir.
8. R. fı ’l-if†r
On ending the fast of Rama∂n based on the sighting of the new moon in
another town.
10. Shajarat [nasab] Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-mulaqqab bi-˘awad al-

Anßrı il ◊dam
The author traces his father’s genealogy back to ◊dam.
MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD

AL-∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. Mu˛ammad, known as Qu†b, al-Anßrı
1. Shar˛ asm√ Allh al-˛usn

MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. MU˘AMMAD, known as ˘ammd,

al-Galldı
Dates of his birth and death are not known, but he was evidently alive in
1339/ 1920, because he received an ijza that year. He was probably still
alive around the mid-20th century, since he wrote a poem in praise of Si.
Ibrhım Niasse.
200 CHAPTER FOUR
1. Ijza fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

3. Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhım Niyß

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-fiAzız al-Qdirı * Idh khaßßan bi-Abı ’l-
fuyü∂ al-Zhirı
4. R. fı ’l-Tijniyya
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2160, 4452 (fı ’l-wird al-Tijnı).
MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR b. A˘MAD ADDAH (or al-Dh) al-Anßrı

al-Arawnı, also known as Dh al-Timbuktı, d. 1375/1955-6
Notes of MMD.; al-Safida al-abadiyya.
An expert in tafsır and ˛adıth. He opened a school (ma˛∂ar) in
Timbuktu which is still functioning.
1. Ajwiba
MS: Timbuktu (MMHT),320, 378F.
2. Ajwiba fı ˛ukm bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim

MS: Timbuktu (MMHT),436.
3. al-Durar al-fiatıq (sic) fı taqrıb m fı †urrat al-süq

4. Fatwı wa-nawzil
i) Anger.
ii) Friday prayer: being changed from one mosque to
another.
iii) Genealogy

iv) Marriage and divorce
v) Prayer: clasping position of hands (al-qab∂) in ßalt.
vi) Friday prayer: what the people of Julabogo wrote about
Friday prayer in Gao.
vii) Marriage: a woman who married a man aboard ship,
though she was still married to another.
viii) Fı tanqu∂ al-dafiw
ix) Case review(nzila) of a man who claimed to be the son
of a dead man.
x) On a case review (nzila).
xi) ˘ukm al-nshiza fian zawjih
5. K. fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-qab∂

See al-Safida al-abadiyya.
6. K. fı ta√rıkh fiulam√ al-Takrür

7. Majmüfi min al-mawfii÷

8. Maktüb fı a˛km al-qab∂ wa’l-adab

202 CHAPTER FOUR
9. Maktüb fı a˛km al-sadl wa’l-qab∂ fı ’l-ßalt

10. Naßı˛at al-zawjayn

11. R. fı naßı˛at ahl al-bawdı

Author named as Mu˛ammad ‡hir al-Anßrı, called Dh al-Timbuktı.
12. Shar˛ fial ’l-Jawhara fı ’l-taw˛ıd

13. Shar˛ fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ubba li’l-◊jurrümiyya

14. Shar˛ Muqaddimat al-Akh∂arı

MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b.

MU˘AMMAD b. QU‡B al-Anßrı
Probably active c. 1800.
1. Fatwı
i) On slavery.
ii) On thieves
iii) On complaint
2. R. fı ˛ukm dim√ al-Kuntiyyın wa-amwlihim

3. R. fı ’l-wafi÷
Addressed to al-Amır A˛mad b. al-Fakk
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR

Perhaps son of the preceding.
1. Q. fı ’l-˛arb bayn Kal-Antaßar wa-Kanta

MU˘AMMAD b. AL-BUKH◊Rˆ b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD

AL-‡AHIR
Perhaps grandson of preceding.
1. Fatw
2. Jawb
3. R. fı fiilm al-tawqıt
AL-∑IDDˆQ B. MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD AG ˘ATT◊ al-

Anßrı
1. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi
AL-‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Anßrı
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-˛isb
fiUTHM◊N b. MU˘AMMAD b. INGHIL◊LAN b. ˘AW◊LAN al-

Anßrı, d. 1365/1945-6
Notes of MMD; al-Safida al-abadiyya.
204 CHAPTER FOUR
Born in Farsh near Goundam. Grammarian, philologist, and a brilliant

poet, whose dıwn is well-known, he was fluent in speaking in a highly
classical Arabic. He opposed the Tijniyya at first, but later retracted and
took the wird from the shaykhs of Arawn. His son Mu˛ammad A˛mad
is still alive, and is also a poet and a scholar.
1. Fatw fı ’l-mufimalt
2. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

Opens: Hma ’l-fu√du li-shawqin fjanı wa-†ar * Fa-sla damfiı fial
’l-khaddayni wa’nhamar
3. Man÷üma fı sha√n ahl al-bidafi

4. Mift˛ al-†lib shar˛ Tu˛fat al-†ullb

On grammar. Written in 1339/1919.
5. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf

ii) Q. fı mad˛ al-Maymün b. ˘ammd wa-fiUmar al-Raqqdı

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2727 (2 such)
iii) Q. fı †alab al-naßr min Allh

Opens: A-l fa’stabshir al-muslimına bi-naßr Allhi wa’l-khayrı
*
6. Radd fial qaßıdat Mu˛ammad b. Burayk

7. Risl
The author retracts what he earlier said about the Tijnı †arıqa; dated 8
Rabıfi II 1355/28 June 1936.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1606. See also 2103, a document in which
the author affirms his return to the Tijnı †arıqa. See also MS 5262.
8. R. fı nu†q al-∂d
AL-YAMˆN b. HALL◊ al-Galldı
1. al-Tafirıf bi-shurü† al-bayfi wa-ta˛dıdihi

IBN MU˘AMMAD al-Galldı
1. Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf
MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı
1. Majlis al-qawm al-barara fı ’l-jawb fian al-mas√il al-fiashara

UNASSIGNED
The following appear to be scholars of Azawad, but their relationship to

others of the region is unknown.
MU˘AMMAD AL-‡AHIR b. fiALˆ b. AL-NAJˆB, fl. 1800

His father was a Qdirı shaykh and the principal Sufi master and teacher
of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.
1. Ajwiba
206 CHAPTER FOUR
MU˘AMMAD AL-‡AHIR b. IBR◊HˆM b. AL-˘ASAN b. AL-H◊Dˆ

b. fiALˆ b. AL-NAJˆB known as Ag ˘atty, d. 1360/1941-2 or
1376/1956-7.
Scholar and q∂ı of Azawd, belonging to the Kel Sıdı fiAlı.
1. Fatwı
i) On the definition of rib.
ii) On the legal definition of manumission.
iii) On a slave who stole his master’s property and sold it.
iv) On selling cattle.
v) On selling an animal against meat of its species.
2. Man÷üma
Comm. by anon. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1509.
3. R. fı sha√n man yukhrij al-zakt min ardhal m fiindahu

4 R. Il ’l-amır fiAlı al-fiAshshrın Kak b. Ma˛müd

Concerns property of a person lost in the river.
CHAPTER FIVE
CENTRAL MALI IN THE NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH

CENTURIES
The area covered in this chapter extends from the southern reaches of
the Inland Delta of the river Niger in the east to the borderlands of Mali
and Senegal in the west. One of the most celebrated writers of this
region was an outsider who is also well known as an empire builder: al-
˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı (d. 1864). He was born in Futa Toro in
northern Senegal, and launched his jihd from close to the Futa Jallon
region of Guinea, eventually conquering much of what is now central
Mali and setting up his headquarters in Segu. In his palace there he
established a library which was inherited and augmented by his
successors until it was seized by Col. Louis Archinard following the
French take-over of Segu in 1890, and two years later deposited in the
Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris. Many of the manuscript copies of
works listed in this chapter are preserved in that valuable collection.
In addition to being a mujhid, al-˛jj fiUmar was a deeply committed
Sufi, and a devoted propagator of the Tijniyya †arıqa. As a result of
this, he and his followers entered into conflict, both intellectual and
physical, with adherents of the Qdiriyya in Niger Bend region,
beginning with descendants of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo, founder of a
Qdiriyya-inspired state based in ˘amdallhi (to the north-east of
Jenne), but also closely involving the Kunta of Azawd (see Chapter 4).
Although Segu in the early nineteenth century was the centre of a non-
Islamic state, it became by the middle of the twentieth century a centre
of Islamic education. French colonialism in a sense “took over” Islamic
education by setting up Franco-Islamic médersas (a word derived from
the Arabic: madrasa), designed to promote French educational
objectives within an Islamic context: but from the mid-twentieth century
Muslim scholars began to establish their own madrasas in cities such as
Segu, Bamako, and Kayes, promoting Islamic learning alongside
elements of European-style francophone education (see Brenner, 2000).
208 CHAPTER FIVE
Sufism (especially the Tijniyya expression of it) continued to be a

popular reading of Islamic spirituality and practice until in the mid-
twentieth century opposition to it arose from Muslims who had studied
in the Middle East and been influenced by Wahhbı beliefs (see Kaba,
1974). During French colonial rule a new Sufi sub-order arose, known
as the ˘amlliyya (or in French “Hamallisme”), which the French
viewed as a form of opposition to their rule. The ˘amlliyya was, in
fact, an internal dissention within the Tijniyya organised by A˛mad
˘amhu’llh b. al-Sharıf Mu˛ammad, claiming to return to the most
authentic Tijnı practices.
A˘MADU LOBBO, HIS DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD BÜBÜ b. ABˆ BAKR b. SAfiˆD al-Fullnı,

or in Fulfulde, Aamadu Hammadi Buubu, also known as Ahmadu
Lobbo, Seku Amadu and Aamadu Hamman Lobbo, b. c. 1776, d. 12
Rabıfi I 1261/20 April 1845
Ba & Daget (1962); Brown (1969); Sanankoua Diarrah (1982); Sanankoua (1990);
Brenner (2000b).
He was brought up by his father’s younger brother Hamman Lobbo, and

hence he often bears this name as part of his own designation. Founder
of the Islamic state of Msina, known as the “Caliphate of ˘amdullhi”,
he was originally authorized to carry out jihd in the name of Sh.
fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye of Sokoto (see ALA I, 52 ff.), and his
state was to have been part of the western half of that empire under
fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye of Gwandu (see Stewart (1979), etc.
But he soon created a state independent of Sokoto over much of the
Interior Delta of the Niger, with hegemony over Timbuktu for a period
under his son. The date of his death is taken from the obituary list in
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(3).
1. Khu†bat fiıd al-a∂˛

Attribution is on the authority of de Gironcourt’s (1920) informant.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabb al-filamın huwa kam athn fial nafsihi
laysa ka-mithlihi shay√.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(28).
CENTRAL MALIN IN THE 19TH AND 20TH CENTURIES 209
2. K. al-i∂tirr il ’llh fı ikhmd bafi∂ m tawaqqada min al-bidafi

wa-i˛y√ bafi∂ m indarasa min al-sunan
MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(63).; Timbuktu (MMHT), 183.
3. Manshürt
i) Proclamation announced by fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-imm
Abı Bakr al-Azkarı (?Azharı), putting an end to the practice of
rulers seizing Bambara, Zanj, and other local unbelievers as
slaves without formal capture or purchase. Followed by several
questions relating to the practice of slavery put to Sh. A˛mad,
by a q∂ı, evidently the aforementioned fiAbd al-Ra˛mn.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(46).
ii) Proclamation announcing that all Zanj (Bozo/ Sorko) are
to be enslaved in accordance with what is in the Ta√rıkh al-
fattsh (see Hunwick, 1970).
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(60bis).
iii) Proclamation limiting bride-price to 5,000 cowries or the
equivalent in goods.
MSS: Paris (BI), 2405(35).
iv) Proclamation on punishments for immorality
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(66).
4. Ras√il
i) R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr Sammüd
a) If a man kills the calf of a cow in milk, is he liable to
recompense for both the calf and the milk?
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(32).
b) Concerning stray livestock.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(56).
ii) R. il ’l-faqıh Bb b. fiUthmn
On apportioning income with wives.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(34).
iii) R. il ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr
210 CHAPTER FIVE
What happens to the land whose owner has no other slave to

work the land?
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(33)
iv) R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh
a) Concerns selling into slavery of close relatives by the
“mountain people” (ahl al-jabal) - the Dogon).
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(50).
b) Question about a man who sold his daughter before
his people were reduced to slavery, and who now wants
to buy her back, followed by the q∂ı’s reply.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(55).
v) R. il A˛mad b. ˘amad Samba Tta
Authorizing him to send agents to inflict discretionary
punishment on people guilty of deliberate falsehood or breaking
of the pact.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(58, 61).
vi) R. il Ghuruwü b. Safiıd
Two letters concerning aspects of slavery addressed to his
nephew, who was also an amır.
MSS: Paris (BN), 2406 (53, 54).
vii) R. il ibnihi A˛mad
Authorizing his son A˛mad to go in search of stolen cattle.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(59).
viii) R. il Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr
Concerns the concubine mother of an apostate.
MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(51, 52).
ix) R. il Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı
MS: Boudjebéha, see CCIM, 141; said to be a request to accept
the function of procurer of “magistrates” for Timbuktu, and to
renovate the mosques of the city.
x) R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı
Addressed to Sı. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır al-Kuntı.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB),1079 .

Publ. Text & trans in Ali Sankare (1986), 53-4.
xi) R. il Würam b. Alfa
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(48).
xii) R. il tilmıdhihi fiˆs b. Ma˛amma
On definitions of slavery and freedom, before and after religious
revival (tajaddud al-dın); followed by other questions
concerning ijtihd.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(47/i).
xiii) R. il ’l-umar√ wa’l-˛ukkm
MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(61, 66).
5. Waßiyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5680, ff. 14v-16v.
*************
A certain Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı al-Waltı wrote a manqib of Sh. A˛mad
Lobbo entitled Fat˛ A˛mad fı dhikr shay√ min akhlq shaykhin A˛mad.
Partial photocopy with fiAlı w. Sıdı, head of Cultural Mission,
Timbuktu. See also MS.Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2039: letter of
Mu˛ammad Dadab al-mu˛tasib to amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b.
Mu˛ammad concerning what to do about people of Sansanding who
tried to hide their wealth by sending it to Timbuktu, with reply by fiAlı
b. Ibrhım on behalf of amır al-mu√minın (1 f.).
His son A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD LOBBO, known as

Ahmadu Seku d. 1853
Sanankoua Diarrah (1982); Sanankouah(1990).
Succeeded his father as ruler of the ˘amdullhi “caliphate”, 1845-1853.
1. Ajwiba
i) To Müly fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı on
various questions.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(47/ii)
212 CHAPTER FIVE
2. Manshürt
i) On runaway Muslim slaves.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(44/i).
ii) Status of a free woman married to a man who is enslaved to
an idol.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(49).
3. Ras√il
i) R. il Ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(31).
ii) R. il ’l-amır Ghuruwü b. Safiıd
Said by De Gironcourt to be letter to the chief of Sio near
˘amdullhı, concerning a visit of al-Bakk√ı and requests he made
to Sh. A˛mad, including a request to make him commander of
Timbuktu and nearby villages.
MSS: Paris (BI), 2405(36, 38).
iii) R. il fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr wa-Idrıs b. Nü˛
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(46/i).
iv) R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd
v) R. il ’l-amır fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr
On preventing guardians from seizing a bride’s ßadq.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(44/ii).
The latter’s son A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD

LOBBO, known as ◊madu ◊madu, b. 1833, d. 1862
Brown (1969); Robinson (1985); Sanankoua Diarrah (1982); Sanankouah (1990); CCIM,
art. “Aamadu Aamadu” by Bintou Sanankoua, pp. 171-3.
Succeeded his father in 1853 as third and last ruler of the Diina of
Hamdullahi, but was defeated and put to death by al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd
in 1862, after being declared an “unbeliever” for supporting the ruler of
Segu whom he claimed to have converted to Islam, a fact contested by
al-˛jj fiUmar.
1. R. il ’l-fiulam√ wa’l-˛ukkm

Concerning the death of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(64).
2. R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabb al-filamın al-mir bi-ißlh dht al-bayn
Publ. Text in al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4).
NÜ˘ b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Fullnı, d. 1860

Ba & Daget, (1964); CCIM, art. by Ali Koullogo Diallo, pp. 221-8.
He belonged to the Dibinaÿe sub-clan of the Yirlaÿe Fulani of Msina.

His youth was spent as a herdsman and warrior, but at the age of forty
he went to study with Sı. fiAlı al-Najıb of Arawn, and then with the
latter’s student Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.), and it is said, with Sh.
fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye.
In 1821 he joined the court of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo and later became
president of the Assembly of Forty, the advisory council of Sh. A˛mad.
He became chief propagandist of the Diina of Msina, adding passages
to the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh to support Sh. A˛mad’s claims to be the twelfth
true caliph of Islam and successor to the “caliphate” of Askiya al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad and inheritor of his territories and of the so-called “servile
tribes”. He retired from his duties in 1858 and died just two years later
at an advanced age.
1. R. fı ÷uhür al-khalıfa al-thnı fiashar

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 812. Copies of the document of Alfa Nü˛
incorporating much of the forged first chapter of the Ta√rıkh al-fatth
are in Paris (BI), 2405(2), 2 copies [addressed to peoples and places in
the western Sahara], 2406(73) [addressed to places to the north of
Masina as far as “al-Andalus”], 2410(174), simply called Ta√rıkh al-
fattsh; Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 74-78, 79-82; Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 74v.
-78v. and ff. 79-83; Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 479, 4220.
2. Maktüb fı khaß√iß al-nabı

214 CHAPTER FIVE
MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘MAD ˘AMM◊D
1. Jawb li-risla mursala il A˛mad Sıkü

fiUMAR b. JAfiFAR b. AL-MAHDˆ
1. R. il A˛mad Sıkü

MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Syawı al-Jaljwı al-∑anbaytı, known

as Gi∂a∂o Modibbo
Since he dates his treatise by the reign of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad III
[of Msina], he may have been from that region; his nisba al-Syawı
indicating place of residence, might refer to Say in Niger.
1. al-Mina˛ al-mufıda li-ahl al-˛ukm wa’l-mafirifa

Replies to a series of fiqh questions in about 100 pp.
MS: Niamey, 1294.
ANON
Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad Sıkü

AL-˘◊JJ fiUMAR, HIS DESCENDANTS, AND FOLLOWERS
fiUMAR b. SAfiˆD b. fiUTHM◊N b. MUKHT◊R b. fiALˆ b.

MUKHT◊R al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Gidiwı al-Tijnı, known as al-˘jj
fiUmar, or fiUmar Tall, b. c 1210/1794-5, d. Rama∂n 1280/9 February-
9 March 1864
Anon (1918); Tyam (1935); al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4); Abun Nasr (1965); Holden (1966);
Willis (1967), (1970), (1989); Marquet (1968); Martin (1969); Müs Kamara (1970,
1975); St Martin (1970),(1976b); Samb (1972), 41-72; Dumont (1974); : Jah (1979); Ba
(1980); Robinson (1985); Schmitz (1985, 1988); al-Zuwrı (1989); Ly-Tall (1991);
Bousbina (1995-6), 61-7; Dieng (1997); Caam (c. 2000).
Born c. 1794 at Halwar, the principal town of the province of Futa Toro,
some 50 km. south-east of Podor in the central Senegal river valley, he
was educated first by his father and older brothers (he was the seventh
son of his mother), and other teachers, and then by his brother-in-law
Lamin Sakho, “an authority on Arabic grammar” (Robinson (1985), 70).
At some time during his youth he visited Futa Jallon, and was initiated
into the Tijnı Path by fiAbd al-Karım al-Nqil whose silsila went back
to the founder A˛mad al-Tijnı through Mawlüd Fl and the great Idaw
fiAlı muqaddam Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷.
In c.1826 he left his homeland to undertake the pilgrimage to Mecca,
perhaps passing through Hausaland and Bornu on the way. In Mecca he
came in contact with Mu˛ammad Ghlı, a khalıfa of A˛mad al-Tijnı,
became his devoted disciple for three years, and was finally designated
by him as a khalıfa and given the authority to initiate sixteen
muqaddams who in turn could each initiate four others.
On his way back to western Africa he passed through Bornu, where he
tried to patch up the quarrel between Bornu and Sokoto, and then spent
about seven years (c. 1831-8) in Sokoto, participating in some of
Mu˛ammad Bello’s jihd campaigns, and proselytising for the Tijnı
Path. Bello evidently had high regard for him and gave him his daughter
Maryam in marriage. After Bello’s death in 1837, he left for
Hamdallhi, where he spent a while as guest of Shaykh A˛mad Lobbo,
passing on to Segu, where he was imprisoned for several months by its
non-Muslim ruler, and finally to Futa Jallon, where he was well received
by Almami Bakar. The latter gave him lands at Jegunko (Diegounkou)
and it was there, in the zwiya-like community he established, that he
completed the writing of the Kitb al-rim˛ in early Rama∂n
1261/early September 1845. In 1849 he moved to Dinguiraye, from
where he launched his first jihd against the kingdom of Tamba to the
west of Futa Jallon.
Much of the rest of his life, until his mysterious death in 1864, is a
story of conflict and conquest leading to the establishment of a large but
fragile state based on Segu with regional capitals at Dinguiraye, Nioro
and Bandiagara. In 1861 al-˛jj fiUmar’s forces conquered Segu, and its
ruler fled to ˘amdullhi to seek the protection of A˛mad III, ruler of the
Msina Muslim state founded by his grandfather A˛mad Lobbo. This
led al-˛jj fiUmar to make a move against Msina, and in 1862 he took
˘amdallhi and put A˛mad III to death. In the following year the Kunta
chief A˛mad al-Bakk√ı joined forced with the Bari clan of Masina and
216 CHAPTER FIVE
besieged ˘amdallhi. By February 1864 al-˛jj fiUmar was able to

escape, and in flight took refuge in a cave in Dégembéré where he
“disappeared” following a mysterious explosion.
David Robinson (1985) has described the creation of al-˛jj fiUmar’s
state in a wealth of detail, while Hanson (1996) examines the Kaarta
region and its relations with Futa Toro after the death of al-˘jj fiUmar.
A pen portrait of al-˛jj fiUmar may be found in Paul Soleillet, Voyage
à Ségou, 1878-1879, Paris, 1887, 361-2.
1. Ajwiba [of al-˛jj fiUmar]

i) On ∑üfı disciplines.
MS: Paris (BN), 5608, ff. 289v-291r., 5599, ff. 55r-57v;
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 825, 853.
ii) On judicial rules.
iii) On whether sons of shaykhs have the same status as the
shaykhs themselves. This question is also the first of those in
(iv) below.
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 22r-23v.
iv) On aspects of the Tijniyya †arıqa, and other religious
matters. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amaran bi-su√l ahl
al-dhikr fı kitbihi
MSS: Niamey, 1350, 1712; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 361.
Paris (BN), ;
2. Bayn m waqafia baynan wa-bayn amır Msina A˛mad b.

A˛mad b. al-Shaykh A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, also called Sayf al-
˛aqq
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Veillard, Section Masina, 12; Paris (BN),
5605, ff. 2r-29r; MAMMP, 8.1, 164-201, 9.11; Niamey, 1391 (inc.);
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 27, 286, 412, 806, 839; Timbuktu (MMHT),
119, 275.
Publ. Text in al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4), Book II, pt. 2, pp. 3-66, trans. in
Dumont (1983); trans. Mahibou & Triaud (1983).
A response to this was written by “A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-faqıh”,

perhaps corresponding to A˛mad III of Msina, or possibly one of his
court scholars. MS: Kaolack, 227.
3. al-Fal˛ al-mubın
See Samb (1972), 46.
4. Hidyat al-mudhnibın il kayfiyyat al-khalß min ˛uqüq Allh wa-

˛uqüq al-fiibd ajmafiın
Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 161-2.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 54-61; Kaduna (NA), C/AR7/3.
5. If∂at al-†√ifa al-insiyya wa’l-jnniyya

On Tijnı teachings. Completed 23 Jumd I 1251/16 September 1835.
MS: Paris (BN), 5669, ff. 17r-23v.
6. Man÷üma
Accrostic on Qur√n, 5: 76.
6a. Man÷üma fı ißlh dht al-bayn.

Alternative title for Tadhkirat al-ghfilın fian qub˛ ikhtilf al-mu√minın
(q.v.).
7. al-Man÷üma al-mubraka
MSS: Zaria, 92/4 (3 copies).
8. al-Maqßid al-saniyya li-kulli muwaffaq min al-dufit il ’llh (var.

fı-m yajib fial ’l-dfiı il ’llh min al-rfiı wa’l-rafiiyya)
See Jah (1978, 13.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5485, ff. 160-203, 5573, ff. 90-145, 5405, ff 30r-62v,
5608, ff. 270r-289r; Paris (MAAO), 14722/18.; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat),
191.
9. Na÷m Lawqi˛ al-anwr

Vers. of [names in?] the Lawqi˛ al-anwr fı †abaqt al-akhyr of fiAbd
al-Wahhb al-Shafirnı (d. 1565), see GAL II, 80, S II, 89.
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, ff. 101r-105v.
218 CHAPTER FIVE
10. al-Nuß˛ al-mubın

See Samb (1972), 46.
11. Qaß√id
i) Various
MSS: Paris (BN), 5681, f. 106
ii) with takh. by al-Fhim Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad
MS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 60-3.
iii) Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı
MS: Paris (BN), 5599, f. 63r.
iv) Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Knimı
MS: Zaria, 1/36.
v) Q. nüniyya: Allhu yafißimunı min kulli mahlakatı *
Kadhka yafißimu aß˛bı min al-fitanı
Acrostic on Wa’llhu yafißimuka min al-ns (Qur√n, 5: 67)
MS: Niamey, 211; Paris (BN), 5684, f. 149r.
vi) Urjüza Sayyid al-dufi√
Also called Khayr m fı ’l-ar∂ wa’l-sam√. Opens: al-˘amdu
li’llhi ’l-Ra˛ım al-Hdı * Li-man yash√u min dhawı ’l-fiindı.
90 vv.
Publ. Rufisque: NIPR, for Serigne Kibi Keur-Souf (copy in NU/
Hunwick, 463); text in Amadou Makhtar Samb, Introduction à
la Tariqah Tidjaniyya, Dakar, 1994, 340-5.
12. Rim˛ ˛izb [al-Qawı] al-Ra˛ım fial nu˛ür ˛izb [al-qawı] al-rajım,
also called Rim˛ ˛izb al-Qdir al-Murıd fial nu˛ür ˛izb al-Qdir al-
Marıd
Completed c. 1261/1845.
MSS: Ibadan (UL), 207 (inc.); Kaduna (NA), E/AR32/2; Niamey, 1774;
Paris (BN), 5370, ff. 1-202, 5543, ff. 132r-133v., 5583, 1r-243r.; Rabat
(KhA), D1150; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 192; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1093,
1815; Tunis (MW), 3808.
Publ. Cairo: M. al-Safida, 1330/1911; Cairo: M. al-Istiqma,
1345/1926-7; Cairo, 1383/1963-4; Beirut: Dr al-Jıl, 1408/1988, all on
marg. of fiAlı ˘arzim Ibn al-fiArabı Barda, Jawhir al-mafinı.
Trans. of chapter headings and select chapters in Puech (1967); partial

trans. in Bousbina (1988); analysis of chapter 4 in Triaud (1988);
chapter headings only in Hunwick (1992b); on its sources, see Radtke
(1995).
Polemic against it by fiAlı b. Sulaymn, Daffi al-jun˛ alladhı wa∂afiahu
fiUmar fial riqb al-umma bi’l-Rim˛. MS: Rabat (KhA), 157, ff. 36-
47.
13. Ras√il
i) R. fı db al-murıd
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 636, 1828 .
ii) R. fı ’l-taßawwuf
MS: Paris (BN), 5718, ff. 111v-115v.
iii) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad
Addressed to A˛mad III (Aamadu Aamadu) of Msina. Opens:
al-˘amdu li’llhi’lladhı amaran bi’l-ikhlß fı dınihi
MS: Paris(BN), 238v. - 142r.
Publ. Text in al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4).
iv) R. il jamfiat Msina
Letter to the Masina community and especially to A˛mad b.
A˛mad [Lobbo], warning and advising.
MS: Niamey, Irwin Papers, 5/1; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 901 .
Perhaps the same as Paris (BI), 2405(30), from “Us”, addressed
to “A˛mad b. A˛mad and his brethren of the Msinıs in general
and in particular”. See also Archives AOF, Dakar, 15G77/24.
Opens: Il A˛mad b. A˛mad wa-ikhwnihi min al-Msiniyyın
fiumüman wa-khußüßan: salm yushayyifiuhu dufi√ bı ’l-thabt
fial ’l-dın al-˛anafı. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 860 (same
opening), and Paris (BN), 5684, ff. 138v-142r.
v) R. il ’l-mujhidın
MS: Paris (BN), 5718, ff. 2v-4v, 5734, ff. 90r-92v.
vi) R. il ’l-sul†n Mu˛ammd al-Amın al-Knimı
220 CHAPTER FIVE
See Jah (1978), 13-14. Reply to a letter, and polemic on the

Tijniyya.
MS: Paris (BN), 5693, ff. 1r-2v.
14. al-Risla al-mubraka

MS: Kaolack, 93.
15. Sawq al-˛abıb il fahm as√ilat Ibrhım al-labıb

Written in 1260/1844-5. Replies to five questions in fiqh, three on
dhimmıs and two on Tijnı practices. For an amalysis, see Bousbina
(1995-6), 110-30.
MS: Paris (BN), 5724, ff. 61r-65v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8910.
16. Safınat al-safida li-ahl al-∂ufif wa’l-nijda

Written 1268/1851-2. Tafishır of the fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı, prefaced
by 7 pp. in prose explaining the reason for writing it. Analysis in
Bousbina (1995-6), 157-60.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5456, ff. 1-27, 5457, ff. 50-53, 68-105 (inc.), 5485, ff.
1-159.
Publ. Dakar: Multazam al-Tabfi “Wa’l-Fajr”, 1997 (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 478).
Comm. by al-Sharıf Ma˛müd of Thilogne (q.v.). MS: (Dakar) IFAN,
Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriqies, 6.
16a. Sayf al-˛aqq

Alternative title for Bayn m waqafia.(see item no. 2 above)
17. Suyüf al-safiıd al-mufitaqid fı ahl Allh ka’l-Tijnı fial raqabat al-
†arıd al-jnı
For an amalysis, see Bousbina (1995-6), 97-109.
MSS: Kaduna (NA), H/AR19/1; Paris (BN), 5651, ff. 406r-439v., 6108,
ff. 100v-131v.; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 193.
18. Tadhkirat al-ghfilın fian qub˛ ikhtilf al-mu√minın

Also called Man÷üma fı ißlh dht al-bayn. Acrostic in 196 vv. on
Qur√n 49:9, inspired by the dispute between Sokoto and Bornu. In the
preface to the poem al-˛jj fiUmar says that he wanted to go on
pilgrimage via North Africa but certain circumstances forced him to
take “the Sudan route”. In Hausaland he became aware of the conflict

between Sokoto and Bornu, but could do nothing that might hinder his
pilgrimage. On his way back, he learned in the Fezzan that the conflict
was still raging and he determined to do what he could to bring about
reconciliation. He wrote his poem in the desert between Fezzan and the
“land of the Tubu”. Opens: Wa-qla bi’smi rabbihi ’l-Fütı fiUmarü * al-
Kadiwiyyu ’bnu Safiıd in m ’ftakhar. There is a prose introduction on
al-amr bi’l-mafirüf, and a khtima. See also Tadhkirat al-mustarshidın
wa-fal˛ al-†libın below.
MSS: Ibadan (UL), Bornu, 32, 333; Paris (BN), 5532, ff. 123v.-133r.,
5609, ff. 19r-34v., 5647, ff. 44r-54v, 6101, 207v-208v (preface only);
Niamey, 2208, Irwin Papers, 4;. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 290, 861.
A letter from Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Knemı to al-˛jj fiUmar,
thanking him for his efforts at reconciliation, is preserved in the
Archives du Sénégal Fonds de l’A.O.F., Dakar, 15G79, no. 85.
19. Tadhkirat al-mustarshidın wa-fal˛ al-†libın

Acrostic on Qur√n, 63: 9-11, in 206 vv. Completed 4 Shawwl 1244/9
April 1829 in Madına. The present poem is an expanded version of
Tadhkirat al-ghfilın. There is a prose introduction explaining the
circumstances of its composition. Opens: Yaqülu ’l-Fütiyyu dhka ’l-
afqarü * Al-Kidiwiyyu ’bnu Safiıdin fiUmarü
MSS: Kaolack, 94; Niamey, 214, 2035; Paris (BN), 5708, ff. 128r-
137v., 6101, ff, 207v-208v (inc.); Kaolack, 94; Sokoto (SHB), 866. In
the Public Record Office, London, CO 267-324, 536, there is a copy
made in Freetown on 8 Rama∂n 1295/30 October 1873 for “Mukhtr
fiAbd al-Karım, known by his Christian name as Edward Blyden”.
20. Taqyıd fı khawßß al-˛izb al-sayfı

Thus in Salenc (1918), 420. Samb (1972), 46 has … al-˛izb al-shfifiı.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8916 (Maktüb fı dhikr karmt al-˘izb al-
sayfı).
21. Urjüza fı ’l-fiaq√id

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-mir *
MSS: Paris (BN), 5722, ff. 134r-134 bis, r., 5716, ff. 16r-21v.;
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 820, 824.
222 CHAPTER FIVE
22. Wathıqa il ’l-muslimın

MS: Paris (BN), 5616, ff. 176r-178r.
Poems and other writings about al-˘jj fiUmar: see CEDRAB catalog,
vol. I, 1241, 1261, 1263-4-9, 1271-2, 1281, 1285, 1287, 1289, 1290-1,
1321-2, 1326, 1412-13, 1420; Paris (BN), 5732, ff. 14v-15v (rhymed
prose preface to a poem)
His son MU˘AMMAD AL-MAKKˆ b. fiUMAR b. SAfiˆD, b. c. 1836,

d. 1864
1. Letter written with A˛mad al-Tijnı, addressed to A˛mad al-Kabır

al-Madanı b. al-˛jj fiUmar.
MS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 1-4.
2. Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 60.
3. Takhmıs Q. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘awsı fı mad˛ awld al-˛jj

fiUmar
Written 6 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1272/7 August, 1856.
MS: Paris (BN), 5558, ff. 64r-64(bis)r, 5558, ff. 184r-185v, 5560, ff.
128r-129v
4. Urjüza fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar wa-awldihi

MS: Paris (BN), 5684, ff. 150v-151r. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 828.
5. R. il A˛mad al-Madanı fı bayn m jar bayn A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

wa-fiUmar al-˘awsı
MS: Paris (BN), ff. 32r-40r; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 826.
6. Ta√rıkh Füta Jallü

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié , 24.
7. Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 16, lists the following items by

Makki Tall:
i) Noms des chefs qui résistèrent à El Hajj Omar.
ii) Noms des chefs qui ont soutenu El Hajj Omar.
iii) Histoire de A˛madu b. El Hajj Omar.
His son A˘MAD al-KABˆR al-Madanı b. 1836, d. 1898.

Robinson (1985), 339-41: Hanson & Robinson (1991).
The eldest son of his father (by his wife fi◊√isha Jallo), he became his
principal successor, based in Segu, assuming in 1874 the title amır al-
mu√minın. When the French forces under Archinard began to approach
in 1893 he undertook a hijra eastwards, and ended up with his followers
in northern Nigeria
1. Ras√il
i) Il jamfiat ahl Bakel
According to Inventaire, 271, “Envoi d’argent aux destinataires
dans l’espoir de relation privilégiée avec l’auteur”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 61v.
ii) Il Alfa Ibrhım
According to Inventaire, 271, “Témoignage d’affection et
réponse à une lettre du destinataire”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 129.
iii) Il Imm T.w.r.k wa-∑anb Ddi
Followed by letter to imm Q.m Tuku. According to Inventaire,
246, “Réponses à deux lettres d’affection et de loyauté”.
MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊SHIMˆ b. A˘MAD b. SAfiˆD, called Alfa

Hshim, b. 1280/1863-4 or 1283/1866-7, d. 11 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1350/19
March 1932 [or 12 Dhü’l-Qafida 1349/1 April 1931]
Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-Tijnı, Tarjamat mawln Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı (ms.);
Mu˛ammad Majdhüb Muddaththir, Foreword to Imtfi al-a˛dq of Alf Hshim al-Fütı,
al-Khar†üm, 1351/1932. See also MS: Niamey, 122, p. 61; Abü Bakr fiAtıq, al-Fay∂ al-
hmifi, 48 ff.; Paden (1973), 84-7; Archives AOF, 19G2, no. 67; ALA II, 251, 262, 265,
288, 291, 293, 294, 575; al-‡ayyib Mu˛ammad al-‡ayyib, al-Masıd, Khartoum, 1991,
145-6.
His father was an elder brother of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.), and a
khalıfa of the Mauritanian Tijnı muqaddam Sı. Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-
fiAlawı. Alfa Hshim was born in Diawara [or Segu Sikoro] and studied
under Mu˛ammad A˛mad and Sh. al-Sanüsı (whose identities are
224 CHAPTER FIVE
otherwise unknown), and in Segu under Safiıd Jeliy (q.v.). His Tijnı
affiliation was through his father’s silsila through Mu˛ammad al-˘fı÷
from Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, with another through his brother A˛mad al-
Tijnı.
He left Segu in 1891 with a large group of Tukulor fleeing French
occupation, and spent the next sixteen years travelling eastwards. He
initially settled in Sokoto and participated in the B. of Burmi, the last
stand of the Sokoto Caliphate against the British in 1903. Moving
eastwards, he passed through the Sudan, where he spent some time as
guest of the of the Majdhıb clan of al-Dmir. Finally, in 1907 he
reached Mecca, and after two years stay there, moved to Madına where
he spent the rest of his life learning, teaching and giving fatws
according to all four of the law-schools. He became the leader of the
West African Tijnı community in the ˘ijz, but retained close contact
with Tijnıs resident in West Africa, especially those of Kano. He
initiated into the Tijniyya persons from many parts of the world. After
his death he was succeeded in his position as shaykh of the West
African Tijnı community of the ˘ijz by Ibrhım Khalıl and then by
his close disciple A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı (see ALA II,
265). Mu˛ammad Majdhüb Muddaththir claims that the total of his
writings, long and short, numbers about seventy, but only the following
are clearly identifiable, or traceable.
1. Hadiyyat al-khalaf
Biography of his teacher Alfa Safiıd al-Fütı. See Paden (1973), 85, n. 27.
2. Imtfi al-a˛dq wa’l-nufüs bi-mu†lafiat a˛km awrq al-fulüs

On whether paper money is liable to zakt. See Hunwick (1999b), 92.
Publ. Khartoum: M. Mandıl, 1351/1933 (copy in NU/Paden, 322).
3. Q. b√iyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5666, f. 235a (extract).
4. Q. dliyya
A poem in praise of the Prophet, in which there is no dotted letter; hence
it is sometimes called al-muhmala. Alf Hshim challenged the
Majdhıb of al- Dmir to make a tash†ır of the poem, and the challenge
was taken up by Mu˛ammad al-Majdhüb (known as al-Shaykh w. al-

Shaykh al-‡hir).
Publ. text of the tash†ır in al-‡ayyib (1991), 146-7 (24 vv.).
5. Ragh√ib al-mu˛tjın fial †arıqat al-Tijniyyın

Summarized in Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar b. Mlik al-Fütı, Salm
al-Tijniyyın; see Kensdale (1955), 19.
6. Tafirıf al-fiash√ir wa’l-khilln bi-shufiüb wa-qab√il al-Fulln

See ALA II, 575. The ms. listings given there for Timbuktu are old style.
Below are given the new revised accession numbers.
MSS: Kaduna (NA), F/AR3/8 (copy in Zaria, 43/1); Niamey, 611;
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 431, 620; Sokoto (SHB), 4/42/329; Zaria, 54/11-
12.
Publ. Mecca: M. al-Majıdiyya, 1354/1936; Wd Madanı, by Mu∂awı al-
˘jj, 1374/1955 (copies of both in Niamey, 612).
7. Thabat shuyükhihi
See intro. to edn. of Imtfi al-a˛dq.
MU˘AMMAD b. AMJAD b. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ
Probably grandson of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, nephew of al-˛jj fiUmar,

and ruler of Msina, after his reconquest of it in 1864.
1. Qaßıda
Poem celebrating A˛mad al-Tijnı’s jihd, and praise of al-˛jj fiUmar.
[see Oloruntimehin (1972), 162-7].
MS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 167v-169a.
A˘MAD AL-fiADN◊N al-Tijnı
1. fiIqd al-jumn wa’l-durar fı dhikr karmt al-Shaykh fiUmar b.

Safiıd
MS: Paris (BN), 5559, ff. 41-56, 5734, ff 116-20; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 840.
226 CHAPTER FIVE
MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD [b. MU˘AMMAD]

2. Letters to A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı and others.

MSS: Paris (BN), 5582, ff. 58, 60, 62
MU˘AMMAD b. TAFSˆR MA˘MÜD b. ˘AMM◊T SÜLˆ NAB◊DHˆ

WURQˆ QIRL◊Wˆ
1. Qaßıda fullniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd

In praise of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, with preface. Annotations and verse
by verse translation into Arabic in marg.
MS: Paris (BN), 5732, ff. 23v-28v.
MA˘MÜD b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD b. SULAYM◊N al-Fütı al-

‡ürı al-Silawı
1. Lamfiat al-barq
Poem in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, with material on his biography
and his doctrine.
MS: Paris (BN), 5628, ff. 11r-18v.
2. Takhmıs qaßıdat al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 60r-63v.
MA˘MÜD b. ◊BBA
1. Letter in verse to the khalıfa [al-˛jj fiUmar] on the progress of the

jihd.
MS: Paris (BN), 5480, f. 80
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. AL-AMJAD
1. Wathıqa fı bayn ghazawt al-˛jj fiUmar

MÜS◊ b. ∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD al-

Wıwı al-Drı al-Fütı
1. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd

2. Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd

MS: Paris (BN), 5719, ff. 102r-104r.
3. Shifir al-ßibyn fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı

Written in 1270/1853-4.
MS: Paris (BN), 5556, ff. 256r-258v.
fiUTHM◊N KÜ∑◊ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR al-Drı al-Wıwı (or

al-Wiywı) al-Sankurı (?), d. after 1289/1872-3
Supporter of al-˛jj fiUmar who exercised considerable influence over
him.
1. Q. dliyya: Tabarrakü min fiubaydin kna shaykhahum *

2 vv. with third verse by Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Drı, followed by
prose; written in 1272/1855-6.
MS: Paris (BN), 5723, f. 23r.
2. Q. dliyya
In praise of al-˛jj fiUmar in his capacity as father of A˛mad al-Kabır
al-Madanı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 45v-48v,
3. Q. hamziyya fi mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı

MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 33r.-34v.
4. Q. kfiyya: Y mumidd al-Mukhtri ra˛ala than√uka *

In praise of the Prophet.
MS: Paris (BN), 5662, f. 25.
5. Q mımiyya: Il Sighü r√im al-khayrti rma * Ya√ummu fa-innah

ar∂ al-nifim
228 CHAPTER FIVE
14 vv. encouraging people of the west [i.e. Futa Toro] to migrate to

Segu. On this migration, see Hanson (1996).
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 44r; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 836 (ii)
Publ. Text and trans. in Hanson and Robinson (1991), 102-5, 326.
6. Q. nüniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi man fı ’l-gharb qad fata˛ * fiAl ’l-

amıri Abı ’l-fiAbbsi buldn
Poems on the campaign against Keje, 1285/1868, in which the forces of
amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı defeated a Bambara force,
and a poem in praise of A˛mad al-Kabır
MSS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 42r.-43v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 836 (i).
Publ. Text and trans. of poem on B. of Keje, in Hanson and Robinson
(1991), 95-102, 322-5.
7. Q. hamziyya fi mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı

MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 44r.
8. Q. r√iyya: Bi-˛amdi ’llhi qad fata˛a ’l-amırü * Abü ’l-fiAbbsi

A˛madun ’l-kabırü
On the campaign against Keje, 8 Rajab - 8 Rama∂n 1285/24 October -
22 December 1868, with 2 vv. added by Mu˛ammad Bobo.
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 44v. See also Paris (BN), 5594, ff. 151r-152r.,
5601, ff. 119r-120r., 5640, ff. 29a and 35
Publ.: Text and trans. in Robinson and Hanson (1991), 104-5, 327.
9. Q. r√iyya
Pledging allegiance to A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5601, ff. 119r-120r.
10. Q. r√iyya
Two such on the B. of Gemukura.
MSS: Paris (BN), 35r-36r.

12. Collection of verse and prose by various authors, including

fiUthmn Küs (q.v.) in praise of Amır A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı, with
prose preface by fiUthmn Küßa, written in 1288/1871-2.
MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 25-36.
J◊Jˆ al-Zughrnı
1. Q, r√iyya
Two such celebrating the victory of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı at
Gemukuru
MSS: Paris (BN), 5640, 29r, 29v-30v.
AL-MUR√U b. MU˘AMMAD al-Msinı
1. Q. dliyya
In praise of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 32v-33r.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. ANBÜJA
1. Khiznat al-adab fı mafirifat ansb al-fiArab

MSS: Paris (BN), 5397, ff. 1-124, 5510, ff. 1r-210r, 5722, ff. 115r-v.

3 such.
3. Shams al-qaß√id al-ghurar fı tahni√at al-shaykh fiUmar

MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 4v-10v, 5602, ff. 87r-v, 5688, ff, 74r-75r,
6107, 16v-17v, 18v.
4. Tafsır al-Qur√n
Completed 16 Mu˛ammad 1286/18 November 1851.
MS: Paris (BN), 5579, 3r-204r.
5. Urjüza fı ’l-taßawwuf
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 49v-64v.
230 CHAPTER FIVE
MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ˘AMM◊T

fiABD ALL◊H b. fiALˆ

Robinson (1985), 24.
A disciple of al-˛jj fiUmar and secretary to him, he later became an
important advisor to A˛mad al-Tijnı of Bandiagara (reg. 1864-87).
1. Dhikr ibtid√ jihd shaykhin

History of the jihd of al-˛jj fiUmar from a Bandiagara perspective.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 3, 4, 10 (with French trans.);
MAMMP, 6.4; see also Robinson (1985), 24, n. 32.
Publ. trans in M. Sissoko, “Chroniques d’El Hadji Oumar”, Education
Africaine, 1936-7.
AL-AMˆN TAFSˆR
1. On the conquest of Kaarta by al-˛jj fiUmar.

Described as “chant en prose rimée”.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 15 (3 copies with French trans.).
MU˘AMMAD LAMIDE TAFSˆR MAABO
1. Qaßıda
On the conquest of Kaarta.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 16 (2 copies with French trans.).
MU˘AMMAD YA˘Y◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R
1. Q. dliyya
In praise of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad after a victory.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 41.
2. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı

i) Acc. Inventaire, 265: “Témoignage d’obéissance et pri-ere
pour le succès du jihd du destinataire.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5713, f.8.
ii) Acc. Inventaire, 268: “Prédiction de victoires pour
1289[1872-3] et éloge du destinataire.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 42.
4. R. il amır al-mu√minın fiUmar b. Safiıd

According to Inventaire, 246: “Demande d’audience pour dire au revoir
et éloge du destinataire”
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f.36.
fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD al-˘awsı
1. Q .b√iyya
Acc. Inventaire, 281, “Elégie d’un grand shaykh”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 83v.
2. Q. dliyya
Acc. Inventaire, 279, “Conseils et vertus de fiUmar b. Safiıd”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5714, ff. 75r.-76v.
3. Q. kfiyya
Acc.Inventaire, 281, “Invocation du Prophète”
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 83r.
4. R. il A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 182r.-185v.
5. Takhmıs qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

The original poem upon which the tahmıs was made was by Mu˛ammad
al-Makkı (q.v.).
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 78r-82v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 822.
6. Vision of fiUmar b. Safiıd, sometimes with the Prophet; see

Inventaire, 279.
MS: Paris (BN), 5714, ff 77r-78v.
232 CHAPTER FIVE
7. Untitled
Acc. Inventaire, 65: “Lettre en prose contenant deux poèmes (kfiyya et
mımiyya). Nouvelles et éloge de Mu˛ammad al-Makkı”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5462, ff. 39v-40r.
MU˘AMMAD fiALˆ CAM, also known as Mohammadou Aliou Tyam

Robinson (1985), 26, 342-3
He was born in eastern Futa Toro and joined al-˛jj fiUmar’s forces in
1846. He fought in most of the jihd campaigns, but never seems to
have gained much distinction or rank. In the 1870s and 1880s he wrote a
long poem about al-˛jj fiUmar in Arabic metre and characters, but in
the Fulfulde language.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 19, 20.
Trans. Text in Roman characters with French trans. by Henri Gaden: La
Vie d’El Hadj Omar: Qaçida en Poular, Paris, 1935.
MU˘AMMAD fi◊√ISHA DIAKHITE, also known as Mamadou Aissa

Jakhite fl. 1900
Robinson (1985), 27.
Grandson of a prominent Soninke disciple of al-˛jj fiUmar, Mamadou

Aissa collected both written and oral accounts of the life of al-˛jj
fiUmar and the history of the fiUmarian state which he used to compile
three Arabic histories, which are now known only through their French
translations:
1. “Livre renfermant la généalogie des diverses tribus noires
du Soudan”, trans. H. Labouret in Annales de l’Académie des
Sciences Coloniales, iii (1929).
2. “Légendes historiques du pays de Nioro (Sahel)”, trans. M.
Adam, in Revue Coloniale, iii-iv (1902-4).
3. “Traditions historiques et légendaires du Soudan
occidental”, trans. M. Delafosse, in RC, 1913.
MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD

Possibly to be identified with Hammadun Abba, q∂ı of Sokura; see
Diarah (1982), 24-5.
1. M jar bayna amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wa-bayna al-˛jj fiUmar

MSS: MAMMP, 6.5, 9.11; see also Robinson (1985), 31, n. 42.
AL-MUKHT◊R b. WADˆfiAT ALL◊H al-Msinı, known as Yirkoy

Talfi, or Wadıfiat Allh, d. c. 1862
Brown (1969); Willis (1979b); CCIM, art. by Maliki Yattara, pp. 235-7; Robinson
(1990); Bousbina (1995-6).
His family, who were resident in the Goundam-Diré area, claimed an

origin from Silla in ancient Takrür, though they were locally regarded as
Songhay-speaking Fulani; and indeed they were of the Jalloÿe. He
pursued part of his years of study in Timbuktu. After the creation of the
Diina of ˘amdallhi, the area was governed by A˛mad Abü Bakr Wulde
Hoore Goniya, who in old age asked to be represented in the councils of
˘amdallhi by his cousin Yirkoi Talfi. The latter eventually settled in
˘amdallhi, and taught there, but when A˛mad al-Shaykh died in 1853
and was succeeded by his son ◊madu ◊madu, Yirkoi Talfi split with the
Qdiriyya establishment of Hamdullahi and went to serve the Tijnı
leader al-˛jj fiUmar (q.v.) He then became one of his most vocal
polemicists, and a fierce antagonist of the Bakk√iyya. Nevertheless,
when the decision was made to attack Hamdullhi in 1862, Yirkoi Talfi
deserted al-˛jj fiUmar, but after roaming in search of asylum, was
killed by some Fulani near Konna. The Songhay name Yirkoi Talfi has
the same meaning as the Arabic Wadıfiat Allh, i.e. “ God’s deposit”.
1. al-Futü˛t al-qudsniyya fı istikhrj shawhid al-Mughnı al-

Qur√niyya
MS: Paris (BN), 6103, ff. 68v-98v.
2. Jmifi al-asrr wa’l-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr

3. Jawb il ’l-Shaykh al-Bakk√ı

MS: NU/Paden, 69.
234 CHAPTER FIVE
4. M waqafia fı ’l-Takrür al-Südnı m bayn Tinbuktu wa-Jannı

5. Mas√il muhimma
Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 182-6.
MS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 4-6.
6. Qaß√id
i) Q. b√iyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5575, f. 215.
ii) Q. b√iyya
In praise of al-˘jj fiUmar.
MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 216r-217r.
iii) Q. b√iyya
In expectation of the arrival of al-˘jj fiUmar in Msina.
MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 66v.
iv) Q. dliyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 219v-221r.
v) Q. h√iyya: Allhu ˛asbı idh m azmata fia÷mı *
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91.
vi) Q. h√iyya: Astaghfir Allha min naqßı wa-min nafsı *
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91.
vii) Q. h√iyya (?): M lı arka il m yuskhi† Allha *
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91.
viii) Q. ˛√iyya: Y man yadullu fial musammhu ismuhu *
MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 73v.
ix) Q. lmiyya
In praise of his brother-in-law Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad.
MS: Paris (BN), 5606, f. 94r.
x) Q. lmiyya
On the approach of old age.
MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 66r-v.
xi) Q. lmiyya
In praise of the Tijniyya †arıqa.
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f. 96r.
xii) Q. mımiyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 73v.
xiii) Q. nüniyya
In praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı
MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 215v-216r.
xiv) Q. nüniyya
In praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı
MS: Paris (BN), 5575, f. 221r-v.
xv) Q. nüniyya
In praise of the Tijniyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5575, f. 221v-222r.
xvi) Q. r√iyya
In praise of al-˘jj fiUmar
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91.
xvii) Various
Paris (BN), 5409, f. 146r-v.5457, ff. 54-9, 64-7, 5519, ff. 38r-
49v, 92r-93v (2 poems in praise of al-˘jj fiUmar), 5588, f.
119r., 5680, 160v-161r.; Rabat (KhA), D1071, f. 34 (2 qq. in
praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 841 (R. amd
two poems to al-˛jj fiUmar), 865 (collection in 26 ff.).
Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3118 (in praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı)
7. R. il Ibn amır al-mu√minın fiAbd Allh

8. Tabkiyat al-Bakk√i
236 CHAPTER FIVE
Written in 1276/1859. Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 187-201.

MSS: MAMMP. 8.4, 230 (table of contents); Niamey, 538, 2371; Paris
(BN), 5697, ff. 29r-42v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 344.
9. al-Ta√yıdt al-rabbniyya li’l-jamfia al-Tijniyya

Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 170-81
MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 58r-63v, 5605, ff. 67r-73r; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 862.
AL-MUKHT◊R b. ISM◊fiˆL b. WADˆfiAT ALL◊H
1. No title
On events of the 13th/20th century. Sometimes known as Ta√rıkh
Fittuga.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Veillard, Section Masina, Cahier 4, and
second item containing a list of rulers, both with French trans;
MAMMP, 6.2; Paris (BN), 5664. f.154 (frag.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
411.
ABÜ BAKR b. YIRKOI TALFI
1. Q. hamziyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 217.
A˘MAD b. fiABD ALL◊H b. IBR◊HˆM
1. Q. nüniyya: ˘amadtu rabbı ’lladhı qad ˛aqqa mihaddatuhu

Arabic rendering of a Fulfulde poem in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı by
al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh
MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f. 88r.
MU˘AMMAD AL-FAQˆH b. fiABD ALL◊H b. WADˆfiAT ALL◊H
1. Jawb fı sha√n al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı

fiABD ALL◊H B. JAMfiAL b. ˘AMA MU˘AMMAD b. BIL◊L
1. Q. nüniyya fı rith√ Abı bakr b. Yirkoi Talfi

MS: Paris, 5702, f. 231V.
UNASSIGNED
The following authors appear to belong to Msina or the Segu region in

the nineteenth century, but have not been further identified.
fiABDUL b. al-Fhim A˘MAD b. SHˆTH
1. Q. lmiyya
In praise of A˛mad b. [al-˛jj] fiUmar b. Safiıd.
MS: Paris (BN), 5401, ff. 148-52.
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MODˆ b. fiUMAR b. ABˆ BAKR
1. Q. dliyya
In praise of amır al-mu√minın Sh. A˛mad.
MS: Paris (BN), 5410, ff. 47-9.
A˘MAD b. AL-W◊Lˆ SULAYM◊N al-Fütı al-‡ürı
1. Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5432, ff. 290-4.
˘◊MID b. fiUTHM◊N b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR
1. Q. fı mad˛ fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd

AL-˘ASAN b. A˘MAD b. AL-SIRI b. AL-˘ASAN b. AL-AMˆN
1. Q. sıniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5737, ff. 105r-111v.
238 CHAPTER FIVE
IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ al-Drı al-Fütı al-Labawı
1. Letter and poem to al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5591, f. 99.
2. Q. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar

3. Q. lmiyya
Praise of his teachers, especially Abü Safiıd Jamıl al-Dın.
MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 63r
4. Opuscule. Accession au pouvoir d’A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı

MS:Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 150r.-151v.
IBR◊HˆM b. al-q∂ı ABˆ BAKR
1. R. il A˛mad b. al-shaykh fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 160.
AL-MA˘JÜB b. AL-IM◊M
1. Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı

MS: Paris (BN), 5737, ff. 114r-117r.
M◊LIK b. MU˘AMMAD al-Kawjjı al-Msinı
1. Mukhashlab al-†uwaylib
Comm. on part of the Risla.
MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 81v-118v.
MU˘AMMAD b. SAfiˆD al-Saylwı (or -Sılwı) al-Fütı
Perhaps to be identified with Muhammadu Samba Mombeyaa; see

below, p. 514.
1. Minkhalat al-ajz√
Poem on the Qur√n.
MS: Paris (BN), 5484, ff. 98-102r.
2. Q. mımiyya
Account of the conquest of S.n.k.l by Imam Ibrhım.
MS: Paris (BN), 5734, ff. 170r-173r.
MU˘AMMAD b. AL-˘ASAN
1. Urjüza fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır

MS: Paris (BN), 5616, ff. 28r-31v.
MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM SILLA
1. Poem invoking al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd.

MS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 86r-87v.
2. Q. dliyya
Acc. Inventaire. 242: “Invocation d’A˛mad [al-Kabır al-Madanı] et de
son père fiUmar”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5689, f. 88r.
3. Q. dliyya
According to Inventaire, 242: “Eloge d’A˛mad [al-Kabır al-Madanı] “.
MS: Paris (BN), 5689, f. 88v.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N b. A˘MAD al-Bghunı al-Anßrı
1. Q. lmiyya fı ’l-taßawwuf
MS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 95.
2. Q. mımiyya
Defence of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 192-3.
3. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ shaykhihi

MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 74v.; see also 5713, ff. 192-3.
240 CHAPTER FIVE
4. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 217v-218v.
Perhaps the author of a poem (nüniyya) addressed to al-Bakk√ı,

containing the line: Mad˛ un wa-dhammun fı maqmin w˛idı * Min
w˛idin li-w˛idin fiajabnı. See Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-Tijnı,
Tarjamat mawln al-shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı, 7.
MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. ˘AM◊ ’LL◊H

Inventaire, 346, describes it as a letter in prose containing a poem
(nüniyya). Greetings and praise to the recipient. The author excuses
himself for not having gone to see him..
MS: Paris (BN), 5693, f. 11r.
MU˘AMMAD b. SAfiˆD
1. Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-na˛w

Comm. on a poem of the author on grammar.
MS: Paris (BN), 5484, ff. 121-34. See also 5486, ff. 168-73.
2. Q. dliyya
Said to be a vers. of the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd, but evidently only a
fragment.
MS: Paris (BN), 6851, f. 348v.
MU∑‡AF◊ b. IBR◊HˆM al-Dakarı/Dukurı
1. Q. dliyya fı ’l-taßawwuf
MS: Paris (BN), 5606, f. 94v.
2. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-Tijniyyın

In praise of the Tijnıs of Msina persecuted by A˛mad b. Sh. A˛mad
Lobbo, written in the year of the latter’s death.
MS: Paris (BN), 5606, ff. 96v-97r.
fiUMAR b. Modi ˘AMMAD GHAYI al-Fullnı al-Sidibı al-Kunrı
1. Ghasslat al-qalb al-fialıl min wasakh takhwıft al-Awjilı

Comm. on the fiaqıda of al-Awjilı
MS: Paris (BN), 5566, ff. 30r-32r, 5660, ff. 37r-42v, 5673, ff. 196r-
200v, 5684, ff. 191r-193r.Perhaps also 5684, ff. 197v.-199r.(described
simply as “commentaire sur une fiaqıda ).
2. Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı alf÷ al-Muwa††a√

MS: Paris (BN), 5414, ff. 1-442 (Vol. 1 only), 5466, ff. 162v-285r
(inc.); Paris (MAAO), 14722/2a.
Publ. Fez, 1318/ 1900 (see Adnani (2001-2), 156.
3. Shar˛ al-Awfı fı ’l-ßalt

MS: Paris (BN), 5566, ff. 21r-29r., 5647, ff. 57r-63r., ff. 197v-199r.
THE JELIYA FAMILY
SAfiˆD JELIYA b. (Cerno Wocce) A˘MAD b. SIRÉ b. ˘ASAN, known

as Seydu Jeliya, b. c. 1830, d. April 1895
Gallieni (1885), Ch. XIX; Robinson (1985), 349; Hanson (1996), 13, 162; CCIM, 186-90 (art. of
Bokar N’Diaye) .
His ancestry goes back to the Ture lineage of Hayre (Podor) in Futa
Toro. His grandfather, Siré had been Almamy of Futa Toro, c. 1823-5.
His father A˛mad had married Jeliya, daughter of Cerno Bismor Lamine
Abdoulaye [al-Amın b. fiAbd Allh] of the Sakho lineage of Halaybe,
who ran a noted Qur√nic school at Boghe, and who was a teacher of al-
˛jj fiUmar. Her mother was the latter’s sister, F†ima ◊dam Tall. Seydu
Jeliya received his early education from the learned of Hayre, then
studied first in southern Mauritania and then with his two brothers at
Dinguiraye, where al-˛jj fiUmar had established himself on his return
from the pilgrimage.
He joined the jihd of al-˛jj fiUmar and remained with him until the
conquest of Hamdallahi. From there he was sent to join fiUmar’s son and
successor in Segu, A˛mad (also called Amadu Seku and Lamido
Julbe—amır al-mu√minın), and became one of his principal counsellors
242 CHAPTER FIVE
during the 1870s-1880s. He negotiated the Treaty of Nango (3 Novem-

ber 1880) with the French emissary Commandant Gallieni (1885), 398,
who said of him: “From our first discussions I saw that Seïdu Diéliya
was more intelligent than any other Negro chief I had seen hitherto. He
followed an argument well, and his speeches, despite abuse of meta-
phors, had a logic and a conclusion. He discussed coolly, and knew how
to respond to my signals. He had a finely drawn and pleasant face…”.1
Faithful to his master, he died in battle against the French as they pur-
sued A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar, at the Battle of Dounga, near ˘amdallhi.
1. Account of the conquest of Gemukura in Kaarta by A˛mad al-

Kabır al-Madanı
MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 36v-38v.
2. On the battle of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı against the people of

Mß and Jwira, 4 Mu˛arram 1289/14 March 1872.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 37r-38r.
See also Paris (BN), 5561, ff. 66v-69v, letter written by “Safiıd” to
A˛mad [al-Kabır al-Madanı] b. Sh. fiUmar, proving his legitimacy as
amır al-mu√minın
MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘MAD b. al-imm SIRÉ b. AL-˘ASAN, called fiUmar

Jeliya
Brother of the preceding.
1. Abridgt. of ˘ayt al-˛ayawnt al-kubr of Mu˛ammad b. Müs

al-Damırı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5467, ff. 267-302.
2. Various questions.
MS: Paris (BN), 5584, f. 127r.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 842.
1
A letter from Cdt. Gallieni to Seidou Dieliya in French is preserved in BN, 5582, f. 52.
3. Q. kfiyya
On the conquest of a town by the Muslims.
MS: Paris (BN), 5678, f. 163r.
4. Q. lmiyya
Versification of some exhortations of fiAlı b. Abı ‡lib. Dated 26 or 27
Shawwl 132(?).
MS: Paris (BN), 5561, f. 4v.
5. Q. lmiyya
Exhortations in Sufi fashion
MS: Paris (BN), 5722, f. 87r.
6. Q. r√iyya fı ’l-taßawwuf
Completed on 16 Shafibn 1297/24 July 1880.
MS: Paris (BN), 5584, f. 178r.
7. Q.†√iyya fı mad˛ al-nabı

MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, 11r-12r, 5573, f. 12v. .
fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD JELIYA al-Tijnı al-Maghribı al-Fullnı
1. al-Mawfii÷ al-safiıdiyya fı ıßl˛ al-dın li’l-bariyya

An account of the emigration and settlement of Tukulor supporters of
A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar in northern Nigeria and Niger; and of a visit by
Seydou Nourou Tall to the community, enjoining them to be loyal to the
French.
MS: NU/Falke, 1403.
2. Qaß√id: lmiyya, nüniyya, nüniyya

MS: Paris (BN), 5618, f. 3v.
3. Q. dliyya
In praise of fiUmar b. Safiıd. Attribution simply to fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad.
MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 75r-76v.
4. Vision of fiUmar b. Safiıd

MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 77r.78v.
244 CHAPTER FIVE
SAfiD b. fiUMAR b. SAfiˆD JELIY◊ al-Fütı al-Tijnı, known as Saad

Oumar Touré, b. c. 1914
1Brenner (1986), (2000), 74 ff.; Sanankoua & Brenner (1991).
In 1947 he founded the Madrasat al-Fal˛, Segu, of which he has been

ever since the director. Its pedagogy is modern and since 1959 it has
combined Islamic learning with elements of Western/French secular
learning. His grandfather was a teacher of Alfa Hshim (q.v.), though
Safid himself is largely self-taught..
1. al-Afijıb al-mutakarrara fı aqwl Mu˛ammad al-Manßür al-

mutanqi∂a
2. al-A∂w√ al-ßfiya fial ’l-awrd al-Tijniyya

Publ.Tunis: M. al-Manr (1st edn.), 1397/1977. (copy in NU/Brenner,
6b ).
3. A˛km al-ßalt fı ’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-sdt al-Mlikiyya

Publ. Tunis: Multazam al-†abfi al-Tijnı al-Mu˛ammadı (M. al-Manr),
1393/1973 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 2), with French trans. La prière
muslumane rite malekite. (copy in NU/Brenner , 3)
4. A˛km ßawm Rama∂n fial madh’hab al-sda al-Mlikiyya

Publ., 1381/1961, with French trans. Règlements religieux du jeûne du
mois de Ramadhan (rite malékite), Tunis: Multazam al-†abfi al-Tijnı al-
Mu˛ammadı (M. al-Manr), 1958 (copy in NU/Brenner, 2)
5. Dhikr Allh tafil

Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, n.d., with French trans. Les invocations.
[(copy in NU/Brenner, 10 )
6a al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya

Pt. I, dated 8 Rama∂n 1397/24 August 1977.
Publ. Casablanca; Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha.
6b. al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya

Pt. II, dated 15 Rabıfi I 1399/13 Febnruary 1979.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, n.d.; Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha.
6c. al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya

Pt. III
Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha, n. d.
7. ˘all al-mas√il fı shar˛ Mukhtaßar al-Akh∂arı

Comm. on the Mukhtaßar of al-Akh∂arı.
Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha, 1993.
8. ˘amlat †alabat al-madris al-Islmiyya min ta∂lıl rijl al-kan√is

al-ması˛iyya
Publ. Casablanca, 1411/1991.
9. ˘aqıqat al-mu˛datht wa’l-bidafi wa-m laysa minh fı ’l-sharfi

Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1988.(copy in NU/Brenner, 6a )
10. ˘ayt al-mujhid al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı

Acc. Brenner; both in Arabic and French.
11. ˘ayt al-rasül al-tablıghiyya
12. al-Kan√is al-ması˛iyya

See list of unpublished writings in Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82. See also below:
Writings in French, no. 1.
13. al-La√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-ma˛sin al-ghurar

n.d., with French trans. Perles précieuses de l’éducation islamique.
(copy in NU/Brenner, 4); 3rd edn. (Arabic text only) Casablanca: Dr
al-Rashd al-˘adıtha.
Comm. by author, see below.
15a. al-Mabdi√ al-ßarfiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya (al-juz√ al-

awwal)
Completed 1 Mu˛arram 1376/9 August 1956.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1393/1973.; Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-
˘adıtha, n.d..
246 CHAPTER FIVE
15b. al-Mabdi√ al-ßarfiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya (al-juz√ al-

thnı)
Publ. 3rd printing, n.p. 1394/1974.; Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-
˘adıtha, n.d.
16. Mawqif al-faßl fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl

Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha.
17. al-Mubrifi shar˛ al-mughnifi (?) fı fiilm al-nujüm

See list of unpublished writings in Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82
18. Mufiın al-b˛ithın fian mas√il qismat furü∂ al-writhın

19. al-∑alt wa’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-sda al-Mlikiyya

Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1972, with French trans.
20. al-∑awfiiq al-ilhiyya fı ’l-radd fial turraht al-kan√is al-

ması˛iyya
From the title, evidently an attack on Christian churches.
21. Shar˛ al-la√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-ma˛sin al-ghurar

Comm. on author’s al-La√lı wa’l-durra, a collection of Qur√nic verses
and ˛adıths on manners, morals and sociability. In the preface the author
says he also made a French translation.. Completed 16 Dhü ’l-˘ijja
1387/16 March 1968.
Publ. 1st edn., Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1383/ 1964 (copies in NU/Hunwick,
464, NU/ Brenner, 7); 2nd edn., Casablaca; Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha,
1410/1989 .
22. al-Taw∂ı˛t al-bası†a fial ’l-man÷üma al-Bayqüniyya

Comm. on verse treatise on the technicalities of ˛adıth by ‡h b.
Mu˛ammad al-Bayqünı al-Dimashqı (d. after 1689; see GAL II, 307, S
II, 419). Completed 29 Jumd I 1377/22 December 1957.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1964 (copies in NU/Hunwick, 480, NU/
Brenner, 7); 2nd edn., Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha,
1410/1989. (copy in NU/Brenner , 1).
23. al-Tu˛fa bi-m yajüzu wa-ya˛rumu min al-tadwı wa’l-fiuwadh

wa’l-ruqya
On what is lawful and unlawful as regards medication, talismans and
charms.
1408/1987.
Writings in French
1. L’église actuelle, est-elle chrétienne au Paulinienne?

Reply to attacks by the [Catholic] church against Islam and its
adherents. Completed 24 Rajab 1396/22 July 1976.
Publ. 2nd edn., Paris, 1981 ( copy in NU/ Brenner, 8).
2. Étude sur des expériences en cours d’exécution sur l’état actuel de

l’utilisation de l’alphabet arabe dans l’enseignement formel et non-
formel au Mali, Bamako: MEN, 1985.
3. L’Islam et la paix mondiale

See his Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82.
4. L’Islam et ses détracteurs.

Unpublished. Completed 6 December, 1965; see Brenner (2000a), 331.
See also his Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82.
5. Mahomet: sa mission
Publ. Bamako: Éditions-Imprimeries du Mali, n.d. ( copy in NU/
Brenner, 9)
6. Sauvegarde des élèves des médersahs des étudiants et toute notre

jeunesse musulmane contre les tentatives de dévoiement des hommes des
églises chrétiennes
Publ. Casablanca, 1993.
248 CHAPTER FIVE
OTHER WRITERS OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N b. al-q∂ı MU˘AMMAD b.

MU˘AMMAD b. AL-∑IDDˆQ b. B◊BA b. fiABD ALL◊H al-SΩsı
known as Hamidu Sossi, b. c. 1289/1872-3, d. after 1367/1948
Author’s Minnat al-Quddüs, MS Niamey, 429(iii).
He was born in Guinea of Sosso parentage and orphaned at the age of

seven. From his nasab we know that his father was a q∂ı, and three of
his other ancestors are given the title imm. He received a standard
Islamic education including works of al-Akh∂arı, al-fiAshmwı, al-
Qur†ubı, al-Jaz√iriyya, al-Murshida, Bnat Sufid, and the dıwn of
Imrü√ al-Qays. He settled in Segu. The titles of works for which no ms.
is listed are taken from the author’s listing in MS Niamey, 429(iii).
1. Bkürat al-jnı fı karmat al-akbar al-sayyid A˛mad al-Tijnı

MS: Niamey, 1227.
2. Bishrat al-mu√minın bi-tasarrı ’l-nabı al-ma√mün
3. ∆aw√ al-falaq fı fa∂l ßalt al-Fti˛ li-m ughliq
4. Durrat al-han√ bi-†√ifa min al-asm√

A treatise of philology, mainly based on al-Qmüs al-mu˛ı† of al-
Fırüzbdı, completed 4 Rajab 1345/8 January 1927.
MS:Niamey, 1307 (278 pp. photo).
5. Ifilm al-akhyr bi-m malak al-nabı al-mukhtr

MS: Niamey, 1236.
6. al-Ifitidhr bi’l-fiajz wa’l-taqßır fian ˛aqıqat al-mad˛ fial ’l-nabı

al-mukhtr
In 18 vv. Opens: Man lı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af * Wa’l-mad˛u fawq al-
muntah
MS: Niamey, 429(i), photostat, 1233.
7. Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı Minwl al-insh√

Evidently a gloss on the author’s Minwl al-insh√ (see no. 15 below).
8. Kashf al-niqb fian wajh Minnat al-Wahhb

Comm. on author’s Minnat al-Wahhb; see item no. 14 below.
9. Mahıjat al-gharm il dr al-salm

MS: Niamey, 1244.
10. Ma†iyyat al-kh†ir li-ibn al-akh fiAbd al-Qdir

MS: Niamey, 1238.
11. Minnat al-A˛ad bi-asm√ al-asad

MS: Niamey, 1226.
12. Minnat al-Jalıl bi-nubdha min fa∂l al-mawlid al-jalıl

Prose work in 25 pp., completed on 1 Dhü ’l-Qafida, 1367/5 September
1948.
13. Minnat al-Quddüs bi-jawb al-˛abr Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsi

Autobiograpical note and list of works.
14. Minnat al-Wahhb fı ’l-than√ fial ’l-shaykh al-Tijnı qu†b al-

aq†b
Comm. by author, Kasf al-niqb; see above.
15. Minwl al-insh√ li-˛awk al-sır√

Gloss by author, Kashf al-ghi†√; see item no. 7 above.
16. Mirqt al-∂ufiaf√ il mafirifat bafi∂ al-asm√ al-wqifia fı Durrat

al-asm√
MS: Niamey, 1232.
17. Musarri˛ al-fiayn fı-m laqiya afid√ al-˘usayn

Not completed.
18. Muzıl al-˛alak fian istijb (sic) kayfiyyat al-taßadduq fial ’l-mayyit
bi-S-y-k
On the way in which alms are given for the dead in Segu.
250 CHAPTER FIVE
MS: Niamey, 1245.
19. Nfifiat al-ßad li-man bihi ghulal mafirifat al-asm

Based on two other works of his: Mirqt al-∂ufiaf√ and Durrat al-
han√.
MS: Niamey, 1237 (inc.).
20. Nibrs al-÷alm fı mad˛ sayyid al-anm

MS: Niamey, 1231.
21. Nudrat al-safida fı isr√ ß˛ib al-zifima

MSS: Niamey, 1225, 1306.
22. Nür al-fiaynayn fı khalq sayyid al-kawnayn

MS: Niamey, 1228.
23. Nür al-˘annn fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-fiAdnni
24. Nuzhat al-awidd√ fı fa∂l khtim al-awliy√
25. Nuzhat al-n÷irın bi-mawlid sayyid al-awwalın wa’l-khirın

MS: Niamey, 1249.
26. Qal√id al-fiasjad fı fa∂l al-nabı al-mumajjad

MS: Niamey, 1246.
27. Qal√id al-jumn fı fiilm al-bayn
28. Salwat al-a˛zn bi-tasliyat al-Qur√n

MS: Niamey, 1243.
29. Shawhid al-mızn li-shifir al-fiurbn
30. Shufilat al-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr

MS: Niamey, 1230.
31. Sullam al-wildn il mafirifat ˛ukm al-niswn

32. al-Surür bi-Rabıfi al-awwal shahr al-surür
33. Surür al-jannn bi-awßf al-jinn
34. Tashnıf al-dhn bi-m athn ’l-Qur√n fial ’l-nabı al-ammn

MS: Niamey, 1248,
35. ‡awq al-fiiqyn fı jawmifi kalim al-Qur√n

MS: Niamey, 1247.
36. al-Tibyn fı mafinı ßiy˛ al-˛ayawn

MS: Niamey, 1239.
37. al-Yqüt wa’l-jawhar fı khalq ß˛ib al-tj wa’l-mighfar.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD b. DALLA, known as Ibn

fiUmar Dukure, al-Murjı al-Südnı al-Mlikı, b. 5 Rabıfi I, 1301/4
January 1884, d. 10 Mu˛arram 1366/4 December 1946
CCIM, art. by Ali Koullogo Diallo, pp. 280-4.
Born in Mourdia, he first studied with his father and then with a Tukulor
scholar from Futa Toro. A precocious student, he soon engaged in
correspondence with scholars of southern Mauritania over points of law,
and was especially close to Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı. Ultimately he
was to become recognized as the muftı of south-eastern Mauritania and
the adjacent regions of Mali.
He was initiated into the Tijniyya at the age of twenty, and later
became a disciple of Sh. A˛mad ˘amhu ’llh (q.v.). However, he broke
with him after the latter adopted the abbreviated “ßalt of danger” as his
standard ritual in 1936 following his ten years of exile. He wrote works
attacking this position and quit the Tijniyya altogether in favour of a
“Salafı” position, establishing through correspondence a close
relationship with the Algerian Salafı fiAbd al-˘amıd b. Bdıs.
Among his students were his two brothers, By and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn;
his sons, fiUmar, fiUthmn and fiAbd al-Wahhb; his sons-in-law
Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Hawsa, father of the celebrated Ida Hawsa of
Mourdia, and Demba Wague, father of the scholars Shaykhn, Muß†af
252 CHAPTER FIVE
and ˘mid of Baroueli; Ma˛müd ˘ammd Kane Diallo and his brother
Khalıl of Dilly; A˛mad b. Abı Bakr Kale, chief imam of Bamako; and
the Mauritanian scholars Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Amnat Allh,
Mu˛ammad al-Amın w. A˛mad Zaydn of Daragla, and Mu˛ammad
F∂il al-Qalqamı.
He died in Algiers on his way home from the pilgrimage and was
buried there.
1. Dfiı al-fal˛ bi-shar˛ Ghurrat al-ßab˛

Comm. on a poem on the language of the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı by fiAbd
Allh b. Ibrhım al-fiAlawı.
Publ. n.p. [Cairo]: Dr al-Qawmiyya al-fiArabiyya li’l-‡ibfia,
1388/1968. (copy in NU/Brenner, 40)
2. K. fı ’l-taw˛ıd (attrib. uncertain).

3. Man÷üma fı ’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-qawfı

4. Nzila fı sha√n al-jmifi al-kabır fı Tinbuktu (attrib. uncertain).

Written before 1343/1924. The original fatw was given by Imam
Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar.
5. Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi

A reformist treatise in verse in which he attacks certain local practices:
seventh day post-mortem ceremonies, hereditary succession to the
position of imam, even for those unqualified, tafsır by the unqualified,
and translation of the Friday khu†ba into local languages.
Opens: Qla Mu˛ammad un sullatu fiUmar * Rjı ra˛mat al-Ilhi dhı’l-
Qadar
Publ. Beirut: Dr al-Kitb al-Jadıd, 1963 (with Foreword by his son
fiAbd al-Wahhb).
Comm. by author’s grandson Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af (q.v.).
6. fiUqüd al-jumn fı radd al-bidafi wa-tabyın sunnat al-rasül al-

mannn
al-Muß†af b. fiAbd al-fiAzız.
His grandson MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b.

MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR DUKURI
1. Shar˛ Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi

Comm. on his grandfather’s Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi
2. Kitb al-fatwı
56 problems and rulings of Ibn fiUmar Dukure, collected together by his
grandson Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af. Completed in 1390/1970.
YÜSUF b. AL-IM◊M AL-LAKHMˆ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Gangalı

known as Fodiye ∑anba Allh (or Sanbal), b. 1306/1888-9. d.
1371/1951-2
Dramé/FN, 3-21.
Born in Musla, a district of Kayes, and at first studied with his father
until the latter’s death in c. 1905. He then went to his father’s teacher
fiUmar b. al-˘asan Tanjakür in Kougeni, whose son Fodiye Mu˛am-
mad Sita taught him the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl and the Tu˛fat al-˛ukkm
of Ibn fi◊ßim over the next three years.After a period back in Müsla he
returned to Kougeni to study the Tafsır al-Jallayn and the Maqmt of
al-˘arırı with the same teacher.
He then travelled to Senegal, and in Futa Toro studied the Alfiyya of
al-Suyü†ı and the poem of Mu˛ammad al-Daymnı on fiarü∂, and al-
Simllı’s poem on arithmetic with Mu˛ammad Mukhtr Sghü of
Bogue. He went on to Tivaouane and studied the I∂√at al-dujunna of
al-Maqqarı with al-˛jj Mlik Sy (q.v.), who also inducted him into the
Tijniyya; then to Kaolack where he renewed his wird with fiAbd Allh
Niasse (q.v.), and studied prosody with Mu˛ammad Saynabu Niasse. He
also studied with fiUthmn Kara, and finally he went to Dakar where he
studied the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı with Mu˛ammad al-Taslamı, known as
Karasanku, just after he was released from jail. With the same teacher
he studied the Khtima of al-Yadlı on ∑üfism, the Six [Pre-Islamic]
Poets and completed study of the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik.
254 CHAPTER FIVE
He then returned home to Mrina where he spent the next forty years
teaching, being granted official status as a teacher in 1332/1914, and in
the same year was appointed imam of the town. In 1365/1946 he
performed the pilgrimage to Mecca and established contact with a
number of eminent scholars: the Moroccan Tijnı shaykh Mu˛ammad
al-Na÷ıfı, who granted him the status of a muqaddam, the Moroccan
historian al-Mukhtr al-Süsı and Mu˛ammad al-Jaz√irı, the kha†ıb of
Blida with who he travelled by ship, and ∑li˛ al-Zughaybı, imam of the
Prophet’s mosque in Madına, who gave him an ijza to transmit six
books of ˘adıth. He was accompanied on his pilgrimage by the Malian
scholar Mu˛ammad Mourdia.
His students included: his son Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé of Sami,
fiAbd Allh Bashılı of Lani, Jafifar Jumoy (or Djamoye) of Lani Modi
(?), Hrün Tanjakür of Golomi, Fodiye Sibi, Fodiye Almami Sy, and
Safiıd Sghü, teacher of tafsır in Abidjan.
The following books of his are all said to be published:
1. ∆iy√ al-nahr li-ib†l shibh al-anwr
2. It˛f ahl al-tadrıs
3. Kashf al-niqb fian basmalat al-Muß†af
4. Qaß√id
i) Q, fiayniyya: Laqad ˛aqqa an yubk damun l madmifiü *
fiAl ’l-dıni mimm ghayyarathu ’l-fa÷√ifiü
16 vv. bewailing the evils of the time and the perversion of youth..
ii) Q. r√iyya: Bifi al-nafsa fı ’l-fiilm al-sharıfi Bashırü * Fa-
inna bihi ahd ’l-anmi taßırü
16 vv. encouraging his son Bashır to pursue learning.
iii) Q. r√iyya: Salmun fial man tha minhu thabırü * Wa-
that bi’l-duny wa-th al-qubürü
17vv. in praise of the Prophet.
iv) Q. r√iyya: Halummü awqad al-shawqu fı ßadrı * Jadhan
tatala÷÷ fıfi nhıka min jamrı
3 vv. in memory of Sh. al-Shihb al-Alüsı.
5. Tu˛fat al-awld wa’l-˛afad
His son MU˘AMMAD AL-BASHˆR b. YüSUF al-Darmı al-Tijnı

known as Fodiye Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé,b. 1918
Dramé/FN, 23--33
Born in Mrina, some twenty-five miles from Kayes, and grew up in his
father’s household, beginning study with him at age seven. He
continued studying with him for twenty-five years, and succeeded him
as teacher in 1952 after he died. In 1960 he moved his school to Smı,
fifteen miles from Kayes, where he was well received and his
endeavours supported. In 1968 he built a grand mosque in that town,
partly from his own funds and partly from contributions by his senior
pupils. He remains a noted teacher and an important religious figure in
the region. Among his pupils were the following: al-˛jj al-˘asan Anj√
of Gori Jfunü, al-˛jj Jafifar Jumoy (or Djamoye), al-˛jj Tijnı Dramé
(France), Fodiye Jbı of Gori, Fodiye Dwüd Sıbı of Fegui, fiAbd al-
Qdir Jawr, director of the government school (in Smı?), and a
founding member of the journal Barıd Ifrıqiy (Dakar), and al-˛jj
Yüsuf Sıl, teacher of Islamic law in Bogoro Grmaga (sic). He is said to
have written many works and given many fatws. The following are
titles listed by Dramé:
1. fi◊dtun afid√un
2. Bayn kawn ittibfi madhhib al-a√imma ittibfi al-Kitb wa’l-

Sunna
3. ˘ubb al-shuhra d√ fia∂∂l
4. Inqdh al-fiawmm min war†at ta˛lıl al-˛arm
5. Qaß√id
i) Q. r√iyya: Qad qlah shukran Mu˛ammad al-Bashırü *
Li-nifiamin awlhu Rabbuhu ’l-Baßırü
Denying that ijtihd mu†laq is possible in the present times. The
qfiya is inconsistent.
256 CHAPTER FIVE
ii) Q. mımiyya: Jaz ’llhu shaykh an qma bi’l-naß˛i li’l-

war * Li-wajh ilhin bi’l-sar√iri filimü
Thanks to his father for the educastion he gave him.
iii) Q. nüniyya: al-Dınu yabra√u wa’l-ift√u min fi√atı * Tasfi
il ’l-sharri bi’l-fatw wa-bi’l-dını
Attack on the use of weak ˛adıth to support fatws by those
seeking wealth and influence.
iv) Without qfiya. Opens: ˘amdan li-man akhrajan a˛y√ *
Min †alabi ˛ayy in zdan a˛y√
Thanks to his father for looking after his children and his students.
FODIYE ‡◊HIR JÜMBˆR◊ b. 1941

Dramé/FN, 35-45
He was born in Tafsirga, a town one hundred miles distant from Kayes,
son of a well know local scholar and teacher, with whom he studied the
principal Islamic sciences. Later he studied with Mu˛ammad al-Bashır
Dramé (q.v.) in Mrına; then he travelled to Bamako and studied with
Slim Sükhün, and later to Nioro where he studied for four years with
Mu˛ammad ∑diq. He then returned to Tafsirga to assist his father.
In 1960 he took up residence in Goundioro, close to Kayes, where he
started a teaching circle and became deputy imam of the town’s mosque.
In 1987 he opened a school for local children while maintaining his
teaching circle for fiqh, tafsır, and ˛adıth. His students include Abü
Bakr Diawara of Poutels, Shaykh Tijnı of Kingui, fiUthmn Sıl of
Sbü Sirı, and fiUthmn Mrıgh of Bambogo. Dramé gives the texts of
four sets of verses, all rhying in nün.
1. Q. nüniyya: Taqallamü ’l-lughta wa’l-taßrıf * Wa’l-na˛wa wa’l-

badıfia bi’l-bayn
19 vv. Advice to students on how to learn
2. Q. nüniyya: Fa-nazzih al-khalqa fian al-radh√ilı * Wa-fian ßift al-

dhammi wa’l-nuqßnı
7 vv. On the manners of a pupil.
3. Q. nüniyya: Wa-firru min amkin al-malhı * Ka’l-duffi wa’l-

mizmri wa’l-fiıdnı
4 vv. admonishing young people to avoid places of amusement.
4. Q. nüniyya: Wa’filam bi-anna thamarat al-tafiallumı * Li-†lib al-

fiulümi wa’l-burhnı
18 vv. On learning.
SUFY◊N b. S◊LIM DAR◊Mˆ al-Jallnı, al-Azharı, or Soufiane Salime

Dramé
Born into a well-known family of scholars in the town of Jallnı, some
thirty miles from Kayes. His brother Zayd founded a school there in
1993, which now has over 1,300 pupils. Sufyn is principal of the
Madrasat al-Hill al-Islmı.
1. al-Islm wa-mabdi√ al-akhlq

Completed on 9 Jumd II 1395/20 May 1975 in Bamako.
Publ. Cairo: fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 35).
YAfiQÜB DUKURE b. c. 1946

Biog. and list of works taken from a resumé by the author.
Born in Kayes and studied at the Madrasa Mu˛ammadiyya before

embarking upon travels. He eventually settled in Sikasso where he
directs the Madrasat Ummun and is the imam and kha†ıb of the
congregational mosque of the Weirma district of Sikasso. He has a
library called Maktabat al-Mafirif with 5,500 volumes, open to all. He
acts as muftı, answering listeners’ questions on local radio, and also
gives lectures and guidance on local and national radio and television.
He also heads an organization known as D√irat al-dirst al-Islmiyya
and the Union of Arabic-Islamic Schools in the Sikasso region. His
recorded dafiwa tapes amount to some 2,000.
The following list of works follows the subject-matter division of the
author’s list. It is not clear whether any have been published.
258 CHAPTER FIVE
(I) al-Dhikr wa’l-dufi√
1. al-Ahamm min kitb al-dhikr wa’l-dufi√ al-muhimm min al-kitb

wa’l-sunna
2. al-Dhikr wa’l-dufi√ wa-dbuh
3. al-Dufi√ bi-asm√ Allh al-fii÷m

In French.
4. Muqaddimt muhimma fı adhkr al-ßalt wa-ghayrih

In Arabic and French.
5. ∑alawt wa-adhkr wa-adfiiya muhimma

(II) Kutub dıniyya
6. Afidd irshdiyya wa-naß√i˛ dıniyya min al-qism al-a˛dı il ’l-

qism al-fiashrı
7. al-Adilla al-fiaqliyya wa’l-naqliyya fial wujüd al-Brı
8. Ahl al-kahf wa-mas√il rü˛iyya
9. al-Ajwiba fial ’l-as√ilat fı ’l-idhfia
10. Ashr† al-sfia
11. As√ila wa-ajwiba Islmiyya mufißira
12. ◊yt wa-a˛dıth mukhtra
13. al-Fatwı: as√ila wa-ajwiba mutanawwifia
14. Ghazwat Badr al-kubr
15. K. al-˛uqüq
16. al-I˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi

17. Il manzilat al-muqarrabın
18. al-Ism <Allh>: al-tafirıf bihi wa-bafi∂ m fıhi min al-fiulüm wa’l-
mafirif
19. al-Isr√ wa’l-mifirj
20. al-Jnn wa’l-shay†ın wa’l-ifitißm minhum
21. al-Jawb al-ßarı˛ fial nuzül al-ması˛
22. al-Jawb al-ßawb li-inqdh al-fiawmm wa’l-shabb

23. Jawb al-su√l m huwa dalıl al-isdl
24. K. al-kab√ir
25. Kayfiyyat al-dafiw il ’llh
26. al-Khumür wa’l-mukhaddirt fı ’l-Islm
27. Khu†ab wa-mawfii÷ muhimma
28. Mu˛ammad: manziltuhu wa-akhlquhu
29. Mun÷art mafi mun÷irın
30. al-Mursalt fial ’l-asm√ wa’l-ßift
31. Nawqi∂ al-ımn
32. al-Na÷fa fı ’l-Islm
33. Na÷m adwr al-tashrıfi al-Islmı mafia kitb <Aqımü ’l-dın wa-l
tafarraqü fıhi>
34. Nußüß min al-Tawrh wa’l-Injıl

260 CHAPTER FIVE
35. al-Qadar wa’l-qa∂√
36. al-Radd fial ’l-murtadd al-mutajarri√ fial ’llh wa-fial kitbihi
37. Ras√il fı ˛ukm al-fiaqd fial ’l-˛iml min al-zin wa-aqwl al-
fiulam√ fıhi
38. Ras√il fı nik˛ al-mutfia wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi
39. al-Ruq wa’l-nushur wa’l-fiuwadh wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıh
40. al-Shabb fı ’l-Islm: wjibtuhum wa-mushkiltuhum wa-fiiljuh
41. Shar˛ waßy ’l-rasül (ßalfiam) fı ˛ijjat al-widfi
42. ∑ift al-imm wa-mas√üliyyatuhu fı ’l-Islm
43. al-∑iym: ˛ukmuhu wa-˛ikamuhu
44. al-Ta∂mun al-Islmı
45. al-Taw˛ıd wa-dalıliuhu min al-Qur√n al-majıd
46. Thalth mu˛∂art: (i) Mafirifat Allh wa-taw˛ıduhu; (ii) ∑ift al-
dfiiya fı ’l-Islm; (iii) al-Mar√a fı ’l-Islm
47. Zawj al-Muslim min al-kitbiyya wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi
(III) Kutub madrasiyya
48. al-Barwt li’l-tadarrub fial kitbat al-ras√il
49. al-Bishra (Shar˛ yt wa-a˛dıth fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya—3

ajz√)
50. al-Bustn (Anshıd madrasiyya fiilmiyya dıniyya wa-wa†aniyya wa-

ghayrih)
51. Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 4 al-ibtid√ı

52. Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 5 al-ibtid√ı
53. Jughrfiyyat Mlı li’l-ßaff 6 al-ibtid√ı

Approved for Malian schools (and so presumably in French).
54. Khulßat kitb al-bb
55. K. al-bb fı ’l-qir√a wa’l-kitba
56. al-Mu˛addatha al-wqifiiyya
(IV) Kutub ukhr
57. al-Dıwn al-Jahhwı
58. K. al-fukht wa’l-nawdir
59. Müjaz ta√rıkh Mlı
60. Ri˛lat il ’l-Qhira
61. al-Tafilım al-fiarabı wa-fiulüm al-fiarab wa-˛a∂ratuhum wa-

ahammiyyatuh fı ’l-filam al-Islmı
62. ‡ibb al-jinn fı ’l-qaß√id al-˛isn
(V) al-Tafsır
63. Tafsır yat al-kursı
64. Tafsır yat al-nür
65. Tafsır <huwa ’l-awwal wa’l-khir wa’l-÷hir wa’l-b†in>
66. Tafsır Juz√ fiamma

In local language (= Senufo?)
262 CHAPTER FIVE
67. Tafsır sürat al-ikhlß
68. Umm al-kitb: manzilatuh wa-faw√iduh
D◊WÜD MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN J◊H

Radio and television producer in Mali.
1. ˘ayt al-˛jj Sıkü Bassılı, 1928-1981

Publ. n.p., n.d., by al-˛jj Ibrhım Karyyr (copy in NU/Brenner, 28).
2. al-Tawfiiya
Completed 27 Rama∂n 1403/9 July 1983. Includes chapters on ∑üfism,
the Mahdı, the Wahhbiyya, and Communism.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy inNU/Brenner 37).
MU˘AMMAD BAR◊Jˆ, called Karanmokho Barjı
1. Qabs min a˛km al-jan√iz

Completed on 26 Jumd I 1406/ 6 February 1986.
Published, n.p. [Bamako], n.d. (copy inNU/Brenner , 32a).
fiUTHM◊N b. ABˆ BAKR b. AL-˘ASAN b. MU˘AMMAD b.

MA˘MÜD, called Yakhlif Rasül Allh
Imam and kha†ıb.
1. Bughyat al-muslimın wa-kifyat al-wfii÷ın wa’l-muttafii÷ın

Publ. Beirut, 1381/1962. See Hock (1998), 326.
2. al-˘aqq al-mubın fı jawz al-ishtirk al-mufiın fial †alab zd al-

˛ajj li’l-muslimın
Publ. with no. 2 below.
3. Tabyın al-a˛km fı isti˛bb tafsır al-khu†ba

Collection of sermons and fatws from al-Azhar and other sources on
the permissibility of giving an interpretation of the khu†ba in a local
language after giving it in Arabic. Followed by no. 1 above.

Publ. Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d.
KARˆM b. al-imm fiABD ALL◊H JIRE AL-∑AGHˆR b. al-imm

fiABD ALL◊H AL-KABˆR fl. 1357/1938
A descendant of fiUthmn Jire the founder of Segu Sikoro, whose family
traditionally filled the office of imam. His grandfather studied with al-
˛jj Safiıd Hann, and was a teacher and mentor of Bokar Salif Tal (q.v.).
1. Ta√rıkh al-S˙kü ’l-Sikuru fa-li’llhi al-˛amd wa’l-shukr

History of Segu Sikoro, the meaning of which is explained in the text as
“the shaykh under the tree”, a reference to Sh. fiUthmn Jire, founder of
the town, at the door of whose house there was a tree. The history
terminates in 1357/1938.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 407 (24 ff., xerox of photo by David
Robinson, 1976, from family of Mamadou Jire known as Benke);
MAMMP, 6.1; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 410 (copy of Dakar (IFAN)
xerox).
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN K◊KÜ b. ABˆ BAKR [BUYA K◊KÜ] b.

A˘MAD b. fiABD ALL◊H al-Nyminı al-Banambi
Born in Niamina, settled in Banamba.
1. A†arr al-yad fial adillat al-qab∂

Completed in Banamba 2 April 1977.
Publ. with ˘aqq al-yaqın (q.v.)
2. ˘aqq al-yaqın fı shar˛ mafin ußul al-dın al-Islmı al-thaltha

Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1980.(copy in NU/Brenner, 34).
ABÜ BAKR DAMBAW◊Qˆ, d. 25 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1398/26 November

1978
Principal of al-Madrasa al-Itti˛diyya li’l-Dirst al-Islmiyya in
Baroueili, Mali.
264 CHAPTER FIVE
1. Tablıgh al-nis√ fı tadhkır al-nis√

Book of rules for female conduct taken from the Qur√n and ˘adıth.
Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1980 (copy in NU/Brenner, 30).
˘AM◊HU ’LL◊H AND HIS COMMUNITY
A˘MAD ˘AM◊HU ’LL◊H b. al-Sharıf MU˘AMMAD b. Sayyidin

fiUMAR, b. c. 1883 , d. 1943 .
Abun-Nasr (1965), 150-56; Alexandre (1970); Traoré (1983); Hamès (1983); Brenner (1984), 49-
59; Soares (1997); Savadogo (2000),
He was born in Nioro of an Arab father and a servile Fulani mother, c.

1883. He became a disciple of Sı. Mu˛ammad w. A˛mad w. fiAbd Allh
al-Akh∂ar, a Tijnı sharıf of Tuwt who had settled in Nioro, and who
taught that the prayer Jawharat al-kaml was to be recited only eleven
times in the wa÷ıfa rather than twelve, the majority Tijnı practice. This
seemingly minor ritual difference was to mark out its practitioners as a
“radical” group, both in the eyes of fellow Tijnıs and the French.
˘amhu ’llh himself was a quietist ascetic teacher who avoided
contact with the French, contrary to the fiUmarian Tijnıs whose
closeness to the French administration had eventually assured them a
favoured position. The disciples of ˘amhu ’llh also had to contend
with the hostility of the Tinwjiyü, a zawya group who were adherents
of the Qdiriyya. Frictions between these two led to accusations by the
fiUmarian Tijnıs in 1912 that ˘amhu ’llh’s disciples represented a
threat to public order. Incidents involving fiUmarians and followers of
˘amhu ’llh in 1917, 1923 and 1924 led to the French exiling ˘amhu
’llh to Mederdra in southern Mauritania in 1925. Without his
restraining hand, his followers became more militant and at Kaédi in
1930 thirty persons were killed in a riot instigated by his disciple
Yafiqüb Sylla.
˘amhu ’llh dissociated himself from his disciple, but was
nevertheless sent off to the Ivory Coast for the remaining part of his ten-
year exile. At this time he also began the abbreviated prayer of two
rakfias, sanctioned for times of danger, his disciples adopted a western
qibla (facing Nioro) and substitued the words ‘˘amahu’llh shaykhun’
for ‘Mu˛ammadun rasül Allh’ in the shahda. This further served to
mark the group as ‘heretics’ and further the notion that they were
dangerous radicals. After Sh. ˘amhu ’llh’s return to Nioro in 1935,
tensions with the Tinwajıyu escalated and in 1940 some of his disciples
perpetrated a bloody revenge. The French undertook their own reprisals,
hanging thirty-six disciples and imprisoning some six hundred.
Although Sh. ˘amhu ’llh disavowed and condemned the massacre as
contrary to his teachings, he was exiled, first to Algeria and later to
France where he died as a result of his campaigns of protest, fasting at
Montluçon on 16 January 1943.
Despite being a man of considerable learning, he is not known to have
written anything himself. His most prominent disciple was Cerno Bokar
Salif Tal, whose own disciples included the writer and historian
Ahmadou Hampaté Ba (see Brenner (2000a), Modibo Keita (President
of Mali), Diori Hamani (President of Niger) and Boubou Hama
(historian, and president of the National Assembly of Niger). Yafiqüb
Sylla, after spawning an extremist splinter group based on a primitive
socialism and rejecting the sharıfia as a perversion of the pure faith, was
exiled to the Ivory Coast in 1930 where he eventually settled and
became an economic power in his own right. He had considerable
influence with the rising politician Houphouët Boigny. Both wings of
˘amhu ’llh’s disciples were used by the Rassemblement
Démocratique Africaine in the political struggle for Malian
independence. A zwiya of the movement was maintained at Nioro du
Sahel, headed until 1972 by ˘amhu ’llh’s son A˛mad, and now by his
sole surviving son Mu˛ammad. It is a place of annual visitation during
the mawlid of the Prophet.
1. Risla
See Brenner (1984), 58, n. 73.
MU˘AMMAD b. MUfi◊DH
Traoré (1983), 272; Soares (1996)
1. al-Yqüt wa’l-marjn fı mad˛ (var. ˛ayt) shaykhin ˘imyat al-

Ra˛mn
Publ. Dakar, 1972; Casablanca, 1988.
266 CHAPTER FIVE
Sı. OULD B◊B◊ fiAYNAYN, known as Sidtı b. Bba fiAynayn

Traoré (1983), 272.
1. Bahjat al-ashb˛ wa’l-arw˛

On the virtue of the abridged prayer. Written in Nioro, 1926. The
published version bears the title K. qaßr al-†√ifa al-˛amawiyya li’l-ßalt
al-rubfiiyya, followed by the title above.
Publ. Ed Müly Mu˛ammad al-Sidtı, Casablanca: M al-Naj˛ al-
Jadıda, 1407/ 1986.
Cerno BOKAR SALIF TAL, b. early 1880s, d. February 1940

Monod (1950); Bâ and Cardaire (1957); Bâ (1980); Brenner (1976), (1984), . Hampaté
Ba (1980); Hamès (1983). See also Hampaté Ba, Oui, mon commandant, 341-87, n.p.
[Arles]: Actes du Sud, 1994.
A great-nephew of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (see “Genealogical table of
the Taal family” in Brenner (1984), 26), Cerno2 Bokar Salif (Abü Bakr
b. ∑li˛) was born in Segu at an uncertain date somewhere between
1876 and 1886, and began his study of the Qur√n with fiAbd Allh Jire,
a former student of his maternal grandfather al-˛jj Safiıd (Seedu) Hann.
After Cerno Bokar’s father left Segu to escape the French conquest of
1892, fiAbd Allh Jire became the young man’s effective guardian and
persuaded his mother to take him and his siblings to Bandiagara in 1893
after the French had installed Agibou (al-fi◊qib), son of al-˛jj fiUmar
there. Little is known of his teachers, but one of them, A˛mad (Amadu)
Tafsır Ba, his ∑üfı mentor, was certainly very influential.
Born into the leading Tijnı family of the area, he was formally
appointed a muqaddam through the spiritual line of the Marka shaykh
al-˛jj Salmoye of Jenne, though probably not by him personally. Later
he received renewals in the fiUmarian line through the sharıf Nyaaro
Karamoko, and later through members of his own clan, Muntaq, the
muqaddam of Segu, and Safiıd al-Nür (Seydou Nourou Taal), the “grand
marabout” of Dakar, both grandsons of al-˛jj fiUmar. By the 1920s
Cerno Bokar was regarded as a leading muqaddam of the Tijniyya in
the area. In 1937 Cerno Bokar formally took Sh. ˘amhu’llh as his
2
Brenner (1984), 66, points out that the “title” Cerno was not an earned one, but that he was
called Cerno Bokar after his paternal grandfather.
shaykh during a visit to Nioro. French suspicion of “Hamallisme” forced

Cerno Bokar to indicate his renunciation of this, but he continued
privately to be an adept, eventually retiring to the seclusion of his
compound, where he remained until his death in February 1940.
1. M ’l-dın?
Originally an oral catechism closely related to the Fulfulde oral
theology, known as the kabbe. Brenner (1984), 82, notes that the latter is
closely related to al-Manhaj al-farıd of Mu˛ammad al-Wlı b.
Sulaymn al-Fullnı al-Barnwı (fl. 1100/1688-9, see ALA II, 34-7), but
this may be because the Manhaj is itself an Arabic version of
(presumably oral) Fulfulde commentaries on the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı.
For an analysis of M ’l-dın? see Brenner (1984), 86-97.
Publ. French translations of the complete “text”, presented as the
catechizing of a Dogon convert to Islam, are to be found in Bâ and
Cardaire (1957), 96-120, and Bâ (1980), 195-239. English trans. of the
“second lesson” in Brenner (1984), 187-92. Complete Fulfulde text and
French translation, Paris: Nubia, 1988 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 15).
2. “Spiritual Discourses”
This is the descriptive title preferred by Brenner (1984), 147. The
discourses are, in fact, a French rendering by Ahmadou Hampaté Bâ of
oral teachings he received from Cerno Bokar Salif Tal in Fulfulde in
1933. The French text Hampaté Bâ wrote at the time was subsequently
polished and preserved as an internal document (no. 50354) of CHEAM,
with the title “Les paraboles de Tierno Bokar”. Hampaté Bâ later
published extracts of this in his own writings with minor modifications,
notably in Bâ and Cardaire (1957), and Bâ (1980). Hampaté Bâ became
the chief exponent of Cerno Bokar’s teachings, so much so that he
confessed that he found it hard to distinguish between the shaykh’s
teachings and his own glosses on them. This may be the source of some
of the “anachronisms” that Brenner notes in the discourses (e.g. the use
of scientific metaphors). However, Brenner concludes that “the
overwhelming weight of the internal evidence suggests that these texts
are the product of a West African Muslim and Sufi of the early twentieth
century, although…we have no means of verifying that they are Cerno
Bokar’s exact words”. An English translation by Brenner of about two-
268 CHAPTER FIVE
thirds of the “discourses” is to be found in Brenner (1984), 157-86,

preceded by an analysis of their content.
ANON. Disciple of Cerno Bokar
1. Poem
Trans. in Monod (1947).
A˘MAD fiUTHM◊N BAH. al-Tijnı al-˘amawı

A ˘amawı scholar from Diakhamody near Nioro du Sahel
1. ∆iy√ al-ghasaq: man÷üma naßı˛at al-shabb

Publ. Casablanca: M al-Naj˛ al-jadıda, 1992 [for Ibrhım Karniyr,
Bamako]
MU˘AMMAD AL-˘ASANˆ al-Nifimwı, known as Sidtı b. Bb

fiAynayn
A prominent muqaddam of Sh. ˘amhu ’llh
1. Qaßar al-†√ifa al-˘amawiyya li’l-ßalt al-rubfiiyya

The published text has a sub-title: Bahjat al-ashb˛ wa’l-arw˛ bi-kawn
al-kh√if min fitnat al-kuffr laysa fialayhi fı ’l-qaßar jun˛.
Publ. Ed, Müly Mu˛ammad b. Sidtı, Casablanca: M al-Naj˛ al-
jadıda, 1407/1986.
***
OTHER SCHOLARS OF THE REGION [ALL PERIODS ]
ABÜ BAKR b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kbarı, fl. 1095/1683
1. Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın

fiABD AL-Q◊DIR al-Jannwı
1. Dal√il al-faraj fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı

fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD al-˘usaynı, fl. early 19th cent.
1. R. il fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye

The writer complains of false accusations made against him by the
people of Liptako of unjust killing, being harsh with those he commands
and seizing property. The author cites various sources including the
“Replies” of al-Maghılı in his defence.
MS: Paris (BI), 2413(199).
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR
1. R. fı anwfi al-kufr
Opens: Ifilam ann wajadn min anwfi al-kufr al-mujmafi alayhi fa∂lan
fian al-mukhtalaf fıhi
MS: Niamey, 317 (probably mid-19th cent. copy or earlier).
WADˆfiAT AL-˘◊JJ YÜSUF b. FODIYE
Perhaps to be identified with Yüsuf al-Imm al-Lakhmı b. Mu˛ammad

(q.v.).
1. ∆iy√ al-nahr li-ib†l shibh al-anwr

Polemic with fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Ifrıqı (q.v,) over the question of
intercession.
˘◊MID B◊B◊ b. ALFA MAY (or al-Fmı) b. fiUMAR

Wilks (1988), 169.
Nothing is known of this scholar, except for the fact that he wrote the
one following work, but according to Wilks, he was from Jenne.
1. Shar˛ Irshd al-slik

Comm on the Irshd al-slik of Ibn fiAskar; see Wilks (1968), 169, n. 1
270 CHAPTER FIVE
MS: Legon, 64 ( a few photocopied pages of a ms. said by Wilks to be

of a total of 1,100 ff.)
ABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. YÜSUF al-Ifrıqı, b. 1326/1908-9, d. 28 Rabıfi I

1377/ 22 October 1957
Cardaire (1954), 80-1; Froelich (1960); Triaud (1986)
Born on an island in the Niger near Ansongo, he was selected by French

colonial authorities to study in one of their schools, against his parents’
wishes. Following a brilliant school career, he worked asd a teacher and
in other posts before departing to make the pilgrimage to Mecca. After
his pi;lgrimage he went to Madına to study for four years. Just as he was
preparing to return to Mali he met with a certain Safiıd b. ∑diq, a man
of African origin, who taught at the Prophet’s mosque, and through him
he was introduced to Wahhbı doctrines. Through him too, he gained
admission to the Dr al-˘adıth, and eventually (c. 1939) became a
member of its staff, as an interpreter for African (presumsbly
Francophone) students. In around 1844 King fiAbd al-fiAzız appointed
him to be a preacher of Wahhbı doctrine in a ˘ijz oasis called Yanbüfi
al-nakhl. In 1945 he was recalled to Madina, and for the next seven
years taught the Sunna at the Prophet’s mosque and the Dr al-˘adıth.
In 1371/1951-2 he was appointed to teach at the Sharıfia Institue and the
Mafihad al-fiIlmı in Riy∂.Nevertheless, he retained his association with
the Dr al-˘adıth, particularly during his vacations, and perhaps held a
directorial position.
Whilst in the ˘ijz he took pains to have contact with West African
pilgrims, especially from his own country, and in this way he began to
implant Wahhbı teachings in Mali. At age fifty, he fell severely ill, and
with royal aid was sent to hospital in Beirut, where he later died.
1. al-Anwr al-Ra˛mniyya li-hidyat al-firqa al-Tijniyya

Attack on the Tijniyya, and encouragement to abandon it.
MS: Ibadan (UL), 220, 242.
2. Jawban li’l-Ifrıqiyyın
See Triaud (1986), 176.
3. Taw∂ı˛ al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra

See Triaud (1986), 176.
CHAPTER SIX
SENEGAMBIA I: THE NIASSENE TRADITION
by
Ousmane Kane, John Hunwick, and Rµdiger Seesemann
The Tijniyya †arıqa is one of the most recent Sufi “ways” to be

established, and it rapidly became the most widespread one in the
African continent. The man after whom tit was named, A˛mad b.
Ma˛ammad (sic) b. al-Mukhtr al-Tijnı was born at fiAyn M∂ı in
western Algeria in 1150/ 1737-8. Twenty years later he travelled to Fez
and became involved with three Sufi groups: the Qdiriyya, the
Nßiriyya and a †arıqa established by A˛mad al-˘abıb b. Mu˛ammad,
and later, whilst on his way to Mecca for pilgrimage he joined the
Khalwatiyya in Algiers. In Mecca he met with Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-
Karım al-Sammn, the founder of a branch of the Khalwatiyya (the
Sammniyya), who told him he would become the Sufi qu†b of his age.
Upon his return to North Africa, in the oasis of Abı Samghün he claimed
to have experienced a waking vision of the Prophet in which he was
given a wird, and authorized to pass it on to other Muslims. That marked
the birth of the Tijniyya, and A˛mad al-Tijnı, after returning to Fez in
the late 1790s, soon began to acquire disciples. Two of the most
significant of these were Mu˛ammad Ghlı, who, after al-Tijnı’s death
in 1815, was considered a khalıfa of his, and later designated al-˛jj
fiUmar b. Safiıd (see Chapter 5) as a khalıfa for West Africa; and
Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷, a member of the Idaw fiAlı, who as a muqaddam
carried the Tijnı teachings to his people in southern Mauritania. These,
then, were the two paths through which the Tijniyya †arıqa established
itself in West Africa.
Al-˛jj fiUmar introduced the Tijniyya into the Sokoto region of what
is now northern Nigeria, and into Futa Jallon (Guinea), and areas of
central present-day Mali. It was also an associate of his who initiated
SENEGAMBIA I: THE NIASSENE TIJ◊Nˆ TRADITION 273
fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niasse, grandfather of the most celebrated

West African Tijnı figure Ibrhım Niasse.
The other great branch of the Tijniyya, led by al-˛jj Mlik Sy (see
Chapter 7), owes its existence to the initiation of Mlik Sy’s maternal
uncle, who was initiated by a member of the Idaw fiAlı, Mawlüd Fl. Al-
˛jj Mlik Sy and his descendants played an important role in the
propagation of the Tijniyya in Senegal, whilst Ibrhım Niasse, through
extensive travels of his own, made it the most popular †arıqa in many
other areas of West Africa.
Because A˛mad al-Tijnı received his wird directly from the Prophet,
the Tijnıs consider their †arıqa to be the most authentic and divinely
blessed one. Similarly, A˛mad al-Tijnı is considered the “seal of saints”
(khatm al-wilya), i.e. the most exalted of “saints” from whom all others,
both before him and after him, derive their inspiration; he is also the
distribution point for all spiritual emanations (fay∂, pl. fuyü∂) proceeding
from the Prophet Mu˛ammad. He was also qu†b al-aq†b, or “God’s
vice-regent in all the affairs of the Universe” (Abun-Nasr (1965), 34).
Because of his exalted status, and his direct link to the Prophet, his Sufi
“Way” (†arıqa) was considered by his followers to be unique and
inimitable, and al-Tijnı himself forbade them from associating with, or
visiting the tomb of, any other walı. Such claims were a source of
conflict with other Sufi groups, but were also a powerful factor in
attracting followers, who saw their eventual entry into Paradise thus
assured.
fi ABD ALL◊H B. MUHAMMAD NIY◊S , HIS DESCENDANTS AND

THEIR FOLLOWERS
fiABD ALL◊H b. MU˘AMMAD NIY◊S, known as Abdullahi Niasse,

b. 4 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1264/2 October 1848, d. 1340/9 July 1922
D.B.S.G.F.M.M.P.; Muqaddima; Marty (1917), i, 136-9; Klein (1968), 223-5 ;Samb
(1972), 213; Gueye (1983), 20-26; Coulon (1985), 91; Mbodj (1986); Gray (1988);
Harrison (1988), 119; Kane (1997).
Born in the Jolof region (north-central Senegal) into a family of clerics,

he was of Tukulor origin. His father taught him the Qur√n which he
memorized by the age of 18. He was then trained in the Islamic sciences
by a learned man of Jolof called Matar Ndiaye. In 1868 he founded the
274 CHAPTER SIX
village of Taïba in central Senegambia. He was initiated into the

Tijniyya in 1875 by Mu˛ammad Diallo, a former companion of al-˛jj
fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.). During the period 1875-80, he took part in the
struggle against the French headed by Saer Maty Ba, the son and
successor of Maba Diakhou Ba, a Senegambian Tijnı cleric killed in
1865.
In 1880, he abandoned the armed struggle to devote his life to farming
and teaching activities, and became very prosperous. In 1890, he
performed the pilgrimage to Mecca, stopping in Fez, where he
established connections with the leaders of the mother-zwiya of the
Tijniyya. During his return journey, he visited Cairo and Alexandria.
Back in Senegal again, he resumed his teaching activities. However, in
1901 he was accused of instigating a riot against the French colonial
administration. The French authorities ordered the complete destruction
of his village of Taïba. His library was destroyed including some of his
own writings. With two hundred of his disciples, he fled to neighbouring
Gambia, controlled by the British, and remained there until 1910. In that
year, his friend al-˛jj Mlik Sy (q.v.), an influential Tijnı leader,
interceded on his behalf with the French colonial administration and as a
result he was allowed to settle with his family and his followers in
Kaolack in Central Senegambia.
In 1911, he returned to the mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya in Fez
where he was awarded the i†lq, the highest authoritsation in the
Tijniyya hierarchy. During the last ten years of his life (1912-22), his
following increased considerably in the region of Kaolack and in the
Gambia. He died on 9 July 1922 and was succeeded by his son
Mu˛ammad Niys.
1. al-Ajwiba al-Niysiyya fı ’l-ri˛la al-Kawkiyya

Replies to questions on the Tijniyya Order put by A˛mad Diack.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 13.
2. al-Ajwiba al-mufakhkhama fı ’l-ßadaqa li’l-mayyit

See Muqaddima. Text included in Mufıd al-anm (q.v.).
3. Birr al-muslimın al-mukallafın

MS: Kaolack, 229.
4. al-Dal√il al-mu˛kama
See Muqaddima, 17.
5. Tanbıh al-ns fial shaqwat nqidı bayfiat Abı ’l-fiAbbs

Publ: Alger: M. al-Thafilibiyya, 1910 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 118)
6. Mift˛ al-anwr
See Muqaddima, 17.
7. Mikhaddat al-fibidın
See Muqaddima, 17.
8. Mubın al-hadiyya fı-m yuhd li’l-makh†üba min al-fia†iyya

See Muqaddima, 17.
9. Mufıd al-anm wa-munıl al-marm bi-jamfi ajwiba wa-waßy wa-

an÷m fa∂ılat al-shaykh fiAbd Allh Niys
A collection of letters, fatws, and short treatises, compiled by
Mu˛ammad Slim b. Qatham b. al-Dh, written in Kaolack c. 1922.
MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 119 (inc.).
10. Nuzhat al-mustamifi wa’l-lfi÷ fı manqib al-shaykh Sı. Mu˛ammad

al-˘fi÷
On the virtues of the Mauretanian Tijnı leader Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-
fiAlawı.
MS: Kaolack, 151.
11. Su√l al-mas√il wa’l-nawzil

MS: Kaolack, 181.
His son MU˘AMMAD b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S al-Kawlakhı, known

as Khalıfa Mu˛ammad, b. 2 Rama∂n 1298/29 July 1881, d. 2 Shafibn
1378/1 March 1959
See Marty, (1917), i, 137-8; Samb (1972), 213-20; Gueye (1983), 26-7; Gray (1988);
Kane (2000); see also biog., at beginning of comm. of Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr al-Sharıf
al-˘asanı al-fiAlawı to al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar (see below), repr. as foreword to 2nd edn. of
al-Juyüsh al-†ullafi.
276 CHAPTER SIX
Born at Selik in Sine-Saloum, Muhammad b. fiAbd Allah Niasse, known

as khalıfa, was the eldest son of fiAbd Allah Niasse. Like his brothers,
including Ibrhim Niasse he received much of his training at the hand of
his father. After memorizing the Qur√n, he studied tafsır, ˛adıth,
taw˛id, philosophy, Islamic jurisprudence, logic, rhetoric, arithmetic,
prosody, geometry, and Islamic medicine.
In 1338/1920, he made the pilgrimage to Mecca. He travelled with his
father to Fez and left him there to proceed to Arabia. In 1922, his father
passed away and he succeeded him as khalıfa of what came to be known
as the Niassene Tijniyya. In the same year, he made a visitation (ziyra)
to the mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya in Fez and was granted ijzas by
Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı’s grandson Sı. Ma˛müd. A scholar of great learning
and piety, Mu˛ammad Niys maintained close contacts with most of the
Tijni fiulam√ of Mauritania, Morocco, and Algeria, to whom he was
introduced by his father. He remained the sole leader of the Niassene
Tijniyya until 1929 when Ibrhim Niasse, one of his younger brothers,
claimed the spiritual legacy of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı and set up his own
branch of the Niassene Tijniyya.
A prolific writer, Mu˛ammad Niys was the author of over twenty
works, in prose and verse. Dominant in his works are panegyrics of the
Prophet and Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
The following works are all preserved in manuscript form in the
private library of Mu˛ammad Niys at Kaolack:
1. Bulügh al-sül fı mad˛ al-rasül
2. Dhakhırat al-mafid fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd
3. Dhakhırat al-waßy fı ’l-wufüd wa’l sary
4. Fawz al-sufiad√ fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-shuhad√

A biography of the Prophet.
5. Al-fay∂ al-rabbnı fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ al-nabı al-fiAdnnı
6. al-Mawhib al-ilhiyya fı ’l-ghazawt al-nabawiyya

7. Mift˛ al-fat˛ wa’l-wußül il ˛a∂rat shaykhin Ibn al-Rasül
8. Musmarat al-fikr fı ziyrat al-qu†b al-akbar
9. al-Nafa˛t al-fianbariyya bi’l fuyü∂t al-rabbniyya
10. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fian dafiwı al-wilya bi’l-buhtn
11. Nayl al-marm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm
12. Shif√ al-ßadr fı man ˛a∂ara waqfiat Badr
13. ‡arıq al-jinn fı mad˛ sayyid Banı fiAdnn
Other MSS:
14. Kashf al-ghumma fı mad˛ nabı al-ra˛ma

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 5b (3
copies).
Publ. Dakar, n.d., for Oumar Thiam (copy in UBMIA)
15. Majmüfi qaß√id fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 4.
16. al-Murhaft al-qu††afi fial Ibn Myb akhı al-tan††ufi

Response in verse to an attack on the Tijniyya †arıqa by Ibn Myb al-
Jakanı.see Kane (2000).
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 6; Timbuktu
(MMHT), 713 [Title given as al-Murhaft al-qu††afi il anna Ibn
Myb bara√a fı ’l-tana††ufi
Comm. by Ibrhım Niasse, al-Budür al-su††afi (q.v.)
Other works:
17. al-Adilla al-muqni’a il †uruq al-manfafia.
Publ. Cairo: M. al-∑idq al-Khayriyya, 1352/1933 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ,
121).
278 CHAPTER SIX
18. Hamziyyat al-madı˛ fı ’l-rasül al-shafıfi

Publ. Algiers: M. al-Thafilibiyya, 1955. Also publ. in Mir√t al-ßaf√
(see below)
19. al-Juyüsh al-†ullafi bi’l-murhaft al-qu††a√ fial Ibn Myb akhı al-
tana††ufi
A comm. on his al-Murhaft al-qu††afi (see no. 17 above).
MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 713 (title given as: al-Murhaft al-qu††afi il
anna yw bara√a fı ’l-taqa††ufi).
Publ. Cairo:M. Dr al-Ta√lıf, 1348/ 1929; Dakar: Mu√assasat Wal Fadjri,
1416/1996 (copy in Bayreuth/TIJ, 120); 2nd edn., [al-Dr] al-
Sinighliyya li’l-†ibafia, 1416/ 1996 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 488).
20. Kashf al-ghumma fı mad˛ nabı al-ra˛ma

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 5b (3 copies).
Publ. Dakar, n.d., for Oumar Thiam (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 124)
21. Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar

Publ. Dakar: Mu√assasat Wal Fadjri, 1416/1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ,
123).
22. al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad˛ al-qu†b al-akbar

Collection of poems in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
Publ: Cairo, 1955, with comm. of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-
Mukhtr al-Sharıf al-˘asanı al-fiAlawı (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds
Amar Samb, Soufisme, 4). 2nd. edn., Dakar: Mu√assasat Wal Fadjri,
1416/1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 122).
23. Mir√t al-ßaf (var. al-shif) fı sırat al-nabı al-Muß†af

Publ: Cairo, 1925, with comm. of Mu˛ammad b. Mukhtr al-fiAlawı & 7
other praise poems (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb,
Biographie du Prophet, 1).
See also “Addenda”, p. 665.

ABÜ BAKR b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S, known in Nigeria and Ghana as

Abubakar Serigne Mbaye, and in Senegal as Baye Mbaye, b. c 1903, d.
1973
The youngest son of fiAbd Allh Niys, he supported Ibrhım’s claim to
supreme leadership of the Tijniyya, and travelled widely in West Africa
to promote the Niassene branch. He was a member of the inner circle at
Kaolack.
1. K. al-˛ikam
MS: Kaolack [dated c. 1350/1931] (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 84).
2. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn bi’l-fiilm wa’l-fiamal

Text of a speech given in Tamale, Ghana in 1962.
Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 83).
3. Qaß√id
i) Opens: Ladayya ’l-mala√ al-afil tadhakkartu nqatı * Wa-
˛awlı unsun shribüna bi’l-fa∂latı
Written c. 1930.
MS: UBMIA /TIJ, 81(photocopy).
ii) Opens: Hdhihi rislatun ilayka nafsı * Arsalah rü˛ı ka-

mithl al-ussı
Composed 12 Rajab 1392/ 21 August 1972.
MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 82(photocopy).
IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALLAH b. MU˘AMMAD NIY◊S al-Kawlakhı

known as Shaykh Ibrhım Niasse, or Baye Niys, and in Nigeria and
Ghana as Shehu Kawlaha, b. 15 Rajab 1320/17 October 1902, d. 17
Rajab 1395/26 July 1975
Gray (1988), Kane (1997), Hiskett (1980), HDS, 206-207; Dict. biogr. 47;, Samb (1972)
220-235; Bild al-Shinqı†, 514; fiAlı Cissé, Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, Cairo,
1380/1961; Froelich (1968); Paden (1973), 94-104 et passim; Maigari (1981); Guéye
(1983); Hassan Cissé (1984); Biarnès (1984-5); Quadri (1985); Garonne (1995-6);
Brigaglia (2000-2001).
Without a doubt, one of the greatest figures of Islam and the Tijniyya in
twentieth century Africa, Sh. Ibrhım was born in Taïba Niassene, a
280 CHAPTER SIX
village founded by his father fiAbd Allh Niys (q.v.), from whom he
received all his education. After his father’s death in 1922, the Niassene
Tijnı community and family was headed by his brother Mu˛ammad. In
1929 however, a split occurred in the community when Sh. Ibrhım
claimed to be the spiritual successor of A˛mad al-Tijnı and established
a community of his own. Throughout the 1930s his following was
largely limited to Senegal, though by the late 1930s he had a following
in Mauritania. After World War II however, he recruited quite a large
following in West Africa, particularly in Northern Nigeria, but also in
Niger, Mali, Ghana, Chad, Cameroon, even in the Sudan. So much so
that, by the end of colonial rule, his following, which he named Jamfiat
anßr al-dın, was probably the largest single Muslim community in West
Africa, with several million followers.He himself has been the subject of
many writings of praise by his followers, and of criticism by his
opponents.
He was one of the earliest West African leaders with wide connections
throughout the Islamic world. He was a founding member of the Muslim
World League based in Mecca, and served asVice-President of the
World Muslim Congress based in Karachi, Pakistan, for a number of
years. He was also a member of the Academy of Islamic Research at al-
Azhar University.
A religious and political leader, Sh. Ibrhım Niasse was also involved
in Senegalese politics both during colonial rule and after independence.
A learned Muslim jurisconsult, he delivered a great many fatws and and
wrote many text books designed for students. Also as a Sufi and a Tijnı,
he wrote a large number of poems in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad
and Sh. Ibrhım’s spiritual master Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
In the preface to al-Dawwın al-sitt his genealogy is traced back over
eighteen (sic) generations to fiUqba b. Nfifi.
1. Af∂al al-dafiawt li-bulügh al-ghyt wa-nayl al-masarrt

Publ. n.p. [Kano], n.d.; Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, c . 1987; Dakar, by
Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün Niasse, 1988.
2. Arbafi qaß√id
Four poems praising and invoking the Prophet.
i) Q. lmiyya: Jamafita wa-jüdan haybatan wa-jall * Wa-

abßarta min dh bahjatan wa-jaml
Composed whilst on his way to Beijing, October 1963,
respoding to an invitation by the head of the Islamic community
there, Burhn al-Dın.
ii) Q. nüniyya: Dumüfiun ka-raqrq al-lujayni tubarhinü * fiAl
ßidqi shawqı baynam ’l-waqtu mawhinü
Composed in Madına, 10 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1383/ 23 April1964.
iii) Q. r√iyya: Huwa’l-˛ibbu Ibrhımu qad j√a z√ir * Li-
A˛mada khayr al-filamına wa-shkir
Uttered in Medina in the same year.
iv) Q. b√iyya: Wa-in sa√alü qad zurtum al-farma fiqib * Wa-
hal at’haf al-zuwwru minhu mawhib
Composed in Aswan, Egypt, 16 May, 1964.
Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1384/1964 (copy in NUPaden,
255).
3. Ba˛th fı thubüt ru√yat al-hill
On the question of sighting the new moon to mark the beginning of a
month (especially Rama∂n).
Publ. ed. Sh. al-Tijnı b. fiAlı Cissé, Casablanca: M al-Najt al-jadıda,
1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 43).
Abridgt. by author, Kashf al-ghumma (q.v.).
4. al-Bayn wa’l-tabyın fı ’l-Tijniyya wa’l-Tijniyyın

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 8.
Publ. by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, Dakar, 1988 (copy
in UBMIA/TIJ, 13a)); Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, n.d. [c. 1997] (copy in
UBMIA/TIJ, 13b).
5. al-Budür al-su††afi fı shar˛ al-Murhaft al-qu††afi

Comm. on al-Murhaft al-qu††afi by Mu˛ammad Niasse (q.v.), written in
Rama∂n 1347/ February 1930.
MS: copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 3.
282 CHAPTER SIX
6. Dafiwa il wa˛dat al-muslimın fı ’l-Sinighl

MS: Kaolack, 162.
7. al-Dawwın al-sitt
A collection of six dıwns of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse totalling 2,972 vv.,
followed by a seventh entitled Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı j√a bi’l-
ßidq, composed in Rabıfi I 1379/4 September - 4 October 1959 —all
poems in praise of the Prophet. At the foot of the page are explanatory
notes by Abü Bakr fiAtıq (see ALA II, 287) and Mu˛ammad al-Thnı b.
al-˘asan (Sani Kafanga, see ALA II, 304), partly based on the work of
Sh. Ma˛müd Salga, with additional help from Sh. fiAlı Cissé. The dıwns
contained in the volume are as follows:
i) Taysır al-wußül il ˛a∂rat al-rasül
ii) Iksır al-safidt fı mad˛ sayyid al-sdt
iii) Salwat al-shujün fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ma√mün
iv) Awthaq al-fiur fı mad˛ khayr al-war
v) Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm
vi) Mansik ahl al-widd fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd
Publ. n.p.[Dakar], by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün Niasse, 1988 (copy in
UBMIA/TIJ, 8a); Beirut: Mk. al-Thaqfiyya - Khartoum: Mk. al-Tawfıq,
1415/ 1995 [also containing Kanz al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-awwalı
wa’l-khirın, and Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı j√a bi’l-ßidq]. (copies in
NU/Hunwick, 486, UBMIA/TIJ, 8b).
8. Fat˛ Makka
Extract of the author’s Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar (q.v.).
Opens: fiAllilünı bi-fat˛ı Makkata shams * Li-˛urübi ’l-Hdı bi-düni
qitlı
MS: Kaolack, 23.
9. al-Fay∂ al-A˛madı fı ’l-mawlid al-Mu˛ammadı

Publ. Kano, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 292); Kano: Bola Print, n.d. (copy
in UBMIA/TIJ, 63); also publ. in al-Majmüfi al-kmila li-afiml al-
mawlid al-nabawı (q.v.).
10. al-Fay∂a al-jriya fı mafinı al-Islam wa’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn., n.d. ( copy in NU/Hunwick, 61).
11. ˘adıqat al-anwr fı-m i˛taw fialayhi qawfiid al-Islm min al-
˛ikam wa’l-asrr
Address given at the Emir’s palace, Kano.
Publ. Kano:Northern Maktabat Press, n.d.
12. al-Hijra al-kubr wa-tashawwuq al-n÷im il tilka ’l-biqfi

Extract of Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar (q.v.). Opens: Fa-at
‡aybat an bi-amri ilhı * Qawiya ’l-Muß†af bi-tilka ’l-˛ijlı
MS: Kaolack, 24.
13. al-˘ikam al-qu†biyya al-ma√khüdha min al-qalam al-sirinbiyya

Comm. on Sürat al-Fti˛a and some other Qur√nic verses by Sh.
Ibrhım Niasse, compiled by his brother Abü Bakr, known as Serigne
Mbaye (hence in the title: ma√khüdha min al-qalam al-sirinbiyya). An
appendix contains a short statement by Sh. Ibrhım, justifying his claims
to be a walı and a qu†b.
14. al-˘ujja al-bligha fı kawn idhfiat al-Qur√n s√igha

Argument in favour of the recitation of the Qur√n being broadcast,
reflecting a controversy in Nigeria. The Emir of Zaria, Jafifar b. Is˛q,
had argued against it (see ALA II, 360).
Publ. Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1375/1956 (with poems of
taqrı÷ by three disciples of Shaykh Niasse); Beirut: Markaz al-Abjadiyya
li’l-∑aff al-Taßwırı, 1401/1981; Dakar, n.d. [c. 1988] by Mu˛ammad al-
Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, 1988 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 52).
15. Ifdat al-murıd fı ’l-jawb fial as√ilat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad

al-fiˆd
Responses to 26 questions on Tijnı practice raised by a Tijnı
muqaddam.
MS: NU/Paden, 310.
Publ. Kano, for al-˛jj fiAlı b. Malam ˘amza; and in Jawhir al-ras√il
(q.v.).
16. Ifrıqiyy li’l-Ifrıqiyyın

284 CHAPTER SIX
Response to an article by Archbishop Lefebvre of Dakar which appeared

in La France catholique of 19 December 1959, attacking Islam and
African nationalism. Analysis in Samb (1972), 223-6.
Publ. Lagos: Times Press, 15 Rama∂n 1379/13 March 1960; trans Gane
Samb Lo, L’Afrique aux Africains, with Lumières sur la Tijâniyya, and
Les Trois étales de la religion, Saint-Louis: Association Sciences et
Services dans l’Islam Eternel, 2001.
17. Ijbat fatw fı tahfut al-ßüfiyya

Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1964 (copy in NU/Paden, 286).
18. Irshd al-srın il fiadam al-hrın

On the question as to whether or not zakt has to be paid on groundnut
(Wolof: harin) crops, written in 1355/ 1936. C.f. Q. no xvi below.
MS: Kaolack (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 12).
19. Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın

A collection of collections of poems by Sh. Ibrhım, selected by Ibrhım
Balarabe Jega (see ALA II, 244) from the “Great Dıwn” established by
Sh. fiAlı Sısay (Cissé), apparently in 1374/1954. The collections
contained in this volume are as follows:
i) Jabr al-kasr
ii) Tu˛fat a†yib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b Sı. Abı ’l-fiAbbs
iii) Jal√ al-ßudür fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-bu˛ür wa-marthıhim
iv) Nawdir al-˛ikam li-ß˛ib jmifi al-kalim wa-waßy ’l-
murıdın wa-†ullb al-fiilm
v) Mift˛ al-fia†iyya fı ’l-istightht bi-khayr al-bariyya wa-
bi-walidihi ß˛ib al-khatmiyya wa’l-katmiyya
vi) al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı ’l-tawassul bi-aw√il al-suwar wa-bi-
˛urüf al-yt al-ghurar
vii) ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs
Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1979; [Cairo]: Dr al-Nahr, n.d.
[1996]. (copy in NU/Hunwick, unaccessioned).
20. Jawâb ‘an risâlat ba‘∂ al-muntamîn ilâ’l-’ilm

Also called R. il Niamey.
Publ. Kano, Northern Maktabat Press, 1395/1975 (copy in Bayreuth/TIJ,

5).
21. Jawhir al-ras√il

A collection of short prose works by Sh. Ibrhım Niys, edited and
published by A˛mad Abü ’l-Fat˛ b. fiAlı al-Yarwwı in 2 vols. (see ALA
II, 400).
Publ. n.p., n.d.
22. Kanz al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-awwalın wa’l-khirın

Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt, Beirut: Mk. al-Thaqfiyya - Khartoum: Mk.
al-Tawfıq, 1415/ 1995.
23. Kashf al-ghumma fı raffi mir√ fiulam√ al-umma fı ikhtilfihim fı ’l-

ahilla
Treatise on the question of establishing agreed dates for the beginning
and end of Rama∂n. Abridged version of Ba˛th fı thubüt ru√yat al-hill.
Publ. Kano, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 259).
24. Kshif al-ilbs fian fay∂at al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs

Completed 18 Mu˛arram 1350/5 June 1931, with a dhayl written on 8
Mu˛arram 1351/14 May 1932. Written to promote the Tijniyya, and to
justify his claim to being the “master of spiritual emanation” (ß˛ib al-
fay∂a).
MS: NU/Falke, 331.
Publ. Casablanca, n.d.; Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1371/ 1952,
1380/1961 (copy in NU/Paden), 251; n.p., 1988; Cairo: Dr al-Nahr,
n.d. [c. 1996] (copy in NU/Hunwick, 475); repr., Kano by Mu˛ammad
Salgha, 1971; repr. Dakar, by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün, 1988 (copy in
UBMIA/TIJ, 10); Publ.by al-˛jj A˛mad Rifafiı al-K-t-bı [Nigeria],
1371/ 1952 (copy in NU/Hiskett Coll., 305).
25. al-Khamr al-˛all fı mad˛ sayyid al-rijl

See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6.
Publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il.
26. al-Khi†b al-sanawı

Address for the Prophet’s Birthday, delivered in Kaolack, 1384/1964.
286 CHAPTER SIX
Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d., followed by Q. r√iyya:

Waliyyukum awliy√ Allh
27. Khu†ab
Many of Sh. Ibrhım Niys’s addresses are contained in Jawhir al-
ras√il (q.v.). Those listed below are known independently.
i) On the occasion of the marriage of one of his daughters.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Discours, 2d.
ii) al-Khu†ba al-˛amıda al-jmifia li’l-˛ikam al-mufıda
Speech given at Kaduna in 1391/ 1971.
Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn., 1391/1971-2 (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 62).
iii) Khu†ba jalıla.
On the occasion of the Prophet’s birthday.
Publ. Lagos: Times Press, 1380/1960; Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn.,
n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 260); also publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il.
iv) al-Khu†ba al-Müritniyya
Delivered in January 1968.
Publ. Kano: Oluseyi Press, 1388/1968 (copy in Bayreuth/TIJ,
6).; also publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il.
v) Delivered in Kaolack at a festival of Islamic schools.
Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 290); also
in Jawhir al-rasa√il.
vi) Delivered on the occasion of the Prophet’s birthday (al-
mawlid al-nabawı) in 1384/1964.
Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press. 1384/1964.
28. al-Majmüfia al-kmila li-afiml al-mawlid al-nabawı

Contains:
i) Majmüfi qaß√id al-mawlid al-nabawı
ii) al-Fay∂ al-A˛madı fı ’l-mawlid al-Mu˛ammadı
iii) Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar

29. Majmüfi qaß√id al-mawlid al-nabawı

Collection of seven poems celebrating the Prophet’s birthday.
Publ. Kano: Oluseyi Printing Press, 1379/1959-60 (copy in NU/Falke,
1455); Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d.; Kano, n.d. (copy in
NU/Paden, 257); n.p. n.d. for Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse
(copy in NU/ Hunwick, 476); also publ. in al-Majmüfia al-kmila li-
afiml al-mawlid al-nabawı (q.v.).
30. Majmüfi ri˛alt al-shaykh Ibrhım

Contains accounts of four journeys, partly in prose and partly in verse:
i) al-Ri˛la al-˘ijziyya al-ül
ii) Nayl al-mafz bi’l-fiawd il ’l-˘ijz
iii) al-Ri˛la al-Gannriyya wa’l-Kumshiyya
Accounts of two journeys: one into southern Mauritania (Gannr in
Wolof), 1371/1951-2, the other to Kumase; see also item 52 below.
iv) Nafa˛t al-Malik al-Ghanı fı ’l-siy˛a fı ar∂ Bamakü wa-
Ghinı, also called al-Ri˛la al-Kunkiriyya
Publ. n.p., by al-Amın b. Ibrhım Niasse, c 1993 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ,
17); by Mammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, Cairo: Dr al-Nahr,
n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 474)
31. Majmüfi thaltha ajwiba

Contains two pieces by Sh. Ibrhım, and one by Emir Jafifar of Zaria on
the question of broadcasting recitation of the Qur√n; see ALA II, 360,
Umar (2002).
32. Majmüfi thaltha khu†ab

Three sermons: for Friday worship, for fiˆd al-fi†r and for fiˆd al-a∂˛.
Publ. in. Jawhir al-ras√il (q.v.).
288 CHAPTER SIX
33. Majmüfi thaltha majlis sunniyya ma√thüra fian khulaf√ murshid

al-slikın wa-murabbı al-murıdın al-qu†b al-rabbnı wa’l-firif al-
ßamadnı Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı
Texts of speeches given in Kano (1372/1952-3), Katsina (1372/1952-3),
and Kaolack (1373/ 1953-4).
Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1956 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 39a).
34. Mansik al-widd fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd

In praise of the Prophet and defence of Tijnı litanies.
MS: NU/Falke, 787.
Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt (q.v.).
35. Maqmt al-dın al-thalth

Publ. Kumase. n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 284.); n.p. [Kano] by al-Hâjj
Ibrhım Idrıs Fantü, 1410/1990 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 46a).
36. Masarrat al-majmifi fı mas√il al-jmifi

Written c. 1932 to justify construction of a new Friday mosque.
Publ. in a modified version as Wajh al-ta˛qıq fı kawn jmifi Madına
huwa ’l-fiatıq, Casablanca: M. al-Naj˛ al-Jadıda, 1996.
37. Mift˛ al-naßr fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-dhikr

Poem of intercession through the süras of the Qur√n. Opens: al-˘amdu
mu†laq an li-dht al-brı * Thumma salmhu fial ’l-mukhtri
MS: Kaolack, 18.
38. Mift˛ ra˛mat al-Ra˛ım fı ’l-tawassul bi-bi’smi ’llhi al-Ra˛mn

al-Ra˛ım
Accrostic on Bi’smi ’llhi al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım. Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi
ashkuru ’l-murıd * Wa-artajı min fa∂lihi ’l-mazıd
MS: Kaolack, 16.
39. Mukhtrt fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa-sayyidin Abı’l-

fiAbbs A˛mad al-Tijnı
Contains three treatises by the author:
i) al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat A˛mad al-Tijnı
ii) ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs

iii) Nasım al-riy˛ fı tash†ır qaßıdat sayyidı Ibrhım al-Riyy˛ı
Publ. n.p. [Dakar], by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, 1994
(copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 18).
40. Nafa˛t al-Malik al-Ghanı fı ’l-siy˛a fı ar∂ Bamakü wa-Kunkirı

Also known as al-Ri˛la al-Kunkiriyya. Account of his visits to Bamako
and Conakry in 1367/1947. Opens: ˘amdan li-man fı dhikrihı qul sırü *
Fı ’l-ar∂i man sar lahu bashıru
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Récits de Voyage, 2; Jos,
1307; Kawlakh, 27; NU/Falke, 606, 2822.
Publ. Kaolack, by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, 1988
(copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 2a); also in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım.
41. Naßı˛a minnı il ’l-ikhwn

Another title for Rü˛ al-adab.
MSS: NU / Falke, 2822; NU/Paden, 280.
42. Nayl al-mafz bi’l-fiawd il ’l-˘ijz

Poem celebrating his second pilgrimage journey via Lagos, Kano, Rome
and Cairo, written in 1370/1951. Opens: ˘amdan li-man fiallaman fı ’l-
Baqarah * A˛km ˛ajj al-bayti ˛ına dhakarah
MSS: Kaolack, 26; NU/Paden, 264, 289.
Publ. Kano, c. 1384/1964-5 (copies in NU/Paden, 264, 289); also
included in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım.
43. Naßs al-kalima allatı alqh Ibrhım Niys fı ar∂ Marrkish fı ’l-
˛aflat allatı uqımat fı ihd√ qfiat Jmifiat al-Qarawiyyın bi-munsabat
dhikr ta√sısih
Speech given in 1959 at festivities commemorating the founding of the
Qarawiyyin mosque-college in Fez.
Publ. by Mu˛ammad al-Rjı, n.p. [Kano?], n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ,
71).
44. Nujüm al-hud fı kawn nabiyyin af∂al man dafi il ’llh wa-had
Analysis in Samb (1972), 221-3.
Publ. Rabat: Imp. Aminiyya, 1962; Ibadan, 1388/1968-9.
290 CHAPTER SIX
Trans: Stars of the Good Way, Paris: Imprimerie de Carthage, n.d.;

Astres de la bonne voie, Paris: Imprimerie de Carthage, n.d.
Mouhammad: l’élu de la création, n.p.{Dakar?]: L’Association Sciences
et Services dans l’Islam Eternel [ASSISE], 2001.
45. Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar

Verse work on the life of the Prophet.
Publ. Zaria. 1962 (copies in NU/Paden, 258, 282); also publ. in al-
Majmüfia al-kmila li-afiml al-mawlid al-nabawı (q.v.).
46. Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı ja√ bi’l-ßidq

Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt, Beirut: Mk. al-Thaqfiyya - Khartoum: Mk.
al-Tawfıq, 1415/ 1995.
47. al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı

Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1964 (with ‡ayyib al-anfs; Zaria:
Gaskiya Corpn., n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 265); also publ. in Mukhtrt fı
sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa-sayyidin Abı ’l-fiAbbs A˛mad al-
Tijnı.(q.v.)
48. Nuzhat al-asm√ wa’l-afkr fı mad˛ al-Amın wa-mafinı ’l-Mukhtr

Constitutes the six original dıwns of his al-Dawwın al-sitt (q.v.). Later
editions also include Nür al-˛aqq (q.v.)
Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn, n.d.(copy in NU/ Paden, 256).
49. Qaß√id
Most of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse’s poems have been published in collections;
those listed below are manuscript copies of individual poems.
i) Q. b√iyya: Aghit˛ aghith y mughıth al-kawn lı kurbı *
Bi’l-Muß†af ’l-muntaq min jumlat al-fiarabı
MS: Kaolack, 4.
ii) Q. b√iyya: Farartu li’l-Kfı ’l-Muhaymin al-Raqıb * Fa-
kuffa aydı ’l-baghyi rabbi lı raqıb
Accrostic of Qur√n 2: 137.
MS: Kaolack, 14.
iii) Q. b√iyya: Kubb al-fiaduwwu fa-inna ’llha ghlibuhü *

Fa’l-mawtu †libuhu wa’l-mawt slibuhü
Poem written to spite his opponents after his party lost an
election in the 1950s.
MS: Kaolack, 20; NU/Falke, 638.2.
iv) Q. b√iyya: A-l ra˛im al-ilhu akhı wa-˛ibbı * Ab Bakrin
fat√ı wa-ra√sa ßa˛bı
Elegy for his brother Abu Bakr Serigne Mbaye (c. 1973).
v) Q. dliyya; Bal inna hdhı ar∂u ‡h Mu˛ammadı * Fa-
dhka fiAqıq un dhka Silfiun wa-Gharqadü
In 26 vv. Dated 13 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1382/7 May 1963, on the way to
Madına.
Publ. with Q. Mımiyya: Khayl un sar am inna rakbı yammam,
n.p. [Kano]. n.d.; also publ. in Sayr al-qalb.
vi) Q. dliyya: Innı ’ttakhadhtu rasül Allhi mustanadı *
˘iss an wa-mafinan wa-m arjü siw sanadı
MS: Kaolack, 22.
vii) Q. dliyya: Y rabban ßalli fial Mu˛ammadı * fiAbdika

dh nabiyyika ’l-mumajjadı
MS: Kaolack, 15.
viii) Q. dliyya: Mawl ’l-bariyyati bi’l-nabiyyi Muhammadı *
Anzil sa˛√iba rahmatin li-Muhammadı
Elegy of 28 vv. for his brother Mu˛ammad Zaynab (d.
1366/1947).
MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 76 (in the hand of Muhammad
b. al-Hasan Cissé).
ix) Q. f√iyya: Laqad ruziqtu widd al-Muß†af wa-ßaf *
Waqtı bi-mawlidihı abıtu fiinda ∑af
MS: Kaolack, 3.
x) Q. f√iyya: fiAkaftu fial bb al-nabiyyi Mu˛ammadı * Wa-
man ftanı lam ulfa min dhka safü
Publ. Text forms the concluding section of R. al-tawba (q.v.).
292 CHAPTER SIX
xi) Q. h√iyya: Ataytu bb ilh al-khalqi multabis * Bi-

˛awbatı wa-shanıfi al-fifili y Allhu
MS: Kaolack, 19.
xii) Q. hamziyya: Urıtu bi-khayr al-khalqi khayra mar√ı *
Naf al-shakka wa’l-asw wa-kulla mir√ı
In 40 vv.
Publ. n.p. [Kano], n.d., for Thni Abü Bakr ∂an fiAf (foll. by Q.
y√iyya: Wusülu jamıfi al-msikına).
xiii) Q. hamziyya: Li-dh idh fiamma khawfun kulla an˛√ı *
Bi’l-Muß†af artajı amnı wa-ifil√ı
MS: Kaolack, 5.
xiv) Q. lmiyya: Li-dh ’ntaßartu bi-manßür al-ilhi
mal(*)dhı fı ’l khu†übi ˛abıbu ’llhi jalla fial
MS: Kaolack, 6.
xv) Q. hamziyya: Li-‡h nabiyyi ’l-anbiy√i than√ı * Bi-
waqti iqtirbı mithla waqti tan√ı
Written in Jeddah, 3 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1387/3 March 1968.
Publ. n.p., n.d., with Q. lmiyya: Rasülu ilh al-filamına
xvi) Q. kfiyya: Yâ sa√ilan hal Mlikun qad zakk * Gerte fa-
habbu gerte lam yuzakk
On the question of whether zakt is to be paid on peanut crops.
Cf. item 16 above.
xvii) Q. lmiyya: Rasülu ilh al-filamına tafil * Khadımuka
nd y rasülu tafil
In 9 vv.. written on 5 Jumd 1386/22 August 1966.
Publ. n.p., n.d., with Q. hamziyya: Li-‡h nabiyyi ’l-anbiy√i
than√ı; also publ. in Sayr al-qalb.
xviii) Q. mımiyya: Khaylun sar am inna rakbı yammam *
Maw†ina khayr al-nsi li’l-sayri ßammam
Composed as he was preparing to depart by air for his tenth
pilgrimage, and completed whilst at Min on the second day of
the pilgrimage, i.e. 13 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1382/7 May 1963.
Publ. n.p. [Kano], for Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı fiUthmn and Sh. Abü
Bakr fiAtıq, n.d., with Q. dliyya: Bal inna hdhı ar∂u ‡h
Mu˛ammadı.
xix) Q. mımiyya: Mu˛ammadun ’l-Mushrı atka ˛immü *
Wa-arjü min al-Mawl atka marmü
Elegy for Mu˛ammad al-Mushrı (or -Mishrı), a prominent
Mauritanian disciple, in 12 vv., written while on his deathbed in
St Thomas’s Hospital, London in 1975, and recited over the
telephone to Kaolack.
MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 75
Publ. at end of his R. al-tawba, Kano, n.d.
xx) Q. mımiyya: Qad shba shawq al-nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af
adamı * Fa-hal tasılanna min bafid al-dumüfii damı
MS: Kaolack, 2.
Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın.
xxi) Q. nüniyya: Innı ’sta√jartu ’l-dahra bi’l-Muhayminı * Bi-
dh ’l-jiwri ˛uztu kulla ma√manı
MS: Kaolack, 10.
xxii) Q. nuniyya: Laja√tu il ’l-mawl ’l-fialiyyi jalla sh√nuhü
* Li-daffiı wa-jalbı qad kafnı ˛ißnuhü
MS: Kaolack, 21; NU/Paden, 287.
xxiii) Q. nüniyya: Rabbı bi-jhi mujmifi al-shu√ünı * Fa’kshif
kurübı aßli˛an shu√ünı
MS: Kaolack, 17.
xxiv) Q. qfiyya: Wajjahtu wajhı li’l-Qadım al-Bqı * L
∂arranı ˛asadu dhı ’l-nifqi
Accrostic of Qur√n 40: 44, composed in 1362/1942-3.
xxv) Q. r√iyya: Wathiqtu bi-khayri ’l-khalqi fiabdi ’l-
Mudabbiri * Nuzül al-nad li’l-qnifiına wa-mufitarı
MS: Kaolack, 7; NU/Paden, 287. .
xxvi) Q. wwiyya: Mu˛ammadun kullu m fı ’l-rusli fıhi †uwi *
Mu˛ammad un fza minhu al-mißru wa’l-badwi
MS: Kaolack, 1.
294 CHAPTER SIX
Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın, 12.

xxvii) Q. y√iyya: Wusülu jamıfi al-msikına bi-˛abliy *
Ta˛aqqaqahu man lam yukadhdhib bi-rabbiy
Publ. at end of Q. hamziyya: Urıtu bi-khayr al-khalqi
xxviii) Q fı ’l-istightha
Opens: Rabbî tarnı b√isan faqır* fa’r˛am ra˛ımı ’l-b√is al-
faqır.
Acrostic of Qur’ân 28:24.
MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 68a.
Publ. n.p. [Ghana], n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 68b).
xxix) Q. al-˛irz al-manıfi
Opens: Inna lî far˛atan bi-dhikr al-nabı * ˘ubbuhü ßâra zhirı
wa-khafı.
MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 72.
xxx) Q. fı rith√ akhıhi Abı Bakr
Opens: Fa-kha†bun khalîlun fiazzanı fiindahû ’l-ßabrü * Mamtu
˛abıbin fiumruhu ’l-fawzu wa’l-naßrü.
Publ. Dakar: n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 142).
xxxi) Urjüza: ˘asbı ’l-Muhayminu wa-˛asbı ’l-Wqı * ˘asbı
’l-Qadımu ’llhu ˛asbı ’l-Bqı
Acrostic of Qur√n 3:173, composed in 1360/ 1941-2.
Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın.
xxxii) Urjüza: Rabb al-fiibdi Ghfir al-dhunübı * Wa-qbil
al-tawbi bi-taqabbuli tawbı
Accrostic on Qurfin, 23: 29, Rabbi anzilnı munzalan mubrakan
wa-anta khayr al-munzilına
Publ. at end of fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı, Safınat al-safida, Dakar,
1997 (q.v.).
50. Raffi al-malm fian man rafafia wa-qaba∂a iqtid√an li-sayyid al-
anm
Probably written in the early 1940s, it sparked off considerable
controversy.
Publ. Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 272).
51. Raw∂ al-mu˛ibbın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın

52. al-Ri˛la al-˘ijziyya al-ül
Account of his first pilgrimage in 1355/1935.
Publ: Kano, 1960; Kano: M. al-Amıriyya, 138[0?], for Mu˛ammad ∆an
Jinjiri b. al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn. with Nayl al-mafz and Tadhkira man
knü; Kano: M. al-Amıriyya, 1384/1964-5, with Nafa˛t al-Malik al-
Ghanı and Nayl al-mafz (copy in NU/Paden, 259); also included in
Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım (q.v.).
53 al-Ri˛la al-Gannriyya wa’l-Kumshiyya

Accounts of two journeys: one into southern Mauritania (Gannr in
Wolof), 1371/1951-2, the other to Kumase.
Publ. in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım (q.v.).
54 R. il amır Kanü Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı

On the occasion of the deposition of the Emir of Kano, Mu˛ammad al-
Sanüsı, naming him a khalıfa of his.
MS: NU/Falke, 637.
55 R. il bafi∂ al-ikhwn

Disowning any disciple whose conduct might be in conflict with the
sharıfia.
Publ. Kano: n.d., for al-˛jj Rbifi b. al-˛jj Zakariyy Mai Riga.
56 R. il Niymı
Written c. 1975 to address problems similar to those tackled in R. al-
tawba (q.v.).
Publ. Kano: M. Yan Kasa, n.d. [c. 1975]; n.p. [Lagos]: Thnı Awwal
(copy in NU/Hunwick, 219). Also publ. as Jawb li-Ibrhım al-
Kawlakhı ajba bihi fian rislat bafi∂ al-muntamın il ’l-fiilm, Kano:
Northern Maktabat Press, 1395/1975 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 5).
57 R. nfifia
296 CHAPTER SIX
Publ. by Malam Ibrhım b. Malam fiAbd Allh, n.p. [Kano], n.d. (copy
in UBMIA/TIJ, 50).
58 R. al-Qur√n
Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1388/1968 (copy in NU/Falke,
1462).
59 R. al-tawba
Written 8 Jumd II 1395/18 June 1975. Addressed to his Nigerian
followers warning them against the false claims made by a Nigerian
adversary of the Tijniyya to the effect that Sh. Ibrhım’s Urjüzat al-
tawba amounted to a declaration of his having abandoned the Tijniyya.
The text of the poem is given at the end.
Publ. Beirut: M. Dr al-Kutub, 1975 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 70).; Lagos:
Multazam al-Tabfi al-˛jj Thni Awwal, n.d.; n.p. [Kano], for al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad al-Thni fiUthmn, n.d. (followed by a waßiyya and Sh.
Ibrhım’s last poem, his elegy for Mu˛ammad al-Mushrı).
60. Rü˛ al-adab li-m ˛awhu min ˛ikam wa-adab

Urjüza, written in 1342/1922-3. Opens: Yaqülu Ibrhımu najl al-˛jjı *
fiAbd al-ilhi badrin ’l-wahhjı
MS: NU/Falke, 2086; NU/ Paden, 280.
Publ. Litho,. n.p., n.d; Medina: Dr al-Madına al-Munawwara, n.d (copy
in UBMIA/TIJ, 48); also publ. in fiAlı Cissé, Bughyat al-slikın.
61. Rü˛ al-˛ubb fı mad˛ al-qu†b

His first work, written in 1342/ 1922-3.
MS: Jos, 844.
62. Ru√y
Report of a vision (dated 1382/1963) in which Sh. Ibrhım Niasse
advised the Emir of Kano Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı to handle the problems
facing him with steadfast patience, and a request for people to pray for
al-Sanüsı’s success.
MS: NU/Falke, 1349.
63. Sabıl al-salm fı ibq√ al-maqm

In support of leaving the Maqm Ibrhım at the Kafiba in its original
place, after suggestions that it should be moved to a new location within
the Sacred Mosque.
Publ. n.p., 1963 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 26); Kano: Northern Maktabat
Press, n.d. [c.1413/1993] )copy in NU/Hunwick, 472).
64. al-∑rim wa’l qa∂ıb fı qa†fi awhm ahl al-ßalıb

Opens: Wa˛y un atka min al-ilh al-afi÷amı * L rayba fı hdh li-
ghayri jahannamı
MS: Kaolack, 8.
65. Sayr al-qalb li-mad˛ al-Muß†af al-˛ibb il ˛a∂rat al-rabb

The last dıwn of Sh. Ibrhım Niys.
Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn, n.d., for al-˛jj ∆an Jinjiri b. al-˛jj fiAbd
al-Ra˛mn Mai Adua; Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1976 (copies in
NU/Hunwick, 359; UBMIA /TIJ, 47a). Cassette tape containing extracts
recited by Mouhammad Taha Abdoulaye Ibrahima Niass, published by
al-Ruwwd li’l-intj al-fannı wa’l-tawzıfi, Cairo, 1998.
66. al-Shaykh al-Tijnı huwa ’l-qu†b al-maktüm

On the spiritual position of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, based on a document
written infiAyn M∂ı, which Sh. Ibrhım found in his father’s papers.
Publ. n.p. [Kano?], n.d. (copies in NU/ Paden, 303, UBMIA/TIJ, 54a).
67. Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ Sayyid al-anm

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 2a.
Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt as Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm;
and in Nuzhat al-asm√.
68. Sil˛ al-ßli˛ın fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-†li˛ın

Poems, accrostic of Qur√n, 40:44. Opens Wuqıtu sharra ’l-insi mafia ’l-
jinni * Li-anna sayyida ’l-war mujinnı
MS: Kaolack, 16.
69. al-Sirr al-akbar wa’l-kibrıt al-a˛mar

On the doctrine and merits of the Tijniyya.
MS: NU/Falke, 595; Kaolack (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 1a)
298 CHAPTER SIX
Publ. in Mai Gari (1981), 410-59.
70. Tabßirat al-anm fı anna al-fiilm huwa al-imm

Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d.
71. Tabßirat al-anm fı jawz ru√yat al-Brı fı ’l-yaq÷a wa’l-manm

72. Tafsır mafinı al-Qur√n al-karım

Boxed set of 62 cassette tapes in two volumes of sessions of exegesis of
the Qur√n in Wolof given by Sh. Ibrhım Niys between 1950 and
1960. Introduction by Ibrahim M. Diop, personal secretary to Sh.
Ibrhım. Produced by Saite Sall Family Inc., New York.
73. Tanbıh al-adhkiy√ fı kawn al-shaykh al-Tijnı khtim al-awliy√

Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1959 (with copy of Qaßıda no.
xx above); Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d.(copy in UBMIA/TIJ,
25).
74. al-‡qa al-dharriyya al-muwajjaha li-afid√ khayr al-bariyya

Acrostic on Qur√n 3: 147. Opens: Rabb al-Amın wa-rabb al-Muß†af
wa-kaf * Fa ’ghfir dhunüba fiubayd in qad fiaß wa-jaf
MS: NU/Falke, 1988; NU/ Paden, 250, 283.
75. Taqwiyat al-∂afiıf fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-Qur√n al-sharıf

Opens: Fa’s√al al-mawl bi-khayr al-nsı * al-Fliq al-ißb˛i ka ’l-
miqbsı
MS: Kaolack, 12.
76. Tawsifiat al-fiilm wa’l-fiirfn li’l-shuyükh wa’l-shubbn

Address delivered in Kano in 1391/1971-2.
Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. [c. 1972].
77. Tawßiyat al-a˛bb alladhına bafiudü fiann wa-tabshır

Acrostic on Qur√n 40: 44, composed 22 Shawwl 1375/ 2 June 1956.
Opens: Waliyyukum awliy√ Allhi idh makarü * makran huwa ’llhu
mawl ’l-khalqi fa’ß†abirü
MSS: NU/Falke, 674, 1452.2; NU/Paden 285; and within NU/Falke,

1293, and NU/Paden, 341.
Publ. at end of Khi†b sanawı (see no. 27 above).
78. ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs

Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın (see no. 21 above); and in Mukhtrt
fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa-sayyidin Abı’l-fiAbbs A˛mad al-
Tijnı (see no. 39 above); and in al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat Sı. A˛mad al-
Tijnı (see no 46 above).
79. Taysır al-wußül il ˛a∂rat al-rasül

Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt (q.v.).
Trans. extracts in Samb (1972), 227-35.
80. Tu˛fat ahl al-˛∂ira bi-m yanfafi al-˛ajj siyyam bi’l-†jira

Publ. ed. Sh. al-Tijnı b. fiAlı Cissé, Casablanca: M. al-Najt al-jadıda,
81. Tu˛fat al-a†fl fı ˛aq√iq al-affil

On the conjugation of verbs; see Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6.
Publ. Nouakchott, n.d., for Mu˛ammad Slim b. Mu˛ammad Mawlüd.
(copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 22a).
82. Urjüzat al-tawba

Poem in 19 vv., composed as he was returning from his sixth pilgrimage
in 1377/1958. Opens: Bi’smi’l-ilhi tubtu innı tubtü * Tubtu li-m
fafialtu aw m qultü.
Publ. text at back of R. al-tawba (q.v.).
83. Waft al-Muß†af ßall ’llhu fialayhi wa-sallam

Extract of the author’s Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar (q.v.).
Opens: Aflata shams al-dıni idh nma ‡h * Thumma fiamm al-war
÷alm al-∂allı
MS: Kaolack, 25.
300 CHAPTER SIX
84. Wajh al-ta˛qıq fı kawn jmifi Madına huwa ’l-fiatıq

Publ. Ed. Sh. al-Tijnı b. fiAlı Cissé, Casablance: M al-Najt al-jadıda,
85. Waßiyya
Last will and testament of Sh. Ibrhım, written 16 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1393/ 10
January 1974, just over seven months before his death. He appoints his
son fiAlı Sısay [Cissé] to be his khalıfa. He gives him the right to sell his
property including books, but not his manuscripts, while expressing the
hope that that will not be necessary. His father’s library is to remain a
waqf. He is to be buried behind the congregational mosque [in Kaolack]
at a spot of their choice. His male and female slaves are to be freed;
concubines who have not borne children are to be given a portion from
his estate, as are divorced wives who otherwise have no such rights. The
imamate of the mosque goes to fiAlı Cisse and then to his son al-˘asan;
the imamate of the zwiya is to go to Sh. Ibrhım’s sons and to his
brothers’ sons in turn as fiAlı Cisse and the shaykh’s eldest son al-˛jj
fiAbd Allh see fit.
MS: Copy of MS in the handwriting of Niasse, 16. Dhü ’l-Hijja 1393/10.
Jan. 1974 (UBMIA/TIJ, 80).
Publ. at end of R. al-tawba, Kano, n.d; in Mai Gari (1981), 344-5.
86. Wathıqa fı ’l-tafiziya fial waft akhın al-˛jj al-Tijnı fiUthmn

Letter of condolence to his Nigerian followers on the death (in
December 1970) of A˛mad Tijnı fiUthmn of Kano in a car accident
(see ALA II, 284). The published edition of the letter is followed by an
elegy by an otherwise unknown Nigerian, Mu˛ammad Fani b. fiAlı.
Publ. Kano, n.d.[1390/1971]; copies in NU/Hunwick, 233.1,
UBMIA/TIJ, 32).
87. Ziydat al-jawhir min yawqıt alf÷ wa-durar ˛ikam fı funün

fiulüm shatt
Supplement to Jawhir al-ras√il.
Publ. ed. A˛mad b. fiAlı Abü ’l-Fat˛, n.p. [Maidugari], 1410/1990 (copy
in UBMIA/TIJ, 10).
88. Translations In French

Translated by Gane Samb Lo.
Trois oeuvres choisies, traduites et annotées de Cheikh Ibrâhîm Niass:

i) Lumières sur la Tijâniyya
ii) L’Afrique aux Africains
iii) Les trois étapes de la religion
Publ. n.p. [Dakar]: L’Association Sciences et Services dans
l’Islam éternel [ASSISE], 2001.
fiALˆ B. AL-˘ASAN CISSE, known in Nigeria and Ghana as Sı. fiAlı

Cisse, and in Senegal as Serigne Aliou, b. 1905 d. 1982
Source: Paden (1973), 123; Hiskett (1980).
Born in Josom in Central Senegal, he belongs to the first generation of

disciples of Sh. Ibrhim Niasse. Although apparently named as khalıfa of
Sh. Ibrhım, he surrendered this right to the shaykh’s eldest son fiAbd
Allh (q.v.). However, he retained the right to the imamate of the Great
Mosque of Kaolack, and upon his death was succeeded by his son al-
˘asan, who still exercises that function (for information on him, see the
web site <http//:www.tijaniyya.com/hassancisse.htm>). fiAlı Cissé was
the most senior of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse’s deputies, and was in charge of
the shaykh’s affairs when Sh. Ibrhım was on tour.
He travelled widely in West Africa, and was well known among the
Ghanaian and Nigerian disciples of the Niassene Tijniyya. Most
disciples from those regions who visited the Kaolack zwiya would stay
in his house or study with him. This explains the significant number of
poems celebrating his learning and piety that have been composed in
Hausa and Arabic (see Hiskett, 1980).
In the Niassene zwiya of Medina Kaolack, fiAlı Cissé was in charge
of two major activities: teaching Islamic sciences and initiating people
into the tarbiya.
1. Aw∂a˛ al-burhn fı radd m zakhrafahu ahl al-buhtn

2. Bughyat al-slikın wa-raw∂at al-wßilın

Includes the text of Sh. Ibrhım’s Rü˛ al-adab, and five short qaß√id of
his.
302 CHAPTER SIX
Ms: NU/Paden, 349.

Publ. Ibadan Shukr Allh Press, nd. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 133).
3. Irshd al-ikhwn il m yajmafi al-qulüb fial ’l-Ra˛mn

Publ. by Sani Kafanga, n.p. [Kano], n.d. [c1389/1969 (copy in UBMIA)
Kano: Oluseyi Press, 1389/ 1969-70 (copies in NU/ Falke, 1262,
UBMIA/TIJ, 134.
4. K. al-mikhzam
written in 1350/1931.
MS:copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 131).
5. Tarjamat al-mu√allif
A biography of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, published as Foreword to the 1988
edition of Kshif al-ilbs, (q.v.).
fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S b. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H called al-˘jj

fiAbd Allh, b. 1928, d. 2001
The eldest son of Ibrhım Niys, he succeeded to the leadership of the
Niassene Tijniyya on the latter’s death in 1975 after fiAlı Cisse had
stood down. Like all his brothers and sisters, he received most of his
training in Senegal, at the hands of his father and a Mauritanian scholar,
Sh. Rabbnı. A scholar of high learning, he has taught and opened
several schools in Senegal. Moreover, he has maintained close ties with
the disciples of his father throughout the world. He also completed
building the Great Mosque of Madına Kaolack. He has given a number
of sermons and lectures on different topics, that have been tape-
recorded, but not yet published.
1. Risla maftü˛a il sa√ir al-ikhwn wa’l-a˛bb fı ’llh.

Publ. Kaolack, n.d. (market edition).
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S

called Bba Lamin b. 1941
He received Qur√nic and traditional Islamic education in his father’s
school in Madına Kaolack. In the early 1960s, he went to Rabat, being
among the first generation of Senegalese scholars of Arabic to study
there. After completing high school in Morocco, he went to Egypt to

attend al-Azhar University. He obtained his bachelor and Master’s
degrees in Law from Al-Azhar and returned to Senegal. He was given an
appointment in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in 1975, and since then
has served as a diplomat in several countries, including Algeria, Egypt
and Saudi Arabia. He is now the Consul-General of Senegal in Saudi
Arabia.
He has traveled widely in the Muslim world giving lectures and is now
one of the leading muqaddams of the Niassene Tijniyya.
1. Bahjat al-qulüb wa’l-qawlib fı na÷m d√irat al-ma†lib

Vers. of the D√irat al-ma†lib of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse (publ. in Jawhir
al-ras√il). Opens: Y ’llhu y alifu ßalli d√im * Wa-sallim fial
’lladhı qad wusim
Publ. Jeddah, by Mu˛amamad al-Amın Ndiaye, n. d.
2. Mirqt al-aßfiy√ il kanz al-awliy√.

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-fialiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Rabb al-khal√iq al-karımi
al-ßamadı. Vers. of the Kanz al-awliy√ of Sh. Ibrhim Niasse (publ. in
Jawhir al-ras√il).
Publ. Jeddah, by Mu˛amamad al-Amın Ndiaye, n. d.
3. ˘adıth al-nafs
Opens: ˘adıth al-nafsi yadh’habu bı wa-ytı * Yu˛arriku skinı yuqßı
subtı. 19 vv. composed 20 May 1997.
Publ. Jeddah, by Mu˛amamad al-Amın Ndiaye, 1997.
4. Q. b√iyya: Rabbi bi-hijrat al-rasül al-rashdı * Fal-tahdin li-

subul al-rashdı
Acrostic of Qur√n, 18: 10. 9 vv. in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad,
written 1422/ 2001.
MS: Kaolack.
5. Q mımiyya: Dr al-˛abıbi ataytuh fajran fa-l * A÷faru bi-luqy ’l-

˛jjı fıh lam u√lim
Elegy for his brother fiAbd Allh Niasse, written in 2001.
MS: Kaolack.
304 CHAPTER SIX
6. Q. b√iyya: Mafia jumüfiin min al-mu˛ibbına qumn * Nata˛arr

hill shahrin ˛abıbı
39 vv., written 1422/ 2001
MS: Kaolack.
A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S, known as Cheikh Tidjane

Niasse, b. c. 1932
Paden (1973), 123; Hiskett (1980).
The third son of Ibrhım Niasse, he has travelled extensively to visit the
disciples of his father in countries such as Nigeria, Niger, Chad,
Cameroun, and Ghana.
1. al-Ba˛th wa’l-taw∂ı˛ fı ˛aflat al-ziff wa’l-tafimım

On wedding celebrations and the wearing of turbans.
Publ. Lagos: Prinko Lagunju, n.d. [1966], with Yoruba and English
translations (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 87).
2. Ifiln hmm wa-dafiw shmila li-majlis al-ßüfiyya wa-dhikr mawlid

ßa˛ib al-fay∂a al-Tijniyya al-Shaykh Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Niys
Speech given in Ngaoundere, Cameroun, on the occasion of Sh. Ibrhım
Niasse’s birthday.
Publ. Yola: Maftahu Printing Press, n.d. [1996] (copy in UBMIA/TIJ,
86).
3. al-Jawb fial su√l al-muqaddamın fı Njamın

MS: written in N’Djamena, 1418/1997 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 85).
A˘MAD b. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S, fl. 1995
1. Hdhihi hiya ’l-Tijniyya

Publ. in Ibrhım Niys, al-Bayn wa’l-Tabyın, Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, n.d.
[c. 1997] (copy in UBMIA)
MU˘AMMAD al-QURASHˆ b. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S, b. 1956

Seessemann (2000), 424-6.
1. R. il man jarrada al-†arıqa fian al-tarbiya

Written in N’Djamena in reply to an allegation that a descendant of
A˛mad al-Tijnı had condemned the mystical practices introduced by
Sh. Ibrhım Niasse.
Publ. n.p., 1991 (copy in UBMIA/ TIJ, 88).
RUQAYYA bt. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S b. 1930

Samb (1972), 235-6.
A daughter of Sh. Ibrhim Niasse, she was born in Kaolack and trained
in her father’s house by the Mauritanian Sh. Rabbnı. She opened a
number of Islamic schools in Kaolack, where Islamic training is given to
women and children.
1. Tanbıh al-bint al-muslima fı ’l-dın wa’l -duny

Publ: Dakar: Impricap, 1954; trans. extracts in Samb (1972), 236-41;
Kano, Northern Maktabat Printing Press, [c. 1980].
2. ˘a÷÷ al-mar√a fı ’l-Islm

Publ. Kano, Mai-Nasara Press, nd. [c 1987] (copy in NU/Hunwick, 404,
UBMIA/TIJ87).
MARYAM bt. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S, alled al-Shaykha

Maryam, b. 1350/1932-
See Samb (1972), Coulon (1988).
Born in Kossi, a village not far from Kaolack, she was trained in
Qur√anic studies by the Mauritanian Sh. Rabbni and his two sons,
Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd w. Rabbnı and fiAbd Allh w. Rabbnı in her
father’s zwiya in Madina Kaolack. She memorized the Qur√n by the
time she was sixteen and was taught Arabic grammar and syntax, and
Maliki jurisprudence, by the well-known Senegalese scholar Mu˛ammad
Thiam.
In 1950 she was married to a disciple of her father based in Dakar and
she moved to the capital where she opened an Islamic school. Since then
she has been teaching the Qur√n and has trained several thousand
persons in memorization of the Qur√n. During the late 1980s, she
started modernizing her teaching system and opened a number of
306 CHAPTER SIX
kindergarten, primary and high schools in the region of Dakar, which

offer both Islamic and secular education.
1. fiAlqatı mafi al-Qur√n

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 5d.
fiUTHM◊N N’DIAYE, fl. 1930

One of the first disciples of Ibrhım Niasse
1. ∑awrim al-˛aqq wa’l-intißr fı qa†fi afinq al-mutafiaßßibın fial

shaykhin min dhawı ’l-inkr
Response to A˛mad Dem’s Tanbıh al-aghbiy√, which was a criticism of
the teachings of Ibrhım Niasse.
MS: Kaolack (dated 1350/ 1931) (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 136).
AL-˘ASAN B. MU˘AMMAD al-Fütı al-Kawlakhı, called al-˘asan

Dem, d. c. 1989
A disciple of Sh. Ibrhim Niys of Futanke origin, he lived in the
Niassene zwiya at Madına Kaolack for several decades and visited
Nigeria where his writings were published.
1. Kashf al-ghi†√ fian al-fikr al-ßfı fı mafirifat ußül al-dın al-islmı

wa-mafirifat ußül al-Tijniyya
Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 130).
2. al-Khulßa fı ’l-jawb fian amr al-khalıfa

Publ. n.p., 1403/1983 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 128).
3. Nür al-kaml fı mashhad al-rijl

Publ. Kano, Northern Maktabat Priniting Press, 22/2/ 1394; Khartoum:
Matba’at al-Tamaddun, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 129).
4. Nayl al-marm fı su√l al-˛jj Ub Ringim fı ’l-manm

Uba Ringim mentioned in the title is a well-known Tijnı merchant of
Kano.
Written 5 Rabıfi I 1398/13 February 1978.
Publ. Kano, 1397.
5. Ußl al-fiilm wa’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya wa-fa∂√il mawln al-shaykh

A˛mad al-Tijnı ß˛ib al-maziyya
Publ. n.p., 1409/ 1989 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 127).
IBR◊HˆM SAL, b. c 1953

A leading muqaddam of the Niassene Tijniyya, he has toured Europe
and the U.S.A. giving lectures. He taught Arabic at primary schools for a
few years before resigning to be a full time propagator of the order.
1. Maslak al-hud li’l-sufiad√ al-Tijniyyın

Publ. Dakar: Multi-Services-Excellence, nd.; adapted French trans., Le
Guide du Parfait Tijânî aspirant à la perfection, Beirut: Editions al-
Bouraq, 1999.
2. al-Risla wa’l-wilya wa-thamaratuh al-f√i∂a bi’l-fay∂a al-

Tijniyya
Publ. Dakar: Multi-Services-Excellence, nd.; adapted French trans., La
Prophétie, la sainteté et leurs fruits, Beirut: Editions al-Bouraq, 1999.
IBR◊HˆM A˘MAD NIANG, known as Ustdh Barham Niang

Born in the early 1930s, he received his elementary training in Kaolack
before attending Al-Azhar where he graduated. On his return he taught
Arabic for several years in high schools in Senegal before retiring.
1. Amn wa-amn fı tash†ir bafi∂ qaßfiid mauln al-Shaykh Ibrhım

Niys
Elegy for Sh. Nadhır b. Ibrhim Niys.
Publ. in Aßd al-fay∂a, 1, 1998.
2. ◊thr al-taßawwuf fı ˛ayt al-Shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd Allh Niys

Paper presented at the International Conference on the Life and Works
of al-˘jj fiAbd Allh Niys, Dakar, Union Culturelle musulmane, 1986.
3. Mißft al-sidq fı i÷hr al-˛aqq min kitb Mai Gari ˛awla ˛ayt wa-
r√ wa-tafilım al-shaykh Ibrhım Niys
A rejoinder to the polemical bibliography of Sh. Ibrhim by the Nigerian
scholar al-Thir Mai Gari (see ALA II, 555). MS: Kaolack.
CHAPTER SEVEN
SENEGAMBIA II: OTHER TIJ◊Nˆ WRITERS
by
Ousmane Kane and John Hunwick
AL-˘◊ JJ M◊LIK SY, HIS DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS
M◊LˆK b. fiUTHM◊N b. MUfi◊DH b. fiALˆ b. YÜSUF SY known as

al-˛jj Mlik Sy, b c.1855, d. 1922.
(HDS, 255; Abun-Nasr (1965), 143-5 et passim; Robinson (1993); Bousbina (1995-6),
73-6; Bousbina (1996); 181-198; Fall (1995-6), Mbaye (1993): Robinson (1993, 2000b).
Founder of the larger Senegambian Tijani community, Mlik Sy was

born at Gaya near Dagana in northern Senegal. Although born a
Futanke, he was raised among the Wolof and was assimilated to them.
Raised by his maternal uncle Alfa Mayoro Wele who initiated him into
the Tijaniyya †arıqa, Malik Sy became a peripatetic scholar in the 1880s
and toured the regions of Kajoor, Jolof and Walo during that period. He
performed the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1889, as well as visiting the
mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya in Fez, where he was granted i†lq (the
highest Tijnı authorisation) by al-Q∂ıA˛mad Skıraj al-fiAyyshı (see
GAL, S II, 882). On his return he opened a school in Saint-Louis.
Unlike al-˛ajj fiUmar Tall, Maba Diakhou Ba and other early
nineteenth-century Senegalese Tijani leaders, Mlik Sy waged no war
against French invaders. Rather, he peacefully collaborated with them.
In 1902, he settled permanently in the city of Tivaouane in Central
Senegal where he established a zwiya and several Islamic schools, and
enjoyed a good reputation as a teacher. He maintained throughout his
life very good ties with the French colonial administration, who trusted
him a lot. The title of Khalif General of the Tijniyya was granted to his
son Babacar Sy, who succeeded him when he died in 1922. The Sy
S ENEGAMBIA II: OTHER TIJ◊Nˆ WRITERS 309
branch of the Tijniyya still remains the largest Islamic community of

Senegal.
1. Diıwn
Contains 51 poems totalling 5,495 verses.
Publ. Tunis, 1915 (see Samb (1972), 337.
2. Dufi al-ruft
Publ. Rufisque by Serigne Kébé, market edition, n. d.
3. Dufi khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit

Publ. market edition, np. n. d.
4. Dufi√ y man a÷har al-jamıl wa-satar al-qabı˛

Publ. Rufisque, n.d., for Serigne Kebe Keury-Souf (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 468).
5. Fkihat al-†ullb nahj al-Tijanı al-khliß al-aßlb.

MSS: Tivaouane, 22; Kaolack, 31.
6. ˘urüf ∑alt al-Fti˛

Acrostic on ∑alt al-Fti˛
NU/Hunwick, 469).
7. If˛m al-munkir al-jnı fial †arıqat sayyidin wa-wasılatin il

Rabbin A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı
Defence of the Tijniyya and condemnation of those who reject it. See
Samb (1972). 331-2, 340-4; Bousbina (1995-6), 275-380.
8. Kifyat al-rghibın fım yahdı il ˛a∂rat rabb al-filamın wa-

iqmfi al-mu˛dithın fı ’l-sharıfia m laysa lahu aßl fı ’l-dın
According to Samb (1972), 331-2, this work deals with general Islamic
beliefs; for a detailed analysis of the contents, see Bousbina (1995-6),
381-454.
9. Khashm al-Qur√n al-fia÷ım

Publ. with Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit and Khu†bat al-nika˛, Rufisque:
Tirage Serigne Kébé, n.d.
310 CHAPTER SEVEN
10. Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit

Publ. with Khu†bat al-nika˛ and Khu†bat al-nika˛, Rufisque:Tirage
Serigne Kébé, n.d. ( copy in NU/Hunwick, 471)
11. Khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al-fiarab

12 vv. on the life of the Prophet, his family, his entourage, and devotion
to him. Analysis in Samb (1972), 349-53.
MS: Kaolack, 32.
Comm. by author, see below, item 19.
Publ. Dakar: Ecaricom, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 452); Dakar, M. al-
Ra√s al-Akh∂ar, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ 142). Trans. by Idrissa
Mbengue & Mawdo Mbengue, with preface by Moustapha Amadou
Cissé, L’Or décanté, n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 11)
12. Khu†bat al-jumufia

NU/Hunwick, 470)
13. Khu†bat al-nika˛

Publ. with Khashm al-Qur√n al-fia÷ım and Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-
mayyit, Rufisque:Tirage Serigne Kébé, n.d.
14. Qan†arat al-murıd.

Publ: Dakar: Imprimerie P. Monteiro, n. d.
15. Qaß√id
Presumably, most, if not all, of these poems are to be found in his
published Dıwn (see above).
i) Q, fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı
Publ. partial trans. in Samb (1972), 359-60 (full text in Dıwn).
ii) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 360-1.
iii) Q. lmiyya: In kunta bba n li’l najt müfiy *

Mutafialliq an bi-janbin al-˛mı ’l-fialiyyı
MS: Kaolack, 34.
iv) Q. mımiyya: A-bad burüqun tahta jun˛i ÷almı * Am

wajhu Mayyata am rubüfiu shammi
MS: Kaolack,32.
Publ. Rufisque, n.d., by Serigne Kébé; partial trans. in Samb
(1972), 353-5.
v) Q nüniyya: A-l y Dafidu way˛aka nabbi√ını *

Praise of the Prophet.
Takh. by Mu˛ammad al-Amın Ibn Zubayr (q.v.).
Publ. partial trans. in Samb (1972), 355-8.
vi) Q. nüniyya: Rabbi bi-jh al-Muß†af ’l-hdı ’l-amını *

∑all fialayhi rabbun fı kulli ˛ını
Poem of intecession through his shaykhs.
Publ. Rufisque, n.d. by Serigne Kébé .
vii) Poem on the fast of Rama∂n, opposing those who declare

it illicit to announce the end of fasting by telegraph, or the firing
of guns.
viii) Poem on the question of paying zakt on peanuts, since

they are not among crops listed in the Muwa††a√ of Mlik or the
Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. On this question, see also Ibrhım Niasse,
Irshd al-srın il fiadam al-hrın.
Publ. partial trans. in Samb(1972), 346-8.
ix) Poem in praise of his uncle Mayoro Welle

16. Radd man qayyada shurü† al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

MS: Kaolack, 30.
17. R. il jamıfi al-ikhwn

Invented title based on the trans. of Samb (1972), 366. The treatise is
advice to fellow believers in accordance with the ˛adıth: “al-Dın al-
312 CHAPTER SEVEN
naßı˛a”.
18. R. la†ıfa mushtamilafial ˛ikam mufıda

MS: Kaolack, 29.
19. Shar˛ khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al-fiarab

Author’s commentary on his poem in praise of the Prophet.
MS: Tivaouane, 34.
20. Taysır
Book of prayers, in Arabic with romanized transcriptions facing the
texts.
Publ. Dakar: Ecaricom, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 467).
21. Wasılat al-mun fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, known as Taysir

(i.e. item 20 above). Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-taysıri ya ’llhu *
Na÷m al-dararı lahu y ’llhu y ’llhu
Publ. Dakar: Hill, 1973; Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his
son Bashır, with Fa-najjin y khliq al-shay†n [by fiAlı b. Baydi Ba,
q.v.] (copy in NU/Hunwick, 466).
22. Wasılat al-muqarrabın il ˛adrat al-matın, known also as Fa-l

budda min shakw. Opens: Fa-l budda min shakw il ’llahi kurbatı *
Fa-m liya ghayru ’llhi jbiru kasratı
Publ. market edition, n. d. n. p.
23. Zajr al-qulüb

Poem, the title of which is translated in Samb (1972), 364, as “Warning
the heart, so as to turn it away it from its love for the deceptive world.
Publ. 341vv. trans in Samb (1972), 364-6.
ABÜ BAKR SY b. M◊LIK b. fiUTHM◊N called Serigne Ababacar or

Serigne Mbaye Sy, d. 23 Shafiban 1376/25 March 1957.
HDS, 254, Samb (1972), 374-81.
He succeded his father as Khalifa-General of Tijnıs in Senegal after his

father’s death in 1922.
1. ˘urüf ∑alt al-Fti˛

Acrostic on the words of the Tijniyya prayer ∑alt al-Fti˛.
Publ. with intro. by fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy Jamıl, and French trans., Huruf:
Composition à partir des lettres de la “Sallatul Fatahi” de Cheikhal
Khalifa Seydi Ababacar Sy (RTA). Les ruisellements de la splendeur
[Back cover: 1997: Année Khalifa Ababacar Sy, Viatique pour le 21ème
siècle], n.p. [Dakar], n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 475)
2. Ifinat al-wildn
Vv. on the duties of the affiliate to the Tijniyya. Opens: Tasabbaba
fiabd un slikun nahja mlikı * Bi-jamfii ’l-shurü† al-mustaghıthi bi-
mlikı.
Publ. Rufisque, n.d. by Serigne Kébé.
3. Q. lmiyya: Y man yanhü ˛aqqan amalu * Wa-laqad nufiya ’l-

mithlu ’l-mathalu
4. Q. h√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi hdha ’l-shaykhu rabbhu *

Khayru ’l-wujüdi ’lladhi afilhu mawlhu
5. Q. fı mad˛ abıhi
In praise of his father al-˛jj Mlik Sy when he had written his poem on
the life of the Prophet, Khilß al-dhahab.
Publ. trans in Samb (1972), 378-80.

Publ. trans in Samb (1972), 376-8.
7. Q. fı rith√ Alfa Hshim

Elegy for Alfa Hshim (q.v.), who died in 1931.
Publ. partial trans in Samb (1972), 380-1.
314 CHAPTER SEVEN
ABD AL-fiAZˆZ SY b. M◊LIK SY b. fiUTHM◊N

Samb (1972), 398-407.
Son of al-˛jj Mlik Sy and his khalıfa at the Tijnı zwiya of

Tivaouane in succession to his elder brother Abü Bakr (q.v.).
1 Poem in praise of Sh. Hdı Touré

Poem in an admixture of Arabic and Wolof in praise of his brother-in-
law and teacher.
MAN∑ÜR SY b. M◊LIK SY b. fiUTHM◊N b.1892 d. 27 Shafibn

1376/29 March 1957.
The manuscripts listed below are all to be found in the collection of the
author’s brother fiAbd al-fiAzız in Tivaouane.
1. Q. kfiyya: fiAbd al-fiAzız afiirnı qalba üßıka * Waßiyyatan fianka

tashfı kulla m fıka
40 vv. written in 1957 to appoint his brother fiAbd al-fiAzız to the
leadership of the Sy branch of the Tijniyya.
2. Q. dliyya: A-fı ’l-bası†ati ghayr Allahi mafibüdü * Bi’l-˛aqqi

am fı ’l-sam√i li’l-ghayri mawjüdü
In praise of his father Mlik Sy.
3. Q. y√iyya: fiAraftu li-Salm bi’l-yaf√i maghniy * fi◊dat li-

sawnı ’l-mufißirti bawliy
fiABD ALL◊H FALL MAGATTE b. 1324/1907 d. 1409/1989.

Fall (1997).
1. Q. r√iyya: fiAl innan nuhnıka bi’l-bishri wa’l-khayri * Bi-

tazwıjika ’l-fiadhr√a fakhran fial fakhri
12 vv.. acrostic on the name fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy, written to
congratulate him when he married F†ima b. A˛mad Ba.
MS: Saint-Louis: author’s family collection.
2. Q. hamziyya: Uslik al-dahra dh ’l-bah√ı * Bi’l-dhti wa’l-

ßifti wa’l-asm√ı
MS: Saint-Louis: author’s family collection.
fiABD ALL◊H b. SHAYBA SOW
1. Qaßıda istighthiyya bi-jh al-nabı

Opens: Balligh thawba hdhihi ilhı * Hadiyyat an minn li-˛ubb
Allhı.
Publ. Dakar: M. al-Azhar li’l-†ibfia, n. d.
fiALˆ b. BAYDI BA b. 1293/1877 d. 22 Muharram 1368/20 April 1968

He was born into a Fulani family in Gédé in Futa Toto. His mentors in
Arabic and Islamic studies include al-˛jj Kamara and Shaykh Mor
Ngirane and, last but not least, al-˛jj Mlik Sy, with whom he stayed
for several years in Tivaouane. The latter taught him various sciences as
well as initiating him into the Tijniyya. He then instructed him to settle
in Guéoul, a city not far from Saint-Louis to preach for Islam. At Guéoul
where he spent much of his life, he built a huge congregational mosque
and devoted himself to worship, work, and study until his death.
1. Zd al-musfir wa-kifyat al-˛∂ir

Publ. n.p., 1410/1990 (ltho. 44 pp.).
He also has a dıwn including the following poems, all of which are in
the collection of Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb Ba in Guéoul:
2. Qaß√id
(I) By title
i) A˛km al- zawj wa’l-†alq
Opens: Wa-hdhihı ’l-zajaru min fialiyyi * Min nashri shaykhin
’l-ri∂ ’l-fialiyyi
ii) Dufi li’l-ahli wa’l-wildn
Opens: ∑alli wa-sallim Rabban fial ’l-nabı * Wa’l-li wa’l-
ßa˛bi filı ’l-rutabi.
316 CHAPTER SEVEN
iii) al-˘amdu li’l-Ra˛mn:

Opens: ˘amadtuka y Ra˛mnu fı kulli ˛latı * fa˛aqqiq raj√ı
fıka y kulli munyatı.
iv) Khi†b al-nafs
Opens: L tatakabbar wa-l tatajabbar * Innaka fiabdun lasta
bi-shay√ı.
v) Khulßat al-fiulüm
Opens: Qla fiubaydu Rabbihı fialiyyü * ayyadahü bi-naßrihı ’l-
fialiyyü.
vi) Q. fı a˛wl Dakar
Opens: Inna Dakra mafilımu ’l-tidhkri * wa-maw†inun li-
muhazzabi ’l-afkri.
vii) Q. fı ’l-˛aqıqa al-Mu˛ammadiyya
Opens : al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-if∂li wa’l-nifiamı * Wa’l-
manni wa’l-jüdi wa’l-i˛sni wa’l-karamı
viii) Q. fı rith√ al-Sayyida Umm al-khayr
Opens: Hdhihi ’l-raziyyatu jalla ’llhu dhü karami *
Raziyyatun fiammat al-a˛lma bi’l-ghumami
Composed in 1370/1951.
ix) Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh A˛mad Ba
Opens: Y ghfiran kull fiabdin mudhnib in jnı * Y Barru y
Ra˛mnu y ˘nı.
x) Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ’l-aslf alladhına knü fı Sanluwı
Opens: Inna ’l-rubüfia hiya ’l-rubüfiu tala√lu√ * lkin
sawkinuh hümu ’l-aghyri.
xi) Q. al-taslım li’llhi
Opens: Qalbı fufidı shighfı kulliyatı kabidı * aslamtu li-llhi fı
sirrin wa-fı fialanı
xii) Q. al-Tawassul bi-sirr al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı
Opens: Y Rabbı hab lı d√ima ’l-ghufrni * bisirri shaykhı
A˛mada ’l-Tijnı
xiii) Zajr al-ikhwn fian shurb al-khamr.
Opens: Banı zamnı ajıbü lı bi-tibyni * Mimm bihı fiammati

’l-balw li’l-azmni
(II) By Opening Verse:

xiv) A-l fa’smafiü minnı niy˛ata h√imı * Li-hawli n
shadıd h√ilin mutarkimı
in
An elegy of Abu Bakr and Mansür Sy, the two eldest sons of
Mlik Sy who died the same week.
xv) Awfia÷tu nafsiya min amr al-kha†ı√tı * khawf al-suqü†i
fial raw∂ al-baliyytı
xvi) Bushr lan ahla ßalt al-fti˛ı * Fuzn bim yafimalu
kullu ßli˛ı
xvii) Bushr qad in†af√at nırnu Almn * Bi-qudrat Allhi
bushrn fa-bushrn.
Written upon the defeat of Germany in World War II.
xviii) Fa-najjin y khliq al-shay†nı * Min kaydihi wa-salb
al-ımn
Publ. with Wasılat al-mun fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn,
Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.
xix) Ghba fiann ghawthu ’l-war wa’l-wal√ü * fabak ’l-
filamüna wa’l-fiulam√ü
Another elegy for Mlik Sy.
xx) Hdhihı ’l-bishratu l bishrata mithluh * li-tammi
amri ∂iyfatin lam tüjadi.
Composed on the occasion of the visit of General Charles De
Gaulle to Saint-Louis in 1961.
xxi) Hal min mubk in fial qadmin qad imtathal * Awmir
llhi na˛w Allhi qad ra˛al
xxii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * Qad tamma m
rumn bi-˛usni jamlihı
xxiii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yarzuqunı * Min ˛aythu l
a˛tasibu kulla ’l-zamanı
318 CHAPTER SEVEN
xxiv) al-˘amdu li’llhi min qalbı wa-arknı * fiAl ta˛allı bi-

silk al-qu†b al-rabbnı.
Composed on the occasion of his visitation to the shrine of
A˛mad al-Tijnı in Fez (Morocco).
xxv) Khaßßan rabb al-anmı * dhü ’lfia†y wa’l-fii÷mı
In praise of Mlik Sy.
xxvi) Inn li’llhi wa-inn rjifiüna lahü * Jalla tafila fia÷ım
al-mulki wa’l-sha√ni.
An elegy for Ruqiyya Sow.
xxvii) Inna ’l-mu˛arrik al-musakkan alladhı * Yüfi†ı wa-
yamnafiu wa-ghayra dh anbudhı
xxiii) Lan min al-fiumri taf∂ıl an min Allhi * Hadhı ’l-
fiimratu inna ’l-˛amda li’llhi.
Written when he reached the age of eighty.
xxix) Law kna yablughu wßifun m ˛zahu * fiAbd al-fiAzızi
mu†ayyab al-arkni.
In praise of fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy.
xxx) Lı arbafiüna min al-mıldi sinın * Wall ’l-shabbu
wa-Rabbı ’llhu yahdın.
Written when he reached the age of forty.
xxxi) Li’llhi y qawman tübü il ’llhi * Umürakum
fawwi∂ü ˛aqqan il ’llhi.
An elegy for his disciple Samba Ka.
xxxii) M lı ar ’l-fiabarti mithl ’l-dim√i * Fawq al-
khudüdi fa-qultu y l fian√i
An elegy for Mlik Sy.
xxxiii) Qlü ’staslimu kunta fı dh ’l-jıli dh qadami * Wa-
kunta fıhim ra√ısan y akhı ’stalimi.
Composed when A˛mad Bamba returned to Senegal from his
exile in Mauritania, and some of the author’s friends urged him
to abandon the Tijniyya and affiliate to the „Muridiyya.
xxxiv) Qad kuntu fı ˛li ahl al-dahri mufitabir * Li-man
yudrıhim kay yaqta∂ı ’l-wa†ar
xxxv) Qaßurtu fian al-mash√ikhi ajmafiın * Il shaykhı ’l-

murabbı ’l-wlidın
In praise of Mlik Sy.
xxxvi) Rfiü ’l-waßıyyata fiüh qawm al-Tijnı * Wa’l-
tan÷urüh bi-ri∂wnin wa-i˛sni
Urging Tijni followers to regularly attend the recitation of the
Tijnı litany of wa÷ifa.
xxxvii) Salmun mu˛allan bi’l-zabarjadi wa’l-durrı * Wa-yuzrı
fial ∂aw√ al-yawqıti fı ’l-na˛rı
A risla to his friend Abü Bakr Diallo.
xxxviii) Sar rü˛ al-˛abıbi yazüru Rabbı * wa-yarjü minhu
maghfirat al-dhunübı
An elegy for his father.
xxxix) ∑udd al-maß√iba Rabbı la taßul darı * Wa-baynan
Rabbi bfiid bayna ßuldrı
[ßuldr is a rendering of the French word “soldat”]
xl) Tiwwan fı hdh ’l-˛ıni yusta˛sanu ’l-ßabrü * fiAn al-
na÷ri fı ˛ltih yufi÷amu ’l-ajrü
Written during the conflict between rival factions in Tivaouane
for the leadership of Mlik Sy’s family.
xli) Waßiyyatı kullu ıß√in li-fiuthmni * Fal-yastamifi kulla
ißkh√i li-ladhzni
Advice to a disciple of his named fiUthmn Ndiaye.
xlii) Y ’llhu y ˘annnu y Mannnu * Y ˘ayyu y
Qayyümu y Ra˛mnu
A prayer to be recited during the last days of Rama∂n.
xliii) Y ’llhü y kshif al-balw√i  wa’l-ghumamı * y Rabbi
y shfifi al-awjfii wa’l-alamı.
A poem of intercession.
xliv) Y man tunaghghißu dafiban fiinda shurbatin * ba˛r al-
ma˛abbati i÷hran li-fiudwni
xlv) Y man tamunnu fial m shi√ta min karamı * wa-
tafruju ’l-hamma y mawßüfu bi’l-qidamı
320 CHAPTER SEVEN
A poem of intercession.
xlvi) Y man yar m fı ’l-∂amıri mukh†ir * Y man yajüdu
bih narümu takarrum
xlvii) Ya Rabban y qarıbü * Y man ilayka atübü
xlviii) Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabbi dh ’l-ma†arı *
Am†ir ladayn sa˛ban ghayra dh ∂ararı.
A prayer for rain.
xlix) Y †lib al-fiilmi kun fı ’l-fiilmi mufitabir * ta˛uz
ma√thira tughnı ˛aythu m ˛a∂ar
l) Y Momar Seye qad fiarnı * m fiarnı fı jannı
An elegy of Shaykh Momar ˘awa Ndiaga Seye.
li) Y waykha nafsı wa-wayki ’l-nafsu w alamı * idh
ghba fiannıya badrun ˛lata ’l-÷ulamı
An elegy for Shaykh A˛mad Nguirane.
fiABD al-fiAZIZ SY b. M◊LIK SY b. fiUTHM◊N b. 1321/1904 d.

1417/1997
1. Khu†ba
Delivered at the meeting of the Islamic League in Mecca, 1965.
MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb.
2. Khu†ba fı iftita˛ al-Jmifi al-kabır bi-Dakar

Delivered 27 March, 1964.
Publ. Translated extract in Samb, (1972), 401-7.
3. Munqidh al-ikhwn min nazafit al-shay†n

MS: Tivaouane (Sy), uncat.
4. Q. fı mad˛ l Sıh
In praise of the Sy family. Opens: Y la Dimba fa inna ’llha *
Fa∂∂alakum minhu m sh√a min maziyyatı.
MS: Tivaouane, 22 vv.
Unpublished French trans. by Shaykh Tidiane Fall and Mansur Niang. in
collection of fiAbd Allh Fall, Magatte, St.-Louis.
5. Sullam al-murıd fı-m ya˛tju ilayhi fı ’l-drayni min al-Malik

Majıd
Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi√ı * Dhi ’l-˛awli wa’l-qudrati wa’l-
fial√i.
Publ. n.p., n.d.(Market edition).
6. Takdhıb al-mul˛id al-˛asüd Salmn Rushdı al-ma†rüd fı-m

iftar fial ’llh min zawrin buhtnin wa-sabb al-rasül wa-tabdıl al-
Qur√n
A rejoinder to the Satanic Verses of Salman Rushdie. Completed 10
Rajab 1409/17 February 1989.
Publ. Dakar: Offset Gutenberg.
fiABD AL-SAL◊M LO b. MU˘AMMAD, b. c. 1283/1867 d. 1376/1957

A Wolof from Ndieye, a village located between the cities of Kebemer
and Guéoul in northern Senegal, he was initiated to Qur√nic studies by
his father Mu˛ammad Lo. He then moved to Kébémer and stayed a year
studying there. From Kébémer, he went to Ndiarde where he stayed ten
years and received initiation into the Tijniyya from Shaykh Malik Seye.
He then returned to his village and contributed significantly in develop-
ing his father’s Qur√nic school. He devoted much of his life to prea-
ching. At his death, he was buried in his village and his shrine is a place
of visitation. His writings are preserved in the family library at Ndieye.
1. Qaß√id
i) al-Inba il ’llh
Opens: Astaghfir Allha mimm kuntu ffiilahü * Atübu li’llhi
mimm kuntu q√ilahü.
MS: Ndieye, 21 vv.
ii) Naßı˛at al-ikhwn
Opens: Tübü il ’llhi tawban l yukhli†uhü * Ghishshun wa-l
tabtadı fı ufuqihı ’l-kadhib.
MS: Ndieye, 87 vv.
iii) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ wa’l-tawassul.
Opens: Bi-bismi’llhi mabda√ı idh abd * Wa-˛amduhü lı ’l-
muntah idh ahd
322 CHAPTER SEVEN
MS: Ndieye, 101 vv.

iv) Q. fı mad˛ rasüli ’llhi
Opens: Rasül Allhi mift˛u ’l-mazy * fiAdımu ’l-mithli
wahhbu ’l-hady.
MS: Ndieye, 39 vv.
v) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı
Opens: Tijnı laysa mithluka fi ’l-budüri * Wa-l shamsun ka
shamsika fı ’l-÷uhüri.
MS: Ndieye, 78 vv.
vi) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-˛jj Mlik Sy
Opens: Shaykhı ’l-farıdu mlikı * m mithluhü min nsiki.
MS: Ndieye, 62 vv.
vii) Q. fı ’l-shukr wa’l-˛amd
Opens: Nahrı kulluhu darsun wa-ßwmu * wa-laylı kulluhü
dawman qiymu.
MS:Ndieye, 46 vv.
viii) Q. h√iyya: Man kna yarjü siw ’l-Ra˛mni qultu lahü
* ∆ayyafita fiumraka fı lahwin wa-fı fiabathı
MS: Ndieye, 10 vv.
ix) Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-l√i wa’l-nifiamı *
musdı ’l-fa∂√ili mu˛∂i ’l-fa∂li wa’l-karamı
MS: Ndieye, 133 vv.
SAfiˆD b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N WELE b. 1341/1923

Born in Louga, he is a grandson of Alfa Mayoro Wele, the uncle of al-
˛jj Mlik Sy the Great whom he (Alfa Mayoro) initiated into the
Tijniyya. Safiıd Wele learnt the Qur√n with different masters, including
Mor Seck, Demba Ndiaye and Amın Kébé. He spent part of his life in
Tivaouane where he was trained among others by fiAbd al-fiAzız b.
Mlik Sy and his brother Manßür b. Malik Sy. He built an Arabic school
in Gaya (Northern Sénégal). He is now the Khalıfa of the Alfa Mayoro
branch of the Tijniyya based in Gaya. His writings are preserved in the
family library in Louga.
1. ˘ayt al-Shaykh al-˘jj Mlik Sy

MS: Louga, 80 p.
2. Qaßfiid
i) Q. fiash√ fı bayt al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı.
Opens: M sma˛a ’l-dahru min yawmin aladhdha bin * Ka’l-
yawmi ji√n lad dr ibni fiAbbs
MS: Louga, 11 vv.
ii) Q. bi-munsabat al-intikhb bayn Büba Sall wa-Ndiaye
Zalzamn fı Sanluwı Senghor wa-na˛nu ’l-Mru nakhtru
MS: Louga, 18 vv.
iii) Q. fı ’l-radd fial hij√in min a˛ad al-buyti al dıniyya al-
kabıra
Written in 1414/ 1994. Opens: Qad ˛uyyirat jumlat al-†ullbi
wa’l-fiulam√ * Hal ji√ta bi’l-na÷mi aw bi’l-nathri aw bihim.
MS: Louga, 72 vv.
iv) Q. fı mad˛ al- shaykh Abı Bakr Sy al-khalıfa
Opens: Inna fı ’stiw’i ’l-thar najmu ’l-thur fiajazü ’l- * wa-fı
’stiw√i ∂iy√i ’l-kawkabi ’l-qamar
MS: Louga, 28 vv.
v) Q. fı tahni√at al-sharıf fiAbd ’l-fiAzız al-˘asanı
Opens: Y dh ’l-sharıfu karım al-aßli wa’l-nasabi * Mujaddid
al-dıni bi’l-akhlqi wa’l-adabi.
MS: Louga, 9 vv.
vi) Q. fı ziyrat al-sharıf A˛mad ˘aydara fı Mtam
Opens: Humümı min al-duny wußülı li-Mtami * Li-˛ubbı liq√
al-qarmi najli ’bni ˘shimi.
MS: Louga, 9 vv.
vii) Q. San Luwı [St-Louis]
Opens: Tarnı idh m ji√tu drata San-Luwi * fiAl ˛lati m
mithluh shribu ’l-khamri.
MS:Louga, 20 vv.
viii) Q. al-shy.
324 CHAPTER SEVEN
Opens: Fa’l-shyu shif√un in khafıfan munafinafi * Li-s√iri

amr∂i ’l-˛arürati wa’l-bardi.
MS: Louga, 15 vv.
ix) Opens: Sammıhi bi’l-sharıfi dhı ’l-martibi *
Mu˛ammadi ’l-ghlı akhı ’l-mawhibi
Written on the occasion of the naming ceremony of a son of his.
MS: Louga, 11 vv.
x) Tawassul al- asıf bi’l-nabı al-sharıf il Rabbihi al-La†ıf
Opens: Tubn ilayka y ilha ’l-filamın * qbil al-tawbi li’l-
fiibdi ’l-mujrimın.
MS: Louga, 70 vv.
xi) Opens: Uhdı salm an il man ismuhü fialamu * Wa-man
manqibuhü fı ’l-dıni tashtahiru
On seeking a scholarship for one of his relatives at the Islamic
University of Madına [Saudi Arabia].
MS: Louga, 22 vv.
xii) Opens: Y ’bnı wa-y qurrata ’l-fiaynayni y waladı *
summıta bi’l-gidiwı ’l-fütıyyi shaykhi fiUmar.
Written on the occasion of the naming ceremony of one of his
sons.
MS: Louga, 9 vv.
ABABACAR SY b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ SY JAMˆL
1. ˘urüf
Acrostic on the words of the Tijnı prayer ∑alt al-Fti˛.
Publ. with French translation, Huruf: Composition à partir des lettres de
la “Sallatul Fatihi” de Cheikhal Khalifa Seydi Ababacar Sy (RTA). Les
ruissellements de la splendeur [ Back cover: 1997: Année Khalifa
Ababacar Sy, Viatique pour le 21ème siècle, n.p. [Dakar]. n.d. (copy in
NU/ Hunwick, 475)
A˘flMAD DEM b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD MBACKE b.

MU˘AMMAD b. SULAYM◊N b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN, b.
1312/1894-5
Samb, (1972), 249-57; Monteil (1980). 167-9
Of Tukulor origin, he was born and raised in Sokone in Sine Saloum; he

also had distant ancestral connections to the Mbacké family of Touba
and the Sy family of Tivaouane.
He first studied the Qur√n with his paternal uncle. Then he went to
Futa Toro to continue his studies, first with Ibrhım Aw in N’Daibé,
with whom he studied the Risla; then in Walaldé with the brother of
Mu˛ammad Aw, with whom he studied many Islamic sciences,
including astronomy and mathematics. He also acquired the Tijnı wird.
He then went to Thierno Yoro Bal in Guiguilone and studied with him
the Maqmt of al-˘arırı, and the Q. hamziyya (in praise of the Prophet)
of al-Büßırı.
He returned to Sokone, and in 1922, made the pilgrimage to Mecca,
and went on to Baghdad to study Mlikı fiqh. During this journey he
passed through Acre in Palestine, where he underwent a second initiation
into the Tijniyya, after briefly trying out the Naqshabandiyya. Later,
after his return home, he received further initiations and the right to
invest muqaddams from disciples of al-˛jj fiUmar, and personally from
al-˛jj Mlik Sy. He remained a devoted Tijnı, but was firmly opposed
to the teachings of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse.
1. Ajwiba fian as√ila fı ’l-wird al-Tijnı

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme , 9.
2. ∆iy al-nayyirayn
Comm. on the Qur’n in 20 vols. Completed 5 Shafibn 1379/3 February
1960. See Samb (1972), 250, 253-7; see also Mu˛ammad Mus†af
Deme: al-Burhn al-w∂i˛.
Publ. Tanger: Imprimerie du Royaume Marocain (see Samb (1972), 252.
3. Dıwn al-shifir
See Samb, (1972), 250.
4. Gharıb al-lugha al-fiarabiyya

See Samb, (1972), 250.
5. al-˘athth fial ’l-ittifq wa-tark al-mirfi

Samb, (1972), 250.
326 CHAPTER SEVEN
6. al-fiIqd al-thamın fı ˛adıth al-ßdiq al-amın

On ˛adıth; see Samb, (1972), 250.
7. ˆq÷ al-wasnn
Treatise on Sufism; see Samb, (1972), 250.
8. Jal√ al-fuhüm fi nawdır al-fiulüm

On rare Arabic words; see Samb,(1972), 250.
9. Kshif al-˛ijb fı fiilm al-˛isb

See Samb (1972), 250.
Publ: Saint-Louis, n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb,
Astronomie, 7).
10. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn

On Sufism; see Samb, (1972) 250.
11. Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Mlik Sy wa’l-˛jj fiAbd Allh Niys

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 5e.
12. al-Raw∂t al-nadiyya fial ’l-maqßürat al-Duraydiyya

Comm. on the Maqßüra of Mu˛ammad b. al-˘asan Ibn Durayd al-Azdi
(d. 933); see GAL I, 111, S I, 172.
13. Shar˛ al-Bjürı

Evidently comm. on a work of Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Bjürı (d.
1860) perhaps his R. fı ’l-taw˛ıd (see GAL II, 639, S II, 335).
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Théologie, 4.
14. Tamrın al-†ullb

On grammar; see Samb, (1972) 250.
15. Tanbıh al-aghbiy√ fial isti˛lat ru√yat Allh tafil bi’l-abßr

fı ’l-duny sharfi an li-ghayr khtim al-anbiy√
Polemic attacking Sh. Ibrhım Niasse for his alleged capacity to ‘show”
God to his disciples.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme; 12; ms. copied in 1930 in
Sokone (copy in UBMIA/TIJ 125).
16. Tanfıs al-ßli˛ın

Publ: Saint-Louis, n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb,
soufisme, 11).
17. Ta√rıkh al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire 3d.
18. fiUnwn al-†irz fı ’l-ri˛la il ’l-˘ijz

On his pilgrimage of 1922; see Samb, (1972) 250.
MU˘AMMAD MUS‡AF◊ DEM

He is a nephew of A˛mad Dem .
1. al-Burhn al-w∂i˛ fial ˛ayt al-fiilm fı Ifrıqıya al-sawd√

Account of the ceremony launching the publication of A˛mad Deme’s
∆iy√ al-nayyirayn; see Samb, (1972), 251-7.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire 7c.
MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE AND HIS

DESCENDANTS
MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE., b. 1311/1894, d.

1399/1979.
A native speaker of Wolof, he was born in Fass Ture in the heart of the
Kajoor region (Central Senegal). He studied the Qur√n with his father in
Fass, and then with him also other Islamic topics. Around 1912, he went
to Tivaouane and became a close disciple of Mlik Sy, the founder of the
Sy branch of the Tijniyya. He appeared to be a very gifted student,
particularly in algebra and astronomy, and he produced a number of
works in such fields. From 1912 to 1922 he lived in Tivaouane, and at
some point he was in charge of the education of the children of Mlik
Sy. When Mlik Sy passed away in 1922, he returned to his village Fss
328 CHAPTER SEVEN
Ture, which not only he contributed to its being a famous centre for
studies, particularly Qur√nic studies.
A lot of his writings were lost, including a collection of poems that he
was trying to publish in Saudi Arabia, and a 300 page treatise on algebra
that was burnt in his house.
Manuscripts listed below are in his family’s collection in Fass
(northern Senegal), unless otherwise indicated.
1. Tabßirat al-†ullb bi-mabdi√ al-˛isb
2. Ta˛qıq al-maql fı ÷ill al-zawl

MS: IFAN, Fonds de la région de Louga; see Nouveau catalogue, p. 188.
3. Kayfiyyat ta˛wıl al-ta√rıkh al-hijrı il ’l-mıldı wa-fiaksuhü
4. Kayfiyyat wa∂fi al-taqwım al-mıldı wa’l-hijrı
5. Qaß√id
(I) By title
i) Gharıb amr Dakr.
Opens: Wa-min al-fiaj√ibi fı Dakar li-mubßirı * Kawn al-usüdi
yaßıduh ’l-ghizlnü
ii) Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi-shuyükhihi

Opens: Y skinı ’l-Sinighl hal ghayrı * Mimm banaytum
˛√izun fakhrı.
iii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı wa-irshdt fı mukhtalif al-maydın

Opens: Lamfinu barqi ’l-layli na˛wa ’l-mashriqı * abd haw
qalbı bi-nürin mashriqı
iv) Q fı mad˛ al-biqfi al-islmiyya al-muqaddasa.

Opens: Ya qßid al-˛aramayni bushrka ’˛riß * Fı-m nawayta
wa-bi’l-mansiki akhliß
v) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik.

Opens: A-tarawna fı ’l-Sinighla †abban yu˛kimu * †ibban li-dhı
qalb in ya†ıru wa-ya˛simu
vi) Q. fı mad˛i al-nabı
Opens: Atnı amrun min amırı wa-fiindan * Dawmu ’mtithl
al-mar√i amr an mufiayyan
vii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı.
Opens: Sali ’l-nsa ahla ’l-fiar∂i aw kha†† al-istiw√ı * Fa-hal
fakhru ‡h ’l-Muß†af ghayruhu ˛aw
viii) Q. fı madh al-nabı bi-amrin min khlihi.

Opens: Khlı dafinı wa-qla lı ’ttakhidh qalam * wa’mda˛
nabiyya ’l-hud wal takun sa√im
ix) Q. fı mad˛ Momar ∑ßum Diakhate.
Opens: Uhdı salman fiarfuhü muta∂awwifiü * Li-janbi khlı
qadruhü mutaraffifiü.
In praise of his uncle.
x) Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül.
Opens: fiAdhülı tarki ’l- lawma lam asta†ifi ßabr * bal amrı
suyül al-damfii aw anzil al-qabr
xi) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik Sy.
Opens: Y man yurıdu lu˛üq an bi’lladhı sabaq * Min al-rijli
wa-sabqan bafida m la˛iq
xii) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al- ˛jj Mlik Sy.
Opens: Ab ’l-˛abıb salıl al-qu†bi ’Uthmn * wa˛ıdu fiaßrika
ta√yıdan wa-fiirfn
xiii) Q fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı.
a) Opens: A-l malı˛ al-shifiri anshid fa-nasmafi *
wa-l tajfialna dhikra ’l-ghanjti ma†lafi
b) Opens: Bushr li-man manhj salak * Wa-rafi
shar√i†an wa-m tarak
c) Opens: Qad ishtqa qalbı il sayyidı * Wa-shaykhı
al- Tijnı al- fat ’l-amjadi
330 CHAPTER SEVEN
d) Opens: Y arıb an yabtaghı manhaj * Li-mafz in l

yur afiwaj
e) Opens: Yashtqu qalbı il qu†bin ˛aw sharaf *
Wa-jumlat al fiaybi fianhu ’llhu qad ßaraf
f) Opens: Y ukhayya khudh nama† * Li’l-jinni
munbasi†
xiv) Q. fı mad˛ al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya.
Opens: Udhnı tamujju kalmakum y-luwwamü * Wa’l-qalbu
min hazytikum yata√allamü
xv) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi
Opens: Sharibn khumür al-shawqi fı sakartı * Wa-khu∂n
bu˛ür al-fiishqi fı ghamartı
.
xvi) Q. fı rith√ ummihi.
Opens: Allhu akbar inna ’l-fiumra firiyyatü * wa-kullu
firiyatin l budda mardüdü
xvii) Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd.
Opens: al-˘amdu li-llhi mawln ’lldhı bada√ * ˆjda
◊dama ˛ına hayya√a ’l-˛ama√
xviii) Q. fı shukr Allh tafil.
Opens: Yanlu ’l-mar√u mabghhü * Idh m ’llhu afi†hü
xix) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd.
Opens: Y lhiyan bi’l-shabbi fa’ntahizi * Furßatuhü wa’l-
ba†latu ’shta√izi
xx) Q. Istightha bi’l-˛jj Mlik Sy
Opens: ˘abıbı ˛abıbı maldhı wa-bughyatı * Immı murdı
frija ’l-hammi junnatı
MS: Guéoul.
xxi) Q. al-tawassul wa-dufi √ li’l-wird wa’l-wa÷ıfa.
Opens: Y ’jillhu fiann ’jzına li’l-shaykh sayyidin * al-˛jj
Mlik bi-m yur∂ıhi bi-llhi
(II) By first line:
xxii) fiAjaban li-man fiarafa ’l-hidyata wa’btagh * Wa-bi-
nüri ‡h lam yakun mustaßbigh
xxiii) A-l y ab zaydin fian al-˛aqqi fa’f˛aßi * wa-in kunta

lam taqdir fa-qallid li-darqaßi
xxiv) A-l y fiadhülı l talumnı fial ’l-˛ubbı * Fa-hadhka
law tadrı thaqılun fial qalbı
xxv) A-l kullu awrdi ’l-shuyükhi ’l-nüri * Baßırata man
yarfi shurü†an wa-yadhkuru
xxvi) A-l y qawmu fa’stamifiü ’l-˛adıth * Bi-mad˛i’l-
Muß†af ’l-nadbi ’l-mughıth
xxvii) Allhu akbar min siwhü wa-afi÷amu * Wa-afiazzu
minhu wa-minhu ay∂an akramu
xxviii) Aßıghü il mad˛ al-walı ’l-mukammali * khitmi ’l-
wilyt al-fialı ’l-mufa∂∂alı
xxix) A-ya†ıbu fiayshuka wa’l-mashıbu qad ifital *
Fawdayka muntashirn wa-mawtuka aqbal
xxx) Balha ’l-malma fa-inn ßabran faragh * Wa’l-saylu
sayl al-haw il ’l-zub balagh
xxxi) Bi-fa∂lika y mawlya kun lı whib * Sulüka †arıq al
qawmi qalb an wa-qlab
Acrostic of: Bi’smi ’llhi ’l-Ra˛mni ’l-Ra˛ım.
xxxii) Bi-fss in sayyidun tana√a * fiAdım al-mithli mudh
nasha√.
xxxiii) ∆fia ’l-shabbu bi-l fiilmin wa-l fiamalı * Wa-shba
ra√siya shayb al-dhulli wa’l-khajali
xxxiv) Fa-idh fu√d al-mar√i kna tawassakh * Bi-madı˛i
‡h fal-yazul kullu al-†akh
xxxv) Fa-m lı wa-m li’l-ghniyti wa-m liy * Wa-m li-
siwya’l-mukhtri ˛att ubliy
xxxvi) Fu√dı li’l-˛abıbi fia÷ımu fiishqı* Wa-qalbı li’l-fiurüqi
bi-dhlika yusqı
xxxvii) Hal min murabbin ˛aw kaml * Ka-mithl al-shaykh
al-Tijnı ll
332 CHAPTER SEVEN
xxxviii) Hal qu†bu d√irat al-wujüdi wa-markazü * Falak al-

fiul li-mad√i˛ı yatahazhazü
xxxix) al-˘amdu li-llhi ’lladhı qaddar * Wa-fiaf wa-zda
fia†√an liman shakar
xl) Kunn lad zaman al-nuw * nanshı ’l-farı∂a wa-
nanshuru
xli) Inna fı Fs waliyyan ˛wiyy * Li’l-mazy li’l-bary
hdiy
xlii) La-mad˛u rasül Allhi ka ’l-shahdi fı ’l-famı * Fa-qum
wa’sqınıhi muskiran bi’l-tarannumı
xliii) Laqad ∂fiat al-ashfiru idh m yuqra÷u * Siw ’l-
Muß†af man ßıtuhü laysa yafiki÷u
xliv) L qarma ill wa-hdın lahü sanadü * Huwa ’l-
humm alladhı m mithluhü a˛adü
Acrostic of “La ilha illa ’llah, Mu˛ammadun rasül Allh”
xlv) L tanmı y fiaynu jüdı bi-damfii * Ffiilin fifil al-
wbilına bi-zarfii
xlvi) Rabbi bi-l ilha ill ’llh * Qin ’l-rad wa-kulla m
nakhshh
xlvii) ∑aramtu ˛abliya min layl wa-in afiishi * ∑araftu hammı
bi-madh al-Muß†af ’l-Qurashı
xlviii) Than√u khayr al-war li’l-fawzi fiunwnü * L
yashghalanka fianh ’l-dahra insnü
xlix) ‡ulu shaykhı fı Dakr * Minhu qalbı fıhi nr
Written on the occasion of a visit of al-˘jj Mlik Sy to Dakar.
l) Uhdı salman zrı ’l-jwı * Bi-bayti shifirin r√iqin bwı
In praise of his uncle.
li) Wa-l√imin lumtuhü fı ’l-lawmi aw kn * mustafidhiran
an
ndim wa-nazruhü ln
lii) Wa-qul li’lladhı yashkü fial qalbihı ’l-ghi† * Li-yuthni
fial ’l-mukhtri dhı ’l-nüri wa’l-fia†
liii) Y dh ’lladhı athra duran khafı * Fı mad˛i ‡h ’l-

Muß†af ’l-ashrafi
liv) Y ba˛ru sirbı il ˛abıbı * Bi-ar∂i Fsin fatan najıbi
lv) Y ß˛i in rumta fı ’l-firdawsi abyt * qul fı madı˛i
rasüli ’llhi abyt
lvi) Y sayyid al-rusuli y man mad˛uhü daraku * Li’l-
mubtadı wa-hajhu fı ’lla÷ daraku
lvii) Y shfiiran yartajı bi-shifirihı nifiam * Aw yattaqı
niqamn aw yabtaghı ˛ikam
lviii) Ya shfiiran yarjü ’l-nabiyya wa-yamda˛u * Y safida
jiddika kullu safiyika yarba˛u
lix) Y qalbu m laka ka’l-jarı˛ * hall tafıqu wa-tastarı˛
lx) Y slikan yashtakı fı qalbihı mara∂ * qum li’l-†abıbi
’l-Tijnı yashfi m fiara∂
A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE,

b. 1345/1927
He was born in Kébémer in Central Senegal. A scholar of great learning,
he received all his education in his father’s village, Fass Ture. He spent
much of his career teaching in his father’s school. Since the death of his
eldest brother in 1996, he has become the imm of the Jumufia mosque
of Fass. His writings are preserved in the family library in Fass.
1. Ta˛rır al-aqwl fı trıkh al-Sinighl
2. Talkhıß al-afilm li-arkn al-islm
3. K. makrim al-akhlq
Completed in 1394/1974
4. Shurü† al-mufimalt fı af∂al al-diynt

334 CHAPTER SEVEN
5. Na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn.

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi li-yawmi ’l-fiar∂i * Rabbi al-samwti wa-
rabb al-ar∂i.
6. Qaß√id
(I) By title
i) Q. fı bafi∂ aßdiq√ihı
Opens: Hay˛nun fı ba˛ri ’l-layli khußüß * Mnifiun min
mawnifii ’l-yammi ghawßn
ii) Q. fı falsafat al-˛ayt
Opens: Bidyatu kulli shay√in fı ’˛tiqri * Fa-hdh ’l-dıku
aßlan kna farakh
iii) Q. fı ˛aqıqat al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya
Opens: Kullu wirdin ütiya il nsi fiar∂ * La-daw√u ’l-murıdi
rü˛an wa-fiar∂
iv) Q. fı hathth al-shabb fial ’l-jidd wa’l-fiamal
Opens: Tafilaw y shabba’l-qu†ri li’stishkhdhi Müsn.*
v) Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi’l-Sinighl.
Opens: M lan min kharı†ati ’l-ar∂i dhı * Ghayru m ’l-
Sinighl min khayri ’l-wa†anı
vi) Q. fı mad˛ ajddihi
Opens: M fianna fiaynayka mundhu ’l-layli lam tanami * A-fı ’l-
fu√di khaylu ’l-˛ubbi min alami
vii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı.
a) A-afiyi m yadüru fı ’l-khuldi l * Am an l afiı
wa-lam alqa bl
b) A-l l˛a shaybun bayna fawdı wa-hmatı * Wa-
bayya∂a fa˛mı mundhiran lı nihyatı
c) A-l ÷ahar al-fasdu fı ’l-barri wa’l-ba˛rı * Bi-m

kasabat aydı unsin dhawı ’l-kufrı
d) Opens: A-l y mlik al-mulki ’l-fia÷ımı * Laka ’l-
˛amdu ’l-˛adıthu mafia ’l-qadımı
e) Hal min maraddin lı zamnan m∂iy * layta ’l-
buk√a yuraddu dahran n√iyy
f) Hal samifitum ’l-khabar * jalla m bihı nashar
g) ˘amdan li-jfiilin bi-ma˛∂ al-nifimah * Min
ummat al-mukhtri fiayni ’l-ra˛mah
h) Il dhı ’l-jüdi ka ’l-ba˛r al-fası˛ı * Rasülu ’l-lhi
dhı ’l-raw∂ al-∂arı˛ı
i) Inna li’l-shamsi khibratan fı ’l-tawrıkhı * Wa-law
bi’l-jawbi jdat bi-hamsı
j) L kuf√a m bayna ’l-bası†ati wa’l-suh * Li’l-
Muß†af ’l-mukhtri min ülı ’l-nuh
Written in1393/1974.
k) Laqad ∂fiat taqrı÷ı * Wa-abytı wa-ank÷ı
l) Li’l-ra˛li ta˛tı min al-a†ı†i * bi-mithli m bı min al-
gha†ı†i
m) Qılı tawall il ’l-zimmi wa-miqwadı * Wa-li-
dhka bittu ’l-layla laylata anqadi
n) Shuddü ’l-ri˛la il ßindıdin ’l-fiarabı * ’l-
hshimiyyi ’l-sharıfi ’l-aßl wa’l-nasabi
viii) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy fı i˛d ziyratihı li-

Fs Ture.
Opens: A-l ˛alla fı ’l-dri ∂ayfun lan * karımun bißa˛bin
kirm in hun
ix) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fı fiawdı il qalamı * Li-mad˛i fiAbdi
’l-fiAzız ’l-mlikı ’l-fialami
336 CHAPTER SEVEN
x) Q fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı.

Opens: Su˛q an li-salm wa-layl ayyu fiudwnı * baynı wa-
baynahum min düni buhtnı
xi) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin al-Tijnı.
Opens: Than√ı li-samiyyı al-qu†bi widdı * wa-˛aythu ’l-dınu
muntasabı wa-jaddı
xii) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ndiassé Mbaye .
Opens: Minnı ilayka ta˛iyytun mufatta˛atü * Akmmu azhrih
min raw∂at al-bni
xiii) Q. fı mad˛ ummihi.
Opens: L shakka annaki law-l kunti ßbirat * M kunti
skinatan fı Fsa min alami
xiv) Q. fı mad˛ wlidihi
Opens: Fa-l budda min raffii aqlmin * nuhü∂an li-tashhıdhi
adhhnin. Written in 1376/1957
xv) Q. fı mufitabat al-nafs.
Opens: Ar rü˛ı turıdu ’l-majda * Wa’l-khayrti wa’l-fiizz.
Written in 1972/1392
xvi) Q. fı naßı˛at al-ikhwn.
Opens: Rfii m anta qultahü li’l-munjı * Wa’l-munj wa-
laysa ka ’l-burwjı
xvii) Q. fı rith√i ummihi
Opens: Faqadtu fiawnan ar min khayri afiwnı * Bi-faqdi ummı
’llatı min khayri niswnı.
xviii) Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ibtifid al-ns fian al-sharıfia al-

islmiyya.
Written in 1381/ 1962. Opens: A-min †üli ’l-fiuhüdi am al-tan√ı
* tar tarakü qawnına ’l-sam√ı.
xix) Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf.
Opens: ‡arıqu ahli ’l-ilhi * Qafrun wa-wafirun ßadüfiu.
xx) Q. fı ’l-tasbı˛.
Opens: Sub˛na man l yumr * Wa-l yur wa-l yubr
xxi) Q. f’l-tawassul
Opens: Khudh bi-∂abfiı ilayka Rabbiya akhdh * Layyinan aw bi-
aydi lu†fika jabdh
xxii) Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd
Opens: Fa-dhü ’l-fiarshi mawjüdun qadıman bil ’btid * Wa-
Bqin bil ’ntih dawman bil ’mtir
xxiii) Q. li’l-tawassul il ’llh bi-jh al-nabı wa-bi-˛urmat al-
Tijnı.
Opens: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min dhanbin yafiüqu fiani ’l * -Wußüli
li’l-˛a∂rat al-fiuly il ’llhi
(II) By first line:

xxiv) Akhı anßit il ˛adıthı * Li-mad˛i khayr al-war ’l-
qafiıthi
xxv) A-l ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu qümü * Il taghyıri aw∂afi al-
rafiy
Written after the excecution of Mustaf Lo, for attempting to
assassinate former president of Senegal Léopold Senghor .
xxvi) A-l shamsu ’l-hud †alafiat fialayn * Bi-hmdi ’llhi
na˛nu ’l-muslimın
xxvii) fiAmmara ’llhu fimiran wa-rawn * M ku√üs al-
dbi qad nwaln.
Written in 1395/1975. In praise of the book of Amar Samb (See
Samb,1972)
xxviii) A-tar shukra shkirin li-jaw√i * jda bi’l-malali
wjiban am jamıl
xxix) A y mdi˛an layl wa-zaydan wa-khlid * wa-khilan
wa-tajan hal nasıta Mu˛ammad?
338 CHAPTER SEVEN
xxx) Bushr bi-mawlidi dh ’l-qmüsi qad sa†afiat *

Anwruhü fa-a∂fiat jawwa linjn
Written in 1399/1979 when the first issue of the magazine “al-
Qmüsı” published in Kaolack by A˛mad Dienn came out .
xxxi) Fa’mda˛ü ’lladhı †araq * Wa’rtaq ’l-sam√ araq
xxxii) Ghdartu Fsan il Dakr * Fı yawmi ’l-ithnayni fial
’l-nahr.
Describes his stay in Cairo in 1986.
xxxiii) ˘amdan li-mawln ’lladhı fata˛ * Bba ’l-wußüli li-
man ilayhi na˛
xxxiv) ˘amdan li-Rabbı idh ’l-aqdmu qad wa†i√at * Turbata
mißra bild al-nıli wa’l-haram
On Egypt.
xxxv) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * A˛mada bi’l-
kitbi kay yu˛allil.
In praise of al-˛jj fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy. (Acrostic of the
name of the latter).
xxxvi) Inna ’l-shuyükha kullahum kirmu * Amm ’l-fakhükhu
fa-hum al-li√mu
In praise of al-˛jj Shakh Mbacké. (Acrostic of the name of the
latter).
xxxvii) Li-mad˛i A˛mada ‡h * ‡awılan sahirtu laylı
xxxviii)Khalli ’l-taghazzula fı-madı˛i ’l-Muß†af * Inna ’l-
tafiazzula fı ’l-madıhi qad intaf
xxxix) Lam yazal wjib al-wujüdi wa˛ıd * Lam yajid qa††u
ß˛iban aw walıd
Acrostic of “La ilha illa ’llha, Mu˛ammadun rasül Allh”
xl) Sa√aln ahla hdh ’l-˛ayyi * Wa-damfiı sqi†un fian
mayyi
Written in 1949.
xli) Takallam akhı fı ’llhi †abfi an bi-l ’l-tiw * Fa-l

yarsha˛ ’l-an bighayri ’lladhı ˛aw.
xlii) ‡alafi al-badru fı rubüfii qurayshi * Fa ’l-nra ’l-thar
fial kulli nawshi
xliii) Wa-hal fiawd al-fat ’l-ndarwı li-Fsi * Siw ’l-tafibıri
fian kurh al-tansı
To welcome Malik Mu˛sin from Saint-Louis (Ndar in Wolof) on
the occasion of a visit to Fass Ture.
xliv) Wa’llhi m kna fi ’l-akwni man balagh * ˘aqıqata
’l-Muß†af bi’l-fiilmi law nabagh
xlv) Ya khayra mawlüd in mawjüd in at * Min khayri
mafibüdin ’l-war kay ya†f
xlvi) Y madı˛an li-ghayri ‡h rasüli ’llhi * M dh
janayta min mad˛i dhk
fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE, b.

1367/1948
He was born in Fass Ture where he received all his training. It was his
father and his brother al-˛jj Mlik Ture who trained him in Qur√nic
and Islamic studies. He is now believed to be one of the most learned
men in astrology in Senegal. He is the principal of the Qur√nic school
named Dr al-Arqm li-Tahfı÷ al-Qur√n al-Karım. He also chairs
another fiilm school where he teaches various Islamic subjects.
All items listed below are preserved in manuscript form in the Ture
family library in Fass.
1. Ahammiyyat al-tafilım al-Islmı

2. al-fiAqıda al- islmiyya
3. al-Azma al-rü˛iyya fı Sinighl

340 CHAPTER SEVEN
4. Bafi∂ al-jawnib min kamlt sayyidin Mu˛ammad
5. al-˘afalt al-fi√iliyya
6. ˘ayt al-imm Mlik

7. ˘iwr bayn al-fiaql wa’l-dın

Opens: Waqafa ’l-fiaqlu wazamjar * wa-amm al-dıni tharthar. Written
in 1400/1980.
8. ˘uqüq al-†ifl fı ’l-islm

9. Ifrıqiyya
Poem, opens: Ifrıqiyy ’stayqi÷ı wa-†rudı * fiIdki ’l-ghuzti wa-l
tarqudı. Written in 1396/ 1976.
10. al-Inba il ’llh

Opens: Huymı il ghayri ’l-ilhi shaqwatun * Takhayyaltuh safidan
wa-˛ubbı lahü ’l-safidu. Written in 1396/1976.
11. al-Islm manhaj ˛ayt

12. al-Islm wa-wqifi al-Muslim al-mufißir

13. al-Islm wa’l-shabb

Written in 11 Rabıfi I 1415/19 August 1994.
14. al-Kattıb
15. al-Kitb wa’l-sunna

16. L illha ill’llh

MS: Fass, 69 p.
17. Lim-dh yakhfüna al-Islm?

18. al-Mar√a fı ’l-islm
19. al-Mar√a al-muslima

20. al-Masünı fı nürin am ÷alm ?

21. Mafilim al-†arıq

22. Q. fı mabdi√ fiilm al-falak

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlı al-Afilamı * Mudawwiri al-aflk mujrı
’l-anfiumı
23. Q. fı ’l-tawakkul fial ’llh

Opens: Man ghayru Rabbika tarjühu wa-ta√malu * an yuza˛zi˛a ’l-
hamma wa’l-awjla wa’l-kurab
24. Q. fı ’l-muwzana bayn al-mar√a al-˛a∂riyya wa’l mar√a al-

badawiyya
Written in 1408/1988. Opens: Kadhabat in iddafiat al-˛a∂rata aw-
badat * Badawiyyatun fı zayyi man tata˛a∂∂arü.
25. Qaß√id
i) Opens: An l as√alu nafsı * Mithla Suqr†a wa-Hubsi
ii) Opens: Laysat ˛ukümat Senghor aw-Lamin * Taq∂ı lan
’l-˛jt fiinda man qamin
iii) Opens: Na˛nu ˛umt al-dıni * Bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-talqın
nafdıhi bi’l-watın * bi-fiazminat al-mubın
342 CHAPTER SEVEN
A song of the pupils of the Fass Qur√anic school. Written in

1410/1990
iv) Opens: Kuntu khilwan min al-humümi barı√ * Wa-
an
jawd ufi†ı ’l-nawla jarı√
26. Talkhıß al-manhaj al-islmı fı ’l-tarbiya

27. al-Tarbiya al-islmiyya
28. al-Taw˛ıd wa’l-shirk

29. al-fiUlam wa’l-islm

MADIOR CISSÉ. b. 1919

Samb (1972), 99.
Grandson of Muhammad Mlik Cissé, known as Madior Cissé the Great
(See Chapter 9). He was initiated into the Tijniyya and appointed the
deputy of Serigne Babacar Sy in Saint-Louis.
A number of his writings were translated into French and published by
fiAbd Allh Cissé as Musulmans, pouvoir et société d’après les dits et
les écrits de Son Eminence Serigne Madior Cissé. Paris, L’Harmattan,
1998.
1. A∂w√ fial mashrüfiiyyat al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı al-

sharıf
On the orthodoxy of celebrating the birthday of Prophet Mu˛ammad.
Publ. I˛sn, 4, July 1998.
2. A˛km al-ßiym
Publ. I˛sn, 10 January 1999.
3. fiˆd al-fi†r
Publ. I˛sn, 11 January 1999
4. al-Taqw
Publ. I˛sn, 12 February 1999.
On piety.
Writings in French
5. L’Essentiel sur la Purification

Adapted trans. by his son of talks given by Madior Cissé in Arabic and
Wolof.
Publ. St.- Louis: Fondation Serigne Madior Cissé, 2000. copy in
NU/Hunwick, 483).
6. L’Essentiel sur le maouloud à la mosquée Ihsaan

Described as “d’après les dits et les écrits de Son Eminence Serigne
Madior Cissé”.
Publ. Saint-Louis: Fondation Serigne Madior Cissé, 2000 (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 484).
AHMAD TALL, b. 1943

Born in Saint-Louis, Senegal, and now an independent teacher and Sufi
shaykh in Dakar, his own principle shaykh was Abü Bakr Zayd al-
Jalluwı (q.v.), who is described in a cover note in his Niche des Secrets
as his “illustre Maître le Saint et Sublime Imam de Bansang”. A˛mad
Tall describes himself as “professeur de Lettres, Islamologue et
écrivain”.
1. Mishkt al-asrr or Niche des Secrets

A book of prayers with emphasis placed on their numerological
significance. The principal language of the book is French, though the
text of most of the prayers is given in Arabic.
Publ. 2nd edn., n.p., 1995 with the title Niche des Secrets: recueil
d’Arcanes Mystiques dans la Tradition Soufie.
2. Dimensions de l’Islam selon le Coran et la Sounnah

Publ. Dakar: Sicap Baobob, 1996.
344 CHAPTER SEVEN
DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS OF

CERNO fi UTHM◊N SY
fiUTHM◊N SY b. ABˆ BAKR b. IBR◊HIM, al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-

Tijnı, known as Cerno fiUthmn Sy, d. 1931
His son A˘MAD fiIY◊N SY b. fiUTHM◊N SY b. 10 Jumd I 1331/17

April 1913, d. 1984
Samb, (1972), 85-98; Diouf (2002)
The eldest son of fiUthmn Sy, A˛mad fiIyn founded a branch of the
Tijniyya distinct from the better-known branch of his brother Mlik Sy.
He was taught the Qur√n by his father, who also initiated him into
Arabic literature and Sufism. However, it was through the teaching of
his father’s disciple and biographer Cerno Mody ◊che that he deepened
his knowledge of the Islamic sciences. In time A˛mad fiIyn became
recognized as one of the finest Senegalese Arabic poets.
Other mentors of his included Badara Diack and Cerno Hamdine
Kane, all of whom were disciples of his father. In 1931, his father died
and, at the tender age of eighteen, he succeeded him as leader of his
community based in Saint-Louis, the former capital of French West
Africa. It was during this period that he began writing.
Between 1934 and 1936, he served in the colonial army, and in the last
year of his service spent a few months in the Senegalese city of Thiès,
and then served in Algeria and France. In 1936, he returned to Saint-
Louis and lived there until his death in 1984.
He wrote a great deal. His poetry deals with the traditional themes of
classical poetry, the passion of native land, the praise of his friends, and
a number of panegyrics of the Prophet Muhammad. His military career
was also an important source of inspiration for his poetry.
1. Majmüfi qaß√id fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 3d.
2. Mawlid sayyid al-filamın fı asfr al-mursalın

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Discours, I a.
3. al-Shif√ fi mad˛ al-Muß†af

His most significant collection of poems.
Publ. Dakar: M. Mma Jrah, n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), St Louis,
387).
4. al-Khaw†ir al-fiiyniyya
Collection of poems.
5. A prose work on the Tijniyy

Samb, (1972), 98
6. [Majmüfi qaß√id]
(i) Collection of poems, mainly in praise or congratulation of
various public figures ranging from Safiıd al-Nür [Seydou Nourou Tall]
and al-˛jj Mlik Sy to Marshal Pétain and General De Gaulle. A total
of 65 poems in 158 pp. (numbered 9-218, with many pp. missing),
copied 28 Rabıfi II 1385/26 August 1965. Poem no. 23 (3 vv.) explains
the name fiIyn: it was adopted by his grandfather A˛mad and refers to
an ability to spy out the intentions of both enemies and honest folk.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 383(i), photo, with index.
Publ. trans. of some extracts in Samb (1972), 92-4.
(ii) Collection of poems in praise of the Prophet and supplication of

God. A total of 37 poems in 165 pp. (numbered 1-218, with many pp.
mising). Includes some poems found in (i) above.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 383(ii), photo.
7. Kurrs jmifia li-mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı

Collection of poems in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 65 pp.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 384.
8. Qaß√id fı ’l-mad˛
Includes many poems found in Majmüfi (i) above. The last poem in the
collection is al-Shif√ fi mad˛ al-Muß†af.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), 385 (photo, 142 pp.)
9. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Niys

346 CHAPTER SEVEN
(i) Opens: Qul li’l-khalifati abq Allhu ˛urmatahu * Wa-anna

shfiirahu fı ’l-bbi qad waqaf.
Publ. Trans. extracts in Samb (1972), 91.
(ii) Opens: Y khayra man zra ’l-aw†n * Wa-khayra man min
fiulüm al-dıni makhzünü
Poem composed during his last visit to the tomb of Sh.
Mu˛ammad Niys in Kaolack in March, 1983.
10. Q. fı mad˛ Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı

i) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi l mafibüba ill huwa * Bi’l-
˛aqqi l rabba ill rabbun ’llhu
ii) Opens: ˘ayyi Drin kulla ˛ını * ˘awla Fsin hiya dını
11. Poems in Arabic supplicating God

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 388, 390
M◊LIK fiIY◊N b. fiUTHM◊N SY known as al-˛jj Mlik Sy, b.

1333/1915, d. 1392/20 January 1973
Diouf (2002).
Born in Saint-Louis, Senegal, he was fiUthmn Sy’s second son. Like his
brothers, he was initiated into the Qur√n in his family’s house in the
ward of Sor in Saint-Louis. He first studied with his father, and when the
latter passed away, it was with Cerno Mody ◊che that he studied various
Islamic sciences. Worthy of note is the fact that he spent one year in
Thilogne, in the hinterland of the Saint-Louis region to deepen his
knowledge. In early 1947 he went to Fez to attend the Qarawiyyin
university. In 1949 he graduated in Islamic Law. He then went to
Algeria where he attended the Institut Supérieur d’Etudes Islamiques at
the Faculty of Arts of the University of Algiers, and obtained the
Bachelor of Arts (licence ès-lettres) in 1953.
After his graduation, he went back to Senegal and occupied several
positions in the colonial civil service: Deputy Director of Islamic Affairs
from 1953 to 1957, and Director 1957 to 1960. When Senegal gained
independence from colonial rule, he became the country’s first
ambassador to Saudi Arabia. In 1963, he returned to Senegal and

occupied a number of positions in the civil service. In 1973, he was
appointed Deputy Secretary-General of the Organisation of the Islamic
Conference, but before he could take up the post he died in Mecca while
performing the pilgrimage on 20 January 1973.
1. Dirst ˛awla al-qa∂y al-ijtimfiiyya

Written in 1941.
MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002).
2. ˘ikyat al-ri˛la: al-˘ajj il bayt Allh al-˛arm wa’l-

mulha÷t ˛awla al-maghrib wa’l-Jaz√ir
Completed in 1946.
3. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fı manfi tark qir√at al-Qur√n

See Tijn Gaye (2001), 110.
4. al-Risla al-muqaddasa fı ta√rıkh Füta Türu

Translated into French by the author under the title La mission sacrée ou
l’histoire du Futa Toro
5. Tafiqub al-layl wa’l-nahr

Completed in 1954.
6. al-Waßy al-mufıda fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya

Written in 1936.
In French
7. Le chemin de la croyance vers la foi

Completed in 1947)
348 CHAPTER SEVEN
MU∑‡AF◊ fiIY◊N b. fiUTHM◊N SY b. 1334/1916 d. 23 Mu˛arram

1411/11 August 1990
Diouf (2002).
Muß†af fiIyn Sy was the third son of Cerno fiUthmn Sy. Born in Saint-
Louis in 1916, he studied the Qur√n with his father Cerno fiUthmn Sy.
After the death of his father in 1931, a disciple of latter, Cerno Mody
◊che, became his mentor in Islamic studies.
In 1947 he went to study at the Qarawiyyın University in Fez,
together with his brother al-˛jj Mlik fiIyn Sy. From Fez, he went to
Algeria where he attended the Institut Supérieur d’Etudes Islamiques of
the Faculty of Arts of the University of Algiers and graduated there with
the Licence ès-Lettres.
On his return in Senegal, he worked as an archivist at the Assemblée
Territoriale de l’Afrique Occidentale Française, and after that as an
interpreter in the Tribunal Musulman of Saint-Louis. After a few years
in the colonial civil service, he resigned to cooperate with his brother
A˛mad fiIyn Sy in running the school founded by their father fiUthmn
Sy. He modernized the school of his father in such a way that the latter
would provide a training which would enable graduates of the school to
attend Arabic universities.
In 1960, he was appointed premier conseiller to the Senegalese
ambassador in Saudi Arabia. In 1963, he returned from Saudi Arabia to
work at the translation department of the Senegalese Minister of Foreign
Affairs. Although belonging to one of the major branches of the
Tijniyya, he was not formally affiliated to the Tijniyya. A modernist,
he was very critical of the veneration of holymen, the use of charms and
other local Islamic practices. He seems to have been influenced by Salafi
teachings during his stay in Morocco and Algeria. He died in Dakar and
was buried in the family vault in Saint-Louis.
1. al-Khaw†ir wa’l-˛aqıqa
89 p.
MS: Dakar . See Diouf (2002).
2. Koly Soundiata
A novel . See Diouf (2002).
3. Aßban m aßban
MS: Dakar. Diouf (2002).
The author denounces the excessive veneration of saints in Senegalese
Islam
4. al-Islm dın al-taw˛ıd

ABÜ BAKR fiIY◊N SY b. fiUTHM◊N b. 29 September 1931

Diouf (2002).
Born in Saint-Louis , he was the youngest son of Cerno fiUthmn Sy

fiIyn. His mother Zaynab Tall was the daughter of A˛mad al-Kabır, son
and successor of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.). He was raised by his
maternal uncle Cerno Muntaq Tall. Trained in Arabic as well as in
French, he started his professional career in Chad, teaching French in a
primary school from 1957 to 1962. At the same time, he was director of
Arabic programmes at the Chadian National Radio. He also worked as a
clerk in the Chadian court of Justice, and at the office of the Head of
State of Chad in 1963.
Back in Senegal in 1963, he served as a clerk in the court of justice for
a couple of years before embarking on a diplomatic career. From 1964 to
1967, he served as a clerk in the Senegalese embassy in Algiers. He
came back to Senegal to serve as the Director of Arabic programmes in
the Ministry of Education from 1967 and to 1970. He then resumed his
diplomatic career, acting as First Secretary of the Senegalese Embassy in
Cairo between 1971 and 1974. From Cairo, he was sent to Kuwait as
Senegalese Chargé d’Affaires, and in 1979 returned to Cairo as Chargé
d’Affaires. During the 1980s he served as Senegalese ambassador, first
to Libya (1979-80), then Egypt (1980-82) and briefly to Iraq. In March
1982 he returned to Senegal to serve as Senior Civil Servant in the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs until his retirement in 1990. He is currently
the khalıfa of his father Cerno fiUthmn Sy as well as being spokesman
of Cerno Muntaq Tall, who is considered to be al-˛ajj fiUmar’s khalıfa
in Senegal.
1. al-Thaqfa al-Islmiyya juz√ min al-˛a∂rt al-ifrıqiyya

Publ. in al-Wa˛y al-Islmı, 341, Mu˛arram 1415/June 1994.
350 CHAPTER SEVEN
2. Qaß√id
i) Q. Ghazlat al-nür
Opens: Ghazlat al-nüri fiinda al-sidri qad †alafi„at * Wa-kahfuh
al-fiarshu wa’l-kursiyyu ka’l-qalami.
MS: Saint-Louis; see Diouf (2002).
ii) Q. al-isr√ wa’l mifirj

Opens: Qad asar Allhu rü˛ı na˛wa ˛a∂ratihı * Wa-sawfa tıhi
mafirüjan mafia ’l-jismı
MS: Saint-Louis.
iii) Qaßıda fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-jalla al-malik al-sharıf al-

˘ußayn b. ‡all
MS: Saint-Louis. See Diouf (2002).
ABÜ BAKR b. fiUMAR b. ABˆ BAKR al-Fütı, known as Cerno Mody

◊che
Diouf (2002).
Was born in Futa Toro and received his training in Qur√nic and Islamic
Studies in a number of schools. During the 1910s, he stayed briefly in
Tivaouane while al-˛jj Mlik Sy (the founder of the sub-branch of the
Tijniyya) was alive. After that, he moved to Saint-Louis and settled
there. He became a very close friend, disciple, and advisor of Cerno
Uthmn Sy whose biography he wrote in 1945.
1. Shaq√iq al-nufimn fı ˛ayt fiUthmn

A hagiography of his master fiUthmn Sy b. Abı Bakr b. Ibrhım b.
Mu˛ammad al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, written in 1945.
fi ABD ALL◊H B. fiABB◊S B. MAYORO ∑ALL, HIS DESCENDANTS

AND FOLLOWERS
fiABD ALL◊H b. fiABB◊S b. MAYORO ∑ALL known as al-Shaykh

fiAbbs Sall, b. Rajab 1327/July-August 1909, d. 1410/1990
Samb, 1972, 147-54; Fall (1995-6), 80 ff.; Tijn Gaye, al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı,
˛aytuhu wa-afimluhu, Dakar: Nouvelle Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 2001.
Born in Nguick Fall, which is located at 4 km. from Sakal (some 27 km.
to the north of Louga), fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs Sall was one of the most
prolific Senegalese writers in Arabic. Although a native speaker of
Wolof, fiAbbs Sall, known as Mayoro Sall, chose to name him fiAbd
Allh b. fiAbbs after the Companion of the Prophet of that name. He
began memorizing the Qur√n with his father, and was then passed on to
a disciple of his, Shaykh fiAlı Dia (d. 1341/ 1923) to teach him the rest.
After the death of his father, he moved to a village named Roye Dièye to
study with fiAlı Dièye.
He then travelled widely in the Njambur area of northern Senegal to
learn other Islamic sciences. His paternal uncle Serigne fiUmar Diop of
Njejj taught him Mlikı jurisprudence, including the Risla of Ibn Abı
Zayd and the first part of Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. He completed his
jurisprudential studies with fiAbdu Samb in the village of Cambeen (near
Sakal on the road to Nguick). At Thiambène, Alioune Samb initiated
him into Arabic grammar. In the village of Masar Diop, he studied with
Sandiary Diop, including the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik, the Maqmt of al-
˘arırı and the metrical treatise (al-Rmizat al-shfiya) of al-Khazrajı. In
Saint-Louis, he studied with Ibrahim Diop (known as Baryım) the
I˛mirr of al-Mukhtr Ibn Büna al-Jakanı on grammar, the fiUqüd al-
jumn of al-Suyü†ı on rhetoric, al-Khünajı’s al-Sullam al-murawnaq on
logic, and the Qur√nic commentary Tafsır al-Jallayn. He finally learnt
the Alfiyya of Ma˛an∂ Bb al-Daymnı with Sh. Safiıd Nür Tall (Seydu
Nourou Tall).
Initiated into the Tijniyya by Abü Bakr b. Mlik Sy, he later on
distanced himself from him and the Sy branch of the Tijniyya in
general to set up his own autonomous branch of the Tijniyya in Louga.
He built several mosques and schools throughout northern Senegal. The
major achievement of Sh. fiAbbß Sall was the establishment of al-
˘anafiyya, an Islamic institution of higher learning based in Louga, and
attracting thousands of students, including some from neighbouring
countries.
fiAbbs Sall began his career as a writer in 1934. He taught privately in
Saint-Louis for fifteen years, but then found it necessary to go into
business in order to pay his way, and he earned a living transporting and
selling vegetables, and finally peanuts. Eventually, he moved to Kayel
with some of his students at the invitation of Müs Cam, then to Callep.
352 CHAPTER SEVEN
While he wrote on many themes, his writings are dominated by

panegyrics of the Prophet and of Sh. A˛mad Al-Tijnı.
According to Shaykh Tijn Gaye his lineage went back to fiUqba b.
Nfifi, and he gives his ancestry as follows: fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs,
generally known just as fiAbbs b. Mayoro b. Gumba b. Galy b. Majra
b. Mukhtr b. Mayoga b. Mukhtr b. Maysin fiAlı Lamtooro Samba
Umn b. Müs b. Birum b. Bülu b. Mkam b. Dafit b. fiUqba b. Nfifi,
whose ancestry is traced back to Mafiadd b. fiAdnn, the ancestor of the
Prophet Mu˛ammad. He married F†ima bt. A˛mad Wade. Their first
child was fi◊√isha, who became the grandmother of Shaykh Tijn Gaye
(q.v.); the last was fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı (q.v.)
His father, Mayoro Sall, was a disciple of al-˛jj Mlik Sy, and
fiAbbs was initiated into the Tijniyya by the latter’s khalıfa, Abü Bakr
Sy in 1925. Seven years later he was granted authority by Manßür Sy to
pass on the Tijnı wird to aspirants. He also received ijzas of various
degrees of authority (including “total authority”- i†lq) from a dozen
other shaykhs, listed by Shaykh Tijn Gaye in his biography of him (pp.
18-19). According to the latter (p. 35), Sh. fiAbbs also wrote an account
of his own life, and Shaykh Tijn Gaye owned the manuscript.
The items listed below are preserved in the author’s library in Louga;
see Fall (1995-6), 81.
1. ˘all al-aqfl fı ˛adıth <l tashudd al-ri˛l>
2. Ta˛qıq al-mabnı fı †arıqat al-khatm al-Tijnı
3. al-Adfiiya al-mubraka fı mukhtalif al-aghr∂
4. al-Asnıd al-ghliya fı ’l-tarıqa al-Tijniyya

Addresses his salsil in the Tijniyya.
5. al-Jawhir al-ghliya fı ’l-asnıd al-filiya li’l-†arıqa al-

Tijniyya
On his Tijnı shaykhs and their chains of authority. See Shaykh Tijn
Gaye (2001), 18.
6. Qaß√id
He produced a number of collections of poems. They were gathered

together in one single unpublished volume entitled Nafa˛t rabbniyya,
which has been divided into four parts. Devoted to panegyrics of the
Prophet Mu˛ammad, the first part is entitled Jmifi al-durar fı madh
khayr al-bashar. The second part comprises poems in praise of A˛mad
al-Tijnı, and is entitled Subul al-salm fı mad˛ writh khayr al-anm.
The third part includes Sufi songs of various sorts (taßawwufiyyt) and
poems of intercession (tawassullt). Part four comprises praises of
various Muslim learned men, elegies etc. All the poems listed below are
preserved in manuscript at the author’s library in Louga, whose
custodian is Sh. Tijn Gaye (q.v.). Some are published in Nafa˛t
rabbniyya: al-juz√ al-thlith, Majmüfi al-tawassult, Louga, 1999 (copy
in NU/ Hunwick, 405).
P ART I: POEMS: IN PRAISE OF THE PROPHET

I) Poems with title
i) fiAlwat al-˛alwt fı mad˛ khtim al-rislt al-munjı
fawq al-samwt
Opens al-˘amdu li’llhi l nu˛ßı ’l-than√a abad * Kam fiala
nafsihi min nafsihi ˛amıd
Acrostic of Qur√n, 84: 1.
100 vv., written on 16 Jumada I 1402/12 March 1982.
ii) Fat˛ al-qadır bi-taysır al-fiasır fı mad˛ al-bashır al-
nadhır
Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye
(2001), 141. Contains 13 vv. rhyming for each letter of the
alphabet. Completed in 1378/1959.
iii) Ghyat al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab
Opens: Mu˛ammadun fiAbd Allhi khayr al-bariyyatı * Wa-
majl ’l-asmı wa’l-ßift al-fialiyyatı. Completed on 27 Shawwl
1404/25 June 1984. 53 vv.
iv) Jany al-jannatayn fı mad˛ sayyid al-kawnayn
Opens: A-l khalli ’l-taghazzul wa’l-taßbı * Wa-dwi ’l-d√a
bi’l-qalb al-mußbı. Written in 1375/1956. 53 vv.
354 CHAPTER SEVEN
v) Jmifi al-durar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar

Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye
(2001), 141.
vi) Jawhir al-badıfi fı ’l-tawasßul il ’llh al-badıfi fı mad˛
al-˛abıb al-shafıfi
Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya.; see Shaykh Tijn Gaye
(2001), 141. contains 13 vv. rhyming for each letter of the
alphabet, plus lm-alif, considered an additional single letter.
vii) Khtimat al-amd˛ li-sayyid al-arw˛ wa’l-ashb˛
Opens: Wa-laqad aratnı wa’l-ilhu mubaßßirı * M afijazat bi’l-
fiaqli kulla mufakkirı. Completed on 17 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1395/21
November 1975. 39 vv.
viii) Mahr al-˛ür al-fiın fı mad˛ q√id al-ghurr al-mu˛ajjilın
Opens: Y man lahü sabba˛atu man fı ’l-samwtı * Wa-man fı
’l-ar∂i min anwfi al-barriyytı. Written 1378/1959. 320 vv. See
Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001),, 141.
ix) Mawjat al-khi∂amm min Allh al-brı ’l-nasam fı mad˛
al-kanz al-afi÷am
Opens: Inna aß˛b al-jannati ’l-yawma bushr * Jwazat li’l-
fiuqüli ˛addan wa-†awr. 100 vv., completed on 14 Jumd II
1402/9 April 1982. The phrase Inna aß˛b al-jannati ’l-yawma
in the first hemistich is a reference to Qur√n 36: 55.
x) Naf˛at al-Mannn fı mad˛ khayr Banı fiAdnn
Opens: Wa-laqad karrama ’l-ilhu mubın * Fa∂lahu m li-
◊dam in min banın. 100 vv. Completed on 26 Jumada II
1402/21 April 1982.
xi) Nihyat al-amnı fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ummı ’l-fiAdnnı
Opens: Hjanı shadw al-˛ammi * Bafida m †ayf al-manmı *
‡fa wahnan min ˛adhmı * Müqidan nr al-gharmi. Written in
1384/1965. 502 vv. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 141.
xii) Nayl al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab
Opens: A-fidhilı ’l-˛ablu min Salmka mafßülü * Wa’l-fiahdu

muntaqi∂ un wa’l-fiaqdu ma˛lülü. This was the first poem he
wrote in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. 104 vv
Publ. 18 vv. in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 144-5.
xiii) Nayl al-marm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm.
Opens: A-min ∂a˛ik al-ghammi ar ammı * San barqin am
iftarrat ummi. 111 vv.
xiv) Rayy al-÷am√n fı mad˛ sayyid al-akwn
Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya.; see Shaykh Tijn Gaye
(2001), 141. Completed in 1955/1375.
II) By qfiya
xv) Q. fiayniyya: Fa-min jahd al-muqilli fial is†i†fiah *
Madı˛ı man bi-qab∂atihi ’l-shaffiah
xvi) Q. b√iyya: Naßrun min Allhi wa-fat˛un fian qarıb *
Wa-bashshir al-mü√mina jamfian y ˛abıb.
Completed on 5 Jumada II 1401/10 April 1981. 31 vv. Acrostic
of Qur√n, 61: 13: “Naßrun min Allhi wa-fat˛un qarıbun wa-
bashshir al-mü√minına”.
xvii) Q. ghayniyya: Rasül un ra√üfun bal hud an fiaynu ra˛matı
* Yadullu sabıl an li’l-jinni muballigh
xviii) Q. h√iyya: Sha√n al-ma˛abba shay√un fıhi m fıhi *
Man dhqa †afiman lahu fı ’l-nsi yudrıhi
xix) Q. lmiyya: A-l layta shifirı hal li-shifirı fı ’l-azal *
Qubül un lad ’l-mukhtri wa-law aqall
xx) Q. lmiyya: ˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakıl * L
il ghayrihı ladayya sabıl
Acrostic of Qur√n 3: 173 in 20 vv. Completed on 7 Jumada II
1401/12 April 1981.
xxi) Q. mımiyya: Wahhbu bi’smika ’l-fia÷ım al-afi÷amı *
Wa-fiayni nüri wajhika ’l-mu†alsamı
Acrostic of Qur√n, 21: 107. 27 vv.
356 CHAPTER SEVEN
xxii) Q. mımiyya: Wa-qul ilhi Rabbi zidnı fiilm * Y man

a˛†a kulla shay√in fiilm.
acrostic of Qur√n 20:114. 14 vv.; completed on 3 Rajab
1402/27 April 1987.
xxiii) Q. mımiyya: Wujüdı bi-hamdi ’llhi min sbiq al-fiadam
* Wa-m bafidahu li’llhi min sbigh al-nifiam
Completed on 2 Jumada II 1402/28 March 1982. 17 vv.; acrostic
of Qur√n, 93: 11.
xxiv) Q. nüniyya: Bi’smika ’llhumma wa-bi’l-Ra˛mnı *
Wa-bi’l-Ra˛ım al-mlik al-dayynı
Completed on 4 Jumada II 1401/9 April 1981. 28 vv.
xxv) Q. nüniyya: M sh√ahu ’llhu bi-kun yakünü * M lam
yakun yash√u l yakünü
52 vv.; acrostic of “M sh√a ’llhu l quwwata ill bi’llhi”.
Completed on 28 Shafibn 1407/27 April 1987.
xxvi) Q. nüniyya: Nr al-ma˛abbati am dhı nüru fiirfnı *
Iyyhu ghyatu m yufin bihi ’l-fnı
Composed on 24 Safar 1406/7 November 1985. 46 vv.; acrostic
of Qur√n, 68: 1.
xxvii) Q. nüniyya: Wa-qla rabbukum ilhı ’dfiünı * Wa˛dı
astajib lakum fa-l tafißünı
xxviii) Q. nüniyya: Wathiqtu bi-fa∂l Allhi m a˛sana ’l-÷ann
* Bihi ’l-dahra arjü m urajji bihi ’l-amn
Acrostic of “Wa-ufawwi∂u amrı il ’llh; inna Allha baßırun
bi’l-fiibd” (Qur√n, 40: 44). Written in 1382/1963. 35 vv.
xxix) Q. r√iyya: Rabbi ’shra˛ lı y man lahu ’l-amru ßadrı *
wa-ila ’l-yusri ˛awwilan kulla amrı
Completed on 6 Jumada I 1402/2 March 1982; acrostic of
Qur√n, 20:25. 9 vv.
xxx) Q. r√iyya: Wa-la-sawfa yufi†ıka rabbuka ’l-mukhtrü *
Rutaban fa-tar∂ ayyuh ’l-mukhtrü
Written on 23 Jumada I 1401/19 March 1982. 19 vv.; acrostic of
Qur√n, 93: 5.
xxxi) Q. r√iyya: Wa-huwa ’llhu l siwhu kabırü * Wa-

fial kulli m yash√u qadırü
Written on 26 Jumada I 1402/22 March 1982. 19 vv. Another
acrostic of Qur√n, 93: 5.
xxxii) Q. t√iyya: Rabbı innı li-m anzalt * Ilayya min
khayrin faqırun batt
Acrostic of Qur√n, 28:24. 28 vv. Completed in 1376/1957.
PART II: POEMS IN PRAISE OF Sˆ. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nı
I) Poems with title

xxxiii) al-Durr al-man÷üm fı mad˛ al-khtim al-Mu˛ammadı
al-maktüm
Opens: Kayfa tarjü maqmaka ’l-awliy√ü * Wa’ntih√un lahum
ladayka ’btid√ü. Written in 1389/1969.
xxxiv) Nuzhat al-murıd fı mad˛ shaykhin al-farıd

Opens: ˘amdan dawm al-abadi * Li-dhı ’l-baq√i ’l-∑amadi *
al-W˛idiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Mubdı ’l-shu√ün al-mubtadı. 248 vv.
xxxv) Q. fı ’l-ijba fiamman sa√alahu: a-m taqüluhu fı ’l-
shaykh al-Tijnı ÷ann am yaqın
xxii) vv. Opens: Yaqınan bi-afil m yakünu yaqınü * Fa-hal
mithlu dhı ˛aqqi ’l-yaqıni ÷unünü. Written on 10 Jumda II
1395/20 June 1975.
II) Poems by qfiya
xxxvi) Q. fiayniyya: A-hja qalbaka barqun kh†ifun lamafi *
Ta˛t al-duj wa-fial ’l-qalb al-jaw khalafi
29vv.
xxxvii) Q. fiayniyya: A-l qul li-man ya√wı li-shaykhı wa-
yaddafiı * Ma˛abbatahü fal-yastamifi lı wa-yusmifiı
52 vv. on the truth of the Tijnı †arıqa.
xxxviii) Q. b√iyya: Him bi’l-jamli li-sayyid al-aq†bı *
Wa’hjur sabıla taghazzulin wa-taßbı 11 vv.
xxxix) Q. b√iyya: Wa-in tafijab fa-˛asbuka min fiujbı *
˘ijbun fiaynuhu kashf al-˛ijbı
358 CHAPTER SEVEN
52 vv; written on 18 Rabıfi II 1391/12 June 1971.

xl) Q. b√iyya: Wa-la-anta akramu man ankha bi-bbihı *
Ni∂w al-mulimm al-mudalhimmu mujannabü
On visiting the tomb of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı. Written on 18 Dhu
’l-Qafida 1368/11 September 1949. 2 vv.
xli) Q. ∂diyya: Qad akh†a√a ’l-sahmu min rmı ’l-fiul ’l-
ghara∂ * In kna ghayru khitmi ’l-awliy ghara∂
xlii) Q. dliyya: ˘ubbı ’l-Tijniyya l yanfakku yazddü *
M dma minhu li-ahl Allhi imddü
57 vv.
xliii) Q. dliyya: Idh khuliqat li’l-a˛ibb ’l-fiuhüdü * Fa-
fiahdı li-man kuntu ahw jadıdü
cxiv) vv.; written in 1357/1939.
xliv) Q. dliyya: M ji√ta y ghawth al-khal√iqi sayyidı *
La-shahidta min fiind al-rasüli Mu˛ammadı
Acrostic of a statement of the Senegalese Tijnı leader al-˛jj
Mlik Sy: “Min rü˛ihi istimdd kull al-awliy√”.
xlv) Q. dliyya: Qif al-ma†y bi-afil sh†i√ al-wdı * ‡uw
’l-muqaddasi m afilhu min wdı
xlvi) Q. dliyya: Ta√awwabanı lahf un wa-hamm un tamarrad
* Wa-wajdun uqsı ladhfiahü al-mutawaqqid
Written in 1352/1933. 157 vv.
xlvii) Q. dhliyya: Rü˛ al-nabiyyi wa-rü˛u shaykhı hkadh *
Maddan wa-imddan fa-khudh dh ’l-ma√khadh
xlviii) Q. f√iyya: Sirrun sar mutanakkiran bi-tafiarrufı * Bayn
al-war muta÷hiran bi-tala††ufı
xlix) Q. f√iyya: Zur ar∂a fsin bi-qalbin khshifiin nfı *
Siw ’l-Muhaymini qaßdan fiabdahu ’l-kfi.
Written on 9 Jumda ’l-khira 1374/2 February 1955.
l) Q. ghayniyya: Ra√nı bafi∂ al-nsi annı mublighü * Bi-
mad˛ı li’l-Tijnı mudh an blighü
Written on 11 Shawwl 1396/5 October 1976. 11 vv.
li) Q. h√iyya: Jaz ’llhu fiann shaykhan khayra m

bihı * Yujzıhi shaykhan fian murıdıhi ˛izbihı
lii) Q. h√iyya: Kafnı Abü ’l-fiAbbsi fakhran ufkhiruhü *
Mad ’l-dahri y fawza ’lladhı ’l-khatmu nßiruhü
Written on 10 Jumd II 1384/10 October 1964.
liii) Q. h√iyya: Kafnı ’l-qu†bu A˛madu fian siwhu * Wa-
ghayrı ghayru A˛mada m kafhu
liv) Q. ˛√iyya: Khalılı afiirnı ’l-samfia minnı naß√i˛u *
Ilaykum tarh kulluhunna mafti˛u
lv) Q. h√iyya: Ysınu sirru wujüd al-Muß†af ‡h *
Mu˛ammad un makhtam al-anb wa-mabdh
lvi) Q. hamziyya: Kayfa astaghnı fian al-awliy√ı * Bafida
naylı ’bna slim in dh ’l-fial√ı
lvii) Q. jımiyya: Bushr li-man fı ∂amn al-Muß†af walaj *
Bushr lahu wa-hanı√an bi’lladhı falaj
lviii) Q. kfiyya: Y ab ’l-fay∂i innan fı ˛imk * Nartajı
waßla ˛ablin bi-fiurk
lix) Q. kh√iyya: Ya√b ’l-qa∂’u li-jumlat al-ashykhı * Ill
’l-Tijnı an yaküna munkhı
lx) Q. lmiyya: Ari˛ al-nafsa l tukallaf ill * Wusfiah fa’l-
Tijnu afijaza fiaql
lxi) Q. lmiyya: Fa-li-bbi jüdika yanta˛ı i√mlü * Ni∂w al-
humümi wa-tanta˛ı ’l-mlü
lxii) Q. lmiyya: Hal li-baynin damfiu fiaynayka ’stahal * Min
karım dhti ˛alyin wa’l-˛ulal
in
lxiii) Q. lmiyya: Laka ’l-˛amdu dh ’l-jalli * Wa-dh ’l-

bah wa’l-jamlı
lxiv) Q. lmiyya: Shaykhun A˛mad al-Tijnıyyu afil *
Jmifi in li’l-fiul ’l-raqıb al-mufiall
lxv) Q. lmiyya: Y man lahü qla khayr al-khalqi ijll *
Anfiq wa-l takhsha min Dhı ’l-fiarshi iqll
360 CHAPTER SEVEN
lxvi) Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAliyyi than√uhü *

Azk ’l-ßalti fial ’l-rasüli ’l-afi÷amı
Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 59.
lxvii) Q. mımiyya: Layta shifirı hal lan qad ˛utim * Fı
bulayd zawratun min umam
lxviii) Q. nüniyya: Hal jannat al-khuldi fı raw˛in wa-ray˛nı *
Am annanı bayna janbay wlidı ’l-jnı
Written in 1399/1979. 12 vv.
lxix) Q. nüniyya: Mala√ al-qalba ˛ubbu shaykhı ’l-Tijnı *
Laysa fıhi li-ghayrihı min maknı
lxx) Q. qfiyya: S√iq al-khayri l yazlu yasüqü * Li’l-

Tijnı man lahu ’l-tawfıqü
lxxi) Q. r√iyya: fiAl kulli fiabdin kalimatu ’l-˛amdi wa’l-

shukrı * Li-khliqihi ’l-Mannni fi ’l-sirri wa’l-jahrı
Discusses his silsila in the Tijniyya. 44 vv
lxxii) Q. r√iyya: A-l layta shifirı hal yafiülu lı ’l-amrü * Il

jamfii shamlin kna farraqahü ’l-dahrü
lxxiii) Q. r√iyya: A-shqatka ’l-mafihidu wa’l-fiadhr * Wa-

f∂at gharbu fiaynayka iddikr
lxxiv) Q. r√iyya: al-˘amdu fı ’l-ül wa-fı ’l-khirah * Li’llhi

fı anfiumihi ’l-wfirah
Written on 20 Jumd II 1354/18 September 1935.
lxxv) Q. r√iyya: Khtim al-awliy√i li’llhi †urr * Y

mumidd al-aq†bi sirran wa-jahr
lxxvi) Q. t√iyya: Maktümatun khutimat bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-dhti *

Nafs al-wilyati majl †al
lxxvii) Q. t√iyya: Ml al-fu√du il badr al-dujunntı *

Ghawth al-anmi il qu†bi ’l-bariyytıfiat al-dhti
lxxviii) Q. sıniyya: Allhu fa∂∂ala bi’l-mazy fs * Bayn al-

qur wa-khußüßan al-dards
lxxix) Q. shıniyya: M kuntu aktumuhu mudh azmunin fshı *
Bayn al-bariyyati li-m bna li’l-wshı
lxxx) Q. r√iyya: Inna ’l-Tijnı la-yat un li-man ifitabar *
Min yi khliqihi ’l-fii÷mi min al-bashar
Written in 1371/1952. 9 vv.
lxxxi) Q. ßdiyya: ⁄afirat yadka bi-durrat al-ghawwßı *
Wa-akhadhta li’l-khayrti kulla nawßı
Written on 9 Shafibn 1392/17 September 1972.
lxxxii) Q. †√iyya: Y slikan li-†arıq al-khatmi munkhari† *
Bushrka nilta mun ’l-drayni fa’ghtabi†
Written 11 Shawwal 1396/5 October 1976. 11 vv.
lxxxiii) Q. th√iyya: A-yumkinunı y lahfa nafsı hun ’l-mukthü
* Wa-thamma dawm an dhlik al-qu†bu wa’l-ghawthü
lxxxiv) Q. wwiyya: Wa-in kna nayl al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi bi’l-
fiadw * Fa-l tar∂a ill bi’l-atammi wa’l-aqw
Written in 1396/1976. 27 vv.
lxxxv) Q. z√iyya: Fa-hal fı mafinı ’l-khatmi in kamula ’l-
mayzü * Li-mustayqi÷in ill ’l-ta˛ayyaru wa’l-fiajzü
lxxxvi) Q. ÷√iyya: Ra√ ’llhu qalb an kna da√ban yu˛fi÷ü *
fiAl ’l-fiahdi li’l-Tijnı ni’ma ’l-mu˛fi÷ü
Completed 11 Shawwal 1396/5 October 1976. 9 vv.
PART III AL-TA∑AWUFFIYY◊T WA’L-TAWASSUL◊T
All the tawassult are published in a volume entitled al-Nafa˛t

al-rabbniyya: al-juz√ al-thlith, Majmüfi al-tawassult, Louga,
1999 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 405).
I) By title
lxxxvii) Dalıl al-srı il malik al-brı
362 CHAPTER SEVEN
Opens: Yaqülu afqaru ’l-fiabıdi ’l-whı * lira˛mati ’l-ghaniyyi

fiabdu ’llhi. Completed on 27 ∑afar 1354/30 May 1935. On
taw˛ıd. 336 vv.
lxxxviii) Ma†lab shif√ al-amr∂ al-÷hira wa’l-b†ina.
Completed on 26 Shafibn 1371/21 May 1952. 18 vv. Opens: Y
’llhu y ˘ayyu y man l sharıka lah * Fı ’l-khalqi wa’l-amri
y Qayyümu y Kfı.
Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 44
lxxxix) Ma†lab tafrıj al-kurüb.
Opens: Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y ∑amadu * Y man
yujıbu dufi ’l-mu∂†arri y ahdu. 11 vv.
xc) Na÷m asm√i ’llhi ’l-˛usn
Opens: Bismi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi’ı * al-Wsifii ’l-ra˛mati wa’l-
l√i.
xci) Na÷m ˛urüf bi’smi’llhi ’l-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım
Opens: Bi-Mu˛ammadin wa-bi lihi ’l-akhyri * wa-bi-
shaykhin al-Tijnı dhı ’l-asrri. 21 vv.
xcii) Na÷m ˛urüf <ınnı tawakkaltu fiala ’llhi>;
Opens: Astawdifiu ’llha ’l-karım ’l-kfı * al-mnifia ’l-˛afı÷ dh
’l-al†fi. 17 vv.
xciii) Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-fti˛
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Karım al-Kfı * al-Mu√min al-
fiAlımi bi’l-al†fi. 19 vv.
xciv) Q. fı ’l-dufi’ li’bnihi A˛mad
Opens: Y Rabban astawdifiuka ’l-bunayy * Mu˛ammad
A˛mad kun lahu khafiyy. Prayer for his son as he left to study
in Cairo. Completed on 7 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1386/17 February 1967.
9 vv.
xcv) Tawassul fı ’l-tafwı∂ wa-†alab al-fiilm
Opens: Fawwa∂tu amrı mu∂†arran il ’llhi * Mu˛assina ’l-
÷anni da√ban kna bi’llhi. Completed on 19 Jumda ’l-ül 1387
/ 25 August 1967. 16 vv
xcvi) Tawassul li-hıf÷ al-Qur√n

Opens: Y Rabban bi-˛aqqi ’l-ismi ’l-afi÷ami * Wa-˛aqqi
khayri ruslika ’l-mufia÷÷ami. 12 vv.
xcvii) Tawassul li’l-khißl al-˛amıda

Opens: Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-umma wa’l-wlida ’l-barr * wa-
shaykhı wa-ikhwnı wa-a˛bbıya ’l-khayr. Completed on 2
∑afar 1361/18 February 1942.13 vv.
xcviii) Tawassul abytihi mutawwajun bi-˛urüf ism al-ßa˛bı

’l-jalıl (fiAmr b. ˘usayn)
Opens: fiUdhn min-al-nafsi wa’l-shay†ni bi’llhi * Mimm
yuza˛zi˛unı fian ˛a∂rati ’llhi. 14 vv.
II) By qfiya
xcix) Q. fiayniyya: Il mat anta min dunyka tankhadifiu *
Wa-ayna min ˛ubbih li’l-qalbi muntazafiu. Completed in
1366/1947. 70 vv.
c) Q. dliyya: Madadtu y Rabbi y ra˛mnu y ßamadu *

Yadı ilayka fa-anta ’l-w˛idu ’l-a˛adu
Written when the conflict between him and other Tijnı leaders
based in Tivaouane reached it’s climax sometime in the 1950’s.
13 vv.
Publ. text in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 132; Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 52.
ci) Q. lmiyya: Ashkü wa-˛uqqa lı ’l-shakw il wlı *

fiAfwi ’l-kha†y ’l-mufifı sü√a a˛wlı. 21 vv.
Publ., with French trans. by Cheikh Tidiane Gaye & Cheikh
Tidiane Fall, Réflexions mystiques de Serigne Abbas Sall, n.p.
[Dakar?]. n.d. (c. 1993).
cii) Q. h√iyya: ˘adıthun in lam yakun fı ’llhi * Yanqußu
ajru ßawmina wa’llhi. 20 vv.
364 CHAPTER SEVEN
ciii) Q. h√iyya: Ar ’l-mu˛arriku li’l-ashy huwa ’llhu *

Huwa ’l-musakkinu m fı ’l-kawni illhü Completed on 20
Shafibn 1382/29 December 1962. 70 vv.
civ) Q. t√iyya: Y Rabban brak lan fı †btıi * Munılan
b’il-fa∂li kulla ’l-bughyatı
A prayer for a village named c. 10 vv.
cv) Q. t√iyya: Y Rabban bi-sirri fiayni ’l-dhti * Wa-nüri
m lah mina ’l-ßifti. 37 vv.
cvi) Q. h√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabbi m qara√nhu *
Fa’qbalhu bi’l-fa∂li wa’l-tawfıqi y ’llhu
Prayer to be said after the recitation of the Tijnı daily collective
prayer known as wa÷ıfa. 33 vv.
cvii) Q. nüniyya: ‡ahhir ∂amıraka min hammi dunka wa-
kun * Bi’llhi li’llhi fiabd an wthiqan qanifi 13 vv.
cviii) Q. nüniyya: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min al-shay†ni * Rajımihi
’l-lafiıni dhı ’l-fiudwni. 113 vv.
cix) Q. nüniyya: Rabbı bi-shaykhı A˛mad al-Tijnı * Khayru
’l-wasılati il ’l-Ra˛mni. 10 vv.
cx) Q. mımiyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’l-˘ayyi wa’l-Qayyümi *
wa’l-kshifi ’l-kurübi wa’l-humümi. 180 vv.
cxi) Q. y√iyya: Y Rabbi bi’smi dhtika ’l-fialiyyah * Wa-
bi-ßiftika ’l-fiul ’l-saniyyah
Prayer for rain. 50 vv.
cxii) Q. qfiyya: Innı afiüdhu bi-Rabbi ’l-nsi wa’l-falaqi *
Min sharri khaßmin aladdin ˛sid in khaliqi
PART IV MAD◊√I˘ AL-SHAKH∑IYY◊T AL-DˆNIYYA
cxiii) Q. Opens: A-shamsun tabaddat fı san ufuqi ’l-safidi *

a∂√at dujunti ’l-ghayhibi min bufidi. Completed on 27
Rama∂n 1366/14 August 1947.
Written to welcome al-Sharıf Sayyid al-‡ayyib b. Sı. fiAlll b. Sı.
fiAmmr al-Tıjnı to St-Louis, Senegal. 52 vv.
cxiv) Q. Opens: Ramaytum fa aqßadtum ßamıma fu√dı *
faghdartumü fiaynı salıba ruqdi. Completed on 26 Jumd ’l-
ül 1369/15 March 1950.
To welcome Sıdi fiUmar al-Karzı al-Tijnı during his visit to
Saint-Louis at the same date. 24 vv.
cxv) Q. Opens : Y rghib an li-man√i˛i ’l-fursni *
mutafiarri∂a ’l-nafa˛ti li’l-ra˛mni. Completed on 3 Dhu ’l-
hijja 1384/5 April 1965.
In praise of King Faysal b. fiAbd al-fiAzız on the occasion of the
convening of the summit of the Organisation of the Islamic
Conference. 118 vv.
cxvi) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhim Diop
Opens: Wa-ra∂iya ’llhu Rabbı ’l-munzilu ’l-suwar * ri∂an
war√a madhu l yuqsu war.
In praise of Shaykh Ibrhim Diop, a famous Senegalese
grammarian. 21 vv.
cxvii) Q. fı mad˛ al-malik Mu˛ammad al-khmis
Opens : Asfiad Allhu dhü ’l-jalli jallah * maliki ’l-maghribi
’l-mufı∂i nawlah. 32 vv. In praise of Mu˛ammad Vth, King of
Morocco.
cxviii) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi’l-shaykh al-sharıf b. fiUmar al-Tıjnı
Opens: M lı ar ’l-kawna mamlü√an bi-afr˛ı * Wa-l ka-
maytati ar∂in ghibba Sa˛s˛i 26 vv.
cxix) Q. fı mad˛ al-q’id Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı
Opens: Jaz ’llhu ’l-muhayminu khayra wfin * Min al-˛usn
Mufiammarahü ’l-Qadhdhfı.
Completed on 25 Raman∂n 1393/20 September 1976.
366 CHAPTER SEVEN
cxx) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-muf†ı Mıßr al-shaykh Muhammad al-

˘ußarı
Completed in 1388/1969.
cxxi) Q. fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib al-˘asan al-thnı
Opens: Y thniya ’l-˘asanayni ’l-fqid al-thnı * Fı qarni
fiishrına min qß in wa-min dni
cxxii) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Abı Bakr Sy
Opens: Aßikh y man yukhallı bi’l-ghawnı * Wa-rannti ’l-
mathlithi wa’l-mathnı.
cxxiii) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Abı Bakr Sy
Opens: Hatafa ’l-haw li’l-khalqi hatfa ’l-bulbuli * Fa-
taßammama ’l-akhyru düna ’l-bulbuli
cxxiv) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-filim Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat
’l-Müritnı
Two poems were written in praise of the same person:
a) Opens: Yafn ’l-zamnu wafın dahshatu ’l-bli *
fiAl fat najlihı Mu˛ammadin fi◊li
b) Opens:Fat najluhu ’l-mafirüf bayna ’l-fiash√irı *
Ülı ’l-sabqi fı ’l-taqw min ahli ’l-baß√irı
cxxv) Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Azharı fiAbd al-˘alım
Ma˛müd fiinda ziyratihı li-Sinighl
Opens: Zran Mißru wa’l-mukarraru a˛l * ˘alla was†a ’l-
qulübi ahlan wa-sahl
cxxvi) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-ßadıqihı A˛mad Jah
Opens: Ra√ ’l-˛afı÷u janb al-khilli A˛madu Jah * Dın an wa-
duny wa-yaq∂ı m yash ˛iwajah
cxxvii) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. al-˛jj Mlik Sy
Opens: Y shaykhu mliku hdh ’l-ibnu qad nazal * ˘amka
ya√mulu min imddika ’l-nuzul. 14 vv.
cxxviii) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-Sı. fi◊lı al-Tıjnı bi-munsabat
nuzülihı bi-madınat Louga
Opens: J√an ’l-khayru kulluhü wa’l-surüru * Dabba fı afimaq

al-qulübü yadüru. Completed in 1404/1984.
P ART IV (A) AL-MAR◊THˆ
cxxix) Q. fı ritha√ Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr w.

al-Dh.
Elegy for his closest spiritual mentor, written 24 Rama∂n 1374/
18 April 1955. Opens: Ar ’l-duny ta˛illu bih ’l-bary *
Mufint al-maß√ib wa’l-baly
Publ. in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 31-3.
cxxx) Q. fı rith√ La˛lu.
Elegy for a Moroccan merchant. Opens: ∑˛ibı un÷ur fa-hal tar
min bqı * Ghayra wajh al-Muhaymin al-Khallqı .
cxxxi) Q. fı rith√ Sh. fiAbd al-Salm Lü
Opens: Ma∂ il Ra˛mati ’l-Brı wa-ri∂wnih * Hdh ’l-
mu†ahharu hqqan kulla ardnih. Completed on 25 Rabıfi I
1376/29 October 1956. 13 vv.
cxxxii) Q. fı rith√ al-Shaykh A˛mad
Elegy for one of the intimates of Sh. Abü Bakar Sy Opens: A-li-
mu√min ill ’l-ri∂ bi-qa∂’√ı * Maliki ’l-mulüki wa-maliku ’l-
ashy√ı. 41 vv.
cxxxiii) Q. fı rith√ Sh. fi◊lı Ba
Opens: A-lam ya√ni bafid al-shaybi minka rujüfiü * Il †fiat al-
mawl wa-anta mu†ı fiü 31 vv.
Publ. in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 109-10.
cxxxiv) Q. fı rith√ Sh. al-˛jj Safiıd Nüru Tll
Opens: Safiıdun ummatun fıh safiıdu * Muf∂a ’l-nüri †lifiuh
sufiüdu. Completed on 28 January 1980/10 Rabıfi I 1400. 33 vv.
cxxxv) Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad Füdı
Opens: Badr al-ahillati ghba ’l-yawma wa’statar * fiAn al-
fiuyüni fa-amr Allhi m quddir. 40 vv.
cxxxvi) Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Türe
368 CHAPTER SEVEN
Opens: Fal-yabki man kna yabkı ’l-fiilma wa’l-fiamal * Wa-

sunnat al-muß†af ’l-hdı lan subul. Completed on 6 August
1979/13 Rama∂n 1399. 47 vv
cxxxvii) Q. fı rith√ Sı. Ma˛müd al-Tijnı
Opens: Fı kulli yawmin li’l-ilhi shufiünu * Fı ’l-khalqi yubdıh
bi-kun fa-yakünu. Completed on 28 Shawwl 1391/16 December
1971. 55 vv
cxxxviii) Q. fı rith√ ummihı
a) Opens: ˘ayyi ’l-diyyra bi-s˛atay Nkıktu * Wa’l-
tudhra fı fiaraßtih fiabartu. Completed on 18 Shawwl
1379/15 April 1960. 96 vv.
b) Opens: Laylata ˛ayyin min laylı ’l-jumufiah *
Shawwli †afisash in waftu ’l-warifiah. Completed 20
Shawwl 1379/17 April 1960. 8 vv
PART IV (B) AL-TAQ◊Rˆ⁄
The following writings were the subject of praise poems:

cxxxix) al-Hadiyya ’l-sinighliyya min al-murjn fı ’l-fiuqüd
al-adabiyya li’l-fiurbn by fiAmr Samb.
Opens: Y fi◊miran ka ’smihı bi’l-fiilmi m ’ndaras * Min al-
madrisi li-l-qawm al-nuh ’l-ru√as. 19 vv
Publ. text in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 112.
cxl) It˛f al-bughya fı ˛ukm al-ßalt wa-mas√il al-jumfia,
by al-˛jj by Mu˛ammad Füdı.
Opens: fiAl raghmi anf al-jhil al-mutafiaßßibı * li-kulli akhin
jahlin tafassaqa mudhnibı
cxli) Munqidh al-ikhwn min nazafit ’l-shay†n by fiAbd
al-fiAzız Sy
Opens: Jz ’l-fiAzızu li-fiabdihı ’l-rabbnı * Khayra ’l-jaz√i
bi-akmal al-ri∂wnı 15 vv.
cxlii) Zd al-musfir wa-kifyat al-˛∂ir. by fiAli Ba.
Opens: Qarrarta y shaykhu fiaynay mubtag˛ı zdi *
Muballaghin li-jinnin kulla murtdi. 12 vv.
cxliii) Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fı manfi tark qir√at al-Qur√n by

Mlik [fiIyn] Sy.
Opens: Jzka Rabbuka y fat ’l-fitynı * Wa-a†la fiumraka fı
tuqan wa-amni. 14 vv.
Publ. text in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 110-11
PART IV(C) MISCELLANEOUS
cxliv) Kifyat al-†ullb fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-fiilm wa’l-db

Opens: Yaqülu najlu m yara ’l-südnı * al-maghribiyyu ’l-
mlikiyyu al-Tıjnı
Publ. Text and French trans. by Cheikh Tidiane Gaye & Cheikh
Tidiane Fall under the title: Réflexions de Serigne Abbas Sall sur
l’éducation ou l’utilité du savoir, Saint-Louis, Al-Azhar
editions, 1994, with a preface by Iba Der Thiam.
cxlv) Q. fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-ßabr wa’l-tawakkul fial ’llh
Opens: A-y ß˛i ßabran wa’l-karımu ßubüru * saya˛kumu m
bayna ’l-fiibdi khabıru
cxlvi) Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf li-hujüm Isr’ıl fial ’l-fiarab fı 7 yuniyü
1967
Opens: Ra∂ın bi-m ’l-mawl qa∂ fı fiibdihı * wa-man lam
yakun na√ fian rashdihı
Completed on 3 Rabıfi’I 1987. 4 vv.
cxlvii) Q. fı ˛ußülihi fial bafi∂ al-martib al-rabbniyya
Opens: Fa-innı bi-˛amd Allhi adraktu bafi∂a m *
Tamannaytuhu min fiindihı mutakarrim.
Completed on 3 Rabıfi II 1360/30 April 1941. 7 vv.
cxlviii) Q. fı tahni√at ’l-shaykh fiAlı Ba bi’ntih√i jmifiihi fı
Guéoul
Opens: Kaml al-mun fı ’l-dıni wa’l-ghyati ’l-qußw * Min al-
fara˛ al-muf∂ı il jannat al-ma√w. 13 vv.
cxlix) Q. fı ’l-radd fial shfiirin min a˛ad al-buyüt al-dıniyya
hij√an shifiran
Opens: Qul li’l-mumazziqi fiir∂ı dünam sababi * Wa’l-muftarı
370 CHAPTER SEVEN
†uruqan min ayyim kadhibi. Completed on 17 Jumada I 1374/12

January 1955 63 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN) Fonds Serigne Mor Mbaye Cissé; Louga.
cl) Q. fı talkhıßihi li-bb fialmt al-ifirbi fı ’l-na˛w
Opens: Naja˛a li’l-khamsati fı ’l-affili * Tathniyat al-asm lahu
y tlı. 5 vv.
cli) Q. fı na÷m asm√ ajddihı
Opens: Mayoro Kumba Galy Madira Mukhtr * Mbayang
Mukhtr Maysin fi◊li Lamtoro.
Completed on 7 Rabıfi II 1404/ 10 January 1984. 15 vv.
clii) Q. fi-tafwı∂ amrihi il ’llh
Opens: Fawwa∂tu rjiya fa∂l Allhi li’lhi * Amriya sirran wa-
jahran dh min Allhi.
cliii) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-shahr Rama∂n al-mubrak fim
1397/1977
Opens: Ahlan wa-sahlan bi-∂ayfin z√irin tı * bi-kulli m shi√ta
min anwfii khayrti. Completed on 3 Rama∂n 1397/18 August
1977. 12 vv.
cliv) Q. fı ta√rıkh ta√sıs qaryatihi “al-Qhira”
Opens: Munsalakhu Shawwla fim wafsash * Ta√sısun ’l-
safidata shfı ’l-fia†ash. The date referred to in this initial verse
is 30 Shawwl 1387/ 30 January 1968. 20 vv.
clv) Q. fı ’l-tawajjuh al-tmm il ’llh
Opens: Wajjahtu wajhiya rjı ’l-fa∂li li’llhi * Bi’l-Muß†af y
fi÷ım al-qadri wa’l-jhi
clvi) Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh wa’l-ta∂arrufi lahu
Opens: Shba ra√sı wa-ghaflatı fı ’zdiydi * Wa-jumü˛ı li-m
dhuhı fı tamdi.
clvii) Q. fı waßf ri˛la lahu il qaryat Alék fı Murıtniyy
Opens: Khalawna lad “Alika” lan laylı * Ghawlin lasna fı
’l-fiußur al-khawlı. 5 vv.
clviii) Q. lmiyya: Idh m wa∂afita ’l-ar∂a fı falak al-fiül *

Wa-nazzalta sukkn al-sam bi-hibl.
clix) Q. r√iyya: fiAlayya akramta y mawlya fı safarı * Y
jliban kulla khayrin mnifian ∂ararı.
clx) Q. ra√iyya: Fa-azk salmin kna minnı fi†iri * Il
ß˛ibı ’l-muwaffı li-fiahdiya nßiri.
Completed on 4 Jumada II 1395/14 June 1975. 7 vv.
clxi) Q. yatashawwaqu ilayh al-shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı
Türe
Opens: Y ˛∂ı ’l-fiısi na˛wa ’l-fiaylami ’l-hdı * rifqan bi-sawqi
fiamıdin shawquhu bdiı 5 vv
clxii) Risla shifiriyya il bafi∂ aßdiq√ihi
Opens: Fa-raddı salmun l yusmu lahü niddu * Tamman wa-
l yufiz l fiamrı lahü ˛addu
P ART IV, ADDITIONS
clxiii) Na÷m mulakhkhaß li-yt al-shif

Opens: Wa-y ’l-shif wa-y ikhwnun wa-idh * qul hu‹wa
ytu ’l-shif li-dhı’l-adh. Completed on 7 Shafibn 1392/15
September 1972. 2 vv.
clxiv) Q. f√iyya: Wafiada ’l-karımu fa-wafiduhü l yakhlifu *
wa-ghad il akwnihı yatafiarrafu
Acrostic of Qur√n 93: 5l; in praise of the Prophet Muhammad.
Completed on 30 Rabıfi II 1402/24 February 1982. 18 vv.
clxv) Q. fı bayn m j√a bihi al-rasül
Opens: Fa-innahü fialayhi af∂alu ’l-salm * m in dafi ill il
’llhi ’l-salm. 10 vv.
clxvi) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin A˛mad al-Tijnı.
a) Opens: Fa-in li’l-ghıdi wa’l-fiıni * a˛bıl al-shay†ıni.
b) Opens: ∑arraftu widdı fian sufida wa-fian mayy * wa-
fian kulli m yunm il hdhihı ’l-duny. 28 vv.
372 CHAPTER SEVEN
c) Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-mu√†iyyi ’l-waliyyi ’l-mnifii *

fiAl ’l-nabı khayri ’l-anmi ’l-shfifii. Completed on 27
Rama∂n 1354. 39 vv.
d) Opens: Alikan a†yaba ’l-ulükati minnı * ˘diya ’l-fiısi
li’l-qir wa’l-sandi. 39 vv.
e) Opens: Jaz ’llhu fianna la Dwuda khayra-m *
Yujzıhi khayran fian murıdihı akram. 8 vv
clxvii) Q. fı rith√ ’l-sharıf Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb al-Tijnı
Opens: Ghba fiann ’l-˘abıbu ghayba fiiyni * Dünam
fiindan lahü min makni. Completed on 22 Rajab 1403/6 May
1983. 61 vv.
clxviii) Q. fi tar˛ıb bi-sumuww al-amır fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd ’l-
fiAzız fı Lügha
Opens: ‡alafi al-badru kshifan ÷ulumtı * Kunna fın tarq il
darajti . Completed on 29 Jumd II 1406/10 March 1986. 49
vv.
clxix) Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf.
Opens: ∑˛i ’rkabi ’l-˛azma wa’ß˛ab ßdiqa ’l-˛li * m∂ı ’l-
fiazımati fı ’l-tı wa-fı ’l-˛li. 14 vv.
clxx) Q. fı ’l-tawwassul bi’l-˘ayy ’l-Qayyüm.
Opens: Fa-y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y kshifa ’l-mi˛an * Wa-y
filiman m fı ∂am√irin kaman
clxxi) Q. sullam al-muhtadı wa-fialam al-muqtadı
Opens: Ci turu buur bi Yà lla mi ra˛mn * Te di ’l-ra˛ımi ’l-
whibi ’l-mannni. A qaßıda in Wolof (with an Arabic title).
Completed on 25 Rajab 1383/12 Décember 1963.
MS: IFAN (Nouveau Catalogue), 337c.
clxxii) Q. Dalıl al-ßidq il †arıq al-˛qq
A qaßıda in Wolof. Opens: Jisn bu woor te kima wan bür Yàll
* lay xeeti sant lépp ñehalna yalla. 516 vv. Completed on 29
Safar 1386/19 June 1966 in Abidjan (Ivory Coast).
Publ. Louga, n.d. (market edition).
Four poems attributed to him were lost
clxxiii) Q. fı mad˛ al-malik ˘ußayn b. ‡alll malik ’l-Urdunn.

clxxiv) Q. fı rith√ wlidihi al-shaykh Mayoro Sall.
clxxv) Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Manßür Sy b. al-shaykh al-
˛jj Mlik Sy
clxxvi) Q. fı mad˛ Sıdı al-fiArabı b. al-S’i˛ al-Tijnı al-
Maghribı
His son MU˘AMMAD AL-AMIN b. fiABB◊S SALL, b. 9 ∑afar 1383/1

July 1963
S. Tijn Guèye, Al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all, 373
Muhammad al-Amın Sall was born in Louga. He studied the Qur√n in

his father’s Qur’nic school in Louga and then was initiated into other
Islamic sciences by a Muslim scholar in Louga and initiated to the
Tijniyya †arıqa by his father. He developed a strong interest in tajwıd.
He was selected at a competition on recitation organized by the World
Muslim League in Mauritania. Following his success, he received a two-
year training in tajwıd in Mauritania and returned to Senegal. He is now
in charge of his father’s Qur√nic school in Louga.
1. Maftı˛ al-ghayb.
Completed in Rajab 1414/January 1994.
MS: Louga 9 p.
2. Misk al-khitm fı mad˛ q√id al-kirm

Opens Innı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af atamadhhabu * Fı kashfıya ’l-asw wa-
m atajannabu. Completed in 1414/1994. 185 vv.
3. Na÷m
Opens: Fa-bi-m ra˛matin min Allhi ln * Sayyid al-khalqi kulluhum
al-n. 3 vv.
4. Q. dliyya: A-fı ’l-kawni man yarjü maqman li-A˛mad * Wa-

shaykhı Abı ’l-fiAbbsi writhi A˛mad
Acrostic of “maqm al-shaykh al-Tıjnı” 1408/1988. 16 vv.
5. Q. fı rith√ abıhi fiAbbs Sall

374 CHAPTER SEVEN
Opens: Qad †ba lı ’l-yawma fian Layl wa-jrtı * Dafidin Sufidin wa-
Sufidh wa-Mayytı. Completed in 1410/1990. 50 vv.
6. Waßiyyat al-shaykh fiAbbs ˛awla ’l-ßalt.

Completed in Mu˛arram 1411/29 Juin 1990.
MS: Louga.
His disciple fiALˆ b. M◊LIK SALL, b. 24 Rabıfi II 1382/23 September

1962
Born in Saint-Louis, he studied the Qur√n and Arabic language in the
˘anafiyya Institute of Louga. In 1988 he traveled to Iraq for higher
education. He did not stay there long, but abandoned his studies at the
outbreak of the Gulf War in 1990. His writings comprise mainly poetry
dominated by panegyrics of the Prophet Mu˛ammad and of Sı. A˛mad
al-Tijnı. He now teaches at the ˘anafiyya Institute established by his
father in Louga. The works listed below are all manuscripts to be found
in the collection of Sh. Tijn Gaye.
1. Dawarn al-˛ubb
Opens: Tafnayn bi-˛ubb al-khatmi ˛ubb * Wa-afinı ’l-khatma
A˛madan ’l-Tijnı. Completed 24 Rajab 1412/29 January 1992.
2. Shif√ al-ghalıl
Opens: A-fı ’l-kawni man yushfı ghalılı wa-ghullatı * Wa-yakshifu awj’
∂an√ı wa-ghammatı. Completed 11 Safar 1413/10 August 1992. 66 vv
3. al-Tijnı fial burj al tuq

Opens: Khatm un fial burj al-tuq yataqaddamü * Mutaraddiyan bi-rida
’l-nabiyyi yatabassamü. Completd 11 Safar 1416/9 July 1995. 19 vv.
4. Qaß√id
i) Q. dliyya: Sharibtu bu˛ür al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi khliqı *
Wa-fı nüri ‡h wa’l-Tijniyyi A˛madı.
Written in 1412/1992. 37 vv.
ii) Q. nüniyya: “˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakılü” *

Wa-hwa ˛asbı ˛asıbun fı ’l-awni.
Completed 10 Ramadan 1412/15 March 1992. 13 vv
iii) Q. dliyya: Kam laylatan qad bittuh mutaßaffi˛ *

∑afa˛ti ˛ubbin min fu√dı ’l-muqßadi.
Written in 1413/1993. 35 vv.
iv) Q. t√iyya: A-l tahda√u ’l-rawfitu fın bi-la˛÷atı * Wa-

qad ˛alla hdh ’l-kha†bu fın bi-shiddatı
Completed 6 Mu˛arram 1414/26 June 1993. 26 vv.
v) Q. h√iyya: A-ya†rudunı man rü˛u qalbı wa-m√uhü *

Wa-mashrabuhü al-aßf wa-a˛l ghidh√ihı
Completed 14 Shawwal 1413/7 April 1993. 13 vv.
vi) Q. t√iyya: A-y shaykhu y fiAbbsu rifqan bimu∂ghatı

* Tukinnu lakum ˛ubban wa-ab˛ura ˛urmatı
Completed 23 Jumada II 1414/7 Décember 1993. 36 vv., elegy.
vii) Q. mımiyya: Rabbi adfiü bi-˛qq al-ism al-mufia÷÷amı *

Wa-bi-˛qq al-ßifti ˛qq al-asmı. Written in 1414/1993. 42
vv.
viii) Q. t√iyya: Kadh khatmuhü kna li-bbi ’l-wilyatı *

Kadh katmuhü lubbun li-dhti ’l-khilfatı
Completed 25 Shafiban 1414/6 February 1994. 11 vv.
ix) Q. kfiyya: ˘abıbı ’l-rasül al-Muß†af fiabdu dhtik *

Kadh sirruhü ’l-maktümu fay∂u ba˛rik. Completed 26
Shawwl 1415/28 March 1995. 11 vv.
His disciple ˘ASAN b. MÜS◊ GAYE, b. 1331/1913, d. 1394/1975

Born in Gade Ndemba in central Sengal, he received Qur√nic and basic
Arabic education in his village. He then went to the village of Njabel in
the Saloum region to study fiqh, and to the village of Patare in central
Senegal to deepen his knowledge of grammar and humanities (adab). At
376 CHAPTER SEVEN
some point in his career, he renewed his affiliation to the Tijniyya with
Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all in Saint-Louis and became one of his closest
disciples. Teaching and preaching remained his main activities until his
death in Louga. His writings comprise essentially poetry, some of which
is lost, but the following are preserved in the family library in Louga.
1. Qaß√id
i) Q. fı ’l-ishda bi’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya.
Opens: Fa’l ˛amdu li’l-mni˛ al-akwni khayrti * Thumma ’l-
ßaltu fial khayr al -bariyyti. 9 vv.
ii) Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı .
Opens: A-l min sabılin müßilin dra fiirfnı * Li-Fsin il
dardsin dri i˛snı.
iii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı.
Opens: Y himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı sahhilı * Li-fiabdikum
murdahü ’l-mubtahilı.
iv) Q. fı ’l-tawfiiya wa’l-irshd
Opens: al-Nüru jund al qalbi ay taw˛ıdu * Wa-jundu nafsin
÷ulmatun ßindıdu. 32 vv.
v) Q. fı ta√dıb al-nafs
Opens: Asqi† wa-akhmil wa-fir y †lib al-lı * Jhan wa-dhikran
muw∂ifian fian ikhbli. 21 vv.
vi) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı .
a) Opens: Shaykhı ’bnu fiAbbs alladhı man ammahü *
yufi† ’l-mun bi-fiinyat al-ra˛mni. 18 vv.
b) Opens: Fa-fii÷ nafsaka ’l-ammrata ’l-fa˛sh wa’l-
nadhl * wa-ill tazidka ’l-tafiaba wa√l khizya wa’l-
dhull. 41 vv.
vii) Q. fı makrim al-akhlq
Opens: Azil al-jahlata wa’l-khan bi-tafiallumi * fiIlman yurıka
˛aq√iqan bi-tafahhumi. 47 vv.
viii) Q. fı naßı˛at al-ikhwn.

Opens: Iltamisü ’l-arzqa fı khaby * Ar∂ikum ta˛÷ü min al-
mazy. 14 vv.
ix) Q. fı ’l-ßidq fı ’l-†alab

Opens: Fa-ßaddiq fı †ilbika wa’khsha nafs * Tafiüquka fian
wißlin li’l -murdi. 9 vv.
x) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad Buya Gueye

Opens: Il ’l-imm al-rafıfii dhı ’l-karmti * Uhdı ilayhi
ta˛iyytin zakiyyt. 29 vv.
xi) Q. Tanbıh al-mubtadi√ın wa-tadhkirat al-ghfilın

Opens: Man kna fimilan li-wajh Allhi * Yanßur lahu ’llhu bi-
l ’shtibhi. 148 vv.
xii) Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il taqw ’llhi tafil

Opens: Af∂alu m yu∂maru fı fu√di * Taqw ’l-ilh al-khliq
al-fiibdi. Written in 1390/1970. 31 vv.
xiii) Q. fı mubyafiatihı li’l-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı

Opens: Wa-innı ’lldhı byafitu shaykhı ’bna fiAbbsi * Bi-qaydi
˛aytı lastu ulf bi-iqfisi. 23 vv.
xiv) Q. tawwassul bi-jh rasül Allhi ßalla ’llhu fialayhi wa-

sallam fı ’l-istisq√
Opens: Rabbı bi-jh al-murta∂ Mu˛ammadi ßalli * fiAlayhi
Rabbi †ül al-abadi. 29 vv.
xv) Q. fı ÷uhür al-˛qq lahu

Opens: Arn ilhı ’l-˛aqqa wa√l-˛qqu w∂i˛u * Wa-za˛za˛a
fiann ’l-˛ayfa wa√l-nüru l√i˛u. 12 vv.
xvi) Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ m haj al-shaykh fiAbbs

Opens: A-l qul li-man yaghdü yufarriqu ikhwn * Wa-yaq†afiu
ar˛man wa-yanßur al-shay†n.
Part of the poem was lost, only 20 vv remain.
378 CHAPTER SEVEN
xvii) Q. fı ’l-tawakkul fial ’llh

Opens: A-y man idh fiujn yuqawwimu m bin * Bi-
himmatihı f’†rud jamıfia rawfiidı. 7 vv.
xviii) Q. fı dufi√ihi ’l-khayri li-masqa† ra√sihi

Opens: Y Rabban y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu * Y man ilayhi
kullu m arümu
xix) Q. fı ’l-istightha bi-rabb al-filamın

Opens: Y dalıl al-˛ayrni aydı ’l-nmi * Wa-quwhum wanat
mudımı ’l-malm. 16 vv.
xx) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall

Opens: Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-nadba ˛ja ’bna fiAbbsi * Jaz√a
qadırin whib in düna miqysi. 14 vv.
xxi) Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh

Opens: Astaghfir al-ilha ghfir al-dhunübi * jamıfiaha wa-
stiran kulla fiuyübi. Part of the poem lost; only 23 vv. remain.
xxii) Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il ’l-taw˛ıd

Opens: Fa-wa˛˛id ilhan jalla rabb an tafarrad * Kamlan
fifilan wa-ßiftin mumajjid. 11 vv.
xxiii) Q. Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-Fti˛

Opens: As√aluka ’llhumma lu†fa ’l-khßßi * Mafia ’stiqmatı
fial ’l-ikhlßi. Part of the poem lost; only 20 vv. remain.
xxiv) Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ muntaqid al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall

Opens: M †ba fiayshuka y man sha√nuhü abad * Kadhb un
wa-ifk un wa-buhtnun min al-nasami. Part of the poem lost; only
8 vv remain.
xxv) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd

Opens:Akhliß akhı fiibdatan fı ’llhi * Wa-l takun musı√ah
ka’llhı
xxvi) Q. fı tahdhıb al-nafs

Opens: Ard ’l-murıdi min al-a˛wli shuhratuhü * Wa’l-ßıtu
fa’˛dharhum taßil il ’l-˛li. 17 vv.
xxvii) Q. fı tahni√at al-˛jj Müs bi-˛ajjihi.

Opens: Uhanni√u man yafilü ’l-san√a wa-yaqßidu * Il na˛wi
bayt Allhi nifim al-maqßadi. 20 vv.
xxviii) Q. fi’l-tawssul il ’llh

Opens: Y ’llhu y Rabbi y Ra˛mnu y ’llhu * Ra˛ımun y
Bsi†u ’l-mannni y ’llhü. 9 vv.
xxix) Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llhi bi-shaykhin al-Tijnı

Opens: Y shaykhan A˛mad al-Tijn y sanadı * Mumiddu
kulli waliyyi ’llhi bi’l-madad. Part of it was lost; 5 vv. remain.
xxx) Q. fı rith√ ibn fiammihi Hrün Gaye

Opens: Hal yarta∂ı fiayshun fial ’l-l√i * Am yaltaqı ilghni
fawqa fiar√i? . 17 vv.
xxxi) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı

Opens: Fa ’l-fiizzu markazuhü shaykhı akhü himamı * Fa-man
yarum naylahü yti lidh ’l-shahamı. 8 vv.
His son SHAYKH TIJ◊N GAYE b. ˘ASAN b. fiABB◊S ∑ALL, b. 10

March 1951
Biog. note on back cover of author’s al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya
Born in Nguick, near Louga, he studied first the Qur√n, and the Arabic
and the Islamic sciences with his father ˘asan Gaye. More advanced
studies were then undertaken with al-˛jj Mlik Mu˛ammad al-Hdı
Ture in Fass Ture. He then went to Libya in 1972 where he completed a
Secondary School certificate and then a B.A. in Arabic at Qaryünus
University in Benghazi. He returned to Senegal in 1979 and pursued a
further year of training at the Teachers Training College in Dakar,
culminating in a teaching certificate authorizing him to teach in primary
and secondary schools. In 1980 he was appointed teacher of Arabic in
380 CHAPTER SEVEN
the A˛mad Fal secondary school in Saint-Louis. After a further two

years of training at the Teachers and Inspectors Training College, he
gained an inspector’s diploma in 1988, and became an inspector of
Arabic language teaching between Saint-Louis and Louga until Louga
(his grandfather’s home) became his fixed base in 1993.
Published Works
1. al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya

On methodologies and problems of teaching Arabic, especially in
Senegal.
Publ. 2nd edn., Dakar, Nouvelles Imprimes Sénégalaises, 2001 (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 477)
2. Dıwn
According to the biographical note on the back cover of al-Anıs fı tadrıs
al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, he has a dıwn in Arabic and another in Wolof.
3. Hdh ’l-fiabqarı al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Fal

al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, this book is in press.
4. Ishkliyyt al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya

al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, thiswork is in press.
5. K. al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l-tadnıs

Written in 1997 in response to Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-∑üfı, by
Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo (q.v.).
Publ. Dakar, Nouvelles Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 1999; n.p., n.d. (copy
in NU/Hunwicj, 489).
6. K. al-taw∂ı˛t fial mul˛a÷t jhil majhül yuwaqqifi bi’smi ’l-

ustdh F∂il Sar
Publ. Dakar, Nouvelles Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 2000.
7. al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı: ˛aytuhu wa-afimluhu

A biography of Al-Shaykh fiAbbs Sal with an analysis of his works.
Publ. Dakar: Nouvelle Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 2001 (copy in NU/
Hunwick, 487).
Unpublished works
Preserved in the collection of the author in Louga:
8. al-fiAbd al-fia÷ım fiAntara b. Shaddd

Written in 1975, 43 pp.
9. Ahammiyyat al-qawfiid al-fiarabiyya fı istinb† al-a˛km al-

sharfiiyya
10. Ahammiyyat al-tarbiya wa’l-tafilım fı ’l-islm

11. ◊liyt al-ukhuwwa fı al-islm

12. al-fiArabiyya fı fahm al-Qur√n

13. al-Mar√a al-muslima fı al-qarn al-fiishrın

14. Bi-ayyi ni÷m akhlqı nuwjih al-ta˛addiyt?

15. Dawr al-Qur√n al-karım fı tawjıh al-insniyya

16. ∆arüriyyat istifiml imkniyt fı khidmat al-islm

382 CHAPTER SEVEN
17. Ibn Ba†ü† fı Mali

On Ibn Ba††ü†a’s visit to the ancient kingdom of Mali in 1352. Written in
1976, 27 pp.
18. Ishkliyyat al-tafilım al-fiarabı fı al-madrasa al-fiumümiyya

19. al-Islm dın Allh al-khlid;

20. Al-islm fı Ifrıqiyya al-gharbiyya

21. Kayfa tafiısh al-islm

22. Min qablu wa-min bafidu

23. Mushkiltun: asbbuh wa-fiiljuha

24. Muslim al-yawm bayna thaqfatihı wa-dınihi

25. Naf† al-sharq

Written in 1998. A critique of detractors of Sufism accused to have been
bought off by the oil of the Middle East, 4 pp.
26. al-Sinighl wa’l-istifimr al-firansı

Written in 1975), 43 pp.
27. al-Siysa al-sukkniyya wa-na÷rat al-islm il ’l-mas√ala

28. al-‡alq kam yajib an yakün fi ’l-islm

29. Thawra janziya fiumruh arbafiat fiashara sana fı ’lfiIrq

30. Qaß√id
i) Akhı al-fidfiı fı junüb Lubnn

Opens: ‡afiantu sayfin fawqa fiunqi ’l-abya∂i * Bi-∂arüratin
tilka ’llatı an arta∂ı
Written in 1977 14 vv.
ii) ◊na al-wn

Opens : Y man yukh†ibu Salm dünam khajali * Wa-ru˛ta
tabhathu fianhu dünama malali
Written in 1978, 31 vv
iii) Bamba
Opens: Jahilüka ramzan li’l-tuq wa-tafnı * Jafialuka ramzan
li’l-qil wa-tawni
Written in 1979, 21 vv.
In praise of Ahmad b. Habıb Allah Mbacké
iv) Bi-munasabat fitizl ra√ıs Senghür al-˛ukm

Opens: fiAzalaka Brisu ifitizl * Sallim mahmaka wa’rta˛il
Written in 1980 on the occasion of the resignation of former
Senegalese President Léopold Senghor, 20 vv.
v) Bunuwwuhu al-rü˛
Bunuwwuhu ’l-rü˛i sqat m bi-dardsi * Min al-mafilı il
shaykhı ’bn fiAbbasi
Written in 1987, 21 vv. In praise of his master fiAbd Allh b.
fiAbbs Sal.
vi) Dhikr al-mawlüd al-nabawı

Opens: A-nusıta fa-anta man yansk * Li-m hdha ’l-dawiyyu
fı dhikrk
384 CHAPTER SEVEN
vii) Itijn
The title Itijn means “Student” in Wolof. In defense of locally
trained Muslim clerics against criticisms by students trained in
Middle Eastern and North African universities. Masamba and
Dimba are Senegalese names.
viii) Jihd al-˘jj Mlik Sy

Ppens: Laysa al-jihdu ßawrikhan wa-junüd * Wa-ta˛akkuman
fı shaghlih wa-wafiıd
On the peaceful jihd of al-˛jj Mlik Sy in colonial Sénégal.
ix) Kullun Latdior

Opens: Nah∂an li-sawtin qad dafi bi-Kajoor * I˛y√a nahjin
shaqqahu Latoor
In praise of Lat Dior, a ruler of the Senegalese precolonial state
of Kajoor who fought against the French.
x) al-Lugha al-fiarabiyya wa-kifyatuh al-˛a∂riyya wa’l-

tiknülüjiyya
Opens: Duny ’l-˛a∂rati kawnun kulluhu fikru * wa’l-fikru
rahanu lisnin kulluhu duraru
xi) Majd fı ’l-√ishra bi-m∂ın al-ifrıqı

Opens: ˘adratun idh qumn takünu * Li-ummatina bi-
fiazmin la yalınu
xii) Man an

Opens: Lastu ill mufiayyaban bi-yaqını * Anna fiayna ’l-yaqıni fı
÷illi dını
xiii) al-Manhaj: qaßıda fı ’l-ishda bi’l-shaykh fiUmar al-

Fütı wa’l-qdi fiAmar Fl
Opens: Sayr un bi-˛addi durübin yaftakhir * Bi-m√thir al-
srına bih man khabir
Written in 1987 in praise of two famous Senegalese religious
figures al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı and Qdi fiAmar Fl, 21 vv.
xiv) Mar˛aban bi-∂uyüf al-khayr

Opens: Hutmatun taqßuru fian darki ’l-fiul ’l-himamu * Wa-
lam tafiud fı sibqi ’l-majdi tazdahimu
Written in 1987 on the occasion of the inauguration of Al-
Hanafiyya Islamic Institute in Louga (Sénégal), 31 vv.
xv) Mufraqa fı bayn siysat al-ra√ıs Sanghür

Opens : fiAjab al-dahri an ya√ummu Sanghüru * Baladan kna
issahu Latjüru
xvi) Mu√tamar al-qimma al-islmı fı Dakr

Opens: Tafarruqun ka-asrbi ’l-qa†ıfii * na√at fi ’l-jar√i min
farfii ’l-hufiüfii
Written on the occasion of in competition in poetry held during
the OIC meeting in Dakar of 1991, 67 vv.
xvii) Nelson Mandela

Opens: Lastu adrı lim’l-fiuyünu fiuyünı * Fı ’nßibbi wa’zdiydi
hutünı
xviii) Qaßıda b√iyya

Opens: Qalbun fial ba˛r al-as yataqallabu * wa-shighfuu fı
qfiihı yatalahhabu
An elegy for fiAbd Allh Niys d. 2001.
xix) Qaßr Thierno Ka

Uhanni√u ßhib al-qaßri ’l-munıfi * Lad Wakma qurba ma†ar
Yüfı
386 CHAPTER SEVEN
Congratulating his friend Thierno Ka on his house built in the

residential area of Wakm close to the Senghor International
Airport at Yoff, a developing elite quarter in post-colonial
Senegal.
xx) al-Ra√ıs Shadhlı b. Jadıd

Opens: Ghadawtu wa-l adrı li-wajhiya maqßad * Wa-amsaytu
˛ayarna ’l-fu√di mubaddad
Written in 1984 , 67 vv.
xxi) al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys

Opens: Barhin bi-fay∂ khatm al-Tijni y Barhmu * Anna ’l-
tijniyyın li’l-anmi immu
In praise of Shaykh Ibrhim Niys.
xxii) al-Tafiwun al-ifrıqı al-fiarabı

Opens: Jamafia ’l-qa∂√u wa-in ya∂ummu qa∂fiu * Shafibayni
nla dhawwuhum m sh√u
xxiii) Ta˛iyyat al-multaq fı ’l-fikr al-islmı al-tsifi fiashara

Opens: M ’l-dahru ill na˛yh * aw dawratun ya˛y bin
majrha
xxiv) Tajribatı
Opens: Tadabbartu ’l-hayta hayta fiasrı * wa-mithlı l
yußarri˛u düna sabri
xxv) Tanqud fı bayn al-zunüj fiinda ra√ıs Senghür

Opens: Ihtimmu Senghür bi’l-zanji yukhdhı * Kulla man
hammahü ’l-zunüj wa-yu√dhı
xxvi) Takwın al-fi†ilın

Opens: ⁄alamüna wa-Rabbin ÷alamüna * Abßat al-haqqi fi ’l-
duny ˛aramüna
Complaining about the predicament of students trained in Arabic

universities and can not find job when they come back home.
xxvii) al-Tubbu tabbu

Opens: Baladun sayru amrihı bi-tubbi * S√irun düna waqfatin
li-tabbı
Tubbu means in Wolof a white man. The author criticizes Jean
Collin (a former colonial administrator who settled in Senegal),
whowas believed to be the power beyond the throne of Abdou
Diouf (president of Senegal 1980-2000). It also criticizes
Elizabeth Diouf, the wife of the President.
xxviii) al-Waqf
Opens: ◊mantu rabban l sharıka lahu wa-l * Abadan yur li-
qa∂√ihı min mufsid
xxix) Wa†anı wa-fiıd al-istiqll

Opens: ∑a˛awta fa-hal tar∂ ’l-ghayrika ßhiy * Qubaylaka
nah∂an li’l-mafilı musmiy
M◊LIK DIALLO of Kidira Sénégal
1. Matn al-fiaj√ib al-qadariyya wa’l-mawhib al-karamiyya li-

shaykhin wa-sayyidin al-˛jj fiUmar b. Sfiıd al-Fütı
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Curtin , 7.
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. fiUMAR M◊LIK al-Fütı
1. Salm al-Tijniyyın
(Abstract. of Ragh’ib al-Mu˛tjın of Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı b. A˛mad
b. Safiıd al-Fütı, (q.v.)
MS: Ibadan (UL), 101.
388 CHAPTER SEVEN
2. Tanbıh al-ikhwn
Biog. of Alf Hshim [Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı b. A˛mad b. Safiıd]
(q.v.), describing his miracles and meeting with the Prophet; see Paden
(1973), 85.
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ZUBAYR, b. c. 1330/1912
1. Maydn al-barhın fi ’l-naßı˛a li’l-fiuqal√ al-sawdın

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Pédagogie, 1 (2 copies)
2. Mukhtaßar fı ’l-na˛w
Work on grammar in verse.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, grammaire, 6.
3. Tu˛fat al-ikhwn fial takhmıs rayy al-÷am√n

Takh of a poem by fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs b. Mayoro ∑all (q.v.)
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques 2 b.
MAKALA b. MÜS◊ DIAKHATE, known as Khli Madiakhate Kala, b.

1250/1835, d. 1319/1902
Samb (1972), 259-301.
Born in Keur Makala in the M’Bakol, of a family that had migrated from
Njambur in Jolof, his primary teacher was his father. In, or shortly after,
1875 he was initiated into the Tijniyya by Samda Diadana, a Tukulor
shaykh whose silsila back to A˛mad al-Tijnı passed through
Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-fiAlawı. At some point he quit Keur Makala and
founded the village of Aïnoumane. He came into contact with Lat Dior,
his maternal uncle, a damel of Cayor, who made him his q∂ı (hence his
sobriquet “Khli”); he also served as Lat-Dior’s secretary, conducting
correspondence on his behalf with the French colonial authorities (for
examples, see Samb (1972), 269-71). Learned in jurisprudence and
many other Islamic sciences, he was also a skilled poet, and is said to
have initiated A˛mad Bamba into the art of verse writing. In fact
Madiakhate Kala and A˛mad Bamba had a common ancestor in
Ma˛aram M’Backe, their great-grandfather (maternally and paternally
respectively).
The French colonial authorities tried to gain his collaboration, but in

the end, feeling that they were not winning, brought him to Saint-Louis
under house arrest.
In Samb (1972), 278, is the following list of Khli Madiakhate Kala’s
students, though Samb remarks that the list is certainly not exhaustive,
but there are already plenty: Momar Antisali and his son A˛mad Bamba,
Mayacine Oumi Dieng, Bara Khary Niang, Momar Sâssoum Diakhaté
and his brothers (sons of Khli Madiakhate Kala), Mâsilla Mâné (one of
the teachers of al-˛jj Mlik Sy), Müs Mâne N’Diaye, Fâs Cissé Touré
(father of Sh. Hdi Touré), Momar Antasali Diakhaté, Sh. M’Backé
Bousso (maternal uncle of A˛mad Bamba), to whom he taught metrics
(al-fiarü∂), Serigne Madîna Sylla (otherwise known as Massemba Khary
Sylla), Bamba Fâ-Khoudia, Samba Marême Diop (his brother-in-law),
Maba M’baye (father of M’baye Roqayya), Mamadou Saghîr M’baye
from Louga, Mamadou Fâ-Diama Niang.
1. Mubayyin al-ishkl
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Métrique, 1.
Publ: Trans. with text & comm. by C. Gerresch, “Le livre de Métrique
Mubayyin al-ishkl du Cadi Madiakhaté Kala”. BIFAN, xxxvi (1974),
714-832.
2. Qaß√id
The following poems are discussed and partially translated in Samb
(1972), 263-74.
i) Q. r√iyya fı hij√ Lat Dior

Written after Last Dior’s defeat by the French in 1864.
Publ. see trans. in Samb (1972), 263-4.
ii) Q. fı silsilatihi al-Tijniyya

Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 284.
iii) Q. fı mad˛ Lat Dior

Written after Lat Dior’s “conversion” to Islam by Mb
Diakhou.
390 CHAPTER SEVEN
iv) Q. fı mad˛ Alboury N’Diaye

v) Poem celebrating the victory of Alboury N’Diaye over

Samba Laobé Fall, damel of Cayor in the B. of Guilê in 1886.
vi) Poem protesting his house arrest, each verse being half
in Arabic and half in Wolof.
Publ. see trans. inSamb (1972), 277-8.
vii) Poetic jousting with his student A˛mad Bamba, with

rhyming words in Wolof.
Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 280-1 (followed by the reply of
A˛mad Bamba.
IBN al-fiARABˆ LY d. 1388/1969

Samb (1972), 198-202..
1. Jawb al-faßl fı a˛km al-waßl

On the lawfulness of women artifically lengthening their hair. See Samb,
(1972) 201.
2. Dıwn
See Samb, (1972), 198.
YUNUS b. MU˘AMMAD, called Dhü ’l-Nün Ly, d. 1345/1927

Samb (1972).
1. Dıwn
MS: Diourbel, see Kane (1997), 63.
MU˘AMMAD MU˘Yˆ ’L-DˆN GASSAMA, known as Shaykh

Gassama, b. 1325/1908, d. c. 1991.
Samb (1972), 410-19.
Born in Dakar, he became well-known through his religious radio
broadcasts. Little seems to be known of his life, though it is known that
he once made the pilgrimage to Mecca, and in 1963 “visited” the tomb
of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
1. Qaß√id
Translated excerpts of the following poems are to be found in
Samb (1972), 411-18:
i) Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı
ii) Q. lmiyya fı ziyratihi li-Fs
On his visit to Fez in 1963.
iii) Q. lmiyya fı ’l-tahni√a
On the birth of a son to Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb and Umm al-
Khayr bt. Ibrhım Niys, named after al-˛jj fiUmar.
iv) Q. t√iyya fı ’l-tahni√a
Same topic as (iii).
v) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj F∂il Mbacke
vi) Q. fı rith√ Ibn al-fiArabı Ly
Composed on 3 ∑afar 1389/21 April 1969.
2. Tj al-jawhır fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-kawthar

Tash†ır of the Burda of al-Bußırı, composed in 1940.
Publ: Dakar: Impricap, 1964 (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb,
Panégyriques, 5 a).
NGAGNE DIEYE P◊THE, b. 1323/1906, d. 25 Rabıfi I 1411/14

October 1990.
He was was born in Khelcom Diop in northern Senegal and received his
training in Arabic and Islamic studies in Sakal, mainly with two shaykhs
from that city: Shaykh Ngagne Dièye and ◊le Sarr. Although he
received a sound religious training, his main activity was commerce.
However, he taught and wrote during his leisure hours. The following
items are to br found in his family library in Sakal:
392 CHAPTER SEVEN
1. al-˘adıth fı ta√rıkh al-Südn [Mli] al-Ifrıqı al-gharbı
2. al-Mashyakha fı Kajür
3. Tu˛fat al-fikr fı zakt al-fi†r
4. K. al-tibyn fı ’l-Südn [Sinighl] wa-fiulam al-buldn
SHAYKH MU˘AMMAD DIOP, b. 1300/1883, d. 1404/1984

Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), Interview by Ousmane Kane with Shaykh Tijn Gaye.
A native of Koki, he lived all his life there.
1. Q. r√iyya: Bakhbakh li-drin banh ’l-shaykh Mukhtrü *

Shaykh al-mash√ikhi mashhürun wa-mukhtrü
Poem about the town of Koki.
The following works are attributed to him, but no copies of them are
known to exist:
2. Q. fı marthiyyat al-shaykh Ibrhım Seck
3. Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ibr Mbaye
4. Q. Madınat Tiwwan
5. Q. fı db al-jimfi
6. Q. fı fa∂√il Rama∂n
fiALˆ b. A˘MAD BOYE, b. 1 Ramadan 1376/2 April 1957

A native of Géoul in northern Senegal, he was taught Arabic and other
Islamic sciences in his village by his father and his uncle Sh. Bashır
Ngirane.
Manuscripts listed below are in the family’s collection in
Guéoul.
1. al-Tarbiya al-islmiyya wa-ahdfuh

2. Mawqif al-mar√a fı ’l-mujtamafi al-islmı

3. ∆arürat al-fiamal fi ’l-islm

4. I†mi√nn al-qalb wa-ahammiyatuhü fı ˛ayt al-insn

5. Qaß√id
i) Q. al-bi√r al-fiatıq
Opens: Li-qalbı il ’l-bi√ri al-fiatıqi tasharrubü * Wa-fı zamzam
al-gharr√i li’l-ahli mashrabü.
Written in 1416/1996. 17. vv.
ii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul
Opens: ˘amdan li-man mana˛an al-ımn * Wa-fata˛a ’l-
qulüb wa’l-abdn. Written in 1414/1994. 45 vv.
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. MUKHT◊R MBAYE

Born in Dahra Djolof (north-central Senegal), he learnt the Qur√n and
the fundamentals of the Arabic language in his village. His mentors in
Islamic studies were Gor Dara and Mbacké Seck. After completing his
training in traditional Islamic schools, he attended two teacher training
colleges: the Dr al-mufiallimın in Dakar, and the Madrasat Takwın al-
Mufiallimın in Tunis. He also attended the University of al-Azhar in
Cairo where he graduated in 1985.
1. Mashkil al-†ifl al-nafsiyya fı ’l-usar al-sinighliyya

MS: Guéoul, 30 pp.
2. al-Manhij al-mukhtalifa li-tafilım al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-

madris al-fiumümiyya
MS: Guéoul, 28 pp.
394 CHAPTER SEVEN
3. Ta√thır al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-lugha al-wulufiyya

Written in 1410/1990 .
MS: Guéoul, 43 pp.
4. Bafi∂ al-alfib al-wulufiyya wa-qımatuh al-tarbawiyya

Written in 1993.
MS: Guéoul, 19 pp.
fiABD al-RA˘M◊N SAL
1. Ri˛lat umm al-qur

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, récits de voyage, 3.
2. Shukr rabb al-filamın

Autobiography in verse.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 5 b.
MUHAMMAD DIOP al-Kükı, called Mor Khoudia Coumba Diop, b. c.

1255/1840, d. 1297/1880.
A Wolof speaker, he was born and died in Koki, a town founded by his
grandfather Mukhtr Ndoumbé some 30 km. east of Louga. Very little is
known about his training as a scholar, though he is said to have studied
under some Mauritanian shaykhs. Much of his writing has been lost.
This much we do know: he was affiliated to the Tijniyya and was also
the author of a treatise on Arabic grammar widely used in Islamic
schools in Senegambia
1. Hadiyyat al-mujıd
Also known as al-Muqaddima al-Kükiyya. Vers. of introduction to al-
I˛mirr of Ibn Büna in 469 vv. Opens: Qla Mu˛ammadu ’l-Kükiyyu ’l-
dri * Wa’l-abü min dhurriyat al-Mukhtri. The author also gives an
alternative title: Mafiünat al-balıd.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, grammaire, 1 (two copies).
Publ. Ed. Khadım Mu˛ammad Safiıd Mbacké, Istanbul: IRCICA,
1418/1996 as Muqaddimat al-Kukkı (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 473).
1a. Muqaddimat al-Kukkı

See Hadiyyat al-mujıd.
2. Q. fı hij√ al-q∂ı Madiakhate Kala

Opens: Idh lam yakun bz un lad aykatin ß˛ * Tarannama fawq al-
ghußn al-wurqu irt˛.
7 vv.
MS: Louga: Sh. Tijn Gaye Collection.
AL-‡◊HIR b. ABˆ BAKR LAMBA DUKURE, b. 1930

Behrman (1970); biog. notes inside covers of Les bases de la voie at-Tijania
Born in Malicounda, some 80 km. from Dakar, he studied the Qur√n

and taw˛ıd with his father. He later studied Arabic literature in Riya∂.
After Senegalese independence in 1960 he became President Senghor’s
cultural and religious affairs counsellor, and then minister of religios
affairs until 1967. He has also been a leading personality of the
Hamawiyya in Senegal.
1. al-Dafiwa al-˛amawiyya fı mir√t al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

Publ. Dakar: M. al-Ra’s al-Ahdar, 1976 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ 141).
2. al-Mawhib al-laduniyya fı ’l-dafiwat al-˘amawiyya [li]’l-bayfia

Account of French defamation of the ˘amawiyya, their accusations of
Sh. ˘am’llh’s criminality, his imprisonment and the execution of sons
of his and followers; see biog. notes.
3. Qawfiid al-†arıqa al-A˛madiyya al-Tijniyya

Publ. Dakar: Al-Azhar li’l-Tibafia wa’l-nashr wa’l-tawzıfi, 1995; and
French trans., Les bases de la voie Ahmadiyya at-atijania, same
publisher and date (copies in NU/ Hunwick, 484, 485).
4. Wa˛y al-fiaqıda fı s˛at al-sharıfia wa’l-˛aqıqa

Publ. in same vol. as Qawfiid al-†arıqa al-A˛madiyya al-Tijniyya see
above no. 3).
CHAPTER EIGHT
SENEGAMBIA III: WRITERS OF THE MURˆD ‡ARˆQA
by
The Murıds (or Mourides) are the most studied Sufi order of West
Africa. Three generations of scholars have worked on the Mourides in
European languages: the colonial scholars starting from Paul Marty, the
early post-colonial scholars (Cruise O’Brien, Copans, Cheikh Tidiane
Sy), as well as a number of younger scholars over the past decade. The
first and second generation extensively covered the process through
which, following the colonial conquest and the breakdown of Wolof
states and political economy, Mouride shayks provided citizens of pre-
colonial Wolof states of Senegambia with a social and political
framework, thereby replacing rulers. In this literature special attention is
paid to the role played by this typically Senegalese Sufi order in the
cultivation of cash crops, and to the stability of the Senegalese state, due
to the fact that Mouride shaykhs would deliver the votes of their
disciples in favour of the ruling party in exchange for some benefits.
The third generation of scholarship on the Mourides has focussed on
their transnational migrations and the spiritual and economic networks
linking Mourides based in Asia, America, Europe and Africa. However,
much less work has been done on the Mouride contribution to Arabic-
Islamic literature. A notable exception is Fernand Dumont (1975), whose
study is devoted to the thought of A˛mad Bamba. More recent research
has shown that there are a number of scholars who form what Amar
Samb called a “Touba school”. Notable among them is A˛mad Bamba
himself, who was the most prolific Senegalese writer—Dumont alone
collected some thirty thousand verses of his. These form only a part of
his writings, which his Mouride devotees claim to be so numerous as to
weigh seven tons altogether.
SENEGAMBIA III: WRITERS OF THE MURˆD ‡ARˆQA 397
A˛mad Bamba’s writings, and those of other Mourides are greatly

influenced by Sufi world views. A˛mad Bamba himself was initiated
into Sufism by Qdirı shaykhs including his paternal uncle Samba Ka,
and then by al-˛jj Kamara in Saint-Louis. Sh. A˛mad Bamba also spent
two years in exile in Mauritania with Sh. Sıdiyya, leader of another
major branch of the Qdiriyya. After being initiated into both the
Shdhiliyya and the Tijniyya, A˛mad Bamba founded his own order,
known as the Murıdiyya, which in some respects is closest to the
Qdiriyya. Mouride poetry is largely that of tashakkurt—grateful
acknowledgement of the favours of God and His Prophet.
The poems of A˛mad Bamba and his disciples have a great relevance
for understanding the culture of Senegal and the Senegalese diaspora. In
Senegal, most singers, whether traditional or modern, have devoted
songs to A˛mad Bamba. In many such songs poems of Mouride writers
are chanted. Printed copies, audio- or video- cassettes of qaß√id, as
these poems are called, sell in huge quantities in Senegal, as well as in
New York, Paris, and Turin. Mouride communities form the majority of
the West African immigrants in many western countries (and in South
Africa), and membership of the order plays an important role in the life
of these people. Most of them regularly send a portion of their earnings
to their shaykhs in Senegal, or to the administration of the semi-
autonomous Mouride city of Touba.
In organized weekly festivals, thousands of Mouride followers gather
to recite qaß√id, both in Senegal and overseas, believing that this will
procure them blessing for their endeavour. Thus, more than the literature
of any other Sufi order, that of the Murıdiyya is widely utilised beyond
the circle of literate people.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. ˘ABˆB ALLAH, called A˛mad

Bamba or Khadım al-Rasül, b. 1270/ 1853-4 or 1272/ 1855-6, d.
1346/1927.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af ◊n (q.v.), ˘ayt al-shaykh A˛mad Bamba; Cruise O’Brien
(1971); Creevey (1979); Ba (1982); Robinson (1991); Seesemann (1993); Robinson
(2000), 208-28; HDS, 189-91.
His father’s family was Tukulor by origin, and had migrated in the
eighteenth century fron Futa Toro to Cayor, where thay had been
incorporated into Wolof society. A˛mad Bamba’s grandfather founded a
398 CHAPTER EIGHT
village called M’Backe (hence the “family name” M’Backé, or in Arabic

“Bakkı”); his father, known as Momar Antisali, a teaching shaykh,
moved from M’Backé to Salum, where he married a sister of the ruler of
Cayor, Lat Dior. A˛mad Bamba, however, was the son of another wife,
Maryama Bousso [also known as Jrat Allh] of distant Tukulor origin.
Both of his parents were from religiously learned families, and hence it
is no surprise that A˛mad Bamba’s early teachers were, in addition to his
father, either maternal or paternal uncles.
By 1887 his merits as a scholar and man of God were becoming well
recognized and he began to acquire disciples, especially after the death
of Damel Lat Dior in 1882, and the collapse of the state of Cayor. It was
then at about this time that he established his own village of Touba,
which was to become the “holy city” of his followers, the murıdün, or
disciples—the Mourides as they became commonly known in French
and English writings. He had already been initiated into the Qdiriyya by
a muqaddam in Saint-Louis, and had received further spiritual
instruction from Sh. Sıdiyya in Mauritania.
His growing following alarmed the French colonial authorities, who in
August 1895 arrested him, and the following month exiled him to
Gabon. He was allowed to return to Senegal in 1902, but a year later was
sent off to Mauritania, where he spent the next four years with his
spiritual master Sh. Sıdiyya. After his return to Senegal in 1907 he took
up monitored residence in Thiène in the cercle of Louga, and in 1912
returned to Diourbel where he had spent the years 1903-7 under “open
arrest”. His relations with the French colonial authorities, however,
steadily improved, and in 1916 he was made a member of the Comité
Consultatif des Affaires Musulmanes, and in 1919 a “Chevalier de la
Légion d’Honneur”.
A˛mad Bamba’s first, and most noted, disciple was Ibra Fall, who
recruited many other disciples. Though Ibra Fall was not a scrupulously
observant Muslim, his devotion to A˛mad Bamba was such that his own
followers honoured him as God, and Ibra as his prophet. They came to
constitute a sect of the Mourides known as the Baye-Fall.
An analysis of A˛mad Bamba’s spiritual teachings can be found in
Dumont (1975), and a list of Arabic language biographies of him in
Samb (1972), 421-2. Many of his works have been made accessible
through market editions. The majority of them are in verse, and in such
cases the opening line is given in the lists below. Many of them do not
have clearly stated titles, so most of those below reflect what is given on
the cover of the edition. Other titles in Addenda, p. 664.
1. fiAdad shuhür al-fiajam

Poem on months of the European calendar.
Opens: Yanyir Fabryir fa-Mris * Abrıl May yünyu y ˛ris
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 155.
2. A-fa-l tashkurüna bika

Opens: Ilayya qudta ’l-barakti wa˛dı * bil tanzufiin wa-ghayri ja˛dı
3. fiAj√ib Rasül Allh

Opens: Yaqülu man laysa yazlu A˛mad * Li-Rabbihı dh khidmatin
mufitamid
4. Allh
Opens: Idh katabtu ’htazza fiarsh al-Bqı * Wa-sabba˛at mal√ik al-
qibbı
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with W’al-balad al-†ayyib
yakhruj nabtuhu bi-idhn Allh and Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammadun lahu,
for his son Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 418).
5. Allhu Mu˛ammad un (i)

Opens: Allhu akramu man afi† wa-man wahab * Wa-khayru man bi’l-
adh wa’l-sü√i qad dhahab
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 115..
6. Allhu Mu˛ammad un (ii)

Opens: Allhu Mughnin Wsifi u n ∑amadü * fiAlayhi jalla wa-fial
afitamidü
See also Qaßıda lvi below.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with Sa-yajfial
Allhu bafida fiusr in yusran and A†lubu minka ’l-fiilm (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 437).
400 CHAPTER EIGHT
7. Allhu Mu˛ammad un (iii)

Opens: Adfiu il ’l-ilhi bi’l-taw˛ıdı * Wa-m ra√aytu fianhu min ma˛ıdı
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with Ilhm al-
Wadüd and Waßiyyat Sukhna Penda Diop (copy in NU/Hunwick, 477)
8. A-li-dhikri layl
Opens: A-li-dhikri layl idh atatka bi-manzilı* al-nafsu ˛zat fıhi kulla
mu√ammalı
In praise of the Prophet, and warning against love of this world.
9. fi◊m daksash
Opens: fiUlüm alladhı qd al-fiulüma li-man yash * Tufiallimunı m
kna fı ’l-ghaybi wa’l-÷ahri
The title suggests it was composed in 1324/1906, numerical value of d.
k. s. sh.
10. A˛madun al-m˛ı

Opens: Sub˛na Rabbı al-fia÷ım al-afil * Man khalaq al-Mukhtra
fardan afil
11. A˛madun al mukhtr

Opens: A˛madun ’l-mukhtru mil˛u ’l-nsi * Khidmatuhü ta˛mı fian al-
adnsi
12. fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal

The year “Haksash” is equivalent to 1325/1907. Opens: fiAl ’l-muntaq
khayri ’l-bary Mu˛ammadı * Salmıka khallid y ilhı bi-A˛madı.
Publ. together with. Q. b√iyya: Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıb and Q.
mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for
[his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 420).
13. Ash’hadu anna Allh mawjüd

Deals with the unicity of God, religious education. Includes also the
ruling on those who abandon ßalt without cause.
14. Ashkur Rabbı dhkir an

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall ’llhu * fiAl „Mu˛ammadin wa-man
talhü
15. Asm√ al-˛abıb

a)Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı kafnı * Makr al-fiid bi-
Muß†af kafnı
b)Opens: Wa-lı fı ’l-drayni hab khayra naßıb * Wa’jfial ˛aytı
kullah khayra thawbi
16. Asm√ sayyidin Mu˛ammad

On the names and nicknames of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. Opens: Ismuhu
fiinda ahl al-jannati fiAbd al-Karım
17. Asm√ al-tahlıl allatı fı ’l-Qur√n al-fia÷ım

The attribution to A˛mad Bamba is not certain, since the published
version does not mention his name. However the style is his, and the
publisher is the principal publisher of works by A˛mad Bamba.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır Niang,
copy in NU/Hunwick, 461).
18. A†lubu minka’l-fiilm

Opens: A†lubu minka’l-fiilma qabl al-fiamalı * Fal-taqinı ’l-jahla wa-qud
liya amalı
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with Sa-yajfial
Allhu bafida fiusr in yusran and Allhu Mu˛ammad un (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 437).
402 CHAPTER EIGHT
19. Ayyasa minnı ’llhu

Opens: Ayyasa minnı’llhu fiinda jwalı* Iblısa idh ndaytuhu bi-y
walı
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Q
r√iyya: Y man bi-amd˛ihı ta√tını ’l-busharü and Mumıti (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 451).
20. al-Bqiyt al-ßli˛t

On good works.
21. Bidyat al-khidma

Opens: Y Rabban ßalli wa-sallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı sammaytahü
bi-A˛mad
22. Bidyat al-khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı ’l-ra˛ma

Opens: Ufawwi∂u amrı il ’llhi inna ’llha baßırü * B’ismi’llhi ’l-
Ra˛mni ’l-Ra˛ımı
Publ, n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 21)
23. Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı

Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı’akdra y ’llhü * ∑affi ’l-baqa√a bihi lı
fıka y ’llhü.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with ˘amdı
wa-shukrı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 465)
24. Dını ˛ubb Allh

Opens: Dını ˛ubbu ’llhı wa’l-rasüli * ßall fialayhi qda lı sülı.
25. ∆iyfat li-dhı ’l-itqn wa-li-ghayrihim min al-murıdın wa’l-murıdt

Advices to his disciples.
26. al-Durra al-yatıma

Vv. on grammar. Opens: ˘adda al-kalma laf÷un ’l-mufıdü * Na˛wa
at zaydun wa-dh yazıdü.
27. Fa∂√il al-fishür wa’l-mu˛arram

Prose work urging performance of devotional acts during the Muslim
month of Mu˛arram and particularly on the day of fi◊shür.
28. Fa∂√il Rama∂n

On the benefits of fasting during Rama∂an.
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 194, 220.
29. F√ida tanfafi kulla man arda al-intiffi

Advice to Muslims.
30. Fat˛ al-badıfi fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı ’l-rafıfi

Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi al-Whibi al-Fatt˛ * Bi-dhı ßaltı fial ’l-mift˛.
31. Fat˛ al-Fatt˛ al-fiAlım al-Khabır fı bathth fiilm yu√addı il ’l-ajr
al-kabır
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi bil intih√ı * fiAl nabiyyi ’llhi dhı ’l-luh√ı
32. Fat˛ al-Fatth fı mad˛ al-mift˛

Opens:Inna fufidı li’l-rasüli ßaraf* ßall fialayhi Rabbuhü wa-sharaf
33. Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-m˛ı al-awzr

Prayer to the Prophet.
34. Fat˛ al-Kfı al-Bqı al-Mumıt

Urging his disciples to search knowledge.
404 CHAPTER EIGHT
35. Fat˛ al-Mannn fı jawb fiAbd al-Ra˛mn

Replies to the questions on Sufism asked by a man named fiAbd al-
Ra˛mn Lo.
36. Fat˛ al-Wahhb al-Karım fı bi’smi ’llh al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım

A Süfi exegesis of the basmala.
37. Fay∂ al-ghanı ’l-mughnı fı na÷m m fian al-sulüki yughnı

Opens: Aqsmu dın Allhi dhı ’l-jamlı * (....) al- s√il bi-’l-ml
38. Fı rabıfi al-awwal

Opens Fari˛a khayru mursalin bi-kha††ı ’l-mufiassali
39. al-Fulk al-mash˛ün al-maßnüfi min al-dhikr al- maßün

Opens: Ql al-khadım al-fiabdu wa’hwa A˛madü * L zla fiinda Dhı ’l-
jaml ya˛madü
40. Futü˛ al-mukrim fı amd˛ al-mukarram

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ßarrafanı * Bi-fa∂lihı fian bidfiin li’l-
sunanı.
41. ˘ad√iq al-fa∂√il fı khidmat khayr al-was√il

See Dumont (1975), 12. See also p. 631 below.
42. ˘adıth al-shaykh

Text of a sermon delivered by the author to his disciples on the eve of
the fasting month of Rama∂n. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 223.
43. ˘lat al-ziyra

On how to “visit” the shrine of a saint.
44. ˘amdı wa-shukrı

Opens: ˘amdı wa-shukrı li-man kullı bihi ßr * Lahu ri∂an düna
sukh†in fiinda ßarßr.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Bi’smi ’l-
ilhi ’kfinı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 465).
45. Hammat Sulaym

Also titled Jlibat al-maziyyt wa-dfifiat al-raziyyt fı mad˛ khayri ’l-
bariyyt (q.v.).
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d. (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 417).
46. ˘ijb al-drayn f ı’l-tafiawwudh min al-nrayn

Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15.
47. ˘ijb mülı ’l-fiinya fı ’l-tamassuk bi-inna waliyya Allhu

Opens: Inniya a˛madu muRabbiya ’l-wakıl * Mußalliyan fial immiya
’l-kafıl.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Ma†lab al-taqabbul fı ’l-ßalt
fial khayr al-rusul and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs
tanal for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick, 427).
48. ˘aqıqat sirr al-maßün wa-durr al-maknün

On hidden truths.
49. ˘ißn al-abrr al-hudt fian mak√id al-fujjr al-bught

Publ. Dakar: al-Dr al-Sinighliyya, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 24)
50. ˘ißn al-jalıl

Opens: Sa√altu Rabbı ’l-˘afı÷ al-Mnifi * In kna fiann kulla ∂urrin
dfifi.
51. Ijtanib al-ghıba wa’l-riy√

Warning against calumny and hypocrisy.
406 CHAPTER EIGHT
52. Ilhm al-salm fı ’l-dhabb fian dın al-islm

Opens: Wa-bafidu fa ’l-majüsu wa’l-naßr * ∑rü li-iblısa ’l-qawı asr
53. Ilhm al-La†ıf al-Khabır fı ’l-twassul bi-asm√ al-bashır al-nadhır

Opens: Yaqülu †lib al-ilhi wa’l-rasül * Mu˛ammadun yarjü ’l-ri∂
wa’l-qubül.
54. Ilhm al-Wadüd fı jawb Ma˛müd

Advice to one of his disciples. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı fiibdah
* Amara bi’l-ımni wa’l-fiibdah.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with
Waßiyyat Sukhna Penda Diop and Allhu Mu˛ammadun (iii) (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 482).
55. Inna ’l-rasül la-sayf un yusta∂√u bihi

Opens: Wajjahtu li’llhi ˛amdan wa’hwa karramanı * Bi ’l-Muß†af wa-
bihı lı jda bi’l-amni.
56. Inna waliyya Allhu’lladı nazzal al-kitb

Publ. Dakar: Imp Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Ma†lab al-
taqabbul and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal (copy
in NU/ Hunwick, 427).
57. Inna wujüda Rabbin wa’l-qudam

Except for the first line, the work is an urjüza. Written in Rama∂n
1344/ March-April 1926, as suggested by the numerical value of the last
word of the first verse: damsashin (d-m-s-sh.).
58. Irshdt li-bafi∂ al-mustafıdın

Opens: Tub li’l-fiAlımi wa’l-Khabıri fawr * Min kulli shay√in qad
yu˛kı jawr.
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 217
59. Ishtar Allah tabraka minnı al-∂am√ir kullah

Prayers of different kinds.
60. fiIßmat jamıfi al-mafißümın

Opens: fiAßamanı ’l-Khliqu min ∂arari m * Khalaqa aw yakhluqu
∂urrı ’nßaram
61. al-Ifitiqdt
On the Islamic creed.
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 13-14.
62. Jadhb al-qulüb il fiAllm al-ghuyüb

See Dumont (1975), 12. Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-˘aqq al-Mubın * Man
kawnahu liya yabın.
Publ. n.p. [ Dakar]” Imp. Serigne Saliou M’Backe, for Muß†af Mbodj
n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 440); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.
(copy in NU/Hunwick, 441).
63. Jlibat al-marghib fı ajl ka-fijil al-rghib

Publ. n.p., n.d., but indicated “in the Maghrib” (copy in NU/ Brenner,
18).
64. Jlibat al-maziyyt wa-dfifiat al-raziyyt fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyyt

Written in 1311/ 1893-4 in Touba. Opens: Hammat Sulaym bi-ßarfı fian
maziyytı * Kay-m taqüdu zimmı li’l-raziyytı
Publ. as Hammat Sulaym, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his
son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 417).
65. Jmifi al-ml fı ’l-˛l wa’l-ma√l

Prayers of different kinds in prose.
408 CHAPTER EIGHT
66. Jawb fiAbd al-La†ıf

Reply to the questions of a man called fiAbd al-La†ıf; c.f. no. 77 below.
67. Jawb amır Ndar

Answers to questions put to him by the French colonial governor based
in Saint-Louis (Ndar in Wolof) between 1900 and 1903.
68. al-Jawb fı su√l man qla inn jamıfian na†lub minka an tubayyina
lan
Questions and answers on Sufism.
69. Jawb al-˛jj Demba Bsin Sal

Replies to the questions of his disciple Demba Bsin Sal.
70. Jawb il akh s√il

71. Jawb akhına „Mu˛ammad Diop

Responses to questions concerning Sufism from his disciple Mu˛ammad
Diop. Opens: In kunta fı ’l-drayni fawz an taqßidu * Fa-’ttaqi mawlka
bi-fifili m amara (...?)
72. Jawb Serigne Bakala Mmur Sıse

Poem replete with Sufi advice. Opens: Dünaka y ma˛müdu m in
sh√a’l-Jalıl * Yashfı murıdan wa-murdan min ghalıl.
73. Jawb Serigne Busübbe

Replies to the questions asked the author by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad
Busübbe.
74. Jawb Serigne ‹Wajja Dieng

Reply to a letter of a shaykh named Wajja Dieng.
75. Jwartu ’llha bi-kitbihi

Opens: Jwartu bi’l-furqni Rabbiya ’l-mufiın * Malaktu nafsı wa-
za˛za˛tu ’l-lafiın.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır., with Lam
yabdu mithl al-Muß†af (copy in NU/Hunwick, 434).
76. al-Jawhar al-nafıs fı fiaqd nathr al-Akh∂arı al-ra√ıs

Vers. of the Mukhtaßar of Al-Akh∂arı. Opens: Awwalu m awjabahu ’l-
Ra˛mnü * qa†fian fial ’l-mukallafi al-ımnü
77. Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf fı jawab fiAbd al-La†ıf

Comm. on vv. he wrote on his exile; c.f. no. 66 above.
78. Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf alladhı kafnı kulla jabbr fianıd wa-

shay†n marıd wa-kafnı kulla m fıhi sü√ wa-∂arar abadan
79. al-Khidma al-mu†ahhara

Opens: Bi’smi ’l-fiAliyyi Allhi wa’l-Ra˛mnı * al-Nfifii ’l-Ra˛ımi Dhı
’l-azmnı.
80. al-Khilf al-wqifi bayna al-fiulam√ fı tafsır ism Allh al-afi÷am

The debate of the fiulam about the greatest name of God.
81. Khutbat al-nik˛

82. La-in shakartum la-azıdannakum

Operns: Li-Rabbin karımin wsifiin khayri mafibüdı * Shukürı lad drı
wa-fı ’l-ba˛ri wa’l-bıdı.
410 CHAPTER EIGHT
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Wa-m dhlika fial
’llhi bi-fiazız (copy in NU/Hunwick, 419).
83. Layla balsash bishr

Opens: Li-khayri kulli wlidin wa-walad * Qd al-fiAlı Dhü qidamin lam
yalid.
The year “Balsash” corresponds to 1332/1913-4.
84. Laylat al-mawlid fim ˛aksashin

Opens: Lı maddu Rabbı ’lladhı ˛waltuhü wa-hud * Kullı wa-lı qda
bi’l-mukhtri khayru hud.
Written on the occasion of the anniversary of the birth of Prophet
Mu˛ammad in 1328/1910.
85. Lisn shukri

Opens: Lisnu shukrı * Min bafidi dhikrı * Bi-ghayri makri * Li-dhı’l-
l√ı.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with
Madd al-Khabıru (copy in NU/Hunwick, 426).
86. Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq

Opens: Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq ’l-nüri azmn * Li-wajhi Ra˛ımin
lam yazal qa††u Ra˛mn.
87. Madd al-Khabıru

Opens: Madd al-Khabıru * Lı wa’l-kabıru * M l yabüru * min al-
luh√ı.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with Lisn
shukri (copy in NU/Hunwick, 426).
88. Maftı˛ al-bishr wa’l-amn wa’l-janna fı ’l-ßalt wa’l-taslım fial

muqım al-sunna
Opens: A˛adu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı sammaytahu
Mu˛ammad
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for Muß†af Mbodj n.d. (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 435). Kane (1997), 174, gives the opening line as:
Afiüdhu bi-llhi min al-shay†nı * Wa-†ayyib al-mamarri ka ’l-aw†nı.
89. Maftı˛ al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn

c.f. no. 94 below.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Saliou M Backe, n.d., for Muß†af Mbodj (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 459); Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır
(copy in NU/Hunwick, 422); Dakar, for al-Mukhtr al-Kattnı (copy in
NU/ Brenner, 17).
90. Mafti˛ al-mun fı ’l-than√ fial ’llh tafil wa’l-rasül

91. Mafiiyyat Allh

Deals with religious exhortation.
92. Majmafi al-nürayn fı faw√id al-drayn

See Dumont (1975), 12, who states: “comprenant 59 morceaux, dont 19
fâida ou leçons de morale”.
Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-kitb, n.d, (copy in NU/Brenner, 41).
93. Manfifi Rama∂n

On the benefits of fasting during Rama∂n; c.f. no. 134 below.
94. Man rma fıka y kitb al-Karım

Praise of the Prophet.
95. Maslik al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn

MS: Niamey, 1387 (photo of Bü ’l-Afirf’s copy).
96. al-Mashrab al-ßfı fı mad˛ al-Muß†af ’l-kfı

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mawl ’l-˛if÷i wa’l-÷afarı * Man kna fı ßufrin
aw kna fı safarı.
412 CHAPTER EIGHT
97. Ma†lab al-fawzayn

Composed as he was constructing Touba. After a lengthy introduction,
poem opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karımi dhı ’l-minan * fiAl ashghlı
bi-furü∂in wa-sunan.
Publ. Dakar, n.d., for Ibrhım Jukhni Yamjal (copy in NU/Hunwick,
462).
98. Ma†lab al-shif√

Opens: ˘amdan li-munzili ’l-∂an wa’l-d√ * Wa-munzil al-shif√a
wa’l-daw√.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 447);
Dakar, M Middı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 446).
99. Ma†lab al-taqabbul fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-rusul

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi yubaddilü * Sayyi√atan ˛asanatan wa-
yajzilü.
Publ. Dakar:Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with ˘ijb
mülı’l-fiinya and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktim an li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal
100. Mawhib al-Nfifi fı mad√i˛ al-shfifi

Opens: Rafafin il ’l-M˛ı ’lladhı qad ma˛ ’l-˛uzn * Madı˛an fiajıban
yukhjil al-sajfia wa’l-wazn.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Saliou M’backé, n.d. (copies in NU/Hunwick, 433,
438); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with Mawlid khayr al-
filamın (copy in NU/Hunwick, 444).
101. Mawhib al-Quddüs fı na÷m nathr shaykhin al-Sanüsı

Vers. of the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı. Opens: Ifilam ˛abka ’llhu rushdan
wa-safiah * Kna ilhun wal shay√a mafiah.
102. Mawhib al-Ra˛mn

On prayers.
103. Mawlid khayr al-filamın

Opens: Mawlid khayr al-filamın A˛mad * Naf li-ghayrin ’l-adh
wa’l-kamad.
Publ. Dakar:Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with Mawhib al-Nfifi fı
mad√i˛ al-shfifi.
104. Mift˛ al-ghuyüb fi jawb khillin fiUmar Jüb

Advice to his disciple fiUmar Diop.
105. Mifta˛ al-naßr fı dufi√ laylat al-qadr

Described as a collection of poems taken from the letters of “Shahr
Rama∂n”.
Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Kitb, n.d. (copy in NU/Brenner, 42).
106. Mift˛ al-safida fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-sda

Also called Muqaddimat al-khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı al-ra˛ma (q.v.)
107. Minan al-Bqı ’l-Qadım fı mufijizt ’l-rqı ’l-makhdüm

Composed in 1321/1903-4. Opens: Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-amr∂ı *
Wa-kabba man ankara bi’fitir∂ı.
Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Kitb, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 22).
108. Min al-˘aqq

Opens: Min al-˘aqq j√a ’l-˛aqqu li’l-˛aqqi fı ’l-ßa˛bı * Bi-˛aqqin
mubın in l yufinıhi min ßafibı
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his son] Bashır Niang,
with Wa-laqad karramn banı ◊dam (copy in NU/Hunwick, 408 ).
109. Min fiumüm ahl al-madına al-munawwara

On Sufism.
414 CHAPTER EIGHT
110. Mu˛ammad al-˛abıb

Opens: Madda lı ’l-˘aqqu ’l-mubınu m li’l-bariyyati yubınu * Wa-m
li-ghayrı l yubınu min bishrin wa-nifiamı
111. Mu˛ammad al-jamıl

Opens: Madda lı ’l-sharıfiata ’l-mu†ahharah * Man qda lı ’l-˛aqıqata
’l-munawwarah.
112. Mu˛ammadı al-khalıl

Opens: Madd al-khabıru lı wa’l-kabıru * M l yabüru min al-’luh√i.
113. Mu˛ammad al-ma˛büb

Opens: Madda lı ’l-mukhtru m lı madd * Min bishrin bi-l adhan
fa’mtadd.
114. Mu˛ammad al-m˛ı

Opens:Ma˛ ’llhu m qad s√anı ’l-dahru fa ’nghasal * Wa-lı qda
sirran minhu a˛l min al-fiasal.
115. Mu˛ammad al-makhdüm

Opens: Middı wa-aqlmı wa-fiaqdı wa-aqwlı * Li-Rabb al-sam wa’l-
ar∂i qa†fian ka-a˛wli
116. Mu˛ammad al-ma√mün

Opens: Mu˛ammadun jammalahü ’l-ilhu * Bi-bahji l ilha illa ’llha.
117. Mu˛ammad al-mufia÷÷am

Opens: Mahawtu ’l-lagh fiannı bi-Rabbı wa-bi ’l-nabı * fiAlayhi salm
khayri hdin mujnibı
118. Mu˛ammad al-mubbashir

Opens: Mallakanı ’l-maliku sirran fia÷m * Sqa li-ghayrı kullu man
tafia÷÷am.
119. Mu˛ammad un Mu˛ammadun lahu

Opens: Ma˛ fiuyübı wa-ma˛ fiifsı * Man qda lı ’l-shukür fı anfsı
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang,
with Wa’l-balad al-Tayyibyakhruju nabtuhu bi-idhn Rabbihi and Allh
(copy in NU/Hunwick 418).
120. Mu˛ammad al-mumallik

Opens: Ma˛ tawajjuh al-fiid wa’l-sü√ı * Lı-man ˛am fiumrı fian
musı√ı.
121. Mu˛ammad al-mußallı

Opens: Mu˛ammad un qad ma˛ m s√anı abad * Wa-madda lı bi-
sharri bqin w˛idin fiabd
122. Mu˛ammad al-muqaddam

Opens: Min mlikı rumtu bi-ahli Badrı * fiißmata kullı wa-’ fitil√i qadrı.
In praise of Muslims who fought at the battle of Badr.
123. Mu˛ammadatı
Opens: ˘amadtu Rabbı fial kawn al-rasül * Wasılatı ilayhi hdh
khayru sül.
124. Mujlasat ahl al-taßawwuf

On the relationship between Sufi masters and aspirants.
125. Mulayyin al-ßudür wa-mudhakkir al-qubür

416 CHAPTER EIGHT
126. Mumıt
Opens: Mumıtu kuffa man tawajjaha bi-∂urr * Liya lahu fı fijilin y ma
ya∂urr
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Y
man bi-amd˛ihi, and Ayyasa minnı ’llhu (copy in NU/Hunwick, 451).
127. Munawwir al-ßudür lad ’l-manzil wa-fiinda ’l-duwar

Poem of wafi÷, composed in 1324/ 1906.
Opens: Y ayyuh ’l-ghdı il ’l-tafiallumı * Hka waßiyyatı wa-rfii
kalimı.
Publ. see Dumont (1975), 14, who notes: Ce texte est suivi de “La
réponse de Mamour Cissé, Sérigne de Bakel” et de “Trois conseils
adressés aux Chefs par le Cheikh al-Khadim” et des “Précieux vers
adressés par le Cheikh Al-˘âjj Mu˛ammad Al-Fa∂ilou (Al-Hâjj Falilou)
à son père vénéré le Cheikh A˛mad Bamba—que Dieu l’ait en sa
complaisance -puis de la “Réponse d’Al-Khadim à ses vers”.
128. Muqqadima fı khidmat alladhı al-Qadım qaddamahü

Includes advice and general considerations relating to ethics.
129. Muqqadima fı khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı al-ra˛ma

Also called Mift˛ al-safida fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-sda. On the names
of the Prophet, arranged alphabetically, with statistical counts.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d. (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 458, 457 [different edition]); Dakar: al-Dr al-
Sinighliyya, n.d., with brief biog. of author (copy in NU/ Brenner, 19)
130. Muqaddamt al-amd˛ fı mazy al-mift˛

Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang
131. Muqaddimat al-ikhwn

Includes writings relating the unicity of God (taw˛ıd) and others on Sufi
litanies and how to recite them.
132. al-Muqaddima al-ßughr al-na÷miyya fı ’l-khidma li-khayr al-

barriya
Opens: ˘amdan li-man jafialanı khadıman li’l-Muß†af * ’lladhı ˛aw al-
taqdım.
133. Mursala mafi al-shaykh Sıdiyya b. al-shaykh Sayyid Mu˛ammad

Correspondence in verse, response to Sh. Sıdiyya of Boutilimit
(Mauritania).
MS. Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 228.
134. Naf√is al-durar fı kalimt khayr al-bashar

Explanation of the meanings of some ˛dıths of the Prophet
Mu˛ammad.
135. Nahj qa∂√ al-˛ajj fı m min al-db ilayhi ’l-murıd ya˛tj

136. Nakß fial fiaqibayhi

Opens: Naf ’lladhı lahu ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * li-ghayrı ’l-shay†ni
wa-hwa dhü nadam
137. Naß√i˛ il ’l-ikhwn

Opens: Ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu l tuhmilü ’l-dahr * Wa-l tansaw ’l-
dayyna sirran wa-l jahr.
138. Naßı˛a nfifia

Advice to his disciples.
139. Na÷m silsilat al-kirm fı tartıb ajdd sayyid al-anm

Opens: Ql al-mu˛ibbu li-rasül Allhı * Mu˛ammadun sib†u ˛abıb
Allhı
Publ.: Dakar : Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang
(copy in NU/ Hunwick, 414).
418 CHAPTER EIGHT
140. Nifimat Rabb al-filamın fı khidmat khayr al-filamın

Opens: Wajjahtu kullı il Dhı ’l-fa∂li wa’l-minan * fiAbdan khadıman
lahu bi’l-far∂i wa’l-sunnan.
141. Nubdha fı fa∂√il Rama∂n

On the benefits of fasting during the Rama∂n; c.f. no 88 above.
142. Nür al-drayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn

Publ. n.p. [Dakar]:Imp. Serigne Saliou Mbacké, n.d., with Y ’llhu ßalli
wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAnnı fial khayr al-bary A˛mad, and Y
sayyidı y Muß†af y dh ’l-nad (copy in NU/Hunwick, 456); Dakar:
Librairie Dar Senegalia, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 20).
143. Nür al-drayn fı ’l-ßalt fial sayyid al-kawnayn

Opens: Yaqülu A˛madu ’l-dhalıl ’l-shı * al -Mustajıru bi-rasüli ’llhi
144. al-Q√il fal-yaqul khayran

A warning that one should always tell the truth.
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),199 .
145. Qaßfiid
A) With titles derived from the Qur√n
i) Fa ’staqim kam umirta wa-man tba mafiaka
Title taken from Qur√n 11: 112.
Opens: Hkum jawban yadfafiu ’l-malmah * Wa-yakshifu ’l-
gha†√a bi’l-salmah.
ii) Innı dhhibun il Rabbı sa-yahdını

Title taken from Qur√n, 37: 99.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mat dhahaba * Ilayhi
dhhib un hadhü wa-wahab.
iii) Fa’dhkurünı adhkurkum

Title is taken from Qur√n 2: 152
Opens: Fikrı wa-qawlı wa-afimlı il ’l-Brı * Dhikran w a-
shukran wa-iqblı wa-idbrı.
iv) Fa-man sh√ fa’l-yu√min, fa-l rdda li-fa∂lihi
Title derived from Qur√n 18: 29 and 10: 107. Opens: Far˛u
mawlidi ’l-nabiyyi mu˛arram * Kam lahü qda ’l-fiul wa’l-
karam.
v) Fa-qad j√akum bashır un
Title taken from Qur√n, 5: 19. Opens: Fqa jamıfi al-anbiy
wa’l-rusulı * Sayyidun A˛madu ˛ibb al-muralı
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Wa-
kna ˛aqqan fialayn naßr al-mu√minın (copy in NU/ Hunwick,
407).
vi) Fa-qad naßarahu ’llh
Title inspired from Qur√n, 9: 40.
Opens: Fata˛a fat˛ an lam yur * Qa††u wa-fiiwa∂un lan yur
vii) Fa’ßbir inna wafid Allahi ˛aqq
Title is taken from Qur√n, 40:55.
Opens: Fuztu bi-kawni wafida dhı ’l-jalli * ˛aqqan wa-arjü
surfiata ’rti˛li
viii) Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım
Title inspired by Qur√n, 1: 6.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick,
448).
ix) Inn ansha√nhunna insh√ an
Title taken from Qur√n, 56:35.
Opens: Allhu Barrun Ra˛ımun Bri√un A˛ad * Bqin Badıfiun
wa-Ra˛mnun wa-Multa˛ad.
420 CHAPTER EIGHT
x) Inna ’llha mafian

Title taken fron Qur√n 9: 40.
Opens: A˛babtu Rabb al-filamin * mafia ’l-amıni wa’l-amın
xi) Inna ’llha ’shtar min al-mü√minına anfusahum
Opens: Infiaqada ’l-bayfiu bi-m dalla fial * Ri∂√i b√ifiin wa-
mushtarin fial
Title is taken from Qur√n, 9: 111.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for Bashır Niang, with
Q. dliyya: Il mufiıdin karımin khayri mafibüdı and Q. mımiyya:
Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-karamü(copy in
NU/Hunwick, 449). The published version opens: Inqda lı min
ilhı ’l-fa∂lu wa’l-karamu * Bi-l ’nßirf wa-innı ’l-dahra
mu˛taramu.
xii) Inna Rabbı fial kulli shay√ in ˛afı÷
Opens: Aghnnı ’llhu Rabb al-jinni wa’l-basharı * fiAn al-fian
wa’l-adh bi’l-shukri wa’l-bushrı
xiii) Inn ßababn ’l-m√a ßabban
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial wujüdı * Ra˛matihı wa-lu†fihı
wa’l-jüdı.
xiv) Iqra√ wa-Rabbuka ’l-akram
Title is inspired from Qur√n, 96: 3
Opens : Ahd bi-˛amdin li-man lı thabbata ’l-qadam * Nifima
’l-Shakür alladhı lı yashkuru ’l-khidam.
xv) Katab Allh la-aghlibanna an wa-rusulı
Opens: Kawwin lı ’l-yawma nasran fiizza mawlya * W’al-takshif
al-˛ujub fiannı hab lı al-y.
xvi) L nufarriqu bayna a˛adin min rusulihi

Opens: Fuzta bi-÷arfi ’l-˛asantı * Sayyidat an li’l-mu˛sinti
Maryam faqat al-müqanti * fiInda ’lladhı lam yudrak.
xvii) Mathalu ’l- jannat allatı wufiida ’l-muttaqün
Opens: Ma˛madatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar * Minhu fial
m˛in ma˛ bi-hi ’l-kadar.
xviii) Mathal alladhına yunfiqüna amwlahum fı sabıl Allh
xix) Qad afla˛a ’l-yawma man istafil
Opens: Wahaba liya ’llhu lisn al-fiarabı * Wa-lı bihi qad qda
khayr al-qurbı.
Title is taken from from Qur√n, 20: 64.
xx). Wa-amm bi-nifimati rabbika fa-˛addith
On gratefulness to God. Title inspired from the Qurfin, 93: 11.
Opens: Wa-amm bi-nifimati Rabbika fa-˛addith labbayk *
Rabbı wa-safidayka wa’l-khayru kulluhu bi-yadayk
xxi) Wa’dhkurü ’llha fı ayym mafidüdt
On dhikr. Title taken from Qurfin. 2: 203.
xxii) Wa-kna ˛aqqan fialayn naßr al-mu√minın
Tile taken from Qur√n, 30: 47
Publ. Pikin-Icotaf: Mk. Touba Qaß√id Dr al-Minan, for
Serigne Bassirou Ba Mbacké, n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 406);
Dakar: Imp. Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, with Fa-qad j√akum
bashırun (copy in NU/Hunwick, 407).
xxiii) Wa-kun min al- shkirın
On taw˛id. Title inspired by Qur√n, 7: 144.
422 CHAPTER EIGHT

xxiv) Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahu
Praise of the Prophet. Title inspired from Qur√n 3: 152.
xxv) Wa’llhu fial m naqülu wakıl
Opens: Min al-khadımi il ’l-makhdümi mıznü * l
yanta˛ı ajruhü kaylun wa-mıznü
xxvi) Wa-innaka la-fial khuluqin fia÷ım (i)
Title is from Qur√n, 68: 4.
Opens: Waqnı bqin za˛za˛a ’l-∂arr wa’l-tabab * Li-ghayrı
wa-bi ’l-mukhtri aghn fiani ’l-sabab.
xxvii) Wa-innaka lafial khuluqin fia÷ım (ii)
Opens: Widdı li-Rabbin qdirin khayri fafifilı * A-ßa˛˛ fu√dı
mafia kalmı wa-affilı.
xxviii) Wa-m fiind Allhi khayrun wa-abq
Title is taken from from Qur√n, 43: 36.
Opens: Asıru mafia al-abrri ˛ına asıru * Wa-÷annu ’l-fiid annı
hunka asıru.
Publ. with ∑li˛ Mbacké, Dufi√ al-istisq√, Dakar: Imp. Serigne
Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick, 430)
xxix) Wa-qul Rabbi anzilnı munzal an mubrakan
Opens: Walajtu wulüjan ßfiyan laysa yab†a√u * Bi-m ukhtıra lı
fı-mad˛i man laysa yakh†afiu.
xxx) Wa-waßßayn ’l-insn bi-wlidayhi ˛usnan
On loyalty and devotion to one’s parents. Title taken from
Qur√n, 29: 8.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır
Niang (followed by two short untitled pieces in the form of
prayers) (copy in NU/Hunwick, 445).
xxxi) Wa-yazıd Allh alladhına ihtadü
Title taken from Qur√n, 19-76.
Opens: Wajjahtu kullı li-man hadnı * Wa-r∂in lı fı ’l-ba˛ri
man fidnı.
xxxii) Wa-yufiallimukum Allh
Title inspired by Qurfin, 2: 282
Opens: Wajjahtu wajhı bi-tafsiri ’l-kitb * Li-man kafnı ’l-
˛isba wa’l-fiitb.
xxxiii) Y nru künı bardan wa-salman fial Ibrhım
Opens: A-l innanı uthnı fial khayri munfiimı * Wa-l ashtakı
li’l-khalqi min faqd anfiumı
B) Acrostics
xxxiv) Aß˛b al-janna hum fıh khlidün
Ilayka y khayr al-bariyyatı salmu * Khadımika ’lladhı
kafaytahü ’l-malmu.
Acrostic of the last five words of Qur√n, 2:82
xxxv) Ash’hadu bi-ann Muslimün
Acrostic of Qur√n, 3:64.
Opens : Ashhadu anna ’llha jalla wa-fial * [……]
xxxvi) Fa-’ßbir inna wafiad Allhi ˛aqq
Opens : Fuztu bi-kawni wafidi Dhı ’l-Jallı * ˘aqqan wa-arjü
surfiata irti˛lı
424 CHAPTER EIGHT
xxxvii) al-˘aqq min Rabbikum fa-man sh√a fal-yu√min

Acrostic on Qur√n, 18: 29. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı
qalbı had * munawwiran wa-qda lı dhawı hud.
xxxviii) Lı Allh al-Qur√n Jibrıl Mu˛ammad
Acrostic on the title of the poem. Opens: Li’l-Muß†af nawaytu
m yujaddidu * Sunnatahü ’l-ghar√ wa-innı A˛madu.
xxxix) Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm
Acrostic of Qur√n, 47: 80. Opens: Middı wa-aqlmı li-man
za˛za˛a al-yamm * Kam za˛za˛a ’l-shay†na wa’l-jahla wa’l-
ghamm.
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 54, with title: Man yu†ifi al-
rasül fa-qad a†fiAllh).
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır
Niang, with Waqnı ˘afı÷un and Yasurru rasül Allh (copy in
NU/ Hunwick, 413).
xl) Wa-amm m yanfafiu ’l-nsa fa-yamkuthu fı ’l-ar∂i
Acrostic of Qur√n, 13:17.
Opens: Wahaba lı ’l-Wahhbu fı ’l-thulth * M yukhjilu ’l-
fiashru wa’l-thalth.
xli) Wa-laqad karramn banı ◊dam
Opens: Wajjahtu wajhı li-man takrımuhu bn * Fı shahri
mawlidi man fı ’l-ba˛ri Rabbn
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır
Niang, with Min al-˛aqq j√ al-˛aqq (copy in NU/ Humwick,
408).
xlii) Wa-inna laka la-ajran ghayr mamnün
Opens: Wu∂ü˛u kawnika a˛abbu abad * Li-dhı ’l-war min al-
war lahum bad
C) Unititled by qfiya.
xliii) Q. fiayniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-˛afı÷ al-dfifiı * li-kulli
∂urr in al-mujır al-mnifiı
Vers. of the Dufi√ al-rift of Al-˘arırı. (d, 485/ 1092; see GAL,
S I, 486).
xliv) Q. fiayniyya: Waqnı ˘afızun Qhirun jalla Mnifiü *
Jamıfi al-adh wa’l-khayru lı’l-yawma †√ifiü
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with
Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛ al-yamm, Q. dliyya: Yasurru
rasüla ’llhi kha††ı bi-mawlidı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 413).
xlv) Q. b√iyya: ˘amdı li-Bqin kafnı ’l-mawta wa’l-tabab
* Bi-jhi man qad kafnı ’l-∂arra wa’l-sabab
xlvi) Q. bi√iyya: Il ’lladhı yudhhibu ’l-a˛zna idhhb *
Mılü bi-Qur√nihi m zla wahhb
xlvii) Q. b√iyya: fiIlmı bi-anna ilhı l sharıka lahü * Qad

qda lı ’l-fiilma wa’l-afimla wa’l-adab
On the virtues of taw˛ıd.
xlviii) Q. b√iyya: Li-Rabbin ghafürin qad ma˛ fiannı ’l-
dhanb * Wa-fiannı naf iblısa fı ba˛ri m yanb.
Written in 1311/ 1893-4 .
Publ., Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır
Niang, with Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım ((copy in
NU/Hunwick, 448).
xlix) Q. b√iyya: Wajjahtu li’llhi li-m lı qa∂ ’l-arab *
˘amdan yasüqu lı’l-ml wa’l-†alab
The poem is known as Ma†lab al-ri∂wn al-Mbakı.
426 CHAPTER EIGHT
l) Q. b√iyya: Wajjahtu wajhı li-fiizzi ’l-fiajami wa’l-fiarabi *

∑all fialayhi ’lladhı lı qad qa∂ arabı
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),78
li) Q. b√iyya: Wuddı li-man bi-nabiyyı yafta˛ al-bb *
Duny wa-ukhr wa-fıhim faqat a˛bb
lii) Q. b√iyya: Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıbı * Wa-khalılı
wa-kunta qablu †abıbı
Publ. with fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal and Q. mımiyya: Kun
ktiman li’l-∂urri, Dakar : Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his
son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 420.
liii) Q. b√iyya: Yanqdu lı ’l-ajru bil ˛isb * Mimman lahu
fiumrı dhü ’˛tisb
liv) Q. dliyya: fiAl ’l-muntaq khayri ’l-bary Mu˛ammadı
* Salmayka khallid y ilhı bi-A˛madı
lv) Q. dliyya: Allhu khayru ˛afı÷in ˛fi÷un abad * Wa-
khayru Rabb in bi-khayri ’l-dhikri qad fiabad.
lvi) Q. dliyya: Allhu Mughnin Wsifiun wa-∑amadu *
fiAlayhi jalla wa-fial afitamidu
lvii) Q. dliya: B√ al-lafiınu y√isan ka-qirdı * Li-ghayri dhtı
bkiyan bi-†ardı
A satire on French colonial authority, pictured as the devil who
despairs of getting the better of him.
lviii) Q. dliyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi man had bi’l-jüdı * al-Qbil
al-ruküfii wa’l-sujüdı
lix) Q. dliyya: Fraqtu li’llhi min kullı hudan fiadad * Wa-
qda lı minhu abadan l tar madad

lx) Q. dliyya: Li’llhi ’lladhı qad jda lı bi-hud * Kullı
khadıman li-man taqdımuhü fiahd
lxi) Q. dliyya: Il mufiıdin karımin khayri mafibüdı * ashkü
bi-jhi shafıfi in khayri mawlüdı
MSS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 135, 170.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır
Niang, with Inna ’llha ’shtar, and Q. mımiyya: Bushr lan
qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-karamü (copy in NU/Hunwick, 449).
lxii) Q. dliyya: Li-Rabbin karımin wsifiin khayri mafibüdı *

Shukürı lad drı wa-fı ’l-ba˛ri wa’l-bıdı
Opening verse of La-in shakartum la-azıdannakum (q.v.)
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Wa-m dhlika
fial ’llhi bi-fiazız (copy in NU/Hunwick, 419).
lxiii) Q. dliyya: Madda wujüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdü * Lı
naffiuhü wa-’ nqda na˛wı al-jüdü
lxiv) Q. dliyya: Qda lı ’l-Qur√nu m l ajidü * Fı ghayrihı
nifim al-kitbu al-munjidü
lxv) Q. dliyya: Wullıtu fian kulli m lam yur∂ihı ’l-A˛adü *

Wa-kna lı wa-kafnı sharra man ja˛adü.
lxvi) Q. dliyya: Y khayra ∂ayfin at bi’l-bishr wa’l-madadı *
Ahlan wa-sahlan wa-tra˛ıban bi-l fiadadı
Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang,
with Q. r√iyya: Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr and
Zıda fay∂an
lxvii) Q. dliyya:Yaqını yaqını tarku qaßdı li-mawridi * khalılin
˛abıbin dhı ’l-siydti mufradi
428 CHAPTER EIGHT
lxviii) Q. dliyya: Yasurru rasüla ’llhi kha††ı bi-mawlidı *

Yadümu lan bushran yafı khayra mawridı
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with
Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛ al-yamm, Waqnı ˘afı÷un,
and Masurru rasül Allh (copy in NU/Hunwick, 413).
lxix) Q. dliyya: Wajjahtu mad˛ı li-man taqdımuhü bdı* Wa-
qad kafnı fasqan bi-fiibdı
lxx) Q. h√iyya: Malaktu bi-fa∂li ’llhi m kna yushtah * Wa-
sayrı lahü min qablu bi’l-muntaq ’ntah
lxxi) Q. h√iyya: Rumn shuküra man ilayn wajjah *
A˛madan al-Mukhtra dh fa’ttajah
lxxii) Q. hamziyya: Allhu af∂alu man dhü ’l-khawfi qad
laja√a * Lahü wa-akramu man bi’l-su√li qad faja√
lxxiii) Q. hamziyya: ˘amdı li-Rabbin karımin l sharıka lah *
wa-ßadrı ’l-yawma nüran s†ifian mali√
lxxiv) Q. hamziyya: Rabbı bi-m yashra˛ al-adh’hna qad
faja√ * Bi-jhi af∂ali man li’llhi qad laja√
Prayer for Serigne Fallou [Mu˛ammad F∂il], who became
A˛mad Bamba’s second khalıfa.
Publ. Dakar: Édition Islamique, with Latinized transliteration
and Wolof translation, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 453).
lxxv) Q. hamziyya: al-Shın mufijamatun wa’l-kfu wa’l-r√u *
Li’l-r√i wa’l-b√i wa’hwa ’l- b√u wa’l-r√u
The letters of the alphabet referred to in the first line may be
interpreted as al-Shukr li’l-Rabb wa-huwa ’l-Brı.
lxxvi) Q. hamziyya: Minnı shukür un wa-˛amdun li ’lladhi faja√
* Bi-makhjal al-su√li fiabd an khdiman laja√

lxxvii) Q. hamziyya : ˘adhafa an yaqßidanı bal√ * Bqin
bihı ’nqda lı ’fitil√
lxxviii) Q. hamziyya: Wu∂ü˛u ßaf√ı bi-lladhı ’l-dahru

yansha√ü * Murdı bi-Rabbı qad bad lı wa-ansha√ü
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997, 88).
lxxix) Q. lmiyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’lladhı ’l-Qur√nu qad
nazal * Minhu ibtid√i wa-arjü fiindahu’l-nuzul
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır,
Niangwith Q. r√iyya: Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr
lxxx) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına bil *
fiAddin bi-shukrin wa-dhikrin yaßrifni bal
lxxxi) Q. lmiyya: Ma˛awtu bi’llhi fı dh ’l-yawmi jumlata
m * Thabbatahü min haw nafsı wa-min qalbı
lxxxii) Q. lmiyya: Y sayyidı y rasül Allhi khudh mad˛ı *
M lı siw ’l-muntaq li’l-mliki ’l-wlı * wasılatan wa-kafnı
kulla ahwli.
lxxxiii) Q. mımiyya: Ab ’l-rabıfiu siw ’l-idbri bi’l-nifiamı *
Min bafidi iqblihı bi’l-fiar∂i wa’l-nifiamı
lxxxiv) Q. mımiyya: A-l innanı uthnı fial khayri munfiamı: *
Wa-l ashtakı li’l-khalqi man faqada anfiumı
lxxxv) Q. mımiyya: ◊tnı ’l-afi÷amu Rabbı al-akramü *
Wa’nqda lı min dhı ’l-jaml al-karamü
lxxxvi) Q. mımiyya: Byafitu khayr al-war bi’llaw˛i wa’l-
qalami * Li-wajhi Rabbi ’l-war dhı ’llaw˛i wa’l-qalami.
430 CHAPTER EIGHT

lxxxvii) Q. mımiyya: Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-
karamü * Lamm’ stahallat fialayn ’l-ashhur al-˛urumü
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for Bashır Niang.
(with Q. dliyya: Il mufiıd in karımin khayri mafibüdı and
Inna’llaha ’shtar (copy in NU/Hunwick, 449 )
lxxxviii) Q. mımiyya: Il ’llhi Rabb al-fiarshi wa’l-farshi wa’l-
sam * Wa-dhı ’l-ar∂i wa’l-kursı shukrı qad sam
lxxxix) Q. nüniyya: Innanı fiudh†u bi’l-ilhi ’l-mufiını * min
jamıfi al-adh wa-kulli lafiinı
xc) Q. mımiyya. Jaz√u dhı ’l-wujüdi jalla wa’l-qidam *
wa-dhı ’l-baq√i ßnanı fian al-nadam
xci) Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal *
Qaßdan wa-tafilu ’l-jıla y mutafiallimü
Publ. with fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal and Q. b√iyya: Y
kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıbıi, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang,
n.d.for his son Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 420);
Dakar: Imp Seroigne Niang, n.d. with Ma†lab al-taqabbul, and
˘ijb mülı’l-fiinya (copy in NU/Hunwick, 427).
xcii) Q. mımiyya : Qla li-wajh Allhi fiabduhü ’l-khadım *
rasuluhü a˛mad (...?) al-qadım
xciii) Q. nüniyya: Rumn shukür alladhı bi’l-kfi wa’l-nünı
* M sh√a yaffialu min bd in wa-maknünı
Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang
xciv) Q. mımiyya: al-Qalbu minnı fı dh ’l-yawmi qad
fialim* bi-fiajzi khalqin fa-min khawfi ’l-war salim
xcv) Q mımiyya: Mudda ßaltuka mafia ’l-taslım * li-
fiabdika ’l-rasüli dhı ’l-taklım.

xcvi) Q. mımiyya: Naf ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam *
li-ghayrı ’l-shay†ni wa’hwa dhü nadam.
xcvii) Q mımiyya: Rabban ’ghfir li-man atka khadım *

muqbil an t√iban ilayka fiadım
xcviii) Q. mımiyya: Salmun bqin qadım un fa∂luhu karamü *
fiAl ’lladhı madda lı-m laysa yanßarimü
xcix) Q. nüniyya: ◊tıka tnı bi-l tawnı * Y m˛ı ’l-

ghurbati wa’l-hawnı
c) Q. nüniyya: Bada√tu bi’smi man kafnı ’l-lafiın * Bi-
qadri dhti ’llhi Rabbı ’l-mufiın
ci) MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 36.
ci) Q. nüniyya: Afidhanı ’l-Mnifiu min kulli lafiını * Bi-
qadrihı fa-qultu ˛abbadh ’l-mufiınü
cii) Q. nüniyya: Li’llhi shukrı bi-l kufrnı * Mudh ßnanı
fian kulli dhı khusrnı
ciii) Q. nüniyya : Min Allhi bi’l-mukhtri qad j√at al-
mun* Wa-rumtu min al-bqı bihı ’l-shukra azman
cv) MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 54 (with title:
Mawliduhu fı Rabıfi al-Awwal).
civ) Q. nüniyya: Min al-khadımi il ’l-makhdümi mıznü *
L yanta˛ı ajruhü kayl un wa-mıznü
cv) Q. nüniyya: Qad †ba qalbı li-m ’llhu sallamanı *
Min al-fiid wa-bi-ha††i’l-dhanbi akramanı
Thanks to God and praise for the Prophet.
432 CHAPTER EIGHT
cvi) Q. nüniyya: Qlü lı ’rkun li-abwb al-sal†ını * Ta˛uz

jaw√iza tughnı kullam ˛ını
cvii) Q. nüniyya: Uthnı fial man bi-fat˛ al-ghaybi yuftını *

Wa-artajı minhu bushr sürata ’l- †ını
cviii) Q. nüniyya : Y dh ’l-asmı ’l-fii÷mi ’l-ghurri y
sanadı * innı ’ttakhadhtuka fi ’l-drayni mafiün
cix) Q. nüniyya: Y ß˛i kun dh ’shtighlin kulla a˛yn *
bi-†fiati ’llhi l tarkun li-fiißyn
cx) Q. qfiyya: A-l innanı arjü min al-wsifii ’l-˛aqqı * Bi-
jhi ’l-muqaff nßiri ’l-˛aqqi bi’l-˛aqqı.
cxi) Q. al-qfiyya: Ijfial hdhihi ’l-qfiyat al-tiya * Fawq
al-mımiyyati ÷hiran wa-b†in
cxii) Q. qfiyya: Raddu salmin †ayyibin qad fq * Kulla
salmin yajlibu ’l-wifq
cxiii) Q. r√iyya: Fa-innahü kna li’l-awwbına ghafür faqrı
* Il ’l-Wsifii ’l-Ghaffri dhı ’l-qadri.
cxiv) Q. r√iyya: Fari˛tu mimman af∂a ’l-m√a fa ’nfajar *
Bi-fiıßmati sarmad min kaydi man fajar
cxv) Q. t√iyya: ˘uqqa ’l-buk√u fial sdt in amwtı *
Tabkı ’l-ar∂ı fialayhim ka ’l-samwtı
On the virtues of spiritual shaykhs, and justifying mourning for
their decease.

Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır
Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 431).
cxvi) Q. r√iyya: Mu˛ammadatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar *
Minhu fial m˛in ma˛ bihı al-kadar
cxvii) Q. r√iyya: ∑altu ’lladhı fı kulli shahr in wa-fı ßafar *
˘amnı fial m˛in ma˛ ’l-˛absa wa’l-safar
cviii) Q. t√iyya: Wall ’l-lafiın li-siw jihtı * ‡aradahu
mughnı yadı fian htı
cxix) Q r√iyya:Y dh’l-bushrti bi’l-yti wa’l-suwarı* Lı
ish’had bi-kawniya fiabd al-mu˛sin al-ßuwarı
Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang,
with Y mukrim al-∂ayf (see cxxi below)and Y khayr ∂ayf
(copy in NU/ Hunwick, 421)
cxx) Q r√iyya: Y man bi-amd˛ihı ta√tını ’l-busharü * Y
„Muß†af y rasülu ’llhi y basharü
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with
Ayyasa minnı’llhu, and Mumıt (copy in NU/Hunwick, 451)
cxxi) Q. r√iyya: Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr * Y
m˛iyan fian khadımin qablu awzr
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),187.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. .for [his son] Bashır
Niang, with Q. lmiyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’lladhı’l-Qur√nu qad
nazal minhu(copy in Hunwick, 436); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa
Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Q. dliyya: Y 
khayra ∂ayfin and Q r√iyya:Y dh’l-bushrti bi’l-yti wa’l-
suwari (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 421).
cxxii) Q. r√iyya: Yu√minnı ’llhu bi-afil khayrı * Bi-l
nihyatin bi-ghayri ∂ayrı
434 CHAPTER EIGHT
cxxiii) Q. wwiyya: Wu∂ü˛u ’fitil√i ’l-Muß†af qda lı ’l-

fiafw * Kam qda lı bushran ˛aw ’l-amna wa’l-ßafw.
cxxiv) Q. yfiiyya: Il ghayrin qad wajjah al-kaydu wa’l-
safiy * ÷ulüm un wa-shay†nun bi-man qda lı ’l-rafiy
D) Untitled Urjüzas
cxxv) Afidhanı ’l-Bqı min al-shay†nı * fiInda mamarrı wa-
fı ’l-aw†nı
cxxvi) A˛madu mughniyan tafil fian sinah * Wa-kna lı bi-
kulli shahrin wa-sanah
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Saliou M Backe for Muß†af Mbodj,
with Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri, (copy in NU/Hunwick,
455); Dakar: Imp Saliou M’backé, with Nür al-drayn fı
khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn (copy in NU/Hunwick, 456)
cxxvii) Ajru ’l-Karımi 'l-Rfıfii ’l-Shakür * Dafi kulliyatı il
’l-shukür
cxxviii) A-l inna Rabb al-fiarshi akrama A˛mad * fialayhi
ßaltu ’llhi m adh’haba ’l-fiid
cxxix) Allhu Rabbı A˛adü * [...] al- ∑amad alladhı huwa ’l-
ilhü.
cxxx) A†ba lı’l-mamarru ka’l-aw†ni * Bqin afidhanı min

al-shay†ni
cxxxi) fi◊dtı ’l-dahra fiibdtun li-man * Lahu ’l-bary

wa’l-fifil wa’l-zamanü
cxxxii) Ajbanı Rabb al-sam * Wa’l-ar∂i bi-’lladhı sam

cxxxiii) Ammananı al-jamılu khayra ’l-munzali * Min ∂arari
’l-afid√i wa’l-tazalzuli.
cxxxiv) Astaghfir Allh al-fia÷ıma wa-atübü * Ilayhi min
÷awhirin wa-min ghuyüb
Appears to have a title: Astaghfir Allh bihi.
Publ. Dakar: Imp Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashir, n.d.,
with Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam, and Zd al-
musfir wa-qüt al-˛∂ir (copy in NU/Hunwick, 438).
cxxxv) ◊tnı ’l-akramu m fqa ’l- ÷unun * min al-khuyüri
wa-˛amnı fian anın
cxxxvi) ◊tnı ’l-akramu m yaghbi†unı * Fıhi siwya mkith an
fı wa†anı
cxxxvii) ◊tnı ’l-dhikr al-˛akım al-∑amadü * Wa-qdahu il
yadayya Mu˛ammadü
cxxxviii) ◊tnı ’l-kitba Rabbı al-A˛adü * Wa-innahü al-
akramu nifim al-multa˛adü
cxxxix) Awjada lı wujüdu man lahü ’l-qidam * Fa∂lan fia÷ıman
dünahü kasba al-khidam.
cxl) Awrathta fiabdaka wa-jraka al-kitb * y m˛iyan

fianhu jawliba ’l-fiitb
cxli) ◊yasa minnı ’llhu fiinda Jıwali * Iblısa idh ndaytuhü

bi-y Walı
Composed in Guéoul (Jiwali) when the author was en route to
exile.
436 CHAPTER EIGHT

cxlii ) Banaytu †fiatı bi’ttibfiı * Bi’l-dhikri wa’l-˛adıthi
wa’l-ijmfiı
cxliii) Braka lı ’l-Bqı bi-l ’intih√ı * Fı thamanı wa’l-
bayfiu dhü ’ntih√ı
cxliv Barakatu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidamü * Qad
wajab lahü tanm lı ’l-khidamü.
cxlv) Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-fiuyübı* Wa-kna lı bi-af∂al
al-ghuyübı
cxlvi) Barra√anı ’l-Quddüsu min fiuyübı * Nafsı wa-lı qad
jda bi’l-ghuyübı
cxlvii) Bi-˛aqqi wajhika ’l-karımi ’lladhı * Fuztu bi-qaßdihı
fawzan yaghbi†unı
Thanks to God, and an account of his dispute with French
colonial authorities.
cxlviii) Bi’smi ’l-ilhi akfinı al-akdra y ’llhu * ∑if al-baq
bihı lı fıka y ’llhu
cxlix) Bi’sm ’l-ilhi wa-hwa ’l-Ra˛mnü * Wa-hwa ’l-

Ra˛ımü wa-lahu ’l-azmnü
cl) Dhabba wujüdu ’llhi m lam yar∂a lı * Li-ghayri

dhtı bi’l-nabı al-mufa∂allı
cli) Fata˛a lı ’l-Fatt˛u bb al-khayrı * Wa-fian janbı

sadda bba ’l-∂ayrı

clii) Fari˛a khayru ’l-bashar bi-khu†a ’l-mubashshir * wa-
qdanı bi-bishrin min Rabbihı ’l-mufa∂∂il.
cliii) Farraqa baynı wa-bayna m yafiüqü * fiAni 'l--ilhi
Allhu jri ’l-rafıqü.
cliv) Fzat qalmı ’l-yawma bi’l-khayrayn * In sh√a man
yakfını ’l-∂ayrayn
clv) Hadaytanı hdı ’l-ßirt al-mustaqım * Bi-man simtuhü
ßirtun mustqım
clvi) Hdh wa-innı bi’l-rasül al-Muß†af * Rumtu tawassulan
il man iß†af
clvii) ˘amnı ’l-˘aqqu min al-mamlı * Li-ghayrihi wa-huwa
Dhü Kaml.
clviii) ˘amdan li-man ya˛fa÷u kulla dhı safar * Min kulli m
yasü√uhü min al-∂arar
Prayer for the traveller.
clix) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal* rasülan
„Mu˛ammad an wa-bajjal
clx) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mahm tarak * Su√lahü
yagh∂ab fa-˛abbadh ’l-malak
clxi) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man qaßad * Ri∂fiahü ˛amhü
fiamm raßad
438 CHAPTER EIGHT
clxii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yakhtaßßü * Man sh√a bi-

ra˛matin hadn al-naßßü
clxiii) Hud ilhı za˛za˛ * M s√anı muza˛zi˛
clxiv) ˘u†nı karım an wa-jamılan y wadüd * Wa’r∂a wa-abqi
’l-wudda lı bi-l ˛udüd
A supplication to God to protect his town, Touba.
clxv) Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım * wa-bi-ßa˛ı˛in kun
lan bi-l saqım
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Li-Rabb in
ghafürin qad ma˛ fiannı ’l-dhanb (copy in NU/Hunwick, 448).
clxvi) Il fu√dı wa-yadı wa-wa†anı * Wujüdu Rabbı qda
dhikra fia†anı
clxvii) Il ’l-kitbi wa’l-˛adıthi inßaraf * Qalbı wa-qlibı bi-
mad˛i ’l-Muß†af
clxviii) Ilayya qda Rabbı al-taysır * Wa-kna lı wa-yassara
’l-fiasır
clxix) Ilayya wajjah al-jaz√ Allhü * Bi-qadri l illha illa
’llhü
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997)108.
clxx) Inna ’lladhı ’l-ßidqu mafia ’l-amnah * Lahü mafia ’l-
tablıghi wa’l-fa†nah
clxxi) Jadhb man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * al-fiIlmu wa’l-
afimlu lı düna ’l-nadam
clxxii) Jamafita lı m lam yakun wa-l yakünü * Li-mumkinin
y man lahü kun fa-yakünü

clxxiii) Kitbatı min al-Karımi ’l-akramı * Wa-qda lı fıh
fialhu ’l-akramü
clxxiv) Laka tawassaltu bi-khayri mursalı * Y khayra
mlikin wa-khayra mursilı.
clxxv) Laka ’l-ulühiyyatu y ’llhu bil shakka * Fa-kullı
karaman taqabbal
clxxvi) Lam yabdu mithl al-Muß†af Mu˛ammadı * Sirran wa-
jahran fı bary ’l-∑amadı
Publ. Dakar:Impt. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır.,
with Jwartu bi’l-furqn (copy in NU/Hunwick.)
clxxvii) Lam yan˛u li’llhi tafila fı ’l-azalı * Naqßun wa-l
yan˛uhü fiiwa∂un dh nazalı
clxxviii) L shakka anna ’l-Muß†f ra√ısü * Li-man li-jumlati
’l-war ru√üsü
clxxix) Li-fiabdi Rabbihi khadım al-Muß†af * Tihi ’l-
muqaddima nüran yaß†afı
clxxx) Li-dhı ’l-baq√i bi’l-ßalawti ’l-khamsı * ˘amdı wa-
shukrı bi-ghayri ramsı
clxxxi) Li’llhi Dhı ’l-Jalli wa’l-Ikrm * Kullı min al-
mu˛arrami ’l-˛arm
clxxxii) Li’llhi qad waßaltu bi’l-jamılı * wa-za˛za˛ al-afid√u
ka ’l-khumülı
440 CHAPTER EIGHT
clxxxiii) Li-man lahü ’l-laylu mafi ’l-nahri * li-man kafnı

kullu dhı ’ntihr
clxxxiv) Li-man wujüduhü tulzim al-qidam * Kulliyyatı sirran
wa-jahran bi’l-khidam
clxxxv) Madadtu li’llhi ’l-mukarrami yadı * Dh khidmatin
li’l-muntaq ’l-mu√ayyadı
clxxxvi) Madadtu li’llhi yadı * Bi’l-muntaq ’l-mu√ayyadı
clxxxvii) Madda il kulliyatı ’llhu ’l-fialımü * M ghba fian
siwya fuztu bi’l-fiulümı
clxxxviii) Mad˛u ’l-nabı dhı ’l-mazy ’l-m˛ı * aghn fian al-
suyüfi wa’l-rim˛ı.
clxxxix) Majjadanı ’l-majıdu wa’l-mumajjad * wa-’nqda lı
minhu ’l-kitb al-amjad
cxc) Malaktu khayra ’l-khalqi khidmatan ßafat * wa-’ qda
lı minhu fiulüman qad shafat
cxci) Mallaka nafsı al-khayru dhü ’l-nafsiyyah * Lı-athbata
’l-fal˛a dhü ’l-salbiyyah
cxcii) Min al-ilhi li’l-ilhi tı ’l-˛urüf * li-wajhihı wa-lı
yamla√u ’l-÷urüf
cxciii) Mu˛ammadatı li’l-W˛idi ’l-Qahhrı * fiAl ’l-sirj
al-anwar al-bahhrı
cxciv) Mu˛ammad un wa’l-li wa’l-ßa˛bi’l-kirm * Wa-lı bihi

hab Rabbi m fqa ’l-marm
MS:Diourbel. See Kane (1997),53, 85 (Kane states that this does
not appear to be the first verse of the poem).
cxcv) Nabiyyun rasülun Mu˛ammadü * bi-hı imma˛
∂urrı wa-hwa A˛madü
cxcvi) Na˛wı mafia ’l-fiarü∂i wa’l-bayn * walat bih li-
ghayrı al-fiißyn
cxcvii) Rabbi innı fiabdun kathıru ’l-mafißı * Ghalabtanı
nafsı fa-kun lı mufiın.
On ethics.
cxcviii) Rabbu jamıfi al-filamina a˛madu * fiAl ’lladhı
simtuhü Mu˛ammadü.
cxcix) Raddu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * Mafia ’l-
baq li-siwya m ßadam
cc) Ra∂ıtu fian al-mawl tafil ’lladhı Rabb * Fu√dı wa-
aghnnı wa’krim bihi Rabb
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with ∑idquhum (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 450).
cci) Salaba lı nür al-lisni wa’l-kitb * azmna khidmatı
lad ahla ’l-kitb
ccii) ∑alt un w˛id un bi-fiqhi fiabd * fiAl ’lladhı a˛sana
an
safiy A˛mad
cciii) Shakartu Rabbı dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-qidam * wa-dh
’l-baq√i man yuthabbitu ’l-qadam
442 CHAPTER EIGHT
cciv) Shakartu Rabbı al-muqıt al-∑amad * fiAl ’l-nabı

wa’l-rasüli A˛mada
ccv) Shukrı li-dhı ’l-wujüdi nifiamun wa’l-qidam * wa-dhı
’l- baq√i ’lladhı yuthabbitu ’l-qadam
ccvi) Sub˛na Rabbı ’l-fia÷ım al-barrı * Fı ’l-ba˛ri dh
tahayyu√in li’l-barrı
ccvii) Suqtu al-shaküra wa’l-than√a sarmad * Li-khayri
Rabbin bi’l-muküthi A˛mad
ccviii) Tawfıq man qaddama ghayruhü intaf * Lı jda
minhu bi-’khtißßi m ’khtaf
ccix) Wajjahtu li’l-ilhi bi’smi ’llhı * Kulliyyatı bi-l
adh an wa’llhı
ccx) Wajjahtu wajhı jhil an faqır* Li’llhi fiabda n
an
khdim ˛aqır
ccxi) Wall li-ghayri jihatı ’l-shay†n * Wa-lı ßaf ’l-
mamarru wa’l-aw†n
ccxii) Wasifia lı ’l-Wsifiu yawma ’l-jumufiah * Wa-lı jarra
julla khayrin manfafiah
ccxiii) Wathiqtu bi’llhi tafil wa˛dahü * Wa-artajı
injzahü lı wafidahü
ccxiv) Wathiqtu bi’l-mughnı fian al-asbbı * Muqallib al-
awßli wa’l-albbı
ccxv) Wujüdu dhı ’l-qidam wa’l-baq√i * Qad bna lı wa-

jda bi’rtiq√i
ccxvi) Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam * Y dh ’l-
mukhlafati khudh minnı ’l-khidam
with Astaghfir Allh bihi and Zd al-musfir (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 438).
ccxvii) Y khallu y murıdu fiabdu ’llhi * L zilta dh
jadhbin li-bbi ’llhi
Advice to aspirants to Sufism.
ccxviii) Ya ’llhu innı ilayka ’l-yawma y ’llhü * Abghı ’l-
wasılata bi’l-mukhtri ya ’llhü
ccxix) Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiannı fial
khayr al-bary A˛mad
Publ. Dakar: Imp.Serigne Saliou M’backé, n.d., with Nür al-
drayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn (copy in NU/Hunwick,
456).
ccxx) Y man yurıdu ’l-fawza qaddim niyyah * Min qabli
safiyin fi ’l-fiul ’l-mar∂iyya
Sufi advice to his disciples, male and female.
ccxxi) Yaqüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * M sarranı
an
bi-l adh wa-l nadam
ccxxii) Y Rabban ilayka ashkü ˛lı * Bi’l-Muß†af wa-
khamsati ’l-rijlı
ccxxiii) Zd al-musfir wa-qüt al-˛∂ir
Opens: ˘amdan li-man yahaba kulla wa†arı * Li-kulli mu∂†arrin
dafi fı ’l-safarı
444 CHAPTER EIGHT
with Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam, and Astaghfir
Allh bihi (copy in NU/Hunwick, 438)
146. Qaßıdat khir al-zamn

147. Qaßıdat al-˛amd wa’l-shukr al-jliba in sh√ Allh tafil li’l-

zayd wa’l-naßr
148. Qaßıdatni munawwiratnı li-†alab zawja ßli˛a wa-dhurriyya

†ayyiba min Allh tafil
Two poems beseeching God to provide him with a righteous wife and
good children:
i) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi qad jda lı * Bi-m bihi
shakartuhu min n√ilı
ii) Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabban * Y Rabban y
Rabban ya ˛ibban
Followed by three other poems:
iii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülan
Mu˛ammad an wa-bajjal (see also qaßıda no.clix above)
iv) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad fa∂∂al * Rasülan fial
’lladhına arsal
v) Allhumma
Opens: Atfiaba nafsahu ’lladhı qad jr * Khayra shafıfiin r∂a lı
’l-fujjr.
149. Risla il ’l-akh ˘asan ’Njy

Advice to one of his disciples, ˘asan Ndiaye.
150. Safidt al-murıdın fı amd˛ khayr al-mursalın

Collection of 24 poems (in praise of the Prophet).
Opens: Qalbı lahu fı fiitbi ’l-jismi takrrü * Li-annahu li’l-hud wa’l-

nüri jarrrü
Publ. See Dumont (1975), 14.
151. Safidat al-†ullb wa-r˛a li-†lib al-ifirb

Vers. of the ◊jurrumiyya. Opens: Kalmuhum laf÷un murakkabun mufıdü
* Bi’l-qaßdi na˛wa inna hdh la-safiıdü
152. ∑afariyya
Described as a collection of poems taken from the letters of “∑afar al-
Khayr”
publ. Dakar: Dr al-Senegalia, n.d. (copy in NU/Brenner, 31).
153. ∑alt wa-taslım min al-Nfifi al-Mawl

(copy in NU/Hunwick, 432 )
154. Safınat al-amn li’l-kh√ifın lujaj al-nırn

On the virtues of supererogatory prayers. Opens: Wa-bafidu fa ’ filamü a-
y ikhwnü * afinan fial ’l-hud ’l-Ra˛mnü
155. Safınat al-amnı al-munjiya li-qri√ih min sü√ al-khtima wa-

baly al-azmn
Publ. al-Dr al-bay∂√: Dr al-kitb (copy in NU/ Brenner, 16).
156. Sanat Asash bushr

Opens: Salmatı min dawfiı ’l-∂ıqi wa’l-˛asadi * Dafiat li-shukri qalmı
’l-fim ka ’l-jasadi.
The numerical equivalent of the title A. s. sh suggests it was written in
1301/1883.
157. Sa-yajfial Allhu bafida fiusrin yusran

446 CHAPTER EIGHT
Opens: Sa√altu Allhumma bi’l-Mukhtrı * Yusran sarıfian y Karım al-

Brı.
Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with A†lubu
minka ’l-fiilm and Allhu Mu˛ammadun (copy in NU/Hunwick, 437).
158. Shar˛ sürat al-Fti˛a

A ∑üfı exegesis of the first süra of the Qur√n.
159. Shif√ al-˛uzn wa’l-gharm fı jawb al-ukht al-ßdiqa fiAnta

Manm
A letter written to a female disciple who was sick. The form of her
name, however, is not certain.
160. ∑idquhum
Opens: ∑na ilhı bi’l-mun jihtı * Wa-abadan aghnü yadı fian htı
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Ra∂ıtu fian al-mawl
161. Sil˛ ahl al-khawf

162. al-Silsila al-Qdiriyya

Opens: Hdh wa-lamm jammat al-humümü * Fı kalkalı wa-’fitdanı
’l-ghumümü.
Publ. see Dumont (1975); photocopied ms. text in Batran (2001),
Annexe.
163. al-∑indıd
Opens: Y ’llhu bi’l-Muß†af al-ßindıdi y ’llhü * Wa-bi-khalılika
Ibrhim y ’llhü
Publ. n.p. [Dakar] for Mu˛ammad fiAbd al-Majıd Diop, n.d. (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 442); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Saliou Mbacke, n.d. (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 443); Eng. trans. by Moustapha M’backé, Sindidi: the
Most Perfect Prayer for Body and Soul, New York: Khadimou Rassul
Publications, 1987; with French trans., Sindidu: “le généreux chef”,

Dakar: ECARICOM, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 428).
164. Sullam al-wußül fı ’l-ßalt [var.’l-than√] fial ’l-nabı al-rasül

Opens: fiAl man fialayya wa-lastu ßadı˛ * lahü kullu fimin hady
madı˛. The author renews his “contract” with the Prophet, encourages
others to do so, and lists some of the virtues of prayer for the Prophet.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.with poem opening: Shakawtu
umürı wa-dhanbı ’l-fia÷ım, one opening Sabfiun taqı abwbs kulli nrı *
tajüdu bi’l-dirhami wa’l-dınr, and another opening Nafafianı man lam
yakun bi-waladı * wa-l bi-wlidin fa-†ba khaladı for his son Bashır
165. Tajrıb al-qalam wa’l-midd fı dın mufi†ı al-sadd

Opens: Inna ’l-†ahrata lad man faqahü * qismni mafilümni fal-
tafaqqahü
166. Tafilım
On ritual purity. Opens : Atat wu∂ü√tu dhawı ’l-islm * Man÷ümata
“yad “ lad ’nqism.
Tanwır al-ßudür wa-tas’hıl al-umürMS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 197.
167.
Opens: Rabb al-war laka ’l-ma˛midu fa-ßalli * fiAl ’lladhı man iktaf
bihı waßal
168. Tar˛ıb mushayyafi bi’l-tabshır il khayr ’l-drayn

Opens: fiAl ’l-Muß†af minnı ßaltun taqı ∂ayr * Jihtı kam yuf∂ı il
na˛wı ’l-khayr.
169. al-Tawba al-naßü˛ al-jliba li’l-futü˛

Opens: ˘amdan li-Rabbı ghfir al-dhanbi lan * Qbili tawbin li-lu†fihı
bin.
448 CHAPTER EIGHT
170. al-Tawassult
On God’s might
171. Taysır al-fiasır

Opens: Y ’llhu y man l illha ghayrahü * Y man atnı düna sharrin
khayrahü
172. Taysır al-fiasır fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-bashır

Opens: Qla fiubayd Allhi khdim al-rasül * Mu˛ammadu ’bnu.
shaykhihı al-rjı ’l-qubül.
173. Tazawwud al-shubbn il ’ittibfi al-Malik al-Dayyn

Opens: ˆmnukum an tu√minü bi’llhi * wa-b’il-mal√ikati jund Allhi.
174. Tazawwud al-ßighr il jinn Allh dhı’l-anhr fı ’l-taw˛ıd wa’l-

fiqh wa’l-taßawwuf
Yaqülu man laysa yazlu ya˛madü * mlikahü ’l-fiabdu ’l-khadımu
A˛madü
A text book for beginners in Arabic and Islamic studies in Senegal
Comm. by Mu˛ammad b. Sh. fiUthmn: Mawrid al-qifr fı shar˛
Tazawwud al-ßighr. Dumont (1975), 16, states: “Cette œuvre de 398
pages grand format et petits caractères d’imprimerie, a été imprimé à
Tunis, aux frais de Sariq Ahmad Kébé, de Guéoul”.
175. Tu˛fat al-awwh fı takhmıs astaghfir Allh

Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his son] Bashır Niang
176. Tu˛fat al-muta∂arrifiın fı ’l-twassul bi-asma√ al-mufa∂∂alın

Poem seeking intercession through pious forefathers. Opens: al-˘amdu
li’llhi wa-ßall abad * fiAl ’lladhı bihı lan ’l-hud bad
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 168 (copy in Hunwick, 410).
177. Uss matın wa-aßl ßa˛ı˛

Advice addressed to all Muslims.
178. Wa’l-balad al-Tayyib yakhruju nabtuhu bi-idhn Rabbihi

Title taken from Qur√n, 7: 58, providing an acrostic for the verses.
Opens: Wajjahtu kullı li’l-Wadüd al-∑amadi * Dh khidmatin li’l-
Muß†af Mu˛ammadi. Also called Wajjahtu (see item 182).
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang,
with Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammadun lahu, and Allh (copy in
NU/Hunwick 418).
179. Wa-innaka la-fial khuluqin fia÷ım

Title taken from Qurn, 68: 4. Opens: Wajjahtu abkra amd˛ı li-man
fa∂∂al * fiAla ’l-kirmi ’l-khiyri ’l-sdati ’l-fu∂al√.
180. Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilh

Opens: Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilhı* Wa-qudtu mad˛ı li-rasül Allhı.
181. Wajjahtu
Opens: Wajjahtu kullı li’l-Wadüd al-∑amadı * Dh khidmat in li’l-
Muß†af„ Mu˛ammadı.
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with Mu˛ammadun
Mu˛ammad un lahu, and Allh; Wajjahtou:Poemes Cheikh Ahmadou
Bamba, texte arabe, transcription latine et traduction française par Amar
Samb, Dakar:: Editions Hilal, n.d.
182. Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahu

Praise of the Prophet. Title inspired from Qur√n, 3: 152.
450 CHAPTER EIGHT
183. Wa-m dhlika fial ’llhi bi-fiazız

Opens: Wajjahtu wajhı li-Bqin qda lı ’l-qurab * fiAbdan shaküran
lahu bi’l-dhikri muqtarib
Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with La-in shakartum la-
azıdannakum (copy in NU/Hunwick, 419).
184. Wa-min ∂arari nr al-duny

Prayers of different kinds
185. Waßılat al-rubü˛ fı tadhyıl al-tawba al-naßü˛.

Opens: Yaqülu fiabd Allhi dh tagharrubi * fiInda 'l--fiid li’llhi dh
taqarrubi
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 101 Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Saliou
M’Backé, n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 411).
186. Waßiyya il Mukhtr

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l- tawdud * Fı dınihı ’l-wqı bi-l
ta˛sud.
187. Waßiyya il ’l-shaykh ◊dam Gy

Opens: ˘amdan li-man qad awjaba ’l-su√l * fial ’lladhına karihü ’l-
∂all.
Advices on ethics and religion to Shaykh ◊dam Guèye.
188. Waßiyya li-Momar Nıy al-Kajını

189. al-Waßiyya al-mubraka

Opens: Waßiyyatukum mafi an li-wajhi Rabbin * An ta†lubü fiilman
yajurru ˛usn.The author urges his disciples to search for knowledge.
190. Waßiyyat al-murıdın

Opens: Waßiyyatukum y man tafiallaqü biy * Fı ’l-sirri wa’l-jahri li-
wajhi Rabbiy
191. Waßiyyat al-shaykh

192. Waßiyyat al-shaykh al-akbar il ’l-murıdın

193. Waßiyyat al-shaykh li-a˛ad al-murıdın

On urging a disciple to recite regularly the Qur√n, the ˛diths of the
Prophet and to venerate the prophets and the saints.
194. Wa’ßrif middı wa-qalmı li’l-ßawb

Opens: Tubtu li-Rabbı min al-mu˛arramı * Wa-kulli m kuriha fı
mu˛arramı.
195. Wird
Publ. Dakar: ECARICOM, n.d., as Wird Mouride, Arabic text,
transliteration in Latin characters, and French translation (copies in
NU/Hunwick, 425, NU/ Brenner, 26).
196. Y s√ilı
Replies to questions relating to faith asked of the author.
197. Y †lib an ri∂ ’l-fiAlı

198. Yawm fishür kullu fim wa-kullu yawm

Opens: Yadafiu iblısu li-ghayrı sarmad * ˘ubbı Rabbı wa-˛ubbı
A˛mad.
452 CHAPTER EIGHT
199. Yawm al-mawlid fim baksash

Opens: Y man bi-amd˛ihı lı yafta˛u ’l-bb * duny wa-ukhr wa-düna
’l-daraki albb.
Written on the occasion of the anniversary of the birth of Prophet
Mu˛ammad in 1322/1904.
200. Collection of four anonymous works in verse in the style of

A˛mad Bamba. First lines as follows:
i) Inniya aqülu wa-innı ’l-yawma dhü khajalı * Min kathrat
al-dhanbi wa’l-fti wa’l-wajalı
ii) Mudda ˛aytı dhta †ülin wa-safiah * Y khayra mughnin
qad wahabta tawsifiah
iii) Y Rabbi najjin min al-shay†nı * wa-jawrat al-jırni
wa’l-sul†nı
iv) Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım * Wa-bi-ßa˛ı˛in kun
lan bi-l saqım
Publ. n.p. Dakar (?), n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 460).
His son MU˘AMMAD F◊∆IL b. A˘MAD BAMBA b. ˘ABˆB

ALLAH MBACKE, b. 1885/1302, d. 1968/1388
HDS 191-192.
The second son of A˛mad Bamba, he became the Khalifa-General of the

Mourides in 1945 when his brother Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Mbacké (the
first khalifa to succeed to the founder of the Mouride brotherhood) died.
He contributed considerably to the expansion of the Murıdiyya in
Senegal.
1. Qaßıda r√iyya: Li-ghayrika l nashkü ilh al-war amr * Wa-m

lan ill ilayka ’ltij√u dahr
Publ. Dakar: Impression Édition Islamique, n. d.
His son BASHˆR b. A˘MAD b. ˘ABˆB ALL◊H b. 1313/1895, d.

1386/1966
Amar Samb, 484-490, Khadim Mbacké, 1995.
He was born in Galla Yel, not far from Koki (Northern Senegal) while
his father Ahmad Bamba was in exile in Gabon. He saw the latter for the
first time on his return from exile in 1902. He studied the Qur√n with
several masters, including Abü Bakr Diakhaté b. Madiakhaté Kala and
Sheikh „Abd al-Ra˛mn Lo. Worthy of note is the fact that the latter
supervised the religious training of the sons of most Mouride shaykhs
during the exile of A˛mad Bamba.
A devoted scholar, Bashir Mbacké spent much of his life in search of
knowledge. Besides traditional Islamic subject matters, he also studied
philosophy, psychology, astronomy, history and geography. He wrote a
lot of poetry, but much of if was lost. He spent several years of his life
traveling to collect information about his father whose biography he
wrote.
1. Minan al-Bqı al-Qadım fı sırat al-shaykh al-khadım

Biography of his father. Completed in 1932.
MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 6 a; Diourbel See Kane,
1997, 166. French Trans. Khadim Mbacké: Les bienfaits de l’éternel ou
la biographie de Cheikh Ahmadou Bamba Mbacké. Dakar, Imprimerie
Saint-Paul, 1995.
His son MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘fl M AD BAMBA

MBACKE
1. Q. lmiyya: Ayyuh ’l-rkib al-mujiddu dhamıl (?) * Taq†afi al-

bayda (sic) bukrat an wa-aßıl
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 394 (with reply of ˘mid b. fiUthmn al-
Tiları).
His grandson SHAYKH MBACKE b. MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘flMA∆ BAMBA

b. 1905/1323, d. 1978/1398
He was the eldest grand-son of A˛mad Bamba. When his father Muß†af
Mbacke died in 1945, he claimed the leadership of the Mouride
brotherhood but was not successful. During his lifetime, he was one of
the most successful private entrepreneurs in Senegal.
1. Kalimat Allh hiya ’l-fiuly

454 CHAPTER EIGHT
Attack on the Senegalese “code de la famille”, from 1966; see Samb,

(1972, 501-3, with excerpts.
2. Khu†ba (Addressed to his disciples )
MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Discours, 2 b.
∑◊LI˘ MBACKE
Fifth khalıfa of A˛mad Bamba.
1. Dufi√ al-istisq√
Publ. with A˛mad Bamba, Wa-m fiinda ’llhi khayrun wa-abq, Dakar:
Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick,
430).
MU˘AMMAD al-AMˆN DIOP DAGANA, d. 24 Rabıfi I 1387/ 2 July

1967
Dakar, “Nouveau catalogue”, nos. 214-219.
A native of Dagana (Northern Sénégal, he is of the leading figures of

Senegalese Muridism. He was the imm of the Jmifi mosque of the
Diourbel until his death.
1. T√rıkh jmifi ‡üb

On the history of the mosque of Touba.
MSS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 166.
2. Irw√ al-nadım min fiadhb ˛ubb al-khadım

Biography of A˛mad Bamba.
MSS: Diourbel. See Kane, (1997), 165; IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb,
Histoire, 1.
Abridgt: by Muß†af ◊ne (q.v.)
MSS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 167-69.
M◊LIK DIENG
1. Marthiyat A˛mad Diara

Opens: Saqka ilh al-fiarshi yqabra sayyidı
See “Nouveau catalogue”, item 127a.
2. Marthiyat Serigne Bashır Mbakı

See See “Nouveau catalogue”, item 127b.
A˘MAD AL-KABˆR MBAYE b. B◊BACAR called Mame Shaykh

Mbaye, b. 1280/1864, d. 1365/1946
Born in Bokoul, not far from the city of Koki in Northern Senegal, he
was trained in Qur√nic and basic Arabic studies by his senior brother
fiAbd Allh Mbaye. He then traveled in different parts of Senegal in
search of deeper knowledge. He attended the teachings of the most
learned and famous Senegalese scholars of his life time, including Al-
˘jj Mlik Sy, Makala b. Müsa Diakhate, and A˛mad Bamba. The latter
initiated him to the Muridiyya. He worked as a q∂ı in many kingdoms
of the Njambur and Kajoor regions (Northern Senegal). Later in his life,
he settled in in Louga and became an established scholar, attracting
disciples and followers from the whole Senegal.
His house in Louga is still a famous centre of Islamic learning
supervised by his descendants and followers.
1. Qaß√id
i) Q. Fat˛ al-fia÷ım.
Opens: Yaqülu A˛mad al-ßaghır ∂imnuhü * murtajiyan fat˛ al-
fia÷ım mannuhü
Advices on different matters concerning life.
MS: Louga, 110 vv.
ii) Q. fı bayn †arıq al-mutaßawwifın
Opens: Y ß˛ibı rum nüra Rabbika’l-salm * bi-tarki
fiißynin wa-qillati ’l-anm.
On Sufism.
MS: Louga, 10 vv
iii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßalla ’llhu * fial Mu˛ammadin
wa-man wlhu
MS: Louga, 21 vv.
iv) Q. fı ’l-tawba wa’l-istighfr
456 CHAPTER EIGHT
Opens: Ilhı y Rabb al-bary laka ’l-˛amdu * takarramta y

Ra˛mnu y man lahu ’l-majdu
MS: Louga, 20 vv.
v) Q. fi ’l-tawwasul wa’l-dufi√
Opens: Y dh ’l-jalli mafia ’l-ikrmi y sanadı * fiannı ’jzi
khayran li-man ahd lı aw khadam .
MS: Louga, 19 vv.
vi) Q. fı ’l-iftikhr
Opens: A-shqatka a†llun fiawfı ’l-mafilimi * bi-dhti ’lliw
fal-mun˛anı fal-makhrimi
MS: Louga, 41 vv.
vii) Q. fı ’l-iltij√ il ’llh
Opens: Adfiüka dh ’l-jalli mubasmil * wa-mu˛asbil wa-
mu˛awqil wa-mu˛amdil
MS: Louga, 10 vv.
viii) Q. fı muß˛abat al-shuyükh
Opens: Inna ’l-safidata fı ’l-fiuqb li-man tabifi * sabıla man
kna li’l-Ra˛mni qad khashafi.
MS: Louga, 3 vv.
ix) Q. fı safiat fiafw Allh
Opens: M ’l-karımu yans t√iban athü * l yakhfu bakhsan
kullu man rajhü.
MS: Louga, 5 vv.
x) Q. fı tawakkulihi fial ’llh wa˛dihi
Opens: Qlü la-anta ßabı khlin min al’l-khli * min ajli dh
ßirta l tunh fian affili
MS: Louga, 42 vv.
xi) Q. fı taw˛ıd Allh
Opens: Man kna yafiqilu mawjüd an wa-yaftakiru * fıhi
yußawwiruhü shakhßan lahü ßuwaru
MS: Louga, 6 vv.
xii) Q. Opens: A-l nufiiyat lan bintu ’l-hummi * saq
jadathan lah thawbu ’l-fiammi.
An elegy of a relative.
MS: Louga, 18 vv..

xiii) Q. Opens: An al-shribu ’l-rayynu qad dhuqtu min
qablu * fa-ßa˛wiya bafida ’l-shukri y ˛ibbu y khillu
MS: Louga, 2 vv.
xiv) Q. Opens: Bidyatun li’l-awliy√i nihyatü *
nihyatun li’l-anbiy√i bidyatü
xv) Q. Opens: ˘ayyka Rabbu ’l-war ’l-Ra˛mnu ˛ayyk
* Wa-bi ’l-shuhüdi mafia ’l-tamkıni bayyk
MS: Louga, 2 vv.
xvi) Q. Opens: Kanzu ’l-kunüzi bi-fa∂li ’llhi qad jnı * fa-
kayfa lwabihı ’l-Ra˛mnu njnı
MS: Louga, 2 vv.
xvii) Q. Opens: Y man kasnı na√yuhü thawbay jaw * wa-
∂an kaska ’l-fiizza Rabbu ’l-mashriqi
MS: Louga, 3 vv.
MADOU KEBE b. fiABD ALL◊H b. 1335/1917, d. 8 Rajab 1400/23

May 1980
He was born in Saint-Louis Sénégal where he received all his training.
He was taught by many learned Muslim clerics of Saint-Louis, including
his uncle Yüsuf Diop and A˛mad Ndiaye Mabèye. After that, he
returned to his father’s village Ndiwine, close to Guéoul, Northern
Sénégal. He shared his time between teaching and farming until his
death. A lot of his writing was lost, except the following:
1. Mawrid al-fikhr fı shar˛ tazawwud al-ßighr

Publ. 1976 357 p.
Comm. on Tazawwud al-ßighr of A˛mad Bamba
2. Tawfıq al-Mannn fı shar˛ Maslik al jinn

Comm. on the Maslik al-jinn of A˛mad Bamba.
MS: Ndiwine, 462 p.
3. Qaß√id
i) Q. Tawasulun fı †alab al-ghin bi’llhi
458 CHAPTER EIGHT
Opens: Hab lı minka mughniyan fian jılı * Wa-law Abbakrin aw

“ Jılı “
MS: Ndiwine, 26 vv.
Ababakrin and Jili refer to two of the most wealthiest
Senegalese people of his lifetime (Ababakar Kébé known as
Ndiouga Kébé, and Jili Mbaye).
ii) Q. fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi-nifimat Allhi fialayhi
Opens: Afadtanı m lam tufidhu jılı * Sudtu bi-dhka jamifia jılı
MS: Ndiwine, 17 vv.
iii). Q. Opens: Y Rabban y Rabbi Rabb al-filamın * ∑alli
fial ’l-nabiyyi khayri ’l-k√inın
MS: Ndiwine, 99 vv.
fiUMAR B. ABˆ BAKR F◊ called Serigne Pir
1. Qaßı∂a. Opens: Tawwaßullı 'l-yawma bi-khdim ’l-nabı * Wa-ahli

baytihı dhawı 'l-taqarrubı
A poem of intercession in which the author praises the descendants of
his shaykh A˛mad Bamba.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD BUSSÜBE called al-˛jj Mbacke

Bousso b. 1281/1864, d. 1365/1945.
Biog. by author’s son Mu˛ammad in Khadim Mbacké, 1996, 9-15; “Nouveau
catalogue”, nos. 122-124.
Was born in Jolof in a village called Bussube, to which his great-great-

grandfather had migrated from Futa Toro. His father taught him the
Qur√n and introduced him to the study of the Arabic language and other
Islamic sciences. He traveled widely to search for knowledge, his
teachers including A˛mad Bamba and a certain Samb Tokolor. He
emreged as an expert of horology (tawqıt) and tafsır.
After completing his studies, he settled in Mbacké Baol with his father
until the death of the latter in 1312/1895. After A˛mad Bamba’s exile in
1902, Mbacké Bousso went to Tivaouane and resided with a Moroccan
friend called Müly Nßir. When Ahmad Bamba came from his exile, he
instructed him to return to his homeland. He complied with this
instruction and lived several years there, but after the death of his brother
fiUmar he took up residence in Gede in Futa Toro. In 1346/1928, he per-
formed the pilgrimage to Mecca.
A very learned teacher and writer, he trained a number of scholars and
also wrote a good deal. A collection of his writings was edited by
Khadım Mu˛ammad Safiıd Mbacké under the title Min ras√il al-Shaykh
Mu˛ammad al-Büßı, Istanbul, 1996 (copy in NU/ Hunwick,477).
1. Ajwiba fi ’l-na˛w wa’l-tafsır wa’l-fiqh.

Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 96-105.
2. Ajwiba fı ’l-taßawwuf.
Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 129-141.
3. Ajwiba fiqhiyya
Responses to the questions of fiUmar Lo, Abü Bakr Cissé and Dam
Mbacké.
Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 30-61.
4. Amn al- balıd min kha†ar al-taqlıd

MS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Théologie, 2.
Publ. in Mbacké (1996).
5. Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi
Opens: Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi y badıfiu * Nadfiüka y Qarıbu y Samıfiu
MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),187.
6. Fı kitbat al-muß˛af al-sharıf.

Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 30-61.
7. al-˘isb li’l-mubtadi√ın
Arithmetic for beginners.
MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, calcul, 2.
8. Jawb su√l Müs K

MS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 17.
9. Jaz√ fı ta˛dıd al-qibla
MS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 2.
460 CHAPTER EIGHT
10. Mas√il min fiilm al-falak

Replies to the questions of a Moor.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 4.
11. Mas√il min al-na˛w wa’l-bayn wa’l-man†iq wa’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-

˛ikma.
12. Naßı˛a
Advice to close relatives.
Publ. Text included in Mbacké (1996), 142-148.
13. Qaß√id
i) Q. dliyya: Qalla li’l-amıri wa-l tarhabuka haybatuhu *
Inna ’l-mahbata khidn al-fiadli wa’l-sadadı
Addressed to the Governor of Senegal at Saint-Louis, pleading
the innocence of Ahmad Bamba in the face of charges of
disloyalty the French had made against him;
ii) Q. mımiyya: Arka tafi†ı ’l-shifira wa’l-qalbu h√imü *fiAl
zamanin fıhi’l-fußß˛u bah√imü
In praise of A˛mad Bamba; see Mbacké (1996), 12.
iii) Poem on the death of his father and other notables;
14. Taqrıb awqt al-ßalt wa’l-ßiym

Opens: Hdh wa-qad dhakara fı hdh ’l-ni÷m * Taqrıba awqti ’l-
ßalt wa’l-ßiym
MS: Diourbel. See Kane, 1997, 243.
15. ‡uruq mafirifat al-qibla

On determination of the qibla.
MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 2.
ubl. in Mbacké (1996).
16. al-Ukhüwwa wa’l-ßadqa

On brotherhood and friendship.
Publ. Text in Mbacké (1996), 149-154.
17. Yawqıt al-ßilt fı taqrıb mawqıt al-ßalt

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 1.
MOR MBAYE al-Sinighlı known as Serigne Mor Mbaye Cissé, d.

1408/1988
1. Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya

Collection of Wolof proverbs.
2. Tafilıq fial ’l-taghayyurt al-wqifia fı ’l-˛uküma al-sinighliyya

Advice on how to deal with the colonial administration.
SERIGNE MÜS◊ KA d. 1384/1965

Camara(1997)
He also wrote many poems in Wolof, see “Nouveau Catalogue”, 128-

199; Camara (1997).
1. Qaß√id
i) Jaz√ al-shakür
Opens: Qad qla Müs khdimu ’l- khadım * li-man ˛aw
taqaddum al-qadım
Poem in Wolof on A˛mad Bamba’s sea voyage [to Gabon].
Publ. Dakar: Impr. Serigne IssaNiang, n.d. (copy in NU/
Hunwick, 486).
ii) Dufi
Opens: Y man yujıbu dafiwata ’l-mu∂†arri * astajib lı wafiannı
’kshif ∂urrı.
MS: Diourbel, 468.
iii) Marthiyat al-˛jj B-k al-Bußübı (Mbacké Bousso)
Opens: Ahja kalkalı ˛la shawqı * Li-faqdi sliki †arıqi ’l-
˛aqqi.
MS: Diourbel, 469.
iv) Marthiyat al-Shaykh Sıdi al-Mukhtr
462 CHAPTER EIGHT
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amt * Wa-huwa ˛ayyun ken

dune qad mt.
The last part of the second hemistich ken dune qad mata is in
Wolof, meaning “no one will say that he died”.
v) Marthiyat al-Shaykh Momar Jobé Mbacké
Opens: Wa-hal fı ’l-drati al duny madr * Li-nafsin fian ˛iy∂
al-mawti dr.
IBR◊HˆM F◊L died 1930/1348
1. Jadhb al-murıd
Advice to the aspirant to Sufism
CHAPTER NINE
OTHER WRITERS OF THE SENEGAMBIAN REGION
by
As evidenced in the three preceding chapters, much of the Arabic

literature of Senegal was written in the 19th and the first half of the 20th
century by scholars belonging to the two major Senegambian †arıqas:
the Tijniyya and the Murıdiyya. This chapter deals with those who
belonged to neither of these two categories. Among them, two sets are
worthy of note: members of the Qdiriyya on the one hand, and the
“Arabists” on the other.
As regards the Qdiriyya, although this was a popular †arıqa in sub-
Saharan Africa, its membership in Senegambia was relatively small
compared to the Tijniyya and the Murıdiyya. Most of its adherents trace
their silsila to Moorish branches of the Qdiriyya, such as the Kunta
(Mukhtriyya) founded by Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, the F∂iliyya
founded by Sh. Mu˛ammad al-F∂il b. Mmayn al-Qalqamı, and the
branch founded by Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır of Bü Tilımıt. The best known
Senegambian Qdirı scholars are from northern Senegal (notably Futa
Toro), a region exposed to Moorish intellectual influence for centuries.
They include Doudou Seck, Madior Cissé, and Sh. Müs Kamara. The
latter has written on many and varied topics such as geography,
hydrology, sociology, anthropology, traditional medicine, as well as
jurisprudence, Sufism, and other Islamic fields. His most famous work is
his voluminous regional history, Zuhür al-bastın fı ta√rıkh al-sawdın,
a work recalling the ta√rıkh tradition of the Niger Bend, and one which
has attracted the attention of social scientists, especially anthropologists,
because it provides crucial information on the political organisation and
land tenure system of the Middle Senegal River valley in the 19th and
20th centuries.
464 CHAPTER NINE
The “Arabists”, the second category of writers whose works are

presented in this chapter, combine traditional Islamic education received
locally, and higher education obtained in modern Middle Eastern
universities. Since the generation of Shaykh Touré, who received higher
education in Algeria in the 1950s, thousands of Senegalese have been
trained in Arabic universities. In the 1960s a significant number of them
graduated from Al-Azhar, mostly in Islamic Studies, while others were
trained in Morocco and Tunisia. After the oil boom of the 1970s, other
Arab countries such as Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, and Iraq offered
scholarships to African Arabists to further their studies. Upon their
return home, Arabists have been involved in revitalizing the Arabic
intellectual tradition, establishing schools, creating newspapers and radio
stations, and also publishing books. With the arrival of several thousand
persons trained in Arabic universities, the presence of the Arabic
language in Senegal is felt more deeply. Unlike earlier generations of
clerics trained in Senegal, Arabists, because of their training and
university experience, are more open to the modern world. In addition to
those who write poetry or are involved in theological debates, such as
A˛mad Lo and Shaykh Tijn Gaye, other Arabists engage in major
political debates and write in French as well as Arabic.
MU˘AMMAD M◊LIK b. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiUMAR al-Mlikı al-

Qdirı, called Madior Malick Cissé, b. 1848, d. 19 March 1893.
Samb (1972) 99-106; Hasan Cissé (1990).
His father Goumba Cissé originated from a village named Wanaar

located in the region of Kaolack (Central Sénégal). Goumba Cissé left
Wanaar around 1836 to settle in Saint-Louis, where he married a woman
named Lala Seck who gave bith to Madior Malick Cissé around 1848 in
Ndar Toute, a quarter of Saint-Louis.
In most of his letters, this author signed as Malik Cissé. In one of his
poem s, he signed as Madior Malik Cissé. However, he is mostly known
as Madior Goumba Cissé. His father Goumba Cissé taught him the
Qurfin and initiated him to Arabic grammar and Maliki jurisprudence.
Between 1863 and 1873, he lived in Mauritania where he received a
thorough training in all disciplines of literary and religious studies taught
in the region.
OTHER WRITERS OF THE SENEGAMBIAN REGION 465
Subsquently, he established two schools, one in Saint-Louis where he

taught between the months of December and May, and another one in
Maraille in the territory of Mauritania where he taught during the rainy
season. He established a solid reputation in teaching many disciplines,
including grammar, rhetorics, and Mlikı jurisprudence. His most
famous scholarly works include a manuscript on ablution and prayer
according to the Mlikı jurisprudence.
While he used to teach most of the dry season (December to May) in
Saint-Louis, during the rainy season, he combined teaching and farming
in Maraille. After the harvest, he would carry the harvested grain in a
boat to Medina Khasso to trade there. While trading his goods in Medina
Khasso, he would also offer courses to the local population.
He performed the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1889, as his poem al-
Badıfiiyya indicates. Although a disciple of the Qdiriyya tariqa, he had
very good relations with non-Qdirıyya Muslims such as Ahmadu
Bamba and Malik Sy.
1. Hibat al-Karım al-Mlik fı a˛km al-†ahra wa’l-ßalt fial

madhhab al-imm Mlik
A book of 300 pages on fiqh, Dakar (IFAN), Nouveau catalogue, 414.
2. Qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı known as al-Badıfiiyya

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 1a.
Publ: Trans extract in Samb (1972) 100-105.
3. Poem commenting on a dispute between Khli Madiakhaté Kala

(q.v.) and his student A˛mad Bamba, partially in Wolof. See Samb
(1972), 282.
MÜS◊ KAMARA b. A˘MAD al-˘ABˆB, b. c. 1281/1864, d. 1362/

1943 (or 1945)
Müs Kamara, Tabshır al-kh√if al-˛ayrn (see below, no. 25); Samb (1972), 107-28;
Samb (1975), 1-13; Hilliard (1977), 122-6; Robinson (1987, 1988); Bousbina (1992);
Schmitz in Kamara (1998).
466 CHAPTER NINE
He was born in Gouriki-Samba-Diom near Matam in eastern Futa Toro,

and studied the Qur√n locally before going to study in southern
Mauritania for a year. For several years thereafter he travelled in search
of knowledge, spending time in Futa Jallon as well as localities in
northern Senegal. His principal shaykh was Safid Büh b. Mu˛ammad
F∂il (d. 1917), whom he first met in 1886, and who passed on to him
the wird of the Qdiriyya. In 1893 his wanderings ended and he settled
at Ganguel, some 50 km. upstream from Matam. He cultivated a wide
circle of friends and correspondents including Mu˛ammad fiAbbs ◊n,
Yoro Bal, Dhü Nün of Thiès, Mukhtr Sakho, and Blaise Diagne among
his Senegalese compatriots, and Henri Gaden, Maurice Delafosse, and
Paul Marty among the French. There is some official correspondence
relating to the mss. of Müs Kamara in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh
Müs Kamara, 19.
1. Akthar al-rghibın fı ’l-jihd bafid nabiyyin man yakhtr al-÷uhür

wa-milk al-bild wa-l yublı bi-man halaka fı jihdihi min al fiibd
Condemnation of jihdists.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Müs Kamara, 15.
Publ. Trans. in Samb (1976).
2. ◊lt al-fiulüm fial ’l-al-yaqın al-batt fı shar˛ dawwın al-shufiar

al-sitt
Comm. on dıwns of the six pre-Islamic poets).
See Samb (1972), 112.
3. al-Bastın al-mutajammafia
On Friday worship.
See Samb (1972), 111.
4. Bulügh al-qaßd
On the divine attributes.
See Samb (1972) ,111. For some anon. verses in praise of this work, see
Samb (1971), 125-6.
5. Dalıl al-slik fial mafinı Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik

See Samb (1972), 112.
6. al-Fajr al-ßdiq bi’l-nür fı ’l-jawb fian as√ilat sdt Farans fian

mas√il fiqhiyya fı fidt Füta ‡oro
for an analysis, see Ndiaye (1975)
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Müs Kamara 14.
7. al-˘qq al-mubın fı ukhuwwat jamıfi al-mü√minın

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 18.
8. al-˘irz al-a˛m
See Samb, (1972) 120.
9. ˘izb al-naßr
Prayers for the Prophet.
See Samb, (1972) 111.
10. ˘ußül al-aghr∂ fı shif√ al-amr∂

Traditional medecine of the Fulÿe, Bambara and Tukulor .
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara , 18 (139 ff., inc).
11. ˘ußül al-qurb

Wird.
See Samb, (1972) 111.
12. al-fiIlm al-muqayyad

Fiqh.
See Samb, (1972) 112.
13. al-fiIzz al-asm

Wird.
See Samb, (1972) 111
14. Al-jawb al-sahl al-sayyigh fian su√l Monsieur Bozaldé fiamm

fiªndı min akhbr ahl Zgha
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 16.
15. Kd al-ittifq wa’l-ilti√m an yaküna bayna dın al-Naßr wa-dın

al-islm
468 CHAPTER NINE
16. Al-Majmufi al-nafıs sirran wa-fialniyyatan fı dhikr bafi∂ al-sdat al-

bı∂niyya wa’l-Fullniyya
History of some Moorish & Fulbe chiefs.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 5-6 (photocopy in Niamey,
1139 in 350 pp.).
17. Mazj al-kawkib

Prayers for the Prophet.
See Samb (1972) 111.
18. Munyat al-s√ıl

See Samb, (1972) 111.
19. Qaßıda
In celebration of his marriage to Umm F†ima
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, cahier 2, p. 210.
Publ. Trans in Samb (1971), 123-4.
20. Raffi al-˛araj

On the lawfulness of moderate use of tobacco; see Samb, (1972) 112.
21. Salmat al-muslim manü†a bi-tark al-kibr wa’l-kadhib wa-qa†fi al-

ra˛im
History of the Yalalÿe.
22. Shar˛ al-ßadr fı ’l-kalm fial ’l-si˛r

Reflections on magic.
23. Silsilat al-dhahab fı dhikr af∂al al-nasab

24. Tabshır al-kh√if al-˛ayrn wa-tadhkıruhu bi-safiat ra˛mat Allh

al-Karım al-Mannn
Autobiography.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 1.
25. Tafßıl fiuqüd al-jumn bi’l-durr wa’l-marjn

Comm. on fiUqüd al-jumn of al-Suyü†ı (d. 1505) GAL, II 156269 )
See Samb, (1972) 112.
26. Tanqiyat al-afhm min shubuht al-awhm

History of the Yalalÿe, Denyankoÿe, Wawamÿe, and Tukulor. Written
in 1938.
27. Taqyıd mufıda

Commentary on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl
Samb (1972), 111, lists this as Qâ’îd mufîda (sic).
28. Ta√rıkh Dna

Samb (1972), 111, says “sur les Zagâwa”.
29. Ta√rıkh al-türudbe

History of the Torodÿe. See Hilliard (1985).
MSS: Fonds Shaykh Musa Kamara, 12.
30. al-Ustdh al-kfı [fı] fiilmay al-fiarü∂ wa’l-qawfı

See Samb (1972), 112.
31. Zuhür al-bastın fı ta√rıkh al-sawdın

Also called I˛y√ m fiaf wa-indarasa min fiulüm ta√rıkh al-Sudn wa-
in†amasa, and In†ißr al-mawtür fı dhikr qab√il Füta Tür. History of
Futa Toro and adjacent lands and peoples. See Hilliard (1985);
Pondopolo (1993), Schmitz (1992), and Kamara (1998), intro. by Jean
Schmitz.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 2-3.
Publ. Trans. of section on Bondu in Ndiaye (1975b); trans. of Tome I,
Volume 1, “L’Aristocracie peule et la révolution des clercs muslumans
(Vallée du Niger)”, see Kamara (1998).
32. [Biography of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd Tl]

MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Musa Kamara, 9
470 CHAPTER NINE
Publ. text, ed.Khadım Mbacké & A˛mad Shukrı, as Ash’h ’l-fiulüm wa-
a†yab al-khabar fı sırat al-˛jj fiUmar, Rabat: Manshürt Mafihad al-
Dirst al-Ifrıqiyya [Jmifiat Mu˛ammad al-Khmis], 2001; trans. A.
Samb, BIFAN, xxxii ( 1970), 56-135, 770-818, and Samb (1975); trans.
Amar Samb, Dakar: Lamp Fall Dabo, n.d.
33. Biography of the author

See Samb (1972), 111; c.f. item 24 above.
34. History of the Fulani

Text in French. Samb (1972), 111, calls it “Histoire des Yâlalbés”.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 7, 11.
SIRE fiABB◊S SOH

According to Haidara (Timbuktu (MMHT), i, item 290), he has the
nisba al-Jbawı [J-b-w-i]).
1. Chroniques du Fouta Sénégalais

No Arabic text has ever been published, and no Arabic titles are given in
the published edition.
Publ. “Ed. M. Delafosse & H. Gaden, Paris: Ernest Leroux, 1913.
Chroniques du Fouta Sénégalais traduites de deux manuscrits arabes
inédits de Siré-Abbâs-Soh.
2. Ta√rıkh khulaf√ al-Füqiyyın (i.e. al-Fütiyyın)

Perhaps the same work as no. 1 above.
MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ ’L-MIQD◊D called Bou el-Moqdad, or Doudou

Seck, b.1283/1867, d.1297/1943
Robinson (2000).
1. Dıwn shifir al-˛assniyya

See Samb, (1972) 79.
2. Qaß√id
i) Untitled
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Poésie 3c, d.
ii) Q. b√iyya fı rith al-Shaykh A˛mad Bamba
See Samb, (1972), 79.
iii) Q. t√iyya: Qla al-mubashshir j√ ’l-sayyid Sıdtı *
Qawlan ta∂manu anwfi al-masarrtı
Welcoming Sh. Sıdti son of Safid Büh, who arrived in Dakar on
a mission from the governor of Mauritania.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 392 (followed by other occasional
verses).
A˘MAD DIOP b. YÜSUF, called A˛mad Diop Massar, b. c.1266/1850,

d. 1350/1932
Born and trained in Islamic studies in his native village of Sagatta,
located between Guéoul and Kébémer (Northern Senegal), he was an
adept of the Qdiriyya †arıqa. He died in Guéoul. All manuscripts of his
works are preserved in the family collection.
1. Qß√id
i) Q. hamziyya: Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı fı mad˛ khayri ’l-liq√ı
* Mu˛ammadin sayyid al-kulli khayr al-aniby√ı
MS: Guéoul, 249 vv.
ii) Q. h√iyya: L ˛awla quwwata li’l-makhlüqi y ’llhu *
Ill bi-˛awlika y dh ’l-fa∂li y ’llhu
Versification of the attributes of God.
MS: Guéoul, 29 vv.
iii) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına fial *
Irslihı ’l-sayyid al-mukhtri man fa∂al
MS: Guéoul, 32 vv.
iv) Q. h√iyya: Y Rabbi ßalli ßaltan l ’ntih√a lah * Wa-l
yun†iquh d˛ü man†iqi wa-lah
MS:Guéoul, 6 vv.
472 CHAPTER NINE
v) Q. lmiyya: Il khalqihi ’l-Ra˛mnu li’l-ra˛mati arsal *

Min al-nsi khayr al-nsi fı ’l-aßli wa’l-fiul
MS: Guéoul, 8 vv.
vi) Q. r√iyya: Bi-man qad at bi’l-han min Mu∂ar * Wa-
ßa˛bin kirmin shiddin ßubbar
MS: Guéoul, 32 vv.
vii) Q. mımiyya: Allhu Ra˛mnu Allhu Ra˛ım * ∑alli fial ’l-
nabı ’l-ummı fiabd al-Ra˛ım
MS: Guéoul, 29 vv.
viii) Q. fiayniyya: Innı la-uhdı ’l-than√a wa’l-ßalta mafi * Il
’l-rasül al-karımi shfifi al-shufafi
MS: Guéoul, 23 vv.
ix) Q. Opens: Bi’smi ’llhi ’l-fiA÷ım * al-Ra˛mni ’l-Brı al-
ra˛ım
MS: Guéoul, 115 vv.
fiABD ALL◊H DIOP
1. Raw∂at al-mufißirın fı mafirifat fiulüm al-dın

Publ : Beirut: Khayy†, 1968 (= Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Fiqh,
16.
MU˘AMMAD DI◊KHA DIOP b. 1309/1892, d. 1402/1982

A speaker of Wolof language, he was born in Guéoul but received his
training in Saint-Louis. He was also affiliated to the Qdiriyya. His
grandson Sh. Talibouya Diop of Guéoul, confirmed his authorship of the
following poems, without date and title.
i) Q. r√iyya: That riy∂ al-ghawri wa’l-am†rı * Wa’l-
zuhri wa’l-akmmi wa’l-afi mrı
MS: Guéoul, 65 vv.
ii) Q. qfiyya: Jkha waddifihu qabla washk al-firqı * Wa-
’rtiq√ al-nufüsi bayn al-tarqı
MS: Guéoul, 7 vv.
iii) Q. Opens: Inna ’l-karıma Mu˛ammad al-amına fi ’llhi *

Kna akhan lı fa∂luhü qad thabat.
MS: Guéoul, 7 vv.
iv) Q. sıniyya: Lan rifqatun fı Ngoumba fiinda ’l-ra√ısı *
Mu˛ammad in al-nabı ’l-amın al-nafısı
MS: Guéoul, 11 vv.
v) Q. h√iyya: Idh na˛nu ji√n Ngoumba qbalan bih *
Fatan lam yazal sam˛ al-khalıqati nbih
MS: Guéoul, 10 vv.
fiABD AL-Q◊DIR SYLLA b. 1939/1357-8

Born in Senegal, he received his training both in Senegal and in
Mauritania and Morocco. He graduated in political science from
Université Muhammad V (Rabat) in 1967. He attended the Ecole
Nationale d’Administration et de Magistrature du Senegal where he
completed his training in diplomacy. He taught Arabic for several years
at high school. He is now advisor to the Senegalese Embassy in Saudi
Arabia. He wrote several articles in Arabic newspapers, but his major
work is dedicated to the study of Islam in Senegal from the beginning of
its penetration to the “present”.
1. al-Muslimün fı ’l-Sinighl: ma’lim al-˛∂ir wa-fq al-mustaqbal

Publ. Qatar: al-Wa˛da, 1986.
ABU BAKR KH◊LID fiUMAR B◊
1. Nudbha min ta√rıkh Füta al-Sinighliyya

Publ: Cairo, 1956 (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire;
4e).
A˘MAD BA
1. Kifyt al-s√il
On the legal number of congregational (Friday) mosques in a town.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Fiqh, 12.
474 CHAPTER NINE
2. Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr mulük al-Südn

MS: Niamey, 106.
MUKHT◊R LO, known as Shaykh Makhtr
1. Bushr al-mu˛ibbın wa-tayqı÷ al-jhilın

Life of Mouhamadou Limâmou Laye.
Trans. “La vie de Seydina Mouhamadou Limâmou Laye” by El-˛jj
Mouhamadou Sakhır Gaye et Assane Sylla , BIFAN, xxxiv (1972), 497-
523
2. Fuyü∂t khdimiyya
Arabic trans. of exhortations of A˛mad Bamba.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme 16.
˘◊MID b. fiUTHM◊N b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR al-Tiları
1. Qaß√id
i) Q. b√iyya: Jar ’l-damfi min fiaynı wa-˛ayya ka√ıbü * Wa-
fi ’l-qalbi minnı lawfiatun wa-lahıbü
In 65 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 396.
ii) Q. dliyya: Innı ra√aytu ’l-shaykha Sıdı Mu˛ammad * ˘z
al-makrima †rif an wa-talıd
27 vv. in praise of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Daymnı.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 400 (2 photocopies).
iii) Q. lmiyya: Y man yad al-nawli aqfiada ka˛ıl * Idh
ghad li’l-zamni †arfan ka˛ıl
Response to a poem by al-Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. A˛mad
Bamba; 14 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 394(ii).
iv) Q. nüniyya: fiAmmat jiht al-ar∂i anwfi al-fitan * Fı
sanatin ta√rıkhuh sharr un qa†an
The year sharrun qa†an corresponds to 1359/1940-1; hence the
upheavals referred to may have to do with WW II. 62 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 399 (photo).
v) Q. nüniyya: Fı bashasin ghba fian al-fiuyünı * Shaykh al-

shuyükhi qurrat al-fiuyünı
In 36 vv. The year bashas corresponds to 1302/1884-5.
vi) Urjüza fı mad˛ al-nabı
Opens: Y Rabban bi-˛urmat al-Mukhtrı * fiAlayhi khayru
ßalawtin li’l-Brı
In 61 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 397 (2 copies).
MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ ◊N, b. 1342/1924

Samb, 1972, 141 sq; Seessemann (1993), 160-3.
A son of ˘mid Ane Tillere
1. Tazyın al-mamlık fı ta√rıkh ÷uhür Amirık

History of America; see Samb, (1972), 141.
2. ˘ayt al-shaykh A˛mad Bambaa

Abridgt. of the Irw√ al-nadım of Mu˛ammad al-Amın Diop Dagana
(q.v); discussed in Seessemann (1993), 180-231.
MSS: Dakar (IFAN) Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire , 8a.
Publ:Part I, Casablanca : Imp. Maison du livre, n.d. (copy in NU/
Brenner, 27a)
Part II, Dakar: Imp. Mukhtr al-Kattnı, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 27b)
Text in Seessemann (1993), trans. pp. 163-79.
Trans. by Amar Samb, La vie de Cheikh Ahmadu Bamba, Dakar: Dar
Senegalia, 1961 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 12).
3. Irshd al-˛ayrn fi ˛ukm shurb al-dukhn

Publ: Dakar: Imp. A. Diop, n.d.
4. al-Islm wa’l-thaqfa fı jumhüriyyat Sinighl

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire 4 a.
Publ. n..p. [Dakar]: al-Dr al-Sinighliyya li’l-‡abfi wa’l-Nashr wa’l-
Tawzıfi, 1398/1978 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 13).
476 CHAPTER NINE
5. Manfafiat al-alıf fı fiilmay al-lugha wa’l-taßrıf

Samb, (1972) 141.
6. Muß†af ’l-Muß†af
On his stay in hospital in Dakar following a motor accident.
Samb, (1972) 141.
7. Nasamt al-sa˛r
Verse biography of the Prophet.
Samb, (1972) 141.
8. Les Trois Grandes Figures de l’Islam en Afrique

On al-˛jj fiUmar, A˛mad Bamba, and Mlik Sy.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 14).
A˘MAD DIACK
1. Qaw√id al-fiaq√id
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Théologie, 3.
A˘MAD (AMADY) MA˘MÜD
1. History of the Almamy fiAbd al-Qdir Kane (reg. 1770s-1806-7)

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 4f.
fiALI (ALIOUNE) b. MU˘AMMAD DIABY
1. Mafilij al-abdn bi-tafiwun al-a†ibb

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Pharmacopée, 2.
IBR◊HˆM b. BIR◊S KANE
1. Sirj al-muslimın min al-sunna wa’l-kitb al-mu˛kam

Publ. n.p. (Dakar ?) n. d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb,
Sermons, 2).
MA˘MÜD DIA
1. Safar al-safida
MS: Niamey , 423
fiA˘MAD NDIAYE NDI◊K, d. 1380/1961
1. Barq al-ghuyüth al-munbitt fı naß˛ al-jamfiiyyt al-islamiyya

Publ: n.p., n. d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb , Fiqh, 14 ).
2. Zawraq al-kh√i∂ fı fiilm al- farfii∂

On inheritance laws.
SAfiD ABˆHI DIOP b. A˘MAD DIOP MASSAR b. 1306/1889, d.

1405/1985.
Born in Saint-Louis, he was a native speaker of Wolof language. He
learned the Qur√n and was initiated in Arabic in Saint-Louis. He
migrated to Mauritania where he stayed several years in the house of
Shaykh Safid Büh [Safid Abıhi] b. Mu˛ammad F∂il. It was there that he
deepened his training in Islamic studies and was initiated into the
Qdiriyya †arıqa. He then settled in Guéoul in northern Senegal where
he attracted a large following and taught until his death in 1985. The
items listed below are preserved in the family library in Guéoul.
1. Tafrıj al-qulüb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-ma˛büb

A treatise on how to pray for the Prophet Mu˛ammad.
2 Qaß√id
i) Q. mımiyya: Qif bi’l-diyri wa-sal Salm bi-dhı salamı *
Hal f˛a †ıb al-shadh fı ’l-rabfii dhı salamı
55vv. in praise of the Prophet.
ii) Q. nüniyya: Bushr bi-A˛mad al-hdı ’l-amın * Rasüli Rabb
al-filamın
48 vv.
478 CHAPTER NINE
iii) Q. h√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-asm√i y ’llhu *

Sub˛nahu Dhü ’l-jalli qul huwa ’llhu
65 vv.
iv) Q. Opens: Shughiftu fial ˛ubbı Sulaym wa-jrih * Wa-
Hindin wa-Lubn fian maqılati mabda√ı.
13 vv.
v) Q. maqßüra: Y sayyid al-sdti y badr al-hud * Y man
il nür al-amna Mußtaf
97 vv.
vi) Q. lmiyya: Salmun ka-fard al-Mußtaf sayyid al-rusulı *
Wa-sayyidi kull al-filam al-fiulwı wa’l-suflı
11 vv.
vii) Q. dliyya: Salmun ka-fiarf al-miski wa’l-fianbar al-nadı *
fiAl f√iq al-aqrni dhı ’l-fiizzi wa’l-majdı
16 vv.
viii) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-khalqi y ’llhü *
Sub˛nahü ’l-D√im al-Bqı y ’llhü
22 vv.
ix) Q. mımiyya: Ilhı bi-jhi shafıfi al-anm * Dafiawtuka
’llhumma qin ’l-˛arm
4 vv.
x) Q. Opens: Afiüdhu bi’llahi min khawf al-anm wa-min *
Ri∂an fian al-nafsi hammı ’l-rizqi y ’llhu
5 vv.
xi) Q. Opens: Bi-abı ’l-amın * Wa-shaykhihı safidi ’l-war
MS: Guéoul, 13 vv.
xii) Q. nüniyya: Aqülu bi-bi’smi ’llhi y Ra˛mnü * Ra˛ımu
y Mannnu y ˘annnü
36 vv.
xiii) Q. t√iyya: Y ’llhu y Rabbı dh ’l-asm√ al-qadımt *

Wa-dh ’l-ßift al-fialiyyt al-ßamımt
8 vv.
xiv) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Siddti ˘ay∂ara
Opens: Madadtu li’l-shaykhi al-anwrı * Immi ’l-qu†bi’l-
Rabbnı.
xv) Q. Opens: Minnı il sayyid al * -Sdti Siddtı
xvi) Q. Opens: Minnı li’l-shaykhi ’lladhı fı ’l-fiilmi Mukhtrü *
Najl al-makrimi hum fı ’l-majdi akhyrü
21 vv.
xvii) Q. Opens: Dhahabat Khadıjatu * Kulluh bi-jamlih
xviii) Q. Opens: Li-Nkumba ha÷÷un wa-nifiamun * Min nüri
khayri ’l-war.
Nkumba is another name of the town of Guéoul.
xix) Q. fı ziyratihi li-∂arı˛ al-shaykh Safid abıhi.
Opens: Nawaytu fı dh ’l-fimmı * Ka ’l-fimmi ’l-awwalı *
Ziyrata qabri ’l-shaykhı * Safid abihi ’l-walı
16 vv.
xx) Q. fı madh al-shaykh al-‡libüya
a) Opens: Li’llhi Rabbi ’l-war qad qumtu min drı * Li-ghayri
Hindin wa-l Mayyin wa-l jrı.
20 vv.
b) Opens: A-y man turıdu al-fiizza wa’l-majda bi’l-fakhri * Fa-
dünaka fa’†lubh lad ’l-shaykhi dhı ’l-naßri.
13 vv.
c) Opens: Yazüru la shaykhihı Safidu abıhi * Man ismuhü
Safidun mu∂fun li-abıhi
27 vv.
480 CHAPTER NINE
MU˘AMMAD SHAMS AL-DˆN ˘AYDARA b. MA˘FÜ⁄ b. UBBA

b. MU˘AMMAD F◊∆IL b. M◊MAYN, al-Idrısı al-˘asanı al-Hshimı
Samb (1972), 243-7.
A descendant of Mu˛ammad F∂il (brother of the celebrated M√ al-

fiAynayn), whose descendants established the so-called F∂iliyya †arıqa
based on his teachings, Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın’s father Sh. Ma˛fü÷
settled in Senegal and founded two villages named Dr al-Khayr about
20 km. from each other in Casamance.
1. Dalıl al-ra˛ma
Refutation of religious innovations consisting of denying gifts to the
descendants of the Prophet.
MS: MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 510.
2. al-Dın al-naßı˛a li-ummat (sic) al-Mu˛ammadiyya fı sırat nabı al-

ra˛ma wa-fa∂√il ahl al-bayt
A biography of the Prophet.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (3 copies in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 512).
3. Dıwn
An untitled collection of 72 poems on various subjects, the first of which
concerns his father’s settlement in “ar∂ al-sawdın”.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 516 (xerox in 3 copies).
4. Hud ’l-muhtadın bi-˛ayt al-sharıf Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın

Autobiography, written in 1377/1967.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (3 copies in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 515).
5. Irshd al-muslimlın
Advice to Muslims on matters relating to the celebration of the birthday
of the Prophet and his isr√. 24 p.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 509.
6. Mu˛yı al-sunna fı ’l-khutab al-minbariyya

A collection of sermons delivered before Friday prayers. 71 p.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 508.
7. Mißb˛ al-khayr fı qißßat ahl al-khayr wa-Dr al-khayr

History of the village of his family and their settlement in Dr al-khayr.
For a summary of the work, see Samb (1972), 243-6
Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 514 (with Qißßat al-
amjad fı ˛ayt al-wlid).
8. Qißßat al-amjad fı ˛ayt al-wlid

Biography of his father, written 1379/1960.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 514 (with Mißb˛
al-khayr).
MU˘AMMAD AL- FÜTˆ LY

Samb (1972), 155.
According to Samb, he comes from Nguilogne and was affiliated to the

Qdiriyya, as evidenced by the only poem attributed to him by Samb. He
is the father of Dhu Nün Ly (q.v.).
1. Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Sfid Abıh b. Muhammad al-F∂il

Publ: Trans . in Samb, (1972), 155-6.
BOCAR SABALY b. fiABD ALL◊H, b. 18 Jumd I 1368/18 March

1949
He was born in Yoossou near Kolda (Southern Senegal). He studied the
Qur√n in his village and then travelled widely to complete his training
as a cleric. He studied in Kolda, Kaolack with ShaykhfiAlı Sise, and
attend also several other majlis in Saint-Louis. He now teaches Qur√n
and Islamic jurisprudence in his village. The mss. are preserved in the
author’s library in Kolda.
1. Dawrat al-akhlq al-˛amıda fı ta†awwur al-mujtamafi

Completed in 1407/1987
2. ˘aqq al-jiwr fı ’l-islm

Completed on 5 Jumada II 1415/9 November 1994
3. Ijtinb al-kab√ir ghufrn li’l-ßagh√ir

482 CHAPTER NINE
4. al-∑awm junna min al-nr
5. Man huwa al-shaykh ˛aqqan ?
6. Min ˛ayt al-ßa˛ba al-kirm
7. Qaß√id
i) Q. Dafiwat al-ns il dıni Rabb al-ns
Opens: Dhı dafiwatin umirta fı dınin wa-nahat * m’llhu
ya√muruhü fiamm nah ’l-nhı
ii) Q. fı ’l-ishda bi-muna÷÷amat al-dafiwa al-islmiyya bi-
lıbiy
Opens: Li’l-drisına wa-li’l-madrisi minkumü * A w f 
musfiadatin ka-nawfii sa˛bı. 20 vv.
iii) Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allah b. Fayßal
Opens: Dafinı ilayka ’l-wajhu wa’l-fiaynu wa’l-famü *
Tukallimunı ’l-a˛wlu minh fa-afhamü. 25 vv.
iv) Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım Ma˛müd Diop
Opens: In shi√tu qultu anta fı ’l-ßabri ’l-jabal * Fı ’l-fiilmi k’l-
ba˛ri wa-fı ’l-fia† ’l-mathal. 23 vv.
Completed on 14 Shafiban 1413/6 Feb. 1993.
v) Q. fı mad˛ madınat Kold
Opens: Kulla fa∂ılatin turmu ˛uzti * Wa’l-filiyti ’l-darajti
nilti.15 vv.
Completed on 22 Rajab 1410/18 Feb. 1990.
vi) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı
a) Opens: Tahdı ’l-anm wa-jamfi al-jahli tahzumuhü *
Bi-kulli jayshin min al-fiirfni jarrr.
b) Opens: Tahwı ilaykum qulübu ’l-muslimına mafi *
Wa’l-muslimti min al-fiurbni wa’l-fiajamı.
c) Opens: Nid√ un tin al-ımn wa’l-birr wa’l-tuq *
Wa-nashr fiulüm al-dıni bi’l-˛usni wa’l-naq.
vii) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall

a) Opens: Idh atayta Lügha z√ir an fa-sal * fiAn al-
munıri wajhuhü fiAbbsu Sall.
b) Opens: fiAbbsu Sall fı ’l-˛arbi fiAbbsu asad * Wa-
lam yushbih jüdahü jüdu a˛ad. 15 vv.
viii) Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Idris Sow
Opens: Gha∂anfarun yasfiü lad ’l-˛urübı * Mukhtabirun bi’l-
÷hir al-maktübı. 16 vv.
ix) Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Ismfiıl Baldé
Opens: Taraqq il afil wa-qad kna filiyy * Wa-dıdnuhü
qad kna rakb al-mafiliyy. 28 vv.
x) Q. nüniyya: Nuzüluka min ar∂ al-nubuwwatı fawzan *
Bi-yumnin wa-khayrtin min Allhi fiamman.
7 vv.congratulating Al-˘jj Yoro on the occasion of his pil-
grimage.
xi) Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh tafil
Opens: Anta ’l-Qadıru ’lladhı athnayta nafsaka l * Ya√tı bi-
˛amdika arbb al-faß˛t. 22 vv.
xii) Q. h√iyya: ˘za ’l-fiulüm al-ghurra mundhu ßibhu *
Kam abda ˛azmuhü hawh. 12 vv.
8. al-Shabb al-muslim fı mahabb al-riy˛

Completed on 17 Jumada I 1409/26 December 1988.
9. al-Taw˛ıd huwa al-ass

Completed on 2 Shawwal 1412/5 April 1992.
A˘MAD IBR◊HˆM DATTE

He settled in Cam.
484 CHAPTER NINE
1. Kashf al-ghi†√ fiamm fialayhi al-Yafiqübiyya min al-kha†a√

A critique of the Hamallist sub-sect led by Yafiqüb Sylla. Apparently
they predicted the end of the world for early Rabıfi I 1342/c. 12 October
1923.
2. Tanwır al-fu√d fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd

Poem in praise of the Prophet. Opens: fiAfat al-diyru bi-dhı ’l-†ulü˛i li-
wdı * Dht al-maßyafi li-Mayyata wa-Sufidı
LEY KANE of Touba Kane
1. Q. r√iyya: M li’l-fu√di fnat al-yawma madhfiürü * Madhrüfu

damfiin a-bi’l-hayf√ı maghrürü
32 vv. in praise of the Prophet.
H◊RÜN AL-RASHˆD JALLÜ [DIALLO] b. A˘MAD, d. 1392/1972-3
1. Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Tijniyya
Dated 1388/1968.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 403(ii) (photo).
2. Q. fı mad˛ shuyükhihi
In 17 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 403(i) (photo).
3. Q. fı awldihi
In 58 vv., dated 12 Mu˛arram 1373/21 September 1953.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 403(i) (photo).
4. Accrostic on Q. 33:25 (Wa-radd Allhu alladhına kafarü bi-

ghay÷ihim)
In 74. vv.
MODI BOKAR DIALLO, b. 1870

Note with MS Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 420.
Born in Futa Jallon, at age eighteen he took up residence in Futa Toro

with his teacher. Later he went to N’Guidjilone to study with Cerno
[˘mid?] Tillere, then to Doumga to study with Cerno Modi fi◊lim.
Finally he returned to N’Guidjilone to complete his education with
Cerno Yoro Bal. He married Cerno fi◊lim’s daughter and settled in Boki
Diame and taught.
Opens: Y way˛a man knat al-duny irdatuhu * Wa-bi’l-baßırat fı
fiuqbhu m na÷ar
66 vv., written 13 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1308/20 June 1891.
IBN AL-WAZˆR ˘A∆R◊Mˆ, known as Ma˛müd Jah, fl. 1367/1967

On his stamp on the ms. below he describes himself as “professeur
d’arabe”.
1. Q. fı mad˛ al-ra√ıs al-Mukhtr w. Ddh

Poem of 50 vv. in praise of Senegal and its women and in praise of
President Ould Daddah of Mauritania, dated 26 ∑afar 1387/15
November 1967. Opens: Nifim al-ßab min fiinda ar∂ al-a˛ibbatı *
Samat bı ilayh himmatı ˛ına habbatı.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 423 (orig. and roneo).
SHAMS AL-DˆN b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊Y b. fiABD ALL◊H b.

˘AMAD b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊
The author claims an ancestry going back al-˘asan b. fiAlı b. Abı ‡lib.
1. Untitled work of genealogy and history of Futa Toro in four main

sections, each perhaps constituting a separate work; in total 209 pp.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 511 (photo).
486 CHAPTER NINE
MU˘AMMAD TURE b. MU˘AMMAD, known as Cheikh Toure, b.

July 1925
Loimeier (1994, 1999); Kane (1999).
Founder of the Union Culturelle Muslumane, a Senegalese reformist

movement. Born in Fass Touré in the Louga region, where his father ran
a Qur√nic school and an fiilm school, he stayed in his home village until
1944 studying under his uncle Hdı Ture, who succeeded his brother as
director of the fiilm school.
In 1944 he went to stay in Saint-Louis where he studied in various
schools and came under the influence of the Mauritanian scholar Sh.
Mukhtr w. ˘mid (Mukhtar Ould Hamidoun), then a researcher at
IFAN. In 1949 he spent a short time at the Mukhtar Ould Hamidoun
Ecole des Etudes Islamiques in Boutilimit (Mauritania), where he
obtained his “brevet d’études franco-arabes”.
In 1952 he founded his first school in Saint-Louis, and in the same
year moved to Dakar where he also founded a school. He then spent a
year in Algeria where he briefly studied with Sh. Abü ’l-Qsim al-fiArabı
al-Tabassı (Larbi Tébessi), who introduced him to the writings of Rashıd
Ri∂.
Back in Dakar he founded, with the help of several others of like
mind, the Union Culturelle Musulmane (UCM) in 1953, and
subsequently founded schools in Dakar, Saint-Louis, Thiès and Kaolack,
where geography, history, mathematics, and the natural sciences were
taught in addition to the traditional Islamic sciences.
The UCM soon expanded its activities to establish branches in other
West African countries, notably Mali and Upper Volta [Burkina Faso].
He also developed broader contacts with Algeria and Tunisia. Following
Senegalese independence (1960) and the advent to power of Léopold
Senghor in 1962, Cheikh Touré experienced some reverses. His attacks
on “maraboutism” had made him unpopular with many traditional
Senegalese men of religion, and these had now given their support to
Senghor. He and his movement came increasingly under the thumb of
the government and Cheikh Touré’s scope of action became confined.
This led him and his followers eventually to abandon the UCM in 1979
and create a new organization, the Jama’atou Ibadou Rahman (Jamfiat
fiibd al-Ra˛mn). Already in 1977 he had sworn never again to work
for a governmental organization, though in fact he did not retire from the
civil service until forced to in 1980.
From then on he busied himself in establishing a number of outlets for
his ideas, including in 1988 the Organisation pour l’action islamique,
initiated at the Centre Islamique Sérigne Hady Toure (Dakar) which he
came to direct. He also continued to be active in the promotion of
periodical publications. As early as 1953 he had founded Le reveil
islamique; in 1960 he became editor of L’ère nouvelle, and in 1979 he
launched Etudes islamiques. The Jamfiat fiibd al-Ra˛mn publishes a
periodical entitled Le Musulman.
1. ˘awla maw∂üfi al-jins al-thaqfı al-˛adıth: ußüluhu wa-thruhu

Publ. Dakar, 1984.
2. al-Mustaqbaliyya al-sharfiiyya al-Islmiyya fı Ifrıqiy al-gharbiyya

al-faranküfüniyya
Publ. Dakar, 1989.
Writings in French
1. Afin que tu deviennes croyant

Publ. Dakar, 1957.
2. Ce qu’il faut savoir pour la prière. Réparer les erreurs commises à

son sein
Publ. Saint-Louis, 1957.
3. le Code de la famille musulmane

Publ. Dakar, 1986
4. L’état islamique: ses spécificités et ses caractéristiques

Publ. Dakar, 1985 (special issue of Etudes islamique
5. L’Islam en Afrique
Contains two items previously published: (i) “Réflexion sur l’éducation
sénégalaise” (in Etudes islamiques, 5, 1980), and (ii) al-Mustaqbaliyya
al-sharfiiyya (see above).
Publ. Dakar, 1993.
488 CHAPTER NINE
6. la Loi islamique du travail

Publ. Dakar, 1987.
7. Les Obligations d’un Tidiane des deux sexes

Publ. Saint-Louis, 1953.
8 la Philosophie du pélerinage et ses lieux saints

Publ. Dakar, 1991.
9. Le Vrai et le faux: L’islam au Sénégal

A new edition of Afin que tu deviennes croyant
Dakar, 1990.
10. In additions to the above books he has published some twenty
articles in French, mainly in Etudes islamiques, with three in Le réveil
islamique; see Loimeier (1994) for a listing down to that date.
fiUMAR BA
Researcher at IFAN
1. Le Coran, Français-Peul
Fulfulde translation of the Qur√n, with Blachère’s French translation in
parallel with the Fulfulde version.
Publ. Paris: L’Harmattan, 1982.
MU∑‡AF◊ [MOUSTAPHA] GUEYE, b. 1356/1937

Abou Bakar Thiam, Preface to Le droit chemin dans la pratique islamique parfait (see
below), 9-12.
Son of Alpha Guèye, the son of Alioune [fiAlı] Guèye, he was born in
Thiarêne in the Matam area of Futa Toro. He initially studied with
Codde Guèye, with whom he read [the Mukhtaßar of] al-Akh∂arı and the
[K. al-ßalt] of al-fiAwfı, two of the most widely studied works on
Islamic rituals of worship in West Africa.
In around 1950 he went to study the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd with his
maternal uncle al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Diattara. He then travelled to the
province of Saloum where, in about 1956, he studied the Mukhtaßar of
Khalıl, as well as Arabic grammar and syntax. Then, with Abü Bakr
Niasse, he studied Rhetoric and Stylistics, including the Maqmt of al-

˘arırı. Finally, he went to Kaolack and studied with Ibrhım Niasse
tafsır, ˛adıth, ußül al-fiqh, and Logic. In the 1960s he continued his
studies in the Qarawiyyın University in Fez.
On his return to Senegal in 1965 he became the secretary-general of
the Arabophone teachers and students of the Union Progressiste
Sénégalaise. In 1971 he entered the field of journalism, and was
employed in the Senegalese Ministry of Information.
He also teaches private classes on religious matters in his house in the
evenings and on holidays, and is imam of a religious school near his
house in Thiaroye.
1. Le droit chemin dans la pratique islamique parfait

The book was originally written in Arabic, and deals with numerous
religious issues, concluding with forty questions and answers. The
French translation was done by Fernand Dumont.
Publ. Dakar-Abidjan: Les Nouvelles Éditions Africaines, 1977, 1984.
MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD LO
A member of the reformist Jamâ’at ’Ibd al-Rahmn, he lives in Dakar,
and is well-known for his critical attitude towards the Sufi shaykhs.
1. Mudhakkira maftü˛a il qdat al-fiamal al-islamı fı ’l-Sinighl.

A critique of Senegalese Muslim preachers involved in party politics.
Completed on 4 April 2001.
2. Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-süfi

The most polemical anti-Sufi treatise written in West Africa. Ph.D.
dissertation submittted by the author. Responded to by Shaykh Tijn
Gaye in his Kitb al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l-tadnıs (q.v.).
Publ. Riyâ∂: Dâr al-Hijra, 1416/1996 (author’s name spelt as Law˛).
3. Jinyat al-ta√wıl al-fsid fial ’l-fiaqıda al-Islmiyya

Categorized on the title page of its published version as a “university
dissertation” (risla jmifiiyya), though no indication is given of which
university it was presented at. The book is divided into three parts, each
attacking approaches to the interpretation of Islamic beliefs: (1) the
speculative theologians (al-mutakallimün), (2) the Twelver and Ismfiılı
490 CHAPTER NINE
Shıfia, (3) Philosophers and Sufis. In some sense it may be a response to

Shaykh Tijn Gaye’s rebuttal of his earlier anti-Sufi work Taqdıs al-
ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-süfı.
Publ. n.p. [Saudi Arabia] : Dr Ibn fiAffn, n.d. (author’s name spelt as
Law˛).
A˘MAD M◊LIK ˘AMM◊D al-Fütı al-Azharı

al-Qsim al-Bayhaqı, intro to Mift˛ al-Amn.
Born in Senegal, he undertook Qur√nic studies in Mauritania, and then
went to Egypt in 1949, where he continued such studies, and then study
of sharıfia.
1. ˆ∂˛ al-marsüm fı ˛all ˛amalat al-masüm

Publ. 2nd edn., 1963; see al-Bayhaqı, intro to Mift˛ al-amn, 2.
2. Mift˛ al-amn fı rasm al-Qur√n

Publ. Dakar: al-Dr al-Sinighliyya, 1395/ 1975 (copy in NU/ Hunwick,
483).
CHAPTER TEN
WRITERS OF GUINEA
by
Bernard Salvaing and John Hunwick
WRITERS OF FUTA JALLON
Introduction by Bernard Salvaing1

Between the beginnings of the “theocratic age” and the present day a
huge literature in Arabic and Fulfulde has evolved. Nevertheless, it
remains little known outside of Guinea due to the country’s isolation in
the years following independence as well as the lack of any public
repository for manuscripts.
This introduction is based on the few published texts, or texts
available in public archives, as well as a corpus of texts that I
photographed during investigations carried out in the 1980s and 1990s,
all of which came from private libraries. Even if their significant number
allows one to hope they are relatively representative of the body of
literature, it is clear that some cultural loci are poorly represented (in
particular old centres such as Kalan and Boroudji, whose importance one
nevertheless senses), whilst others, on the contrary, may be overvalued.
We would add that the esoteric literature linked to the fiilm al-asrr,
although of importance in Futa Jallon, is not discussed here. Finally, the
works of al-˛jj fiUmar Tall are not dealt with here, for despite the fact
that he acquired much of his higher education in Futa Jallon, his work
extends far beyond Futa Jallon, and is dealt with in Chapter 5. This
presentation respects the relative chronology of events, but the precise
1
Freely translated from the French original and edited by John Hunwick. Bernard Salvaing
wishes to thank Constant Hamès and Alfa Mamadou Diallo-Lélouma for their help when writing
this introduction.
492 CHAPTER TEN
dates given to authors and writings, often based on oral tradition, are to
be viewed with caution.
As can be seen in this chapter, the only public collections containing a
substantial number of manuscripts by writers of Guinea are the Fonds
Archinard in Paris,2 and the Fonds Gilbert Vieillard in IFAN, Dakar
(consisting of mainly Fulfulde mss. collected by the administrator
Vieillard in the 1930s). The majority of manuscripts are to be found in
private libraries owned by scholarly families. In each locus of culture are
to be found writings by writers who lived there, but also texts by other
authors. The manuscripts of the great authors circulate and are recopied
many times. In addition, there existed, and still do exist, some genuine
collectors who own numerous copies of manuscripts. One also hears of
mysterious libraries, hidden away from the uninitiated, such as the
library of Seeforé, the location of which is kept a secret. Whatever the
case may be, we can get an idea of the contents of the exotic literature,
and figure out its broad tendencies.
As far as the content is concerned, we find, side by side with texts
from outside, which do not appear to be noticeably different from those
found in other areas of West Africa, manuscripts representative of all
branches of knowledge. Also noticeable is the tendency for there to be a
linguistic division (between Arabic and Fulfulde) according to subject—
a division that is not, however, totally fixed.
Arabic writings (other than esoteric literature) include texts on
grammar (na˛w), philology (lugha), some juristic texts (fiqh), theology
(taw˛ıd), panegyrics of the Prophet, and calendars, that closely follow
models from elsewhere, and historical texts that consist of brief
chronicles of villages or larger texts devoted to a family or a region.
In Fulfulde, on the other hand, are texts of “religious popularisation”
aimed at conveying basic Islamic knowledge to persons who do not
understand Arabic: ritual regulations, following those of the Risla, for
example, admonitory texts contrasting the joys of Paradise with the
eternal torments incurred by the sinner. But one also finds texts dealing
with the topics just mentioned: theology, history, and panegyrics.
2
Otherwise known in its published catalogue as the “Bibliothèque fiUmarienne de Ségou”,
preserved in Paris (BN).
WRITERS OF GUINEA 493
In either language we note the frequent usage of a poetic format. This

literature evolved over time. In fact one cannot deal with the issue of
fiajamı literature in Fulfulde without recalling the important role played
by Cerno Samba Mombeyaa (1755-1852 ) in bringing it into existence.
Although before his time the use of Fulfulde was common, as elsewhere,
for oral commentaries on Qur√nic and other religious texts (under the
Fulfulde term firugol—clarification or commentary, corresponding to
the Arabic term tafsır), he was the first to advocate the systematic use of
Fulfulde as a written language in religious teaching, and to this end he
composed the famous Oogirde malal, in which a certain number of
important Islamic teaching texts are presented in a readily accessible
Fulfulde form. He himself explained the direction of his endeavour at the
beginning of the work:
I will explain the dogmas in the Fulfulde language
So as to help you to understand them, and hearing them to accept them.
In fact, only on ’s own language allows each and every one
To understand what the old masters have to say.
Many among the Fulani have doubts about what they read
In Arabic, and hence remain uncertain.
From the middle of the nineteenth century a religious literature in
Fulfulde evolved, despite some opposition which is traditionally
attributed, rightly or wrongly, to al-˛jj fiUmar Tall. The texts of the
great masters set the tone, and one can get some idea by reading the
works of Alfa Ibrâhîm Sow, in which are translated some of the more
important texts written in Fulfulde.3
To better define the content and genres of the Fulfulde literature of
Futa Jallon, we shall now make two approaches to it: first, a study of the
output of a centre—taken as a sample among the major cultural loci of
Futa; then a statistical study of the writings and the languages used,
based on a corpus covering the entire region.
We shall begin by looking as a significant sample at the production of
the Lélouma centre, for which El hadj Abdourahmane Diallo, imam of
the village of Poyé, has kindly prepared a short list of the principal
authors and their major works. This du∂al, which lies at some sixty km.
3
E. g. Le filon de bonheur éternel (Oogirde malal); see Sow (1971); see also Sow (1966,
1968).
494 CHAPTER TEN
from Labé, formed part of the province (diiwal) of Labé. Although the
islamization of this area began as early as the eighteenth century through
Cerno Irrahima mo Juntu a Paateyanke, it took a new turn with the
arrival of the Seeleyaÿe family (c. 1770), sent out from Labé by Cerno
Modi (Karamoko Alfa) mo Labé.4 The latter decided to put in charge of
the Cerno Irrahima Paateya zone his grandson Maama fiUthmn ‡nu.
Ever since then primacy in both political power and religion has
remained in the hands of descendants of Maama fiUthmn ‡nu. Here
then is a glance at the literary production of the two main villages of the
Lélouma zone—Pétel and Poyé—in chronological order:
1. Pétel
—Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti (Abı Marwn) b. al-faqıh fiUthmn, who wrote
a very famous “calendar” of Futa, known as al-Qan†ara.
—Moodi ‡hir b. Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé, of Pétel and Ken˙ri, a
younger brother of Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti, who wrote Waqfiat Kinshin,
concerning the jihd by Muslims against Kinsi in the Gaoual region.
—Two generations later lived Cerno Safid (called “the Great”) b. Moodi
Ibrhım b. Mammadu Saliyu b. Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti of Lélouma, who
wrote a qaßıda entitled ‡ard al-fujjr (“Expulsion of the profligates”, i.e.
those who have rejected Islam), dealing with the battle which Muslims
fought against “unbelievers” at Tata Doporo. He also wrote a work of
grammar entitled Fti˛at al-taßrıf.
2. Poyé
—Living in the first half of the nineteenth century, Karamoko Alfa al-
˘amdu of Poyé (a grandson of Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé) wrote a
work in Arabic, giving the names and acts of bravery of those who took
part in the jihd of Futa Jallon, as well as Du’a e dewal (invocation and
prayer).
4
The date of his death, 1813, given by Paul Mary, is dubious, since he fought in a jihd in
1727, and a member of his family, El Hadj SeikouYaya Diallo, gave the date 1772 in a typed
booklet published in 1999.
—His son, Moodi fiUmar of Poyé, wrote a work evoking the names of
the earliest Muslim warriors of the region: Asm√ man ta√assasü ’l-jihd
fı Füta.
—A third scholar, al-˛jj fiImrn (or Al Haji Imrane), made the
pilgrimage to Mecca, leaving by boat from Dakar in 1897, returning in
1906. In Fez he was initiated into the Tijniyya, and later introduced it to
Futa Jallon independently of al-˛jj fiUmar. His most notable works are
a very long poem in praise of the Prophet (Malja√ al-najt fial mad˛
sayyid al-sdt), and a work in honour of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
—His son Cerno A˛mad wrote a work on “French rule over Futa
Jallon”.
—Al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn of Poyé (b. 1952) is the author of several
works: on the life of the Prophet (Ngurdan nulaa∂o), on the heritage of
Islam and other sources of knowledge (Ndondi: salndu gandal), on
education, the schooling of children in general (Jannee fayÿe), and girls
in particular, and a Fulfulde translation of the Risla.
In accordance with the statistics produced from a study of manuscripts in
my possession, we may come to the following preliminary conclusions:
Fulfulde is the dominant language for works having to do with morality,
personal and social practices linked to religion (e.g. advice, sermons, and
political topics), and panegyrics (praise of the Prophet, and elegies for
holymen). On the other hand, Arabic is the dominant (often the sole)
language in areas more closely linked to knowledge, such as esoterics,
calendars of events, grammar and philology, fiqh, and matters
concerning Sufi brotherhoods.
In three areas Fulfulde is important, but not the dominant language:
fiqh, historical texts, and taw˛ıd. As regards fiqh, Arabic is the dominant
language for texts dealing with the law on social and family matters (e.g.
inheritance), whilst Fulfulde is almost exclusive for religious rites to be
observed (such as ablution and prayer).
Works dealing with matters not specifically religious are very rare
until recent times. It is possible that such themes were present in earlier
times, but it is more likely that such texts as that published by Alfa
Ibrâhîm Sow (Mantule Faatu Seydi - “Praise of Fâtou Seydi” in Sow
(1966)) belong more usually to oral literature. A certain number of new
496 CHAPTER TEN
themes were introduced in the twentieth century, often cast in an existing

mould such as the literature of advice (e.g. on the coming of the French,
and more recent writings on the modern world, new education, and
“bucolic” poetry dealing with nature and rural labours).
Texts and authors of the eighteenth century are very difficult to access.
One rare example is ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Nü˛ al-Fullnı al-fiUmarı,
whose writings are probably better known in India than they are in
Guinea. However, it is difficult to get an idea of the profile of Guinean
literature of that period.
The nineteenth century is the “classical era” for writers known as
much for their “saintliness” as for their knowledge. Among these, three
stand out, all belonging to the Seeleyaÿe, and related to one another.
They are cousins, and descendants of Moodi Abdullahi Suware (buried
in Lugudi) who is said by the local traditions to be a descendant (sixth
generation) of the famous Jakanke cleric al-˛âjj Slim Suwari from
Diakha. Moodi Abdullahi sent his children to various parts of the diiwal
of Labé (and to Mombeyâ in the diiwal of Kolaa∂e) to propagate Islam
and to found centres of Islamic culture. A second is Safiıd al-Sılı, 1755-
1852), a perfect master of Arabic culture and Arab writers, having
undertaken part of his study in Futa Toro and Mauritania. The
importance of his role in establishing Fulfulde as a written language for
religious writing has already been stressed. We also know that present
tradition in Futa Jallon presents him as the leader of a line of holymen
opposed to al-˛jj fiUmar. Most notably, he is the author of Oogirde
malal, a work aimed at publicizing through a Fulfulde poetic form, over
and above Qur√nic quotations and ˛adıth, some of the great teachings
of classical Arabic authors, especially in fiqh, such as the Tu˛fat al-
˛ukkm of Ibn fi◊ßim.
Another is Cerno Saadu Dalen (Safid b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh b.
Sulaymn al-Labawı al-Sılı al-Fütı, d. c. 1855, or later). His known
writings, mainly in Arabic, cover all the fields of Islamic knowledge,
and he is, incontestably, one of the major authors of Futa Jallon. His
work of fiqh on inheritance, based on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, is often
quoted. He appears to have played a decisive role as a mediator between
the alfaya and soriya factions for the almamis of Futa Jallon. He was
also one of the personalities who greeted al-˛jj fiUmar favourably upon
his return from pilgrimage.
A third figure is Cerno Bü Bakar Poti of Lélouma-Pétel (or Modi Bü

Bakar Abı Marwn b. al-faqıh fiUthmn al-Saylawiyu al-Jallwı al-
Fullnı), best known for his work Gantara (al-Qan†ara), a calendrical
work incorporating astronomical, agricultural, and esoteric observations,
very famous in Futa Jallon, and of which echoes are to be found in
works of much smaller size by many other writers.
In addition to these three great scholars we may also mention Cerno
Suufi Kansa Gawol (fiAlı al-∑üfı) of the same family, who lived in the
early nineteenth century. Coming from Karantagi in Labé, he introduced
the Shdhiliyya into Futa Jallon, after a journey to Fez and study with a
man known as fiAlı al-∑üfı al-Fsı, as well as jaroore, or religious songs
in honour of the Prophet. He is best known for his Mißb˛ al-fiilm fı layl
al-jahl wa’l-bidafi—a long Arabic work in verse dealing with several
different themes relating to taw˛ıd and fiqh.
Another Shdhilı was Cerno Al-Gassimou of Zawiya (Sh. al-Qsim b.
Mma Ismafiıl al-Zwiywı), who lived c. 1780-1860. Originating from a
great religious centre near Labé founded by his father right at the
beginning of the nineteenth century, he is known for being the author of
K. manfi al-war—a work in Arabic containing praises of the Prophet
and numerous admonitions on religious life.
Finally, we should mention the writings of the imams of Touba,
founded in 1815 in the Binani district by Karamoko-Ba Gassama (or al-
˛jj Slim, d. 1829), whose origins were in Mali. Today Touba (together
with other Jahanke villages) is the only centre still faithful to the
Qdiriyya †arıqa. The writings of these imams seem to have been
numerous and relate to many fields, of which fiilm al-asrr is one of the
reasons for the fame of Touba.
However, the only well-known and carefully recorded works are the
historical manuscripts, which are in fact very close to the numerous oral
traditions existent among the Jahanke (see Sanneh (1979), Suret-Canale
(1970), Hunter (1976)). Each of the big families of Touba related to the
town’s founder has its own family chronicle. Touba is, at one and the
same time, part of Futa Jallon, and independent of it. It was to remain
governed by a succession of descendants of its founder, and
distinguished by certain characteristics, notably its attachment to an
ancient commercial tradition, its distancing itself from militant jihd
(preferring “spiritual jihd”—al-jihd al-akbar or jihd al-nafs), its
498 CHAPTER TEN
interest in fiilm al-asrr, and the exclusive use of Arabic for written
texts. The texts of Touba, except for the ta√rıkhs, are even less accessible
than those of Futa Jallon, and cannot therefore be discussed.
At the same time Touba retains close and lasting ties with Futa Jallon;
the scholars of the region visit it frequently in search of its knowledge
and the blessings of its holymen. Al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd himself stayed
there before embarking on his jihd. Its leading personalities have been:
Karamoko-Ba Gassama (Slim Jbi-Gasama), the founder, who died in
1829; Mamadou Taslimi (Mu˛ammad Taslımı), d. 1830; Karamoko
Koutoubou (fiAbd al-Qdir, d. 1905); and Karamoko Sankoun, who
succeded his father as imam in 1905.
In the second half of the nineteenth century, and right at the beginning
of the colonial era, the greatest event from the religious point of view
was the slow diffusion of the Tijniyya †arıqa. It sped up with the visits
to Futa Jallon of al-˛jj fiUmar, especially when he set himself up in
Dinguiraye in 1855. However, the Tijniyya had already been introduced
by different routes, and al-˛jj fiUmar had himself first embraced it at
Timbo before his pilgrimage, through a marabout called fiAbd al-Karım
b. A˛mad al-Nqil.
A number of authors appear linked to this phenomenon:
—Amadu of Darou Dondé in the region of Koubia (1830-1908), who
received the wird directly from al-˛jj fiUmar in 1855. The manuscripts
written by him in his own hand, and preserved in his village, are
essentially copies of works from outside the region, dealing with taw˛ıd,
Qur√nic recitation, etc.
—Alfa fiUmar Rfifiu of Dara Labé (1800-1885) also received the wird
directly from al-˛jj fiUmar, following on his father Moodi ∑li˛, who
had accompanied al-˛jj fiUmar from Djégounko to Dinguiraye. He is
the author of several works in Arabic, such as the poems concerning two
episodes of jihd against Koutan and Boukari Tamba, as well as a poem
on respect for men of learning, and an elegy for Cerno Saadu Dalen. His
son Cerno Mu˛ammad Wuri left a number of writings, mainly in
Fulfulde, for example on the virtues of the Prophet.
—Cerno Mufiwiya Maci (Pita) was born in 1832 and received the Tijnı
wird from Cerno Hamidu of Hériko (Timbo, c. 1823, d. 1903). He is the
author of the poem Maasibo yanii yonii en, ee ko yurmi, which offers an
example of waynorde, or funeral prayer “in a style both elliptical and
precious, typical of Tijnı literature” (see Seydou, 1973). Highly
venerated, he inspired several writings, such as the elegy for him written
by his disciple Karamoko Ÿooyi Masi: Mi yetta Alla honnu∂olan e Masi
* Yi∂immi, ye∂immi giggol Sayku Masi—” I thank God for having made
me a native of Maci; He loved me and awarded me the esteem of Shaykh
Maci”.
—Cerno Mamadu Luuda Dalaba (Sh. Dalabaa Mu˛ammad b. Cerno
Safid) belonged to a celebrated line of religious men. He was the son of
Cerno Saadu Dalaba, and the nephew of Sh. Dalaba, otherwise known as
Cerno Mammadou Mala∂o, who was born in 1819, and died in 1882. He
wrote numerous works in Fulfulde, which place him in the tradition
inaugurated by Cerno Samba Mombeyaa. Among them are Tafsır al-
Qur√n (a poem validating the use of Fulfulde in teaching the Qur√n),
and numerous works on the rites and practices of Islam (e.g. the virtues
of the month of Rajab, and on the performance of ßalt).
During the end of the “theocratic age”, corresponding to the beginning
of the colonial era, the success of the Tijniyya was such that centres
formerly affiliated to the Shdhiliyya adopted the new †arıqa, for
example, at Koula Mawnde, with Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛ım, imam of that
place from 1912, and at Zawiya.
In the same period we can note a certain number of works dealing with
colonialism. There one sees a clear echo of questions prompted by
conquests carried out by Europeans, who are perceived above all as
being Christians (annasara’en). Such texts attempt to comprehend how
Allah was able to allow the scandal of their victory, the breaking of the
norms of the ancient society (freeing of captives etc), and they try to
determine how people should conduct themselves faced with their
invaders—total resistance, or cooperation—or whether the period of
their presence is part of a divine plan, and merely transitory like all
things in this world.
One personality dominates this period—Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan
(1845-1927), who after studying with the leading teachers of the diiwal
of Labé takes up residence at a place called Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan before
becoming the imam of the mosque of Labé, and judge. He also played an
important political and judicial role at the beginning of French
500 CHAPTER TEN
colonisation, and in 1917 was made a member of the Muslim Committee

of French West Africa (Comité musulman de l’A.O.F). His huge literary
production, written in both languages can only be hinted at. It includes
the poem Maqlıd al-safida, and most importantly the Ta√rıkh fiAlı
Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan, a work very widely known in Futa Jallon nowadays and
rightly considered to be a great work of reference. The concern thus
displayed at the beginning of the colonial period for writing historical
works of a broad span (whilst previously they were limited to family or
village range) can be compared to the work of Sh. Müs Kamara (q.v.) of
Senegal. There are, however, some briefer chronicles in this period, such
as the one written in 1916 by Karamoko Dalen: Fii Hubbu no feeñiroo
Fuuta-Jaloo - “How the Hubbus showed up in Futa Jallon”.
Initiated into the Tijniyya by Cerno Duura Sombili, and then by Alfa
fiUmar Rfifiu, Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan played a major role in the
later diffusion of this †arıqa, and today his family occupies a first level
position from the religious point of view in Labé.
Particular mention may be given to al-˛jj fiImrn of Lélouma (c.
1848-1930) who, as already mentioned, introduced the Tijniyya
independently of al-˛jj fiUmar. His best known works include a very
long Arabic poem on the Prophet (Malja√ al-najt), and a work on Sh.
A˛mad al-Tijnı.
In the twentieth century two tendencies stand out: continued
production of works in Arabic, but with little evolution; and a
flourishing of Fulfulde literature, considerably diversified and which
seems to have reached new layers of society. Let us look first at the
successors to Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan:
—Shaykh Manda (1900-1987), grandson of Cerno Aliyyu, who played
an important role in the islamization of the lower coastal region before
withdrawing to Manda Foulbé. He wrote several poems in Arabic,
notable among which are a text in honour of Sankoun of Touba, and a
“praise of the Prophet”. His Fulfulde poem Darngal— “Resurrection”
was published in Sow (1966).
—Al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B (b. 1917) was unable to benefit
from the teaching of his father, who died when he was ten. His most
notable teacher was Alfa fiUmar Pereejo Soo of Dara Labé, the author of
several religious poems, and his son Mamadu. He did write in Arabic,
but he is primarily known as the greatest Fulfulde poet of the century. In
addition to more traditional religious themes, such as praise of the
Prophet (mantugol nula∂o), and encouragement to study (ewnagol fii
jangugol - see Sow, 1966), he broached new themes ranging from “the
marvels of our age” (kaweeji jamaanu hannde - see Sow 1966) to rural
labour and the seasons (fii remugol).
—Cerno Jaawo Pellel (1900-1984) is noted as the author of a treatise
on famous men of Futa—Waajor∂i jiyaaÿe wonÿe e rewde wur∂o mo
mayaataa- “Advice to faithful subjects of the Living One who dies not”.
(see Sow, 1966). Other writers deserve mention, such as Cerno
Mahdiyyu Daaka (b. 1905), author of Nangen golle e soobinagol—
”Let’s get to work” (see Sow, 1966); al-˛jj Sulaymn of Dalen (1879-
1965), author of a long Arabic poem written in 1950—Naßı˛at al-
ikhwn—”advising his brothers” to follow again the path marked out by
their ancestors, summoning them to prayer, and to fear of their Lord; al-
˛ajj Shaykh fiUmar Bambeto (1894-1947), son of Sh. Mamadu Tijnı
(1850-1940), author of several poems in Arabic; and Cerno Bassirou of
Madina Nianou, author of poems “against usury”, and in honour of the
Prophet ( ∑alt rabbı mafia al-salm fial ˛abıbı khayr al-anm). Cerno
Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh al-Tinwajiyu (d. 1957), and known as the
“sharıf of Sagalé”, enjoyed a reputation of great saintliness. Originally
from Mauritania (Hodh region), he took up residence at Sagalé (district
of Lélouma) in 1918, after a long tour including a notably long stay at
Koula Mawnde, where he received the Tijnı wird from Sh. fiAbd al-
Ra˛ım of Koula. His noteworthy writings include, in Arabic, ∑afiyyat al-
fiibd—”sincerity of the believers”.
Moving now to the late twentieth century, it is possible that literary
production is no more prolific than in earlier eras. However, its
persistent vitality has to be recognized even if times have changed, and
the production sometimes takes on new directions. The diffusion of
French language schools has evidently posed an insoluble problem for
Qur√nic teaching. At the level of the elementary school there has first of
all been an attempt to reconcile the two by allotting Qur√nic teaching to
periods of time left free by “French” schools. Nowadays Franco-Arabic
schools (médersas) are developing, in an attempt to find a solution to
this difficult co-existence, but they remain a minority. Their teachers are
502 CHAPTER TEN
often trained outside of Guinea in Arabic-speaking countries, and their

teaching is often seen as forming a break with the ancient educational
system. Certain teachers trained in the “traditional” system also try to
find new formulae. In Companya (in the district of Labé) al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad Baldé has created a Franco-Arabic school. At Dionfo in the
same district Cerno Saydou Diallo of Dionfo, a student of al-˛jj Abdoul
Diallo, reorganized the village’s Qur√nic school inspired by certain
principles of modern schools, in particular classifying students in
accordance with their level of learning.
Having at first rejected the French school, religious families, like other
elites, have understood its importance for attaining a place in today’s
society, and they send their children to such schools en masse. Thus, the
grandchildren and great-grandchildren of the great walı Cerno Aliyyu
Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan are today finding themselves more numerous as teachers
and bureaucrats than as masters of Qur√nic schools, which however
evidently does not occur without creating problems for the transmission
of ancient knowledge. Sh. Manda, a grandson of the walı, allowed
himself near the end of his life to be convinced of the importance of the
new knowledge, having been inspired by his first flight in an airplane.
Hence the great Islamic intellectuals of Futa Jallon have many of their
relatives in Conakry, if not in France, Germany, or America, whilst the
ta√rıkh “History of the Fulani of Futa Jallon” by Moodi Amadu Laria of
Labé has been made available on the internet since 1999 by his daughter
Hadja Aminatou Diallo-Bah.
Two great personalities form exceptions: al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-
Ra˛mn Bah continues to write Fulfulde poetry—in the 1980s he wrote
Yeewirde Fuuta—a poem on the great religious personalities of Futa
Jallon; and he has also published the works of his father. He enjoys great
prestige as a Fulfulde poet and man of religion. He has just (in 2001)
succeded his brother Cerno ˘abıb as the premier imam of the great
mosque of Labé. Al-˛ajj Mu˛ammad Baldé, the imam of Companya, is
the author of al-Safına al-nfifia li’l-fiulüm al-dıniyya, a typewritten work
of over a thousand pages, which claims to be the sum of Islamic knowl-
edge and wisdom in Futa Jallon. This work is in the process of
publication, having been secretly written in the 1980s, during the Sékou
Touré regime.
In the generations that followed, other persons continued to write,

preferring Fulfulde to Arabic in their writings: e.g. Abdoul Diallo of
Dionfo, who wrote Dewgal haa daagal—”On divorce not granted”, al-
˛jj Mala∂o Diallo of Koubia, who wrote in Arabic on A˛mad al-Tijnı,
the Tijniyya, and its introduction into sub-Saharan Africa, and al-˛jj
fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Diallo of Poyé, who wrote on the life of the Prophet
(Ngurdan nulaa∂o), on education and the schooling of children (Jannee
fayÿe), especially of girls etc.
On the other hand, several teachers coming out of “French” schools
have become keen on local history and cultures. fiAbd Allh Diallo wrote
a 20-page history of the life of Cerno Samba Mombeyaa—Taariika fii
ngurdan Tyerno Muhammadu Mamba Mombeyaa—a typescript
reproduced in a thousand copies in Conakry in 1977. Al-˛jj Mala∂o
Diallo of Timbi Madina Bamikouré is the author of a history of Futa
Jallon (Taariika Fuuta Jaloo), published as a booklet, but also
circulating on cassettes, one version in Fulfulde and one in French; he
also wrote a book in French entitled Le Timbi (Hier et Aujourd’hui)
published in Guinea in the 1980s. Ibrahîma Bah of Dalaba wrote a
biography of Walı Seeku Dalaba. In Labé Cerno Ibrahîma Caba Bah (b.
1931), a retired Physics teacher, and descendant of Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa
Ndiyan, published in French a biography of Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B;5
he has also translated into Fulfulde some western texts, including
“methodological discourse”, and “the declaration of human rights”.
To this we may add—at the intersection of literacy and orality —the
very popular cassette tapes to be found in markets, in which the farba
sing about famous episodes in Futa Jallon history. It must be said that in
ancient Futa Jallon there was, side by side with the griots (jeliiÿe o r
awluÿe), a set of historians literate in both Arabic and Fulfulde, attached
to rulers. Although they related history orally, they possessed written
notes that helped them preserve history.
Today, even slightly educated folk are capable of reading and writing
Fulfulde in ajami script, at least for matters of everyday life and private
correspondence. This great spread of written Fulfulde does not seem to
have been hindered by the abandonment of teaching Fulfulde in public
schools fifteen years ago, when the government, based on the work of
5
Publ. Labé: Defte Cernoyà, 1998.
504 CHAPTER TEN
the Military Committee for National Recovery, gave preference to

French.
The abundance of written literature in Fulfulde constitutes the
originality of Futa Jallon compared with neighbouring regions. Despite
growing exposure to the modern world, ancient culture seems to be
better preserved than elsewhere. This can be explained by the richness of
the cultural and religious tradition of the du∂es, but also by a certain
identitificatory fallback on religious language and culture in recent
difficult times, which does not apparently prevent actual changes from
giving a hint of evolutions in directions as yet unforeseeable.
Will written Fulfulde literature make a comeback to the point of
expanding to embrace new interests, as some examples have shown, in
particular the poetic work of al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B? Or will
it remain confined to traditional genres relating almost exclusively to
religious literature? Or, on the other hand, will we see those authors who
until now have chosen French for their novels and essays, express
themselves in a national language?
Information about Futa Jallon and its writers can be found on the
Internet at <http://www.fuuta-jalon.net>.
∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. NÜ˘ b. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiUMAR al-

Fullnı al-fiUmarı al-Masüfı, b. 1166/1752-3, d. Jumd II 1218/17
September 17 October 1803
Anon., Tarjim afiyn fiulam√ al-Madına al-munawwara fı ’l qarn “12” al-hijrı, ed.
Mu˛ammad al-Tünjı, Jidda: Dr al-Shurüq, n.d., 94; fiUmar b. fiAbd al-Salm al-
Dghistnı, Tu˛fat al-dahr, MS Cambridge University Lib., Add. 785, ff. 56r-67v.; Fih.
Fah., 901-6; Fih. Az.. i, 336-7; Fih. Tay, ii, 27, iii, 229; Hadiyya, i, 424-5; ˆ∂˛, i, 160;
Biog. at end of ˆq÷ al-himam, see below; Ka˛˛la, v, 12; Afilm, iii, 281; GAL S II, 523;
Hunwick (1978a, 1984).
He was born in Nousi in Futa Jallon, and at the age of twelve went to
southern Mauritania to study with Mu˛ammad b. Büna (perhaps to be
identified with al-Mukhtr b. Büna al-Jakanı). A year later he left to
study with Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Sinna (d. 1186/1772-3,
according to Fih. fah., 1025-30) in Bghana, and spent four years with
him, becoming the principal transmitter of his teachings and asnıd.
After a further year studying in Timbuktu he left for the ˘ijz, on his
way spending a year at the Nßiriyya zwiya in Tamagrüt, and stopping

also in Tunis, and in Cairo, where he met with Murta∂ al-Zabıdı.
In 1187/1773-4 he reached Madina and spent the rest of his life there
apart from visits to Mecca. In the ˘ijz he was associated with the
˘adıth school of Medina, and studied with the ˘anafı jurist Mu˛ammad
Safiıd Safar (d. 1192/1778, see Ka˛˛la, x, 36), and the latter’s wife
Umm al-Zayn, the leading woman scholar of the ˘aramayn, as well as
Ibrhım al-Amır b. Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı (d. 1213/1799, see al-
Shawknı (1348/1929-20), i, 423). Other scholars he studied with are
listed in the anon. Tarjim afiyn al-Madına al-munawwara.
A number of West African scholars were taught by him, including the
Tijnı scholars fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Shinqı†ı (d. 1224/1809-10, see
Yawqıt, 199) and the Idaw fiAlı Tijnı muqaddam Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷
b. al-Mukhtr (d. 1830). Among Middle Eastern scholars to whom he
transmitted ˛adıth were fiAbd al-˘fi÷ al-fiAjımı, q∂ı of Mecca, and al-
Shams b. fi◊bidın, muftı of Syria. He himself received ijzas from a
large number of scholars, noteworthy among whom was Mu˛ammad b.
fiAbd al-Karım al-Sammn, who also inducted him into his branch of the
Khalwatiyya †arıqa, the Sammniyya. Among his students were some of
Indian origin (e.g. Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid al-Sindı), who evidently took
some of his writings home with them, since his ˆq÷ al-himam and Qa†f
al-thamar were first published in Hyderabad, and it was an Indian
scholar, Mu˛ammad Ashraf al-fiA÷ımbdı, who named him as a
mujaddid of the 12th century of the hijra, jointly with Murta∂ al-
Zabıdı.6 His work was evidently a source of inspiration for the Indian
Ahl-i-˘adıth school.
1. al-Ajwiba al-mufiriba fiamm istafijama min al-as√ila al-wrida fı

˛urüf al-mufijam
See ˆ∂˛, i, 28. Perhaps an alternative title for Tu˛fat al-akys.
1a. I˛y√ marsim al-asnıd al-filiya bafid indirsih wa-tawthıq fiur

al-musalsalt al-smiya bafid infißmih wa-ı∂˛ al-†uruq al-hdiya
bafid khaf√ afilmih
6
See Mu˛ammad Ashraf al-fiA÷ımbdı, fiAwn al-mafibüd fial Sunan Abı Dwüd,
Hyderabad, 1323/1906-6, iv, 181.
506 CHAPTER TEN
Alternative title for al-Thamar al-ynifi (q.v.).
2. ˆq÷ himam ülı ’l-abßr li’l-iqtid√ bi-sayyid al-muhjirın wa’l-

anßr wa-ta˛dhıruhum fian al-ibtidfi al-sh√ifi fı ’l-qur wa’l-amßr min
taqlıd al-madhhib mafi al-˛amiyya wa’l-fiaßabiyya bayn fuqah√ al-
afißr
An anti-madh’habist work, emphasising the need for individual ijtihd
through personal scrutiny of the corpus of ˛adıth.
Publ. Hyderabad, n.d.; Gujranwala, 1975; [Cairo]. Idrat al-‡ibfia al-
Munıriyya, 1375/1936-7, repr. Beirut: Dr al-Mafirifa, 1398/1978,
Lahore: Islamic Publishing House, n.d.
3. Jamfi al-a˛dıth al-qudsiyya

See biog. at end of ˆq÷ al-himam, p. dl.
4. M warada fı ta˛rım al-khamr wa’l-amr bi’l-mafirüf wa’l-nahy fian

al-munkar
See ˆ∂˛, i, 28; Hadiyya, i, 425.
5. Qa†f al-thamar fı raffi asnıd al-mußannaft fı ’l-funün wa’l-athar

Also called al-Thabat al-ßaghır—an account of his asnıd for a large
number of works in many disciplines.
MSS: Alexandria, Fun., 123/7 (see GAL S III, 1311); Cairo (DK),
Muß†alah al-˛adıth, Talfiat, 195; Rabat (KhA), J70, pp. 122-8 (inc.);
Riy∂, 1534.
Publ. Hyderabad, 1328/1902.
6. Taqwım al-kaffa fı m li’l-fiulam√ min ˛adıth al-janna

See biog. at end of ˆq÷, p. dl.
7. al-Thamar al-ynifi fı raffi †uruq al-musalsalt wa’l-ajz√ wa’l-

jawmifi wa-dhikr †uruq al-taßawwuf wa-m lah min al-tawbifi
Also called I˛y√ marsim al-asnıd (see above, no. 1a), and al-Thabat
al-Kabır— the larger register of his asnıd. Analysis in Fih. fah., 287-8
(where it is called al-Thimr al-yanifi (sic).
7a. Tu˛fat al-akys bi-ajwibat al-imm Khayr al-Dın b. Ilys

Vers. of a work of al-Suyü†ı on the letters of the alphabet, composed in

response to questions from the muftı of Madına; see Fih. fah, 901.
Perhaps to be identified with no. 1 above.
fiUMAR R◊FIfiU, b. c. 1800, d. c. 1885

Salvaing (1989).
A resident of Dara Labé, his father, Moodi Salihou, was an associate of

al-˛jj fiUmar, and followed him to Dinguiray. There, fiUmar Rfifiu
received the Tijnı wird from al-˛jj fiUmar, before returning to Dara
Labé, where he was for eight years chief of the village, whilst the
imamate passed through his descendants. Several of his decendants were
also renowned scholars. fiUmar is remembered as the promoter of the
Tijniyya in the region; he gave the wird to many inhabitants of Dara
Labé and the nearby village of Gaia. Among the scholars who received
the wird from him was Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan (q.v.).
His known writings are few, and all in Arabic, though their precise
titles are not available. He is perhaps to be identified with fiUmar Rfifi
b. ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs Tafsır, a small collection of whose
poems is to be found in Paris (BN), 5699, ff. 55r.-56v.; see below, p.
663.
1. Two poems on the role of the “saint” with the almamis (Fulani
Muslim rulers of Futa Jallon) during jihd:
i) Poem on a jihd attack on Koutan, a town near the present-
day border with Guinea Bissau.
ii) Poem commemorating a battle in Koyin against the Jallonke
of Tamba.fiUmar Rfifiu was called to attend the battle, and his
prayers are said to have led to victory.
SAfiD b. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H b. SULAYM◊N b. IBR◊HˆM al-

Fullnı al-Labawı al-Juljulı al-Sılı al-Fütı, known as Cerno Saadu Dalen,
fl. 1272/1855-6.
Regarded as one of the great holymen and writers of 19th-century Futa
Jallon, he was an advisor to the almami of Timbo, and played an
important role in trying to reconcile the opposing branches of the ruling
dynasty of Futa Jallon. For a brief time he was also chief of the village
508 CHAPTER TEN
of Dalen. He studied in Dalen with his father and in Boroudji with

Karamoko Billo.
1. Fti˛at al-taßrıf
Urjüza on grammar.
MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 1r.-5v.
2. Lmiyyat al-mutarannimın
MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 150-156.
Takh. (1) by Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd [al-Sılı?].
MS: Paris (BN), 5662, ff. „36r-44v.
(2) by A˛mad al-Shdhilı b. Mu˛ammad al-Juljulı, al-Tu˛fa al-fiu÷m.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 73v.-79r., 147v.-151r., 5679, ff. 1r.-63.
3. Munılat al-amnı
Vers. of the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5560, ff. 24r.-30v.
4. Musiÿÿe jangee nanon

Vv. on religious instruction and Islamic virtues.
Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1966), 30-43: “Frères, oyez et étudiez”.
5. Najm al-nuh al-qawfı fı fiilmy fiarü∂ al-shifir wa’l-qawfı

Urjüza on prosody, based on the Khazrajiyya.
MS: Paris (BN), 5610, ff. 205r.-212v. (inc.).
6. Naßı˛at (var. Nuß˛) al-rufit

Poem of advice to governors on how to rule with justice, written in
1273/1856-7.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 50r.-52v., 5682, ff. 30r.-32v., 5716, ff. 26r.-
28v., 5719, ff. 104v.-106v.
7. Qaß√id
I) By qfiya
i) Q. b√iyya: ˘na murdı an adhkurakum bi-m * Arnı

ilhı fı mu†lafiat al-kutubı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 67r.-69v.
ii) Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 102v.-103v.
iii) Q. dliyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5719, f. 111v.
iv) Q. lmiyya
On a battle in the jihd of Almamy Ibrhım of Futa Jallon. MS:
Paris (BN), 5584, ff. 90r.-91v.
v) Q. lmiyya
According to Inventaire, 279, “Conseils aux gens de pouvoir”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5714, ff. 26r.-28r.
vi) Q. mımiyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 205r.-v.
vii) Q. r√iyya: Y ß˛i fa’lzim sunnatan wa-jamfia
MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 98r.-100r.
II) Untitled
viii) On moral qualities
MS: Paris (BN), 5719, f. 111.
ix) On taw˛ıd
MS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 17v.-19r.
x) On the victory of Almamy Ibrhım over the pagans of
Casamance, written in 1851, 56vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), 54.
xi) On women
Opens: Mi∂o salmina beygu ga fii musidal * Ÿeyguuli yonaw∂i
daÿÿa malal
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard/Fouta-Dyalon, 114.
510 CHAPTER TEN
xii) Q. fı ’l-˛adıth
MS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 19v.-23v.
xiii) Q. fullniyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5631, ff. 17r.-23v.
8. Tadhkirat li-ißl˛ dht al-bayn min al-fi√atayn al-fia÷ımatayn

A treatise aimed at reconciling the Alfaya and Soriya branches of the
ruling Fulani dynasty of Futa Jallon.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 32v.-34r., 5714, ff. 45-6,5716, ff. 28v.-29v.,
5744, ff. 45r.-46v.
Publ. fragment trans. in Robinson (1985), 119; text and trans. in
Salvaing (2002).
9. Takhmıs al-mımiyya al-ßughr

Takh. of poem by Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Yadlı.
MSS: Paris (BN), 5486, ff. 397v.-405, 5461, ff. 99-104, ff. 129-32,
5573, ff. 66-72, 5615, ff. 183r.-186v., 5682, ff. 52r.-56v.
10. Urjüza fı ahl Badr

MS: Paris (BN), 5715, ff. 179r.-182r.
˘◊MID b. fiABD AL-KARˆM DALALE
1. Qaß√id
Two poems on Keetigiya, 56 vv. and 14 vv.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), cahier 53.
His son fiABD ALL◊H b. ˘◊MID b. fiABD AL-KARˆM DALALE
1. Qaß√id
i) On the victory of Almamy Bademba (reg. 1797-1813) over
the “Hubbu” at Bilima.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), 48 (with
French trans.).
ii) On the victory at Bisaya.

French trans.).
iii) On “ Badon” (1864)
French trans.).
MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Barı al-Barbarı al-

Fütajallı al-Dindı
1. Q. fı mad˛ ahl Füta

MS: Paris (BN), 5500, f. 35v.
ABÜ BAKR ZAYD al-Fütı al-Jalluwı al-Burüjı, fl. 1383/1963

He was a Fulani of the Diallo clan, as one of his nisbas indicates. The
other indicates that his place of origin was Boroudji in Futa Jallon. The
cover of the published text of Mift˛ al-Safida al-abadiyya indicates
that he was resident in B-n-s-n (Bensane?) in the region (iqlım) of
Guinea; but in fact he was resident in Bansang in Gambia some 25 km.
S-W of Banjul; see Ahmadou Tall, Niche des Secrets, 179, where he is
described as “Grand Imam de Bansang (Gambie)”; a fact confirmed on
the cover of the published text of al-Khulsa al-mar∂iyya.
1. al-Khulßa al-mar∂iyya fı ’l-awrd al-lzima li’l-†arıqa al-

Tijniyya
Completed 4 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1405/21 August 1985.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (back cover “Réímpressions Imp. Excaf Editions”), (copy
in NU/Hunwick, 454).
2. Mift˛ al-safida al-abadiyya fı ma†lib al-A˛madiyya

Tijniyya manual, completed on 28 Jumd II 1383/15 November 1963,
followed by a taqrı÷ by Mu˛ammad fiUmar fiArabı, secretary of the
Jamfiiyya Shabb al-Nah∂a, Khartoum, dated 2 Rajab 1383/19
November 1963 (though the equivalency given is 29 November); see pp.
263-4.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1385/1965, repr. 1988.
512 CHAPTER TEN
FULFULDE WRITERS
Much of the following information is derived from Alfa Ibrâhîm Sow,
La femme, la vache, la foi, Paris 1966. Sow (1968), 10, remarks that it is
difficult to make a distinction between written and oral literature in black
African Muslim societies. The forms of names are as given by Sow. In
addition to the works listed below, Sow also contains a number of
anonymous historical texts in Fulfulde with parallel French translations.
Cerno MUHAMMADU SAMBA MOMBEYAA b. 1755, d. 1852

Dyallo (1977).
His Fulfulde genealogical name is Muhammadu mo Sa’iidu Seeleyanke,

corresponding to the Arabic Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Sılı. Seeleyanke, or
Sılı, relates the author to a subdivision of the Fulani Jalloÿe. The dates
given for his birth and death are somewhat uncertain.
1. Juulen e Muhammad
55 vv., trans. as “Prions pour Mohammed”.
Publ. text and trans. in Sow (1966), 44-51.
2. Juuragol qabru Nulaa∂o

26 vv., trans. as “Pélerinage au tombeau de Prophète”.
Publ. text and trans. in Sow (1966), 52-5.
3. Oogirde Malal
Also known in Arabic as Mafidin al-safida; 572 vv. on Islamic faith,
law, and practice, trans. as “Le filon de bonheur éternel”.
Publ. Edited Fulfulde text and French trans. in Sow (1968), 40-133, and
Sow (1971).
RAHMATULLAAHI TELIKOO
Lived in the early colonial period.
1. Majaa∂o Alla gaynaali

64 vv. , trans as “Qui ignore Dieu est perdu”.
Publ. text and trans. by Christiane Seydou in Sow (1966), 88-101.
Cerno ALIYYU ŸUUŸA-NDIYAN b. Cerno MU˘AMMAD b.

MU˘AMMAD BANO b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. Sh. MALAL known
as Cerno Alillou Boûba-Ndiang and Alillou Mouhammadou, b. 1845, d.
23 March 1927.
Marty (1921), 194-201; Muqaddima to Dıwn (see below).
In Arabic his name is spelt fiAlı Büb-d-y-m. He also has a by-name: Bh
or Baldé. He was born in Dongol Cerno, some 3 km. from Labé, his
great-great-grandfather having migrated to Futa Jallon from Diafuna in
modern Mali. In Labé, where this ancestor eventually settled, he was the
guest of Alfa Mu˛ammad Sellu (Karamoko al-Fhim Labé, alias
Karamoko Alfa mo Labe), who appointed him to be imm rtib at the
mosque. The imamate of the mosque of Labé subsequently passed down
through each generation of his descendants and the descendants of
Ngeriyaÿe.
Sh. Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan first studied the Qur√n with his father; then
with his cousin Sh. fiAbd Allh he studied the basics of taw˛ıd, fiqh,
grammar, and philology. He then undertook more advanced studies in
such fields with Sh. Bübakar Boyi b. Mu˛ammad Saliyu b. Sh. Bübakar
Bütı in Demben (Luggudi), a suburb of Labé. His third shaykh was fiAbd
al-Ra˛mn of Sombili. After studying with these well-known shaykhs,
Cerno Aliyyu emerged as a noteworthy figure. He soon became the
Arabic interpreter for Alfa Ibrhım, the ruler of Labé, during visits by
Mauritanian scholars and sharıfs. He later became Alfa Ibrhım’s
counsellor on religious and legal affairs.
He married the daughter of his paternal uncle fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, who
shortly before his death bestowed upon him much of his property,
including land and houses in Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan, to which location he
moved after his uncle’s death. He began to teach there, and became thus
known as Cerno Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan. He attracted students from far and
wide, including sons of the ruler of Labé. He also began to undertake
trading journeys in upper and lower Guinea, and even into what is now
Guinea Bissau, and also became involved in agriculture.
He also became q∂ı for Alfa Ibrhım until the latter’s death in 1878,
and was re-appointed by his son Ya˛y, when he took power in 1892.
Alfa Ibrhım also made Cerno Aliyyu’s father imam of the mosque and
chief of his tribe, to which positions Cerno Aliyyu succeded after his
514 CHAPTER TEN
father’s death. He then shuttled between Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan and Labé so as

to perform all of these duties. In 1898 he relocated to Manda, some 75
km. away, and there married the daughter of another paternal uncle of
his, Mu˛ammad Samba. Upon his uncle’s death, Alfa Ya˛y appointed
him governor of Manda and Koulia. After his father’s death he became
chief of all the lands of his clan, the Ourourbe. Under French rule the
diiwal of Labé was divided up into twenty-two provinces, and Cerno
Aliyyu was appointed administrator of Labé, despite his dislike of
French rule and any involvement in worldly affairs, and held the position
from late 1912 until January 1916. In 1916 he attended a meeting of
Muslim scholars, organized by the Governor-General of the A.O.F., and
held in Dakar, and in 1917 became a member of the Comité musulman
de l’A.O.F. After returning from the conference, he stayed in his house
teaching students from many areas until his death. He left three wives,
seven sons, and ten daughters, but almost no money. A photograph of
him appears in Sow (1968), opposite p. 28. All works listed below are in
Fulfulde, but he also wrote many works in Arabic, including an
autobiography (MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, 11).
1. Bel ∂eeji nduu adunaaru dey ko ∂i tooke

28 vv., trans. as “Venimeuses sont les douceurs de ce monde”.
Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 72-5.
2. Dıwn
A small collection of poems in praise of the Prophet, edited, with a
biographical introduction, by his son Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Bh.
Publ. Cairo: M. al-fiAlamiyya, n.d.
3. Ewnagol fii jangugol

33 vv. trans. as “Exhortation à l’étude”.
4. Jawaabu kitaale Fuuta-Jaloo

Chronology of Futa Jallon, 1868-1893.
Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1968), 24-31.
5. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik Sy

See Muqaddima to Dıwn, 13. Opens: Y ahla Sinighlin hdh durrat

al-durarı * Shaykh al-bild wa-q∂i’l-badwi wa’l-˛a∂arı
6. Q. fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amhu’llh

Ppens: Allhu sub˛nahu man sh√ahu yahab * Yunaffidh al-˛ukma l
yafiy wa-l yahab. Written in 1336/1916.
Publ. text and trans. in Traoré (1983), 234-6.
7. Yewtere Makka e Madiina

23 quatrains, trans. as “Dialogue entre La Mecque et Médine”.
8. Zuljalaali
21 vv., trans. as “Sa Majesté divine”.
His son Cerno fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N BAH, b. c. 1917.

Sow (1966), 261; Bah (1998).
A scholar of Arabic and self-taught in French. After being principal of a
Muslim schoool, a trader and transporter, he joined the Parti
Démocratique de Guinée in 1957 and became secretary to the mayor of
Labé. After Guinean independence in 1960 he became a local
government administrator, working at Tiâguel-Bôri and Timbi-Madîna.
After president Sekou Touré’s death in 1984 he was appointed minister
of religious affairs, and in 2001 he became first imam of Labé after his
brother’s death. He wrote in both Arabic and Fulfulde, but is now
considered the best living Fulfulde poet in Guinea. Some of his writing
may be read on the web page: <http://www.fuuta-jalon.net/Pular/
Seerembhe/Yheewirde_Fuuta/ yheewirde.html>.
1. Amicale ko fâbo
Poem in Fulfulde to explain the Amicale Gilbert Vieillard, promoting the
use of Fulfulde as a literary language.
Publ. text and trans in Bah (1998), 96-7.
516 CHAPTER TEN
2. Bant afkrı
According to Bah (1998), 69, a collection of short pieces written in his
youth, and published in Kuwait. It includes, among other things, Arabic
poems in praise of Jaml fiAbd al-Nßir, King Fahd of Saudi Arabia, and
the Emir of Kuwait.
3. Fewndo dabbunde
Poem on the harvest season - from November to January.
Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 116-17.
4. Fewndo setto
Poem on “Spring” - the season of rains and growth.
5. Fı aynugol nai
Poem on cattle herding.
6. Fı burüre
Poem on the growth of bushes and trees in Guinea.
7. Fı gandal
Poem calling for literacy, especially in local languages.
8. Fı no Fulÿe hewtiri Füta e no ÿe moYinin dawla Fulÿe

Poem on how the Fulbe came to Futa Jallon and created a Fulbe state.
9. Fı remugol
Poem on agriculture through the seasons.
10. Fuuta hettii Ÿuttu

Vv. trans. as “Hymne à la paix et au Foûta-Djalon”.
Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 262-5; Bah (1998), 86-7.
11. Gime Pular

A collection of poems in Fulfulde (as the title indicates). There are seven
poems by fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Ba (details in Bah (1998), 71), followed by
some poems by Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndian.
Publ. Conakry: Imp. Patrice Lumumba, 1987.
12. Gimol fii Faatunnde Siriifu ¯Seyx Abdallaa Sagale

Vv. trans. as “Oraison funébre du Chérif Abdallah de Sagalé”.
13. Kaaweeji jamaanu hannde

Vv., trans. as “Les merveilles de notre époque”.
14. Maqlıd al-safida

Takh. of a poem by Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan (q.v.) in 31 vv.; see
Bah (1998), 72, where we are told it was published in Algeria, but
without details of when and where.
15. Mantugol nula∂o Muhammadu jom fbo

Poem in praise of the Prophet.
16. Nharıji leydi meen

Poem on “the beauties of our land”.
17. Q. fı ritha√ Cerno Mu˛ammad al-Amın

Elegy in 24 vv.for his brother Mu˛ammad al-Amın, who died in 1945.
Opens: al-fiAynu tadmafiu wa’l-akbdu mah∂üm * Wa’l-qalbu taqlibu
wa’l-asmfiu maßmüm.
Publ. text in Bah (1998).
18. Waßiyyat al-wlid

Publ. Conakry: Imp. Patrice Lumumba, n.d. (see Bah (1998), 70).
19. Yıtere nden no ila gondi

518 CHAPTER TEN
Fulfulde version of the Arabic elegy in honour of his deceased brother

Mu˛ammad al-Amın (see no. 20 above). Opens: Yıitere nden no ila
gondi k˙yhe ∂en ko munca∂un.
20. Poem on “the marvels of our age”

Publ. in Gime Pular, and in a volume produced by Boubakar Biro, 1987;
see Bah (1998), 71. The poem reflects on aspects of 20th century life,
such as the radio, the airplane, the automobile, and the building
constructed of hard materials (as opposed to traditional adobe and
thatched roof).
Cerno ¯SAYKU MANDA b. c. 1900, d. 1987

Sow (1966), 87.
Grandson of Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan, he was born in Labé, and became

principal of a traditional Muslim school. He was author of a number of
religious poems. In 1966 he was living in Dakar, but later settled in
Manda where he died. He played a role in the spread of Islam in “Lower
Guinea and in Guinea Bissau.
1. Darngal
47 vv., trans. as “La Résurrection”. ©
Cerno JAAWO PELLEL, b. c. 1900, d. 1984

Sow (1966), 207.
A scholar of Arabic, born in Labé, he was principal of a Muslim school.
1. Waajor∂i jiyaaÿe wonÿe e rewde wur∂o mo maayaata

409 vv., trans. as “Conseils aux sujets fidèles du Vivant qui ne meurt
pas”. It invokes the leading scholars of Futa Jallon as examples to be
followed, and praises their qualities.
Cerno MAHDIYYU DAAKA also called Mahdillou Dâka, b. c. 1905

Sow (1966), 281.
Born in Labé, he was literate in both French and Arabic as well as

Fulfulde. He was the author of many works in Fulfulde and was a
translator for the American Bible Society in Labé. He also wrote works
of Fulfulde grammar and a French-Fulfulde vocabulary for them, and
some popular versions of parts of the New Testament.
1. Nangen golle e soobinagol

8 vv., trans. as “Mettons-nous au travail!”
Karamoko DALEN fl. 1916

Marty (1971), 247-53.
1. Fii Hubbu no feeñirnoo Fuuta-Jaloo

A prose account of the “Hubbu” movement in Futa Jallon, written in St.
Louis in 1916.
MUHAMMADU LUUDAA DALABAA

Sow (1966), 61.
A loyal collaborator with the French, Muhammadu Luudaa was an inspi-

red poet, who ended up by asserting that he was a prophet. He would go
up a hill every day and come back and dictate to his disciples the verses
of a “divine message” that had been dictated to him in Fulfulde.
1. Yarlo∂en Faransi
29 vv., trans. as “Tolérons les Français”. It is said that this poem was
sought from the author by G. Vieillard, and was dedicated to him.
Cerno SAYFUDDIINI BOOWE-GEME
1. ¯Sayku Juhe Boowe-Geme

16 vv. in praise of his father, trans. as “Le docte Diouhé Bôwé-Guémé”.
520 CHAPTER TEN
BAADEMBA mo ALFAA ISSAAQA

Sow (1966), 291.
He belonged to the Seydiyanke ruling family of Futa Jallon, and was

apparently the cousin of Almamy fiUthmn.
1. Mantule Faatu Seydi

25 vv. in praise of the beautiful wife of Almamy fiUmar Soriya, trans. as
“Louanges à Fâtou Seydi”.
Karamoko B◊ FOUGOUMB◊
Twentieth-century writer.
1. Dabareeji al-Hajji Ngaari Mbeewa

Satirical prose work, poking fun at certain chiefs and scholars, trans. as
“Les mésaventures d’El-Hadj Bouc”.
Publ. text and trans. in Sow (1966), 236-45. See also L. Arensdorff,
Manuel pratique de langue peulh, Paris: Geuthner, 1913, 311-35.
FARBA IBR◊HˆMA
1. Jaljalooÿe Labe
An epical genealogy of the descent of Karamoko Alfa mo Labé.
FARBA SEK
1. Almaamiiÿe suudu soriyaa’en

Also called Asko Farba Sek. Trans. as “Les Almâmis de la maison des
Soriyâ”. Perhaps the same as MS Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, 33.
Cerno SULAYMAANA-SAAYANNDE JALJALLO mo SANNUN

Sow (1968), 142-85, gives texts and translations of eight short historical
texts of his.
Cerno MUHAMMADU SAALIHU [son of] Cerno USMAANI, fl.1914
1. Taarixa Almaamiÿe Fuuta-Jaloo

History in prose of the Almamys of Futa Jallon, written in 1332/1914.
Cerno MUHAMMADU WUURI SAGALE d. 1962

Sow (1962), 279.
1. Woo fow no fota

18 vv., trans. as “On prétend qu’il y a égalité”
A˘MAD MU∑‡AF◊ of Dingiraawi
1. Mi yetti ma yaa Allaahu gettooje maa∂a fow * E soowreeje mum e

ko haanu∂aa yettiree de fow
Poem in takhmıs format in 173 quintains on the virtues and miracles of
the Prophet.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (B), cahier 60, no. 21.
Publ. 2 quintains trans in Seydou (2001), 25.
MU˘AMMAD B◊H b. MU˘AMMAD SAfiˆD, al-Kümbaywı, b. 1923

Imam of Companya.
1. al-Safına al-nfifia li’l-fiulüm al-dıniyya

A book of over 1,000 pages; sub-title refers to: “the virtue (fa∂l) of the
Messenger Mu˛ammad and some [other] messengers”.
Publ. n.p., n.d.
A˘MAD LARIA, known as Modi Amadou Laria
1. [History of Futa Jallon]

Trans. by his daughter Aminatou Diallo-Bah, see Internet: <http://www.
boubah.com/guineenews /HistoirePeule.html>
522 CHAPTER TEN
ANON
1. Qaßıda: Mi yetta Allah senii∂ o wa∂u∂o’n e mofte suÿaa∂o

burnaa∂o khalqu fow * Sabo heewÿe bonnii jikke tertike diina fow
Critique of colonialism and its adverse effects on the faith of Muslims.
Pul. facsimile text and French trans. in Bah and Salvaing (1994).
2. Waaju [wafi÷]
Opens: Hey moo∂on yo jamaanu wodaangu fendo han * Hey noo∂on
sgataaÿe sa∂∂uÿe fewndo han.
Poem in 111vv. Vieillard describes it as “sur les moeurs d’aujourd’hui”.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (B), cahier 62, no. 43.
Publ. text and trans in Seydou (2001), 34-46.
Numerous other Fulfulde poems, some anonymous, and some by named

but otherwise unidentifiable authors, are to be found in Dakar (IFAN),
Fonds Vieillard.
THE JAHANKE OF TOUBA
There are two main lineages of Jahanke in Touba: the descedants of al-
˛jj Slim Suware, and those of Slim Jbi-Gasama. According to
Hunter (1977, 243), “the Jbi-Kasama (sic)…dominated learning among
the Jahanka (sic) and all of the western Manding”. Touba became
celebrated not only as a place of Islamic textual learning, but also as a
centre for b†in knowledge, especially within the Jahanke communities.
According to the Ta√rıkh Karamoko Ba (see Sanneh (1981),, 115), the
ancestor of the Jbi-Gasama clan was a man called Shufiayb, and known
as Mama Sambou Gasama, who originated from Gimbala-Diakha in the
Msina region. His son Yüsuf was the ancestor of Karamoko Ba, the
source of the Jbi-Gasama clan, whose descendants acted as a series of
khalıfas in the sense of spiritual leaders of that “clerical” clan. Although
not physically related to al-˛jj Slim Suware, they claim a spiritual
relationship to him. According to Sanneh (1981), the “dynasty” of
khalıfas who were also imams of the mosque of Touba, was as follows:
1. Taslımi, son of Karamoko Ba, d. 1829.
2. Karamoko Bah Madi, brother of Taslımi, d. 1837.
3. Mu˛ammad Kaso, son of Karamoko Ba, d. 1877.

4. Mu˛ammad Bounaliou, youngest son of Karamoko Ba, d. 1881
5. Mu˛ammad Muß†af, son of Taslımi, d. 1885.
6. Karamoko Qu†b, son of Taslımi, d. 1905.
S◊LIM J◊BI-GASAMA, known as Karamoko Ba, b. 1725 or 1730. d.

1824 or 1829.
Suret-Canale (1970); Hunter (1977), 246-61; Sanneh (1981).
Born at Didé-Koto in Futa Bondu, Slim, the second son of Mu˛ammad

F†uma Gasama, left around 1184/1770 to pursue further learning,
perhaps following the death of his father. He went to Kunting on the
river Gambia and studied tafsır with fiUthmn Gharı (or Dri), a primary
student of his father. After a brief return to Didé-Koto, he went to
Goundiouro (near Kayes) and studied the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl with
Ibrhım Jnı, and then with Ma˛müd Jwarı, with whom he also studied
tafsır. Four years later he moved east to the Diomboko region, where he
studied grammar with fiUmar Türı. Then he travelled to the Bghana
region, where he studied taw˛ıd with a Fulani shaykh, and then another
scholar, Abü Bakr Jabayghatı, took him off to Jenne, where he spent the
next twenty years. There he studied the al-Shif√ of Q∂ı fiIy∂ and the
∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı, as well as learning the science of magic squares
(awfq) with a man known as Alfa R˛a in the town of Ouro-Modi to the
north of Jenne. He also had contact with Nü˛ b. ‡hir (q.v.), who was
then living close to Ouro-Modi, and from him he received the wird of
the Qdiriyya, and an ijza to teach all that he had taught him. He also
visited the Sufi shaykh Mu˛ammad Taslımı in the town of Taslım to the
south of Jenne, who inspired him to look for a wife in Fairo (or Mfailo)
in southern Sierra Leone. There he was married to ◊√isha Kamara, who
bore him Mu˛ammad Taslımi, and is thus the ancestress of the Jbi-
Gasama “clerical” clan. Eventually Slim made his way to Kankan,
where he passed on some of his b†in knowledge during his residency
there, 1216/1800 - 1221/1805. He then spent three years in Konyan
before going to Timbo, the base of the Fulani imamate of Futa Jallon.
Already well-known as a teacher, and called thus Karamoko-Ba, he had
student followers who travelled with him, and in 1228/1812 they
established the town of Touba Koto (“Old Touba”), some sixty miles
524 CHAPTER TEN
north of Labé, to which his fame soon attracted many other Jahanke
settlers.
Touba Koto was close to the non-Muslim community of Tenda which
then launched slave raids against the Jahanke, leading them to seek out a
new residence. The Jahanke community then migrated to a new location
to be known as Touba Kuta (“New Touba”) on the south bank of the
Koumba river, a tributary of the Rio Grande, just beyond the north-west
edge of Futa Jallon.
There in Touba Kuta, Slim’s teaching circle (majlis) became the
leading location for the teaching of Islamic sciences for the wider
Jahanke community and others of the western Manding.
MU˘AMMAD TASLˆMˆ b. S◊LIM J◊BI-GASAMA, d. 1829

Hunter (1977), 261; Marty (1921), annexe 20.
He became his his father’s khalıfa, both in mystical (b†in) teaching and
Islamic sciences. He received the Qdirı wird from him, and inherited
his library. He is said to have composed three works: two in praise of the
Prophet, and one on philology (lugha). Late in his life, he travelled to
Mauritania where he received a new authorisation of the Qdiriyya wird
from both fiAbd al-La†ıf al-Kuntı and Shaykh Sıdiyya al-Kabır. There
may also have been some spiritual relation between hin and al-˛jj
fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.), although the latter was a Tijnı.
ABD AL-Q◊DIR QU‡B b. TASLˆMˆ b. S◊LIM, known as Karamoko

Koutoubou, b. c. 1830, d. 7 July 1905
Suret-Canale (1970), 61n.; Hunter (1977), 261.
He was the fourth son of Mu˛ammad Taslımı, his khalıfa, the 6th imam
of Touba (1898-1905), and the seventh q∂ı. He is said to be the author
of some fifteen works. His library is said to have contained over seven
hundred works. As a transmitter of the Qdirı wird from his father, he
travelled in 1868 to Mauritania where he received confirmation of it
from Sıdı Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır.
The following list of writings is taken from the intoduction to Tanbıh
al-slik of Mu˛ammad Fodiye b. Mu˛ammad al-Maghılı (q.v., copy in
NU/ Hunwick, 481). In addition to those listed he is also said to have
written works on arithmetic and geography, as well as poems in praise of

his ancestors.
1. fiIlm al-ußül, al-badıfi, al-bayn wa’l-mafini
i) al-Qawfiid
ii) Urjüza fı ußül al-fiqh
2. al-fiArü∂
i) Mukhtaßar [fı ’l-fiarü∂]
3. al-˘adıth
i) Tu˛fat al-sawlik
Vers. of al-fiUhüd al-Mu˛ammadiyya of fiAbd al-Wahhb al-
Shafirnı (see GAL S II, 465). He also wrote a ˛shiya to it of
over 2,000 vv., identifying and sourcing the hadıths in it.
ii) Mukhtaßar kitb Shufiab al-ımn
Abrigt. of [al-Jmifi al-mußannaf fı] Shufiab al-ımn of Abü
Bakr A˛mad b. al-˘usayn al-Bayhaqı (see GAL I, 363).
4. al-Taßawwuf
i) Wasılat al-ßibyn
ii) Shar˛ Wasılat al-ßibyn
iii) Na÷m kitb Tanbıh al-mughtarrın
Vers. of Tanbıh al-mughtarrın fı ’l-qarn al-fishir fial m
khlafahu al-salaf al-†hir of fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Shafirnı (see
GAL S II, 465).
5. al-Sıra al-nabawiyya
i) Na÷m K. al-shifa√
Vers, of K. al-Shif√of Q∂ı fiIy∂ .
ii) Shar˛ Na÷m K. al-shifa√
iii) Urjüza fı khalq al-nabı
6. al-Mad√i˛ al-nabawiyya
He wrote numerous poems in praise of the Prophet, including a tash†ır
of the fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı and of the Burda of al-Büßırı. He also
composed two works of prayers for the Prophet.
526 CHAPTER TEN
MU˘AMMAD FODIYE b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MAGHˆLˆ fl. 1971

Khalıfa of the Slimiyya of Touba, resident (in 1970) in Dakar. Muftı of
Senegal.
1. Fat˛ al-Jalıl al-Mlik fial Tanbıh al-slik

Comm. on Tanbıh al-slik fial aw∂a˛ al-maslik by fiAbd al-Qdir Qu†b
b. Taslım b. Slim (q.v.)
See Batran (1971), 374. Copy of intro. in the hand of fiAbd al-fiAzız
Ba†rn in NU/Hunwick, 490.
2. Qaßıda.
Opens: Qalbı ya˛innu il Abı ’l-Anwr
See Batran (1971), 374.
3. Ta√rıkh al-Slimiyya
Abridgt. of an older ta√rıkh, dictated to Batran in 1970. See Batran
(1971), 374.
YÜSUF b. AL-IM◊M al-Jbı al-Qasamı
1. Ta√rıkh al-Madanı
History of the Kasamba fiulam√ of Touba.
MS: Legon, 451.
ANON
1. The Origins of the Jahanke

Publ. English trans. of a ta√rıkh recited to Suret-Canale; see Suret-
Canale (1970), 55-61.
2. The following ta√rıkhs are mentioned by Lamin Sanneh as having

been obtained in Senegambia; see Sanneh (1979), 284-5.
i) Ta√rıkh on the Silla of Banı Isr√ıla. It was used and
commented upon by Bonnel de Mézières (1949).
ii) Ta√rıkh of Touba. Originally compiled by Karamoko al-
Maghılı (Madi), b. 1855. It exists in several different versions.
iii) Ta√rıkh on the Kabba-Jakhite qabıla.

iv) Ta√rıkh on Slim (Gassama) of Touba (Karamoko-Ba) by
al-˛jj Mbalu Fode Jabi of Marssassoum. See also Sanneh (1981).
v) T a √ r ı k h on al-˛jj Slim Suware and Karamoko-Ba,
compiled by al-˛jj Banfa Jabi.
vi) The Jahanke fiUlam√,
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Curtin, 3, 23, 26.
Publ. trans. in Quimby (1975), 612-13.
vii) History of the Gassama
MSS: Dakar( IFAN), Fonds Curtin, 1, 27, 29.
Publ. trans. in Quimby (1975), 613-17.
IBN SAfiˆD al-Dugharı al-Falakı, d. 1204/1789-90
Information on date of death from note by Sh. Mar˛ab on the ms. He

says he died in “Mande”. Dugari is a Jahanke name, but nothing further
is known about Ibn Safiıd.
1. Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l-tafilımı * Wa-af∂al al-ßaltı

wa’l-taslımı
MS: Niamey, 302.
MU˘AMMAD F◊∆IL FADˆRA b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN

FADˆRA, fl. 1966
1. Ta˛dhır al-umma al-Mu˛ammadiyya min ittibfi al-firqa al-

A˛madiyya al-Banjuliyya al-Ghanbiyya
Anti-A˛madiyya tract.
Publ. Dakar, 1966.
WRITERS OF KANKAN
MU˘AMMAD AL-SHARˆF, fl. 1870

Schieffelin (1974), 73
528 CHAPTER TEN
His existence and the titles of his books are known solely from a letter
with an enclosed Arabic text sent from Monrovia by Edward Blyden to
H.M. Schieffelin of New York in December 1870. The Arabic text,
reproduced in Schieffelin’s book, is a letter written by Ibrhım Kabawı
of Kankan to the fiulam√ of Beirut (or more precisely, the scholars of
the “College of Beirut”), in response to a request from them for
information about his land and peoples. The titles given below are
exactly as they appear in that letter.
1. Mafidin dhahab
2. Raw∂at safida
ABÜ BAKR AL-SHARˆF, fl. 1870

Schieffelin (1974), 73.
1. Dlı (sic) al-ßaghır
fiUMAR al-Kidı (or al-Kadı)

Schieffelin (1974), 73.
Said to be from the town of Mowa, and the author of many books,
though no titles are given.
FANTA MADI, b. between 1873 and 1878, d. 8 September 1955

Caba (1956); Diané (1988); Kaba (1997).
Generally known as Cheikh Fanta Madi Chérif (his mother’s name was
Fanta), he belonged to a clan of sharıfs in Kankan descended from a
sharıf of Tishıt who settled in Kankan in the mid-eighteenth century.
The descendants of this sharıf became the leaders of the Muslim
community of the Kankan area over the years, and Fanta Madi’s father,
Karamoko Sidiki Chérif, was a religious counsellor to Samori, who
seized Kankan in 1880. Karamoko Sidiki remained closely attached to
Samori and went with him to Sanankoro where he established his court.
It was there that Fanta Madi undertook his Qur√nic studies. In 1895 he
was initiated into the Qdiriyya by his elder brother, who was also his
teacher of Islamic sciences. In 1908, having returned to Kankan, he
received the Tijniyya wird from the Mauritanian sharıf Safid Büh. His
reputation as a saintly man with close connections to the spiritual world
continued to grow, and he also became a teacher. By 1923 he had a
Qur√nic college with thirty adult students from outside Kankan, and
seventy “school-age” students from the city itself. He thus came to be
regarded as a “grand marabout”, both within Guinea and in neighboring
territories. Regrettably, though he was a man of learning, with a personal
library of some 600 books, nothing is known of any writing he may have
done. Nevertheless, he has remained a noteworthy Muslim figure in the
region, and passed on his knowledge to many students.
CHAPTER ELEVEN
WRITERS OF NIGER
The lands comprising the present Republic of Niger are inhabited by the
Zarma (or Jarma) in the west, the Hausa in the south, the Kanuri in the
far east towards L. Chad, and by numerous groups of Tuareg in the
central and northern areas. The principal centres of Islamic learning in
former times were the town of Agades in southern Aïr, and Tagidda (or
Takedda), a complex of settlements about 100 miles NW of Agades, and
the related settlement of Anu ∑amman. In the late twentieth century
Dosso became a minor centre of learning, whilst in Say an Islamic
university was established in the 1980s. The pre-nineteenth century
writers of the Aïr region were included in Chapter 1 of ALA II, “The
Central Sudan before 1800”, and the anonymous historical writings
concerning Aïr and some other localities were included in Chapter 14.
The material below chiefly concerns Tuareg writers of the twentieth
century, and is heavily dependent on the work of H. T. Norris, to whom
I am also indebted for supplying copies of some fragmentary manuscript
material. One of the most important Tuareg learned groups is the Kel
Aghll (a branch of the Kel Dennik), centred around the small town of
Abalagh (or Abalek, approx. 15° 9’ N - 5° 15’ E). As Norris notes (1975,
180), they not only participate in the ancient tradition of learning in the
area, but some of their young men have spent time in the Middle East
and are in touch with more modern Islamic ideas. The Kel Aghll
scholars also have contact with other scholars of the Sahel from
Mauritania to Sokoto.1
AL-Q◊SIM b. IBR◊HˆM, Abü fi◊√isha, al-Daghmanı d. 1344/1926

Norris (1975), 184-5; Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 4-5.
A ∑üfı and a scholar of sharıfia, a pietist and ascetic, who is nevertheless

described as “a mujhid with the tongue and the sword”. One of his
1 For an overview of Islam and its tradition of learning in Niger, see H.T. Norris, art. “Niger”,
EI(2), viii, 17-19.
WRITERS OF NIGER 531
shaykhs was “the great mujhid” al-˛jj fiUthmn b. ∑ambu al-Fütı, to

whom he more than once fled for refuge with his family. He maintained
scholarly correspondence with the latter and with Sh. By al-Kuntı (q.v.).
He was a devoted teacher, and his students included Mu˛ammad b.
Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.). Late in life he went blind. He is buried at
Tama÷÷uk in Almmg, and his grave is a place of visitation within a
large cemetery.
ABD AL-RA˘M◊N B. YÜSUF al-Aghllı al-Mallı, d. 8 Jumd II,

1348/1929
Norris (1975), 182-3.
Sh. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn was both a ∑üfı and a jurist; in the latter field he
seems to have been somewhat anti-madh’habist, in as much as he did not
believe in simply following established texts, but rather strove to
discover from study of the ˘adıth what the right course of conduct
should be.2 In ∑üfism he was an adherent of the Qdiriyya, into which he
was inducted by various shaykhs, including al-Sharıf Mu˛ammad
Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Jiddu al-Simllı, and Afimar b. Sı.
fiAlı al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı. He was a prolific author in many fields,
writing both commentaries and original works. He also entered into
written discussions of various problems, in both prose and verse, with
his student Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.). He was buried,
togther with his father close to Kajagr.
MAMM◊ b.fiUTHM◊N al-Kallakküdı d. 12 Jumd I 1352/1933

Norris (1975), 185-6; Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5.
A saint and miracle worker, gifted with second sight, and an ability to
interpret dreams. He was a teacher of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-
Shafıfi (q.v.).
1. Man÷üma fı far√i∂ al-wu∂ü√

See Dhikr m waqafia, 5.
2 This recalls the teachings of ∑li˛ al-Fullnı; see Ch.10.

532 CHAPTER ELEVEN
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-SHAFˆfi b. fiABD AL-KARˆM, d.

1954
Norris (1975), 174, 181-90 (referred to there simply as al-Shaykh al-Wlid); for Arabic
text, see Dhikr m waqafia.
His father Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (d. 1920) was the sixth imam of the Kel
Aghll, and ratified a peace treaty with the French. Mu˛ammad himself
was a poet. By the age of ten he had memorized the Qur√n under the
direction of his shaykh fiAbd al-∑amad b. ˘mid al-Aghllı (d. after
1379/1960). The upheavals connected with the French conquest of Niger
caused him to forget it, but he later re-memorized it. He then studied
some of the Islamic sciences—fiqh, grammar, ˛adıth, logic, philology,
adab—from another shaykh, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı al-
Mallı (q.v.), who married his sister, and remained his mentor until the
shaykh’s death in 1348/1929. Another of his teachers was al-Faqqı b.
Bübakar al-Aghllı, an expert in expounding the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl in
Tamasheq.
Other teachers included Abü fi◊√isha al-Qsim b. Ibrhım al-
Daghmanı (q.v.) and his brother, the saintly Yafiqüb (d. 1363/1943),
Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı (d. 1353/1933, q.v.), Ma˛ammad (sic)
b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, known as Sh.
By (q.v.), Mu˛ammad b. Bdı al-Kuntı (q.v.), Mu˛ammad Ammak b.
al-Bakk√ al-Kuntı (d. after 1379/1960, see Dhikr m waqafia, p. 11),
and Abü Bakr Büb˙ of Sokoto (d. 1351/1932; see ALA, II, 242), Ya˛y
al-Nawawı b. fiAbd al-Qdir Macci∂o (see ALA, II, 195). From the list of
his teachers it is apparent that he links both to the Middle Niger region
and to Sokoto, to which city he paid two visits during his lifetime. His
closest companion, with whom he exchanged many literary trifles, both
in prose and verse, was Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ al-Aghllı
(q.v.).
1. Q. b√iyya: Inna ’l-ilha at˛ al-ajra wa’l-rutab * Fı manzil al-

khuldi lamm fiabduhu judhib
Elegy for Yafiqüb b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı.
MS: Text of opening 3 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 4.
2. Q. b√iyya: Hdh ’l-kitbu afiazza kulli muktasabı * Ladayya idh

kna min ghar√ib al-kutubı
Tash†ır of vv. by Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ (q.v.) in praise of
the ˛shiya of Ibn ˘amdün on the comm. of Mayyra on Ibn fi◊shir.
MS: 7 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 4.
3. Q. dliyya: La-fiamruka inna ’l-aty alladhı * Radadta fialayn

huwa ’l-mufitamadu
Verse addressed to Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ (q.v.), to whom he
had sent some tea which the latter considered sub-standard.
4. Q. hamziyya: Y †lam katabat yadk faw√id * Jallat fian al-

tafiddi wa’l-i˛ß√ı
5. Q. nüniyya: Ji√tu ’l-manzila wa’stafhamtu man qa†an * A-fıkum

jıratı am fı ‘lladhı ÷afian
Elegy for his shaykh fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.) and Sh.
By al-Kuntı (q.v.).
MS: Text of opening 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 3, 8.
Publ. 2 vv. trans. in Norris (1975), 184.
6. Q. r√iyya: Li’llhi kasrun m lahu jbirü * Wa-thalmatun laysa

lah ßbirü
Elegy for his shaykh fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.).
7. Q. qfiyya: La-qad l˛a barqun bi-laylin alaq * Yuthır al-sawkina

fiind al-ghasaq
Elegy for Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı (q.v.).
8. Q. r√iyya: Saq ’l-ilhu ghamman f∂a wa-’nhamara * Min

ra˛matin qabra man ndamtuhu fiußur
Elegy for his shaykh fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.).
534 CHAPTER ELEVEN
9. Q. r√iyya: Inna ’l-atya fial raghm al-˛asüdi at * Min shımat al-
kuram al-˛wına li’l-fakhrı
MS: 2 vv. quoted in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 3.
10. Q. mımiyya: A-y akhn al-filim * Jiddu bi-fiulüm al-fiulam

11. Q. lmiyya: L budda lı min jamalı * Arkabuhu li-fiilalı * Wa-

nahalı wa-fialalı
Composed in 1352/1933.
12. Q. y√iyya: Kullu ma qulta y * ∑˛i min tilka ’l-khaby

13. Qaßıda
Norris (1975), 174, quotes some lines from one of his poems in
translation. Opens: “The religion of the Prophet is our chosen religion”.
14. Takhmıs qaßida li-Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı

See Dhikr m waqafia , p. 3.
Publ. trans. of one quintain in Norris (1975), 187; text of this quintain in
Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5, and another quintain, p. 8.
Comm. by fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad; see Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5
One of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi’s sons, whose shaykh was

Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh, the husband of his paternal aunt, wrote in 1379/
1960 an intellectual biography of his father (al-shaykh al-wlid), incor-
porating much material on other Kel Aghllı scholars. It has no formal
title, and is referred to by a phrase in its opening line, Dhikr m waqafia
li’l-shaykh al-wlid fı ˛aytihi al-mubrak. Among his teachers he
mentions (p. 10) Mu˛ammad A-l-r (?) b. fiAbd Allh al-Süqı, known as
Balkhu.
MS in possession of H.T. Norris (photocopy in NU/Hunwick, 400),
trans. in Norris (1975), 181-90.
MU˘AMMAD IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU√MIN

Norris (1975), 185; Dhikr m waqafia, p. 4.
He was the brother of the wife of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi,

and was the author of an historical compendium (majmüfia ta√rıkhiyya).
MU˘AMMAD fiABD ALL◊H b. KHALˆL AL-RA˘M◊N b. YÜSUF

d. after 1379/1960
Norris (1975), 190.
His father Khalıl al-Ra˛mn married a sister of Mu˛ammad b.

Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi. Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh is considered to be one of
the greatest Arabic poets of the Kel Aghll in the twentieth century.
1. al-Qawl al-friq min ta√rıkh ab†l al-‡awriq
See Norris (1975), 190-1, where 16 vv. of an unascribed poem are given
in translation.
2. A poem on the tradition of learning of the Kel Aghll is partially
discussed in Norris (1975), 180-1.
3. Q. fı rith√ khlihi
Elegy for his maternal uncle Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi,
written in Khartoum in 1954.
Publ. Trans in Norris (1975), 193-4.
4. Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Balkhu
Elegy for Mu˛ammad A-l-r (Norris reads: Lan) b. fiAbd Allh,
commonly known as “Balkhu”, al-Süqı al-Lamtünı (d. 1349/1930).
Publ. Trans. in Norris (1975), 192-3.
MU˘AMMAD AL-AWJILˆ b. AL-BAKK◊√ al-Aghllı

Norris (1975), 190, et passim; Dhikr m waqafia, and attachment .
1. Q. r√iyya: Wa-bi-thqib al-dhihni al-taqı khalılu man * ˘z al-

sakına wa’l-murü√a wa’l-khafar
Elegy for fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.) and Sh. By b.
fiUmar al-Kuntı (q.v.). The above line is perhaps not the opening.
MS: Text of above verse. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 3.
Takh. by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.).
536 CHAPTER ELEVEN
2. Q. fiayniyya: Li’llhi m ghashiya ’l-fu√da min jazfiı * Idh fja

nafiyu Abı fi◊√ishata ’l-warifiı
Elegy for al-Qsim b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı.
MS: 7 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5 .
3. Q. fı rith√ Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı
Opens: Wa-bi-dhı ’l-fi†nati wa’l-firsati Mamma man * Yujlı ’l-mafinı
˛aythu afijazat al-fikar
Elegy for Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı (q.v.). See Dhikr m
waqafia, 6.
4. Q. lmiyya: Ilaykum fa-l il siwkum wa-qaßduhü * Qalılun min
abyd al-shahiyyayni li’l-jullı
Vv. addressed to Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi.
5. Q. y√iyya: Fitnat al-dıni ath * Man at yawman aty
12 vv. on tea (aty), addressed to Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi,
who responded in the same qfiya.
MS: Text in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, pp. 1-2.
Publ. Trans. in Norris (1975), 190.
fiˆS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD
Norris (1975), 187-8; Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7
1. Shar˛ takhmıs qaßıda fı rith√fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Aghllı wa-

Shaykh By al-Kuntı
The original poem is by Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ (q.v.), and
the takhmıs is by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.). See Dhikr
m waqafia, p. 7.
MU˘AMMAD AG D◊WÜD of Tchin Tabaraden

According to Norris (1975), 205, he gathered together some of the
poetry of his region in a dıwn. Norris (1975), 205-11, gives a transl-
ation of a poem on proper manners in such matters as how to treat one’s
parents, how to behave in an assembly, how to treat dependents, a
neighbour, a guest, etiquette when travelling, etc. The author’s name
may have been Bashır.
MU˘AMMAD b. YAfiQÜB, al-Kuluwı al-Saghawı, known as al-˛jj

Sunna Kulü, fl. 1348/1929
MS: Niamey, 430.
Director of the Madrasat al-Mutafiallimın; apparently lived near Dosso.
A Tijnı leader who received authorization from Alfa Hshim on 18
Mu˛arram 1348/26 June 1929.
1. Ifilm al-qab√il min al-fiaj√ib bi-l al-najw bi-maqßid Allh li-
ahl Düsü
History of Islam in Dosso, mainly based on personal observation.
MS: Niamey, 430(i), 16 pp. photocopy.
2. Qaß√id
i) Q. dliyya: Bada√tu bi-bi’smi ’llhi shukr(an) wa-a˛madü *
fiAl m afi†nı ’llhu fiilm al-maqßidı
MS: Niamey, 430(ii), 16 vv.
ii) Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘ammad
Opens: Abda√u bi-bi’smi’llh al-W˛id al-Qahhrı * Thumma
ßaltuhu fial ’l-nabı al-Mukhtrı.
MS: Niamey, 430(v).
iii) Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘anafı al-shahır bi’l-˛jj Bl-Bl
Opens: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min nazaght al-shay†nı * Wa-bafida
bismi ’llh al-Mlik al-Dayynı.
A˘MAD b. MÜS◊
Author is a grandson of Sh. fiUmar Cerno Y-b-l Qünı (Goni?) ‡ürı.
1. Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Sunna Külü
Opens: Sahartu’l-layla una÷÷imu dhı ’l-qaßıdı * Bi-mad˛ al-˛jji Sunnu
Külü farıdı.
In 27 vv., dated 1352/1933-4.
538 CHAPTER ELEVEN
ALFA JIBRˆL A˘MAD b. 1922

The author was born in Tunbukwrai in Dosso province, Niger. His
father was called Sh. A˛mad Kolondiya. Alfa Jibrıl studied in Gusau
with Yafiqüb Ibrhım and with Ma˛ammad Sani Balarabe in Argungu in
Sokoto State [Nigeria], and became skilled in many branches of
learning. His ∑üfı shaykh was Nasiru Kabara [Mu˛ammad al-Nßir b.
Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr] of Kano (see ALA II, 321). In the late 1950s he
was a disciple of Muftı fiAbd al-Jalıl of the United Arab Republic
Cultural Centre in Accra.
1. al-Akhbr al-ül fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh

Mül
Account of the life and martyrdom of Sh. Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ fiAbd Allh
of Sokodé (8° 59’ N—1° 08’ E) in N. Togo, who is said to have
destroyed a large idol and converted the local people to Islam and the the
Tijniyya in the late 1940s.
Completed on 2 Jumd I 1384/8 September 1964.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manra, n.d.
ABÜ BAKR BAYNABÜ w. Sh. MU˘AMMAD AM◊∑ˆL

1. Naßı˛a il jamıfi ikhwnihi min balad ◊hır min al-fiulam√ al-afilm
wa-il jamıfi al-kubar√ wa’l-kuram√ al-ßli˛ın al-mußli˛ın min ahl
◊hır
MS: Niamey, 381.
2. Qawfiid al-Islm mafia sunan sayyid al-anm
MS: Paris (BN), 5650, ff. 191r-200v.
3. R. al-anwr wa’l-naßı˛a li’l-ikhwn fı ’l-nahy fian shurb al-dukhn
MS:Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 116r.-127v; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1336 (R. fI’l-
tibgh).
CHAPTER TWELVE
WRITERS OF THE GREATER VOLTAIC REGION
by
Ivor Wilks, John Hunwick, and Mark Sey
The term “Greater Voltaic Region” is used to refer to that broad belt of
country comprising the Volta basin as such, and those contiguous areas
drained by the succession of smaller rivers from the White Bandama in
the west to the Pra in the east. The Greater Voltaic Region thus
embraces Ghana, much of Ivory Coast and Burkina Faso, and parts of
Togo. The region is that in which, from the fifteenth century onwards,
Muslim merchants of Mali known as Wangara built up a network of
trade, the pivots of which were Jenne, on the southern fringes of the
interior delta of the Niger and, some 500 miles distant, Bighu (Begho,
Bew, etc.), on the edges of the auriferous forest country of the Akan. In
the context of this venture, numerous trading posts grew up throughout
the Greater Voltaic Region. The settlers became known as the Juula (or
Dyula), although they did not discard the older appellation, Wangara.
For the most part (until recently at least), those amongst whom the
Juula lived, and with whom they did business, were non-Muslims. In
some areas these were so-called “tribes without rulers”, but not
infrequently the Juula established themselves within existing chiefdoms,
and accepted the protection of non-Muslim rulers. However, as central
authority in Mali collapsed, freebooting warlords moved across the trade
routes in the savanna hinterlands of the forest, establishing a number of
small chiefdoms. Some, such as Palewogo, survive only in the
remembrances of the old, but others, such as Nasa and Yagbum, are well
known, for out of them evolved kingdoms—in these two cases, Wa and
Gonja respectively. Within such polities, whether ruled by non-Muslims
or Muslims, the Juula constituted a merchant class that nurtured a small
scholarly elite. Its members, the fiulam√, were responsible for
540 CHAPTER TWELVE
maintaining adherence to the precepts and practices of Islam within the

community of the faithful, and literacy in Arabic was at a premium.
The movement of scholars from Timbuktu into the Greater Volta
Region is well attested. The settlement, for example, of Sh. Sulaymn
Baghayogho at Sabari (9° 17’ N - 0° 16’ E), in eastern Dagomba, has
been dated to the mid-seventeenth century (Ferguson, 1972, 55-73), and
Abü Bakr Kunatay, who established himself at Visi in Wala, was
probably a contemporary (Wilks (1989), 55-6, 99). The floruit o f
Yafimuru Tarawiri, associated with Jenne rather than Timbuktu, was a
late seventeenth/early eighteenth century one; he settled at Nasa (10° 09’
N -2° 21’W), also in Wala (Wilks (1989), 59-62).
These figures are associated in tradition with conversion. The
Saganugu, by contrast, are associated with renewal. The eastwards
movement of Saganugu scholars can be followed from Manfara (near
Kaba, in central Mali), through Koro (8° 29’N - 2° 21’W) and Kani to
Boron (8° 42’ N - 5° 58’W) and Kong (Ivory Coast), and thence
throughout the Greater Voltaic Region (Wilks (1968), 173-6). They
carried with them the teachings of the renowned Jahanke savant, al-˛jj
Slim Suwari, teachings that had to do with the circumstances in which
Muslims might reside among, and do business with, non-Muslims (see
Wilks, 2002). Great emphasis was laid upon schooling to prevent
backsliding, and an educated Juula was expected to have an intimate
knowledge of several major works of theology and law. It seems,
however, that Juula scholars were, for the most part, reluctant to engage
in criticism; they copied and recopied classical works, but seldom
produced original commentaries. Their approach to religious writings
was reverential rather than inquiring. In one area, however, they were
particularly productive. In validation of their position within dr al-˛arb
they assiduously compiled material not only on the spread of Islam into
this or that locality, but also on the history of their non-Muslim hosts
whose conversion was to be anticipated, albeit in God’s time. It was in
their capacity as experts on local constitutional matters that a number of
Juula scholars were to become advisers to colonial administrators faced
with the problem of managing their newly acquired territories (see, for
example, Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabla of Wa p. 566 below).
In the course of the fifteenth century others who also identified
themselves as Wangara had moved eastwards from Mali into Central
THE GREATER VOLTAIC REGION 541
Sudanic Africa, and established commercial settlements in or near the

major Hausa towns, most notably in Kebbi, Kano, and Katsina. These
immigrants became known in Hausaland as the Wangarawa. By the later
seventeenth century Hausa traders, probably for the most part of
Wangarawa identity, were extending their activities into eastern parts of
the Greater Voltaic Region. One of the earliest historic conjunctures of
Juula and Hausa networks occurred in the Oti Valley where, in the later
seventeenth century, Sh. Sulaymn Baghayogho of Timbuktu and
Muhammad al-Katsinwı established the adjacent communities of
Sabari and Kamshegu, thereby greatly facilitating the spread of Islam in
Dagomba.
At the end of the nineteenth and the beginning of the twentieth
centuries a major redirection of Asante’s inland trade, from northwest to
northeast, led to the emergence of Salaga as a commercial centre.
Traders, from Hausaland, Bornu, Masina, Djougou, and elsewhere,
established businesses there, building houses, mosques and schools. The
arrival of these immigrants is recorded in the Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh
Ghunj of Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh, (q.v.). In the following years traders,
particularly from the Central Sudanic region, flooded into Salaga, so that
by the third decade of the nineteenth century its population approx-
imated 50,000. Although many of the incomers had grown up under
post-jihd regimes in Hausaland and Masina, and carried with them
radical writings of the Fodiawa, they seem nevertheless to have found
the older conservative traditions of the Juula more relevant to their
commercial activities within a market dominated by the non-Muslim
Asante kingdom. In Salaga and its satellite commercial centres,
however, Hausa tended to displace Juula as the lingua franca. The
writings of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn, of Kebbi, Kano,
Salaga and Kete Krakye (q.v.), did much to establish Hausa, definitively,
as a literary language—and indeed one of poetry—in much of the
Greater Voltaic Region.
Until the late nineteenth century an endemic shortage of paper was a
constraint upon writers in the Greater Voltaic Region. First claims upon
such supplies as were available went to the copyists, to maintain the
availability of texts of the Qur√n and standard works of exegesis, law,
and theology. Talismans, because of their profitability, probably had
second claims (Owusu-Ansah, (1991), passim). In early nineteenth
542 CHAPTER TWELVE
century Kumase, in what was the Juula “deep south”, a single sheet of
paper was said to support an indifferent manufacturer of charms for a
month (Bowdich (1819), 272). In or about 1820, Imam Mu˛ammad of
Gbuipe (8° 47’ N - 1° 32’ W) addressed a plea to relatives in Kumase:
“by the name of Allah, send us some paper. There is little with us”
(Wilks, Levtzion, and Haight (1986), 218-19).
The Arabic writings from the Greater Voltaic Region listed in this
chapter represent an indeterminable fraction of those that are extant in
the libraries of the fiulam√. A library in some cases occupies several
rooms, in others fills but one or two tin boxes often stored under the
owner’s bed. If shortages of paper inhibited literary production, much of
what was nevertheless accomplished fell prey to the cockroach and other
predatory insects. The new technological resources that became
available in the middle years of the twentieth century, however,
immeasurably changed the situation. A section of this chapter,
“Contemporary Writers of Ghana”, takes note of the revolutionary
developments in communication.
THE GONJA TRADITION
The earliest known writings from the region are of Gonja provenance.
Several short pieces in khabar form date from the early eighteenth
century and are, it seems, recensions of oral stories having to do with the
founding of the Gonja kingdom, the origins of its dynasty, and the
creation of the imamates. Use of the annalistic form (˛awliyyt) is also
attested from at least as early as 1121/1709-10 (Wilks, Levtzion and
Haight (1986), 18-20). The compiler of the Kitb Ghanj, a remarkable
chronicle of Gonja history completed in 1165/1751-52, drew heavily
upon these earlier materials. An updated redaction of the work appeared
in 1178/1764. Both versions circulated widely in Gonja. Many
handwritten copies were made in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries,
some incorporating major emendations and glosses by later scholars, and
many of their working notes have been preserved (e.g. mss. Legon, 263-
272, 448).
It is this that makes it permissible to speak of a distinctively Gonja
tradition of historical writing, to which a number of other works are to
be assigned. The late eighteenth century al-Kalm Maghu Sansani of
Imam fiUmar Dabla, for example, belongs to it. So, too, does the history
of Asante commissioned by its early nineteenth century non-Muslim
king, Osei Tutu Kwame. The moving spirit in this venture must have
been one of his senior Muslim advisors, Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-
Muß†af, whose father and grandfather were imams of Gonja, the latter a
contributor to the 1764 redaction of Kitb Ghanj. No copy of the
Asante chronicle is known to survive, but both T. E. Bowdich and J.
Dupuis, who visited the capital in 1817 and 1820 respectively, drew
information from it (Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 20-21, 71,
205).
It is possible that the eighteenth century Gonja scholars were familiar
with writings of the sixteenth and seventeenth century Timbuktu
chroniclers, and used them as models. Certainly the Kitb Ghanj may
be compared with, for example, the Ta√rıkh al-südn of fiAbd al-
Ra˛mn al-Safidı (q.v.), in that both are written to explain the origins of,
and thereby validate, the social order. Caution is necessary, however, for
it is also arguable that the Gonja tradition, in its evolution from simple
khabar to complex chronicle, was sui generis. The matter must remain
unresolved for the present.
ANON
1. Amr Ajddin
Account of the (mid-16th century) expedition from Mali to Bighu that
led to the foundation of the Gonja kingdom. For the textual history of
the work, see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 36-40, who suggest
that the story was first committed to writing in the early 18th century.
MSS: Legon 263 pp. 2-3; NU/Wilks FN 105.
Publ. trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 44-46.
2. No title.
Account of the entry of Ismfiıl of Bighu, and his son Mu˛ammad al-
Abya∂, into the service of the rulers of Gonja, with a list of the first
eleven rulers and their reign lengths. It was probably written in the early
18th century, and used as a source by the mid-18th century compiler of
the Kitb Ghanja (see below). The oldest surviving ms. of the work
544 CHAPTER TWELVE
dates from the late 18th century, for which see Wilks, Levtzion and
Haight (1986), 52-53.
MS: Royal Library, Copenhagen, Cod. Arab. CCCII, Bundle III, ff. 236-
7.
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊, known as Kunadi

Wilks, Levtzion, and Haight (1986), 61-71.
Mu˛ammad Kunadi (Juula: “the fortunate”) became Friday Imam of
Gbuipe in 1158/1745-46. His father left Gonja on the pilgrimage in
1146/1733-34, and returned in 1149/1736-37. His grandfather, al-
Muß†af, had died on the pilgrimage in 1145/1732, at Yandoto, the well-
known centre of learning near Katsina.
1. Kitb Ghanj
Written in 1165/1751/2, and revised in 1178/1764. The first part of the
work draws material from early khabars (including the previous item),
has entries in annalistic form from 1121/1709-10 to 1164/1751, and a
detailed acccount of the Asante invasion of eastern Gonja led by Safo
(Katanka) in that last year. The relatively lightly edited redaction of
1764 has additional annalistic entries for 1176-78/1763-64. The matter
of authorship is a complex one, on which Wilks and Levtzion hold
different views but agree that Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af
was responsible for the redaction of 1764. He may have written the
colophon that succinctly describes the whole work: “It concerned what
Allh has brought about from the beginning of Ghanj, the time of
Nabafi, the faqıh Ismfiıl, and his son, Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂; the affairs
of the Muslims, the unbelievers, and all the kings of Ghanj to the time
of the king, Abü Bakr b. fiUthmn, whose laqab is Layufi.” Clearly the
Kitb Ghanj incorporates the work of a number of scholars, of whom
two are acknowledged: first, fiUmar Kunadi b. fiUmar, who was, or
became, Yagbum Imam, and second, al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af.
MSS: Legon, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 62, 248, 272; Niamey, 115.
Publ. trans. in Wilks, Levtzion, and Haight (1986), 91-108.
fiUMAR DABLA, fl. mid- to late-18th century

Asmis (1912); von Seefried (1913); van Rouveroy van Nieuwaal (1976); Wilks,
Levtzion and Haight (1986), 175.
fiUmar Dabla, a Jabaghatay, was probaby very young when the Mango
made their exodus from Groumania (Ivory Coast, 7° 55’ N - 4° 00’ W)).
Subsequently he founded the Karamo-Kajura house in Sansanne Mango
(Togo), and described himself as Imam of Mango. He is said later to
have handed over his office to the more learned Gasama Kamagatay.
The al-Kalm Maghu Sansani was probably inspired by the early Gonja
khabar tradition, for there was close contact between the fiulam√ of
Mango and Gonja in the mid-eighteenth century.
1. al-Kalm Maghu Sansani

Account of the departure of the Mango from Groumania, their appeals to
Gonja and Mamprusi for help, their wars in Gurma, and the founding of
Sansanne Mango.
MSS: Legon, 346(ii); Leiden, Centre of African Studies (unnumbered);
Lomé, Institut National de la Recherche Scientifique (unnumbered).
MA˘MÜD b. fiABD ALL◊H, fl. 1890s

El-Wakkad & Wilks (1961), 8-9; Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 55, 149, 151,
Son of the Lamporwura fiAbd Allh b. Is˛q of Salaga. Copyist of Kitb

Ghanja (MS: Legon, 248).
1. Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj

The Ta√rıkh Ghunj has to do with the career of the Gonja ruler Jakpa.
The Qißßat ∑algh is an account of the growth of Salaga and the civil
war of 1892 that led to its collapse. The two appear to be distinct works,
the latter rather clumsily grafted onto the former. In two manuscripts
Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh is unambiguously named as the author of the
Qißßat ∑algh . In the Ta√rıkh Ghunj Garba ba-Gonje, apparently a
brother of the Lampor imam, is identified as the source of the
information on Jakpa. There is a presumption that Ma˛müd b. fiAbd
Allh was also a writer of the Ta√rıkh. The matter is, however, greatly
546 CHAPTER TWELVE
complicated by the existence of a Hausa version of the Qißßat ∑algh

wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj by al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri (q.v.). For a
discussion of the problem, see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 146-
51.
MSS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 217 of 1951; Legon, 1, 6, 15, 261, 263.
Publ. trans. El-Wakkad (1961-2); second half only in Braimah and
Goody (1967), 185-9; text and trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight
(1986), 152-64.
ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD fiALABIRA b. IBR◊HˆM DOSHI, fl.

1379/1959-60
His grandfather, Ibrhım Doshi, is known to have ruled the powerful
Kpembe division of eastern Gonja in the 1870s, but nothing is known of
Abü Bakr himself.
1. Q. fı ’l-wafi÷
Poem in 65vv., written in Gbanyito. Dated 1379/1959-60. Opens:
Bi’smi’llhi büritiri ifr * Wafi÷u ikul itırınü itüb.
MSS: Legon, 44; 44a (with glosses in Arabic).
ANON
1. Kalm mulük wa-mamlikihim

A compilation of material on aspects of Gonja history: the division of
Nchumuru among Gonja chiefs, the origins of Gonja tribute to Asante,
and the relationship between the Kpembe division and the Dente shrine
at Kete Kraykye. A Hausa version of this work with minor variants
exists (copy in Legon, 254). Both the Hausa and the Arabic versions
appear to be drawn from an older work, Tariyon [Tarihin] asalin
Gonjawa da Cumbulawa da Nawurawa, possibly written in 1881-2; see
Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 190-3. The Hausa text of this work
has not been located, but there is an English translation in Goody (1954),
App. V.
MS: Legon, 255.
Publ. Text & trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 194-201.
2. Miscellaneous untitled texts

i) Cod. Arab. CCCII, in the Royal Library, Copenhagen,
contains a number of letters written by Gonja Muslims in the first
quarter of the nineteenth century. Texts and translations are in
Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 206-25. They include, inter alia,
an exchange of correspondence between Mlik, imam of Gbuipe and
later of Gonja, and Asantehene Osei Tutu Kwame (d. 1823).
ii) Dupuis (1824), cxxiv-cxxxv, transcribes a number of route-
books in Arabic, made for the use of pilgrims, and collected in
Kumase in 1820. He gives English translations. They include one
from Salaga to Mecca written by ∑üma b. Mu˛ammad Bawa, and
one from Kumase to Salaga, and thence to Mecca and Jerusalem,
written by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. fiUmar
Kunandi. Both writers were Gonja residents in Kumase, and served
as advisors to Asantehene Osei Tutu Kwame.
THE MOLE OF DAGOMBA
Loot arriving in Accra after the 1744-45 Asante invasion of Dagomba

included “many Arabic books” (Rømer, (1760) 220). These have not
been found, but several short pieces extant in Dagomba appear to be of
eighteenth century date. P. Ferguson was given access to the corpus of
works belonging to the Mole group, descendents of Sulaymn b. fiAbd
Allh Baghayogho of Timbuktu and his followers who settled in
Dagomba in the mid-seventeenth century. Many of the writings, such as
the Ta√rıkh al-Shaykh Sulaymn, are historical in content, and belong to
the same genre as the early Gonja works in khabar form. The head of
the Mole group is the Yidan Mole, and one of his responsibilities was,
apparently, to record major events. Such works are, for the most part,
readily available to the inquirer. Ferguson, however, describes texts of a
more esoteric nature that she was not permitted to see. Nevertheless,
their contents, were in some cases described to her and had to do with,
inter alia, agriculture, medicine, iron-working, and paper-making
(Ferguson, (1972), xxiv-xxvii, 333-34).
548 CHAPTER TWELVE
ANON
1. Asm√ muslimın fı bb manzil Muliyili

List of 23 heads of the Mole community (to which two have been added
in a later hand), commencing with Mole Sulaymn, Mole Müs and
Mole Büba, with the location of the grave of each. Work copied in 1938
from an older ms. in the library of Yidan Mole Mu˛ammad (d. 1938).
Read on special occasions, including a Mole child’s completion of his or
her Qur√nic education.
MS: Photocopy: Ferguson (1972), Plate 45.
Publ. trans. in Ferguson (1972), 328-9.
AL-˘ASAN b. MU˘AMMAD b. YA˘Y◊, known as Malam al-˘asan

Mole, fl. mid-20th century.
Ferguson (1972), xxiv, 338.
Malam al-˘asan’s grandfather, Ya˛y b. ∑li˛ (d. c. 1891) was 18th
Yidan Mole, and his father, Mu˛ammad (d. 1938) was 20th. Malam al-
˘asan is regarded as a leading authority on the history of the Mole
community, and put together (and edited) at least two collections of
older material from the Mole corpus.
1. al-Qißßa ta√rıkh al-Muslimın fı hdh ’l-zamn

Collection of khabars and other pieces, in 8 ff., compiled by Malam al-
˘asan Mole in 1965. He failed to indicate breaks between one item and
the other, and the following list is highly tentative. Names of authors are
drawn from the text, but again must be regarded as tentative pending a
critical study of the ms.
i) fiABD ALL◊H b. MU∑‡AF◊, Muli Yindi
Eighth Yidan Mole (fl. mid-18th century), and son of sixth Yidan
Mole Muß†af ( Ferguson (1972), 337).
Untitled. Contains an account of the migration of Shaykh Sulaymn
from Timbuktu to Dagomba; of the journey of Ya Na Mu˛ammad
Zangina’s messenger, Na Sigili, to Wagadugu to ask the Moro Naba
to allow the followers (talmidha) of Shaykh Sulaymn to join him
in Dagomba; of the death of many Mole people in Na Sigili’s war
with Gonja; of Yidan Mole Buba’s request that Sigili therefore give
him children to be converted, in replacement of the losses; and of

Buba’s settlement of one of his sons, Ahmed, in Savelugu ( 9° 37’ N
- 0° 9’ W) to become Kore Mole there and to teach the ways of
Islam.
Publ: partial trans. in Ferguson (1972), 103-04, 154-55, 163, 174-75.
ii) NAFAfiU b. YÜNUS

Fifth Yidan Mole and Kamshegu Na (fl. early 18th century), and son
of 4th Yidan Mole (Ferguson (1972), 161-62).
Untitled work stressing the importance of observing the five pillars
of Islam in Moleyili, and advocating the importance of agriculture
and manufacture, with a description of Moleyili, having references,
inter alia, to animal husbandry, crop cultivation, weaving, and iron
smelting.
Partial trans. in Ferguson (1972), 163-64, 165-69.
iii) His son fiABD ALL◊H b. NAFAfiU

Untitled work on the influence of Arabic on the Dagbane language.
Publ. partial trans. in Ferguson (1972), 115.
iv) IDRˆS b. ∑◊LI˘ b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N

Idrıs was 22nd Yidan Mole; his father (fl. mid-nineteenth century)
was the 17th; and his grandfather the 15th (Ferguson, (1972),
337n.).
Khabar jihd basariyyu (sic) wa-Ya Na fiAbd Allh
Account of the campaigns of Ya Na fiAbd Allh (c. 1863-1876)
against the Basari.
v) MU˘AMMAD b. YA˘Y◊ b. ∑◊LI˘

Mu˛ammad (d. 1938) was the 20th Yidan Mole; his father (d. c.
1891) was the 18th; and his grandfather the 17th (Ferguson (1972),
337-8).
Khabar jihd Adibu Daghumba wa’l-Naßrnı
Account of the Dagomba defeat by the Germans at Adibo (9° 18’
N—O° 01’ E) in 1896.
550 CHAPTER TWELVE
vi) ANON
Rajul asm√ Wusifi Tutu
Account of relations between Dagomba and Asante at the time of Ya
Na Gariba and Asantehene Osei Tutu (that is, Osei Kwadwo, 1764-
77).
Publ. trans. in Ferguson (1972), 220-22.
vii) ANON
List of 25 heads of the Mole community, commencing with Mole
Sulaymn. This is a copy, with minor changes, of Asm√ Muslimın fi
bb manzil Muliyili, see above.
MS: Legon, 375.
2. Ta√rıkh al-muslimın fı zamn

A collection of khabars compiled by Malam al-˘asan Mole in 1972.
i) Ta√rıkh al-Shaykh Sulaymn
Also entitled in Dagbane, Yughu Tulani. Account in 3 pp. of the
migration of Sh. Sulaymn b. fiAbd Allh Baghayogho from
Timbuktu to Sabari in Dagomba, at the time of Ya Na Luro (mid-
17th century). Copy made by Malam al-˘asan Mole in 1972 from
an older ms. (Ferguson (1972), 55-59).
MS: Facsimile text in Ferguson (1972), plates 9-11.
Publ. trans.in Ferguson (1972), 60-63.
ii) A further six pages of this manuscript contain accounts of
the Dagomba wars against the Basari in the third quarter of the nine-
teenth century, and of the defeat by the Germans at Adibo in 1896.
MS: NU/Legon, unaccessioned.
THE SAGANUGU
The passage of Saganugu scholars from Mali into the Greater Voltaic
Region has been referred to above. They carried with them teachings of
al-˛jj Slim Suwari, which endorsed a highly liberal attitude in the
matter of the coexistence of Muslims and non-Muslims, while stressing
the importance of sharıfia (Wilks (1999), 103-5). The Tafsır al-Jallayn,
the Muwa††a√ of Imam Mlik, and the Shif√ of Q∂ı fiIy∂ were core
items of the teaching tradition, and throughout the Greater Voltaic
Region virtually all licences to teach these works record sequences of
teachers that converge on the figure of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-
fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-fi◊fı Saganugu (Wilks (1968), 172-6, and
ijzas in MSS: Lrgon, 49, 50, 141-2, 162-3, 175, 232, 296, 338-9, 427,
438-9, 444.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af died in Boron (Ivory Coast), probably in
1190/1776-7. He and his sons are greatly revered. Al-fiAbbs b.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af (d. 1215/1801) became imam of Kong, and his
brothers Safiıd and Ibrhım were successive imams of Bobo-Dioulasso.
These, and at least two other brothers, taught many students who in turn
opened new schools in such centres as Banda ( 8° 10 N - 2° 22’ W),
Bonduku, Buna, and Wa. The achievement of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af
and his sons was to revitalise learning among the Juula. They rejected
jihd as a means of converting non-Muslim peoples, and seem not
actively to have proselytised.
Another, though closely related, branch of the Saganugu moved into
the region of the northern bend of the Black Volta, where the Juula who
called themselves Dafin lived among the autochthonous Bobo, Ko, and
others. Again, they opened new schools and revived the state of lea-
rning. Al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn Saganugu settled in Taslima (13° 37’
N - 4° 05’ W), and his son, Yafiqüb, moved to Safane (12° 08’ N - 3° 13’
W), which in the early nineteenth century was a large town with a Friday
mosque: it was so described in an Arabic route book of the period avail-
able in Kumase for the traveller bound for Jenne (Dupuis (1824), cxxxi).
Among twentieth century Saganugu scholars, Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori
b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır (q.v.) is preeminent. Many of his writings were
historical in character. He tirelessly articulated the tradition that the
Saganugu were descendants of the third caliph fiUthman b. fiAffn, and
chronicled the achievements of Saganugu notables over the centuries.
ANON
1. F√idat ism awliy√Allh

Names of twelve holymen, commencing with al-˛jj Slim Suwari, and
Qur√nic süras associated with them.
552 CHAPTER TWELVE
MSS: NU/Wilks, FN 265 (3 versions); Legon, 164 (variant version; see

NU/Wilks, FN 79).
2. al-Muß†af wa-wulduhu’l-abrr al-kirm

Prayer for the twelve sons of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu.
Numerous copies of this work are extant, and are often carried in the
cover of a person’s Qur√n.
MS: Legon, 446; NU/Wilks FN 181 (English translation of a longer
version with the names of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af’s wives and
daughters, as well as his sons).
3. Nubdha min ta√rıkh al-Umawiyyın

List of Saganugu ancestors, who are sources of baraka.
MS: Niamey, 213 (attrib to al-˛jj Mar˛aba [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori,
q.v.]). This ms. is of Juula provenance. For a similar work of Jahanke
provenance, see Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Curtin, Film 4, no. 20, “Tarikh de
la famille Sakanoko”, which also traces a putative descent from
fiUthmn b. fiAffn.
MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD, fl. 1217/1802-3

NU/Wilks FN 180, 183, 187, 189.
The writer’s grandfather was Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs
Saganugu, who died in Boron (Ivory Coast). His father, Ibrhım, who
died probably in 1241/1825-26, was second imam of Bobo-Dioulasso,
and a younger brother of Imm al-fiAbbs Saganugu of Kong who died 8
Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1215/22 April 1801. The writer’s son, Ibrhım, became
fourth imam of Darsalami, ( 11° 03’ N - 4° 22’ W) and was grandfather
of Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır (q.v.)
1. ∑ifat al-janna wa-m fıh

160 vv., in 15 chapters, written in Jumd I 1217/September 1802.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial infimihı * Wa’l-shukr li’llhi fial
if∂lihı.
MS: Niamey, 189.
MA˘MÜD b. IBR◊HˆM b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊, fl. 1266/1849-50

NU/Wilks FN183, 186, 187.
Ma˛müd was brother of Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-

Muß†af (q.v.). He became seventh imam of Bobo-Dioulasso, but left
there because of the prevalence of the Do cult. He founded Darsalami
(eight miles distant on the Bouake road) in 1266/1849-50, and became
its first imam. When still in Bobo-Dioulasso, he taught Ma˛müd
Karantaw (q.v.), and gave him the Qdiriyya wird.
1. Man÷üma fı asm√ Allh al-˛usn

Opens: Yaqülu fiAbd Allhi najlu sayyidı * Mu˛ammadin dma ˛ubbuhu
li’l-A˛madı.
44 vv. on the 99 names of God.
MS: Niamey, 165(xiv).
MU˘AMMAD FODI MORI b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUNˆR b.

IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ AL-∑AGHˆR b.
IBR◊HˆM al-Sakanüqı al-Umawı, known as al-˘jj Mar˛ab, b. 12
Rabıfi I 1314/21 August 1896, d. 28 Jumd II 1401/3 May 1981
Autobiography in al-Jawhir wa’l-yawqıt, Mawqifi al-a˛dq, and Ta√rıkh al-Islm fı Bübü (for
all of which, see below); Wilks (1968), 193-4; NU/Wilks FN 180-3, 185-9; Interview by JOH with
Munır Imam Wangara, son of Mar˛ab, Accra 25/1/99.
Mar˛ab was descended from the renowned Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b.

al-fiAbbs Saganugu of Boron through his father, but also through his
mother, F†ima, whose father was Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Safiıd b.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af. Mar˛ab’ s paternal grandfather, Ibrhım, who
lived in Kong, started from there on a pilgrimage to Mecca. He was
detained for a time at Sati ( 11° 13’ N - 2° 17’ W), in the Gurensi
country, and required to serve as imam to the convert Sati Musa, who
had fought in the Karantaw jihd and had studied under its leader, al-
˛jj Ma˛müd Karantaw. Sati Müs gave one of his daughters to Ibrhım
as wife. Ibrhım then continued his journey to Sansanne Mango, where
again he was detained by its ruler. He spent several years there, during
which time Sati Musa’ s daughter bore a number of children, the eldest of
whom was Mu˛ammad al-Munır. Ibrhım died in Sansanne Mango
554 CHAPTER TWELVE
before having been given permission to proceed. Imam fiAbbas of Kong

sent people to bring back Ibrhım’s wife and children. This was in
1295/1878. It was decided that they should be sent to Bobo-Dioulasso
and brought up there.
Mar˛ab was born in Bobo-Dioulasso in 1214/1896. He grew up,
however, mainly in his mother’s town, the nearby Darsalami. It is said
that his mother taught him the Arabic alphabet, and that by the age of
eight he had memorised the Qur√n. Mar˛ab’s father, Mu˛ammad al-
Munır, who had become a skilled calligrapher, died in or about
1323/1906-7, and his mother shortly after. Mar˛ab went on to complete
his Qur√nic education, which took just over eight years, under Abü ’l-
fiAbbs A˛mad Saganugu (otherwise known as Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad
al-Wali, and nicknamed Turu Kuru) of Darsalami. For three of these
years he served as his teacher’s secretary. He continued advanced
studies with a number of other teachers, including Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan
b. fiAbd al-Qdir Timiti of Bonduku (q.v.) and al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı
Bakr of Kete Krakye (q.v.). The latter further recommended him to go to
Lokoja (Nigeria) and read rhetoric and the sciences of litigation with his
in-law, Yahüdh b. Safid, a Tijnı shaykh of Zaria (ALA II, 1995, 370),
who was himself a student of Mu˛ammad Salgha, (of Salaga, b.
1288/1871-72, see ALA II, 1995, 260-63).
Subsequently Mar˛ab studied under several scholars in Kumase,
including Mu˛ammad Baªo and Imam fiAbbs al-Mu˛addith; he refers
to al-˛jj A˛mad al-Damanghari [Ba-Damaghari] as his shaykh, and
also names as a teacher al-˛jj fiAli al-Khalıfa, apparently a Tijnı. At
this time, however, Mar˛ab had a Shdhilı wird that had been
transmitted through generations of Saganugu shaykhs from al-˛jj Jibrıl
Kasamasi, (i.e.of the Casamance), and a Qdirı wird that he had taken
from al-˛jj Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan al-Tayra, a Dafin, in 1352/1933-4.
Mar˛ab’s claim to have been made a muqaddam of the Tijniyya by al-
˛jj fiAbd Allh al-Fütı (of the Ahl Jaba Karanbasamu) in 1342/1923-4,
must be in error, perhaps with regard to date.
Mar˛ab left Accra on pilgrimage in 1356-7/1937-8. In Lagos he met
◊dam fiAbd Allh al-Ilürı (see ALA II, 516) and ◊dam Na-Mafiaji (see
ALA II, 317). In N’Djamena (formerly Fort Lamy) he met a number of
prominent Tijnıs, including Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı (ALA II, 404), faqıh
Abü ’l-Qasim, sharıf fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Qasa, and sharıf A˛mad.
Twelve men escorted Mar˛ab to N’Djamena, where he stayed with

Mu˛ammad Ta. An arrangement was made for Mar˛ab to visit the aged
fiAbd al-Mu√min b. A˛mad b. Salm, who claimed to have met al-˛jj
fiUmar b. Safiid al-Fütı in Madina on which occasion they both took a
Tijnı ijza from Mu˛ammad al-Ghlı. Mar˛ab took an ijza from
fiAbd al-Mu√min.
In the ˘ijz Mar˛ab met, among others, Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ [al-
fiAlawı] al-Tijnı, Sh. A˛mad khalıfat al-Fütı, Khadıja al-Shinqı†iyya
(see ALA II, 261), and A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı, who
was leader of the West African Tijani community in Madina (see ALA
II, 265) and from whom he also received an ijza.
In 1945 he moved back to Upper Volta [Burkina Faso], going first to
Bora (or Boara, 11° 02’ N—2° 36’ W) and then Bobo-Dioulasso. In
1948 he returned to Accra, first to New Town [Lagos Town] where he
built a house, and then to Nima in 1950. He gave sessions of tafsır in the
mosques of Nima, Mamobi, New Town, Adabraka, etc. In 1954 he
initiated mawlid ceremonies in Accra. In 1958 he returned to Bobo-
Dioulasso and taught there, and initiated mawlid ceremonies in 1960. He
also built a school in Darsalami and a mosque in Bamuko (10° 56’ N—
3° 20’ W). For the remainder of his life he divided his time between
Bobo-Dioulasso and Accra, and it is in this latter city that his sons still
live, though his library remains in Bobo-Dioulasso.
1. al-Ahliyya
A treatise on Arabic pronouns written for the students of the Ahliyya
School, Nima, Accra. Dated 10 Mu˛arram 1375/28 August 1955.
MS: Niamey, 165(xviii)
2. Ajwiba
Brief responses to thirty questions.
MS: Niamey, 165(viii).
3. Ajwiba fı ’l-lugha
Responses to questions from his student Abü Bakr al-Ramaka al-
Bunduqı (q.v.) about quinquiliterals.
MS: Niamey, 165 (xiii).
556 CHAPTER TWELVE
4. Ajwiba man÷üma
Responses to questions concerning the muftı and ijtihd in 20 vv.
MS: Niamey, 165(xxi).
5. Ass al-ta√rıkh
MS: Niamey, 1515 (129 ff. with photo portrait of Sh. Mar˛ab and
second photo with Boubou Hama and others).
6. Asn ’l-ma†lib li-fiulam√ al-maktib

Lexicon of words of feminine or common gender. Completed 9 Dhü ’l-
˘ijja 1384/11 April 1965.
MS: Niamey, 162 (foll. by 1 f. in prose and verse on shurü† al-imma,
dated 25 Shawwl 1384/27 February 1965).
7. al-Bayn li’l-khßß wa’l-fimm fı a˛km al-fiaqıqa wa’l-janza

wa’l-nik˛ wa’l-zakt mimm ßa˛˛a fian al-ajilla al-afilm
Written in Wagadugu 28 Jumd II 1383/15 November 1963. At the end
is a small treatise on Mar˛ab’s isnds for ˛adıth and other Islamic
sciences, and a list of students and books they studied with him.
MS: Legon, 465. [This contains a group photo with Mar˛ab and a
portrait photo of him, and is said to have been published in
mimeographed form by his son-in-law al-˛jj fiUthmn al-Imm al-
Watari [i.e. al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo, (q.v.), Legon, Accra.]
8. Dhkirat al-ßli˛ın wa-†arıqat al-muttaqın

Introduced by his son Mu˛ammad al-Munır, it consists of extracts of
Mar˛aba’s al-Muqaddima al-Kubr, mainly concerning matters of ßalt.
Completed 9 Shawwl 1388/29 December 1968.
9. Fat˛ al-˘annn al-Mannn fı akhbr al-Südn

This is largely derived from such well-known sources as the Ta√rıkh al-
südan of al-Safidı (q.v.) and the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh of Ma˛müd Kafiti/Ibn
al-Mukhtr (q.v.).
MS: Niamey, 108(i) [344 pp.].
10. Fiqh Wagadugu fı muhimmt al-Islm

First item in a collection of nine small items of personal fiqh, together
having the title al-Mas√il al-fiqhiyya allatı yajib al-maßır ilayh li-
ßi˛˛at al-a˛dıth bih.
11. Ghazl al-ma†y fı mad˛ al-mamdü˛ al-˛aqıqı

Poem in 18. vv. Opens: Y ghdiyan yafilü ’l-sinda fa-ballighan *
Salgh wa-sal fian jıratı salm
MS: Niamey, 165(xvii).
12. Ikhtilf rijlt

Account of the jihd of al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw of
Wahbü. This is a recension of an older work closely related to the
anonymous Mas√ala fiind al-rajulayn, see below; Wilks (1989), 100-
103.
MS: Legon, 77; NU/Wilks FN 268.
Publ. trans. Martin (1966), 72-6. Al-Naqar (1972), 121-22.
13. al-Jadwal al-mar∂iya fı a˛km al-nün al-skina wa’l-tanwın

rasman wa-talaffu÷an
Treatise on the tanwın in Qur√nic calligraphy and tajwıd.
MS: Niamey, 118 (according to which it was published in Cairo: M.
Zammız).
14. al-Jawhir wa’l-yawqıt fi dukhül al-Islm al-maghrib mafia ’l-

tawqıt
Materials on the spread of Islam in West Africa, with particular
reference to the role of the Saganugu. Compiled in 1963 for the
information of Ivor Wilks.
MSS: Legon, 246, with English trans. by Sal˛ Ibrhım; NU/Wilks FN
179; trans. only, NU/Hunwick, 481.
15. K. al-thr li-qa†fi akdhıb al-akhbr

On the history of Islam in Bobo-Dioulasso. Completed 19 Mu˛arram
1389/6 April 1969.
MS: Niamey, 108(xii).
558 CHAPTER TWELVE
16. Mawqifi al-a˛dq fial ’l-˛aq√iq allatı ˛awhu hdhihi ’l-awrq

History of the Watara of Kong and of other West African polities. It
opens with an autobiography of the author. See also no. 24 and 27
below.
17. al-Muqaddima al-kubr

Known as yet only through the extracts from it in Dhakhırat al-ßli˛ın,
the work is apparently on the application of fiqh in the acts of personal
obligation. His son Munır says there is a copy in the family library in
Bobo-Dioulasso.
18. Nubdha fıh asm√ al-˛jj Askiy wa-muddat khilfatihim wa-

fiadad al-masjid allatı buniyat fı fiahdih
No attribution to Sh. Mar˛ab. A confused piece about the askiyas of
Songhay and blocks (libna) of adobe they sent out to found other
mosques. Said to have been originally written in 985/1577-8, and a new
copy made [by Sh. Mar˛aba] in 1342/1904-5.
MS: Niamey, 110.
19. Nubdha min akhbr Bıghü

Completed 11 Rajab 1383/27 November 1963.
MS: Niamey, 165(xvi).
20. Qaß√id
i) Q. dliyya: Il Mawl ’l-war ’l-Mannni ashkü * ∑urüf al-
dahri fiammat fı ’l-bild
29 vv. A response to Imam fiAlı al-Gambarı, described as the
greatest student of [al-˛jj] fiUmar al-Kabawı, concerning
disputes among Tijnıs, especially about the wird. Completed 1
Mu˛arram 1386/22 April 1966.
MS: Niamey, 165(vi).
ii) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-ßalt bi’l-kamlı * fiAl
rasül Allhi wa-s√ir al-lı
iii) Q. r√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlım al-Khabırı *
Mudabbir al-ashy√i wa’hw al-Qadırü
Poem in praise of Sh. Bako al-Tnü who had studied with

Mar˛ab, completed 6 Jumd I 1351/7 September 1932.
MS: Niamey, 165(vii), followed by a number of short pieces of
prose and verse, including one concerning a dispute over marital
abandonment (raffi al-fiißma) involving a Lebanese.
21. Qa†fi alsinat al-mutashayyikhın wa’l-mur√ın wa-ib†l al-˛ujaj li’l-

mul˛idın fı fiaq√idihim al-fsida wa-taqrırtihim al-m√ila fian al-salaf
al-ßli˛
A defence of ∑üfism, and especially of the Tijniyya, completed on 15
Shafibn 1385/8 December 1965. At the end the author has a note on his
Tijnı affliation. See also item 23 below.
MS: Niamey, 165(v).
22. Qitfia fı ’l-wu∂ü√ wa’l-tayammum

MS: Niamey, 165(xx).
23. al-Tamyız wa’l-taf∂ıl bayn al-wfidın wa’l-˛ujjj

In text it is called Rislat al-ri˛la al-thlitha. On the pilgrimage to
Mecca with a list of 11 men and 11 women who accompanied him.
Copy has his stamp in Arabic dated 1390/1970-1.
MS: Niamey, 1123.
24. Tanbıh al-mustafıd min ba˛r fa∂l Allh al-mufıd fial ’l-
mustarshidın
Defence of Sufism, dated 17 Mu˛arram 1385/19 May 1965. See also
item 21 above.
MS: NU/Wilks FN 179.
25. Ta√rıkh al-Watariyyın wa-bafi∂ mamlik al-Südn al-Faransı wa-

ghayrih wa-fiulam√ al-bild
History of the Watara of Kong and other Sudanic kingdoms in 255 pp.
MS: Niamey, 116.
26. Ta√rıkh al-fiilm

Notes on the history of Ancient Ghana and the revival of its name by Dr
Kwame Nkrumah for the Republic of Ghana. The author refers to
560 CHAPTER TWELVE
histories by al-˛jj Sammu Silla and al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Saganugu in

Ganwi (8° 11’ N - 7° 51’ W). Followed by a plea to “scholars of Arabic
and English culture” to “correct” their books before publishing them.
Dated 8 Rabıfi I 1385/7 July 1965.
MS: NU/Wilks FN189, Appendix II.
27. Ta√rıkh al-Islm fi Bübü

History of Islam in the Bobo country in 68 pp., with much background
material on the spread of Islam in West Africa in general, and an
emphasis on the role of the Saganugu in this. Completed on 15
Mu˛arram 1383/8 June 1963.
MSS: NU/Wilks FN 189, Appendix I.
28. Ta√rıkh mamlik al-Watariyyın min Ghum

A history of Kong and its Watara rulers. Mu˛ammad Mar˛ab studied
under Abü Bakr b. al-Hasan b. fiAbd al-Qdir al-Timiti (q.v.). One of his
fellow students was Mu˛ammad al-Amın, known as Karamoko Turi (d.
c. 1945 in Wa), who had in his possession a ta√rıkh from the library of
his father, Karamoko Dugutigi Kulibali of Kong. The Ta√rıkh mamlik
al-Watariyyın is Mu˛ammad Mar˛ab’s recension of this older text.
MSS: Legon, 454 (with draft trans.); NU/Wilks FN 188.
29. Ta√rıkh mulük bild Müshi wa-a˛wlihim

Brief history of Mossi rulers. A rewriting of a history of the Mossi found
with al-˛jj Müs Kunkü, chief pilgrim officer in Wagadugu. Written on
17 Jumd I 1383/5 October 1963.
Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in Niamey, 111).
See also Risla munıfa fı ußül bild Müshı by al-˛jj Müs Kunkü b. Sh.
A˛mad al-Barnwı al-Yamnı, apparently a different rewriting of the
same history by al-Muftı (presumably Mar˛ab), dated 10 Jumd I
1383/28 September 1963; it is followed by a Mossi king-list. MS:
Legon, 350, 429. See also Levtzion (1968), 169, n. 7.
30. Tash†ır qaßıdat Mu˛ammad al-Watarı

Tash†ır of Tahdhıb raw∂ al-qinfia of Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı
al-Bunduqı (q.v.) in 358. vv. Opens: Qul y khalılu li-shni√in murr√ı *
La-a˛madanna ilhı shukra al√ı.
MS: Niamey, 165(ix), 321 (with stamp “M.M. ALMOFTIE KIMBERLY

AVENUE ACCRA”).
31. Tatimma fı dhikr amthila †abaqat al-mujtahidın al-thaltha min

s√ir al-madhhib al-arbafia
Not specifically stated to be by Mar˛ab, but forms part of a corpus of
mainly his writings. It appears to be a comment on two verses, the first
of which is: Kullu fiilm in fa-lahu mujtahidü * fiAlayhi fı taqrırihi
yufitamadü
MS: Niamey, 165(xv).
32. fiUmdat al-mukhbir il ßift ahl al-kufr

Brief guide to various heretical sects. Completed 13 Jumd II 1389/26
August 1969.
MS: Niamey, 165(i).
33. Urjüza: Wa’l-˛amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ajlalı * Thumma ’l-ßaltu

mukammilan li’l-rusulı
Sh. Mar˛ab’s first attempt at verse, written 1349/1930-1.
MS: Niamey, 337.
34. Urjüza fı ’l-khunth al-mushkil

Dated 1373/1953-4. 6 vv. as a response to a question on the
“problematic hermaphrodite”.
MS: Niamey, 341.
35. Waßiyya man÷üma

15. vv. of advice. Each line is prefaced by the words Qultu li—’I said
to’. Opens: [Qultu li-man yurıdu istifibd al-ns] A˛sin il ’l-nsi
tastafibid qulübahum * Fa-†lam istafibad al-insn al-i˛snu
Dated 30 Rabıfi I 1389/15 June 1969.
MS: Niamey, 165 (xix).
36. Untitled
Simplified treatment of poetic metre and rhyme.
MS: Legon, 430.
562 CHAPTER TWELVE
37. Untitled
Listing of the section headings of the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı, and the
number of ˛adıths to be found under each heading, with a short
introduction stressing the importance for students of fiqh to have a deep
knowledge of the sources of fiqh, especially ˛adıth, a field which has
generally been neglected.
MS: Legon, 434.
THE BAMBA OF BANDA
The Bamba of Banda (a town in west-central Ghana, known in Juula as

Fugala) claim descent from the Bamba imams of Bighu (Begho), the
Juula emporium that was destroyed by internecine struggles in the early
eighteenth century. Ya˛y, son of the last imam, Ma˛müd Bamba, is
said to have resettled in Banda. The figure of Sh. fiUmar Banda is much
revered by the Banda fiulam√, and his descent from one of the last
Bighu imams is given as fiUmar b. Sulaymn b. Abı Bakr b. Ma˛müd b.
fiUthmn b. Ya˛y b. Imam Ma˛müd (NU/Wilks FN 73). His reputation
rests largely upon the fact that, as it is said, “he had been to the
Saganugu for learning” (NU/Wilks FN 237). The Bamba provide imams
for Banda, Mengye (7° 56’ N—2° 23’ W), and Wenchi.
fiUMAR b. SULAYM◊N al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı, sometimes known as

fiUmar Banda
For isnds, NU/Wilks FN 36; MS Legon, 39; Wilks (1968), 196.
fiUmar Banda studied under al-˛jj al-Sanüsı al-‡ürı of Lokoso (10°

19’N—3° 40 W), whose teacher was Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af
Saganugu of Bobo-Dioulasso.
Sh. fiUmar’s students included his son Mu˛ammad (see below), and
Safiıd Bamba, who became imam of Banda. Sh. fiUmar is said earlier to
have been imam of Banda, and a Tijnı.
1. Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mukarram * Wa-shukrun li’llh

i’l-mufia÷÷am
All attributions of this poem to fiUmar Banda are oral. The mss. give no
indication of authorship.
MSS: Legon, 92, 103, 150, 157.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR b. SULAYM◊N al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı

sometimes also al-Bbı), fl. 1264/1848
NU/Wilks, FN 73.
Son of the preceding author. The writings of Mu˛ammad are often

attributed to his father.
1. Hidyat al-asfiad
Poem in praise of the Prophet and celebrating his names in 211 vv.
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ’l-amr lana tamah [*] had bi-man
sammhu asm ’l-anm.
MS: Legon, 87.
2. Mawhüb al-Mannn
Verse composition of about 400 vv. Completed 2 Rama∂n 1264/12 July
1848. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mhid lan ghabr√ * Wa-anzala
fialayn min al-sam√i m√.
MS: Legon, 68 (attrib. by fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo (q.v.) to fiUmar
Banda), 91, 460; Niamey, 309.
3. Q. fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya

Opens: Bi’smi khliqi ˛liqin raßfiu ˛ulalı.
MS: Legon, 337(iii). Pt. ii of this ms. contains Takh. al-qaßıda al-
Shaqr†ısiyya by a certain Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı; see also
p. 664 below.
4. Shif√ al-ghalıl
See note by Mu˛ammad Mar˛ab to MS: Niamey, 200.
5. Tadhyıl wa-takhmıs li-qaßıdat al-Badamßı al-‡√ı

Opens: Shakaytu li-fiumrı li-far†i fıhi tafarra† * Wa-m shnat fıhi min
wfiri takhalla†.
MS: Niamey, 200.
564 CHAPTER TWELVE
AL-˘ASAN, Imam of Wenchi
1. Letter written on behalf of the people of Wenchi to those of Banda

(Fugula), warning them against two ghulm who had just left Wenchi on
their way to Banda. They were presumably followers of Mahdı Müs,
some of whom entered northern Asante in 1905 (see Goody (1970), 151;
Wilks (1989), 152-5)
MS: Legon, 391.
SAfiˆD b. fiABD ALL◊H b. MÜS◊ b. D◊WÜD al-Banbawı al-Fugalwı

al-Sansanı al-Wnkawı al-Damtrikurawı
1. Notes on two shaykhs: al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. Imam Safiıd and

Shehu b. Yafiqüb. The former is independently known to have studied
tafsır under his father, Safiıd, imam of Banda, who had himself studied
under fiUmar Bamba; see the isnds in Legon, 439, and Wilks (1968),
196.
MS: Legon, 357.
THE TARAWIRI [TRAORE] OF WA
Wa emerged in the seventeenth century as a small pluralistic state, with

secular power shared between warlords of Mande, Dagomba, and
Mamprusi origins, and religious authority exercised by a clerical group
also of Mande origin. The founders of the latter were Yüsuf and his
brother Yafimuru Tarawiri (or Traoré), who came from Ja (or Dia) in the
southwest of the Middle Niger flood-plain. Most of the imamates in Wa
and the surrounding towns and villages are held by descendants of
Yafimuru Tarawiri.
Saganugu influence brought about a major renewal of learning in Wa
in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century, particularly
associated with the eleventh imam of Wa, Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir, a
great-grandson of Yafimuru Tarawiri. Many of the writings of the Wa
fiulam√ are historical in character, having to do with the constitutional
relations of the various communities that make up the state. There are
also traces of an older Mande griot tradition that may have been carried
south by the Mande warlords in the period of Mali’s decline.
There was substantial Hausa immigration into Wa in the nineteenth

century. Hausa became commonly used, side by side with Arabic, for
literary purposes even by the Juula (Tarawiri) scholars.
SAfiˆD b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR b. MU˘AMMAD Tarawiri, fl. late 18th -

early 19th century.
Wilks (1989), 35-6, 76-7, 102-3. NU/Wilks FN 52, 53.
fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad was sixth Imam of Wa. Safiıd was sent to
school in Kong. He is said to have spent twelve years there, and latterly
to have studied under fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu (d.
1801). Returning to Wa, he founded the Tamarimuni ward, and opened a
school in it. He served as eleventh Imam of Wa, probably in the 1830s,
and came to be regarded as one of the renewers of Islam there (mujaddid
dın al-Islm).
1. al-Akhbar sal†anat bild Wa

Work on the history of Wa with particular reference to the origins of the
Muslim communities. This copy was made from an old and deteriorating
ms., in the 1920s, by Safiıd’s grandson, Safiıd b. A˛mad.
MS: Legon, 298.
ABÜ, known as Malam Abü, fl. late-19th century.

Wilks (1993), 219-21.
Malam Abü belonged to Yeri Nayiri, a Muslim section of Wa

comprising “warriors” rather than “scholars”. He was directly involved
in the upheavals of the late nineteenth century that resulted from the
intrusions of first the Zabarima and then Samori into the Volta basin. In
or about 1914 Dr. J. F. Corson, Medical Officer in Wa, encouraged
Malam Abü to record his recollections of the period. He did so in the
form of three hundred and sixteen tales (labarin) in Hausa, which he
probably dictated to a scribe. Malam Abü was also one of the principal
informants of Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila b. Yafiqüb (q.v.).
1. Labarin Zabaramawa
History of Zabarima activities in the Volta basin under Alfa Hano,
Gazari, and Babatu, in 139 pp.
566 CHAPTER TWELVE
MS: London (SOAS), acc. no. Hausa 98017.

Publ. Partial trans. in Pilaszewicz (1991); full facsimile text and trans. in
Pilaszewicz (1992), 72-111, 125-205, but see review byWilks in SAJHS,
iv (1993), 213-22.
2. Labarin Shamuri
Account of the campaigns of Almami Samori, ending with his capture
by the French, in 182 pp.
MS: London (SOAS), Hausa 98017.
IBR◊HˆM b. MÜS◊, d. c.1930.

Wilks (1989), 32, 121-22; NU/Wilks FN 149.
Ibrhım was from Bornu by origin, but resided in Kano before moving
to Wa. He was one of the founders of the Wa Zongo at the end of the
nineteenth century, and was given the title Sambada Na (“chief of the
strangers”) by the Wa Na. He became imam of the Hausa mosque.
1. al-Akhbr Wala kasamu

Hausa work on the position of the Balume tendaanba, “landowners”, in
Wa, written at their request probably c. 1900.
MS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 1428 of 1959; Legon, 21, 45.
Publ. trans. by Pilaszewicz (1970), and sections by Wilks (1989), 33-5.
2. al-Akhbr Samuru
Historical notes in Hausa on Wa during the Samorian period, written c.
1900.
MSS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 261 of 1961 (photocopy in Legon, 20).
IS˘◊Q b. fiUTHM◊N DABILA b. YAfiQUB, known as Malam Isaka,

b. 1860s, d. 7 Rajab 1350/18 November 1931.
Wilks (1989), 36, 47-60, 150, 156, 161-64, 172-73; NU/Wilks FN 112.
Belonged to the Dzedzedeyiri section of Wa Limamyiri, which had been
founded by his grandfather, Yafiqub b. fiAbd al-Qdir, twelfth Wa imam.
His father, fiUthmn Dabila, was first Friday Imam of Wa, and Is˛q
was to become the fourth. He was a dominant figure in Wa politics for
three decades, and his advice was greatly valued by the colonial
administrators. His historical writings were of major importance in

clarifying consitutional relations between the various estates of the Wala
polity. He had, however, an agenda of his own, and did much to
consolidate Muslim authority there. One of Is˛q’s major informants
was Malam Abü (q.v.).
1. Ta√rıkh ahl Tariwari min Mandi

Account of a migration of Tarawiri (Traoré) from Kangaba in Mali,
through Lanfiera (12° 59’ N—3° 25’ W) and Busse (13° 06’N—3° 23’
W), to Wa, and of the foundation of two Muslim sections of Wa, Yeri
Nayiri and Limamyiri. Written c. 1922, copy made 1964.
2. Ta√rıkh ahl Wala

History of the movement of the Dagomba and Mamprusi into Wala, in
three chapters with a fourth giving a king-list. Written 1922.
MS: Legon, 152, with trans. by N. Levtzion.
3. Magana Wala
Hausa version of item 2 above. It is likely, but not certain, that the
Hausa is a translation from the Arabic.
MS: Legon, 152.
Publ. text in Pilaszewicz (1969), 68-74, trans. 56-64.
4. Ta√rıkh al-Muslimın
History of the various Muslim migrations into Wa, in five chapters.
Written 1922.
MS: Legon, 152, with trans. by Levtzion.
5. Magana Muslimi na daurri

Hausa version of the above. Dated 1922.
MS: Legon, 152.
Publ. text in Pilaszewicz (1969), 68-71, trans., 65-7.
6. A Detachment Order Book of the Northern Territories Council. It is
inscribed, “Dec. 1922. This book is given to Malam Isaka on condition
he writes the History of the Walas in it in Hausa”, and signed P. J.
Whittall, D.C. Wa. Is˛q used it as a scrapbook, copying into it several
568 CHAPTER TWELVE
short works in both Arabic and Hausa, and miscellanea. He seldom gave
any indication of authorship, but there is little doubt that some items
were copies of older mss., some report his own experiences, and some
record the oral testimony of aged members of the Wa community. The
principal items are as follows:
i) (p. 5) al-Akhbr Sarki Safu Buli
Account in Hausa of the involvement of Bolewura Safo in the
struggle for the Gonja paramountcy (1820s).
ii) (p. 6) al-Akhbr Zabarima
Account in Hausa of Wa negotiations with the Zabarima
MS: photocopy in Wilks (1989), 104).
iii) (p. 7) al-Akhbr sarauta Wa
Account in Hausa of the arrival of Saliya in Wa, and the origins of
the gate system.
iv) (p. 8) al-Akhbr Samuri daga mutanen Wa
Account in Hausa of negotiations between the Wala and Samori, and
of the attack on the Dagari (photocopy: Wilks (1989), 121).
v) (pp. 9-10) al-Akhbr Samuri daga mutanen Wa. Account in
Hausa of deteriorating relations between the Samorians and
Zabarima in Wala, with references to British intervention.
vi) (p. 12-13) al-Akhbr sal†anat bild Wa
On the origins of the office of Wa Na, with a list of its occupants
(photocopy: Wilks (1989), 39). This is probably Is˛q b. fiUthmn
Dabila’s recension of the anonymous work of the same title (q.v.).
vii) (p. 14) al-Akhbr sarauta Wa
List in Hausa of the occupants of the “skin” (i.e. seat of chieftancy)
of Wa.
viii) Pp. 15-16 contain the text of a letter from Na Pelpuo III of
Wa to King George V of Great Britain, probably composed by Is˛q
b. fiUthmn Dabila.
MS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 1427 of 1959 (photocopy in Legon, 22).
∑IDDˆQ b. fiABD AL-MU√MIN b. MU˘AMMAD ZAYD Tarawiri, b.

c. 1902
Wilks (1989), 73, 93-5.
Mu˛ammad Zayd of Tamarimuni was the third Friday Imam of Wa.
∑iddıq b. fiAbd al-Mu√mim became the sixth in 1951.
1. Ibtid√ dın Wa fı fim 875 il fim 1382

Brief account of three renewers of Islam in Wa, over three centuries,
with the implication that a fourth is due. Written in its present form in
1963.
MSS: Legon, 18; trans. in NU/Wilks FN 124.
Publ. facsimile in Wilks (1989), 94.
ANON
1. Ta√rıkh tadhkirat al-immiyyın fi bildin Wa

Account of the descent of the first Imam of Wa, Yafimuru Tarawiri, with
a list of his successors in office down to Imam Safiıd b. ˘mid (on
whose orders it was written, in 1963). See Wilks (1989), 60-61
MSS: Legon, 151; NU/Wilks FN 145.
2. al-Akhbr sal†anat bild Wa

On the origins of the office of Wa Na, with a list of its occupants.
Closely related to the work of the same title, see above under Is˛q b.
fiUthmn Dabila b. Yafiqüb. See Wilks (1989), 36-40; see also a work of
same title by Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad Tarawiri, p. 565
above.
MSS: Legon, 151; NU/Wilks FN 145.
Publ. text in Wilks (1989), 38.
3. Brief note on the Mande dispersion, with particular reference to the

migration of al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn to Wa. Copy made in 1964 by
al-˛jj ∑iddıq b. Safiıd of Wa; see NU/Wilks FN 52, 53.
MSS: Legon, 297.
Publ. trans. in Wilks (1989), 61.
570 CHAPTER TWELVE
4. Brief account of the origins of the Sisako of Wa Jangbeyiri (see

NU/Wilks FN 147).
MS: Legon, 443.
5. Dhikr li’l-imm Takriyyün

List of the Tarawiri (Takara, Traoré, etc.) imams of Wa from the first,
Yafimuru, to the twenty-fifth, Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım (d. 1951), with a
prayer in the name of each, marginal notes on their ancestry, and later
additions on four successors.
MS: Legon, 296. Many such lists circulate in Wa, for which see further,
MSS Legon, 17, 22 (p. 3), 46, 61, 343, 383, 447.
6. Asnıd al-Qur√n
Certification for the completed study of Tafsır al-Jalalayn given to Abü
Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Mu√min Takari [Tarawiri] of Wa by his father,
Mu√min b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir Takari,
with a chain of teachers extending through the Timiti of Bonduku and
the Saganugu of Kong to al-˛jj Slim Suwari. For Safiıd b. fiAbd al-
Qdir, see above, p. 565.
All Wa Muslims who have completed study of Tafsır al-Jallayn own
such certificates, see Wilks (1989), 95-98 and NU/Wilks FN 69, 141,
154, 157; Legon, 444.
THE TIMITI AND WATARA OF BONDUKU
In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries Bonduku was the major

northwestern trade outlet for the Bron kingdom of Gyaman and the
Asante kingdom to which it was tributary. The commercial importance
of Bonduku owed much to the resettlement of Juula there, after the final
collapse of the older emporium of Bighu in the early eighteenth century.
The Bonduku imamate was initially held by the Kamaghatay, under the
protection of the Gyaman ruler, the Gyamanhene. Subsequently the
imamate was transferred to the Timiti, and the first Timiti imam, Sheku
fiAbd al-Qdir (usually known as Sheku Timiti), held office probably in
the late eighteenth century. His son Mu˛ammad, who become second
imam, studied under Is˛q Saganugu, and four of fiAbd al-Qdir’s
grandchildren were educated by Watara and Kunatay teachers holding

licences from the Saganugu. It seems, then, that the transfer of the
imamate from Kamaghatay to Timiti had something to do with the
Saganugu renewal.
The Watara of Bighu resettled in both Bonduku and, some ninety
miles to its north, in Buna, where they established a school that became
renowned. In the early nineteenth century fiAbd Allh b. al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Watara presided over it. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım
appears on ijzas for Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ as a student
of Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Ibrhım Saganugu, who was third imam of
Bobo-Dioulasso, and as teacher of (inter alios) Ibrhım Timiti, who
became imam of Bonduku [see, e.g., MS: Legon, 163, and NU/Wilks
FN 190). In the mid-nineteenth century Barth referred to Buna as “a
place of great celebrity for its learning and its schools”.1
fiABB◊S KAMAGHATAY, known as Karamoko fiAbbs, fl. early 19th

century
1. Isnd al-südn
A mnemonic summary of griot tradition, principally to do with the
southern movement of the Watara to Bighu (or Begho). The only known
ms. is held in a village now part of Bonduku, and is considered so
important that it has its own “secretary” who is responsible for the
preservation of the ms. and its interpretation. The verbal attribution to
fiAbbs, is credible, see NU/Wilks FN 71.
MS: Legon, 79.
SAfiˆD b. M◊LIK, al-Timitı, known as Imam Kunandi, b. c. 1858, d. c.

1925.
Delafosse (1910): 188-90; Tauxier (1921): 75; Marty (1922): 221-23.
Studied Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ under Bonduku imam
Ismfiıl b. Mu˛ammad Timiti [see, e.g. MS:Legon, 339, and NU/Wilks,
FN 190]. He became muqaddam for the Qdiriyya, and was made imam
1
H. Barth (1965) iii, 496. He spells Buna as Góna, the actual pronunciation being
Gbuna.
572 CHAPTER TWELVE
of Bonduku in 1897, a post which he held until his death. Among his
students were Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım
al-Tımı (q.v.).
1. “Lettre pastorale”.
Letter addressed to the Timiti, reviewing the advantages of French rule
and urging support for them against the Germans and Turks. Dated
1333/18 June 1915.
Publ. trans. by Bokhari Nacef, in Marty (1922), 488-89.
ABÜ BAKR b. AL-˘ASAN (or AL-˘USAYN) b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR b.

MU˘AMMAD b. AL-SHAYKH al-Timi†ı, known as Fa-Bakari, and as
Karamoko Sabruni, d. 1959.
Tauxier (1921), 271, note; Holden (1969), 97, 100-104.
Abü Bakr’s grandfather was fourth Timiti imam of Bonduku, son of the
second imam and grandson of the first. His father, however, had not
aspired to the imamate due to a physical infirmity, but put Abü Bakr
through an intensive course of studies completed, it is said, in
1303/1885-6. Among his teachers was Safiıd b. Mlik al-Timitı (q.v.),
who became eighth Timiti imam in 1897, and was met by Delafosse in
1901 and Marty in c. 1922. Abü Bakr also studied under al-˛jj ∑li˛ b.
Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı al-Tijnı (q.v.). Abü Bakr’s students included
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Timi†ı (q.v.), Mu˛ammad b.
Yafiqüb al-Watarı (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-
Munır (q.v.). He was a Tijnı (see MS: Legon, 457).
1. Bridat al-˛uzün mafia kawnih kathırat al-lu˛ün.

Elegy for his teacher al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı (q.v.).
Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-Fard al-Qadıri fı ’l-azal * Sub˛nahu lahu ’l-
umüru fı ’l-uwal
MS: Legon, 224 (inc., contains 33 vv.).
Publ. Facsimile text and trans. in Muhammad (1974), 265-9.
2. Maqßüra
Satirical poem in 28 vv., admonishing religious and moral shortcomings
(see Muhammad (1977), 252n). Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yaq∂ı
fial * fiIbdihi m sh√a jalla wa-fial. A note says the poem was
drafted in w-m-s-sh (1346/1927-8) and revised in j-n-s-sh (1353/1934-
5).
MS: Legon, 230.
3. Q. fiayniyya: A-l fa-hal man yamurru jnib al-Jazfiı * Il ’lfiAqıqi

fa-Dhı ’l-majzi fa’l-Salfiı
24 vv. in praise of the Prophet.
MS: Legon, 153.
4. Q. lmiyya: ∑af fiilmu man ˛ajja fı rayfashül * Bi-minkhli fa∂l al-

Mannn al-qubül
76 vv. in praise of al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı (q.v.). The year
rayfashül is 1326/1908. The poem was composed in 1353/1934-5.
MS: Legon, 229.
5. Tadhkira li’l-nsı fian al-waq√ifi li’l-nsı

Poem on late nineteenth century events in Bonduku, with references to
Samori and the coming of the Christians (i.e. Europeans). Opens: al-
˘amdu li-mukawwir al-duhürı * Wa-munbit al-ashjri wa’l-zuhürı.
MS: Legon, 247; Niamey, 165(x).
Publ. Text and trans. in Muhammad (1974, 258-64) & (1977).
6. Takhmıs al-Burda
Takh. of the Burda of al-Büßırı. A cover note to the Niamey ms. says
that he concealed his authorship lest his shaykh, al-˛jj ∑li˛ b.
Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı, might be vexed. The shaykh discovered his
student’s game, but allowed him to recite it after some corrections.
Opens: M blu qalbika l yanfakku dh ’l-alamı * Mudh bna ahl al-
˛im wa’l-bnı wa’l-fialamı.
MS: Niamey, 463.
MU˘AMMAD b. YAfiQÜB al-Watarı al-Bunduqı, Badr al-Dın,

b. 1312/1894-5
Note by Sh. Mar˛ab on MS: Niamey, 339
Born in Bonduku, he was taught there by Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd

al-Qdir al-Timitı (q.v.). He subsequently studied under al-˛jj ∑li˛ b.
574 CHAPTER TWELVE
Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Jawanı al-Tijnı (q.v.) in Wenchi. He settled

in Barabo and was still living there in 1977.
1. Durrat al-than√ fial jabın al-kuram√

100vv. in praise of al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı (q.v., d.
1351/1932-3), and al-˛jj Mu˛ammad and their families. Opens: Sha√nı
bi-˛ubb al-kirm al-ghurri mushtahirü * Da√b an wa-qalbı bi-ahl al-fiilmi
muzdahirü
MSS: Legon, 95, 355.
2. al-Lu√lu√ al-masbük fı ta√rıkh al-Bundük

History and description of Bonduku in 133 vv. Written in 1351/1932-3.
Opens: Anshidan y mu√arrikhan li’l-anmı * Na÷ma ta√rıkhin bi-˛usni
ni÷mı
MS: Niamey, 338.
3. Q. r√iyya: A-l y jamfiata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tünı li-alaqin

†ar
Poem sent to al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-
Munır, q.v.] to congratulate him and other returning pilgrims. Not dated
but would have been written in 1363/1941.
MS: Niamey, 165(xi).
4. Q. r√iyya: A-l fa’r˛al ß˛ibayya li-an nar * Ghazlan fiarnı

†ayfuhu fnı√ al-kir
MS: Niamey, 339.
5. Q. al-˛amma
Opens: A-l y ˛ammata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tıni li-ilfin †ar. Poem
in 184 vv. sent to al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b.
Mu˛ammad al-Munır, q.v.] in Accra in 1360/1941; cf. item 3 above.
MS: Niamey, 323.
6. Raw∂ al-qinfia
Opens: Qul y khalılu li-shni√in murr√ı * Inna ’l-qinfia malbası wa-
rid√ı. Known only through the tash†ır by al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad
Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır] (q.v.).
MSS: Niamey, 165 (ix), 303, 321.
7. Tarbıfi abyt al-˛jj ∑li˛

Rendering in quatrains of the poem of al-˛jj ∑li˛. al-Jawanı (q.v.)
Opens: Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Ra√ısuhum wa’l-†ayru
mushbih al-˛ajalı
MS: Legon, 90.
MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-Tımı al-Qdirı al-Azharı, known as

Alhaji Qudus, b. 1300/1882-3, d. September 1988
Debrunner (1961); Wilks (1968), 188; Holden (1968a), interview 14-15 March 1968; Holden
(1969), 103-4.
Born in Bonduku, he was taught the Qur√n by Karamoko Kunandi

Timiti. He left Bonduku when his teacher died, at the time of the Samor-
ian occupation in 1895, and engaged in trade in partnership with his
elder brother for five years, buying salt from Cape Coast, and selling it
in Odumase (Ahafo) for kola for the Bonduku market. During this time
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım completed study of the Qur√n at Cape Coast
under Karamoko Wili. He returned to Bonduku to pursue advanced
studies of Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ under Bonduku Imam
Safiıd b. Mlik (c. 1858 - c. 1925), see ijzas in MSS: Legon, 163, 427.
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım left Bonduku on pilgrimage in 1951, and used
the opportunity to travel widely, visiting Jerusalem, Damascus, and
Cairo where he studied for two years at al-Azhar. He became the
eleventh Timiti imam of Bonduku in 1961. President Houphouët-Boigny
of Ivory Coast sent a delegation of six ministers to attend his funeral.
1. al-Jawb al-shfı fian al-tanzufi al-munfı

Replies to certain theological questions: (i) whether God is confined to a
particular place in the heavens, ‘a view spread about in 1361/1941’, and
the reality of the Throne (al-fiarsh); (ii) sadl and qab∂ in prayer; (iii)
denial of Jesus ‘living’ in heaven and descending to earth at the end of
time, and what is meant by waft as opposed to mawt. A total of seven
chapters, the last of which is on disputation among Muslims.
Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1374/1955.
576 CHAPTER TWELVE
fiUTHM◊N b. IS˘◊Q BOYO, known as Alhaji Boyo b. c. 1905, d. 14

December 1988.
NU/Wilks FN 106, 190.
Is˛q Boyo was a Sissala who converted to Islam in the late nineteenth
century. He settled in Kintampo, and came to be recognised by the
British colonial administration as Sarkin Gurensi, chief of its Gurensi (or
Grunshi) population. At the age of eleven fiUthmn b. Is˛q was sent to
a school in Kintampo belonging to fiUmar Kunandi Jabaghatay of Buna.
Then, from 1918 to 1924, he attended a school in Dunkwa (5° 58’ N—
1° 47’ W) run by ˘amadu Kamaghatay of Bonduku, where he com-
pleted his Qur√nic education. He returned to Kintampo, and generally
assisted his father until his death in 1933. fiUthmn b. Is˛q then
attached himself to Karamoko Hrün b. Bb Watara, another Bonduku
teacher resident in Kintampo and himself a student of Abü Bakr b. al-
˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir Timiti (q.v.). He read many works with
Karamoko Hrün, obtaining ijzas for Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the
Muwa††a√ in 1360/1941-2. As was customary among the Juula, fiUthmn
b. Is˛q was adopted into his teacher’s kabila, and took the Watara
patronymic.
fiUthmn b. Is˛q left Kintampo on pilgrimage in or about 1949. He
resided for some time in Khartoum, and apprenticed himself to a
plumber. In Mecca he met Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Timiti (q.v.) from
Bonduku, who informed him that he was going to al-Azhar, and
promised to teach him all he learned on his return. When fiUthmn b.
Is˛q arrived home in 1952, he was summoned to Bonduku by
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım, who offered him a place in his house. There was
a long-drawn out dispute: the Watara by whom he had been adopted said
that he should stay with them, and that they would prefer him to study
with teachers of their choice, one being Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd
al-Qdir al-Timitı (q.v.). Nevertheless, fiUthmn b. Is˛q stood by his
agreement with Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Timitı. He read for a second
time Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ and obtained further ijzas
in 1959 (MS: Legon, 162, 163).
In 1961 fiUthmn b. Is˛q joined the Institute of African Studies,
University of Ghana, Legon, as a Research Assistant. In this capacity,
and subsequently as Senior Research Assistant, he was pivotal in
building up the Institute’s collection of xeroxed Arabic mss. from Ghana

and surrounding countries. He established a network of contacts with the
fiulam√ within the Greater Voltaic Region, gaining their confidence and
persuading them to open their libraries to him. He developed a strong
interest in the history of Islam in the Region, and in time began to carry
out interviews with those well-versed in such matters, recording their
testimony in Arabic and frequently adding an English translation. He
also acted as adviser and interpreter to many scholars, from four
continents, who came to Ghana to work on Islamic topics, and who have
been much indebted to him.
fiUthmn b. Is˛q was instrumental in establishing a mosque on the
University of Ghana campus and, styled al-˛jj fiUthmn al-Imm al-
Watarı, Legon, he served as its imam. He retired from the University of
Ghana in 1977, subsequently dividing his time between Kintampo and
Bonduku.
A few of fiUthmn b. Is˛q’s working notes, formerly in the
possession of Ivor Wilks, are now deposited in the Melville J.
Herskovits Library of African Studies, Northwestern University. The
items listed below are intended only to suggest the range of his interests.
1. al-Muslimün fı bild Kanksu

Biographical notes, in 6 pp., on Karamoko fiAlı b. al-∑iddıq Kunatay,
from Dafin, with an account of his entry into the service of Asantehene
Kofi Kakari (1867-1874), and of the settlement of his son, Sulaymn, at
Nkenkasu ( 7° 18’ N—1° 53’ W). Written 1388/1968-9.
MS: Legon, 476/ii (with translation into English).
2. al-Akhbr Ghunjwı
Brief account, in 2 pp., of the origins of Gonja recorded in Accra from
Adamu Waziri, a Gonja by origin. This is an oral version of the
anonymous Amr Ajddin (see p. 572, but shows considerable
variations.
3. ˘adıth min A˛mad Watara

Legendary account of the first Watara settlement in Kong, recorded
(1966) from A˛mad Watara in Wenchi.
578 CHAPTER TWELVE
4. List of Wa imams from Yafimuru to Safiıd, with a prayer in the

name of each. Fine copy made by fiUthmn b. Is˛q from ms. in
possession of Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Tarawiri of Wa.
MS: Legon, 46.
WRITERS OF DAFIN BACKGROUND, AND THE KARANTAW JIH◊D

Little is known of the early history of the Juula who called themselves
Dafin and who lived within the northern bend of the Black Volta, among
Bobo and other autochthonous peoples. An old trade route linking Jenne
and the Akan goldfields passed through the area, and on it lay the major
Juula centre of Safane (12° 08’ N.—3° 13’ W). In the later eighteenth
century Saganugu shaykhs moved into the area, among them Yafiqüb b.
Ma˛müd Taslım b. fiUthmn Saganugu, who settled near Safane. The
creation, in the same period, of the imamate of Bobo-Dioulasso, near the
source of the Black Volta, was seminal in its impact. Safiıd b.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs Saganugu was appointed first
imam. Apparently concerned by the extent of backsliding and even
apostasy in the region, he is particularly remembered for his
conversion—and education—of men whose forbears had apostatised.
Among them was Mule Tarawiri, from the Safane district. He was
renamed fiUthmn, and became renowned for his piety and respected for
his learning. Writings of his son Mu˛ammad and grandson ∑li˛ are
listed below.
Among other students of Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu
was Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂ b. Abı Bakr Saganugu, who settled near
Safane. He in turn was to teach, inter alios, Mu˛ammad Karantaw, who
had left the neighbourhood of Jenne to settle in Douroula, some 35 miles
north of Safane. Mu˛ammad Karantaw’s son, Ma˛müd, was born there.
He was taught first by al-Q∂ı Saganugu in Safane, and then read tafsır
with his father, Mu˛ammad Karantaw (see the ijzas, MSS: Legon, 232,
339, 438). Subsequently Ma˛müd studied under Ma˛müd b. Ibrahim b.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu in Bobo-Dioulasso, and under
Karamoko Sulaymn Yara (“the blind walı of God”), who was one of
the early Dafin Tijanis. Among those to whom Ma˛müd taught tafsır
was Mu˛ammad, the son of the convert fiUthmn.
Ma˛müd Karantaw made the pilgrimage probably in the 1830s. It

appears that he was much influenced by the Syrian ∑üfı, fiAbd al-Ra˛ım,
said to be a descendant of fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jilnı, and was persuaded to
launch jihd on his return. He did so, but the Dafin fiulam√, in the
Suwarian spirit, for the most part refused to support him. He forged
agreements with Muslim groups having a warrior, rather than a
scholarly, tradition (Wilks (1989), 100-103), and with his son Mukhtr
succeeded in creating a small Muslim polity based upon Wahabu ( 11°
41’ N - 3° 06’ W), Boromo (renamed Dar al-Salam, 11° 45’ N - 2° 56’
W), Koho (Shukr li’llh, 11° 41’ N - 3° 08’ W), and Nanu (˘amdallhi,
11° 46 ‘ N - 3° 05’ W)—all now in Burkina Faso (NU/Wilks FN 189,
191-197). Several items listed below show that the legitimacy or
otherwise of the jihd was a subject of lively debate; surprisingly, a few
Saganugu savants apparently lent it their support. For an overview of the
jihd see Levtzion (1968), 139-51.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, known as

Karamoko Mahama, d. c. 1895.
Tauxier (1921), 270; Marty (1922), 224-25; Holden (1970), 93; Muhammad (1974), 88-98; Wilks
(1975), 240, 316-18.
Mu˛ammad’s father fiUthmn was the Mule Tarawiri converted to Islam

and taught by Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu of Bobo-
Dioulasso. In, or in the neighbourhood of, Safane, Mu˛ammad studied
with his father, with al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw, and with
Karamoko Sulaymn Yara (the “blind walı”). It was perhaps under the
latter’s influence that he was initiated into the Tijniyya and later
became a muqaddam.
Subsequently Mu˛ammad pursued his education in Jenne, Ja (Dia) and
Kong, and taught in a number of Juula centres including Bonduku,
Buna, Wa, Bole, and Banda. Among his students was the Dafin
karamoko fiAlı b. ∑iddıq Kunatay, who had entered the service of
Asantehene Kofi Kakari in 1869. He died in Buna in or about 1895, and
Samori’s son, Sarankye Mori, then in occupation of the town, attended
the funeral.
Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn is said to have written a number of
commentaries but, perhaps because much of his library was destroyed or
lost at the time of the Samorian occupation, only one has been located.
580 CHAPTER TWELVE
1. Shar˛ Risla fı mafinı kalimatay al-shahda

Comm. on work of Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. fiUmar al-Sanüsı (d.
895/1490), in 10 ff. Completed 8 Rama∂n 1297/14 August 1880.
Publ. text and trans. in Muhammad (1974), 171-207.
∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Jawanı al-Tijnı, known as

al-˛jj ∑li˛, b. 1283/1867, d. 18 Rabıfi II 1350/1 September 1931
Tauxier (1921), 270; Marty (1922), 224-25; Holden (1968a), interview of 13/3/68; Holden (1969),
68-9; Mu˛ammad (1974), 98-155; NU/Wilks FN 148, 181, 259.
There are conflicting reports whether ∑li˛ was born in Kong or Safane.
As a child he was sent to a school in Daboya ( 6° 51’ N - 1° 33’ W) run
by the well-known Gonja teacher, Ibrhım Bakarambasi Kawtay
(NU/Wilks FN 270). He was subsequently tutored by his father (for the
ijza, see e.g. MSS: Legon, 232, 438), and was initiated by him into the
Tijniyya. He became involved in the Salaga trade, and was
intellectually associated with al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr (q.v.). He was
in Salaga in 1895, when his father died. ∑li˛ withdrew from trade, and
settled in the small Hwela village of Jenene ( 8° 07” N - 2° 33’ W),
between Banda and Bonduku. He developed close contacts with the
(non-Muslim) Gyamanhene, Tan Daté, overlord of Bonduku. Insinuating
himself into his confidence, ∑li˛ thereby risked the hostility of
Bonduku Imam Safiıd b. Mlik Timiti (q.v.).
∑li˛ made the pilgrimage in 1909-10, in the course of which he was
able to visit Al-Azhar in Cairo. In Mecca he was hosted by one of its
residents, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Saganugu formerly of Kong. He settled in
Bonduku on his return, and began teaching there. In circumstances that
are not entirely clear, he came into conflict with the French colonial
administrators, and was deported to the Gold Coast, allowed to return,
and deported a second time. He returned for a time to Jenene, but in
1924 was invited to open a school in Wenchi. He became Friday Imam
there, and attracted students from near and far, among them Abü Bakr b.
al-˘asan Timiti of Bonduku (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad Bakuri of Wa, who
was to become its thirtieth imam in 1966. Al-˛jj ∑li˛ died in Wenchi
in 1931, and was buried there
1. Q. lmiyya: Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Amıruh bal

dhakarun min al-na˛lı
A reply in verse to a request from his student Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan al-
Timi†ı for an explanation of eleven obscure Arabic words with multiple
meanings.
MS: Legon, 88.
Tarbıfi by Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı (q.v.).
2. Q. lmiyya: Qif fial rabfi al-˛abıbi wa-qul * Hal maqılun fiindah

wa-ma÷l
There is no positive attribution to al-˛jj ∑li˛, but the work is listed
under his name in the index to MS Legon, 16, assembled by Bb
Ibrhım of Konongo, who copied the entire codex.
MS: Legon, 16(xv).
3. Q. qfiyya fı ’l-radd fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar

Response to the qfiyya of fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.)
criticizing his lack of knowledge of mathematics.
4. Letter written from the ˘ijz to Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj fiAbd al-

Ra˛mn Kunbali (probably in Bonduku), describing his pilgrimage and
extending greetings to, inter alios, Sultan (Gyamanhene) Tan Daté. The
letter is undated, but was received in Jenene on 16 Rabıfi II [1328]/27
April 1910.
MS: Legon, 146.
Publ. trans. in Muhammad (1974), 212-14.
al-˛jj MU˘AMMAD SAfiˆD b. ∑◊LI˘, known as al-Taqri [Tarawiri],

al-Jawanı (i.e. of Jenene), and as Jatagakiya (Juula: “landlord”), d. 1950.
Mu˛ammad (1974), 230-54; NU/Wilks, FN 266.
Son of ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn (q.v.), under whom he studied

tafsır (MS: Legon, 438). He accompanied his father on pilgrimage. He
was particularly known as a grammarian. He was also a muqaddam of
the Tijniyya. He travelled widely, but retired to Jenene, where he often
led worship in place of the imam. He was buried in front of the Jenene
mosque.
582 CHAPTER TWELVE
1. Nfifiat al-wildn
130 vv. advice to the author’s children. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı
hadn * Li-fiirfni dhtihi fiirfn
MS: Legon, 149.
2. Q. h√iyya: ∑abran jamılan y akhı li’llhi * fiAlayhi in shadd al-

bal ya√lahü
Attribution to Mu˛ammad Safiıd is by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo
MS: Legon, 231(i).
3. Q. nüniyya: Buddiln bi-zawjat in tu†ıfiun * fiAn zawjatin kh√inatin

tafißın
Poem about the author’s two wives—one faithful, one not—in 11 vv.
MS: Legon, 231(ii).
Publ. text and trans in Muhammad (1974), 231-2.
ANON
1. F√ida
A note on the jihd of al-hjj Ma˛müd.
MS: Legon, 349 (copied by N. Levtzion from a ms in the possession of
the Imam of Boromo (1964).
2. Ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj Ma˛müd fı balad Barumu

Account of the origin of the jihd of al-˛jj Ma˛müd Karantaw.
MS: Legon, 348 (copied by N. Levtzion from a ms. in the possession of
al-˛jj ‘Umar Dao of Koho (1964).
3. Mas√ala fiind al-rajulayn

An account of the jihd of al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw as
related to two young men by their shaykh.
MSS: Legon, 66 (copy by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo in NU/Wilks
FN 143, vii-ix).
4. ∑ifat al-˛jj Ma˛müd

Poem in praise of Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw (see NU/Wilks FN

146). Opens: Wa-ra∂iya ’llhu fian sayyidi Mu˛ammad in ba˛ri n
mula††amı * Ab [sic] ˘midin Mu˛ammadin wa-A˛mad al-fhimı
MS: Legon, 65, 70, 83.
5. Untitled note on the history of Douroula, birthplace of Ma˛müd

Karantaw.
MS: Legon, 347 (copied by N. Levtzion from a ms in the possession of
the Imam of Douroula (1964)
6. Untitled account of al-˛jj Ma˛müd Karantaw, with information

about his education, pilgrimage, and jihd, as told by a shaykh to two
young men. Opens without preamble: Ikhtalafa rajulni fı sabab jihd
al-˛jj Ma˛müd. This is a copy of an older work edited by al-˛jj
Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır, q.v.], who
maintained that his exemplar, though related to Mas√ala fiind al-
rajulayn, was superior to it (see NU/Wilks FN 268).
MS: Legon 77.
Publ. trans. in Martin (1966), 72-6. Al-Naqar (1972), 121-22.
WRITERS OF SALAGA, YENDI, AND KETE KRAKYE
In the early nineteenth century there was a major expansion of Asante’s

trade with Hausaland, a result in part of the rising demand for kola in the
latter (Wilks (1971). Salaga, the zongo of the eastern Gonja divisional
capital of Kpembe (8° 33’ N - 0° 30’ W), grew rapidly as merchants
from more northerly markets moved in, established businesses, and in
concert with Asante administrators stationed there, developed Salaga as
a major entrepôt. Its rise is chronicled in the Qißßat Salgh wa-ta√rıkh
Ghunj of Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh (see p. 545 above). Concomitant was
the growth of the zongo in the Dagomba capital, Yendi, which the
caravans bound for Hausaland from Salaga reached in a seven days’
journey (Johnson (1966), passim; Levtzion (1968), 26-48).
By the later nineteenth century Salaga had become a centre of rich
literary activity, particularly associated with the commanding presence
there of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn (q.v.). In 1892, however,
a struggle for power between contenders for the skin of Kpembe
584 CHAPTER TWELVE
escalated into full-scale civil war, and Salaga was abandoned by most of
its people (see Goody and Braimah, 1967). The Germans sought to re-
route the Salaga trade into territory they dominated, and to this end
encouraged settlement in Kete Krakye, on the Volta river (see Maier,
1983). Al-˛jj fiUmar was among those to move there.
The commercial role of Yendi was relatively unaffected by these
events. It remained a major staging post for the caravans now arriving
there from Kete Krakye rather than Salaga, and its scholarly community
continued to flourish.
AL-˘ASAN b. fiUMAR ALFA KIRI b. IBR◊HˆM ALFA SABI JARA,

al-Salghawı, known as Malam al-˘asan, d. 2 Mu˛arram 1353/17 April
1934.
Tamakloe (1931), xi; Goody & Wilks (1968), 243-44; NU/Wilks FN 55, 116; Wilks, Levtzion,
Haight (1986), 146-51.
Shaykh Ibrhım Alfa Sabi, of Djougou (Bénin), settled in Salaga in the

early nineteenth century. His son, fiUmar, who was probably born in the
Kiliga section of Djougou (hence “Alfa Kiri”), accompanied him. He
married into the family of Alfa ˘amma b. Yünus, a Msina Fulani who
had established himself in Yendi probably in the late eighteenth century.
Alfa ˘amma’s son, fiUthmn, opened a school at Kpabia (9° 15’ N - 0°
15’ W), between Salaga and Yendi. Malam al-˘asan was born there, but
grew up in Salaga. He fled to Kete Krakye at the time of the destruction
of Salaga in 1892, but returned after about six years. Later he became
Imam of the Friday mosque in Salaga.
E. F. Tamakloe, an Anlo, who worked for the German colonial
administration as interpreter in Kete Krakye from 1897 to 1907, was
used by Julius Graf von Zech to collect material from the Gonja, and by
Adam Mischlisch to do the same from the Dagomba, Mossi and Hausa.
He was, it seems, somewhat chagrined to find that Malam al-˘asan had
preceded him in this field. “But as these histories had been written down
by an Hausa Mallam”, Tamakloe wrote disparagingly, “there had been a
formidable amount of discrepancy and many defects in the writings of
that Mallam who had only gathered his information from the wandering
Dagbambas and so forth”.
Malam al-˘asan wrote mainly in Hausa. Some of his works were
among a collection of Hausa mss. acquired by the library of the School
of Oriental Studies, London (now SOAS). These were apparently lost,

but not before several translations were made by J. Withers Gill. A
number of Malam al-˘asan’s letters, in Arabic, are preserved in Legon,
(MSS 283-287).
1. History of the Dagomba

From the narrative of Malam Muhamman Kundungunda, grandson of
Ya Na Yafiqub.
Publ. trans. from the Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, A Short History
of the Dagomba Tribe, Accra (n.d.)
2. The Origins of Gambaga

From the narrative of Malam Salifu. Salifu is probably to be identified
as the Dagomba of that name, from Gushiegu (9° 55’ N—0° 12’ W),
who served Nayiri Bariga of Mampurugu in the late nineteenth century
as lunse, or court drummer.
Publ. trans. from Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, The Moshi Tribe. A
Short History (Accra, 1924), 4-14.
3. History of Gonja,
From Garba ba-Gonje, younger brother of the Imam of Lanfar, i.e.
Lampor.
Publ. Trans. from Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, A Short History of
Salaga (Accra, 1924). For the complex relationship between this work
and the Qißßat Salgh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj of Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh
(q.v.), see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 146-51.
4. History of the Grunshi.

Malam al-˘asan refers to this work, but no copy or translation has been
found.
5. History of the Moshi

From the narrative of Sharıf Mijinyawa b. Sharıf Ibrhım, who heard it
from Mogho Naba Wobogu then in exile in Gambaga (1897-1904).
Publ. trans. from Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, The Moshi Tribe. A
Short History (Accra, 1924), 14-37.
586 CHAPTER TWELVE
6. Untitled Hausa poem in 129 vv. Opens: Mu gode Ubangiji daya

mai iyawa * Tafil wand ke iko da kowa
A note on MS Legon, 352 by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo, who found
it with fiIs Mada˛a b.fiUmar Salagha, a student of Mallam al-˘asan,
attributes it to Mufiallim al-˘asan ∑algha. There is no attribution on MS
Legon, 160.
MSS: Legon, 160, 352.
fiUMAR b. ABˆ BAKR b. fiUTHM◊N al-∑alghawı al-Kabawı al-

Kanawı, known as Imam Imoru, and as Umaru Krakye (or Karki), b. c.
1273/1856-7, d. 17 Rabıfi al-Awwal 1353/30 June 1934
Rattray (1934), 255-65; Wilks (1963), 416-17; Hodgkin (1966), 453-6; Martin in Goody and
Braimah (1967), 189-92; Goody & Wilks in Goody (1968), 242-3, 252-3; Sölken (1970); Ferguson
(1973); Pilaszewicz (1981); Maier (1983), 157-61; Idriss (1996); NU/Wilks FN 8-11, 63.
fiUmar’s great-grandfather, Sharıf ˘usayn, is said by family tradition to

have arrived in Hausaland from Madina at the time of fiUthmn b.
Mu˛ammad Fodiye, and to have opened a school in Sokoto. His son
fiUthmn married Safidatu, from Gobir, and Abü Bakr was born. Abü
Bakr settled in Kebbi, and traded first between Kebbi and Kano and then
between Kano and Salaga, the major emporium for Asante’s northern
trade. Abü Bakr married a Kano woman, Maymunata, and fiUmar was
born in or about 1856-57. fiUmar started his schooling in Kano, and is
said to have completed reading the Qur√n at the age of twelve. He then
studied in Kebbi and Gobir. Between various classes he would
accompany his father on trading journeys, and the malams in Salaga,
regardless of his youth, had him teach classes there and tried to persuade
him to settle with them. He opened a small school in Salaga, but
continued to travel with his father until the latter’s death in (according to
one report) 1295/1878.
After Abü Bakr’s death it appears that two of his sons, Sulay Binta
and Indoli—the first a half, and the second a full, brother of fiUmar—
took over the trading business, leaving fiUmar free to pursue advanced
studies. His extensive travels over several years took him into the
western parts of Hausaland and beyond, inter alia, into the countries of
the Zarma, Songhay, Gurma, Mossi and Gurunsi. Then, for reasons that
are unclear, fiUmar decided to settle in Salaga where his two brothers,
the traders, and a sister, were already resident.
Salaga was essentially the zongo, or stranger town, of the eastern

Gonja divisional capital of Kpembe. fiUmar was to become acquainted
with the German explorer and Hausa language author, Gottlob Adolf
Krause (q.v.), who first arrived in Salaga in 1886. The two saw much of
each other, drawn together by a mutual interest in the Hausa language.
fiUmar also became involved in local politics. Three dynastic segments
contended for the powerful position of Kpembewura. One of these was
Lepo, and fiUmar gave his support to a partisan of this segment, namely,
the Lamporwura whom he praises in his Talfi al-munfafia (see no. 7
below) for learning, devotion, and the support of mosques and schools.
In the fighting of 1892 the Lepo forces were defeated, and fiUmar, like
many of the inhabitants of Salaga, fled before the town was razed. Most,
including fiUmar, headed for Kete Krakye, then a small trading station
on the Volta. A quarrel with the Sarkin Zongo there, Audu Badi,
induced fiUmar to leave, and he spent several years in Bagyemso ( 8° 04’
N - 0° 14’ W), Walewale (10° 21’ N - 0° 48’ W), and Gambaga ( 10°
32’ N - 0° 26’ W). He returned to Kete Krakye in 1907, after Audu Badi
had been removed from office by the German administrator, and was
appointed imam. fiUmar became a close associate of the German
scholar-administrator in Kete-Krakye, Adam Mischlich, and tutored him
in Hausa language, history and culture. When Mischlich was transferred
to Misahohe (6° 57’ N - 0° 35’ W), fiUmar accompanied him. He left
from there, in 1913, on pilgrimage to Mecca. There he met Alfa Hshim
(q.v.), who initiated him into the Tijniyya.
fiUmar returned from the pilgrimage to find that Togoland had passed
from German to British and French control. He reassumed the imamate
in Kete Krakye, now in British Mandated Togo. He made a second
pilgrimage in 1918. Thereafter he settled down to a life of teaching and
writing, paying occasional visits to Yendi for example (for which see
two letters from him to Imam Husayn, MS: Legon, 470, publ. in Odoom,
1968, supplement), and, at the invitation of the learned Sarkin Zongo
Malam ∑allaw, to Kumase. fiUmar died in Kete Krakye in 1934, and was
buried in a new mosque that he had just had built.
fiUmar’s literary legacy is considerable. However, he wrote little on
the traditional Islamic sciences, but devoted his talent to works of
history and social comment, mostly in verse and in both Arabic and
Hausa. Although no complete copy has yet been located, his translation
588 CHAPTER TWELVE
of the dıwn of Imru√ al-Qays from Arabic into Hausa may well have
been a landmark in the development of Hausa as a literary medium. His
students, and the students of his students, are dispersed widely
throughout the Greater Voltaic Region.
1. Brr al-˛aqq
Poem on Islamic unity in 38 vv. written in 1351/1932-3, addressed to the
author’s son. Analysis in Idriss (1966), 92-4. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi
mufi†ı al-ßdiqına naj * Wa-mnifi al-kdhibın al-falja wa’l-˛ujaj
MS: Legon, 132, 462.
Publ. trans. in Idriss (1966), 143-7.
2. Mashrafi m√ al-khabar li-wrid wriduh (?wradah?) bi’l-

na÷ar
Poem in 88 vv. on the coming of the Europeans, completed 9 Mu˛arram
1317/19 May 1899. Opens: Bi-˛amdi man yußarrif al-duhür * Bada√n
hdh ’l-rajaz al-mas†ür
MSS: Legon, 4, 417; Niamey, 188 (with date of composition 1297).
3. Na÷m al-la√lı bi-ikhbr wa-tanbıh al-kirm

Poem in 216 vv. lamenting the coming of the Europeans, written in
1318/1900-1. Analysis in Idriss (1966), 95-106. Opens: Bi’smi ’llhi
abda√u fı ’l-na÷mı * Ilh un w˛id un Rabb al-anmı
MSS: Legon, 3, 8, 139.
Publ. Partial trans. by B.G. Martin in Braimah & Goody (1967), 191-2,
and Ferguson (1973), 27-8. Complete trans. in Idriss (1996), 148-72.
4. Qaß√id
i) Q. b√iyya: Y khalılayya fa-fiajaban * Idh ra√aytu ’l-
fiaj√ib *
177 vv. Denunciation of Mahdı Müs and his companions who
were in Gonja and northern Asante in 1322/1904-5. See Goody
(1970), 143-56; Wilks (1989), 152-5
MSS: Legon, 109(ii), 135 (said to have corrections by the
author), with unpublished trans. by B.G. Martin.
ii) Q. dliyya: Na˛madu Rabban bsi† al-mihdı * Wa-jfiil

al-jibli ka’l-awtdı
Poem in 70 vv., giving thanks to those who contributed to the
repair of a mosque for Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw in Kumase. Written
before 15 November 1930.
MSS: Legon, 9, 161.
iii) Q. hamziyya: Sufidu aw Asm√ü * Aw Dafidu n aw
˘aww√ü
83 vv. praise of Yendi and its people, written in 1335/1916-17.
MSS: Legon, 93, 181 (both with an additional 7 vv., perhaps
also by al-˛jj fiUmar, in praise of the people of Yendi: Ahlu
Yandih ahlu khayrı * Zdahum Rabbı nawl).
iv) Q. hamziyya: Fa-tabrak al-Khallqü dhü ’l-fial√ı * Rabb
al-bariyyati mühib al-nufim√ı
MS: Legon, 239 (iii).
v) Q. lmiyya: M blu Hind in na√at fiann bi-ghayri qil * Wa-
ßrat anb√uh yutl (sic) mal wa-mil
94 vv. Elegy for his son al-˛jj Labbu (d. 1352/1933-4, aged
thirty-two).
MSS: Legon, 16(v), 109(vi), 138, 239 (iv).
vi) Q. maqßüra: Salmun salmun wa-l yufiaddadı * Li’l-˛jji
Qdirin bafiıd al-mad
29 vv. in praise of al-˛jj Qdir of Salaga, i.e. fiAbd al-Qdir
Bamba, later Sarkin Zongo of Yendi, d. c. 1956.
MS: Legon, 469; Odoom (1968), supplement.
vii) Q. mımiyya: Hal li-Layl min marmı * Am li-Hindin min
kalmı
In praise of the people of the Tetemu (Kpong) zongo (6° 09’
N—0° 4’ E).
MS: Legon, 16 (vi).
viii) Q. nüniyya: A-Mayya shqatki ha†† ßirta ˛ayrn * Aw
hal tahımu bi-dhikr Dafidin haymn
590 CHAPTER TWELVE
79 vv. on author’s residence in Gambaga and his quarrel with

the Sarkin Zongo of Kete Krakye, written in 1326/1908-9.
MS: Legon, 117.
ix) Q. qfiyya: A-∑li˛u fa’fham m na÷amtu wathıqat *
Was√ilu ˛ubbin fıhi’l-˛aq√iq
Addressed to al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn (q.v.),
criticizing him for his lack of knowledge of mathematics.
Publ. in Mu˛ammad (1974), 226 (text), 227 (trans.).
x) Q. r√iyya: Bushrka atka bashırü * Min fiinda Hindin
baßırü
154 vv. in praise of ˘usayn al-Kashnwı, called ∑allaw, Sarkin
Zongo of Kumase. Completed 1 Mu˛arram 1342/14 August
1923.
MSS: Legon 16(xiii), 127, 168, 239(i).
xi) Q. r√iyya: Ghdarat Salm diyr * Lam najid fıh
mazr
95 vv. in praise of Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw of Kumase.
MSS: Legon, 133, 239(ii).
5. al-Sar˛a al-warıqa fı fiilm al-wathıqa

On epistolatory style and formulae, written in late ∑afar 1294/mid-
March 1877.
MSS: Legon, 313, 378, 381; Ibadan (UL), 380, 410I; Jos, 366,. 637;
Kaduna (NA), A/AR4/15, L/AR20/1, L/AR58/2; NU/Falke 25, 465;
Timbuktu (MMHT), 417, 651 (K. al-tarsıl); Zaria, MAH, 6/58.
Publ. with author’s Tarbıfi kitb al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya, in a majmüfi, the
principal work of which is the al-fiAshriyyt of al-Fzzı, Cairo: M. al-
Mash’had al-˘usaynı, 1334, 1915-16, repr. 1959; ed. and trans. I.A.
Ogunbiyi, ‘The thornless leafy tree concerning the knowledge of letter-
writing’, RBCAD, ix/x (1973-4), 1-68, and separately, Ibadan: Motajero
Printers, 1975.
Ferguson (1973, 33) claims that fiUmar wrote another such manual
called Kitb [al]-tarsıl fıhi lught, which is preserved in Kaduna (NAK),
L/AR11/7, but this is apparently by a certain fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad
al-Sharıf; see Bb Yünus Mu˛ammad, Fihris Makh†ü†t Dr al-

Wath√iq al-Qawmiyya al-Nayjıriyya bi-Kdün, London, 1996, i, 100.
6. Su√l al-rthı
Elegy for Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı,
addressed to his son al-˛jj ∑li˛ of Jenene in 58 vv. Opens: Hal wbil un
am damfiu ajfnı sakab * Am hal ghurb al-bayni y qalbı nafiab
MS: Legon, 76.
7. ‡alfi al-munfafia fı dhikr al-munzafia

Poem of 99 vv. on the Salaga civil war of 1892. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh
al-mudabbiri dhü (sic) ’l-ghin√ı * Wa-mußarrif al-a˛wli wa’l-azmnı
MS: Legon, 16(ii).
Publ. trans. by B.G. Martin in Braimah & Goody (1967), 193-8.
8. Tanbıh al-ikhwn fı dhikr al-a˛zn

Poem of 248 vv. on the decline of morality and good government in
Salaga, and the civil war of 1892, said to have been written in
1322/1904-5. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı tawa˛˛ad * Fı mulkihi
umürahu wa-wakkad
MS: Legon, 27 (said by Limam Thnı of Kete-Krakye to be an
autograph).
Publ. trans. by B.G. Martin in Braimah & Goody (1967), 198-209.
9. Tarbıfi al-Burda
Rendering in quatrains of the Burda of al-Büßırı. Attributed to al-˛jj
fiUmar, but lacking internal evidence. Opens: A-min tadhakkari jırnin
bi-dhı Salamı * Ariqta laylan †awılan bhir al-÷ulamı
MSS: Legon, 24, 122, 217.
10. Tarbıfi kitb al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya

Rendering in quatrains of the K. al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya by fiAlı b. al-
˘usayn al-Sajjd (d. 92/710-11, see GAL S I, 76). Opens: Tabraka dhü
’l-fiul wa’l-kibriy√ı * Tawa˛˛ada bi’l-kamli wa’l-san√ı
MSS: Legon, 16(iv); NU/Paden, 120.
Publ. in majmüfi, Cairo, 1334/1915-16, and 1959, see item 5 above.
592 CHAPTER TWELVE
11. Ta√rıkh iqlım Ashantı

On early Muslim settlement in Asante.
Publ. text in A˛mad Bb al-Wfii÷ (q.v.), Kanz al-mufıd; trans. in
Martin (1966), 68-70.
12. Tunkuyaw
Poem in 64 vv. on the influenza epidemic of 1918-19. The title is in
Hausa, but the poem is in Arabic, with the Hausa title as the rhyming
word. Analysis in Idriss (1996), 106-8. Opens: Qifü wa’smafiü li’l-qawli
fı tunkuyaw * Ra√ayn ’l-fiaj√iba fı tunkuyaw.
MSS: Legon, 23, 131, 305; Niamey, 1767(i).
Publ. Facsimile text and English trans. by M.O.A. Abdul, “Literacy in
an ‘illiterate’ society”, RBCAD, xi (1975-6), 13-25; trans in Idriss
(1996), 173-86.
Works in Hausa
13. [Tarihin Ilorin]

Publ. in Reichmuth (1993).
14. [Tarihin Kabi]

History of Kebbi.
Publ. trans. H. Sölken, “Die Geschichte von Kabi nach Imam Umaru”,
Mitteilungen des Instituts fµr Orientforschung, vii (1959-60), 123-62.
15. [Tarihin ºasar Hausa]

Publ. text and German trans. in Adam Mischlich, “˜ber Sitten und
Gebrauche in Hausa”, MSOS, x (1907), 155-81, xi (1908), 1-81, xii
(1909), 215-74, and in his ˜ber die Kulturen im Mittel-Sudan, Berlin:
Reimer, 1942. English trans. in Ferguson (1973).
16. Waªar Nasara

Poem in 203 vv. on the coming of the Europeans, and praise for their
work on sanitation, roads, etc., dated 1321/1903. Opens: Abin ga da ya
tafo shi za mu tsara * Ku saurara ga labarin nasara.
MS: Legon, 43, pp. 32-48 (ajami text with boko transcription), 109(v),
302 (inc.), 370.
Publ. trans. by al-˛jj Yafiqüb of Yendi in Odoom (1968), 24-36; partial

trans. in Ferguson (1973), 29-31. Trans. Pilaszewicz (1975).
17. [Waªar Talauci da wadata]

Poem on poverty. Title invented by Pilaszewicz. Opens: Muna sama
waka da sunan Alla * Muradinmu tsari na halin tsiya
MS: Legon, 109(iv), 171, 371.
Publ. Some lines in Ferguson (1973), 34-5. Trans. in Pilaszewicz (1974).
Ferguson (1973), 40, speaks of a shorter version found at Lokoja and
publ. in J. Schön, Magana Hausa, 1885, 250-1, but Pilaszewicz argues
against this.
18. Kundin waªoªin Imru√ al-Qays ∂an ˘ujri

Hausa translation of the dıwn of Imru√ al-Qays, see R.S. Rattray,
“Hausa Poetry”, in Essays Presented to C.G. Seligman, ed. E.E. Evans-
Pritchard, Oxford, 1934, 255-65. Rattray, who describes himself as ‘a
very humble disciple of Limam Umaru’, gives an English translation of
the Hausa version of the celebrated Mufiallaqa of Imru√ al-Qays, which
he says captures the spirit of the poem better than the versions of such
English translators as Lady Anne Blunt and Charles Lyall.
19. Hausa poem. Opens: Kalmomi miyagu nike so zani zana * Dangina
musulmi ku saurara ku jiya
A wafi÷ poem enumerating the utterances that amount to kufr.
MS: Legon, 109(i).
20. Hausa poem.

Opens: Bismila na fara ga jalla Ubangiji * Kata taimako gare ini zan
taÿa ªoªari
A wafi÷ poem warning against the deceptive ways of the world.
MS: Legon, 109(iii).
21. Hausa poem

Opens: Na fara dan sunan tafil za ni waha * In taba ∂an azanci kadan
in gai da zaki
Poem in 440 vv. in praise of ‘Uthman “the lion of Kumase”, “i.e.
fiUthman Sarkin Zongo 1905-19.” The attribution to al-˛jj ‘Umar is by
594 CHAPTER TWELVE
al-˛jj Bello b. Limam Thnı, whose mother was a daughter of al-˛jj

‘Umar.
MS: Legon, 292.
Publ. text and trans in Pilaszewicz (1993).
ANON
1. Q. nüniyya: Fa-salmun minn yakhußßu abn * Lam yafuz

ghayruhu ladayn ’l-funün
Poem in praise of al-˛jj fiUmar included in a letter to him inquiring
about the health of his son al-˛jj Labbu.
MS: Legon, 129.
YÜSUF b. MÜS◊ b. H◊RÜN BAMBA, called Yüsuf Abin Nema and

Yüsuf Bamba
NU/Wilks FN 280
Yüsuf’s grandfather, Hrün, left Banda and settled in Salaga, probably

in the late eighteenth century. He engaged in trade with Yendi and
Djougou. He married, inter alios, a daughter of the Djougou ruler and
she gave birth to Müs. Müs apparently grew up in Djougou, but later
moved to Salaga, where he died. His son, Yüsuf, traded and taught in
Salaga until the time of the civil war of 1891-92, after which he settled
in Kete Krakye. There he collaborated with the German administrators,
and carried out negotiations with Yendi on their behalf. After the
German occupation of Yendi, Yüsuf settled there. On his advice the
Germans made his nephew, Yüsuf ∑aghır, first Sarkin Zongo of Yendi.
Old and ailing, Yüsuf Bamba asked to be carried back to Salaga to be
buried near his father and grandfather. He died on the way, at Lepusi (9°
03’ N - 0° 01’ W).
Yüsuf Bamba’s son, fiAbd al-Qdir, was made Sarkin Zongo of Yendi
on the death of Yüsuf ∑aghır, but left when Yendi came under British
rule in 1914. He spent most of the remainder of his life in Salaga, where
he was renowned as a teacher. Yüsuf’s daughter, F†ima, married Imam
˘usayn b. Idrıs of Yendi, and their son, Zohe Imam al-˛jj A˛mad of
Yendi, recorded his mother’s knowledge of her family in his Nasab al-
shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba (q.v.).
1. Durrat al-than√ fial jabın al-kuram√

Opens: Shakartu ’llha fı sirrı wa-jahrı * Kam qad afiamman (?)
nifim ’l-÷ahırı
Poem in 106 vv. in praise of “Müs, amır of Dagomba”, completed on
13 Mu˛arram 1315/14 June 1897. This Müs is probably to be identified
with Ya Na Andani (paramount chief of Dagomba), reg. 1876-99. He
resisted the German advance into his kingdom, even after his defeat at
Adibo in 1896.
MS: Legon, 136.
2. Untitled poem in Hausa, in 67 verses, reflecting on the stern

character of Europeans, with praise for al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr
∑alghawı (q.v.), and comments on the eastern Gonja civil war of 1891-
92 and various other local events.
MS: Legon, 169.
MU˘AMMAD TETEMO, fl. 1936

He studied in Kete Krakye with al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-
∑alghawı(q.v.), and later resided in Tetemu, the Zongo for Kpong on the
Lower Volta.
1. Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj fiUmar [al-∑alghawı]

MS: Legon, 238.
Publ. trans. of some lines in Ferguson (1973), 36-7.
2. Q. mımiyya: Y Karımu y Ra˛ımü * Anta’l-Ra˛mnu Ra˛ımü.

Appears to be an account of being taken to hospital in a lorry to be
healed (or perhaps vaccinated) because of an epidemic brought back by
pilgrims. Written 1355/1936-7. Every verse has as its second hemistich:
Anta’l-Ra˛mnu Ra˛ımü.
MS: Legon, 182.
MU˘AMMAD AL-TH◊Nˆ b. AL-˘ASAN b. fiUMAR ALFA KIRI b.

IBR◊HˆM ALFA SABI JARA al-Zughuwı, known as al-˘jj Thnı, d.
August 1968
1. Ta√rıkh waft abın shaykhin al-mufiallim Hrün Jr

596 CHAPTER TWELVE
Notes on the family origins and dates of death of Hrün Jr b. fiUmar
Alfa Kiri (2 Shafibn 1344/15 February 1926), and his brother al-˘asan
(q.v.), Friday Imam of Salaga, with a further note on the death of al-˛jj
fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-Salghawı (q.v.). Written in 1384/1964-5.
MS: Legon, 356.
KH◊LID b. YAfiQÜB b. MU˘AMMAD BAWA al-Kashnwı, b. 1871-

2, d. 22 Rabıfi II, 1356/2 July 1937.
Levtzion (1968), xx-xxi; Moro (1968), 3-6; Lubeck (1968), 1-2, 28-30, 44-55; Ferguson (1972), 1-
2; NU/Wilks FN 305.
Khlid’s grandfather, Mu˛ammad Bawa of Katsina, traded in kola to

Salaga and Kete Krakye, near which latter town he died. Khlid’s father,
Yafiqüb, left Katsina to stay first in Karaga and then in Sansanne Mango
before settling in Yendi. He fled to Kpabia when the Germans occupied
Yendi, but returned in the early 1900s to become Friday Imam there.
Khlid, eldest son of Yafiqüb, is said by one report to have been born on
the Salaga road. He became a trader, but spent three years studying with
al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn of Kete Krakye (q.v.).
Subsequently his father, Imam Yafiqüb, called him back to Yendi to stay
with him. Yafiqüb died on 12 Rajab 1333/26 May 1915.
Khlid remained in Yendi, gaining much power by his close
cooperation with the British colonial authorities. Their support was
crucial in securing him, against strong opposition, the Friday imamate
when it again became vacant in 1345/1926-27. Khlid is remembered
for his rigid orthodoxy. He is said to have written several works on
Dagomba history, and unquestionably was a major contributor to E. F.
Tamakloe’s Brief History of the Dagbamba People, Accra, 1931. The
British administrators A. Duncan-Johnstone and H. A. Blair
acknowledged their major debt to him in their Enquiry into the
Constitution and Organisation of the Dagbon Kingdom (Accra, 1932),
39.
1. Ta√rıkh Daghabwı
A history of Dagomba, based on the traditional recitals of the royal
drummers, with annalistic marginalia by the author and others. The work
contains citations from the mid-eighteenth century Kitb Ghanj (q.v.).
MSS: Legon, 241, 250.
2. Asalin Daghunba da Nanunba

A Hausa history of the Dagomba and Nanumba.
MS: NU/Wilks FN 305, ii-v.
3. Letter to Kpembewura Mahama d. 1351/1932, written on the

reverse of an official census enumeration form completed in Arabic.
MS: Legon, 286 (iii).
fiABD ALL◊H QUDUS b. al-˘ASAN b. fiUTHM◊N b. ALFA

˘AMMA al-Fullnı, b. c. 1878, known as Baba Gomda
Moro (1968), 11-12, 39-42; Odoom (1968), 13-14; NU/Wilks FN 31,
54.
Alfa ˘amma b. Yünus was a Msina Fulani who established himself in
Yendi probably in the late eighteenth century. His son, fiUthmn, opened
a school at Kpabia, between Yendi and the growing market town of
Salaga. Al-˘asan b. fiUthmn settled in Salaga, where fiAbd Allh was
born. He was taught first by his father. then moved to Kete Krakye at the
time of the Salaga civil war, 1892, and studied under al-˛jj fiUmar b.
Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn (q.v.). In 1323/1905-6, he moved to Yendi, where
his father (d. 1342/1923) had become Friday Imam. After a time fiAbd
Allh took up residence in Asamankese, and made the first of his ten
pilgrimages in 1927. He later returned to Yendi, and became Friday
Imam there in 1937. He ventured writing Kotokoli and Dagbane, as well
as Hausa, in Arabic script.
1. Shikyat al-ma÷lüm
Poem in 74 vv., written in 1359/1940-41, complaining about those who
had opposed the author’s selection as Friday Imam of Yendi. Addressed
to fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Baraw (q.v.). Opens: Bi’llhi naßran dafiawtü * Li-
m ilayhi aradtü
MSS: Legon, 468; Odoom (1968), supplement.
2. [Nißb al-dhahab.]
The precise title is unclear. Admonition, written in Dagbane, directed to
the Muslims of Dagomba. Written 1361/1942-43.
MS: Legon, 28.
598 CHAPTER TWELVE
3. Yandiya (Little Song)

Poem in Kotokoli, rhyming in y√-alif. Admonition, directed to the
Kotokoli Muslims in Asamankese. Written 1338/1919-20.
MSS: Legon, 466; Odoom (1968), supplement.
Publ. trans. in Odoom (1968), supplement.
4. Urjüza, written in 1968 in celebration of the 40th birthday of Ivor

Wilks. Opens: Mawlidu ß˛ibı Ayfür Waylikis * Wfaqa jumufiatan
thaltha wa-fiishrın
fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Salghawı, called Baraw, b. 1302/1884-5, d.

1376/1956-7
Odoom (1968), 13-14; Martin (1966), 72; MS: Legon, 409 (biog. note)
fiAli b. Mu˛ammad Baraw, of Bornu origins, was born in Salaga. He

studied under al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri (q.v.) and al-˛jj fiUmar b.
Abi Bakr (q.v.). He taught in Koforidua for many years, and died in
Accra.

Acrostic in 30 vv. on the name A˛mad al-Tijnı. Written in 1380/1960-
1. Opens: Ufnı jamıfia zamnı * Fı ˛ubb al-shaykh al-Tijnı
MS: Legon, 16(ix), 112.
2. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

Opens: ˘amdan li-fiallm al-sar√ir wa’l-jahrı * Thumma ’l-ßaltu li-
khayri khalqin min Mu∂arı
MS: Legon, 7(ii).
3. Q. fı mad˛ Ma˛müd b. Safiıd Jeliy

Acrostic in 18 vv. on the name of his shaykh, the Tijnı muqaddam
Ma˛müd b. Safiıd Jeliy (q.v.), completed on 17 Rajab 1339/27 March
1921. Opens: Muny madı˛u shaykhı dhı ’l-san√ı * Lahu ’l-majdu al-
mu√aththalu wa’l-than√ü
MS: Legon, 26, 78.
4. Urjüza fı najm dhı dhanab

Written on 22 Shawwl 1340/18 June 1922. On the dating of a comet

seen in Salaga, according to his teacher al-˛jj fiUmar. The date of the
comet is given as 21 Shawwl 1298/16 September 1881, and there is
apparent mention of an earthquake in Salaga (wa-zulzilat Salgha) in
1309/1891-2. Opens: Qla fiubayd Allhi dhü ’l-fiißynı * al-Murtajı
maghfirat al-Ra˛mnı.
MS: Legon, 7(i), 16(xi), 408.
5. Tasliyat al-ma÷lüm
Qaßıda, written for his friend, fiAbd Allh Qudus b. al-˘asan of Yendi
(q.v.), in response to his Shikyat al-ma÷lüm, which was written on
account of the opposition he had faced in his selection as Imam of
Yendi. Dated 1359/1940-41. Opens: Azk ’l-ta˛iyyati wa’l-salmi
mujaddidı * Minnı il ˛abbı firif al-ma˛fadı
MS: Legon, 467.
Publ. trans. with facsimile text Odoom (1968), supplement, followed by
another poem of 12 vv., which opens: Salman †ayyiban farajan amın *
Li-ma˛bübı fiAliyyi ’bni Ma˛amm.
al-˛jj IBR◊HˆM GHUSHAYGU
Student of al-˛jj fiAlı Baraw in Koforidua. His name suggests he was

from the Dagomba town of Gushiegu (9° 55’ N—0° 12’ W).
1. Man jadda fı ’l-fiilm wajada

Advice to Muslim students. Completed 6 Jumd I 1380/27 October
1960. Opens: Salman †ayyiban farajan amın * Li-ma˛bübı fiAliyyi ’bni
Ma˛amm
MS: Legon, 377.
A˘MAD b. ˘USAYN b. IDRˆS

NU/Wilks FN 280
A˛mad’s grandfather, Idrıs, was Zohe Imam in Yendi. His father,

˘usayn (d. 1356/1937-8), was Zohe Imam, then Yendi Friday Imam,
and finally became the Ya Na’s imam (imm al-balad) for all Dagomba.
A˛mad himself was also Zohe Imam. Ahmad’s mother, F†ima, was the
daughter of Yüsuf b. Müs b. Hrün Bamba (q.v.) of Yendi and Salaga.
600 CHAPTER TWELVE
1. Nasab al-shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd al-Qdir Banba

A history of the family of fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba (Sarkin Zongo, Yendi,
died c. 1956), based on information from F†ima, mother of the author,
sister of fiAbd al-Qdir, and daughter of Yüsuf b. Müs b. Hrün Bamba
(q.v.).
MS: NU/Wilks FN 280, with provisional trans. by al-˛jj fiUthmn b.
Is˛q Boyo.
GOTTLOB ADOLF KRAUSE, known as Malam Müs, b. 5 January

1850, d. 19 February 1938
Heepe (1928), 105-107; Ol’ derogge (1960); Markov and Sebald (1963); Goody (1966),
41-53. Braimah and Goody (1967), 148-56, 213-17; Sebald (1972).
Among those attracted to Salaga was Gottlob Adolf Krause, born in

Dresden in 1850. He arrived there in mid-1886, using the town as a base
for exploring further inland. Krause travelled with the local caravans,
and financed his journeys by petty trading. Although known by the tra-
velling name of Malam Müs, he made no attempt to conceal his Chris-
tian identity. Subsequently Krause set himself up in Salaga as agent for
the firm of Chevalier of Stuttgart, and specialized in the ivory trade.
Krause acquired an excellent knowledge of Hausa, and was for a time
tutored in the language by al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.).
His interests led him to make copies of letters and other documents that
came to his attention, to report speeches, and to record the testimony of
local informants on historical and current events. His manuscripts, all
written in Hausa language and Arabic script, were deposited in the
Preussischen Staatsbibliothek, Berlin, as MSS. orient. Quart. 844.
The items listed below relate to the Greater Voltaic Region.
1. [MSS 15-17] Exchange of letters between Ya Na Andani in
Yendi and the caravan leader fiˆs in Salaga, Nov.-Dec. 1893. The
correspondence was occasioned by the disruption of the caravan
trade resulting from the internecine struggles in eastern Gonja.
Publ. trans. T.M. Mustapha in Goody & Mustapha (1967), 615-6.
2. [MS: 18] Account of a dispute concerning the seduction of a
female slave. Long distance traders from Hausaland, and a tax
collector of the Ya Na, were involved.
3. [MSS 19, 20] Different accounts of the death of

Kpembewura Napo following his flight from Salaga in December
1892.
Publ. trans. by T. M. Mustapha in Braimah and Goody (1967), 214-
215.
4. [MS: 24] Detailed account of events in Salaga after the
British sack of Kumase in 1874.
Publ. trans. by T. M. Mustapha (1966), 23-6. This is the only known
account of the massacre of the Asantes resident in Salaga.
5. [MS: 25] Speech by Kpembewura Isanwurfo on his
enrobement, and various responses from the assembled dignitaries,
stressing the importance of restoring the Salaga trade. 21 July 1893.
Publ. trans. by T. M. Mustapha in Braimah and Goody (1967), 216-
17.
6. [MSS: 26-27] Account of the passage of a large caravan
from Salaga to Hausaland via Yendi and Sansanne Mango.
Publ. trans. T.M. Mustapha in Goody & Mustapha (1967), 613-6.
7. [MS: 30] Lengthy account of the activities of the Zabarma
in the Volta Basin, commencing with the arrival of Alfa Gazari in
Dagomba.
8. [MS: 37] Message, written in 1894, from Ya Na Andani, in
Yendi, to the Kpembewura Isanwurfo, warning him against allowing
the internecine struggles of the previous two years to continue, and
stressing the importance of Salaga recovering its prosperity.
9. [MS: 39] Report of Salaga coming under English protection,
dated 2 September 1894.
ANON
1. An 18 vv. poem in praise of al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Labbü (d. 6 Dhü

’l-Qafida 1351/3 March 1933). Opens: Qad bada√tu m nawaytu * Fı ’l-
ta˛rıri musa††ir
MS: Legon, 159
602 CHAPTER TWELVE
CONTEMPORARY WRITERS OF GHANA
Contemporary writers of Ghana are loosely defined as those whose

floruit is a post-World War II one. The aftermath of the war was a
period of extensive Muslim migration into Ghana, especially from
Nigeria. In the 1950s there was a proliferation of Muslim political
organisations, inter alia, the Muslim Youth Congress, the Gold Coast
Muslim Council, and the Muslim Association Party (1953-4); the
Muslim Council of Ghana (1957); the Ghana Muslim Council of Chiefs
(1958); and the Ghana Muslim Mission (1959). Muslims were drawn
into national politics, sometimes with unanticipated consequences.
Alhajji Amadu Baba, for example, was Sarkin Zongo of Kumase and a
leader of the Muslim Association Party, which was pro-National
Liberation Movement and anti-Convention People’s Party. He was in
constant conflict with Malam Mutawakilu of the Muslim Youth
Congress, which supported the C.P.P. Amadu Baba was deported to
Nigeria by Nkrumah’s government in 1957.
The growth of the media in the post-war period much affected
Ghana’s Muslim communities. An increasing number of men, and
women, came to make the pilgrimage, but more continuous contact with
the greater centres of Islam in North Africa and the Middle East was
sustained through press and broadcasting. In the late 1950s Radio Cairo
was particularly influential in disseminating modernist ideas, and its
embassy in Accra built up a network of contact with Ghana’s Muslim
leaders. Libya was later to take over this role. More and more books
from Egyptian and Lebanese publishing houses found their way, in
cheap lithographed form, into the markets of Ghana, and in time not a
few writers from Ghana came to be represented on their lists.
Although some of the older centres such as Wa continue to flourish, it
is in the big cities and regional towns such as Accra, Kumasi, Koforidua,
Bawku, and Prang, that modern Islamic schools have been founded in
the years since independence. The founders of these schools have
typically been educated in Egypt (e.g. al-Azhar primary and secondary
schools) and Saudi Arabia. Text books have been written in Arabic to
fill the needs of these schools and to supplement imported texts. Hausa
continues to be important as a lingua franca among Muslims, and some
writing in that language (using the Arabic script) is still being done.
Tension still exists between Muslims of ∑üfı inclination and those who
have come under the influence of Wahhbı ideas, though this tension is
not so sharp or so public as it is in Nigeria.
ZUMfiATU b. al-imm MU˘AMMAD al-Fullnı, d. after 1970

Dretke (1965); Odoom (1971).
Malam Idrıs Naino, accompanied by his wife Maymüna Yaawo, and

their son Mu˛ammad Baªo, left Hausaland to settle in Accra in the mid-
19th century. He became imam of the Muslim community of Accra on
21 February 1891, but died after an incumbency of only two years. He
was succeeded by his brother Garba (Abü Bakr), who had as his deputy
his nephew Mu˛ammad Baªo. There was much factional fighting within
the community between those of Hausa, and of Yoruba, descent, and
charges of adultery brought against Garba led to his removal by the
colonial administration in 1900—only to be reinstated in 1902.
Zumfiatu’s father, known as Malam Fulata Borono (hence, perhaps of
Bornu origin), arrived in Accra at this time from Ilorin, where he had
been a student of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙gΩr˙ (d. 1913, see ALA II,
445), and subsequently married the now widowed Maymüna Yaawo,
who bore him Zumfiatu. After a period in Accra, Malam Fulata settled in
Cape Coast. From there he was invited to become the third Friday Imam
of Accra, succeeding Imam Abü Bakr (d. 1902). Seven years later he
resigned due to a deep division among Accra Muslims and returned to
Yola, taking Zumfiatu with him.
Zumfiatu began his studies in Yola, but his mother, who remained in
Accra, managed to get him brought back from there. He continued his
studies in Accra and gained recognition as a scholar and Arabist. His
half brother, Mu˛ammad Baªo (imam of Accra from 1909 until his
death in 1938), invited him to write a history of the Naino family, but no
copy of this has been found. Much of the material, however, seems to
have been incorporated in his al-Lmiyya al-ßughr, which constitutes
an elegy for Mu˛ammad Baªo. Zumfiatu was still alive c. 1970 when he
was interviewed by K.O. Odoom.
604 CHAPTER TWELVE
1. fiAj√ib al-asfr wa-imti˛n al-bild wa’l-aq†r

205 vv. on the virtues and vices of certain Nigerian and foreign cities
and their populations, written in Mu˛arram 1365/20 December 1945.
Opens: Ra√aytu bildan l tufiaddu fiadıdat * Sa-adhkuru minh ’l-
bafi∂a lastu muwfiy
MSS: NU/Paden, 173.2. An unaccessioned photocopy is in Legon (copy
in NU/Hunwick, 255).
2. al-Lmiyya al-ßughr
Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi Razzq al-fiibdı * Ghaniyyin l shabıh wa-l
mathılu
69 vv. elegy for his half-brother Mu˛ammad Baªo, and a history of his
family.
MS: Legon, 195
Publ. facsimile text and trans. in Odoom (1971).
3. Q. dliyya: Ra√aytu fiajıba ˛lin fı ’l-mafidı * Wa-akh†ra sa-

ta÷haru fı ’l-bildı
170 vv. on the evils of the colonial period in Hausaland. This appears to
be the poem of which Paden (1973), 53-4, 172-3, quotes some parts in
translation, ascribing them to a certain Is˛q Kano (on p. 173, n. 58, he
calls the work Dal√il al-mahdı).
MS: NU/Paden, 173(i).
4. Q. sıniyya: Bi-˛aqqi Rabb al-war y qawmi fa’ntabihü * Fa-inna

fı dahrin hdh ablısü
Poem in 34 vv. attacking an unnamed person who criticized his
pronunciation of the phrase al-˛amdu li’llhi. MS: Legon, 137 has a
date of 24 Shawwl 1350/2 March 1932 at the end, but it is not clear if
this is the date of writing or of copying. The poem has also been
attributed to al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.)
MSS: Legon, 121, 137, 421
5. Q. sıniyya: Bi-˛aqqi Rabb al-war y qawmin (sic) fa’ntabihü *

Fa-inna fı dahrin hdh ablısü
40 vv. accusing a certain Sharıf fiˆs al-Kanawı of hypocrisy, written on
15 Mu˛arram 1365/20 December 1945. Sharıf fiˆs had censured
Zumafiatu for ‘eating tobacco’, saying it was ˛arm and that whoever
did so was a kfir. Zumafitu responded by accusing the sharıf of visiting

a prostitute. The first line and the two following lines are almost
identical with the Q. sıniyya above (no. 4), but the third line reads Alqaw
a˛blahum alqaw fiißiyyahum * Wa-na˛nu qawman (sic) [bi-] yadayn
fiaß Müs, and subsequent lines are also quite different.
MS: NU/Paden, 173(iii).
MU˘AMMAD BELLY b. MUKHT◊R al-Fütı, known as Malam Bello,

b. 1920
From Tetemu in Kpong in the Eastern Region of Ghana, of Fulani
descent, his early youth was spent in Gabon where his father was
preaching and teaching. After the father’s death in 1928 he returned to
Accra but later went to Kano to begin his Islamic education. He returned
to Ghana in 1939. In the 1950s he played a role in pre-independence
politics, but in 1958 after independence he went into self-imposed exile
in Togo. After the fall of Nkrumah in 1966, Mu˛ammad Belly returned
to Ghana and continued teaching and preaching there
1. [Mafilim al-Islm fı Ifrıqiy]

Publ. English trans. by Osman Braimah, The African Landmarks in
Islam, Tema: Ghana Publishing Corp., 1982.
2. al-Bqiyt al-ßli˛t
See African Landmarks, 53.
3. al-Lu√lu√ wa’l-murjn
On “the interpretation of God’s signs on the human body”. See African
Landmarks, 53.
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN SALˆM AL-FARA∆I b. YAfiQÜB BAMBA

al-Salghawı, b. 1951
Biog. info. orally from Mark Sey.
Born in Accra, his father Yafiqüb Yüsuf was a trader. He studied under
˘asan Ata (now named Malam Ata), a Gonja teacher living in Accra
New Town and disciple of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr (q.v.) of Kete-
Krakye. In 1960 he went to Ejura (Asante) to continue his education
606 CHAPTER TWELVE
with a certain Malam Müs, then to Tamale where he completed his

reading of the Qur√n under Yafiqüb Is˛q in 1966. From 1966-9 he
studied in the L.A. No. 3 Primary School in Ejura. In 1972 he went to
Kano and studied some basic Islamic texts (Risla, fiAshmwiyya,
Mukhtaßar) with Zakari Magóga. He returned to Accra in 1983 as a
specialist in the laws of inheritance.
1. al-Adhkr al-Mu˛ammadiyya
On the merits of dhikr in general, and of certain types of dhikr and dufi√
in particular. Ends with poem of author, Kfiyat al-Ra˛mn (see below).
Publ. Pt I, Ejura, n.d.
2. Asalin fara’ili
In Hausa.
Publ. Kano, 1979.
3. Fat˛ al-Mannn fı tafsır yt al-mawrıth fı ’l-Qur√n

Publ. Kano, n.d.
4. Kfiyat al-Ra˛mn fı ’l-tawassul il ’l-Malik al-Mannn

Poem in 41 vv. on intercession with God, completed in Kano on 28
Jumd II 1407/ 26 February 1987.
Publ. at end of author’s al-Adhkr al-Mu˛ammadiyya (q.v.).
5. al-Mırth wa’l-waratha
Completed 27 Shawwl 1406/3 July 1986.
Publ. n.p., n.d., with eulogy of Ma˛müd son of the Kano scholar
Mu˛ammad Salga (see ALA II, 260), and al-˛jj Ya˛y Darna.
6. Rikicin khunth
In Hausa.
Publ. Kano, 1983.
7. Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiaq√id al-taw˛ıdiyya

A catechism on taw˛ıd. Completed 1 Shafibn 1407/31 March 1987.
Publ. n.p., n.d., with items 5, 6, and 8.
8. Su√l wa-jawb fial fiaqıdat ahl al-sunna al-musammt bi’l-

Murshida
A recasting of al-fiAqıda al-ßughr of al-Sanüsı (see GAL, S II, 355) in
the form of a catechism. Completed 28 Rajab 1407/28 March 1987.
Publ. n.p., n.d., with items 4, 6 and 7
9. Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiAwfı

A recasting of the manual of al-fiAwfı on essential religious duties in the
form of a catechism. Completed 29 Rajab 1407/29 March 1987.
Publ. n.p., n.d., with items 4, 5 and 7
10. Tafilım al-ßibyn ˛urüf al-Qur√n

Publ. Kumase, 1988.
11. Taqrıb al-ßilt fial Qawfiid al-ßalt

A recasting of the manual Qawfiid al-ßalt [perhaps by fiUthmn b.
Mu˛ammad Fodiye] in the form of questions and answers. Completed
28 Rajab 1408/28 March 1987.
Publ. n.p [Kano]., n.d. [c. 1980] with items 4, 5 and 6
The following works are unpublished. List established by Mark Sey.
i). Mabdi√ al-far√i∂
ii) Hal tafirif al-ßalt.
iii) Hal tafirif Allh
iv) Tu˛fat al-ßibyn
On grammar.
v) al-Raw∂ al-naqı fial sırat al-nabı
vi) Lmiyyat al-shubbn
vii) Shikashikin ilman gado
viii) Gado da magada
YA˘Y◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN, b. c. 1943

Mark Sey, interview of 29 Jan. 2000 with Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın in Accra.
Born in Pakro in the Eastern Region of Ghana, he memorized the

Qur√n under his father’s tutelage, and then studied with Sh. Sharubütu
in Accra, acquiring competence in all the main Islamic disciplines. He is
currently overseer of the Anßr al-Dın complex of schools in Accra, and
608 CHAPTER TWELVE
Chairman of the Islamic Judiciary Committee of the office of the

National Chief Imam. He is a muqaddam of the Tijniyya.
1. al-Durr al-nafıs fı mad˛ al-Sayyid fiAlı Sıs

Poem in 29 vv. in praise of the Tijnı leader fiAlı Cissé (q.v.). Opens: A-
y man yabtaghı yumn al-kirmı * A-l fa’dnu il mad˛ al-jummı
Publ. at end (pp. 18-20) of Tu˛fat al-fiushshq (q.v.).
2. Fuyü∂t al-Ra˛mn fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-˛jj fiUthmn

In praise of Sh. Sharubütu.
Publ. Lagos, 1969.
3. Irshd al-ikhwn fı mafirifat al-islm wa’l-ımn wa’l-i˛sn
4. Nayl al-amnı fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı

In praise of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı.
Publ. Accra: Ghanaian Times, 1990.
5. Q. b√iyya: ‡awayti li-‡h ’l-Muß†af ataqarrabü * Mahmiha

fian shawq al-khuwaydimi yufiribü
6. vv. in praise of the Prophet.
Publ. with items 9 and 11.
6. Rü˛ al-labıb fı dhikr ˛ujub al-˛abıb

Publ. Lagos, 1969.
7. al-Sayf al-ßaqıl fı radd fial rislat al-ktib al-∂a√ıl
8. Tafilıl al-˛urüf al-hij√iyya li-awld al-madris al-Islmiyya

Publ. Accra, 1969.
9. Tu˛fat al-a˛rr fı mad˛ nür al-anwr

Poem in praise of the Prophet in 46 vv. Opens: Fu†irtu fial ˛ubb al-
Amıni wa-mad˛ihi * Mad ’l-dahri wa’l-ayymi asfi li-waßlihı
Publ. with items 7 and 11.
10. Tu˛fat al-fiushshq fı mad˛ Abı Is˛q

Five poems in praise of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse (q.v.):
i) Q. y√iyya: A-l layta shifirı hal yar ’l-nsu m ar * Min

al-˛aqqi aw yabdü lahum m bad liy
ii) Q. dliyya: Bada√tu bi-ismi ’llhi Rabbı wjidı * Wa-
thannaytu bi’l-˛amdi ßaltan fial ’l-hdı
iii) Q. mımiyya: Jar ’l-damfiu min fiaynayka y taymu
mahyamü * A-min dhikr dr in aw khafat fianka Maryamü
iv) Q. fiayniyya: Hadn il nahj al-rashd al-mutbafiu *
Naßır al-war man li’l-ma˛midi jmifiu
v) Rubfiiyya: Y mülifian bi’l-†arabi * Rghiba fian tafiattubi *
Wa’l-zayghi wa’l-tajannubi * Inha∂ li-mad˛ al-qu†bi
Followed by al-Durr al-nafıs (q.v.)
Publ. Accra, by Ibrhım b. Yüsuf, 1389/1969, with eulogies by fiUthmn
Nü˛ al-Barnwı, headmaster of the Anßr al-Dın School, Accra, Hrün
al-Rashıd Jibrıl Mdughu, headmaster of Madrasat al-Rashıd, and fiAlı
Sıs b. al-˘asan.
11. al-fiUr al-aqw fı mad˛ al-ghawth dhı’l-jadw

In praise of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse (q.v.).
Publ. Accra, 1974.
12. Urjüzat al-wildn fı mafirifat al-Islm wa’l-ımn wa’l-i˛sn

Written in 1974. 107 vv. Opens: Sub˛na man awjada kulla dharratı *
Min fiadamin il wujüd al-nifimatı. Followed by items 7 and 9 above.
Publ. Lagos, n.d. [1993], by al-˛jj ˘amza fiUthmn, n.d.
MU∑‡AF◊ IBR◊HˆM, b. 28 Shafibn 1369/14 June 1950

C.V. in Arabic provided by the author.
Born in Accra, he was a graduate of the University of Ghana, who

studied in the Department of Religious Studies, and was leader of the
Muslim Students organisation, 1975-6. He is a regular radio and TV
commentator on Islamic religious matters and a well-known public
speaker. In 1982 he founded the Council for Development and for the
Translation of Islamic Literature. He is currently Head of the Islamic
610 CHAPTER TWELVE
Council for Development and Human Services, Accra, and editor of the
Ghanaian journal Humanity.
1. Fatwı fı ’l-janza
Publ. Accra: Manshürt al-Majlis al-Islmı li’l-Tanmiya wa’l-khadamt
al-insniyya, 1992.
2. al-Fti˛a, mafinh wa-ahammiyyatuh

Publ. Accra: Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı,
1987.
3. al-Madkhal fı ’l-mırth. Juz√ 1

Publ. Accra: Islamic Council for Development and Humanitarian
Services, 1998.
4. Mafhüm al-waqf wa’l-hiba wa’l-waßy fı ’l-Islm

Publ. Accra: Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı,
1987.
5. al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-lugha al-fiarabiyya li’l-mar˛il al-

ibtid√iyya fı madris Ifrıqiy
Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1986.
6. al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya li-talmıdh Ifrıqiy.

Juz√ 1
Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islnı, 1985.
7. Murshid al-˛jj wa-qmüsihi

Publ. Accra: Islamic Council for Development and Humanitarian
Services, 1988.
8. Murshid al-mußallı
9. Na˛w fahm dın al-Islm. Juz√ 1 & 2

Questions and answers on Islamic beliefs and practices.
Publ. with English trans., Accra: Islamic Council for Development and
Humanitarian Services, 1998.
10. al-Shakhßiyyt wa’l-amkin al-ta√rıkhiyya al-madhküra fı ’l-

Qur√n
11. al-Zawj fı ’l-sharıfia al-Islmiyya

The following works are listed in his C.V. as “in press”:
i) al-Fatwı fı ’l-jan√iz, Juz√ 2
ii) al-Madkhal fı ’l-mırth, Juz√ 2
iii) al-Qur√n, ta√rıkhuhu wa-tadwınuhu wa- mu˛tawaytuhu
iv) Tafsır qißr al-suwar (Sürat al-Ikhls wa’l-
Mufiawwidhatayn)
MU˘AMMAD AL-R◊BIfi b. SUR◊QA [b.] SAfiˆD JAR◊, b. 1946

Brief biog. of author by Muß†af Ibrhım as intro. to al-Mar˛ala al-ül.
Born in Nima, Accra, he initially studied with his father who was a well-
known teacher., then attended the secondary school of the Islamic
University in Madına, Saudi Arabia 1967-71, followed by a year at the
Kulliyyat ußül al-Dın wa’l-Dafiwa. After a period of teaching at his
father’s school in Accra he returned to Saudi Arabia and spent 1976-8 at
the Ibn Safiüd University in Riy∂ studying Arabic. He then taught in the
Republic of Benin for two years before returning to Ghana.
1. al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-fiarabiyya li-talmıdh Ifrıqiy

Part 1.
S◊NÜ b. fiUMAR, fl. 1389/1969

Director of the Madrasa Itti˛diyya, [Nima, Accra?]
1. Ri˛la safiıda
Verses celebrating his return from pilgrimage, dated 1 Rabıfi I 1389/3
May 1969. Opens: Bada√tu bi’sm ’llhi bad√ an wa-fidat * Wa-
ashkuruhu shukr an yazıdu ziydat
MS: Niamey, 165(xxii), with taqrı÷ by Sh. Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi
Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır, q.v.].
612 CHAPTER TWELVE
A˘MAD B◊BAH AL-WAfiI⁄ b. A˘MAD b. fiˆS◊ b. MÜS◊ al-

∑ukkutı al-Ghundawı al-Kumsı al-Wa†anı al-Tijnı, Abü ’l-Fawz, b.
1334/1913, d. 4 Rabıfi II 1402/29 January 1982
Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj, preface to A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷, Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla, 3-4;
Hiskett (1980); Kramer (1992 and 1997); Interview of 23/1/99 by JOH with Mu˛ammad Muß†af
Kmil, Kumase.
A˛mad Bbah’s father was himself a scholar, much sought after for his
expertise in fiulüm al-asrr wa’l-˛isb (spiritual numerology) and had
lived in Kumase. His ancestors were Toronkawa Fulani and had been
secretaries to Shaykh fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye His mother was
Maryam bt. al-Sayyid Mu˛ammad al-Kashinwı. She was born in Cape
Coast, and was still living when the preface to Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla was
written (1960).
A˛mad Bbah himself was born in Kumase in 1334/1913. His father
died when he was still young and his education was placed in the hands
of Sayyid ◊dam, the Sarkin Mossi of Kumase. As a young man he
joined the school of Malam ‚∑allaw al-Kashinwı, Sarkin Zongo of
Kumase, and brother of Imam Khlid b. Yafiqüb of Yendi (q.v.), and
showed promise from an early age. Later he studied with other scholars
(apparently in Kumase), including Malam Garba [Abü Bakr b. Müs] al-
Kashinwı, a Tijnı muqaddam, Mu˛ammad Inuwa b. fi›Is, Sh. fiAbd
Allh Tnu (who taught him Arabic and rhetoric) and al-˛jj Abü Bakr
al-Falltı al-Kanawı. Finally, he went to Zaria and studied under the
well-known Yahüdh b. Safid (see ALA II, 370). He began his own
teaching career in 1355/1936-7.
He was initiated into the Tijniyya by Malam Garba in Kumase in
1353/1934 and later renewed his wird through Shaykh al-˛jj Nü˛ al-
Falltı of Jenne. In 1363/1943 he made the pilgrimage to Mecca and was
made a muqaddam of the Tijniyya Order by Sh. A˛mad b. fiAbd al-
Ra˛mn al-Katghumı, the khalıfa of Alfa Hshim (see ALA II, 265).
He became a disciple of Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Mawlüd Fl
al-fiAlawı and reached the stage of being able to train disciples. He is
said to have converted many people to Islam. In 1367/1947-8 he visited
Sh. Ibrhım Niasse in Kaolack, accompanied by al-˛jj A˛mad Ibrhım
and Sayyid Mu˛ammad al-Rbifi Khlid. The Shaykh gave him
permission to undertake all the duties of training, preaching and teaching
for the Order (see Ijzas below).
He settled and built a house and mosque-madrasa, known as Madrasat

al-Wa†aniyya in the Aboabo quarter of Kumase. On his death the
direction of this was taken over by his khalıfa Mu˛ammad Muß†af
Kmil al-Amın (q.v.).
1. al-fiA∂b al-btir fial na˛r kulli fianıd

Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1376/1956-7 (with items 30 and
37).
2. al-Ajwiba al-wa†aniyya fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı

Listed at the back of ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl as being in press.
3. fiAwn al-dhkir fı ˛all alf÷ al-dhikr li-†arıqat al-Tijniyya

Completed 12 Shawwl 1398/15 September 1978.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1978).
4. Bar√at al-mukhliß fı db al-mufıd wa’l-mustafıd

Publ. Accra, 1389/1969.
5. Burhn al-qudra
6. Bushr al-muttaqın wa’l-mu˛sinın

Publ. Accra: New Times Press, 1389/1969.
7. Dalıl al-najt min subul al-salm wa-qa∂√ al-ma√rab fı ’l-ßalt

fial munqidh al-anm
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1997, probably a reprint of earlier edn.),
followed by an appreciation by Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj.
8. Dafiwat al-fawz wa’l-qubül

See endpaper of Zubdat faw√id, where it is said to be in press.
9. ∆iy√ nibrs al-firifın fı ikhtißr wa-talkhıß Kashf al-˛ijb

Abridgt. of Kashf al-˛ijb fiamman talq mafia al-shaykh al-Tijnı min
al-aß˛b of A˛mad Skıraj. Completed 18 ∑afar 1389. Listed at end of
Maghna†ıs al-qulüb as “in press”.
614 CHAPTER TWELVE
10. ∆iy√ al-qbi∂ li-taküna tadhyıl li-masarrat al-qbi∂

MS: Ibadan (UL), 356.
11. Dufi√ al-faraj wa’l-qubül il ’l-murd

12. ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl

Compilation of invocations taken from the Qur√n and ˘adıth. Written
c. Dhü’l-Qafida 1393/December 1973.
Publ. Kumase, litho, n.d (c. 1993, evidently a reprint), followed by
eulogies by ◊dam Bban Makaranta al-Ksı al-Shaykh al-Kumsı and
A˛mad Mai Kano al-Fütı al-Azharı.
13. Isfif al-†libın fı mafirifat jamfi al-taksır qillat an wa-kathratan wa-

mafirifat al-mu√annath wa’l-mudhakkar min alf÷ bafi∂ al-tarkıb
Listed at end of Maghna†ıs al-qulüb as in press.
14. al-Kanz al-mufıd li’l- murıd al-ßdiq

See B.G. Martin in Research Review, 2/i (1965), 75-7. The work
includes a long quotation from a writing of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr
al-∑alghawı on the history of Zongos in Asante.
Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1379/1950.
15. Kanz al-†libın

Listed at the back of ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl as being “in press”.
16. Lisn al-fay∂a fı dhikr bafi∂ karmt ß˛ib al-fay∂a al-shaykh al-
˛jj Ibrhın Anys
A brief work on the karmt of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, written shortly after
his death in 1395/1975. Completed 17 Shawwl 1396/5 October 1976.
Publ. at back of Maghn†ıs al-qulüb (q.v.).
17. Maghn†ıs al-qulüb fı sayr al-slikın il ˛a∂rat Rabb al-filamın

Treatise on the various stages of the ∑üfı path, and on miracles
(mufijizt), manifestations of divine grace (karmt), inspiration (ilhm),
and wa˛dat al-wujüd.
Publ. Kumase, litho, 1397/1976, with Lisn al-fay∂a.
18. Masarrat al-qbi∂

Completed 13 Mu˛arram 1373/22 September 1953. Later known as
Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-ßughr.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1373/1954.
Dhayl by Ya˛y b. Jibrıl, ∆iy√ al-qbi∂ li-taküna tadhyıl li-Masarrat
al-qbi∂. MS: Ibadan (UL), 169.
19. Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-wus†

Publ. see list at end of Tasliyat al-wßilın.
20. Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-kubr wa-adillat al-rfifi al-fiuly

Publ. see list at end of Tasliyat al-wßilın.
21. Miqmafiat al-munkirın

Written in response to a question from his son Mu˛ammad al-Bashır
about Qur√n 29: 41, which anti-∑üfıs were writing over the doors of
their houses. Completed 20 Rajab 1394/9 August 1974.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d., followed by endorsement by his leading
disciple Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil (q.v.).
22. Mishkt al-anwr li-iqtibs al-anwr

Listed at end of Maghna†ıs al-qulüb as published.
23. Munyat al-mubtaghı

A work in verse. See endpaper of Zubdat faw√id, where it is said to be
in press.
24. al-Najt bi-ra˛mat al-Ra˛mn wa-bi-fa∂ilihi l bi’l-fiamal wa’l-

ijtihd
See Kramer (1992), 23 (reading ijtihd for ijtihh).
Publ. n.p., 1392/1972 (with item no. 38).
25. al-Naßı˛a fı zajr ˛alq al-li˛ya

Completed 5/5/69 (thus written at end), i.e. 18 ∑afar 1389.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. .
26. Nußrat al-dhkirın fı ˛ujaj al-dhikr kitban wa-sunnatan

Completed 7 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1394/22 November 1974.
616 CHAPTER TWELVE
Publ. n.p. [Kumase?], n.d.
27. Q. nüniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi musdı ’l-khayri wa’l-nifiamı * Min

ghayri ∂ıq in wa-l tafibin bi-ghufrnı
Verses written in hospital on 13 Jumd I 1392/25 June 1972, imploring
God to restore his health.
Publ. at end of item no. 41.
28. al-Qunbula al-dmigha fial ru√üs al-munkirın li-awliy√ Allh

Completed 25 Jumd I 1395/2 September 1975.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1995, probably a reprint of an edn. of c.
1975).
29. Radfi al-nfı fian al-zakt al-nmı

Publ. see list at end of Bushr al-muttaqın.
30. R. al-manßür fı ’l-radd fial rislat Dasısat al-inkr

Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1376/1956-7 (with items 1 and
37
31. ∑awt anßr al-fay∂a fı tabshır al-fiabd al-mufitaqid bi-m lahu min
al-zawjt fı ’l-janna
Summary transcription of a recorded exegesis by Sh. Ibrhım Niasse of
Qur√n, 55: 56, with introduction and conclusion by A˛mad Bbah.
Dated 3 Rabıfi II 1376/23 March 1977.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d., follwed by 5 vv. attrib. to al-Suyü†ı on those
who spoke whilst in the cradle.
32. Sayf al-˛aqq fial nu˛ür al-Wahhbiyyın

Written 12 Jumd I 1393/ 14 June 1973. Taqrı÷ at end by Abü Bakr
◊dam, kha†ıb of the Kumase mosque, Hrün Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı (q.v.),
A˛mad Shafibn (with 4 vv.), Mu˛ammad Rashıd Shafibn (q.v.), with 9
vv., and Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil.
Publ. Kumase, 1973 (copy in NU/ Hiskett Pamphlets, XII).
33. Shukr al-munfiim

34. Sullam al-najt fı ’l-tawassul bi-aß˛b al-najt

35. Tanbıh al-shı fian al-ßalt bi-nußüß al-Qur√n al-Karım wa’l-

a˛dıth al-nabawiyya
Completed 17 ∑afar 1394/12 March 1974.
Publ. Accra, litho., n.d. (c. 1389/1969).
36. Tasliyat al-wßilın wa’l-firifın fı ithbt al-tarbiya wa’l-˛a∂art

wa-ifir∂ fian aqwl al-munkirın
Above is the cover title. In the text the author calls it Tasliyat al-wßilın
wa’l-firifın fian tashmı† al-nuhü∂ il ˛a∂rat al-ilhiyya bi-tawfiyat al-
˛uqüq wa’l-db mafia ifir∂ fiamm yazfiamuhu al-kdhib al-ma˛jüb.
Completed 17 ∑afar 1394/12 March 1974.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d., followed by eulogies from Hrün
Mu˛ammad, A˛mad Shafibn, and Mu˛ammad al-Rashıd Shafibn
Kunda, including 7 vv. by him; and by a note by Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af
Kmil al-˘jj (q.v.) on “Musical melodies or divine entrancements
(nagahamt müsıqiyya am jdhibiyya ilhiyya)?”, dated 8/3/94.
37. Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla li-man yarümu dalılan fial ’l-†arıqa al-ßüfiyya

Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1381/1961-2 (with al-fiA∂ab al-
btir and R. al-manßür). Paden (1967), iii, 1337, reports an edition of
1379/1959-60, while Mai Gari (1979), 510 says it was published in
1376/1956-7).
38. al-Taw∂ı˛ fı tafsır qawlihi tafil <Udhkurünı adhkurkum> wa’l-

kalm fial ’l-munkirın
Publ. with al-Najt bi-ra˛mat al-Ra˛mn (see no 24 above).
39. al-Thamar al-ynifi fı ’l-ımn li-man tamassaka bihi fa-innahu’l-

fiurw al-wuthq
Publ. Accra 1388/1968. (copy in NU/ Hiskett Pamphlets, XLIV).
40. Thamarat al-fay∂a

24 vv. Opens: ˘amadtu ’llha yaffialu m yash√ü * Lahu ˛ukmun wa-
mulkun wa’l-baq√ü. Written to celebrate his being given the title Lisn
al-fay∂ by Sh. Ibrhım Niasse.
618 CHAPTER TWELVE
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1995, but probably a reprint of an edn. c.
1975), at end of no. 20, followed by eulogies from ◊dam Bban
Makaranta, Hrün Mu˛ammad, A˛mad Shafibn (with 3 vv.), and
Mu˛ammad al-Rashıd Shafibn Kunda (with 7 vv.), and an appreciation
of the author by Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj, dated 23/6/95.
41. Tu˛fat al-ßdiqın li’l-rghibın fı ’l-fid√

On supplications to be offered on behalf of the dead, and condemnation
of certain local funeral customs. Draws on al-Yqüta al-farıda of
Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-W˛id al-Na÷ıfı (d. 1942), and comm. of
Mu˛ammad Fat˛ al-Na÷ıfı, and Mift˛ al-asrr al-Rabbniyya of
Mu˛ammad Ghibrıma of Bornu (d. 1970; see ALA II, 406). Completed 6
Jumd I 1392/17 July 1972 whilst the author was in Hospital G in
Kumase.
Publ. Kumase, litho., 1392/1972, followed by appendix on visiting the
sick, and poem of the author imploring God to restore his health (see no.
27 above).
42. Zubdat faw√id jawhir ras√il al-shaykh Ibrhım Anys

Extracted from Faw√id jawhir ras√il fı ’l-ajwiba wa’l-waßy wa’l-
fatwı, a collection of writings of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse. Note: Jawhir al-
ras√il of A˛mad Abü’l-Fat˛ al-Yarwawı (see ALA II,400)
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d.
Ijzt
MS: Legon, 190 consists of a number of ijzas granted to A˛mad Bbah
al-Wafiı÷ by various shaykhs. It was put together by his secretary
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil (q.v.) at the request of al-˛jj fiUthmn b.
Is˛q Boyo (q.v.), and is dated 4 Jumd II 1383/22 October 1963. The
ijzaß are as follows:
i) For the awrd of the Tijniyya, from Abü Bakr b. Müs al-
Kashnwı, dated 19 Dhü ’l-˛ijja 1353/ 24 March 1935.
ii) Appointment as a muqaddam by A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn
al-Katghumı (see ALA II, 265) in Mecca, dated 22 Dhü ’l-˘ijja
1362/20 December 1943.
iii) For tafsır and talqın al-fiulüm, also by al-Katghumı in

Mecca, dated 24 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1364/29 November 1945.
iv) For the Tijniyya †arıqa from Bin fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-
Kabır, great-great-grandson of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, in Kumase,
dated 27 Rabıfi I 1368/27 January 1949.
v) Similar authorization from Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Mawlüd
Fl, on behalf of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, subsequently confirmed by Sh.
Niasse in his own hand. Undated.
vi) Similar authorization from fiAlı ˘asan Cisse (q.v.) in
Kumase on behalf of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, dated 2 Shafibn 1369/19
May 1950.
vii) From Yahüdh b. Safid (see ALA II, 370) for ˛adıth, dated 2
Jumd II 1392/13 July 1972.
viii) From fiAbbs al-fiAlawı al-Mlikı al-Makkı in Mecca for all
the mafiqült and manqült he had authority for, dated 14 Dhü’l-
˘ijja 1371/4 September 1952.
ix) From Sh. Ibrhım Niasse in Kaolack, for all his writings,
dated 8 Shafibn 1373/12 April 1954.
MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑TAF◊ K◊MIL AL-AMˆN b. SAfiD, b. 11

Rama∂n 1355/25 November 1936
Interview by JOH with author in Kumase 23/1/99
His father Safid was a cousin of Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw. He studied with
A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷ and in his Madrasa Wa†aniyya. In 1959 he
reorganized the school on modern lines and became principal of it, a
position he still holds. The school now includes a junior secondary
section teaching secular subjects as well as Islamic learning. In 1983 he
became khalıfa of Sh. A˛mad Bbah, designated by him before his
death. He is also Secretary of the Ghanaian National Council of Ulama
and Imams.
620 CHAPTER TWELVE
1. Bayn nißb al-zakt al-˛awlı li’l-dhahab wa-qımat rubfi al-dınr

al-sharfiı fı fiumlat sıdı al-ghnı. Notes on Zakat and Dowry in Islam
Bi-lingual publication on the minimum amount of capital upon which
zakt is to be paid, calculated in Ghanaian cedis; and the lawful
minimum dowry payment in cedis. Completed 5 Rajab 1418/5
November 1997.
Publ. Kumase: ShaMiqLut Business Centre, n.d. (c 1997).
2. al-Kalm fı bayn fa∂l laylat al-Qadr wa-waqtih wa-thawb

mu˛yıyih wa’l-fiamal fıh
MS: Lithog. copy in NU/Hunwick, 479.
3. Khu†bat al-mawlid al-nabawı

Undated, handwritten draft in NU/Hunwick, uncat.
4. Mu˛∂ara fian ˛ayt al-nabı Mu˛ammad

Lecture delivered before the chief of the Mossi community in Kumase
on 13 Rabıfi I 1410/16 October 1989.
MS: Typescript in NU/Hunwick, uncat
H◊RÜN MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD, al-Mlikı al-Shdhilı al-

Tijnı, Abü fiAbd/Amat2 al-Mughıth, b. 22 Rabıfi I 1333/7 February
1915, d. 6 Shawwl 1403/17 July 1983
Kramer (1992); fiAbd al-Wadüd b. Hrün Mu˛ammad, Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya; Interview in Kumase
23/1/99 by JOH with author’s son fiAbd al-Wadüd.
Born in Mampong in Asante to parents of Hausa origin, he studied

Arabic with Malam ˘amza, and then entered the school of the Sarkin
Zongo ∑allaw b. Yafiqüb al-Kashnwı and was a contemporary there of
A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷ and Abü Bakr (Garba) ◊dam ˘akım (later
Asante Region Chief Imam). Later he studied with Mu˛ammad Ciroma,
Asante Region Chief Imam, 1952-68, and kha†ıb of the Kumase Central
Mosque, with his father-in-law Yafiqüb Ejura, and with visiting scholars
such as Yahüdha b. Safid (see ALA II, 370). Mu˛ammad Ciroma initiated
him into the Tijniyya. Later he became a disciple of Shaykh Ibrhım
2
Different publications use different terms. Both are correct and refer respectively
to his son and daughter.
Niasse, through the latter’s khalıfa in Kumase, al-˛jj ◊dam Bbah

Makaranta. Upon the latter’s death Hrün Mu˛ammad became Shaykh
Ibrhım’s khalıfa in Kumase. He made the pilgrimage with A˛mad
Bbah al-Wfii÷ in 1363/1943, and several times subsequently. He lived
at first in the Yelwa quarter, then built a house in the Aboabo quarter.
Among his students were A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ciroma, who became
Asante Region Chief Imam in 1990, as well as the deputy Chief Imam
and the imams of the Zaberma and Frafra [Tale] communities.
1. Adillat al-yaqın fı jawz al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya kitban wa-sunnat an

Publ. Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1375/1956. A 2nd edn. was
published with additions.
2. Bayn al-˛jj wa’l-ziyra

According to his son this was in process of publication.
3. Bughyat al-mutafiallim fı mafirifat Rabb al-filamın

See Kramer (1992).
4. Hill Rama∂n l yajüzu ithbtuhu bi’l-˛isb

Publ. with nos. 8 and 4 in majmüfia.
5. ˘ujjat al-mubasmil fı ’l-farı∂a sirran wa-jahran4.. Hill Rama∂n

la yajüzu ithbtuhu bi’l-˛isb
Publ. 1st edn., Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1375/1956 with nos
5 and 8 in Majmüfia thalth ras√il. A 2nd edn. was published with
additions at an unknown date.
6. Ikhtißr al-Mathnünı wa’l-Ba††r fı na˛r man ankara ruj˛n al-

qab∂ wa’l-raffi fı madh’hab Mlik
7. K. al-ta√rıkh li-shaykhihi A˛mad al-Tijnı

See Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya by his son fiAbd al-Wadüd.
8. Mißb˛ al-mußallı fı bayn idrk al-ßalawt al-khams wa-tarqıfiih

Published together with nos. 4 and 5 in majmüfi.
622 CHAPTER TWELVE
9. al-Qunbula al-dhurriyya fı radd fial A˛mad fiUmar ß˛ib al-

mubraza al-kubr
Publ. Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1378/1958.
His son and khalıfa fiABD AL-WADÜD H◊RÜN MU˘AMMAD
1. Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya min ta√rıkh shaykhin wa-ustdhin wa-

wasılatin il Rabbin Abı fiAbd al-Mughıth al-shaykh al-˛jj Hrün
Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı
Biographical notes on his father, completed 29 ∑afar 1404/4 December
1983.
Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d.
SULAYM◊N T◊J AL-DˆN b. A˘MAD NÜR AL-DˆN, b. 1953

Interview by JOH, Kumase, 24/1/99; interview by MS, 9/4/99.
He studied with his father until 1971, and was then awarded a
scholarship by the Saudi Arabian government. He pursued his education
in Madina, and in 1994 was awarded a Ph.D. in Arabic grammar, and
returned to Kumase in the same year. He then took over direction of his
father’s Madrasa al-Nüriyya al-Islmiyya, a primary and junior
secondary school in Adukrom, Kumase.
1. al-Mudhakkira al-müjiza li-mafirifat Zongo wa-umar√ihi fı Kümsı

A history of the Kumase zongo and its chiefs from 1899 to 1957.
MS: Typescript in NU/Hunwick, uncat.
MU˘AMMAD RASHˆD SHAfiB◊N, b. 5 Shafibn 1349/25 December

1930
Schildkrout (1997); Interview by JOH in Kumase 24/1/99.
A Kumase born scholar of Yarse (Wangara) origin. He studied with his

father Shafibn Kundu of Busume, who had studied with al-˛jj fiUmar b.
Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.). Shafibn had received the Tijnı wird from
al-˛jj fiUmar, who had received it from Alfa Hshim (q.v.), and this was
passed on to Mu˛ammad Rashıd.
In the mid-1960s he was research assistant to the American

anthropologist Enid Schildkrout, and secretary of the Mossi Youth
Association. In 1998 he was made Chief Imam of the Mossi community
in Kumase.
1. [History of Kumase zongo]

Written in 1967.
Discussed and partially translated in Schildkrout (1997). The long poem
goes far beyond being a history of the Kumase Zongo and has a good
deal to say about Zongo politics in relation to national politics in the
immediate pre- and post-independence period of Ghana.
2. Taqrı÷
Eulogies for several works of A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷, including lines of
poetry, See above.
JIBRˆL ∑◊LI˘ al-Salghawı al-Kanawı, known as Malam Tsafo o f

Bawku.
1. fiAj√ib yt Allh fı sayr al-shams wa’l-qamar bi-˛usbn

Publ. by author, 1406/1985.
2. Bushr al-mujtahidın
Publ. by author, Kumase, 1393/1972.
3. Khulßat al-fiqh al-fiaßrı

Completed 15 Jumd II 1389/3 July 1969.
Publ. for fiUmar Banki and Safiıd Bbah, n.p. [Bawku].
4. al-Qur√n huwa al-imm li’l-filam ajmafi

Completed 1 Rabıfi II 1395/13 April 1975.
Publ. n.p. [Bawku], n.d. [c. 1975].
5. fiUmdat al-Islm wa-bustn al-fiulam√ wa’l-firifın fı ta˛sın al-

÷ann bi’llh
Completed 17 Jumd I 1401/24 March 1981.
Publ. by author, n.p. [Bawku], n.d. [c. 1981].
624 CHAPTER TWELVE
MU˘AMMAD AL-TH◊Nˆ fiABD AL-Q◊DIR, Kafi Dubu of Bawku.
1. Tu˛fat al-mudarris
In two parts.
Publ. by author, 1987.
fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Kumsı, fl. 1960

ALA II, 339
Despite his nisba, he was of Nigerian origin.
1. Dalıl al-s˛ı fı sunnat ashrf al-awkhir wa’l-aw√il

Publ. see Mai Gari (1979), 510.
2. Fat˛ al-˛akam al-fiadl fı ta√yıd sunnat al-sadl

Publ. Cairo: Mu˛ammad fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1392/1972.
3. Mawrid al-÷am√n fı dhikr ˛ayt al-shaykh Ibn Füdı fiUthmn

Publ. Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d.
MU˘AMMAD AL-SANÜSˆ b. YAfiQÜB
1. al-Nafa˛t al-˘amawiyya fı ’l-futü˛t al-ilhiyya

Mervyn Hiskett, personal comm.
NÜR AL-DˆN al-˘amawı, fl. 1395/1975

Khalıfa of the ˘amawiyya in Kumase.
1. Tahdhıb al-aqwl wa’l-radd fial ’l-Ibrhımiyya

Polemic against the Niassene Tijniyya.
M. Hiskett, personal comm.
2. Nibrs al-murıdın li-zumrat al-˘amawiyya fı Ghn

Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1390/1971 (copy in NU/Hiskett
Pamphlets, XXII).
fiˆS◊ AL-˘ASAN BAKI

Biog. note by Mu˛ammad Bb al-˛jj ◊dam as intro. to Silsilat al-fiarabiyya li-†alabat Ifrıqiy
Born in Prang (7° 59’ N—0° 53’ W) of a Zaberma father and a Sisala
mother. Studied first with Sh. Garba, nicknamed “Hitler”, then with
fiAbd al-Qdir Yüsuf Maydük(i), and then at the Madrasa Wa†aniyya of
A˛mad Bb al-Wafiı÷ (q.v.) in Kumasi. After a period of work with his
father in the cattle trade, his mother sent him to local scholars for further
education following his father’s death. He taught for five years in Prang
and then took to serious study of the Arabic language. In 1965 he went
to study in al-Azhar, and finally completed his studies in the Islamic
University of Medina. He is now director of the Islamic Culture Centre
of Prang. Information on writings provided by their author.
1. al-Islm dın al-˛aqq wa’l-bidfia ∂all

Publ. Kumase: Watada Press, 1998.
2. Mafirifat Allh fı mafirifat asm√ihi al-˛usn

3. al-Muß†ala˛t al-siysiyya
4. al-Qmüs al-fiaßrı: Modern Arabic Dictionary of English, Arabic,

and Hausa
Publ. Zaria: Hudahuda Publishing Co. Ltd., 1997.
5 al-Qur√n shif√ li’l-ns wa’llhu al-Shf.ıı

5. Silsilat al-fiarabiyya li’l-†alaba al-ifrıqiyya

Publ. n.p., 1969.
6. Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke daga surat al-ns zuwa sürat al-Fıl

Hausa translation of Qur√n, süras 78-114.
Publ. n.p. [Prang?],1999.
8. Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke na mai da nisa kusa Juz√ fiAmma

Hausa translation and commentary on Qur√n, süras78-114. Publ. Prang,
1969.
626 CHAPTER TWELVE
9. al-Tanbıh wa’l-irshd
Publ. n.p., 1971.
10. al-Tarbiya al-Islmiyya min al-risla al-Mu˛ammadiyya

Publ. Cairo” fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1975.
fiUMAR fiABD AL-JABB◊R
1. al-Jadıd fı ’l-takh†ub wa’l-tafibır

Manual for teaching spoken Arabic in Ghana Primary schools, in two
parts. With English trans. by Odrago Umar Salih, Modern
Conversational Arabic.
Publ. Kumasi: Tayeb Abubakar Mailitaafi for Al-Nnur (sic) Publication,
n.d.
MU˘AMMAD TH◊NI fiABD ALL◊H, imam of Atebubu
1. Notes on the Muslim community of Atebubu Written in 1966 at the

request of Dr. Kwame Arhin.
MS: Legon, 445.
LISTS OF RULERS, IMAMS, ETC.

The concern of the Juula savants of the Greater Voltaic Region with
historical matters has already been noted at the beginning of this chapter,
and the earliest of their writings to have survived – the eighteenth
century Gonja pieces – have to do with the origins of that kingdom. This
concern is also witnessed by the numerous lists of office holders that
exist. These had a mnemonic function, indexing (as it were) more
extended narratives that were usually recited orally. Manuscript items to
be found in the Legon collection are listed below.
ASANTE. Kings, from Osei Tutu to Osei Bonsu Ketewa.

MS: Legon, 40.
ASANTE. Kings, from Osei Tutu (Usiyi N†u) to Agyeman Prempeh

(Firinfi al-kabır) , with reference to their wars. The list states it was
preserved by the shuyükh al-˛fi÷ın.
MS: Legon, 148.
Publ. trans in Martin (1965), 74-5.
BAWKU. Sarkins and imams of Bawku Zongo.

MS: Legon, 252.
BONDUKU. Kamaghatay imams.

MS: Legon, 81.
DABOYA. Rulers.
MSS: Legon, 41, 42.
DOKRUPE. Imams.
MS: Legon, 341.
GONJA. Rulers, with Gonja and Muslim names.

MS: Legon, 448.
GONJA . Rulers.
MS: Legon, 265.
GUSHIEGU. Imams and chiefs.

MS: Legon, 307.
GUSHIEGU. Imams.
MS: Legon, 351.
GYAMAN. Rulers.
MS: Legon, 80.
628 CHAPTER TWELVE
KAFABA. Rulers.
MS: Legon, 262.
KPEMBE. Rulers.
MS: Legon, 259.
KPEMBE. Rulers,
MS: Legon, 265.
KPEMBE (Lepo). Rulers.

MS: Legon, 269.
KPEMBE (Sungbun). Rulers.

MS: Legon, 266.
MAMPURUGU. Rulers, with brief references to their wars. In Arabic

and Hausa.
MS: Legon, 249.
NAMASA. History of Namasa from the time of Gyasa Kala, with a list
of rulers. Christian dates are used, but in 1964 the text was said to have
been recently copied from an older one.
MS: Legon, 320; see also NU/Wilks, FN 79.
NAMASA. Kamaghatay imams.

MSS: Legon, 318, 340.
SALAGA. Functionaries, with job descriptions in Arabic and Hausa.

MS: Legon, 257.
WA. Imams from Yafimuru to fiUthmn Dun [d. c.1887].

MS: Legon, 383.
WA. Imams from Yafimuru to Mahama [d. 1951].

MS: Legon, 447.
WA. Imams from Yafimuru to Safiıd Soribo [d. 1954].

MS: Legon, 61.
WA. Imams from Yafimuru to ∑li˛ [d. 1961].

MS: Legon, 17.
WA. Imams from Yafimuru to Safiıd (d. 1966).

MS: Legon, 46.
WA. Imams from Yafimuru to al-˛jj Mu˛ammad [d. 1971], with

marginal genealogies.
MS: Legon, 296.
***********************
The following authors are apparently from the Greater Voltaic region,
but no information is available to contextualize them.
MU˘AMMAD AL-FAT◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-GHANˆ b.

MU˘AMMAD TH◊Nˆ, called Mafma÷ü, or Yafi†üb
1. Takhmıs Q. Allhu lı fiudda

Takh. of a popular, but anonymous, poem; see ALA II, 50.
MS: Legon, 328 359.
ABÜ MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM MU˘AMMAD b. ALFA SIRI
1. Urjüza fı ’l-mırth
Opens: Aqülu bafid al-˛amdi wa’l-salmı * fiAl ’l-rasüli fiumdat al-
Islmı
MS: Legon, 431.
ABÜ BAKR fiUMAR
1. Na÷m fı ’l-˛isb
630 CHAPTER TWELVE
Opens: Y rghiban tabyın m qad ashkal * Baynuhu fı ’l-ghrimın

al-˛umal. In 30 vv.
MS: Niamey, 1274.
IDRˆS b. fiABD AL-MU√MIN
1. Sabon Tsari na-Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr

Hausa poem in 33 quintains.
Publ. n.p. [Accra?], n.d. (copy in NU/ Hiskett Pamphlets, XVII).
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
ANONYMOUS CHRONICLES, KING-LISTS AND HISTORICAL

FRAGMENTS CHIEFLY OF MALI AND NIGER
Although the authors of these historical texts are generally not
mentioned, in a few cases names are given, but they are of persons
whose writings are otherwise unknown.
GENERAL
Arabic titles
1. Akhbr al-zamn
Attributed to Ya˛y b. Safiıd al-Fullnı.
MS: Timbuktu (MHMT), 176, 630.
2. Naql al-kaw√in
Events of bild al-südn 958-1353/ 1551-1934. See also MKUB, 5,
where this title is attributed to A˛mad Bü’l-Afirf .
3. Q. r√iyya
On an expedition into Black Africa
MS: Paris (BN), 5444, ff. 29r-30v.
4. Shukr al-Mni˛ fı ri˛lat Ibn al-S√i˛

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 13.
5. Urjüza fı fat˛ bild al-Takrür

Inventaire, 291, states: “ Conquête du Takrür, de Bild al-Südn et des
territoires des Berbères par les Musulmans”.
MS: Paris (BN), 5722, ff. 88r-91v.
632 CHAPTER THIRTEEN
Descriptive Titles
6. Biographical dictionary.
Lacks beg. and end.
MS: Paris (BN), 5444, ff. 52r-155v.
7. Biographies of fuqah√.
MS: Paris (BN), 5719, ff. 203r-211v.
8. Dates of birth and death of scholars, writers, etc.

Probably relating to Segu/Msina.
MS: Paris (BN), 5737, f. 76.
9. Events after 1100/1688.

10. Events of the 9th/ 15th-13th/ 20th centuries.

11. Histoire du Sahel et du Tekrur copiée par Mu˛ammad A˛mad frère

du chef des Wuld Musé.
12. Letter to Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Safiıd.

AHAGGAR
1. Maktüb fı sha√n Haggr

ARAW ◊N
1. ˘adıqat al-bustn fial tawrıkh Arawn

MS: Timbuktu (CEBRAB), 1690.
ANONYMOUS CHRONICLES, KING LISTS ETC. 633
AZAWAD
1. Historical traditions on the islamization of the Middle Niger region,

Bü Jubayha, the Tuareg, etc.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406 (105, 106, 107, 108).
2. Nubdha fian ta√rıkh Azawd

MS: Niamey, 87.
4. Ta√rıkh Banı ˘assn fı Azawd

MS: Niamey, 107.
5. Ta√rıkh Imjaghan, ay ‡awriq Imshaghan wa-nubdha min aßl

Kal al-sük
These historical notes are by Mahdı b. ∑li˛. A marginal note identifies
the town of al-Süq with the ancient Tdmakkat.
MS: Niamey, 237.
6. Ta√rıkh Azawd
BAFULABE
1. Ri˛la fı min†aqat Bfülbı

BAMBA
1. Q. fı ’l-irshd wa’l-wafi÷ li-ahl Bamba

BAR ◊BˆSH
1. Ta√rıkh Azawd fı akhbr al-Barbısh wa-˛urübuhim mafia al-

Rigaybt wa-Huggr wa-Idnn wa-Ifoghs wa-dhikr bafi∂ akbirihim
wa-dukhül al-Naßra fı Tinbuktü wa-ghayr dhlika
2. Ta√rıkh Barbısh Azawd

Written by Ma˛müd w. Dahmn.
MS: Niamey, 86.
3. Maktüb fı waqfiat al-Irk

On the first combat among the Barbısh.
4. Man÷üma fı sha√n waq√ifi al-Barbish wa-ta√rıkhih

5. Écrit sur l’origine et l’histoire des Bérabiches et de ceux qui ont

habité Arawân
MS: Boudjbéha, see CCIM, 141.
BILMA
1. Ba˛th fian qabılat Tamaghara fı Bilm

Compiled by Muß†af Abba Gana.
MS: Niamey, 34.
BOUJ BEHA
1. R. fı wafayt fiulam√ Bü Jubayha

Covers the period 1193/1779-1271/1854
DAMERGU
1. Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Dmarghü

Compiled by Hamidane Saidi.
MS: Niamey, 44.
FULANI
Arabic Titles
1. Aßl al-Fulln
MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 97, 143
2. Dhikr khabar Galajo wa-Hamma Bodejo wa-tarjamatihi

MS: Niamey, 71
3. Hijrat qabılat F˙rob˙

MS: Niamey, 102(vii).
4. Maktüb fı nasab Fulln wa-muddat imrat sal†ınihim

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 43; see also 1014, 1024, 1376.
5. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Fulln wa-hij√ al-Tawriq

6. Qurrat al-abßr fı sırat al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad

M˛ammad b. Ma˛müd al-Fullnı
Urjüza in praise of al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr al-Fullnı.
MS: Paris (BN), 5699, ff/ 57v-72v, 5716, ff. 186r-200v; Timbuktu
(CEDRAB), 2039.
Comm. by A˛mad al-Ma√mün al-Yafiqübı, MS: Paris (BN), 84r-120v,
207v.
7. Tafirıkh waq√ifi al-Fulln

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 258, attrib. to fiAbd al-Qdir b. Safiıd, Abü
Bakr b. Müdi and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad.
Descriptive Titles
8. Chiefs of Ferobe and Sangare.

MS: Niamey, 104.
9. Fragment on the Fulani of Dori and Djelgodi.

MS: Paris (BI), 2410(134).
10. Fulani origins.

From fiUqba b. Ysir, sent to Futa Toro by fiAmr b. al-fi◊ß.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(10), 2408(122), 2411(185); Timbuktu (CEDRAB),
97 (claiming ancestry from fiUqba b. fi◊mir).
11. List of Fulani chiefs of Garguna.

MS: Paris (BI), 2408(124).
12. Fulfulde-Arabic lexicon in verse, with sections on parts of the body,

animals, and sicknesses.
13. Origins of the Gabeiro Fulani.

Established near Gao, the Gabeiro are described in the document as “a
tribe of Msina Fulani”.
MS: Paris (BI), 2408(123).
Some 50 Arabic documents concerning the Fulani of Liptako are
preserved in photocopy at IRSH, Niamey, donated by Paul Irwin (author
of Liptako Speaks: History from Oral Tradition in Africa).
FUTA TORO
1. On the death of amır al-mu√minın fiAbd al-Qdir.

MS: Paris (BN), 5474, 127r-128v.
2. Qi†fia min ta√rıkh Takrür

History of Futa Toro, with king-list from earliest times, and list of
almamis from fiAbd al-Qdir down to Njay.
MS: Legon, 240; see also 316 (king-list of Futa Toro, and origins of
certain groups there).
3. Origin of the Torodÿe

4. History of Wagadu and Futa Toro.

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 10 (with French trans.).
5. Petite Tarikh du Fuuta Tooro

GAO
1. Notes on the Arma and the sharıfs of Gao

MS: Paris (BI), 2406(87, 88, 89).
GURMA
1. Nubdha min ta√rıkh Ghurmankob˙

MS: Niamey, 102(viii).
AL-˘◊JJ fiUMAR AND DESCENDANTS
1. Dark al-mun wa-qa∂√ al-wa†ar fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Kaolack, 139.
2. Hijrat A˛mad Sıkü b. Sh. fiUmar

3. Maktüb fı dhikr ˛ajj wa-jihd fiUmar b. Safiıd

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 409. See also 849.
4. Maktüb fı dhikr ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı

5. Maktüb fı karmt al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd

6. Maktüb fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad Seku

7. al-Naß√i˛ fı nuß˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Sh. fiUmar Safiıd


MSS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 163-171, 5519, ff. 94, 96r-97r, 5558, ff.
182r-183r, 5605, f. 65r, 5695, ff 40-46; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 837
(several), 833, 838 (2 qq.).
9. Takhmıs fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd

10. Letter in rhymed prose addressed to al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 98.
11. Poem on al-˛jj fiUmar’s jihd before 1856

12. Notes on the history of the jihd of al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Legon, 455.
13. Q. fı ˛arb Füta mafia ahl Msina wa-dhikr mawt A˛mad wa’l-˛jj
fiUmar wa-mawqif al-Bakk√ı min tilka ’l-˛arb
In 31 vv. Apparently by one of al-Bakk√ı’s supporters.
14. Q. fı dhamm ˛ukm Fulln wa-mad˛ fiUmar al-Fütı

Opens: A-hjaka yawman wa’l-fat.
15. Hla ¯Saihu al-Hajji Omaru Kedewıyu bı Seıdi

Fulfulde text in Arabic characters brought to Freetown from Futa Jallon
in the late 1860s. Transcribed into Roman characters and published with
an English translation by C.A.L. Reichardt in his Grammar of the Fulde
Language, London, 1876. Rich in detail for the life of al-˛jj fiUmar and
his community in the period 1840-53, it is thereafter “condensed,
hesitant, and derivative” (Robinson (1985), 23, suggesting that the
author did not partake in the state-building jihd).
16. Kayfiyyat shaykhin wa-qudümuhu il bayt Allh wa-ibtid√

jihdihi il tammihi
Biography of al-˛jj fiUmar and the evolution of his state. See Robinson
(1985), 25-6, who notes the existence of copies of the work in a number
of private libraries.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 11 Fonds Curtin; MAMMP, 6.3.
17. Life of al-˛jj fiUmar

Text in Fulfulde, and Arabic translation, presented by Safiıd al-Nür Tall
(Seydou Nourou Tall).
MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 17 (Fulfulde text), 18 (Arabic
trans.).
18. Qaßıda on al-˛jj fiUmar

Text in Fulfulde, presented by A˛mad Mukhtr Sakho.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 21 (with French trans.).

Sent by an unnamed group of men of Wallta. According to Inventaire,
246, “Les auteurs ne peuvent aller voir le destinataire à cause des
brigands du Sahara; ils envoient une délegation le féliciter”.
MS: Paris(BN), 5693, f. 14.
20. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-˘jj fiUmar

Sent by Mu˛ammad al-Khalıf b. al-Shaykh Zayn al-fi◊bidın. According
to Inventaire, 265, “Relation de faits par l’auteur qui demande à être
affranchi par le destinataire”.
MS: Paris(BN), 5713, f.9.
21. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-Shaykh fiUmar

Sent by Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Bashır. According to Inventaire, 265,
“Nouvelles concernant un agent du destinataire et témoignage de
fidélité.
MS: Paris(BN), 5713, f.10.
22. Ta√rıkh al-˛jj fiUmar

23. Anon. poems in praise of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı (q.v.)

MSS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 55r, 88r, 88v, 97r-98v
24. Anon. opuscule in rhyming prose in praise of A˛mad al-Kabır al-

Madanı (q.v.)
MSS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 53r-54v.
25. Letter in prose and rhymed prose with extracts of poems renewing
allegiance to A˛mad b, al-˛jj fiUmar
MS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 112r-113r.
26. Various letters, documents, and poems relating to or addressed to

al-˛jj fiUmar or A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı (q.v.)
MSS: Paris (BN), 5693. ff. 3-24, 5713, ff.1-70, 123-157, 180-2, 184-5,
196-7, 199, 200, 208, 209, 210, 5717, ff. 6r-72v, 5721, ff. 81-83, 93r,
94r-v, 5722, ff. 16-18, 51, 5722, ff. 118r-119v, 5723, ff. 1r-4v., 5737, ff.
48-57, 59-62, 72-74, 98, 100-104, 112, 117v, 5740, f. 146-157, 5744,
36-40, 41-43, 70-71, 5745, f. 60v, 6107, 119r (by A˛mad al-Kabır), 134-
5, 6637, f. 148r.
Publ. trans of 5713, ff. 46, 59, 181, 182 in Hanson & Robinson (1991).
See also the introduction to Reichard’s Fula Grammar for Fulfulde texts
on the wars of al-˘jj fiUmar, the origins of the Pulo nation and the wars
of Timbo with Masina.
˘ASS◊NIYYA
1. Ta√rıkh wa-nasab bafi∂ abn√ ˘assn

2. Maktüb fı dhurriyyat ˘assn jadd al-Barbısh

HOMBORI
1. Q√imat mulük Humbüri

MS: Niamey, 102(vi).
IGUELLAD
1. R. fı ithbt aßl imrat Igalld li-Kel-n-Sıd al-mustaw†inın fı ar∂

Bamba
JENNE
1. List of rulers of Jenne before the Moroccan conquest

MS: Paris (BI), 2405(6).
2. Obituaries, 1164/1751 - 1180/1767

Also contains some history of events.
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(5).
3. Nubdha min tafirıkh Jenne

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 10, 35 .
4. Ta√rıkh Jenne
MS: MAMMP, 7.1.
KEL ANTASAR
1. Q. fı mad˛ amır Kal-Antaßar Mu˛ammad fi◊l b. Düdü (sic)

2. Ta√rıkh khurüj Kal-Antaßar min al-Madına al-munawwara

KUNCHE
1. Q√ima bi-asm√ mulük Kantshı wa-muddat khilfatihim

MS: Niamey, 385.
KUNTA
Arabic titles
1. Maktüb fı sha√n dhurriyyat al-Shaykh Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr

2. Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Wfı min Kanta

3. Man÷üma fı mafiraka bayn Kunta wa-Kal-Antaßar

4. Qaß√id fı (mad˛) usrat A˛mad al-Bakk√ı

5. Q. fı hij√ Idaw al-˘jj wa-mad˛ Kunta

6. Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı

MS: Paris (BN), 5545, ff. 187r-189v.
7. Q. r√iyya: Qaßarat yad al-afhmi wa’l-afkrı * fiamma ˛awhu

sayyid’l-Mukhtrı, 16 vv.
In praise of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.
8. Risla
On failure to make peace between the Kunta and Kel Antasar, written by
Trb b. ˘amls.

10. R. il ahl Kunta fimmatan wa-il ahl al-˛all wa’l-fiaqd minhum
khßßatan
Concerns confiscation/extortion (ghaßb).
11. R. il umar√ al-Kuntiyyın

12. Sabab ˛arb Kunta wa-Kal Antaßar wa-nubdha fı ta√rıkh ˆdnn
13. al-Sahm al-thwı fı a˛sh√ al-Bakk√ı al-ghwı

Poem by a follower of al-˛jj fiUmar.

MS: Paris (BN), 5457, f. 106v.
Descriptive titles
14. Document of the genealogy of Bbah b. Sayyid Mu˛ammad b.

Bbah A˛mad b. Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr.
15. Elegy for Lla fi◊√isha, wife of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB).
16. Notes on Kunta genealogy and history.

MS: Paris (BI), 2406(90, 111, 112)).
17. Two poems satirising the Kunta by A˛mad b. Slim b. al-Slik al-
Dül˛jji.
18. Two elegies for Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.

19. Poem in praise of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.

LIPTAKO
1. Asm√ mulük Libtkü

MS: Niamey, 97.
2. Nubdha min asm√ mulük Libtkü wa-Wüghü wa-Sinder

MS: Niamey, 79.
3. Tawliyat al-imma fı Düri [Dori] wa-Libtkü

MS: Niamey, 99.
4. Documents on the history of Liptako and Dori

i) Awwal man sakan bi-ar∂ Libtkü

ii) Asm√ a√imma wa-qu∂t madınat Düri
iii) Dhuriyyat Süri Hamm wa-fiˆs Slü Hamm Safiıd
iv) Q√imat asm√ umar√ Libtkü
MS: Niamey, 102.
5. Some 50 Arabic documents concerning the Fulani of Liptako are
preserved in uncatalogued photocopy at IRSH, Niamey, donated by Paul
Irwin (author of Liptako Speaks: History from Oral Tradition in Africa).
M◊SINA
Arabic Titles
1. M jar bayn al-imm amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wa-bayn al-˛jj

fiUmar
2. Man÷üma muwajjaha li-amır al-Fullnı al-sul†n A˛mad

3. Ras√il fı sha√n ahl Msina wa’l-˛arb mafia al-Faransiyyın

4. R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad

Written by A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af.
5. R. il A˛mad A˛mad al-Msinı fı sha√n ahl Sansandı

6. R. il amır Msina al-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı’l-fiAbbs fı sha√n

tarika
7. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. A˛mad

Written by al-Sul†n al-∑amakı (?).
8. R. min jamfiat Tinbuktu il A˛mad A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı

9. Ta√rıkh Msina wa-Nifima wa-Bsikünü wa-qabılat al-Süqiyyın

Descriptive Titles
10. Anon. letter to the amır A˛mad b. A˛mad.

11. Brief chronology of encounters between the forces of Sh. A˛mad

Lobbo and the “unbelievers” of Segu.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(42).
12. Fragment of Msina history

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 47 (ii).
13. Genealogy of the Fulÿe clans of Msina.

14. King list.

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fond Brevié, 14; Paris (BI), 2405(15), 2405(27);
Paris (BN), 5664, f. 154.
15. Letter adressed to A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı,

who is described as shaykhun wa-sayyidun wa-sanadun wa-nifimat
Allh allatı walln al-imm al-afi÷am wa’l-sul†n al-akram shaykh al-
Islm wa-ghawth al-anm. Concerns transactions in salt and a complaint
against a certain Müly al-Madnı.
16. Letter addressed to Sh. A˛mad, amır Msina and al-filim Nü˛ and
their entourage, from Khalıl b. fiAbd Allh.
MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 58r-v.
17. List of ar∂os of Msina.

18. Tarikh de A˛med Tijaani ou les exploits de l’amir El Tidjani b. Alfa

A˛med b. Safiiid.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 3 (Arabic text with French trans.), 4
(with partial Fr. trans.).
MOPTI
1. Documents of the q∂ı of Mopti Alf Ibrhım b. Abı Bakr (67 ff.).
SAY
1. Q√imat mulük Say

MS: Niamey, 102(v).
SEGU
1. Qi†fia min asm√ bafi∂ mulük Sıghu

2. Letters and state documents.

See Paris (BN); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 969. Texts and translations in
Robinson and Hanson (1991). See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 818, 235
ff. of documents concerning Segu.
SINDER
1. List of Emirs, 1814-1911

MS: Paris (BI), 2410(172).
SONGHAY
1. Chronique des Songhai

MS: Paris (BN), 5634, ff. 1r-41v.
2. Historical fragments on Kendaji

Kendaji is a village on the Niger between Ansongo and Tillabéry.
MS: Paris (BI), 2410(168-171).
3. Songhay Traditions
MS: Paris (BI), 2408(129).
4. Ta√rıkh Askiya
Largely a king-list, beginning with Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad and
finally going through a long list of askiyas of Dendi down to al-Mukhtr
b. al-˘jj (date unknown).
MS: Paris (BI), 2410(173).
AL-SÜQ AND KEL AL-SÜQ
Arabic Titles
1. Khabar al-Süq
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 93, 990 (iii), 1036.
2. Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Süq

3. Qißßat ahl al-Süq

Descriptive Titles
4. History of al-Süq.
Written at the request of De Gironcourt.
MS: Paris (BI), 2406(119).
5. Kel al-Süq Genealogies.

MS: Paris (BI), 2410(144-57).
6. Origins of the Kel al-Süq.

According to this document, fiUqba b. fi◊mir and a group of Companions

came to al-Süq, defeated its amır Kusayla (sic), and settled there.
MS: Paris (BI), 2408(133).
7. Poem by a member of the Kel al-Süq.

TIMBUKTU
Arabic Titles
1. Dhikr fuqah√ Tinbuktu

2. Dıwn ras√il kubar√ Tinbuktu

3. Risla jamfiat Tinbuktu il ’l-amır A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b.

Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı
MS: Niamey, 1321.
Descriptive Titles
6. Birth and death dates for some Timbuktu people.

7. Events in Timbuktu, c. 1748-1800.

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3315,
8. Events in Timbuktu, 1210-1215/ 1795-1800.

9. Genealogy of Mu˛ammad al-Bakrı.

10. Genealogy of Sı. Ya˛y.

11. History of Timbuktu.

Mainly concerns the period of rule of Shaykh A˛mad of Msina
MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(71, 72).
12. Notes on the Arma.

MS: Paris(BI), 2406(87).
TOUBA-KORO
1. Ta√rıkh asm√ rua√s√ wa-mulük ‡üb Küru

TUAREG
Arabic Titles
1. Asm√ umar√ al-†awriq

MS: Niamey, 550.
2. Khabar qitl akbirin wa-nasab Karidanna (ay al-‡awriq) wa-

Kurtay
Concerns a dispute over payment of jizya to the Tuareg, apparently in
the reign of Emir of Sinder fiUthmn.
MS: Paris (BI), 2411(182-183).
3. Man÷üma fı waßf mafiraka li’l-Tawriq

A work with the same title is attributed to fiAbd Allh Dnyl b.
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Süqı; see above, p. 172.
4. Tafirıkh al-‡awriq wa-˛urübuhim mafia al-Naßr hına

dukhülihim Tinbuktü
5. Ta√rıkh Ulliminden
History of the relationship of the Ulliminden with the Songhay, said to

have been written in 1909 by Idris, the Songhay chief of the village of
Lotokoro (19 km south of Gao).
MS: Paris (BI), 2405(1).
Descriptive Titles
6. Fragments of Tuareg and Fulani history.

MSS: Paris (BI), 2408(122-127).
7. Fragments on the Tuareg.

These are mainly anecdotal and legendary.
MSS: Paris (BI), 2410(136, 139, 140, 141).
8. Genealogies of the Kel Gunahn.

MS: Paris (BI), 2410(158-62).
9. History of the Tuareg.

‘Note remise par Mohammed Ouginett, chef de la tribu maraboutique
des Touareg Kel es Souk à la mare de Fombalgo le 30 avril 1912’.
MS: Paris (BI), 2408(128).
10. Entitled by De Gironcourt (1920, p. 363) as “Traditions de

Terrazart”. Terrazart (or Terezzet) is an area of grazing to the north of
Agades. The work concerns the migration of al-Ghazlı, ancestor of the
Ifo‚ras Tuareg who left Aïr with a tribe called Ihallashatan and Ifiarfan
who were ‘Khawrij’.
MS: Paris (BI), 2410(135).
11. Tuareg genealogies and other documents.

MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(76-86, 91-104), 2408(128).
WANGARA
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Wangariyyın

ZABARMA
1. Ba˛th fian al-Zabarm al-q†inın bi-Düsü

On the Zaberma resident in Dosso. Compiled by Issa Anabo son of Alfa
Moumini.
MS: Niamey, 441.
2. Nubdha min nasab Zabarm

MS: Niamey, 25.
3. Nubdha min ta√rıkh Zabarm

Compiled by Yünus Konate.
MS: Niamey, 206
ZINDER
1. Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Zinder

Compiled by Bahary [Bukhrı?] Tanode.
MS: Niamey, 37
APPENDIX
UNASSIGNED WRITERS
The following writers cannot at present be assigned to any particular
place or period. They are therefore arranged in simple alphabetical order
of the author’s names.
ABAD (?) b. SˆDˆ ˘AMAD b. MA˘MÜD
1. Q. r√iyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 167-168v.
2. Q. sıniyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 168v.
fiABD ALL◊H b. MU˘AMMAD RAGˆG
1 Qaßıda f ı tafirıf al-ridda

fiABD al-Q◊DIR b. GID◊DO al-˘awsı

The author may possibly be identified with fiAbd al-Qdir b. fiUthmn b.
Abı Bakr, known in Hausa as Abdulªadiri ∂an Gi∂a∂o; see ALA II, 187.
1. Q. r√iyya
Advice to amır al-mu√minın fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn b.
Mu˛ammad Fodiye.
MS: Paris(BN), 5713, f. 130r.
fiABD al-Q◊DIR SAGHANUGHU
1. Mir√t al-†ullb
MS: Niamey, 98.
APPENDIX 653
fiABD al-RA˘M◊N b. KHALˆL
1. Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh al-Fullniyyın

MS: Niamey, 73.
ABÜ BAKR b. A˘MAD al-Fullnı al-Sidibı al-Bghunı, called Biba
1. Q. hamziyya
Repentance for the author’s sins.
MS: Paris (BN), 5606, f. 94v.
ABÜ BAKR b. BARKA
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı

ABÜ BAKR b. al-˛jj MA˘MÜD
1. R. il ahl Füta

MS: Paris (BN), 5705, ff. 53r-55v.
ABÜ BAKR b. MÜS◊, fl. 1168/1754-5.
1. Jubdharat al-˛aqır
Poem in praise of Fodigi Mori Müs Kaita, written in 1168/1754-5.
MS: Paris (BN), 5402, ff. 99-104; 5489, ff. 85-9.
ABÜ BAKR b. ∑◊LI˘ b. BAKR b. fiUTHM◊N al-Saylnı
1. Naßı˛at al-slik fı mufimalat al-mlik

Takh. of poem on Sufism by Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Khlidı, written
in 1270/ 1853-4.
MS: Paris (BN), 5461, ff. 89-93.
fiABD ALL◊H b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N al-Tawankanlı
1. Shif√ al-ghalıl wa-ir˛at al-fialıl fı shar˛ al-sifr al-awwal min

Mukhtaßar Khalıl
654 APPENDIX
MS: Paris (BN), 5598, ff. 1v-193v.; 5655, ff. 86v-270r.
A˘MAD b. fiABD ALL◊H al-Wadwı

MS: Algiers, ˘ (25), t√.
2. R. il ’l-amır Safiıd b. al-Shaykh Safiıd

MS: Algiers, ˘ (25), b√
A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD
1. R. ila q∂ı San Shirfi
A˘MAD b. al-imm IBR◊HˆM b. al-imm fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N
1. Rushd al-ghfil
Poem of advice for those who are ignorant, or feign ignorance, of the
moral principles of Islam.
MS: Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 1-17.
Alfa A˘MAD KÜRU
MS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 41v-42r.
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD
1. Man÷üma fı rith√ a˛ad fiulam√ al-Takrür
2. R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. A˛mad al-Kuntı

APPENDIX 655
A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD JULLI b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD, al-

Zaghrnı, called Shaykh Jji
1. Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 95r.
2. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-nabı

MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 71r-74v.
3. Q. r√iyya
On the battle of Genumu Kura.
MS: PARIS(BN), 5640, FF 29v.-30v. See also 5640, f. 29r.
A˘MAD b. SULAYM◊N al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Jamawı
MS: Paris (BN), 5603, ff. 71r-74r.
A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ B◊H

In the preface to his book he signs himself as director of the Centre
d’Études Islamiques (presumably in Abidjan, where his book was
published), and imam of the mosque of Cocody-Riviera, a twin quarter
of the city of Abidjan.
1. M qalla wa-dalla fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl
Publ. Abidjan: Centre d’Etudes Islamiques, n.d. (copy in
NU/Hunwick, 477).
fiALˆ b. A-G-˘-T
1. ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir al-muntaqid

Taqrı÷ by fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Ballu al-Inükundarı, see p. 189 above;
and by various other persons, see MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2054,
2055.
656 APPENDIX
BAKR b. fiUTHM◊N fiABD ALL◊H al-Fullnı al-Jallwı al-Saylnı

This author is perhaps to be identified with Modi Bü Bakar Abı Marwn
b. al-faqıh fiUthmn al-Saylawiyu al-Jallwı al-Fullnı also called Cerno
Bakar Poti; see above, p. 497.
1. Qan†arat al-˛isb
Urjüza on astronomy.
MS: Paris (BN), 5693, ff. 29r-39v., inc.
BULAL b. BUDBUD
1. R. il ’l-faqıh Sadıd wa’l-‡hir fı mushkilat al-buyüfi

˘◊M b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. AL-MUKHT◊R
1. Note about the weakness of the Ottomans, which has led to

Europeans (al-Naßr) seizing five or six fortified towns (qußür) in
Syria. He also notes the appearance of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Wahhb,
described as a “Khrijı Mufitazalı”, who has declared Dal√il al-khayrt
to be a bidfia, likewise the coverings of the Kafiba and the Prophet’s
tomb, and has now taken al-‡√if. He also mentions recent plague
(wab√) in Tunis and Egypt. The source of the information is an account
by Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr [al-Kuntı] which he gave based on a letter from a
certain al-˘abıb, son of the [pilgrim] caravan leader.
MS: Timbuktu (CE DRAB), 2045 (f. 6v.).
2. Fatw
About some one who deliberately kills the bull of another.
˘AMMA AL-AMˆN,
1. Q. fı mad˛ al-Kuntiyyın
APPENDIX 657
˘AMM◊ (or ˘IM◊) b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD

AL-MUKHT◊R
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-istisq√
IBN A˘MAD b. AL-SHAYKH
1. Dal√il al-mustahdı fial taßdıq al-hdı

Comm. on qaßıda on the mawlid
Alfa IBR◊HˆM b. fiALˆ al-Fulukankı
1. Ta√lıf fı ’l-wirtha
MS: Paris (BN), 5725, ff. 257r-267v.
IBR◊HˆM b. Q◊SIM al-Sılı
1. Q. nüniyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5605, ff. 62v-63r.
KAMARA b. A˘MAD AL-W◊Lˆ al-Ifrıqı
1. Lubb fiilm al-siyar

Urjüza of 100 pp. on the life of the Prophet, written in 1328/1910.
Opens: Yaqüfiu ma√süru dhanbihi aqarra * Rjı’l-ilha mu˛sinan ÷ann an
Kamara.
MS: Niamey, 417.
Alfa MA˘MÜD b. al-imm MU˘AMMAD al-Kanakı al-Kabawı al-

Tijnı al-Mlikı
1. Ba˛r al-anwr
Vv. opens: ˘amdan min Ma˛müdı * Ibn al-immi Mu˛ammadı.
Completed 23 Rama∂n 1369/9 July 1950.
Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 2nd edn., 1392/1972 (copy in NU/Brenner,
39).
658 APPENDIX
MU˘AMMAD, called ˘amad Adda (or ˘amaddd)
1. Fatw
On a slave who marries without his owner’s permission.
MU˘AMMAD b. fiABD al- D◊√IM b. fiABD AL-GHAFÜR
1. R. il amır al-mu√minım A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı

According to Inventaire, 245, “L’auteur voudrait être reçu par le
destinataire, être aidé financièrement et repartir au plus vite.
MS: Paris (BN), 5693, f. 8r.
MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD [al-]Saghanughawı [al-]Taslımı

The author’s nisbas suggest that he may have been a Jahanke of Touba
(Guinea).
1. Qaßıda fı ’l-taw˛ıd
Opens: Bismi’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ulühiyya * al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karım al-
rabübiyya.
MS: Niamey, 1267.
MU˘AMMAD b. ALF◊ fiALˆ
1. Man÷üma fı sha√n ßalt al-imm

MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ B. ˘AMMA BELLO BAL‡Ufi U (?) b. GH ◊MD

(?)
1. Q. h√iyya
On lexicology.
MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 119v-125r.
MU˘AMMAD fiALˆ b. ZUBAYR
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya

APPENDIX 659
MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. AMJAD b. AL-TIJ◊Nˆ al-Gwı al-

Bghunı. , perhaps same asMu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Amjad; see p. 226
1. Q. r√iyya
Account of a dream vision of al-˛jj fiUmar.
MS: Paris (BN), 5721, f. 112v.
2. Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ Sı A˛mad al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5721, ff. 111r-112r.
MU˘AMMAD b. B◊B◊, called Ashaddagan
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-lugha wa’l-na˛w

MU˘AMMAD b. FÜDˆ al-Mallwı

See ALA II, 369.
1. Raw∂at al-mutafiallimın wa-˛adıqat al-mufiallimın

Written in Rama∂n 1365/May-June 1917.
MS: Niamey, 1268.
MU˘AMMAD b. ˘-N-K
1. Fatw fı ˛ukm al-˛iyza

MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. AfiMAR AL-fiAYYIQ
1. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar

MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 171v-172r, 173r.
MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM MAK˘ÜL
1. Fatwa
On a wife’s wealth and her husband’s relationship to it.
660 APPENDIX
MU˘AMMAD IMLˆN b. MU˘AMMAD
1. Fatw
On the lawfulness of plundered property.
MS: TC. 2141.
al-faqıh MU˘AMMAD AL-JAWHARˆ b. al-Q∂ı A˘MAD
1. R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar

according to Inventaire, 245, “L’auteur demande au destinataire de le
faire connaître auprès du sul†n Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn Füdı et de
lui transmettre sa lattre.” Dated 14 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1251/31 march 1836.
MS:Paris(BN), 5693, ff.6r and 7v..
MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b.

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUNˆR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-
‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUB◊RAK b. Sˆ fi◊Lˆ
1. Nzila fı sha√n bi√r

Two men discover an old well site and begin to dig it out. They later hire
another man to help them, and he then claims a share in the well.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2196 (7. ff.)
MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD ˘AMM◊ b. SAYYID
1. Fatw fı ’l-†alq
MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD YA˘Y◊ b.

MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. AL-‡◊LIB fiABD ALL◊H
1. K. al-rudüd fial radd kitb Ibn Myb al-ma†rüd

Response in verse to an attack by Ibn Myb al-Jakanı on Sı. A˛mad
al-Tijnı and the Tijnı †arıqa.
MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 590 (14 ff. inc.).
APPENDIX 661
MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR b. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. ABˆ MA˘ALLˆ b.

fiABD AL-MALIK b. fiALˆ b. ABˆ MA˘ALLˆ
There is no clear evidence that he was from Western Sudanic Africa,
except that his writings are found in several W. African collections.
1. fiAqıda
MSS: Ibadan (UL), 493M7; Kano (BU), 299 (K. al-taw˛ıd); London
(BL), 4897, ff. 1-24, 6473, ff. 94-97; Paris (BN), 5603, ff. 159r-169r;
5647, ff. 67r-85r.; Zaria, 111/1.
2. Q. fiayniyya
On wafi÷.
MSS: London (BL), 6472, ff. 98-104; Paris (BN), 5406, ff. 115-119,
5442, ff. 39-40 (qfiya unknown).
3. Q. r√iyya: Tafiallam wa-bdir y ghfil * Li-fahm al-fiaq√id

qabl al-qubürı
MSS: Paris (BN), 5601, ff. 116r-117v, 5671, ff, 35r-36v.
4. R. fı ’l-kufr wa’l-ımn
MSS: London (BL), 4897, ff. 102-118, 4897, ff. 119-169 (with glosses
in an African language); Paris (BN), 5428, ff. 1-47, 5442, ff. 29-38,
5473, ff. 117r-156v (inc.), 5497, ff. 1-20; 5500, ff. 119r-134v; 5504, ff.
58r-73v; 5647, ff. 18v-28r; 5683, ff. 152r-165r, 5687, ff. 29v-43v.
5. Shar˛ al-˛amdala
MSS: Paris (BN), 5566, ff. 151-164, 5647, ff/ 57r-85r.
6. Tafilıq fı ’l-akhlq
MS: Paris (BN), 5541, ff. 60r-63v.
AL-MUKHT◊R JÜB (DIOP)
1. Tanbıh al-mushil li-taqhum al-ns

MS: Paris (BN), 5442, ff. 59-64.
662 APPENDIX
SAfiD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD B◊B◊
1. Man÷üma fı sha√n Awld Zayn

S◊LIM b. MU˘AMMAD al-Kasamnı
1. fiAqıd
Based on the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı and the Dalıl al-qfiid of Mu˛ammad
al-∑li˛ b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Awjilı (see ALA II, 51).
MS: Paris (BN), 5647, ff. 86r-88v.
AL-‡◊LIB b. AY◊TIN◊
1. Man÷üma fı ’l-fiqh
THIARY CAMARA
1. L’importance de la lecture du Coran

Transcription and translation of four süras (36, 56, 67, 32) of the Qur√n.
Publ. Abidjan: Centre Islamique, n.d. (copy in NU/Brenner, 36).
fiUMAR b. Sh. B◊B◊ al-Sridügı
1. Q. dliyya fı mad˛ Shaykh ˘amad Amın

Comm. by author.
MS: Paris (BN), 5678, ff. 159r-162r.
2. Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amadi Amın

Also in praise of Maryam bt. Sh. A˛mad, ˘afßa, and Dafid.
MS: Paris (BN), 5678, ff. 145r-148v.
fiUMAR b. AL-MUKHT◊R
1. Najt kulli hlik wa-nür kulli fibid wa-slik

Also called al-Mißb˛ li’l-ßighr wa-man ya˛tjuhu min al-kibr
Vv. on taw˛ıd.
APPENDIX 663
fiUMAR R◊FIfi b. ∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ TAFSˆR

Perhaps to be identified with fiUmar Rfifiu of Dara Labé in Guinea (see
above, p. 507).
1. Qaß√id
Five poems: b√iyya, dliyya, h√iyya, mımiyya, nüniyya
MSS: Paris (BN), 5699, ff. 55r-56v.
fiUMAR b. al-imm SAQQ◊ b. ˘AMATI (?) K.N., al-Dimashqı al-‡ürı
1. Q. al-shukr fial mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5610, ff. 95v-96r.
2. al-Sayf al-mud√im fial mad˛ khayr al-bariyya

MS: Paris (BN), 5610, ff. 93r-95r.
UMM H◊Nˆ bt. fiUMAR
1. Q. lmiyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5724, ff. 136r-137v.
2. Q. mımiyya
MS: Paris (BN), 5723, ff. 23r-v.
AL-W◊Fˆ b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-∑◊LI˘
1. Fatw
On a dispute among scholars about a woman’s inheritance.
YA˘Y◊ al-Wangarı
1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Tijnı

664 APPENDIX
YERO b. al-faqıh SANBA b. BÜ∆U/ BUWˆ al-Fullnı al-Msinı
1. Poem on ethics.
MS: Paris (BN), 5493, ff. 6-7.
2. Takhmıs al-qaßıda al-Shaqr†isiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı

Takh. of poem in praise of the Prophet by Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b.
Ya˛y al-Shaqr†isı, d. 466/1073; see GAL I, 268.
MS: Legon, 337(iii, 2) (attrib. to Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı.);
Paris (BN), 5623, ff. 118v-136r., 6699, ff. 19r-27b.
*********************
ADDENDA
The following works came to light after all other chapters had been
completed:
1. Fay∂ al-Bqı al-Khliq fı mawlid khayr al-khal√iq

Collection of poems on the Prophet’s birth by A˛mad Bamba.
Publ. Dakar: librairie Dar Senegalia, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 23)
2. ˘ad√iq al-fa∂√il fı khidmat khayr al-was√il, versified, arranged,

corrected and revised by A˛mad Dm Ture. The title, however, is the
same as the title of a work by A˛mad Bamba; see p. 404.
Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Kitb, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 25)
3. Mi∂o yetta wa∂ u∂on e mofte Muhammadu * E jibinÿe lan

maakimmi inde Muhammadu
92 vv. on the merits of Qur√nic exegesis, by Cerno Saadu Ludaajo
Dalabaa.
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, Cahier 58, no. 7 (with French
trans.)
4. Mi∂o yetta jooman wown∂o lan senii∂o mo maayataa * Malnay∂o

julÿe lette innuÿe juulaata
132 vv. on daily prayers, by Sh. Mammadu Luudaajo Dalabaa, son of the
author of no. 3 above.
ADDENDA 665
MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, Cahier 58, no. 16 (with French
trans.).
5. al-Burhn fı fialmt mahdı khir al-zamn

By Ibn Husm al-Dın al-Shahır b. al-Muttaqı (see Adnani (2001-2), 156.
MS: Paris (MAAO), 14722/2b.
6. Ifinat al-akh al-r∂ı fial tabyın a˛km al-ar∂ı

By al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı (q.v.). See Adnani (2001-2), 160, who
states: “Traite des statuts des territoires conquis, soumis après un traité,
ou encore des terres mortes ou du territoire de la guerre (dr al-˛arb) et
du territoire de l’Islam (dr al-Islm)”
MS: Paris (MAAO), 14722/47.
7. Q. ˛√iyya: ˘√ ’l-ma˛abbatı li’l-mun mift˛ü * Wa-bi-b√ih li-

dhawı’l-quyüdi sar˛ü
By Ibrhım A˛mad Niang (see above, p. 290). Written in 1996.
8. Two works by Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı (see p. 213 above),

referred to as follows in Ba and Daget (1962):
i) “Livre renfermant la généalogie des diverses tribus noires
du Soudan”, trans. H. Labouret in Annales de l’Académie des
Sciences Coloniales, iii (1929).
ii) “Traditions historiques et légendaires du Soudan
occidental”, trans. M. Delafosse, in RC, 1913.
9. Two dıwns by al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Niys al-

Kawlakhı; see p. 275 above:
i) Dıwn Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛
sayyid al-bashar. Publ. Dakar: al-Mu√assasa al-Sinighliyya li’l-
†ibfia, 1996 (copy in NU/Hunwick, uncat.)
ii) Dıwn al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b al-akbar
mawlna A˛mad al-Tijnı. Publ. Dakar: Mu√assasat “Wa ’l-fajr”
li’l-nashr, 2nd edn., 1417/ 1997 (copy in NU/Hunwick, uncat.).
666 ADDENDA
10. ◊dam al-Südnı al-Msinı, al-Islm wa-mabdi√ al-akhlq. Publ.

Cairo: fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 35)
11. Q. yadhkuru fıh bafi∂ al-waq√ifi, by Abü Hamm al-‡hir.

On wars between Berber and Tuareg groups (no doubt in Azawd). MS:
12. Q. fı dhikr awtd baldat Timbuktu wa’l-tawassul bihim il ’llh, by

A˛mad b. fiUmar al-˘asanı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1185.
13. R. il A˛mad al-Bakky, by fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-

Kbirı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1118
14. Q. fı mad˛ amır dawlat Farans. Poem in praise of Marshal Pétain

by Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Malik. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 581
SOURCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES
The sources and bibliographies are divided into four sections:

(a) Manuscript Collections and Archives.
(b) General Bibliography for Western Sudanic Africa
(c) Editions and Translations of Arabic Works
(d) Unpublished Conference and Seminar Papers
( A) MANUSCRIPT COLLECTIONS AND ARCHIVES
The following list gives information only on those archives and

collections referred to in the present work.
Accra (NAG) National Archives of Ghana, Accra.

Algiers (BH) Bibliothèque Nationale d’Alger, Fonds Ben Hamouda.
Boudjbeha Private library of Shaykh By b. Zayn b. fiAbd al-fiAzız
of Boudjebeha, See CCIM, 140-2.
Cairo (AL) Arab League/Jmifiat al-duwal al-fiarabiyya: Mafihad
al-makh†ü†t. See Fu√d Sayyid et al., Fihris al-
makh†ü†t al-mußawwara, 3 vols. in 8 parts. Cairo,
1954-63.
Cairo (AZ) al-Azhar University Library. See Fih. Az.
Cairo (DK) Dr al-Kutub al-Mißriyya. See Fih. Tay. and Fihris al-
kutub al-fiarabiyya al-mawjüda bi’l-Dr li-ghyat
sanat 1932, vols. 1-6, Cairo, 1924-32, and vols. 7-8,
Cairo, 1938 and 1942.
Dakar Institut Fondamental (formerly Français) d’Afrique
Noire, Université Cheikh Anta Diop, Dakar. See Th.
Diallo, M.B. M’Backé, M. Trifkovi¸c & B. Barry,
Catalogue des manuscrits de l’IFAN. Dakar: IFAN,
1966; El-Hadji Ravane Mbaye & Babacar Mbaye,
“Supplément au catalogue des manuscrits de l’IFAN”,
BIFAN, xxxvii, 1975, 878-95.
668 SOURCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
Khadim Mbacké & Thierno Ka, “Nouveau catalogue

des manuscrits d l’IFAN”, ISSS, viii (1994), 165-99.
Diourbel Maktabat Serigne Mor Mbaye Cissé. See Ousmane
Kane, Fihris makh†ü†t al-shaykh Mor Mby Sısı wa-
maktabat al-˛jj Mlik Sı wa-maktabat al-shaykh
Ibrhım Niys fı Sinighl. London: al-Furqn Islamic
Heritage Foundation, 1997.
Fez (BQ) See A. Bel, Catalogue des livres de la bibliothèque de
la Mosquée d’El-Qarouiyine. Fez, 1918; Mu˛ammad
al-fi◊bid al-Fsı, Fihris makh†ü†t khiznat al-
Qarawiyyın, 4 vols. Al-Dr al-Bay∂√ [Casablanca],
1979.
Hague See P. Voorhoeve, Handlist of Arabic Manuscripts.
The Hague, 1980.
IHAAA Institut d’Histoire, d’Art et d’Archéologie Africaines,
Abidjan.
Jos Nigerian National Museum, Jos. See Aida S. Arif &
Ahmed M. Abu Hakima, Descriptive Catalogue of
Arabic Manuscripts in Nigeria: Jos Museum and
Lugard Hall Library, Kaduna. London: Luzac & Co.,
1965.
Kaduna (NA) National Archives of Nigeria, Kaduna. See Bb
Yünus Mu˛ammad, Fihris Makh†ü†t Dr al-Wath√iq
al-Qawmiyya al-Nayjıriyya bi-Kdün, al-Juz√ al-
Awwal, ed. John O. Hunwick. London: Al-Furqn
Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1995; Last (1966) and
(1967b) and registers in situ.
Kaolack Maktabat al-˛jj Ibrhım Niys. ¸See Ousmane Kane,
Fihris makh†ü†t al-shaykh Mor Mby Sısı wa-
maktabat al-˛jj Mlik Sı wa-maktabat al-shaykh
Ibrhım Niys fı Sinighl. London: al-Furqn Islamic
Heritage Foundation, 1997.
Legon Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana,
Legon. See Osmanu Eshaka Boyo, Thomas Hodgkin &
Ivor Wilks, Check List of Arabic Works from Ghana,
Legon: Institute of African Studies, 1962.
SOURCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY 669
Legon (ctd.) Accession lists in Martin (1966), and K.O. Odoom & J.
Holden (1965), (1967), (1968.) A duplicate
xerographed set of this collection may be consulted at
the Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies,
North-western University, Evanston, IL.
London (BL) British Library, London. For works by African authors,
see card index in situ.
London See Adam Gacek, Catalogue of the Arabic
(SOAS) Manuscripts in the Library of the School of Oriental
and African Studies, University of London. London:
SOAS, 1981.
MAMMP Malian Arabic Manuscript Microfilming Project.
Microfilmed collection held at the Sterling Library,
Yale University, New Haven, CT. Copy in CAMP
[Collective Africana Microform Project].
Marrakesh See al-∑iddıq b. al-fiArabı, Fihris makh†ü†t khiznat
Yüsuf bi-Marrkesh, Beirut: Dr al-Gharb al-Islmı,
1414/1994.
Mikns (JK) Maktabat al-Jmifi al-Kabır. See Dilayru (1977).
Mikns (KhA) al-Khizna al-fimma. See Dilayru (1977).
Niamey Institut de Recherche en Sciences Humaines, Niamey.
Cyclostyled list in situ. See also Kani (1984).
NU/Brenner Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, Xerox copies
of books published in Africa from Louis Brenner’s
collection.
NU/Falke Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, fiUmar Falke
Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits Library of
African Studies. Data base catalogue in situ.
NU/Hiskett Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, Mervyn
Hiskett Legacy Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits
Library of African Studies.
NU/Hunwick Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, John O.
Hunwick Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits
Library of African Studies. Data base catalogue in situ.
NU/Paden Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, John Naber
Paden Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits
Libraryof African Studies.
.Data base catalogue in situ. See also E. Saad in

History in Africa, vii, 1980, 369-72
NU/Wilks FN Ivor G. Wilks, Field Notes, Melville J. Herskovits
Library of African Studies, Northwestern University.
Copies of these notes may also be consulted at the
Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana,
Legon, and at the Rhodes House Library, Oxford, U.K.
Paris (BI) Bibliothèque de l’Institut de France, Paris. See H.F.C.
Smith (1959a) and Hunwick & Gwarzo (1967).
Paris (BN) Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris; MSS orientales. See
Noureddine Ghali, Mohammed Mahibou and Louis
Brenner, Inventaire de la Bibliothèque fiUmarienne de
Ségou. Paris: Editions. du CNRS, 1985 (Fontes
Historiae Africanae, Subsidia Bibliographica, II). See
also Vajda (1950), H.F.C. Smith (1959c), Sauvan et al.,
(1987).
Paris Musée des Arts d’Afrique et d’Océanie. See Adnani,
(MAAO) (2000-2001).
Rabat (AF) Khiznat Mu√assasat fiAlll al-Fsı. See fiAbd al-
Ra˛mn b. al-fiArabı al-˘arıshı, al-Fihris al-müjiz li-
makh†ü†t Mu√assasat fiAlll al-Fsı, Rabat.
Rabat (KhA) Al-Khizna al-fimma [Bibliothèque Générale], Rabat.
See E. Lévi-Provençal, Catalogue des manuscrits
arabes de Rabat, 1ère série, I, Paris, 1924, revised by
∑li˛ al-Tdilı & Safiıd al-Murbi†ı, Fihris al-makh†ü†t
al-ma˛fü÷a bi’l-Khizna al-fi◊mma bi’l-Rib†, al-Rib†:
Manshürt al-Khizna al-fiAmma li’l-kutub wa’l-
wath√iq, 1997-8; I.S. Allouche & A. Regragui,
Catalogue des manuscrits arabes de Rabat, 2ème série,
I, Paris: Bibliothèque Orientale et Américaine, 1954, II,
Rabat:Editions Techniques Nord-Africaines, 1958;
3ème série (1954-1957), Fihris al-makh†ü†t al-
fiarabiyya al-ma˛fü÷a fı ’l-khizna al-fimma li’l-kutb
wa’l-wath√iq, vol. 1, Rabat: M. al-Tümı, 1973; Vol. 5,
ed. ∑li˛ al-Tdilı & Safiıd al-Murbi†ı, al-Rib†:
Manshürt al-Khizna al-fiAmma li’l-kutub wa’l-
wath√iq, 1997. Also card indexes in situ.
Rabat (KhH) Al-Khizna al-˘asaniyya [Bibliothèque Royale]. See

Mu˛ammad al-fiArbı al-Kha††bı, Fahris al-khizna
al-malikiyya/Catalogues of Al-Hassania Library. 6
vols., Rabat, 1980-7.
Rabat (MDI) Mafihad al-Dirst al-Ifrıqiyya, Jmifiat Mu˛ammad al-
Khmis (Institut des Etudes Africaines, Université
Mohammed V). No published catalogue.
Rabat Liste de manuscrits selectionés parmi ceux qui sont
(Unesco) conservés à la Bibliothèque Générale et Archives du
Maroc, reproduits par l’Unité Mobile de Microfilm de
l’Unesco. Rabat: Mission de l’Unesco, 1962.
Salé See Mu˛ammad ˘ajjı, Fihris al-khiznat al-fiilmiyya
al-∑ubay˛iyya bi-Sal/Catalog of Subaiheyya Library
in Sala, Kuwait: ALECSO, 1406/1985.
Shinqı† Private libraries of Ahl Habut, Ahl A˛mad Sharıf, Ahl
˘manni, Ahl fiAbd al-˘amıd, Ahl Ludfi, and Ahl al-
Sabt. See A˛mad w. Mu˛ammad Ya˛y, Fihris
makh†ü†t Shinqıt wa-Wdn, ed. Ulrich Rebstock.
London: al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1997.
Tamgrout Library of the Nßiriyya zwiya, Tamgrout. See
Mu˛ammad al-Mannünı, Dalıl makh†ü†t Dr al-Kutub
al-Nßiriyya bi-Tamgrüt, Rabat.
Timbuktu Centre de Documentation et de Recherches Historiques
(CEDRAB) Ahmad Baba, Timbuktu. See Fihris makh†ü†t markaz
A˛mad Bb li’l-tawthıq wa’l-bu˛üth al-ta√rıkhiyya bi-
Tinbuktü. London: Al-Furqn Islamic Heritage
Foundation. Vol. I, ed. Sıdı fiUmar b. fiAlı, 1995. Vol.
II-V, ed. Librarians of the Centre, 1997-9. See also
Hunwick (1992a).
Timbuktu Maktabat Mamma ˘aydara al-Tidhkriyya. See
(MMHT) Catalogue of Manuscripts in Mamma Haidara Library,
3 vols., prepared by Abdelkader Mamma Haidara,
edited by Ayman Fu√d Sayyid, London: Al-Furqan
Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1481/2000.
Ti†wn (KhA) Al-Khizna al-fi◊mma, Ti†wn [Biblioteca General de
Tetuan]. See Fihris al-makh†ü†t - Khiznat Ti†wn,
Tetuan, 1981.
Ti†wn (JK) Maktabat al-Jmifi al-Kabır, Ti†wn [Bibliothèque de la

Grande Mosquée, Tetuan]. See Dilayru (1977).
Tivaouane Maktabat al-˛jj Mlik Sy. ¸See Ousmane Kane, Fihris
(Sy) makh†ü†t al-shaykh Mor Mby Sısı wa-maktabat al-
˛jj Mlik Sı wa-maktabat al-shaykh Ibrhım Niys fı
Sinighl. London: al-Furqn Islamic Heritage
Foundation, 1997.
Tunis (BN) Bibliothèque Nationale, Tunis/Dr al-Kutub al-
Qawmniyya. See al-Fihris al-fimm li’l-makh†ü†t, ed.
fiAbd al-˘afı÷ Manßür, Tunis: al-Mafihad al-Qawmı
li’l-◊thr, 1975.
Tunis (MA) Maktabat al-fiAbdaliyya. See Barnmaj al-Maktaba al-
fiAbdaliyya. 4 vols., Tunis, 1908-11.
Tunis (MZ) Bibliothèque de la Mosquée de Zeitouna, Tunis.
Wdn Private libraries of Ahl Mu˛ammad b. al-˘jj, Ahl al-
Kitb, Ahl Dhı, Ahl fiˆdı, Ahl Yya Büya, and Ahl
A˛mad Sharıf. See A˛mad w. Mu˛ammad Ya˛y,
Fihris makh†ü†t Shinqıt wa-Wdn, ed. Ulrich
Rebstock. London: al-Furqan Islamic Heritage
Foundation, 1997.
World Survey World Survey of Islamic Manuscripts, ed. Geoffrey
Roper, 4 vols. London: Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage
Foundation, 1992-5.
Yale See Leon Nemoy, Arabic Manuscripts in the Yale
University Library. New Haven, 1965 (Transactions of
the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, xl, Dec.
1956, 1-273).
Zaria Northern History Research Scheme, Department of
History, Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria. See al-Bılı
(1984); Second Interim Report, Zaria, 1967, Third
Interim Report, Zaria, 1975, Fourth Interim Report,
Zaria, 1977, Fifth Interim Report, Zaria, 1981, Sixth
Interim Report, Zaria, 1987; and card index in situ.
(B) GENERAL B IBLIOGRAPHY FOR WESTERN SUDANIC AFRICA
ABUN-NASR, Jamil The Tijaniyya. A Sufi Order in the Modern

(1965) World. London.
ADNANI, Jiillali El “Inventaire des manuscrits du Fonds Archinard
(2000-2001) de la Bibliothèque du Musée National es Arts
d’Afrique et d’Océanie”, ISSS, 14-15, 153-75.
ALEXANDRE, Pierre “A West African Islamic movement:
(1970) Hamallism in French West Africa”. In R
Rothberg, & Ali Mazrui, Protest and Power in
Black Africa, New York, 497-512.
ALLEN, C.R., and (Eds.) African Perspectives. Papers in the
JOHNSON, R.W. History, Politics and Economics of Africa
(1970) presented to Thomas Hodgkin. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
AMSELLE, Jean-Loup “Le Wahabisme à Bamako (1945-1985)”,
(1985) Canadian J. African Stud., xix, 345-57.
AMSELLE, Jean-Loup “A case of fundamentalism in West Africa:
(1987) Wahhabism in Bamako”. In Lionel Caplan
(ed.), Studies in Religious Fundamentalism,
Albany: State University of New York Press
◊N, Mu˛ammad al-Islm wa’l-thaqfa fı ’l-jumhüriyya al-
Muß†af (1978) S i n i g h  l i y y a . n.p. [Dakar]: al-Dr al-
Sinighliyya li’l-†abfi wa’l-nashr wa’l-tawzıfi.
ARNAUD, Robert “L’Islam et la politique musulmane française
(1912) en A.O.F.”, RC, i, 3-20, iv, 142-54.
AL-AZMˆ A˛mad “Qir√a wa-ta√ammult fı bafi∂ mu√allaft al-
(1997) ˛jj fiUmar al-Fütı”. In Temimi (1997), 5-18
[Arabic].
BA, Abü Bakr Khlid ∑uwar min kif˛ al-muslimın fı Ifrıqiyya al-
(1980) gharbiyya: al-˛jj fiUmar al-Fütı, ˛aytuhu
wa-jihduhu. Nouakchott: Institut mauritanien
de recherches scientifiques.
B A, Ahmadou Vie et enseignement de Tiero Bokar. Le Sage
Hampaté (1980) de Bandiagara. Paris.
BA, Ahmadou L’Empire peul du Macina, Vol. I (1818-1853).

Hampaté & DAGET, Paris-La Haye: Mouton.
Jacques (1962)
BA, Ahmadou Tierno Bokar, le sage de Bandiagara. Paris:
Hampaté & Ptésence Africaine.
CARDAIRE, Marcel
(1957)
BA, Oumar (1982) Ahmadou Bamba face aux autorités coloniales.
n.p. [printed in Abbéville, France].
BAH, Ibrahima Caba Cerno Abdourahmane Bah: Eléments bi-
(1998) ographiques suivis de quelques poèmes avec
une traduction en français. Labé: Defte
Cernoyà.
BARTH , H (1965) Travels and Discoveries in North and Central
Africa . . . in the Years 1849-1855, 3 vols.
London: Frank Cass.
BASSET, René (1905) “Recherches bibliographiques sur les sources
da la Salouat al-anfâs”. Recuil des Mémoires et
de textes publiés en l’honneur du XIVe
Congrès des Orientaliste, 1-47. Alger.
BATRAN, A.A. (1971) “Sidi al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı and the
Recrudescence of Islam in the Western Sahara
and the Middle Niger, c. 1750-1811”. Ph.D.
thesis, University of Birmingham.
BATRAN, A.A. (1974) “The Qdiriyyah-Mukhtriyya brotherhood in
West Africa and the concept of taßawwuf in
the writings of Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (1729-
1811)”, Trans-African J. of History, iv/1-2, 41-
70
BATRAN, A.A. (1979) “The Kunta, Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, and the
office of Shaykh al-‡arıqa ’l-Qdiriyya”. In
Willis (1979), 113-46.
BATRAN, A.A. (2001) The Qadiryya Brotherhood in West Africa and
the Western Sudan: the Life and Times of
Shaykh al-Mukhtar al-Kunti (1729-1811).
Rabat: Publications de l’Institut des Etudes
Africains [Université Mohammed V].
BEHRMAN , Lucy Muslim Brotherhoods and Politics in Senegal.

(1970) Cambridge [MA]: Harvard University Press.
BEN C HENEB, “Étude sur les personnages mentionés dans
Mohamed (1907) l’Ijâza du Cheikh fiAbd al-Qâdir el-Fâsy”.
Paris: Extrait du tome IV des Actes du XVIe
Congrès Internationale des Orientalistes.
BEYRIES, J (1958) L’Islam au Soudan français. Document du
C.H.E.A.M., no. 2940.
BIARNÈS, Isabelle “La dimension internationale de la confrérie
(1984-5) niassène”. Mémoire D.E.A., Institut d’Études
Politiques, Paris.
AL-BˆLˆ, fiUthmn Index of Arabic Manuscripts of the Northern
Sayyid A˛mad Ismfiıl History Research Scheme. Khartoum:
(1984) Khartoum University Press.
BINSHAR ˆFA, Ibrhım al-S˛ilı wa-dawruhu al-thaqfı fı
MU˘AMMAD (1992) mamlakat Mlı. Rabat: Institut des Études
Africaines [Université Mohammed V]. Série:
Conférences, 9.
BONNEL DE “Les Diakhanké de Banisiraïla et du Bondou”,
MÉ ZIÈRIES, A. Notes Africaines, xli, 20-24.
(1949)
BOUSBINA, Saïd “Analyse et commentaire du livre Rim˛ ˛izb
(1988) al-Ra˛ım fial nu˛ür ˛izb al-rajım d’al-˘jj
fiUmar al-Fütı”, Diplôme d’études
approfondies, Universités ParisI/Paris VII.
BOUSBINA, Saïd “Les mérites de la Tijnniyya d’après ‘Rim˛’
(1988) d’Al-˘jj fiUmar”, ISSS, iii, 253-9.
BOUSBINA, Saïd “Müs Kamara, le savant ‘autodidacte’”, ISSS,
(1992) vi, 75-81.
BOUSBINA, Saïd “Un siècle de savoir islamique en Afrique de
(1995-6) l’ouest (1820-1920): Analyse et commentaire
de la littérature de la confrérie Tijaniyya à
travers les oeuvres d’al-Hajj fiUmar, fiUbayda
ben Anbuja, Yirkoy Talfi et al-Hajj Malik Sy”.
Thèse de Doctorat Nouveau Régime,
Universite Paris I.
BOUSBINA, Saïd “Al-Hajj Malik Sy: sa chaîne spirituelle dans la

(1996) Tijaniyya et sa position à l’égard de la
présence française au Sénégal”. In Triaud &
Robinson (1997), 181-98.
BOWDICH, T.E. Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee.
(1819) London: John Murray.
BRAIMAH, O. (1982) African Landmarks. Lagos: Islamic Research
Buureau.
BRAIMAH, J.A. & Salaga: the Struggle for Power. London:
GOODY, J.R . (1967) Longman.
BRENNER, L. (1976) “The Sufi teaching of Tierno Bokar Salif Tall”,
J. Religion in Africa, viii, 208-26.
BRENNER, L. (1984) West African Sufi. The Religious Heritage and
Spiritual Search of Cerno Bokar Saalif Taal.
London: C. Hurst & Co.
BRENNER, L. (1985) Réflexions sur le savoir islamique en Afrique
de l’ouest. Bordeaux: Centre d’étude d’Afrique
noire.
BRENNER , L. (1986) “Al-Hajj Sa’ad Umar Touré and Islamic
educational reform in Mali”. In E. Breitinger
and R. Sander (eds.), Language and education
in Africa. Bayreuth: Bayreuth University
[African Studies Series].
BRENNER, L. (1988a) “Concepts of †arıqa in West Africa: the case of
the Qdiriyya”. In Cruise O’Brien & Coulon
(1988), 36-43.
BRENNER, L. (1988b) “Sufism in Africa in the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries”, ISSS, ii, 80-93.
BRENNER, L. (1993a) Ed. Muslim Identity and Social Change in Sub-
Saharan Africa. London: Christopher Hurst.
BRENNER, L. (1993b) “La culture arabo-islamique au Mali”. In René
Otayek (ed.), Le Radicalisme islamique au sud
de Sahara. Paris: Karthala-MSHA.
BRENNER, L. (2000a) “Ahmadou Hampâté Bâ: Tijânî francophone”.
In Robinson & Triaud (2000), 289-326.
BRENNER, L. (2000b) Controlling Knowledge: Religion, Power and

Schooling in a West African Muslim Society.
London: Hurst & Company.
BRENNER, L. & “The role of language in West African Islam”.
LAST, D.M. (1985) In J.D.Y. Peel & C.C. Stewart, ‘Popular Islam’
South of the Sahara. Manchester: Manchester
University Press.
BRIGAGLIA, Andrea “The Fay∂a Tijaniyya of Ibrahim Nyass:
(2000-2001) genesis and implications of a Sufi doctrine”,
ISSS, 14-15, 41-56.
BROWN, W. (1967) “The Bakk√iyya books of Timbuktu”,
RBCAD, iii/1, 40-4.
BROWN, W. (1968) ‘Towards a chronology for the caliphate of
Hamdullahi’, Cahiers d’Études Africaines,
8/iii, 428-34.
BROWN, W. (1969) “The Caliphate of Hamdullahi, c. 1818-64”,
Ph. D. diss., University of Wisconsin.
CAAM,. Birahim (c. The Epic of El Hadj Umar Taal of Fuuta,
2000) recorded, transcribed, and translated into
English, and annotated by Samba Diop.
Madison [WI]: African Studies Program,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
CABA, Lamine (1956) Cheik Mohamed Cherif dit Fanta Mady
Haidara de 1870 à 1955. Conakry.
CAMARA, Sana “Afijami literature in Senegal: the example of
(1997) Sëriñ Muusaa Ka, poet and biographer,
Research in African Literature, xxviii/3. 163-
81.
CARDAIRE, Marcel Contribution à l’étude de l’Islam noir.
(1949) Mémorandum II du Centre IFAN, Cameroun.
[Mémoire hors série].
CARDAIRE, Marcel L’Islam et le terroire africain. Koulouba:
(1954) Imprimerie du Gouvernement.
CHAILLEY , M. et al Notes et Études sur l’Islam en Afrique Noire.
(1962) Paris: J. Peyronnet et Cie [Uni-versité de Paris.
Centre des Hautes Études sur l’Afrique et
l’Asie Modernes: Recherches et Documents, I].
CHERBONNEAU, “Histoire de la littérature arabe au Soudan”, J.

M.A. (1855a) Asiatique (sér. v), vi, 391-407.
CHERBONNEAU, “Notice historique sur A˛mad Bb, écrivain
M.A. (1855b) berbère de Tombouctou”, Rev. Or., 308-14.
CHERBONNEAU, “Essai sur la littérature arabe au Soudan
M.A. (1854-5) d’après le Tekmilet ed-Dibadje d’Ahmed Baba
le Tombouctien”, Annales de la société.
archéolologique de Constantine, ii, 1-42. Also
published separately, Constantine-Paris, 1856.
CISSÉ, Hassan (1984) Shaykh Ibrahim Niasse, revivalist of the
Sunnah. New York: Tariqa Tijaniyya of New
York Publications.
CISSÉ, Seydou (1989) “L’éducation musulman au Mali”. Thèse
d’état, Université de Strasbourg.
CISSÉ Seydou (1992) L’enseignement islamique en Afrique noire.
Paris: L’Harmattan.
CISSOKO, S.-M. “L’intelligentsia de Tombouctou aux 15e et
(1969) 16e siècles”, Présence Africaine, 72, 48-72.
CISSOKO, S.-M. “L’université de Tombouctou au XVIe siècle”,
(1974) Afrika Zamani, 2, 105-38.
CISSOKO, S.-M. Tombouctou et l’empire songhay. Dakar-
(1975) Abidjan: Les Nouvelles Éditions Africaines.
COPANS, Jean (1980) Les marabouts de l’arachide: la confrérie
mouride et les paysans du Sénégal. Paris: L
Sycomore.
CORTIER, M. (1908) D’une rive à l’autre du Sahara. Paris. Émile
Larose.
CORTIER, M. (1914) Mission Cortier, 1908-1909-1910, Paris.
COULON , Christian Le marabout et le prince. Islam et pouvoir au
(1981) Sénégal. Paris: Pedone, 1981.
CREEVEY, Lucy E. “Ahmad Bamba, 1850-1927”. In Willis
(1979) (1979a), 278-307.
CRUISE O’ BRIEN, The Mourides of Senegal. Oxford: Oxford
D.B. (1971) University Press.
CRUISE O’BRIEN, Saints and Politicians: Essays in the or-
Donal B.(1975) ganisation of a Senegalese peasant society.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
CRUISE O’ BRIEN, Eds. Charisma and Brotherhood in African

DONAL B. & Islam. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
COULON,
CHRISTIAN (1989)
CUOQ, J. (1978) “La famille Aqit de Tombouctou”, IBLA, 141,
85-102.
DEBRUNNER, H. Witchcraft in Ghana. 2nd edn., Accra.
(1961)
DE GIRONCOURT, G. Missions de Gironcourt en Afrique
(1920) occidentale, 1908-1909-1911-1912.
Documents scientifiques. Paris: Société de
Géographie.
DELAFOSSE, M. “Traditions musulmanes relatives aux origines
(1912) des Peuls”, RMM, xx, 242-67.
DELAFOSSE, M. “Notes sur les manuscrits acquis en 1911 et
(1916) 1912 par M. Bonnel de Mézières dans la région
de Tombouctou-Oualata (Haut-Sénégal et
Niger)”, Annales et Mémoires de l’AOF, 120-
29.
DIALLO, Hamidou “Cheikh Abdoulaye Fodé Doukouré et
(1997) l’islamisation des peuls de Jelgoodi”. In
Temimi (1997), 127-34.
DIANÉ, Djiba (1988) “Cheikh Fanta Madi Cherif, marabout de
Haute-Guinée”, ISSS, ii, 107-13.
DIARAH , Fatimata “L’organisation politique du Maasina/ Diina,
(1982) 1818-1862”, thèse de 3e cycle, Paris I.
DIENG, Samba (n.d.) El-Hadj Omar: la perle de l’Islam. n.p.
[Dakar]: Les Nouvelles Editions du Sénégal.
DIENG, Samba (1997) “El Hadj Oumar et le rayonnement de l’Islam
en Afrique”. In Temimi (1997), 135-60.
DICKO , Mohamed “Les manuscrits du Centre Ahmad Baba
Gala(1999) (CEDRAB) de Tombouctou”. In Revue
Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque
eurafricain du CIRSS. Paris: Institut
International d’Anthropologie, 49-63.
DILAYRü, al-Mahdı “Q√ima awwaliyya bi’l-makh†ü†t min

(1977) mu√allaft al-ashiqq√ al-Müritniyyın wa-
jumla min al-Ifrıqiyyın al-ukhar fı ’l-maktabt
al-maghribiyya”. Communication presented to
the ALECSO conference on Arabic MSS in
Africa, Nouakchott.
DIOUF , Cheikhou “L’héritage islamique à Saint-Louis du
(2002) Sénégal,” doctorat troisième cycle, Section
langues etrangeres appliquées, Faculté des
Lettres et de Sciences Humaines, Université
Gaston Berger, Saint Louis.
DRETKE, James P. “The Islamic Community in Accra (An
(1965) Historical Survey),” M.A. thesis, University of
Ghana.
DUMONT , Fernand La Pensée de Amadou Bamba, fondateur du
(1975) Mouridisme Sénégalais. Dakar-Abidjan: Les
Nouvelles Éditions Africaines.
DUPUIS, J. (1824) Journal of a Residence in Ashantee. London:
Henry Colburn.
DYALLO, Abdalla Taariika fii ngurndan Tyerno Muhammadu
(1977) Samba Mombeyaa (1755-1852). Conakry:
Institut Polytechnique Gamal Abdel Nasser.
FALL , Cheikh Tidiane “L’Héritage Arabo-Islamique à travers les
(1995-6) manuscrits des bibliothèques privées Saint-
Louisiennes”. Mémoire de D.E.A., Université
de Provence (Aix-Marseille I).
FALL , Cheikh Tidiane “Al-˘jj fiAbbs Sall (1909-1990)”, ISSS, 11,
(1997) 163-72.
FERGUSON, Phyllis “Islamization in Dagbon: a study of the
(1972) Alfanema of Yendi”, Ph. D thesis, Cambridge
University.
FROELICH, J.C. Les musulmans d’Afrique noire. Paris: Éditions
(1962) de l’Orante.
FROELICH, J.C. “Visite à El-Hadji Ibrahima Niasse”, L’Afrique
(1968) et l’Asie 83-84, 1968, pp. 37-41.
GARCIA, Sylvianne “Al-Hajj Seydou Nourou Tall, ‘grand

(1997) marabout’ tijani: l’histoire d’une carrière (v.
1880-1980)”. In Triaud & Robinson (1997),
247-74.
GARONNE, “Les limites d’une politique musulmane: le cas
Christophe (1995-6) de Cheikh Ibrahima Niasse. Un saint ambigu
au tournant de la colonisation”. Thèse de
D.E.A., Université de Provence, Aix-Marseille.
GAYE, Shaykh Tijn al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı: ˛aytuhu wa-
(2001) afimluhu. Dakar:: NIS.
GENEVIÈRE (1950) “Les Kounta et leurs activités commerciales”,
BIFAN, xii, 111-27.
GOODY, J. R.(1954) Ethnography of the Tribes of the Northern
Territories. London: Colonial Office.
GOODY, J. R.(1966) “Salaga in 1892”, Research Review” [Institute
of African Studies, University of Ghana], ii/3.
41-53.
GOODY, J. (1968) “Restricted literacy in northern Ghana”. In J.
Goody (ed.) Literacy in Traditional Societies,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 198-
264.
GOODY, JACK (1970) “Reform, renewal and resistance: a Mahdı in
northern Ghana”. In Allen &. Johnson (1970),
143-56.
GOODY, J. R. & “The caravan trade from Salaga to Kano”,
MUSTAPHA, T.M. JHSN, iii/4, 23-7.
(1967)
GOUILLY, Alphonse L’Islam dans L’A.O.F. Paris: Ernest Leroux.
(1952)
GREY, Christopher “The rise of the Niassene Tijaniyya, 1875 to
(1988) the present”, ISSS, ii, 34-60.
GUEYE , Djibril Malik “Cheikh Al Islam El Hadj Ibrahima Niasse le
(1983) mystique (1900–1975) ou l’école de formation
spirituelle de Niassène”. Mémoire de maîtrise,
Université de Dakar, Faculté des Lettres et
Sciences Humaines, Département d’Arabe [in
Arabic].
HAIDARA, Abdel “Bibliothèques du désert: difficultés et per-

Kader (1999) spectives”. In Revue Anthropologique/Actes du
VII° Colloque eurafricain du CIRSS. Paris:
Institut International d’Anthropologie, 153-66.
HAÏDARA, Ismaël L’Espagne musulmane et l’Afrique subsaha-
Diadié (1997) rienne. Bamako: Editions Donniya.
HAMÈS , Constant “Deux aspects du fondamentalisme islamique:
(1980) sa signification au Mali actuel et chez Ibn
Taymiya”, Archives de Sciences Sociales des
Religions, l, 177-90.
HAMÈS , Constant “Cheick Hamallah ou qu’est-ce que c’est
(1996) qu’une confrérie islamique (tariqa)”, Archives
de sciences sociales des religions’, lv, 67-83.
HAMÈS, Constant “Le premier exil de Shaikh Hamallah et la
(1996) mémoire hamalliste (Nioro-Mederdra, 1925)”.
In Triaud & Robinson (1996), 337-60.
HAMET, I. (1910) “Littérature arabe saharienne”, RMM, xii, 196-
213, 380-405.
HAMET, I. (1911) “Les Kounta”, RMM, xv, 302-18.
HAMPATE BA, Vie et enseignement de Tierno Bokar, Le Sage
Amadou (1980) de Bandiagara, Paris: Editions du Seuil.
HANSON, John H. “Historical Writing in nineteenth century Segu:
(1985) a critical analysis of an anonymous Arabic
chronicle”, History in Africa, xii, 101-154.
HANSON, John H. Migration, Jihad, and Muslim Authority in
(1996) West Africa: the Futanke Colonies in Karta.
Bloomington: University of Indiana Press.
HARMON, Stephen A. “The Expansion of Islam among the Bambara
(1988) under French Rule, 1890-1940”. Ph.D. diss.,
University of California, Los Angeles.
HARRISION, France and Islam in West Africa. Cambridge:
Christopher (1988) Cambridge University Press.
HEEPE, M (1928) “Gottlob Adolf Krauses Haussa-Handschriften
in der Preussischen Staatsbibliothek, Berlin,”
MSOS, Jahrgang XXI Abteilung 3 , 105-107,
and 80 pp. of facsimile texts at end of the
volume.
AL-˘ASAN, A˛mad “Al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı wa-bild Shinqı†:

w. (1997) mul˛a÷t fı ’l-fialqt al-thaqfiyya wa’l-
siysiyya”. In Temimi (1997), 31-50.
˘ASAN, Yüsuf Fa∂l & Ed. The Central Bild Al Südn; Tradition and
DOORNBOS, Paul Adaptation. Khartoum: El Tamaddon Press.
(1978)
HILLIARD, Constance “The Formation of the Islamic Clerisy of the
(1977) Middle Valley of the Senegal River, ca. 1670-
1770. PhD diss., Harvard University.
HILLIARD, Constance “Zuhur al-basatin and Ta√rikh al-Turubbe:
(1985) some legal and ethical aspects of slavery in the
Sudan as seen in the works of Shaykh Musa
Kamara”. In Willis (1985), ii, 160-81.
HISKETT, M. (1980) “The ‘Community of Grace’ and its opponents,
the ‘Rejectors’: a debate about theology and
mysticism in Muslim West Africa with special
reference to its Hausa expression”, African
Language Studies, xvii, 99-140.
HODGKIN, T.L. “The Islamic literary tradition in Ghana”. In
(1966) I.M. Lewis (ed.), Islam in Tropical Africa,
London: Oxford University Press, 442-60.
HOLDEN, J.J. (1966) “Note on the education and early life of Al-
˘jj fiUmar Tall”, Research Review [Legon],
ii/2, 68-72.
HOLDEN, J.J. (1970) “The Samorian impact on Buna: an essay in
methodology”. In Allen & Johnson (1970), 83-
107.
HUNTER , Thomas “The Jabi tarikhs: their significance in West
(1976) African Islam”, IJAHS, ix/ 3, 435-57.
HUNTER, Thomas C. “The Development of an Islamic Tradition of
(1977) Learning among the Jahanka of West Africa”,
Ph.D. diss., University of Chicago, 1977.
HUNWICK, J.O. “A note on two Arabic manuscripts”, RBCAD,
(1964a) i, 18-19.
HUNWICK, J.O. “The influence of Arabic in West Africa: a
(1964b) preliminary historical survey”, Transactions of
the Historical Society of Ghana, vii, 24-41.
HUNWICK, J.O. Some notes on the term zanj and its derivatives
(1970) in a West African chronicle’. In D. Dalby (ed.),
Language and History in Africa, London:
Frank Cass, pp. 102-8
HUNWICK, J.O. “Arabic language and Muslim society in West
(1977) Africa, a historical perspective”, Ghana Social
Science Journal, iv/2, 1-20.
HUNWICK, J.O. “∑li˛ al-Fullnı: an eighteenth-century scholar
(1978a) and mujaddid”, BIFAN, xl, 879-85.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Al-Lugha al-fiarabiyya wa-ma÷hiruh fı
(1978b) gharb Ifrıqiya”, Revue de l’Institut des
Manuscrits Arabes (Ligue des États Arabes),
xxiv/1, 175-90.
HUNWICK, J.O. “∑li˛ al-Fullnı (1752/3–1803): the Career
(1984) and Teachings of a West African filim in
Medina”. In A.H. Green (ed.), In Quest of an
Islamic Humanism, Cairo: American
University in Cairo Press, 139-53.
HUNWICK, J.O. “A Contribution to the study of Islamic
(1990a) teaching traditions in West Africa: the career
of Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (930/1523-4-1002/
1594)”, ISSS, 4, 149-166.
HUNWICK, J.O. “An Andalusian in Mali: a contribution to the
(1990b) biography of Abü Is˛q al-S˛ilı (c. 1290-
1346)”, Paideuma, xxxvi, pp. 59-66.
HUNWICK, J.O. “CEDRAB: the Centre de Documentation et de
(1992a) Recherche Ahmad Baba at Timbuktu”, SAJHS,
iii, 173-81.
HUNWICK, J.O. “The Arabic qaßıda in West Africa: forms,
(1996a) themes and contents”. In S. Sperl & C. Shackle
(eds.), Qaßıda: the Literary Heritage of an
Arabic Poetic Form in Islamic Africa and Asia.
Leiden: Brill, i, 83-97.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Fes and West Africa in the Fifteenth and
(1996b) Sixteenth centuries: Scholarly and Sharifian
networks”. In Fès et l’Afrique: relations
économiques, culturelles et ∑pirituelles. Rabat:
Institut des Etudes Africaines [Université

Mohammed V], 57-71.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Towards a history of the Islamic intellectual
(1998) tradition in West Africa down to the nineteenth
century”, J. for Islamic Studies, xvii, 4-27.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Arabic manuscripts in the Niger Bend”. In
(1999a) Revue Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque
eurafricain du CIRSS (Paris: Institut
International d’Anthropologie), 173-80.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Islamic financial institutions: theoretical
(1999b) structures and some of their practical
applications in sub-Saharan Africa”, in Endre
Stiansen & Jane Guyer (eds.), Currencies,
Credit and Culture: African Financial
Insitutions in Historical Perspective, Uppsala:
Nordiska Afrika-institutet, 72-99.
HUNWICK, J.O. & “Another look at the De Gironcourt papers”,
GWARZO , H (1967) RBCAD, iii, 2, 74-99.
HUNWICK, J.O. & (Eds.) The Cloth of Many-Colored Silks:
LAWLER , N. (1997) Papers on History and Society, Ghanaian and
Islamic in Honor of Ivor Wilks. Evanston:
Northwestern University Press.
I DRISS, Abdul Razak “Alhaj Umar of Kete-Krachie, a Muslim
(1996) leader, a teacher, a poet, and a social
commentator of his time”, M. Phil. thesis,
Study of Religions, University of Ghana.
JAH, Omar (1974) “Al-˘jj fiUmar’s Philosophy of Jihad and its
∑üfı Basis”, PhD diss., McGill University.
JAH, Omar (1978) “The effect of the pilgrimage on the jihd of al-
˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı 1794-1864”. In Hasan &
Doornbos (1978), 233-43.
JAH, Omar (1979) “Source materials for the career and the jihd
of al-˘âjj fiUmar al-Fûtî”, BIFAN, xli, 371-97.
JOHNSON , Marion Salaga Papers, 2 vols. Legon: Institute of
(1966) African Studies.
KABA, Lansiné (1974) The Wahhabiyya: Islamic Reform and Politics

in French West Africa. Evanston:
Northwestern University Press.
KABA, Lansiné (1997) “Sheikh Mouhammad Chérif de Kankan: le
devoir d’obéissance et la colonisation (1923-
1955). In Robinson & Triaud (1997), 277-97.
KANE, Ousmane “La confrérie ‘Tijaniyya-Ibrahimiyya’ de Kano
(1989) et ses liens avec la zawiya mère de Kaolack”,
ISSS, iii, 27-40.
KANE, Ousmane “Shaykh al-islm al-˛ajj Ibrhim Niasse.” In
(1997) Robinson and Triaud (1997), .299-316.
KANE, Ousmane “La polémique contre le Soufisme et les ordres
(1999) soufis en Afrique de l’ouest post-coloniale”. In
De Jong & Radtke (1999), 324-40.
KANE, Ousmane “Mouhammad Niasse (1881–1956) et sa
(2000) réplique contre le pamphlet anti-tijâni de Khidr
Ibn Mayaba”, in Robinson & Triaud (2000),
219-35.
KANI, Ahmed M. “A new source on the literary activity of the
(1984) fiulam√ of the Central and Western Sudan: the
Niamey collection”, BIFHA, ix/x, 41-8.
EL-KETTANI, “Les manuscrits de l’occident africain dans les
Mohammed (1968) bibliothèques du Maroc”, Hespéris-Tamuda,
ix, 57-63.
KLEIN, Martin (1968) Islam and Imperialism in Senegal: Sine-
Saloum, 1847-1914. Edinburgh:Edinburgh
University Press.
KRAMER, Robert. S. “Two Tijnı scholars of Kumasi, Ghana:
(1992) biographical notes”, ISSS, vi, 71-8.
KRAMER, Robert. S. “Islam and identity in the Kumase zongo”. In
(1997) Hunwick and Lawler (1997), 287-96.
LAST, D.M. (1967b) “National Archives, Kaduna: Manuscripts of
West African authorship”, RBCAD, iii/1, 1-15.
LAST, D.M. (1967d) “Second Interim Report on the recovery of
Arabic script literature of the north: additions
to the collection on microfilm at Zaria, 1966-
67”. In Northern History Research Scheme,
Second Interim Report. Zaria: Ahmadu Bello

University/ University of Ibadan.
LE CHATELIER, A L’Islam dans l’Afrique occidentale. Paris:
(1899) Steinheil.
LEGRIP, A. (1953-4) “Aspects actuels de l’Islam en A.O.F.”,
L’Afrique et l’Asie, xxiv, 6-20, xv, 43-61.
LEVTZION, N. (1965) “Early nineteenth century Arabic manuscripts
from Kumasi”, Transactions of the Historical
Society of Ghana, viii (1965), 99-119.
LEVTZION, N. (1968) Muslims and Chiefs in West Africa. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
LEVTZION, N. Islam in West Africa: Religion, Society and
(1994a) Politics to 1800. London, 1994.
LEVTZION, N. “Eighteenth century renewal and reform in
(1994b) Islam: the role of the ∑üfı †uruq in West
Africa”, in Levtzion (1994a), 1-18.
LEVTZION, N. (2000) “Islam in the Bilad al-Sudan to 1800”. In
Levtzion & Pouwels (2000), 63-91.
LEVTZION, N. & (Eds.) Rural and Urban Islam in West Africa.
FISHER, Humphrey Special number of Asian and African Studies,
(1986) xx/1.
LEVTZION, N. & (Eds.) The History of Islam in West Africa.
POUWELS (2000) Athens [OH]: University of Ohio Press.
LEWIS , Barbara “The Dioula in the Ivory Coast”. Ph.D diss.,
(1970) Rutgers University.
LOIMEIER, Roman “Cheikh Touré: du réformise à l’islamisme, un
(1994) musulman sénégalais dans le siècle”, ISSS, viii,
55-66.
LOIMEIER, Roman “Säcularer Staat und islamische Gesellschaft in
(1996) Senegal. Die Beziehungen zwischen Staat, Sufi
Bruderschaften und islamische Reform-
bewegung im 20 Jahrhundert”. Habilitation-
schrifte, Universität Beyreuth.
LOIMEIER, Roman “Political dimesions of the relationship
(1999) between Sufi brotherhoods and the Islamic
reform movements in Senegal”. In De Jong &
Radtke (1999), 341-56.
LY, Madina (1972) “Quelques remarques sur le Tarikh el-Fattach”,

BIFAN, xxxiv, 471-93.
LY-TALL, Madina Un Islam militant en Afrique de l’ouest au
(1991) XIXe siècle. La Tiianiyya de Saiku Umar
Futiyu contre les pouvoirs traditionals et la
puissance coloniale. Paris: Harmattan
MAI GARI, al-Shaykh Ibrhım Nys al-Sinighlı: ˛aytuhu
Mu˛ammad al-‡hir wa-r√uhu wa-tafilımuhu, Beirut: Dr al-
(1981) fiArabiyya.
MARKOV, P. & “Gottlob Adolf Krause”, J. Hist. Soc. of
SEBALD, J. (1963) Nigeria, ii/4, 536-44.
MARQUET, Yves “Des Ikhwn al-∑af à al-˘aππ fiUmar (b.
(1968) Safiıd Tall), marabout et conquérant
toucouleur”, Arabica, xv, 6-47.
MARTIN, B. G. (1966) “Arabic materials for Ghanaian history”,
Research Review [Institute of African Studies,
University of Ghana], ii/1, 74-83. Also in
Ashanti Research Project. Progress Report No.
1, 1963-1966. Legon: University of Ghana,
Institute of African Studies.
MARTIN. B. G. (1969) “Notes sur l’origine de la †arıqa Tiπniyya et
sur les débuts d’al-˘ππ fiUmar”, REI, xxxvii,
267-90.
MARTIN, B. G. Muslim Brotherhoods in Nineteenth Century
(1976a) Africa. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
MARTIN, B. G. “Al-Hajj fiUmar Tall and his jihad in Guinea,
(1976b) Senegal and Mali”. In Martin (1976a), 68-98.
MARTY, Paul (1917) Études sur l’Islam au Sénégal. Paris: Editions
Ernest Leroux.
MARTY, Paul (1920- Études sur l’Islam et les tribus du Soudan. 4
1921) vols. Paris: Ernest Leroux.
MARTY, Paul (1921) L’Islam en Guinée: Fouta-Diallon. Paris:
Ernest Leroux
MARTY, Paul (1922) Études sur l’Islam en Côte d’Ivoire. Paris:
Ernest Leroux.
MARTY, Paul, and Les écoles maraboutiques du Sénégal: la
SALENC, Jules (1914) Médersa de Saint-Louis. Paris: Ernest Leroux.
MASSIGNON, L. “Une bibliothèque saharienne”, RMM, viii,

(1909) 413ff.
MAYOR, Anne (1999) “Manuscrits de la Dina peul du Massina,
connus et inconnus”. I n Revue
Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque
eurafricain du CIRSS. Paris: Institut
International d’Anthropologie, 123-34.
MBACK É, Khadim Ras√il al-Shaykh Mbakı Büsü, Istanbul:
(1996) IRCICA.
MBACK É, Khadim “La tariqua des Mourides”, Africa [Roma],
(1998a) liii/1, 102-20.
MBACK É, Khadim “Impacte de l’Islam sur la société sénégalaise”,
(1998b) Africa [Roma], liii/4 (1998), 530-55, and in
Rev. d’histoire maghrébine, xxvi (1999), 147-
67.
MBAYE, El Hadji “Contribution à l’étude de l’Islam au Sénégal”.
Ravane (1972-3) Mémoire de Maîtrise, Université de Dakar:
Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines.
MBAYE, El Hadji “La pensée et l’action d’El Hadji Malick Sy.
Ravane (1993) Un pôle d’attraction entre la sharia et la
tariqa”. Thèse de doctorat d’état, Université de
la Sorbonne Nouvelle (Paris III), 4 vols.
MCDOU GALL, Ann “Economics of Islam in the southern Sahara:
(1986) the rise of the Kunta clan”. In Levtzion &
Fisher (1986), 45-60.
MEDIANO, F.R. “Estudio de las fuentes del Nayl al-ibtihy de
(1990) A˛mad Bb e índice de los personajes in él”,
in M.L. Ávila (ed.), Estudios Onomastico-
Biográficos de Al-Andalus, III. Madrid: CSIC,
1990, 59-155.
MISCHLICH, Adam ˜ber die Kulturen im Mittel-Sudan. Berlin:
(1942) Reimer.
MONOD, Théodore “Un poème mystique soudanais”, Le Monde
(1947) non-Chrétien, ii, 217-28.
MONOD, Théodore “Un homme de Dieu: Tierno Bokar”, Présence
(1950) africaine, viii-ix, 149-57.
MONTANA, Islmael “The Hatk Sitr of Timbuktwı: an early

(sic) Musah (2001) nineteenth-century account of Bori practice in
the Regency of Tunis”, Arab Historical Review
for Ottoman Studies, xxiv, 63-79.
MONTEIL, V. (1938) “Note sur quelques manuscrits arabes
provenant du Soudan”, BCEHSAOF, xxi, 499-
517.
MONTEIL, V. (1965- “Les manuscrits historiques arabo-africains (I-
7) II-III)”, BIFAN, xxvii, 531-2, xviii, 668-75,
xxix, 598-603.
MONTEIL, V. (1980) L’Islam noir, Une religion à la conquête de
l’Afrique. Paris: Seuil, 1980.
MOURGUES, G. “L’Islam au Nord-Soudan”, L’Afrique
(1959) française, xv, 62-9.
MU˘AMMAD, Akbar “Dyula Intellectualism in the Ivory Coast and
(1974) Ghana: a study of the life and career of al-˘jj
∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn”. Ph.D. diss.,
University of Edinburgh.
MU˘AMMAD, Akbar “The Samorian occupation of Bondoukou: an
(1977) indigenous view”, Int. J. Afr. Hist. Stud., x,
242-58.
MUSTAPHA, T .M. “Salaga in 1874”, Research Review [Institute
(1966) of African Studies, University of Ghana], ii/2,
23-7.
AL-N◊BULSˆ, fiAbd al-˘aqıqa wa’l-majz fı ’l-ri˛la il bild al-
al-Ghanı (1986) Shm wa-Misr wa’l-˘ijz. Cairo: Dr al-
Kutub.
AL-NAQAR, O.A. The Pilgrimage Tradition in West Africa,
(1972) Khartoum: Khartoum University Press.
¸ DIAYE, Moustapha “Analyse du livre du droit musulman de
N
(1975a) Cheikh Moussa Kamara”, BIFAN, xxxvii, 449-
56.
NDIAYE, Moustapha “Rapports entre Qdirites et Tijnites au Fouta
(1979) Toro au XIXe et XXe siècles à travers al-˘aqq
al-Mubın de Cheikh Moussa Kamara”, BIFAN,
xli, 190-207.
NIANE, Dj. T. (1964) “Mythes, légendes et sources orales dans

l’oeuvre de Mahmoûd Kâti”, Recherches
Africaines [Conakry], i/4, 36-42.
NIEZEN, Ronald “Diverse Styles of Reform amongst the
(1987) Songhay of Eastern Mali”, Ph.D. diss.,
University of Cambridge.
NIEZEN, Ronald “The ‘Community of the Helpers of the
(1990) Sunna’: Islamic reform among the Songhay of
Gao (Mali)”, Africa, lx, 399-423.
NORRIS, H.T. (1967) “Sanhajah scholars of Timbuktu”, BSOAS,
xxx, 634-40.
NORRIS, H.T. (1972) Saharan Myth and Saga. Oxford: Oxford
University Press,
NORRIS, H.T. (1975) The Tuaregs: their Islamic Legacy and its
Diffusion in the Sahel, Warminster: Aris &
Phillips.
ODOOM, K.O. & “Arabic Collection” [of the Institute of African

HOLDEN, J. Studies, University of Ghana], Research
(1967/1968) Review [Institute of African Studies,
University of Ghana], iv/1, 30-73, iv/2, 66-102.
OL’DEROGGE, D.A. Zapadnyi Sudan v. XV-XIX vv. Moscow-
(1960) Leningrad.
OLORONTIMEHIN , O. The Segu Tokolor Empire. London: Longman.
(1972)
OTAYEK, René (Ed.) Le radicalisme islamique au sud du
(1993) Sahara. Paris: Karthala.
OUANE, Ibrahima- L’Énigme du Macina. Monte Carlo.
Mamadou (1952)
OULD DADDAH, “¯Sayƒ Sîdı Mu˛ammad wuld ¯Sayƒ Sî∂i al-
Abdallah ould Muƒtâr al-Kuntî: contribution à l’histoire
Mauloud (1977) politique et religieuse de Bilâd ¯Sinqî† et des
régions voisines, notamment d’après les
sources arabes manuscrites”. Thèse de
doctorat, Paris-Sorbonne.
OULD ELY, Sidi “Ahmed Al-Bakkay, une grande figure de

Amar (1985) l’histoire de la région de Tombouctou à l’orée
de la conquête coloniale”, Sankore [CEDRAB,
Tombouctou], i, 24-38, ii, 1-15.
OWUSU-ANSAH Islamic Talisman Tradition in Nineteenth-
(1991) Century Asante, Lewiston/ Queens-
ton/Lampeter: Edwin Mellen Press.
PERINBAM, B. M. “Islam in the Banamba region of eastern
(1986) Beledugu, c. 1800-c. 1900”, IJAHS, xix, 637-
57.
PONDOPOLO, Anna “Une traduction ‘mal partie’ (1923-1945): le
(1993) Zuhür al-bastın de Cheikh Moussa Kamara”,
ISSS, vii, 95-110.
PUECH, Maurice “Les Rim˛. Les Lances du parti du
(1967) Misericordieux à l’attaque du parti du diable.
Un traité de sciences religieuses musulmanes
écrit en arabe par le Chaikh El Hadj fiOmar, en
1845”, Diplôme d’études supérieures,
Université de Dakar.
QUADRI , Y. A. (1985) “Ibrahim Niass (1902–75), the Tijaniyyah
Shaykh”, Islam and the Modern Age [New
Delhi] xvi, 109-20.
QUELLIEN, Alain La politique musulmane de la France dans
(1910) l’Afrique occidentale française. Paris: Larose.
QUESNOT, F. (1962) “Les cadres maraboutiques de l’Islam
sénégalais”, in Chailley, M. et al (1962), Notes
et Études sur l’Islam en Afrique Noire.
QUIMBY , Lucy (1975) “History as identity : the Jaaxanke and the
founding of Tuuba (Senegal)” BIFAN, xxxvii,
604-17.
RADTKE, Bernd “Studies on the sources of the Kitb Rim˛
(1995) ˛izb al-Ra˛im of al-˛jj fiUmar”, SAJHS, vi,
73-114.
RATTRAY, R.S . “Hausa Poetry”. In E.E. Evans-Pritchard (ed.),
(1934) Essays presented to C.G. Seligman. Oxford:
Oxford University Press, 255-65.
RICHER, R. (1924) Les Touareg du Niger (Région de Tombouctou-

Gao). Paris.
RINN, Louis (1884) Marabouts et Khouan. Etude sur l’Islam en
Algérie. Algiers.
ROBINSON, David “Fulfulde Literature in Arabic script”, History
(1982) in Africa, ix, 251-61.
ROBINSON, David The Holy War of Umar Tal: the Western Sudan
(1985) in the mid-Nineteenth Century. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
ROBINSON, David “Notice biographique sur Shaikh Mûsa
(1987) Kamara”, ISSS, i, 12-17.
ROBINSON, David “Un historien et anthropologue sénégalais:
(1988) Shaikh Musa Kamara”, Cahiers d’études
africaines, 109, xxviii/1, 89-116.
ROBINSON, David “La suite de la guerre sainte umarienne:
(1989) orientations de recherché”, ISSS, iii, 260-70.
ROBINSON, David “Yirkoy Talfi et le Mâsina au XIXe siècle: un
(1990) propagandiste de la Tijâniyya fiUmarienne”,
ISSS, iv, 143-8.
ROBINSON, David “Beyond resistance and collaboration: Amadu
(1991) Bamba and the Murids of Senegal”, J. Religion
in Africa, 21, 149-71.
ROBINSON, David “Malik Sy: un intellectuel dans l’ordre colonial
(1993) au Sénégal”, ISSS, vii, 183-92.
ROBINSON, David Paths of Accomodation: Muslim Societies and
(2000a) French Colonial Authorities in Senegal and
Mauritania, 1880-1920. Athens[OH]: Ohio
University Press.
ROBINSON, David “Malik Sy: a teacher in the New Colonial
(2000b) Order”. In Robinson & Triaud (2000), 201-18.
ROBINSON, David & (Eds.) Le Temps des marabouts. Itinéraires et
TRIAUD, Jean-Louis stratégies islamiques en Afrique occidentale
(1997) française, v. 1880-1960. Paris: Karthala.
ROBINSON, David & (Eds). La Tijâniyya. Une confrérie musulmane
TRIAUD, Jean-Louis à la conquête de l’Afrique. Paris: Karthala.
(2000)
R ØMER, L.F. (1760) Tilforladelig Efterretning om Kysten Guinea.

Copenhagen. Trans. Selena Axelrod Winsnes.
London: Oxford University Press, 1970.
ROUVEROY VAN A la recherche de la justice du juge de paix et
NIEUWAAL, E.A.B . du chef supérieur des Anufòm à Mango dans le
van (1976) Nord du Togo. Leiden: Afrika-Studiecentrum.
SAAD, ELIAS (1983) Social History of Timbuktu: the Role of Muslim
Scholars and Notables. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
SADKI, Hassan (1996) Les manuscrits d’Ahmed Bâba al-Tinbuktî
dans les bibliothèques marocaines. Makh†ü†t
A˛mad Bb al-Tinbuktı fı ’l-khaz√in al-
Maghribiyya. al-Ribt: Jmifiat Mu˛ammad al-
Khmis [Manshürt Mafihad al-Dirst al-
Ifrıqiyya: Silsilat Bu˛üth, 2]/ Rabat: Université
Mohammed V [ Publications de l’Institut des
Etudes Africaines: Série: Recherches (2)].
SAINT MARTIN, L’Empire toucouleur 1848-1897. Paris: Le
Yves-Jean (1970) Livre Africain.
SALVAING, Bernard “Notes sur Alfa Oumar Rafihiu de Dara-Labe
(1989) (environ 1800-1885)”, ISSS, iii, 186-93.
SALVAING, Bernard “A propos d’un texte politique de Cerno Sa’du
(2002) Dalel ‘sur la discorde ente les deux clans du
Fouta’”, al-Maghrib al-Ifrîqî, iii, 33-59.
SAMB, Amar (1972) Essai sur la contribution du Sénégal à la
littérature d’expression arabe, Dakar: Mém. de
l’IFAN, no. 87.
SANANKOUA, Bintou Un empire peul du xixe siècle. Paris: Karthala-
(1990) ACCT.
SANANKOUA, Bintou (Eds.) L’Enseigement islamique au Mali.
& B RENNER, Louis Bamako: Jamana.
(1991)
SANANKOUA “L’organisation politique du Massina (Diina),
DIARRAH, B. (1982) 1818-1862”. Thèse de doctorat 3° cycle
d’histoire, Université Paris I.
SANKARE, Ali (1986) “Rapports entre les Peul du Macina et les
Kounta (1818-1864)”, Sankore [CEDRAB,
Timbuktu], iii, 1-58.
SANNEH, Lamin O. The Jakhanke: the History of an Islamic

(1979) Clerical People of the Senegambia. London:
International African Institute.
SANNEH, Lamin O. “Karamokho Ba of Touba in Guinea,” Journal of
(1981) Religion in Africa, xii, no. 2,
SARR, El-Hadji “Ajibou da iya’llah”. La vie exemplaire de
Malick (1966) Limamou Laye. Dakar: Imprimerie Nouvelle.
SAUVAN, Yvette, Catalogue des manuscrits arabes. Index (n.
GUESDON, Marie- 6836-7214). Paris: Bibliothèque Nationale.
Geneviève &
TAMARI, Tal (1987)
SAUVAN, Yvette “Le dépôt des manuscrits de la Société
(1988) Asiatique à la Bibliothèque Nationale: les
manuscrits du Dr Richer”, ISSS, ii, 134-7.
SAVADOGO, Boukary “La communauté <Yacouba Sylla> et ses
(2000) rapports avec la Tijâniyya hamawiyya”. In
Robinson & Triaud (2000). 269-88.
SCHIEFFLIN , H.M. (Ed.) The People of Africa: a series of Papers
(1974) on their Character, Condition, and Future
Prospects. 2nd edn. with intro by K. Mahmud.
SCHILDKROUT, Enid People of the Zongo: the Transformation of
(1978) Ethnic Identities in Ghana. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
SCHILDKROUT, Enid “Politics and Poetry: Mohammed Rashid
(1997) Shaaban’s ‘History of Kumasi’”. In Hunwick
and Lawler (1997), 367-92.
SCHMITZ, Jean “Autour d’al-Hajj Umar Tal: Guerre sainte et
(1985) Tijaniyya en Afrique de l’ouest”, Cahiers
d’études africaines, xxv, 555-65.
SCHMITZ, Jean “Rhétorique et géopolitique du jihd d’al-Hajj
(1988) Umar Taaal”, Cahiers d’études africaines,
xxxviii/1, [109], 123-33.
SCHMITZ, Jean “‘Florilège au jardin des opprimés’: une
(1992) traduction de la monumental Histoire des
Noirs de Shaykh Muusa Kamara”, ISSS, vi, 81-
95.
SEBALD, Peter (1972) Malam Musa. Adolf Gottlob Krause, 1850-

1938. Forscher, Wissenschaftler, Humanist.
Leben und Lebenswerk eines antikolonial
gesinnten Afrika-Wissenschaftlers unter den
Bedingungen des Kolonialismus. Berlin:
Akademie Verlag.
SEEFRIED , F. VON “Beiträge zur Geschichte des Mangovolkers in
(1913) Togo”, Zeitschrift fµr Ethnologie, xlv, 421-35.
SEESEMANN , Rµdiger A˛madu Bamba und die Entstehung der
(1993) Murıdıya. Berlin: Klaus Schwarz Verlag.
SEESEMANN , Rµdiger “The history of the Tijâniyya and the issue of
(2000) tarbiya in Darfur (Sudan)”, in Robinson &
Triaud (2000), 393-437.
SEYDOU , Christiane “Essai d’étude stylistique de poèmes peuls du
(1967) Foûta Djalon”, BIFAN, xxix, 191-233.
SEYDOU , Christiane “Panorama de la littérature peule”, BIFAN,
(1973) xxxv/1, 176-218
SEYDOU , Christiane “Poésie religieuse et inspiration populaire chez
(2001) les peuls du Foûta Djalon”, J. African Cultural
Studies, xiv/1, 23-47.
AL-SHAWK◊Nˆ al-Badr al-†lifi bi-ma˛sin man bafid al-qarn
(1348/1929-30) al-tsifi. Cairo: M. al-Safida.
SIMIAN, M. (1910) Les confréries islamiques en Algérie (Rah-
maniyya, Tijaniyya). Paris.
SMITH , H.F.C. “Source material for the history of the Western
(1959a) Sudan”, JHSN, i/3, 238-47.
SMITH , H.F.C. “Arabic manuscript material bearing on the
(1959c) history of the Western Sudan: the archives of
Segu”, Suppl. Bull. of News (Historical Society
of Nigeria), iv/2.
SMITH , H.F.C. “A neglected theme of West African history:
(1961b) the Islamic revolutions of the nineteenth
century”, JHSN, ii/2, 169-85.
SMITH , H.F.C. “Nineteenth-century archives of West Africa”,
(1962) JAH, iii, 333-6.
SOARES, Benjamin F. “The spiritual economy of Nioro du Sahel:
(1996) Islamic discourses in a Malian religious
center”. Ph.D. diss., Northwestern University.
SÖLKEN, Heinz Afrikanische Dokumente zur Frage der

(1940) Entstehung der Hausanischen Diaspora in
Oberguinea. Doctoral diss., Friedrich-
Wilhelms-Universität zu Berlin.
SÖLKEN, Heinz “Zur Biographie des Imam fiUmaru von Kete-
(1970) Kratyi”, Africana Marburgensia, iii/2, 24-30.
SOW, OUSMANE “Contribution à l’étude des chroniques du
(1997) Soudan occidental”. In Temimi (1997), 309-
20.
STEWART, C.C. “Notes on North and West African manu-script
(1968) material relating to the Qdiriyya †arıqa”,
RBCAD, iii/1, 1-25.
STEWART, C.C. “Southern Saharan scholarship and the Bild
(1976) al-südn”, JAH, xvii, 73-93.
STEWART, C.C. “Diplomatic relations in early nineteenth
(1979) century West Africa. Sokoto-Masina-Azaouad
correspondence”. In Y. B. Usman (ed.), Studies
in the History of the Sokoto Caliphate, Zaria:
Ahmadu Bello University, n.d., 408-21.
SURET-CANALE, “Touba in Guinea—holy place of Islam”. In
Jean (1970) Allen & Johnson (1970), 53-81.
SY, Cheikh Tidjane La confrérie sénégalaise des Mourides. Paris:
(1969) Présence Africaine.
AL-‡AYYIB, al-Masıd. Khartoum: M. Jmifiat al-Khar†üm.
Mu˛ammad al-‡ayyib
(1991)
TEMIMI, Abdeljelil Les Affinités culturelles entre la Tunisie , la
(1981) Lybie, et le Centre et l’Ouest de l’Afrique à
l’Époque Moderne, Tunis [Publications de la
Revue d’Histoire Maghrébine, no. 7].
TEMIMI, Abdeljelil “L’ouvrage ‘Nayl al-ibtihdj’ d’A˛mad Bb
(1985) de Tombouctou: une encyclopédie de
biographies maghrébines”, Rev. Maghrébine
de Documentation, iii (mars), 143-6.
TEMIMI, Abdeljelil Dirst fı ’l-ta√rıkh al-fiarabı al-Ifrıqı. Études
(1994a) d’histoire arabo-africaine. Zaghwn: Markaz
al-dirst wa’l-bu˛üth al-fiUthmniyya wa’l-
mürıskiyya wa’l-tawthıq wa’l-mafilümt.
TEMIMI, Abdeljelil “Kitb Nayl al-Ibtihj bi-ta†rız al-Dıbj li-

(1994b) A˛mad Bb al-Timbuktı: mafilama
bıbliyüghrfiyya li’l-afilm al-maghriba”. In
Temimi (1994a). 19-32.
TEMIMI, Abdeljelil Ed. Actes du Colloque International tenu à
(1997) Tomboutou sur la culture arabo-islamique en
Afrique au sud du Sahara: cas de l’Afrique de
l’ouest. Zaghouan: Fondation Temimi pour la
Recherche Scientifique et l’Information.
TRAORE, Alioune Islam et colonisation en Afrique. Cheikh
(1983) Hamahoullah, homme de foi et résistant. Paris:
Maisonneuve & Larose.
TRIAUD, Jean-Louis “Abd al-Rahman l’Africain (1908-1957),
(1986) pionnier et précurseur du Wahhabisme au
Mali”. In O. Carré & P. Dumont (eds.),
Radicalismes islamiques, II, Maroc, Pakistan,
Inde, Yougoslavie, Mali. Paris: L’Harmattan,
162-78.
TRIAUD, Jean-Louis “Khalwa and the career of sainthood”. In
(1988) Cruise O’Brien & Coulon (1988), 53-66..
TRIMINGHAM, J.S. The Sufi Orders in Islam. London: Oxford
(1971) University Press.
TYAM, M.A. (1935) La vie d’el Hadj Omar, qaßıda en peul.
SeeHenri Gaden (1935).
UMAR, Muhammad S. “Fatw and counter-fatw in colonial northern
(2002) Nigeria: the Islamic legality of broadcasting
Qurfin recitation on radio”, Journal for
Islamic Studies [in press].
VAJDA, G. (1950) “Contribution à la connaissance de la
littérature arabe en Afrique occidentale”, J.
Soc. Africanistes, x, 229-37.
VILLALON, “Entre confrérisme, réformisme et islamisme:
Leonardo, & KANE, les Mustarshidın du Sénégal”, ISSS, ix, 119-
Ousmane (1995) 201.
WARMS, Richard “Merchants, Muslims and Wahhbiyya: the
(1992) elaboration of Islamic identity in Sikaso,
Mali”, Canadian J. African Stud., xxvi, 485-
507.
WHITCOMB, T (1975) “New evidence on the origins of the Kunta”,

BSOAS, xxxviii, 103-23, 403-17.
WHITCOMB, T (1979) “The Origin and emergence of the Tribe of
Kunta: a contribution to the history of the
Western Sahara between the Almoravid Period
and the Seventeenth Century”, Ph.D. diss.,
University of London.
WILKS , Ivor (1961) The Northern Factor in Ashanti History. Legon
[University of Ghana]: Institute of African
Studies.
WILKS , Ivor (1963) “The growth of Islamic learning in Ghana”, J.
Historical Soc. of Nigeria, ii/4, 409-17.
WILKS , Ivor (1968) “The transmission of Islamic learning in the
Western Sudan”. In J. Goody (ed.) Literacy in
Traditional Societies, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 161-97.
WILKS , Ivor (1971) “Asante policy towards Hausa trade in the 19th
century”. In C Meillassoux (ed.), The
Development of Indigenous Trade and Markets
in West Africa, Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 124-41.
WILKS , Ivor (1989) Wa and the Wala: Islam and Polity in
Northwestern Ghana. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
WILKS , Ivor (1993) “‘He was with them’: Malam Abu on the
Zaberma of the Middle Volta Basin”, SAJHS,
iv, 213-22.
WILKS , Ivor (1999) “The Juula and the expansion of Islam to the
forests”. In Levtzion & Pouwells (2000), 93-
115.
WILKS , Ivor (2002) “Mallams do not fight with heathens: a note
on Suwarian attitudes to jihad”, Ghana Studies,
5.
WILLIS, J.R. (1967) “Jihd fı sabıl Allh: its doctrinal basis in
Islam and some aspects of its evolution in
nineteenth century West Africa”, JAH, viii,
395-415.
WILLIS, J.R. (1970) “Al-˘jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı and the

doctrinal basis of his revivalist movement in
the Western Sudan”, PhD. diss., University of
London.
WILLIS, J.R. (1979a) Ed., Studies in West African Islamic History.
Vol. I. The Cultivators of Islam. London:
Frank Cass.
WILLIS, J.R. (1979b) “The writings of al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı and
Shaykh Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh”, in Willis
(1979a), 177-210.
WILLIS, J.R. (1985) Ed. Slaves and Slavery in Muslim Africa, 2
vols. London: Frank Cass.
WILLIS, J.R. (1989) In the Path of Allah: the Passion of al-Hajj
fiUmar. London: Frank Cass.
ZABADIYA, Abdel “The Career and Correspondence of A˛mad al-
Kader (1974) Bakky of Timbuktu”, Ph. D. diss., University
of London.
ZABADIYA, Abdel “The career of A˛mad al-Bakky”, Revue
Kader (1975) d’Histoire Maghrébine, ii, 75-83.
ZOUBER, M.A. (1977) A˛mad Bb de Tombouctou (1556-1627). Sa
vie et son oeuvre. Paris: Maisonneuve et
Larose.
ZOUBER, M.A. Présentation de “Kitab al-Tara’if Wa-l-
(1985a) Tala’id”, Sankore [CEDRAB, Timbuktu], i,
13-23.
ZOUBER, M.A. Présentation de Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat
(1985b) man laysa fı’l-Dıbj (Document suffisant pour
connaître les personnes qui ne sont pas
mentionées dans le D ı b  j ), S a n k o r e
[CEDRAB, Timbuktu], ii, 43-7.
AL-ZUW◊R ı, al- “Al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı, rajul al-ißlh bi’l-
‡ayyib (1989) südn al-gharbı: mu˛wala li’l-tafirıf bi’l-rajul
wa-afimlihi”, Revue tunisienne de sciences
sociales, cxviii-cxix , 7-82.
(C) EDITIONS AND TRANSLATIONS OF ARABIC WORKS
BAH, Kaba & “A propos d’un poème peul du Fouta Djalon”,

SALVAING, Bernard ISSS, viii, 123-38.
(1994)
BARBOUR, Bernard & “The Mifiraj: a legal treatise on slavery by
JACOBS , Michelle Ahmad Baba”, in Willis (1985), i, 125-59.
(1985)
CAMARA , Müs Trans. Amar Samb, “La vie d’El Hadji Omar”,
(1970) BIFAN, xxxii, 44-135.
DELAFOSSE, M “Traditions historiques et légendaires du
(1913) Soudan occidental’ traduites d’un manu-scrit
arabe inédit”, Rens. Col., 293-306, 325-29,
355-69.
DIAKITE, Mamadou “Livre renfermant la généalogie des diverses
Aissa Kaba (1929) tribus noires du Soudan et l’histoire des rois
après Mahomet, suivant les renseignements
fournis par certaines personnes et receullis
dans les anciens livres”, Annales de
l’Académie des Sciences Coloniales, v/iii, 189-
225.
EL-WAKKAD, “Qissatu Salgha Tarikhu Gonga. The Story of
Mahmoud (1961-2) Salaga and the history of Gonja”, Ghana Notes
and Queries, iii, 8-31, iv, 6-25.
FERGUSON, Douglas “Nineteenth Century Hausaland: being a
Edwin (1973) description by Imam Imoru of the land,
society, and economy of his people”. Ph.D.
diss., University of California, Los Angeles.
GADEN, Henri (1935) La vie d’El Hadj Omar: qaçida en poular, [par
Aliou Tyam] transcription, traduction, notes et
glossaire par Henri Gaden. Paris: Institut
d’Ethnologie.
GADEN, Henri (1968) “Tarikh peul de Douentza”, BIFAN, xxx, 682-
90.
GERRESCH, Claudine “Le livre métrique ‘Mubayyin al-ishkl’ du

(1974) Cadi Madiakhate Kala. Introduction, texte
arabe et glossaire”, BIFAN, xxxvi, 714-832.
GERRESCH, Claudine [Letter of al-Bakk√ı to al-˛jj fiUmar] BIFAN,
(1976) xxxviii.
GUEYE, Djibril Malik “Cheikh al- Islam El Hadj Ibrahima Niasse le
(1983) Mystique (1900-1975), ou l’école de formation
spirituelle de Niassène”. Mémoire de Maîtrise,
Universté de Dakar, Département d’Arabe.
HAMET, I (1910) “Littérature arabe saharienne”, RMM, xii, 196-
213, 380-405 [partial trans. of K. al-†ar√if
wa’l-tal√id of Sı Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr
al-Kuntı].
HAMET, I (1911) “Les Kounta”, RMM, xv, 302-18 [trans. of al-
Risla al-Ghallwiyya of Sı al-Mukhtr al-
Kuntı].
HANSON, John After the Jihad: the Reign of A˛mad al-Kabır
&ROBINSON, David in the Western Sudan, East Lansing: Michigan
(1991) State University Press.
HARRAK, Fatima & A Fulni Jihdist in the Maghrib: Admonition
EL MANSOUR, of A˛mad Ibn al-Q∂ı al-Timbuktı to the
Mohamed (2000) Rulers of Tunisia and Morocco. Rabat:
Institute of African Studies [Université
Mohammed V]. Series: Texts and Documents,
6.
HUNWICK, J. O. “Notes on a late fifteenth-century document
(1970) concerning ‘al-Takrür’”. In Allen & Johnson
(1970), 7-33.
HUNWICK, J. O. Sharıfia in Songhay. The Replies of al-Maghılı
(1985a) to the Questions of Askia al-˘jj Mu˛ammad.
London: Oxford University Press for the
British Academy [Fontes Historiae Africanae:
Series Arabica, V].
HUNWICK, J.O. “Studies in the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, II: an alleged
(1992b) charter of privilege issued by Askiya al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad to the descendants of Mori
Hawgro”, SAJHS, iii, 133-46.
HUNWICK, J.O. [With the assistance of Robert Kramer,

(1992b) Richard McGrail and Daniel Shaw] “An
introduction to the Tijnı path: being an anno-
tated translation of the chapter headings of the
Kitb al-rim˛ of al-˘jj fiUmar”, ISSS, vi, 17-
32.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Studies in the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, II: an alleged
(1992c) charter of privilege issued by Askiya al-˛jj
Mu˛ammad to the descendants of Mori
Hawgro”, SAJHS, iii, 133-46.
HUNWICK, J.O. Timbuktu and the Songhay Empire: al-Safidı’s
(1999) Ta√rıkh al-Südn down to 1613 and other
Contemporary Documents. Leiden: E.J. Brill.
HUNWICK, J.O. “Studies in Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, III: Kafiti
(2001) Origins”. SAJHS, xii, 111-14.
HUNWICK, John & Mifirj al-∑ufiüd. A˛mad Bb’s Replies on
HARRAK, Fatima Slavery. Rabat: Institute of African Studies
(2000) [Université Mohammed V].
AL-IFR◊Nˆ, Nuzhat al-˛dı bi-akhbr al-qarn al-˛dı, ed.
M˛ammad al-∑aghır & trans. O. Houdas. Paris: Leroux, 1888-9 See
(1888-9) also new edn., Casablanca., ed. fiAbd al-La†ıf
al-Shdhilı, 1419/ 1998 See also Hunwick
(1999), 309-17.
KAMARA, Cheikh “La vie d’El-Hadj Omar”, traduit et annoté par
Moussa (1970) Amar Samb, BIFAN, xxxii, 44-135. Also La
Vie d’El Hadji Omar. Dakar: Éditions Hilal,
1975.
KAMARA, Cheikh “Condamnation de la guerre sainte”, édité et
Moussa (1976) traduit par A. Samb, BIFAN, xxxviii, 158-99.
KAMARA, Cheikh “Histoire de Ségou”, édité et traduit par M.
Moussa (1978) Ndiaye, BIFAN, xl, 458-88.
KAMARA, Cheikh “L’histoire de l’Almaami Abdul (1727/8 -
Moussa (1993) 1806) par Shaykh Muusa Kamara”, traduit par
S. Bousbina et édité par J. Schmitz, ISSS, vii,
59-95.
KAMARA, Shaykh Florilège au jardin de l’histoire des Noirs.

Muusa (1998) Zuhür al-bastın. Tome I, Vol. 1, sous la
direction et avec une introduction de Jean
Schmitz, traduction de Saïd Bousbina, Paris:
CNRS Éditions.
MAHIBOU, (Eds.) Voilà ce qui est arrivé: Bayân mâ
Mohamed, & waqafia d’al-˘âππ fiUmar al-Fûtî. Plaidoyer
TRIAUD, Jean-Louis pour une guerre sainte en Afrique de l’ouest au
(1983) XIXe siècle. Paris: Éditions du C.N.R.S.
MARTIN, B.G. (1967) “Two poems by al-˘jj fiUmar of Keti-
Krachi”. In J.A. Braimah & J. R. Goody ,
Salaga: the Struggle for Power, London:
Longmans, 189-209.
MARTY, Paul (1917) Études sur l’Islam au Sénégal. Paris: E.
Leroux.
MBACKE, Khadim Min ras√ıl al-shaykh Mu˛ammad Busübı.
(1996) Istanbul: Markaz al-Ab˛th li’l-Ta√rıkh wa’l-
Funün wa’l-Thaqfa al-Islmiyya, 1417/1996.
MISCHLICH, Adam “˜ber Sitten und Gebrauche in Hausa”, MSOS,
(1907-1909) x, 155-81, xi, 1-81, xii, 215-74.
MONTEIL, V. (1938) “Sur quelques textes arabes provenant du
Soudan”, BCEHSAOF, xxi, 502-110.
MU‡ˆfi, Mu˛ammad “Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat m laysa fı ’l-
(1983) dıbj li-A˛mad Bb: dirsa wa-ta˛qıq”,
Diblüm al-dirst al-fiuly, Jmifiat Mu˛ammad
al-Khmis, al-Rib†.
NDIAYE, Moustapha “Histoire du Bondou par Cheikh Moussa
(1975b) Kamara”, BIFAN, xxxvii, 784-816.
ODOOM, K.O. (1972) “A document on pioneers of the Muslim
community in Accra”, Research Review
[Institute of African Studies, University of
Ghana], vii/3, 1-31.
PILASZEWICZ, S. “The story of the Wala people”, Africana
(1969) Bulletin [Warsaw], x, 53-76.
PILASZEWICZ, S. “The story of Wala, our country”, Africana
(1970) Bulletin [Warsaw], xi, 59-78.
PILASZEWICZ, S. “The song of poverty and wealth: a Hausa

(1974) poem on social problems by al-˘ji fiUmaru”,
Africana Bulletin [Warsaw], xxi, 67-97.
PILASZEWICZ, S. “The arrival of the Christians: a Hausa poem
(1975) on the colonial conquest of West Africa by al-
˘ji fiUmaru”, Africana Bulletin [Warsaw],
xxii, 55-129.
PILASZEWICZ, S. Alhad„ z i Umaru (1858-1934): Poeta Ludu
(1981) Hausa. Warsawa: Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu
Warszawskiego.
PILASZEWICZ, S. “The Zabarma conquests in the Gold Coast and
(1991) Upper Volta: studies on Hausa manuscript
98017”, Africana Bull., xxxvii, 7-18.
PILASZEWICZ, S. The Zabarma Conquest of North-West Ghana
(1992) and Upper Volta. A Hausa Narrative
“Histories of Samory and Babatu and others”
by Mallam Abu. Warsaw: Polish Academic
Publishers.
PILASZEWICZ, S. “An image of the Hausa diaspora of Kumasi in
(1993) an ajami poem: IASAR/292”, Africana Bull.,
xli, 7-97.
REICHMUTH, S. “Imam fiUmaru’s account of the origins of the
(1993) Ilorin emirate: a manuscript in the Heinz
Sölken Collection, Frankfurt”, SAJHS, iv, 155-
73.
ROBINSON, David “The chronicle of the succession: an important
(1990) document for the fiUmarian state”, JAH, xxxi,
245-62.
SALENC, J. (1918) “La vie d’al Hadj Omar. Traduction d’un
manuscrit arabe de la zaouia tidjaniya de Fez
accompagnée d’une introduction et des notes”,
BCEHSAOF, iii, 405-31.
SAMB, Amar (1975) Cheikh Moussa Kamara. La Vie d ’El Hadji
Omar. Traduit de l’arabe par Amar Samb.
Dakar: Editions Hilal.
SAMB, A. (1976) “Condemnation de la guerre sainte (par
Moussa Kamara, présentation et traduction)”,
BIFAN, xxxviii, 158-99.
SAMI, SAID & Ed. and trans. A˛mad Bb, Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√
ZNIBER, MOHAMED bi-bafi∂ fa∂√il al-fiulam√. Rabat: Université
(1992) Mohammed V [Publications de l’Institut des
Etudes Africaines, Textes et Documents, 3].
SÖLKEN, H. (1959- “Die Geschichte von Kabi nach Imam Umaru”,
60) Mitteilungen des Instituts fµr Orientsfoschung,
vii, 123-62.
SOW, Alfâ Ibrâhîm La femme, la vache, la foi: écrivains et poètes
(1966) du Fouta Djalon. Paris: Juillard.
SOW, Alfâ Ibrâhîm Chroniques et récits du Fouta Djalon, Paris:
(1968) Klincksieck.
SOW, Alfâ Ibrâhîm Ed. Tierno Mouhammadou-Samb Mombéya,
(1971) Le filon du bonheur éternel. Oogirde Malal.
Paris: A Colin.
SYLLA, Assane & Trans. “Mukhtâr Lo: La vie de Seydina
GAYE, Saghir (1972) Mouhamedou Limâmou Laye”, BIFAN, xxxiv,
497-523.
SYLLA, Assane & “Les sermons de Mouhamedou Limâmou Lahi
GAYE, Saghir (1976) et de son fils Seydina Issa Rohou Lahi”,
BIFAN, xxxviii, 390-410.
AL-TIJ◊Nˆ, Al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı sul†n al-dawla al-
Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ Tijniyya bi-gharb Ifrıqiyy: shay√ min
(1383/1963-4) jihdihi wa-ta√rıkh ˛aytihi, Cairo: al-Zwiya
al-Tijniyya.
WILKS , Ivor, Chronicles from Gonja. A Tradition of West
LEVTZION, N. & African Muslim Historiography. Cambridge:
HAIGHT, Bruce M. Cambridge University Press.
(1986)
ZAOUIT, Mohamed “Mifirπ aß-ßufiüd et les ‘Aπwiba’. Deux
(1996) consultations juridiques d’A˛mad Bb de
Tombouctou relatives à l’esclavage des noirs
au bild al-südn au XVI et début XVII siècle:
édition critique et analyse historique”. Thèse
de doctorat en histoire, Université Paris I.
ZEYS, E. (1900) “Esclavage et guerre sainte: consultation

juridique adressé aux gens de Touat par un
érudit nègre, câdi de Timbouctou au dix-
septième siècle”, Bull. Réunion d’études
Algériennes, ii, 125-51, 166-89.
(D) UNPUBLISHED REPORTS AND PAPERS

Copies of all reports from the University of Ghana are held at that
university’s Institute of African Studies, and also at the Melville J.
Herskovits Library of Africana, Northwestern University.
HOLDEN, J.J. (1968a) Field Notes: Northern Ivory Coast, 10/3/1968 -

23/3/1968. Legon: University of Ghana,
HOLDEN, J.J. (1968b) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,
Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project.
Report No. XX Legon: University of Ghana,
HOLDEN, J.J. (1969) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,
Summer 1969: The Samorian impact on Buna
and Bonduku. Legon: Institute of African
Studies.
LANGLUMÉ(1909) L’action Saharienne de la région de
Tombouctou par le lieutenant Langlumé. Fonds
Auguste Terrier, Paris (BIF), 5939, FF, 25-68.
LUBECK, P. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,
Report No. 4. Legon: University of Ghana,
MORO, A.B. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,
ODOOM, K.O. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,
Report No.8. Legon: University of Ghana,
STEVENS, P. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,

WILKS , I. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods,
INDEXES
1. Index of Authors, p. 710
2. Index of Titles, p. 724
3. Index of First Verses, p. 766
4. General Index, p. 801
In all indexes the alphabetical order ignores the fiayn and
hamza, and displays no order difference between letters with
dots beneath them or macrons above them, and those
without either.
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Authors are listed both by their formal Arabic-style names, and their
local names. The definite article “al-” and “b.” [ibn] are ignored in
alphabetization, as are titles such as Sh[aykh], Si[di], al-˛jj, and
Cerno, except when they are essential elements of names. In cases of
multiple page numbers, the principal one is italicized.
Aamadu ˘ammadi Buubu, see Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Niys b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh,
Bübü b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd al-Fullnı. 302
Ababacar Sy b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Sy fiAbd Allh Qudus b. al-˘asan b. fiUthmn b.
Jamıl, 324 Alfa ˘amma al-Fullnı, 597
Abad (?) b. Sıdı ˘amad b. Ma˛müd, 652 fiAbd Allh b. al-∑diq b. Mu˛ammad b.
Karamoko fiAbbs Kamaghatay, 571 Ibrhım b. fi◊bidın al-Inükundarı, 182
Sh. fiAbbs Sall, 350 fiAbd Allh b. Shayba Sow, 315
fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs b. Mayoro ∑all, 350 fiAbd Allh b. al-Shaykh b. Mu˛ammad Adda,
fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Inükundarı, 172
181 fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mu˛ammad b. fi◊lı b. Ibrhım
fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Tawankanlı, b. A˛mad al-Süqı, 173
653 fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th
fiAbd Allh b. A˛mad al-Süqı, 172 Ture, 339
fiAbd Allh b. fiAlı, 230 fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy b. Mlik Sy b. fiUthmn, 320
fiAbd Allh Bb Jannı b. Yüsuf al-Wafikurı, fiAbd al-Qdir b. Giddo al-˘awsı, 652
49 fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jannwı, 268
fiAbd Allh b. al-Bakk√ı b. Kinna b. al- fiAbd al-Qdir Qu†b b. Taslımı b. Slim, 524
Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 145 fiAbd al-Qdir Saghanughu, 652
fiAbd Allh Dnyl b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad fiAbd al-Qdir Sylla, 473
al-Süqı, 172 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAbd Allh b. fiImrn b.
fiAbd Allh Diop, 472 fi◊mir al-Safidı, 40
fiAbd Allh Fall Magatte, 314 Al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B/Bah, 500,
fiAbd Allh b. ˘mid b. fiAbd al-Karım Dalale, 502, 503, 504
510 Abd al-Ra˛mn b. Khalıl, 653
fiAbd Allh b. ˘amıd al-Süqı, 172 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad (b.) Sadıd al-
fiAbd Allh b. al-˘asan b. al-˘usayn b. al-˛jj Galldı, 189
Sulaymn al-Zghawı, 49 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Safiı∂ (or Safid) al-Galldı
fiAbd Allh b. Jamfial b. ˘ama Mu˛ammad b. al-Anßrı, 190
Bill, 237 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Sal, 394
fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niys, 273 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Sise, 45
fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Ragıg, 652 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-‡lib Sı. A˛mad al-
fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad al-Zghawı, 48 Kuntı, 146
fiAbd Allh b. Muß†af, 548 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı al-Mallı,
fiAbd Allh b. Nafafiu 549 531
fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Ifrıqı, 270
INDEX OF AUTHORS 711
fiAbd al-Salm Lo b. Mu˛ammad, 321 ◊dam al-Südnı al-Msinı, 666

fiAbdul b. al-fhim A˛mad b. Shıth, 237 ◊dil Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad, 61
Abdullahi Niasse, 273 Ag ˘atty, 206
fiAbd al-Wadüd Hrün Mu˛ammad, 622 A˛mad [b. fiAbd Allh] b. A˛mad al-Raqqdı
Malam Abü, 565 al-Kuntı, 147
Abubakar Serigne Mbaye, 279 A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh b. Ibrhım, 236
Abü Bakr b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 279 A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh al-Wadwı, 654
Abü Bakr b. A˛mad al-Fullnı al-Sidibı al- A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-∑ayd al-
Bghunı, 653 Arawnı, 152
Abü Bakr b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd al-Fullnı al-
Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 15 Msinı, 47
Abü Bakr b. al-Bany, 58 A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. Yüsuf b. Ibrhım al-Fütı
Abü Bakr b. Barka, 653 al-Düjaqı (or -Dawjaqı) al-Tinbuktwı, al-
Abü Bakr Baynabü w. Sh. Mu˛ammad Amßıl, Jinnwı, 50
538 A˛mad al-fiAdnn al-Tijnı, 225
Abü Bakr Dambawqı, 263 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b.
Abü Bakr b. ˘ammd al-Inükundarı, 182 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Gur∂o al-Fullnı al-
Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan (or al-˘usayn) b. fiAbd Tinbuktı, 43
al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Shaykh al- A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad al-
Timi†ı, 572 Fullnı al-Tinbuktı, 43
Abü Bakr fiIyn Sy b. fiUthmn, 349 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad
Abü Bakr Khlid fiUmar B, 473 Lobbo, 212
Abü Bakr b. al-˛jj Ma˛müd, 653 A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Bashır al-Kalasüqı, 173
Abü ¸Bakr b. Mu˛ammad fiAlabira b. Ibrhım A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad, 654
Doshi, 546 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 211
Abü ¸Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Koyaro, 45 A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Ibrhım Niys,
Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-∑ayd al-Arawnı, 304
152 A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. fiUmar b.
Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ammad Sire al-Fullnı, 45 Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 15
Abü Bakr b. al-Mukhtr al-Kbarı, 268 A˛mad (Amady) Ma˛müd, 476
Abü Bakr b. al-Mukhtr al-Zanjawı al-Kbarı, A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad
49 Buryu b. A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad,
Abü Bakr b. Müs, 653 35, 36
Abü Bakr b. ∑li˛ b. Bakr b. fiUthmn al- A˛mad Ba, 473
Saylnı, 653 A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs b. fiUmar b.
Abü Bakr al-Sharıf, 528 Zayyn, 52
Abü Bakr Sy b. Mlik b. fiUthmn, 312 A˛mad Bb b. A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad b.
Abü Bakr fiUmar, 629 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt al-Tinbuktı, al-
Abü Bakr b. fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-Fütı, 350 Südnı, al-Masüfı, al-∑anhjı, 9, 17, 35
Abü Bakr b. Yirkoi Talfi, 236 A˛mad Bb b. amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b.
Abü Bakr Zayd al-Fütı al-Jalluwı al-Burüjı, 511 Yüsuf b. Slim b. Ibrhım Fdig al-
Abü Hamm al-‡hir, 666 Zghawı, 47
Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh b. Marzüq b. al- A˛mad Bbah al-W√i÷ b. A˛mad b. fiˆs b.
˘alla al-Arawnı, 155 Müs al-∑ukkutı al-Ghundawı al-Kumsı al-
Abü Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Mu˛ammad b. Wa†anı al-Tijnı, 612
Alfa Siri, 629 A˛mad b. Bb˙r b. Alf Mughy al-Lamtünı,
Abü Mu˛ammad al-˘jj b. Mu˛ammad al- 50
Zghawı al-Kansamı, 48 A˛mad [b.] Bb˙r al-Arawnı, 61
712 INDEX OF AUTHORS
A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (or -Bakky) b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad Muß†af of Dingiraawi, 521

b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı al-Wfı, 67, 118 A˛mad Ndiaye Ndiak, 477
A˛mad Bamba, 397, 664 A˛mad b. al-∑li˛ b. Sayyid al-Wfı b. Sayyid
A˛mad al-Bashır al-Mlikı, 173 b. A˛mad b. Adda al-Arawnı, 151
A˛mad Dm Ture, 664 A˛mad b. Slim b. al-Slik al-Dül˛jji, 643
A˛mad Dem b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad A˛mad al-Slim b. al-Slik b. Mu˛ammad b.
Mbacke b. Mu˛ammad b. Sulaymn b. al-Mukhtr, 147
Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 324 A˛mad al-Shdhilı b. Mu˛ammad al-Juljulı,
A˛mad Diack, 476 508
A˛mad Diop Massar, 471 A˛mad b. al-Shaykh al-Süqı, 174
A˛mad Diop b. Yüsuf, 471 A˛mad b. Sulaymn al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Jamawı,
A˛mad Fl b. al-Mukhtr al-˘abalı (?) al- 655
Kuntı 146 A˛mad al-Süqı, 173
A˛mad b. a l - ˛  j j A˛mad b. fiUmar b. A˛mad Tall, 343
Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 15 A˛mad al-Tijnı Bh, 655
A˛mad ˘amhu’llh b. al-Sharıf Mu˛ammad A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Ibrhım Niys, 304
b. Sayyidin fiUmar, 264 A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b.
A˛mad b. ˘usayn b. Idrıs, 599 Sha√th Ture, 333
A˛mad Ibrhım Datte, 483 A˛mad b. fiUmar al-˘asanı, 666
A˛mad b. al-imm Ibrhım b. al-imm fiAbd A˛mad fiUthmn Bah al-Tijnı al-˘amawı, 268
al-Ra˛mn, 654 A˛mad b. al-Wlı Sulaymn al-Fütı al-‡ürı,
A˛mad fiIyn Sy b. fiUthmn Sy, 344 237
A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı, 223 A˛mad b. Yüsuf al-Süqı, 174
A˛mad al-Kabır Mbaye b. Bbacar, 455 Ahmadu Lobbo, 208
Alfa A˛mad Küru, 654 Karamoko Alfa al-˘amdu, 494
A˛mad Laria, 521 Alfa Hshim, 223
A˛mad Ma˛müd, 476 Alfa Jibrıl A˛mad, 538
A˛mad Mlik ˘ammd al-Fütı al-Azharı, 490 Alhaji Boyo, 576
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad, 654 Alhaji Qudus, 575
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. fiAlı b. A-g-˛-t, 655
Mu˛ammad al-∑ayd, 153 fiAlı b. A˛mad Boye, 392
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd, 52 fiAlı b. Baydi Ba, 315
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Aganan, 147 Si. fiAlı Cisse, 301
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad al-Süqı, 173 fiAlı b. al-˘asan Cisse, 301
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı al-Msinı, 47 fiAlı b. Mlik Sall, 374
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Bübü b. Abı Bakr b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad al-Kumsı, 624
Safiıd al-Fullnı, 208 fiAlı (Alioune) b. Mu˛ammad Diaby, 476
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Julli b. Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad al-Salghawı, 598
A˛mad al-Zaghrnı, 655 fi◊lı b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b.
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Modı b. fiUmar b. Abı Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 161
Bakr, 237 Alillou Mouhammadou, 513
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al- Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan b. Cerno Mu˛ammad b.
Arawnı, 160 Mu˛ammad Bano b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Sh.
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd, 15 Malal, 499, 513
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. Slim b. ◊madu ◊madu, see A˛mad b. A˛mad b.
Ibrhım al-Fdikı al-Zghawı, 48 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo
A˛mad b. Müs, 537 Afimar [fiUmar] b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı b.
A˛mad b. Müs al-Anßrı al-Galldı, 190 Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 134
al-Amın b. ˘ayball al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı, 147 Dh al-Timbuktı, 200

al-Amın b. Hillı al-Galldı, 190 Sh. Dalabaa Mu˛ammad b. Cerno Safid, 499
al-Amın Tafsır, 230 Karamoko Dalen, 519
Anda fiAbd Allh b. A˛mad, 51 al-Darfan b. Mu˛ammad Mu˛ammad In÷amat
Ashaddagan, 659 al-Süqı, 175
Atal, see Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Dwüd Mu˛ammad al-Amın Jh, 262
al-‡hir al-Anßrı Dhü ’l-Kifl b. Mufli˛, 180
Dhü ’l-Nün Ly, 390
Baademba mo Alfaa Isaaqa, 520 Doudou Seck, 470
Bb A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 135
Fa-Bakari, 572
Bb A˛mad b. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, 118
Fanta Madi Cherif, 528
Baba Gomda, 597
Farba Ibrhıma, 520
Bb Gür(u) b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj
Farba Sek, 520
al-Amın Gnü, 39
Fodiye Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé, 255
Bb al-Kabır b. Mu˛ammad al-fiAlawı, 166
Fodiye ∑anba Allh, 253
Bbakar B˙r, 15
Fodiye ‡hir Jümbır, 256
Bba Lamin, 302
Ba Fougoumb, 520 Gi∂a∂o Modibbo, 214
Bakr b. fiUthmn fiAbd Allh al-Fullnı al- Gottlob Adolf Krause, see Krause, Gottlob
Jallwı al-Saylnı, 656 Adolf
al-˛jj Banfa Jabi, 527
Baraw, 598 ˘abıb Allh b. al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad [b.
Bashır b. A˛mad [Bamba] b. ˘abıb Allh, 452 Mu˛ammad b. Sı. al-Mukhtr] al-Kuntı, 145
al-Bashır b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Wadd, 134 ˘abıb Allh b. fiUmar al-Waddfi al-Kuntı, 145
Baye Mbaye, 279 Al Haji Imrane, 495, 500
Baye Niys, 279 al-˘jj fiAbd Allh, 302
By b. Zayn al-Jubayhı, 170 al-˘jj fiUmar, 214, 272, 274
Biba, 653 Halsin Aryaw, see Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b.
Bocar Sabaly b. fiAbd Allh, 481 Mu˛ammadün b. al-‡hir b. A˛mad A˛mad,
Bokar Salif Tal, 266 al-Anßrı
Bou el-Moqdad, 470 ˘m b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Mukhtr,
Bü’l-Afirf A˛mad b. Mbrak b. Barka b. 656
Mu˛ammad al-Müs-ü-fiAlı al-Takanı al- Hamad Adda, 658
Wdnünı al-Süsı al-Tinbukti, 53 ˘mid b. fiAbd al-Karım Dalale, 510
Bü Bakar Poti b. al-faqıh fiUthmn, 494, 497 ˘mid Bb b. Alfa May b. fiUmar, 269
Bübu al-Msinı, 51 ˘mid b. fiUthmn b. fiAbd al-Qdir, 237
al-Bukhrı b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad ˘mid b. fiUthmn b. fiAbd al-Qdir, al-Tiları,
al-Bashır b. Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 174 474
Bulal b. Budbud, 656 Hamidu Sossi, 248
˘amma al-Amın, 656
Cerno Alillou Boûba-Ndiang, 513 ˘amm b. By al-Kuntı, 141
Cerno Bakar Poti, 494, 497 ˘amm b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad
Cerno Bassirou, 501 al-Mukhtr, 657
Cerno Bokar Salif Tal, 266 Hamma b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı, 190
Cerno Al-Gassimou, 497 ˘ammd b. Khalıl al-Jubayhı, 170
Cerno Saadu Dalen, 507 Hammadun Abba, 233
Cerno Suufi Kansa Gawol, 497 ˘ammü [Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab], 64
Cheikh Toure, 486 al-˘ar†nı b. al-Mukhtr b. ‡alibn al-
Arawnı, 157
Hrün Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mlikı al- fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad, 536

Shdhilı al-Tijnı, 620 fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad Muß†af al-Galldı 191
Hrün al-Rashıd Jallü b. A˛mad, 484 Malam Isaka, 566
al-˘asan b. A˛mad b. al-Siri b. al-˘asan b. al- Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila b. Yafiqüb, 566
Amın, 237
Jaawo Pellel, 501, 518
al-˘asan Dem, 306
Jjı al-Zughrnı, 229
al-˘asan, Imam of Wenchi, 564
Jall b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b.
al-˘asan Mole, 548
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı,
al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad al-Fütı al-Kawlakhı,
165
306
Jatagakiya 581
al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad b. Ya˛y, 548
Jibrıl ∑li˛ al-Salghawı al-Kanawı, 623
˘asan b. Müs Gaye, 375
al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri b. Ibrhım Alfa Kafi Dubu, 624
Sabi Jara, al-Salghawı, 584 Kamara b. A˛mad al-Wlı al-Ifrıqı, 657
˘ukku al-Galldı, 194 Karamoko fiAbbs, 571
Karamoko Alfa al-˘amdu, 494
Ibn A˛mad b. al-Shaykh, 657
Karamoko-Ba Gassama, 497
Ibn al-fiArabı Ly, 390
Karamoko Barjı, 262
Ibn Husm al-Dın al-Shahır b. al-Muttaqı, 665
Karamoko Dalen, 519
Ibn Mu˛ammad al-Inükundarı, 182
Karamoko Koutoubo, 498
Ibn Safiıd al-Dugharı al-Falakı, 527
Karamoko Mahama, 579
Ibn fiUmar Dukure, 251
Karamoko Sabruni, 572
Ibn al-Wazır ˘a∂ramı, 485
Karamoko Sankoun, 498
Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niys al-
Karım b. fiAbd Allh Jire al-∑aghır b. fiAbd
Kawlakhı, 279
Allh al-Kabır, 263
Ibrhım b. al-q∂ı Abı Bakr, 238
Khadım al-Rasül, 397
Ibrhım w. Abüd al-Kuntı, 146
Khli Madiakhate Kala, 388
Ibrhım A˛mad Niang, 307, 665
Khlid b. fiAlı b. Müs al-Süqı, 175
Ibrhım b. fiAlı al-Fulukankı, 657
Khlid al-Müsawı, 175
Ibrhım b. Birs Kane, 476
Khlid b. Yafiqüb b. Mu˛ammad Bawa al-
Ibrhım b. al-Fagha Gi∂∂o, 43
Kashnwı, 596
Ibrhım Fl, 462
Khalıfa Mu˛ammad, 275
Ibrhım Ghushaygu, 599
Krause, Gottlob Adolf, 600
Ibrhım ˘ukku al-Galldı al-Anßrı, 191
Imam Kunandi, 571
Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-S˛ilı al-
Anßrı al-Gharn†ı, 8, 10 Ley Kane, 484
Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs al-Drı al-Fütı
al-Labawı, 238 Madior Cissé, 342
Ibrhım b. Müs, 566 Madior Goumba Cissé, see Madior Malick
Ibrhım Niasse, 279 Cissé
Ibrhım b. Qsim al-Sılı, 657 Madior Malick Cissé, 464
Ibrhım Sal, 307 Madou Kebe b. fiAbd Allh, 457
Ibrahîma Bah, 503 Mafma÷ü, 629
Idrıs b. fiAbd al-Mu√min, 630 Mahdı b. ∑li˛, 633
Idrıs b. ∑li˛ b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, 549 Mahdillou Dâka, 518
Imam Imoru, 586 Mahdiyyu Daaka, 501, 518
al-Imm al-Takrürı, 41 al-Ma˛jüb b. al-Imm, 238
al-˛jj fiImrn (or Al Haji Imrane), 495, 500 Ma˛müd b. ◊bba, 226
fiˆs al-˘asan Baki, 624 Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh, 545
Ma˛müd w. Dahmn, 634 Cerno Mody ◊che, 350

Ma˛müd Dia, 477 Mohammadou Aliou Tyam, 232
Ma˛müd b. Ibrhım b. al-Muß†af, 553 Moodi ‡hir b. Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé,
Ma˛müd Jah, 485 494
Ma˛müd Kafiti b. al-˛jj al-Mutawakkil Kafiti Moodi fiUmar, 495
al-Kurminı al-Tinbuktı al-Wafikurı, 38 Mor Khoudia Coumba Diop, 394
Ma˛müd b. Khlid al-Galldı, 191 Mor Mbaye, 461
Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Sulaymn Moustapha Gueye, 488
al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Silawı, 226 Cerno Mufiwiya Maci (Pita), 498
Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab, 64 Imam Mu˛ammad of Gbuipe, 542
Alfa Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-Kanakı al- Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh b. Abı ’l-Afirf al-
Kabawı al-Tijnı, 657 Takanı al-Tinbuktı, 57
Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Lammü∂ b. A˛mad Ag Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh b. Khalıl al-Ra˛mn b.
Adda, 161 Yüsuf, 535
Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Niys al-Kawlakhı,
al-Arawnı, 61 275, 665
Ma˛müd b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt al- Cerno Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh al-Tinwajiyu
∑anhjı al-Masüfı, 13 (the “sharıf of Sagalé”), 501
Majd al-Dın b. al-Mahdı al-Anßrı, 191 Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-D√im b. fiAbd al-
Makala b. Müs Diakhate, 388 Ghafür, 658
Mala∂o Diallo, 503 Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-
Malam Abü, 565 ∑ayd, 153
Malam Bello, 605 Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid b. Mu˛ammad Afilı b.
Malam al-˘asan Mole, 548 A˛mad b. fiUmar al-Anßrı, 192
Malam Isaka, 566 Mu˛ammad b. fi◊bidın al-Kuntı, 143
Malam Müs, 600 Mu˛ammad b. Abı ’l-Miqdd, 470
Malam Tsafo, 623 Mu˛ammad Ag Dwüd, 536
Mlik Diallo, 387 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad, 233
Mlik Dieng, 454 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Inükundarı, 183
Mlik fiIyn b. fiUthmn Sy, 346 Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo, 489
Mlik b. Mu˛ammad al-Kawjjı al-Msinı, 238 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr
al-˛jj Mlik Sy, 346 Baghayogho al-Wangarı, 32
Mlik b. fiUthmn b. Mufidh b. fiAlı b. Yüsuf Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh al-
Sy, 308 Anßrı, 195
Mamadou Aissa Jakhite, 232 Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir al-
Mamadu Luuda Dalaba, 499, 664 Anßrı, 192
Mamm b. fiUthmn al-Kallakküdı, 531 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad [al]-Saghanughawı [al]-
Cerno Mammadou Mala∂o, 664 Taslımı, 658
Sh. Manda, 500 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-∑aghır b. ˘am ’llh,
Manßür Sy b. Mlik Sy b. fiUthmn, 314 240
al-˛jj Mar˛ab, 553 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Syawı al-Jaljwı al-
Maryam bt. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 305 ∑anbaytı, 214
al-˛jj Mbacke Bousso, 458 Mu˛ammad fi◊√isha Diakhite, 232
Shaykh Mbacke b. Muß†af b. A˛mad Bamba, Mu˛ammad b. Alf fiAlı, 658
453 Mu˛ammad fiAlı Cam, 232
Mbalu Fode Jabi, 527 Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. ˘amma Bello Bal†ufiu (?)
Modi Amadou Laria, 521 b. Ghmd, 658
Modi Bokar Diallo, 485
Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammadün b. al- Mu˛ammad Barjı, 262

‡hir b. A˛mad A˛mad, 193 Mu˛ammad al-Bashır b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın
Mu˛ammad b. fi◊lı al-Sharıf al-Süqı, 175 b. ˘mid al-Fullnı, 44
Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı Zayn al-fi◊bidın al-Kuntı, Mu˛ammad al-Bashır b. Yüsuf al-Darmı al-
145 Tijnı, 255
Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. Zubayr, 658 Mu˛ammad By b. Mu˛ammad Akkin b.
Mu˛ammad al-Amın Abw, 180 Mu˛ammad al-Bashır al-fiAdawı al-Süqı,
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiAbbs Sall, 373 177
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiAbd al-Wahhb al- Mu˛ammad Belly b. Mukhtr al-Fütı, 605
Fullnı 44 Mu˛ammad al-Bukhrı b. Mu˛ammad b.
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Abı Bakr b. Amüsan Mu˛ammad al-‡hir, 203
al-Inükundarı, 183 Mu˛ammad Daqqa b. al-‡hir al-Süqı, 177
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Tinbuktı, 66 Mu˛ammad Dikha Diop, 472
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Zaydn al- Mu˛ammad al-Dın b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı,
Kuntı, 143 193
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Amjad, 226 Muhammad Diop al-Kükı, 394
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Amjad al-Tijnı al- Mu˛ammad F∂il b. A˛mad Bamba b. ˘abıb
Gwı al-Bghunı, 659 Allh Mbacke, 452
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. By al-Süqı al-Tijnı, Mu˛ammad F∂il Fadıra b. Mu˛ammad al-
177 Amın Fadıra, 527
Mu˛ammad al-Amın Diop Dagana, 454 Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. fiAbd Allh b. Wadıfiat
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. ˘mid al-Fullnı, 44 Allh, 236
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b.
Niys, 302 Yüsuf, 194
Mu˛ammad al-Amın Kkü b. Abı Bakr [Buya Mu˛ammad al-Fat b. Mu˛ammad al-Ghanı b.
Kkü] b. A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh, 263 Mu˛ammad al-Thnı, 629
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad b. Afimar Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır
b. Abı Sayfı al-Kuntı, 145 b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af al-
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mukhtr Mbaye, 393 ∑aghır b. Ibrhım al-Sakanüqı al-Umawı,
Mu˛ammad al-Amın Salım al-Fara∂ı b. Yafiqüb 553
Bamba al-Salghawı, 605 Mu˛ammad Fodiye b. Mu˛ammad al-Maghılı,
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar Mlik al-Fütı, 526
387 Mu˛ammad b. Füdı al-Mallwı, 659
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Zubayr, 388 Mu˛ammad al- Fütı Ly, 481
Mu˛ammad b. Amjad b. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 225 Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb b. Safid b. ˘amm al-
Mu˛ammad b. Aty al-Anßrı, 193 Inükundarı al-Mlikı al-Tijnı, 185
Mu˛ammad al-fiAtıq b. Safid al-Dın al-Süqı, Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th Ture, 327
180 Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. al-‡lib Surgu al-
Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ al-Aghllı, Arawnı, 159
535 Mu˛ammad b. ˘amma b. Mu˛ammad al-
Mu˛ammad b. Bb, 659 Kuntı, 141
Mu˛ammad Bb b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad ˘ammd b. Imalan b. Mu˛ammad
˘abıb b. al-Mukhtr, 34 Qu†b, 197
Mu˛ammad b. Bdı b. By [Mu˛ammad al- Mu˛ammad b. ˘-n-k, 659
∑aghır] al-Kuntı, 141 Mu˛ammad b. al-˘asan, 239
Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 17, 31 Mu˛ammad al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad al-
Mu˛ammad Bh b. Mu˛ammad Safiıd, al- Muß†af al-Anßrı, 195
Kümbaywı, 521 Mu˛ammad al-˘asanı al-Nifimwı, 268
Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı b. A˛mad b. Safiıd, 223 Mu˛ammad b. Mufidh, 265

Mu˛ammad Ibrhım, 45 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Atall b.
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. fi◊bidın b. al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir al-Anßrı, 196
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Hayba al-Kuntı al- Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 158
Tinbuktı, 144 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı, 196
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. Afimar al-fiAyyiq, Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho b.
659 Mu˛ammad Gor∂o b. Mu˛ammad Sjı al-
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Mak˛ül, 659 Fullnı, 37
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad, 552 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı,
Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Mu√min, 159
535 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Bussübe, 458
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Qdirı al-Suwarı al- Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. ˘abıb Allh, 397
Zghawı, 49 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad ˘amma b. Sayyid,
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Silla, 239 660
Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Tımı al-Qdirı al- Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad [b.] al-˘asan b.
Azharı, 575 fiUthmn al-fiAlawı al-Jubayhı, 171
Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Yüsuf al-Galldı al- Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Inalbash al-
Anßrı, known as ˘ukku al-Galldı, 194 ‡ughüghı al-Süqı, 175
Mu˛ammad Imlın b. Mu˛ammad, 660 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-ˆtı al-Takrürı,
Mu˛ammad al-Jawharı b. al-Q∂ı A˛mad, 660 166
Mu˛ammad Jibo/Jobbo b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b.
fiUthmn al-Türı, 43 Umayya al-Süqı, 179
Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. al-Mlik b. ˘ayda b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af, 543,
fiAlı al-Inükundarı, 183 544
Mu˛ammad K-k al-Süqı, 178 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Na÷ma al-Süqı, 177
Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı, 9, 12 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Qu†b al-Anßrı, 197
Mu˛ammad Kunadi, 544 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b.
Mu˛ammad Lamide Tafsır Maabo, 230 Anbüja, 229
Mu˛ammad b. al-Mahdı b. Hukuya al-Anßrı, Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi b. fiAbd
196 al-Karım, 532
Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı, Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir, 203
196 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar al-Msinı,
Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr al- 47
Wangarı [Mu˛ammad Baghayogho], 9, 31 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-
Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. ˘ammt, 230 Kbar, 51
Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd al-Kuntı, 143 Mu˛ammad Mu˛yı ’l-Dın Gassama, 391
Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd [b. Mu˛ammad], 226 Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı
Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al- Bakr al-Kuntı al-Wfı, 67, 94
Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al- Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. al-Hdı b. al-‡hir
Munır b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. al-Anßrı, 197
Mu˛ammad al-Mubrak b. Sı. fiAlı, 660 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. ˘awlan al-Anßrı,
Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh b. Sı. Abı 197
Bakr (Bubakkar) b. al-q∂ı Sı. A˛mad al- Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad fiAbd
˘asanı al-Süqı al-Arawnı al-Tinbuktı, 58 Allh b. Kann al-Anßrı, 198
Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad
Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 14 b. Bnna al-Arawnı, 158
Mu˛ammad al-Makkı b. fiUmar b. Safiıd, 222 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad fiAlı b.
Mu˛ammad Mlik b. fiAbd Allh b. fiUmar, 464 Bü ˘ayda, 198
Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad al- Mu˛ammad [b.] al-∑li˛ b. A˛mad b.

Fullnı, 45 Mu˛ammad al-Qri√ b. al-Shaykh A˛mad
Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Süqı, 178
Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. al-Aswad b. al-Walı
Mu˛ammad, 199 Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 178
Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı b. A˛mad al-Zarrüq al-
Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. al- Fullnı, 45
‡lib fiAbd Allh, 660 Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı b. Yafiqüb, 624
Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın ˘aydara b. Ma˛fü÷
A˛mad b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Ubba b. Mu˛ammad F∂il b. Mmayn al-
b. fiAlı b. Ya˛y al-Kuntı, 144 Idrısı al-˘asanı al-Hshimı, 480
Mu˛ammad b. Müs b. Mu˛ammad al-Barı al- Mu˛ammad al-Sharıf, 527
Barbarı al-Fütajallı al-Dindı, 511 Mu˛ammad b. al-∑iddıq b. al-Dın al-Arawnı
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs al-Tinbuktı, 158
Saganugu, 552, 553 Mu˛ammad al-Süqı b. al-Bashır al-Takrürı,
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh al- 178
Inükundarı, 184 Mu˛ammad b. Tafsır Ma˛müd b. ˘ammt Sülı
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Nabdhı Wurqı Qirlwı, 226
Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar Dukuri, 253 Mu˛ammad al-Thir b. A˛mad Addah al-
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. A˛mad Bamba Anßrı, 200
Mbacke, 453 Mu˛ammad al-Thir b. fiAlı b. al-Najıb, 205
Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Thir b. Ibrhım b. al-˘asan b.
Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr Baghayogho alal-Hdı b. fiAlı b. al-Najıb, 206
Wangarı al-Tinbuktı, 33 Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad b.
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af ◊n, 475 Mu˛ammad b. Qu†b al-Anßrı, 202
Mu˛ammad Muß†af Dem, 327 Mu˛ammad Taslımı b. Slim Jbi-Gasama, 524
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-Amın b. Safid, Mu˛ammad Tetemo, 595
619 Mu˛ammad Thni fiAbd Allh, 626
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad al- Mu˛ammad al-Thnı fiAbd al-Qdir, 624
Galldı, 199 Mu˛ammad al-Thnı b. al-˘asan b. fiUmar
Mu˛ammad al-Q∂ı b. al-Wfı al-Arawnı, Alfa Kiri b. Ibrhım Alfa Sabi Jara al-
151 Zughuwı, 595
Mu˛ammad al-Qurashı b. Ibrhım Niys, 304 Mu˛ammad al-‡ughüghı al-Duqüqı al-Takrürı,
Mu˛ammad al-Rbifi b. Surqa [b.] Safiıd Jar, 177
611 Mu˛ammad al-‡ughüghı b. Mu˛ammad al-Süqı
Mu˛ammad Rashıd Shafiban, 622 b. al-Bashır al-Takrürı, 178
Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı al- Mu˛ammad Ture b. Mu˛ammad, 486
Kuntı, 134 Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar, 269
Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. fiUmar [Afimar] b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Abı
Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad al- Ma˛allı b. fiAbd al-Malik b. fiAlı b. Abı
Kuntı, 136 Ma˛allı, 661
Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd, 240 Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. Dalla
Mu˛ammad Safiıd b. ∑li˛, 581 al-Murjı al-Südnı al-Mlikı, 251
Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Saylwı (or -Sılwı) al- Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. Sulaymn al-Fuqulwı
Fütı, 238 al-Banbawı, 563
Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Sılı, 512 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. A˛mad al-Bghunı
al-Anßrı, 239
Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Kbarı, 35
Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı Ngagne Dieye Pthe, 391

al-Tijnı, 579 Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, 213, 665
Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. al-q∂ı Mu˛ammad Nür al-Dın al-˘amawı, 624
b. Mu˛ammad b. al-∑iddıq b. Bba b. fiAbd
Ould Bb fiAynayn, 266
Allh al-SΩsı, 248
Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr, al-Qsim b. Ibrhım, Abü fi◊√isha, al-
230 Daghmanı, 530
Mu˛ammad b. Ya˛y b. ∑li˛, 549 Sh. al-Qsim b. Mma Ismafiıl al-Zwiywı,
Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Süqı, 180 497
Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Kuluwı al-Saghawı, Müly Qsim b. Müly Sulaymn 42
537
Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb b. Müs al-Sunghawı, Rahmatullaahi Telikoo, 512
66 Ruqayya b. Ibrhım Niys b. fiAbd Allh
Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı al-Bunduqı, Niys, 305
573 Cerno Saadu Dalen, 496, 498
Muhammadu Luudaa Dalabaa, 519 Cerno Saadu Ludaajo Dalabaa, 664
Muhammadu Saalihu [son of] Cerno Usmaani, Saad Oumar Touré, 244
521 Karamoko Sabruni, 572
Muhammadu Samba Mombeyaa, 512 Safid Abıhi Diop b. A˛mad Diop Massar, 477
Muhammadu Wuuri Sagale, 521 Safid b. al-˘jj b. ˘amm al-Inükundarı, 187
al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı al- Safid b. ˘amm al-Inükundarı, 185
Wfı, 67, 68 Safid b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh b. Sulaymn b.
al-Mukhtr b. Ismfiıl b. Wadıfiat Allh, 236 Ibrhım al-Fullnı al-Labawı al-Juljulı al-Sılı
al-Mukhtr Jüb [Diop], 661 al-Fütı, 496, 507
al-Mukhtr al-Khalıfa [b. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Cerno Safid b. Moodi Ibrhım b. Mammadu
Afimar b. Sh. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sı. al- Saliyu b. Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti, 494
Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 143 Safid b. al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad Bb, 662
Mukhtr Lo, 474 Safid b. fiUmar b. Safiıd Jeliy al-Fütı al-Tijnı,
Sı. Mukhtr Ntiemi, 115 244
al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır b. Mu˛ammad b. al- Safiıd b. fiAbd Allh b. Müs b. Dwüd al-
Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı, Banbawı al-Fugalwı al-Sansanı al-
115 Wnkawı al-Damtrikurawı, 564
al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh al-Msinı, 233 Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad
Muli Yindi, 548 Tarawiri, 565
al-Mur√u b. Mu˛ammad al-Msinı, 229 Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Wele, 322
Müs Kamara b. A˛mad al-˘abıb, 465 Safiıd Jeliya b. (Cerno Wocce) A˛mad b. Siré
Müs b. ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs b. b. ˘asan, 241
Mu˛ammad al-Wıwı al-Drı al-Fütı, 227 Safiıd b. Mlik, al-Timitı, 571
al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh, 51 Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 37
Muß†af b. A˛mad ˘ammd, 214 al-˛jj ∑li˛, 580
Muß†af b. A˛mad b. al-imm Sire b. al-˘asan, ∑li˛ Mbacke, 454
242 ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad Anda-fiUmar, 36
Muß†af Gaye, 488 ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Nü˛ b. fiAbd Allh b.
Muß†af Ibrhım, 609 fiUmar al-Fullnı al-fiUmarı al-Masüfı, 496,
Muß†af b. Ibrhım al-Dakarı/Dukurı, 240 504
Muß†af fiIyn b. fiUthmn Sy, 348 al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-
Jawanı al-Tijnı, 580
Nafafiu b. Yünus, 549 ∑li˛ Takinni, 36
Slik b. al-Bukhrı b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Sh. Tijn Gaye b. ˘asan b. fiAbbs ∑all, 379
A˛mad al-Süqı, 174 al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Arawnı,
Slim Jbi-Gasama, 523 154
Slim b. Mu˛ammad al-Kasamnı, 662 Trb b. ˘amls, 642
Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı, 664 al-‡uwayjin, see Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad b.
Cerno Samba Mombeyaa, 493, 499, 503 Ibrhım al-S˛ilı al-Anßrı al-Gharn†ı
Sanbal, 253
San Shirfi, 51 fiUmar fiAbd al-Jabbr, 626
Snü b. fiUmar, 611 fiUmar b. Abı Bakr F, 458
Sayfuddiini Boowe-Geme, 519 fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn al-∑alghawı al-
¯Sayku Manda, 518 K.abawı al-Kanawı, 541, 586
Serigne Ababacar, 312 fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad
Serigne Aliou, 301 B˙r al-Arawnı, 161
Serigne Mbaye Sy, 312 fiUmar b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 135
Serigne Pir, 458 fiUmar Ba, 488
Seydu Jeliya, 241 fiUmar b. Sh. Bb al-Sridügı, 662
Shams al-Dın b. A˛mad al-Bakky b. fiAbd fiUmar Bambeto, 501
Allh b. ˘amad b. al-Muß†af, 485 fiUmar Banda, 562
Shaykh By, 136 fiUmar Dabla, 545
Shaykh Gassama, 391 fiUmar b. Jafifar b. al-Mahdı, 214
Shaykh Jji, 655 fiUmar Jeliya, 242
Shaykh Mu˛ammad Diop, 392 fiUmar al-Kidı, 528
Shehu Kawlaha, 279 fiUmar b. Modi ˘ammad Ghayi al-Fullnı al-
Sidtı b. Bba fiAynayn, 266 Sidibı al-Kunrı, 241
∑iddıq b. fiAbd al-Mu√min b. Mu˛ammad Zayd fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 12, 13
Tarawiri, 569 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘awsı, 231
al-∑iddıq b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Ag fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘usaynı, 269
˘att al-Anßrı, 203 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Jeliya al-Tijnı al-
al-∑iddıq b. Ya˛y al-Tinbuktı, 63 Maghribı al-Fullnı, 243
Sire fiAbbs Soh, 470 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı,
Soufiane Salime Dramé, 257 118
Sufyn b. Slim Darmı al-Jallnı al-Azharı, fiUmar b. al-Mukhtr, 662
257 fiUmar Rfifi b. ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs
Sulaymaana-Saayannde Jaljallo, 520 Tafsır, 663
al-˛jj Sulaymn (of Dalen, Guinea), 501 Alfa fiUmar Rfifiu, 498, 507
Sulaymn Tj al-Dın b. A˛mad Nür al-Dın, fiUmar b. Safiıd b. fiUthmn b. Mukhtr b. fiAlı
622 b. Mukhtr al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Gidiwı al-
al-˛jj Sunna Kulü, 537 Tijnı, 214, 637, 665
al-Suyü†ı b. Mu˛ammad, 53 fiUmar b. Saqq b. ˘amati K.n. al-Dimashqı al-
‡ürı, 663
al-‡hir b. Abı Bakr Lamba Dukure, 395 fiUmar b. Sulaymn al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı
al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Anßrı, 562
203 fiUmar Tall, 214
al-‡lib b. Aytin, 662 fiUmaru Krakye, 586
‡libna Sanb˙r b. al-Wfı b. ‡libna al- Umm Hnı bt. fiUmar, 663
Arawnı 149 fiUrwa b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı,
Thiary Camara, 662 118
Cheikh Tidjane Niasse, 304
fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr b. al-˘asan b. Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 607

Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd, 262 Ya˛y b. Safiıd al-Fullnı, 631
fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Ballu al-Inükundarı, 187 Ya˛y al-Wangarı, 663
fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo, 576 Yakhlif Rasül Allh, 262
fiUthmn Küß b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar al-Drı al-Yamın b. Hall al-Galldı, 205
al-Wıwı, 227 Yafiqüb Dukure, 257
fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad b. Inghillan b. Yafi†üb, 629
˘awlan al-Ansrı, 203 Yero b. Sanba b. Bü∂u al-Fullnı al-Msinı,
fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Kbirı, 664
666 Yirkoy Talfi, 233
fiUthmn N’Diaye, 306 Yünus b. Mu˛ammad, 390
fiUthmn Sy b. Abı Bakr b. Ibrhım al-Mlikı Yüsuf Abin Nema, 594
al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, 344 Yüsuf Bamba, 594
Yüsuf b. al-Imm al-Jbı al-Qasamı, 526
Wadıfiat al-˘jj Yüsuf b. Fodiye, 269 Yüsuf b. al-Imm al-Lakhmı b. Mu˛ammad al-
al-Wfı b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Wfı b. Gangalı, 253
Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 160 Yüsuf b. Müs b. Hrün Bamba, 594
al-Wfı b. Mu˛ammad b. al-∑li˛, 663
Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Zayn b.
Sı. Ya˛y b. fiAbd al-Ra˛ım al-Tdallisı al- Mu˛ammad al-Jubayhı al-Süqı, 166
Thafilibı, 8, 12 Zumfiatu b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı, 603
INDEX OF TITLES
The index is divided according to the language of the items: Arabic,

Dagbane, French, Fulfulde, Gbanyito, Hausa, Kotokoli, Songhay,
and Wolof. In the Arabic section qaßıdas without titles are not
included, but are listed in the Index of First Lines, even if they are
listed by their qfiya (e.g. Q. b√iyya), but no further definition.
Vague titles, such as Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı are also excluded. The title
Fatw is not listed unless its subject matter is part of its Arabic title.
Works with generalized titles (e.g. Adfiiya man÷üma, Fatwı) are
related to their author. Alphabetization ignores “al-” and “b.” [ibn],
and the honouring titles Sh[aykh] and Si[di]. If the same work has
more than one reference, the page number of the main entry is
italicized.
(i) Arabic
al-Afijıb al-mutakarrara fı aqwl Mu˛ammad A∂w√ fial mashrüfiiyyat al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid

al-Manßür al-mutanqi∂a, 244 al-nabawı al-sharıf 342
al-fiAbd al-fia÷ım fiAntara b. Shaddd, 381 al-A∂w√ al-ßfiya fial ’l-awrd al-Tijniyya,
al-fiAbır bi-iftirr thaghr al-tahnı li-ahl zwiyat 244
Bır, 194 A-fa-l tashkurüna bika, 399
Afidd irshdiyya wa-naß√i˛ dıniyya min al- Af∂al al-dafiawt li-bulügh al-ghyt wa-nayl
qism al-a˛dı il ’l-qism al-fiashrı, 258 al-masarrt 280
fiAdad shuhür al-fiajam, 399 al-Ahamm min kitb al-dhikr wa’l-dufi√ al-
fi◊dtun afid√un, 255 muhimm min al-kitb wa’l-sunna, 258
al-fiA∂b al-btir fial na˛r kulli fianıd, 613 Ahammiyyat al-qawfiid al-fiarabiyya fı istinb†
al-Adhkr al-Mu˛ammadiyya, 606 al-a˛km al-sharfiiyya 381
al-Adilla al-fiaqliyya wa’l-naqliyya fial wujüd Ahammiyyat al-tafilım al-Islmı, 339
al-Brı, 258 Ahammiyyat al-tarbiya wa’l-tafilım fı ’l-islm,
al-Adilla al-muqni’a il †uruq al-manfafia, 277 381
Adillat al-yaqın fı jawz al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya al-fiAhd wa’l-mıthq, 166
kitban wa-sunnatan, 621 A˛km al-ßalt fı ’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-
Adfiiya man÷üma [of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı al- sdt al-Mlikiyya, 244
Kuntı], 119 A˛km ßawm Rama∂n fial madh’hab al-sda
Adfiiya man÷üma [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Mlikiyya, 244
al-Kuntı], 95 A˛km sharfiiyya fı bayfi al-raqıq wa’l-wirtha,
al-Adfiiya al-mubraka fı mukhtalif al-aghr∂, 151
352 A˛km al-ßiym, 342
A˛km al- zawj wa’l-†alq, 315
INDEX OF TITLES 723
Ahl al-kahf wa-mas√il rü˛iyya, 258 Ajwibat al-as√ila al-Mißriyya, 18

al-Ahliyya, 555 Ajwibat Labbt, 73
A˛madun al-m˛ı, 400 Ajwibat al-mas√il al-arbafia [of A˛mad Bb
A˛madun al mukhtr, 400 al-Tinbuktı], 19
A˛zb wa-adfiiya [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr Ajwiba wa-a˛km, 162
al-Kuntı], 95 al-Ajwiba al-wa†aniyya fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı,
fiAj√ib al-asfr wa-imti˛n al-bild wa’l-aq†r, 613
604 al-Akhbr Ghunjwı, 577
fiAj√ib yt Allh fı sayr al-shams wa’l-qamar al-Akhbr sal†anat bild Wa, 565, 568, 569
bi-˛usbn, 623 al-Akhbr Sarki Safu Buli, 568
fiAj√ib Rasül Allh, 399 al-Akhbr al-ül fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh Abı
Ajwiba [of al-˛jj Mar˛aba], 555 Bakr b. fiAbd Allh Mül, 538
Ajwiba [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Kuntı], Akhbr al-zamn, 631
95 Akhı al-fidfiı fı junüb Lubnn, 383
Ajwiba [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 72 Akthar al-rghibın fı ’l-jihd bafid nabiyyin
Ajwiba [of al-˛jj fiUmar], 205 man yakhtr al-÷uhür wa-milk al-bild wa-l
Ajwiba fial as√ila fiqhiyya, 174 yublı bi-man halaka fı jihdihi min al fiibd,
al-Ajwiba fial ’l-as√ila fı ’l-idhfia, 258 466
Ajwiba fian as√ila fı ’l-wird al-Tijnı, 325 fiAlqatı mafi al-Qur√n, 306
Ajwiba fian thaltha as√ila, 18 ◊lt al-fiulüm fial ’l-al-yaqın al-batt fı shar˛
al-Ajwiba al-durriyya fial ’l-as√ilat al-Süqiyya, dawwın al-shufiar al-sitt, 466
58 fiAlwat al-˛alwt fı mad˛ khtim al-rislt al-
Ajwiba ˛awl mafin ˛adıth <Khayr al-qurün munjı fawq al-samwt, 353
qarnı>, 64 A-li-dhikri layl, 400
al-Ajwiba al-farıda li’l-mawlid al-nabawı, 95 ◊liyt al-ukhuwwa fı al-islm, 381
Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh, 47, 162, 174 Allh, 399, 449
Ajwiba fı ˛ukm bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim, 200 Allhu Mu˛ammadun, 399, 400
Ajwiba fı ’l-lugha, 555 Allhumma, 444
Ajwiba fı ’l-na˛w wa’l-tafsır wa’l-fiqh, 459 Amn al-balıd min kha†ar al-taqlıd, 459
Ajwiba fiqhiyya, 459 Amn wa-amn fı tash†ir bafi∂ qaßfiid mauln
Ajwiba fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyyın, 66 al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys, 307
Ajwiba fı ’l-riqq, 19 fi◊m daksash, 400
Ajwiba fı ’l-taßawwuf, 459 fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal, 400, 426
Ajwiba fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı, 95 Amr Ajddin, 543
al-Ajwiba al-Fullniyya, 114 ◊na al-wn, 383
Ajwiba il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, 95 Anfas al-afilq fı fat˛ al-istighlq min fahm
Ajwiba li-mas√il fiqhiyya [of Mu˛ammad b. al- kalm Khalıl fı darak al-ßadq, 19
Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 95 al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, 380
Ajwiba li-mas√il al-q∂ı Sanb˙r al-Arawnı, 51 al-Anwr al-Ra˛mniyya li-hidyat al-firqa al-
Ajwiba man÷üma [of al-˛jj Mar˛aba], 556 Tijniyya, 5, 270
al-Ajwiba al-mufakhkhama fı ’l-ßadaqa li’l- al-fiAqıda al-islmiyya, 339
mayyit, 274 al-fiAqıda al-sunniyya wa’l-farıda al-saniyya fı
al-Ajwiba al-muhimma li-man lahu bi-amr ’l-taw˛ıd, 96
dınihi himma, 73 al-fiArabiyya fı fahm al-Qur√n, 381
al-Ajwiba al-mufiriba fiamm istafijama min al- Aßban m aßban, 349
as√ila al-wrida fı ˛urüf al-mufijam, 505 al-fiAß fı ta√dıb man fiaß, 159
al-Ajwiba al-Niysiyya fı ’l-ri˛la al-Kawkiyya, al-Asnıd al-ghliya fı ’l-tarıqa al-Tijniyya,
274 352
724 INDEX OF TITLES
Asnıd al-Qur√n, 570 Bafi∂ al-alfib al-wulufiyya wa-qımatuh al-

Ass al-ta√rıkh, 556 tarbawiyya, 394
Aßdaq al-qawl fı mas√il al-fiawl, 63 Bafi∂ al-jawnib min kamlt sayyidin
Aß˛b al-janna hum fıh khlidün, 423 Mu˛ammad, 340
Ash’hadu anna Allh mawjüd, 401 Badhl al-wusfi fı ’l-mas√il al-tisfi, 73
Ash’hadu bi-ann Muslimün, 423 al-Badıfiiyya, 465
Ash’h ’l-fiulüm wa-a†yab al-khabar fı sırat al- Badıfi al-shakl fı a˛km al-libs wa’l-sharb
˛jj fiUmar, 470 wa’l-akl, 141
Ashkur rabbı dhkiran, 401 Bahjat al-ashb˛ wa’l-arw˛, 266
Ashr† al-sfia, 258 Bahjat al-nufüs fı manfi al-qdüs, 114
As√ila fı ’l-mushkilt, 19 Bahjat al-qulüb wa’l-qawlib fı na÷m d√irat al-
As√ila wa-ajwiba Islmiyya mufißira, 258 ma†lib, 303
Aßl al-Fulln, 634 Bahjat al-†lib bi-nayl al-ma√rib, 53
Asm√ a√imma wa-qu∂t madınat Düri, 644 Ba˛r al-anwr, 657
Asm√ al-˛abıb, 401 Ba˛th fian qabılat Tamaghara fı Bilm, 634
Asm√ man ta√assasü ’l-jihd fı Füta, 495 Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Dmarghü, 634
Asm√ mulük Libtkü, 643 Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh al-Fullniyyın, 653
Asm√ muslimın fı bb manzil Muliyili, 548, 550 Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Zinder, 651
Asm√ sayyidin Mu˛ammad, 401 Ba˛th fian al-Zabarm al-q†inın bi-Düsü, 651
Asm√ al-tahlıl allatı fı ’l-Qur√n al-fia÷ım, 401 Ba˛th fı thubüt ru√yat al-hill, 281, 285
Asm√ umar√ al-†awriq, 649 Ba˛th ˛awl al-fialqt bayn al-sukkn fı shiml
Asn ’l-ma†lib li-fiulam√ al-maktib, 556 wa-janüb al-∑ahr√ al-kubr, 64
Astaghfir Allh bihi, 435, 443, 444 al-Ba˛th wa’l-taw∂ı˛ fı ˛aflat al-ziff wa’l-
A†arr al-yad fial adillat al-qab∂, 263 tafimım, 304
◊thr al-taßawwuf fı ˛ayt al-Shaykh al-˛jj Bkürat al-jnı fı karmat al-akbar al-sayyid
fiAbd Allh Niys, 307 A˛mad al-Tijnı, 248
A†lubu minka’l-fiilm, 401 Bamba, 383
A†yab al-nuzl wa’l-qir li’l-nr al-mustawfı fı Bant afkrı, 516
shurüt al-jumufia min ahl Bır, 194 al-Bqiyt al-ßli˛t, 402, 605
Aw∂a˛ al-burhn fı radd m zakhrafahu ahl al- Bar√at al-mukhliß fı db al-mufıd wa’l-
buhtn, 301 mustafıd, 613
fiAwn al-dhkir fı ˛all alf÷ al-dhikr li-†arıqat alal-Baraka wa’l-mafiüna fı muntakhab faw√id
Tijniyya, 613 min al-Risla al-maymüna, 53
al-Awrd al-Qdiriyya wa’l-tawjıht alal-Barwt li’l-tadarrub fial kitbat al-ras√il,
Mukhtriyya 96 260
Awrd wa-silsila Qdiriyya, 94 Bridat al-˛uzün mafia kawnih kathırat al-
Awrq fı ta√rıkh al-mudun wa’l-kalm fial ar∂ lu˛ün, 572
al-Takrür, 166 Barq al-ghuyüth al-munbitt fı naß˛ al-
Awthaq al-fiur fı mad˛ khayr al-war, 282 jamfiiyyt al-islamiyya, 477
Awthaq fiur ’l-ifitißm li’l-umar√ wa’l-wuzar√ Brr al-˛aqq, 588
wa’l-˛ukkm, 95 Basamt al-fiulüm al-fiarabiyya fial mas√il al-
Awwal man sakan bi-ar∂ Libtkü, 644 diyr al-maghribiyya, 150
◊yt wa-a˛dıth mukhtra, 258 al-Bastın al-mutajammafia, 466
fiAyn al-ißba fı ˛ukm †ba, 20 Bayn al-˛jj wa’l-ziyra, 621
Ayyasa minnı’llhu, 402 Bayn kawn ittibfi madhhib al-a√imma ittibfi
al-Azma al-rü˛iyya fı Sinighl, 339 al-Kitb wa’l-Sunna, 255
INDEX OF TITLES 725
al-Bayn li’l-khßß wa’l-fimm fı a˛km alal-Burhn fı fialmt mahdı khir al-zamn, 665
fiaqıqa wa’l-janza wa’l-nik˛ wa’l-zakt Burhn al-qudra, 613
mimm ßa˛˛a fian al-ajilla al-afilm, 556 al-Burhn al-w∂i˛ fial ˛ayt al-fiilm fı Ifrıqıya
Bayn m fı shar˛ al-Tat√ı al-kabır min alal-sawd√, 327
sahw naqlan wa-ta˛rıran, 32 Bushr al-mu˛ibbın wa-tayqı÷ al-jhilın, 474
Bayn m waqafia baynan wa-bayn amır Bushr al-mujtahidın, 623
Msina A˛mad b. A˛mad b. al-Shaykh Bushr al-muttaqın wa’l-mu˛sinın, 613
A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 216 Bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat
Bayn nißb al-zakt al-˛awlı li’l-dhahab wa- al-ikhwn, 53
qımat rubfi al-dınr al-sharfiı fı fiumlat sıdı alal-Bustn (Anshıd madrasiyya fiilmiyya
ghnı. Notes on Zakat and Dowry in Islam, 6, dıniyya wa-wa†aniyya wa-ghayrih), 260
620 Bustn al-faw√id wa’l-manfifi, 12
al-Bayn al-shfı fial su√l Mu˛ammad b.
A˛mad al-Fullnı, 150 Daffi al-∂ayr fian kalm Ibn Khayr, 20
al-Bayn wa’l-tabyın fı ’l-Tijniyya wa’l- Daffi al-jun˛ alladhı wa∂afiahu fiUmar fial
Tijniyyın 281, 304 riqb al-umma bi’l-Rim˛, 219
Bi-ayyi ni÷m akhlqı nuwjih al-ta˛addiyt?, Dfiı al-fal˛ bi-shar˛ Ghurrat al-ßab˛, 252
381 Dal√il al-faraj fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı, 268
Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi, 459 Dal√il al-mahdı, 604
Bidyat al-khidma, 402 al-Dal√il al-mu˛kama, 275
Bidyat al-khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı ’l-ra˛ma, Dal√il al-mustahdı fial taßdıq al-hdı, 657
402 Dalıl al-najt min subul al-salm wa-qa∂√ al-
Bi-munasabat ifitizl ra√ıs Senghür al-˛ukm, ma√rab fı ’l-ßalt fial munqidh al-anm, 613
383 Dalıl al-ra˛ma, 480
Birr al-muslimın al-mukallafın 274 Dalıl al-s˛ı fı sunnat ashrf al-awkhir wa’l-
al-Bishra (Shar˛ yt wa-a˛dıth fı ’l-tarbiya aw√il, 624
al-Islmiyya), 260 Dalıl al-slik fial mafinı Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik,
Bishrat al-mu√minın bi-tasarrı ’l-nabı al- 466
ma√mün, 248 Dalıl al-srı il malik al-brı, 361
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı, 402 Dlı (sic) al-ßaghır, 528
al-Budür al-musfira fı shar˛ ˛adıth al-fi†ra, 20 al-Darrı al-sarrı bi’l-ajwiba al-khiyriyya,
al-Budür al-su††afi fı shar˛ al-Murhaft al- 114
qu††afi, 281 Dark al-mun wa-qa∂√ al-wa†ar fı mad˛ al-
Bughyat al-alf fı jawb Ibn Yirkoy Talfi, 119 ˛jj fiUmar, 637
Bughyat al-kh√i∂ fı ˛ukm al-tamattufi bi’l- ∆arürat al-fiamal fi ’l-islm, 393
˛√i∂, 73 ∆arüriyyat istifiml imkniyt fı khidmat al-
Bughyat al-muslimın wa-kifyat al-wfii÷ın islm, 381
wa’l-muttafii÷ın, 262 ∆aw√ al-falaq fı fa∂l ßalt al-Fti˛ li-m ughliq,
Bughyat al-mutafiallim fı mafirifat rabb al- 248
filamın, 621 al-Dafiwa al-˛amawiyya fı mir√t al-†arıqa al-
Bughyat al-slikın wa-raw∂at al-wßilın, 301 Tijniyya, 395
Bulghat al-murıd il bu˛ür al-man†iq al-jadıd, Dafiwa il wa˛dat al-muslimın fı ’l-Sinighl, 282
58 Dawarn al-˛ubb, 374
Bulügh al-qaßd, 466 Dafiwat yat al-kursı, 69
Bulügh al-sül fı mad˛ al-rasül, 276 Dafiwat al-fawz wa’l-qubül, 613
Bunuwwuhu al-rü˛, 383 al-Dawwın al-sitt [of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse], 282
al-Burd al-muwashsh fı qa†fi al-ma†mifi wa’l- Dawr al-Qur√n al-karım fı tawjıh al-insniyya,
rush, 73, 97 381
726 INDEX OF TITLES
Dawrat al-akhlq al-˛amıda fı ta†awwur al- ∆iy√ al-qbi∂ li-taküna tadhyıl li-masarrat al-
mujtamafi, 481 qbi∂, 614
Dhakhırat al-mafid fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd, Dufia√ al-awliy√, 69
276 Dufi√ al-basmala, 69
Dhakhırat al-sarmad fı naßı˛at al-shaykh al-Dufi√ bi-asm√ Allh al-fii÷m, 258
A˛mad, 120 Dufi√ al-faraj wa’l-qubül il ’l-murd, 614
Dhakhırat al-waßy fı ’l-wufüd wa’l sary, Dufi√ al-istisq√, 454
276 Dufi√ khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit, 309
Dhkirat al-ßli˛ın wa-†arıqat al-muttaqın, 556 Dufi√ li’l-ahli wa’l-wildn, 315
Dhayl rmizat al-fiarü∂, 32 Dufi√ nayl al-maqßid, 146
Dhikr Allh tafil, 244 Dufi√ al-ruft, 309
Dhikr fuqah√ Tinbuktu, 648 Dufi√ ßalt al-tarwı˛, 96
Dhikr ibtid√ jihd shaykhin, 230 Dufi√ y man a÷har al-jamıl wa-satar al-qabı˛,
Dhikr khabar Galajo wa-Hamma Bodejo wa- 309
tarjamatihi, 635 al-Durar al-fiatıq (sic) fı taqrıb m fı †urrat al-
Dhikr li’l-imm Takriyyün, 570 süq, 200
Dhikr m waqafia fı ’l-qarn al-thlith fiashar, 51 Durar [var. Jawhir] al-˛isn fı akhbr bafi∂
Dhikr m waqafia li’l-shaykh al-wlid fı mulük al-südn, 39
˛aytihi al-mubrak., 534 Durar al-sulük bi-dhikr al-khulaf√ wa-af∂il
Dhikr al-mawlüd al-nabawı, 383 al-mulük, 20
al-Dhikr wa’l-dufi√ wa-dbuh, 258 Durar al-wish˛ li-faw√id al-nik˛, 20
Dhikr al-wafyt wa-m ˛adatha min al-umür al-Durra al-∂wiya wa’l-ghurfa al-ßfiya, 54
al-fii÷m wa’l-fitan, 42 Durrat al-han√ bi-†√ifa min al-asm√, 248
Dhuriyyat Süri Hamm wa-fiˆs Slü Hamm Durrat al-than√ fial jabın al-kuram√, 595
Safiıd, 644 al-Durra al-yatıma, 403
Dını ˛ubb Allh, 402 al-Durr al-man÷üm fı mad˛ al-khtim al-
al-Dın al-naßı˛a li-ummat (sic) al- Mu˛ammadı al-maktüm, 357
Mu˛ammadiyya fı sırat nabı al-ra˛ma wa- al-Durr al-na∂ır fı alf÷ al-ßalt fial ’l-bashır
fa∂√il ahl al-bayt, 480 al-nadhır, 20
Dirst ˛awla al-qa∂y al-ijtimfiiyya, 347 al-Durr al-nafıs fı mad˛ al-Sayyid fiAlı Sıs, 608
al-Dıwn al-Jahhwı, 261 al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-
Dıwn Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar ibtid√iyya, 244
fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar, 665
Dıwn al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b al- Fa∂√il al-fishür wa’l-mu˛arram, 403
akbar mawlna A˛mad al-Tijnı, 665 Fa∂√il Rama∂n,. 403
Dıwn al-mad√i˛, 127 Fa’dhkurünı adhkurkum, 419
Dıwn al-mulük fı sal†ın al-südn, 41 F√ida, 583
Dıwn ras√il kubar√ Tinbuktu, 648 F√ida tanfafi kulla man arda al-intiffi, 403
Dıwn shifir al-˛assniyya, 470 F√idat ism awliy√Allh, 551
∆iyfat li-dhı ’l-itqn wa-li-ghayrihim min alal-Fajr al-ßdiq bi’l-nür fı ’l-jawb fian as√ilat
murıdın wa’l-murıdt, 402 sdt Farans fian mas√il fiqhiyya fı fidt
∆iy√ al-ghasaq man÷üma naßı˛at al-shabb Füta ‡oro, 467
268 Fkihat al-†ullb nahj al-Tijanı al-khliß al-
∆iy√ al-nahr li-ib†l shibh al-anwr, 254, 269 aßlb, 309
∆iy al-nayyirayn, 325 al-Fal˛ al-mubın, 217
∆iy√ nibrs al-firifın fı ikhtißr wa-talkhıß Fal˛ al-mu√min wa’l-najt, 66
Kashf al-˛ijb, 613 Fa-man sh√ fa’l-yu√min, fa-l rdda li-fa∂lihi,
419
INDEX OF TITLES 727
Fa-qad j√akum bashırun, 419 Fat˛ al-Quddüs fı ’l-radd fial Abı fiAbd Allh
Fa-qad naßarahu ’llh, 419 Mu˛ammad Akansüs, 5, 120
al-Far√i∂ al-r√iqa wa’l-ajwiba al-f√iqa, 137 Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fial man÷ümat
Fa’ßbir inna wafid Allahi ˛aqq, 423 Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd al-Sharıf, 62
Fa ’staqim kam umirta wa-man tba mafiaka, Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fı takhrıj m fı Mukhtaßar
418 Khalıl min al-∂afiıf, 150
al-Fatwı: as√ila wa-ajwiba mutanawwifia, 258 Fat˛ al-Razzq fı mas√alat al-shakk fı ’l-†alq,
al-Fatwı fı ’l-jan√iz, 611 21
Fatwı [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Kuntı], Fat˛ al-∑amad al-Fard fı mafin ma˛abbat
96 Allh li’l-fiabd, 21
Fatwı [of Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Kuntı], Fat˛ al-∑amad fı ’l-radd fial Mu˛ammad al-
137 Arawnı, 167
Fatwı [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 73 Fat˛ al-Wadüd bi-shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd, 75,
Fatwı fı ’l-janza, 610 176
Fat˛ A˛mad fı dhikr shay√ min akhlq Fat˛ al-Wahhb fial Hidyat al-†ullb, 75
shaykhin A˛mad, 211 Fat˛ al-Wahhb al-Karım fı bi’smi ’llh al-
Fat˛ al-fiAlı fı da√b al-salaf al-Jabahı, 170 Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım, 404
Fat˛ Allh al-Majıd fı iltiq† faw√id min Junnat al-Fti˛a, mafinh wa-ahammiyyatuh, 610
al-murıd, 54 Fti˛at al-taßrıf, 494, 508
Fat˛ al-aqfl, 93 Fatw fial man tajib al-zakt, 152
Fat˛ al-aqfl fial Lmiyyat al-affil, 175 Fatw fı ’l-buyüfi, 194
Fat˛ al-badıfi fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı ’l-rafıfi, 403 Fatw fı ’l-faskh, 135
Fat˛ al-baßıra fı qawfiid al-dın al-munıra, 137 Fatw fı hibat al-tawriq, 194
Fat˛ al-Fatt˛ al-fiAlım al-Khabır fı bathth fiilm Fatw fı ˛ukm al-˛iyza, 659
yu√addı il ’l-ajr al-kabır, 403 Fatw fı ˛ukm al-zakt, 145
Fat˛ al-Fatth fı mad˛ al-mift˛, 403 Fatw fı man yaskun mafia al-Naßr, 161
Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr, 150 Fatw fı mara∂ al-bbüsh (or al-lbüsh), 136
Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-m˛ı al-awzr, Fatw fı ’l-mufimalt, 204
403 Fatw fı ’l-nik˛ 115, 198
Fat˛ al-˛akam al-fiadl fı ta√yıd sunnat al-sadl, Fatw fı ’l-riqq, 14
624 Fatw fı sha√n al-∂amn, 150
Fat˛ al-˘annn al-Mannn fı akhbr al-Südn, Fatw fı sha√n G-m-y-t, 193
556 Fatw fı sha√n al-hijra fian al-Naßr, 161
Fatw ˛awla alw˛ Jazüla, 21 Fatw fı sha√n ˛iyzat al-milk, 35
Fat˛ al-Jalıl al-Mlik fial Tanbıh al-slik, 526 Fatw fı sha√n taqsım al-tarika, 33
Fat˛ al-Kfı al-Bqı al-Mumıt, 403 Fatw fı shihdat al-samfi fı ’l-irth, 191
Fat˛ al-Karım fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Fatw fı ’l-†alq, 660
Ya˛y al-Waltı Ibn Salım, 156 Fatw fı wujüb al-fatw fial ’l-muftı, 191
Fat˛ Makka, 282 Fatw fı zawj al-bikr, 174
Fat˛ al-Mannn fı jawb fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, 404 Fatw ˛awla alw˛ Jazüla, 21
Fat˛ al-Mannn fı tafsır yt al-mawrıth fı ’l- al-Faw√id al-jalıla, 97
Qur√n, 606 al-Faw√id al-manqüla min kitb al-Kawkab al-
Fat˛ al-Mu˛yı fı mas√alat ˛ayiya, 20 Waqqd, 54
Fat˛ al-qadır bi-taysır al-fiasır fı mad˛ al-bashır Faw√id nürniyya wa-faw√id sirriyya
al-nadhır, 353 ra˛mniyya tashra˛u min mabnı al-ism al-
Fat˛ al-Qadır li’l-fijiz al-faqır fı ’l-kalm fial afi÷am m inbaham, 95
dufi√ Mu˛ammad b. ˘amır, 21 Fawz al-sufiad√ fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-shuhad√,
276
728 INDEX OF TITLES
al-Fay∂ al-A˛madı fı ’l-mawlid al-Mu˛ammadı, ˘ad√iq al-fa∂√il fı khidmat khayr al-was√il,

282, 286 404, 664
al-Fay∂a al-jriya fı mafinı al-Islam wa’l- al-Hady fı jamfi wa-na÷m muba††ilt al-ßalt,
†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 283 32
Fay∂ al-Bqı al-Khliq fı mawlid khayr al- Hdh ’l-fiabqarı al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-
khal√iq, 664 Hdı Fal, 380
Fay∂ al-Fti˛ al-Mlik fı ußül al-imm Mlik, Hdhihi hiya ’l-Tijniyya, 304
59 ˘adıqat al-anwr fı-m i˛taw fialayhi qawfiid
Fay∂ al-ghanı ’l-mughnı fı na÷m m fian alal-Islm min al-˛ikam wa’l-asrr, 283
sulük yughnı, 404 ˘adıqat al-bustn fial tawrıkh Arawn, 632
al-Fay∂ al-rabbnı fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ alal-˘adıth fı ta√rıkh al-Südn [Mli] al-Ifrıqı al-
nabı al-fiAdnnı, 276 gharbı, 392
Fı kitbat al-muß˛af al-sharıf, 459 ˘adıth al-isr√, 114
Fı rabıfi al-awwal, 404 ˘adıth min A˛mad Watara, 577
Fiqh al-afiyn fı ˛aq√iq al-Qur√n, 75 ˘adıth al-nafs, 303
Fiqh Wagadugu fı muhimmt al-Islm, 557 ˘adıth al-shaykh, 404
al-Fulk al-mash˛ün al-maßnüfi min al-dhikr al- ˘adıth tanbıh al-ghfilın wa-tan÷ım al-akhbr
maßün, 404 wa-badıfi al-thr, 32
al-Futü˛t al-laduniyya al-sharfiiyya fı shar˛ al-Hadiyya ’l-sinighliyya min al-murjn fı ’l-
al-taßliya al-Nßiriyya al-Darfiiyya, 97 fiuqüd al-adabiyya li’l-fiurbn, 368
al-Futü˛[t] al-qayyümiyya, 36 Hadiyyat al-akh li-kulli ˛ibb ßdiq fı ’l-nahy
al-Futü˛t al-qudsniyya fı istikhrj shawhid fian muwßalat kulli fsiq, 189
al-Mughnı al-Qur√niyya, 233 Hadiyyat al-bashar fı ’l-qarn al-khmis fiashar,
Futü˛ al-mukrim fı amd˛ al-mukarram, 404 45
al-Futüh al-qudsniyya bi’l-ajwiba al- Hadiyyat al-khalaf, 224
Fullniyya, 97 Hadiyyat al-mujıd, 394
al-Futü˛ al-rabbniyya fı mad˛ khayr al- Hadyat al-qulüb min ÷ulm al-taqlıd wa’l-ruyüb,
bariyya, 48 177
Fuyü∂t khdimiyya, 474 al-˘afalt al-fi√iliyya, 340
Fuyü∂t al-Muqtadir fı ˛illiyyat kulli sharb ˘lat al-ziyra, 404
fiad ’l-musakkir, 59 ˘all al-aqfl fı ˛adıth <l tashudd al-ri˛l>,
Fuyü∂t al-Ra˛mn fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-˛jj 352
fiUthmn, 608 ˘all al-mas√il fı shar˛ Mukhtaßar al-Akh∂arı,
245
Gharıb amr Dakr, 328 Hal tafirif Allh, 607
Gharıb al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, 325 Hal tafirif al-ßalt, 607
Ghaßb al-i˛tijj fı ’l-dhabb fian al-˛ijj, 194 ˘amlat †alabat al-madris al-Islmiyya min
Ghasslat al-qalb al-fialıl min wasakh takhwıft ta∂lıl rijl al-kan√is al-ması˛iyya, 245
al-Awjilı, 241 ˘amdı wa-shukrı, 402, 405
Ghyat al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal, al-˘amdu li’l-Ra˛mn, 316
21 Hammat Sulaym, 405
Ghyat al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab, 353 Hamziyyat al-madı˛ fı ’l-rasül al-shafıfi, 278
Ghyat al-ijda fı muswt al-ffiil li’l- al-˘aqıqa al-khmisa, 96
mubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda, 21 ˘aqıqat al-mu˛datht wa’l-bidafi wa-m laysa
Ghazl al-ma†y fı mad˛ al-mamdü˛ al-˛aqıqı, minh fı ’l-sharfi, 245
557 ˘aqıqat sirr al-maßün wa-durr al-maknün, 405
Ghazwat Badr al-kubr, 258 ˘aqq al-jiwr fı ’l-islm, 481
INDEX OF TITLES 729
al-˘aqq min rabbikum fa-man sh√a fal- ˘ill al-bi†r, 114

yu√min, 424 al-˘irz al-a˛m, 467
al-˘aqq al-mubın fı jawz al-ishtirk al-mufiın al-˘isb li’l-mubtadi√ın, 459
fial †alab zd al-˛ajj li’l-muslimın, 262 ˘ißn al-abrr al-hudt fian mak√id al-fujjr al-
al-˘qq al-mubın fı ukhuwwat jamıfi al- bught, 405
mü√minın, 467 ˘ißn al-jalıl, 405
˘aqq al-yaqın fı shar˛ mafin ußul al-dın alal-˘ißn al-manıfi fı ’l-tawaddud il ’l-˛abıb, 76
Islmı al-thaltha, 263 ˘iwr bayn al-fiaql wa’l-dın, 340
˘shiya fial ’l-Bij√ı, 34 ˘izb al-asrr, 69
˘shiya fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 15 ˘izb al-basmala, 70
˘shiya fial shar˛ al-Tat√ı fial Mukhtaßar ˘izb al-isr√, 70
Khalıl, 16 ˘izb al-naßr, 467
al-˘athth fial ’l-ittifq wa-tark al-mirfi, 325 al-˘izb al-nawawı, 37
Hatk al-sitr fiamm fialayhi südn Tünis min al- ˘izb al-nür, 70
kufr, 50 ˘ubb al-shuhra d√ fia∂∂l, 255
˘awla maw∂üfi al-jins al-thaqfı ’l-˛adıth: Hud ’l-muhtadın bi-˛ayt al-sharıf
ußüluhu wa-ththuhu, 487 Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın, 480
˘ayt al-˛jj Sıkü Bassılı, 1928-1981, 262 al-˘ujja al-bligha fı kawn idhfiat al-Qur√n
˘ayt al-imm Mlik, 340 s√igha, 283
˘ayt al-mujhid al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al- ˘ujjat al-mubasmil fı ’l-farı∂a sirran wa-jahran,
Fütı, 245 621
˘ayt al-rasül al-tablıghiyya, 245 ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir al-
˘ayt al-shaykh A˛mad Bamba, 475 muntaqid, 655
˘ayt al-Shaykh al-˘jj Mlik Sy, 323 ˘ukm fı ’l-nudhür, 167
Haybat al-mlik fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik, 177 ˘ukm al-nshiza fian zawjih, 201
˘a÷÷ al-mar√a fı ’l-Islm, 305 ˘uqüq al-†ifl fı ’l-islm, 340
Hibat al-Karım al-Mlik fı a˛km al-†ahra ˘urüf, 324
wa’l-ßalt fial madhhab al-imm Mlik, 465 ˘urüf ∑alt al-Fti˛, 313
Hidyat al-asfiad, 563 ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl, 614
Hidyat al-mudhnibın il kayfiyyat al-khalß ˘ußül al-aghr∂ fı shif√ al-amr∂, 467
min ˛uqüq Allh wa-˛uqüq al-fiibd ajmafiın, ˘ußül al-qurb, 467
217
Hidyat al-†ullb, 76 Ifinat al-akh al-r∂ı fial tabyın a˛km al-
˘ijb al-drayn fı ’l-tafiawwudh min al-nrayn, ar∂ı, 665
405 Ifinat al-wildn, 313
˘ijb mülı ’l-fiinya fı ’l-tamassuk bi-inna Ibnat al-maktüm, 194
waliyya Allhu, 405 al-Ibd√ wa’l-ifida fı muswt al-ffiil li’l-
al-Hijra al-kubr wa-tashawwuq al-n÷im il mubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda, 21
tilka ’l-biqfi, 283 Ibn Ba†ü† fı Mali, 382
Hijrat A˛mad Sıkü b. Sh. fiUmar, 637 Ibtid√ dın Wa fı fim 875 il fim 1382, 569
Hijrat qabılat F˙rob˙, 635 Ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj Ma˛müd fı balad Barumu,
al-˘ikam al-qu†biyya al-ma√khüdha min al- 583
qalam al-sirinbiyya, 283 fiˆd al-fi†r, 342
˘ikyat al-ri˛la: al-˘ajj il bayt Allh al- ˆ∂˛ al-maql fial Lmiyyat al-affil, 178
˛arm wa’l-mulha÷t ˛awla al-maghrib ˆ∂˛ al-marsüm fı ˛all ˛amalat al-masüm, 490
wa’l-Jaz√ir, 347 Ifdat al-murıd fı ’l-jawb fial as√ilat
Hill Rama∂n la yajüzu ithbtuhu bi’l-˛isb, Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-fiˆd, 283
621 If∂at al-†√ifa al-insiyya wa’l-jniyya, 217
730 INDEX OF TITLES
If˛m Mu˛ammad al-Slik fı [al]-dhabb fian alal-fiIlm al-muqayyad, 467

a√imma, 59 al-fiIlm al-nfifi, 76
If˛m al-munkir al-jnı fial †arıqat sayyidin fiIlm al-yaqın wa-sunan al-muttaqın bi-˛asm al-
wa-wasılatin il rabbin A˛mad b. itwa al-muzawwara bi-˛aqq al-musta˛iqqın,
Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı, 309 97
Ifhm al-smifi bi-mafin qawl Khalıl fı ’l-nik˛ Im†at al-shawk fı ’l-†arıq li-man ard al-hurüb
bi’l-manfifi, 22 min dr al-kufr il bayt Allh al-fiatıq wa-il
Ifrıqiyya, 340 dr hijrat al-rasül wa-ßa˛batihi khayr al-
Ifrıqiyy li’l-Ifrıqiyyın, 283 rafıq, 180
Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım, 419, 425 Imn˛ al-a˛bb min Minh al-Wahhb, 17
al-I˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı wa-aqwl al- Imtfi al-a˛dq wa’l-nufüs bi-mu†lafiat a˛km
fiulam√ fıhi, 258 awrq al-fulüs, 224
I˛y√ m fiaf wa-indarasa min fiulüm ta√rıkh Imtfi al-asm√ bi-m qıla fı ijr√ alf÷ ruwt al-
al-Sudn wa-in†amasa, 469 ˛adith majr ’l-samfi, 22
I˛y√ marsim al-asnıd al-filiya bafid al-Inba il ’llh, 340
indirsih wa-tawthıq fiur al-musalsalt al- Inn ansha√nhunna insh√an, 419
smiya bafid infißmih wa-ı∂˛ al-†uruq al- Inna ’llha mafian, 420
hdiya bafid khaf√ afilmih, 505 Inna ’llha ’shtar min al-mü√minına
Ijbat fatw fı tahfut al-ßüfiyya, 284 anfusahum, 420
Ijza fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 200 Inna Rabbı fial kulli shay√in ˛afı÷, 420
Ijza fı ’l-taßawwuf, 153 Inna ’l-rasül la-sayfun yusta∂√u bihi, 406
Ijza fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı, 157 Inn ßababn ’l-m√a ßabban, 420
Ijza li-Khlid b. Ma˛müd, 153 Inna waliyya Allhu’lladı nazzal al-kitb, 406
Ijza li-Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad Inna wujüda rabbin wa’l-qudam, 406
Ibrhım b. Tütta fial ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya, Innı dhhibun il rabbı sa-yahdını, 418
167 Inqdh al-fiawmm min war†at ta˛lıl al-˛arm,
Ijza li-Surmoy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 255
168 In†ißr al-mawtür fı dhikr qab√il Füta Tür, 469
Ijtanib al-ghıba wa’l-riy√, 405 ˆq÷ al-himam, 506
Ijtinb al-kab√ir ghufrn li’l-ßagh√ir, 481 ˆq÷ himam ülı ’l-abßr li’l-iqtid√ bi-sayyid al-
Ikhtilf rijlt, 557 muhjirın wa’l-anßr wa-ta˛dhıruhum fian
Ikhtißr al-Mathnünı wa’l-Ba††r fı na˛r man al-ibtidfi al-sh√ifi fı ’l-qur wa’l-amßr min
ankara ruj˛n al-qab∂ wa’l-raffi fı madh’hab taqlıd al-madhhib mafi al-˛amiyya wa’l-
Mlik, 621 fiaßabiyya bayn fuqah√ al-afißr, 506
Iksır al-safidt fı mad˛ sayyid al-sdt, 282 ˆq÷ al-wasnn, 326
Il manzilat al-muqarrabın, 258 fiIqd al-jumn wa’l-durar fı dhikr karmt al-
Ifilm al-akhyr bi-m malak al-nabı al- Shaykh fiUmar b. Safiıd, 225
mukhtr, 248 al-fiIqd al-thamın fı ˛adıth al-ßdiq al-amın, 326
Ifilm al-qab√il min al-fiaj√ib bi-l al-najw Iqra√ wa-rabbuka ’l-akram, 420
bi-maqßid Allh li-ahl Düsü, 537 Irs√ al-asrr il asrr ˛izb al-isr√, 97
Ifiln hmm wa-dafiw shmila li-majlis alal-Irshdt ˛awl al-tawjıht fı istinb† al-fiqh
ßüfiyya wa-dhikr mawlid ßa˛ib al-fay∂a al- wa-mawqif al-fiulam√ fı ’l-dın, 65
Tijniyya al-Shaykh Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Irshdt li-bafi∂ al-mustafıdın, 406
Niys, 304 al-Irshd fı ’l-hidya il ’l-murd wa-˛usn al-
Ilhm al-La†ıf al-Khabır fı ’l-twassul bi-asm√ ihtid√, 93
al-bashır al-nadhır, 406 al-Irshd fı maßli˛ al-fiibd, 76
Ilhm al-salm fı ’l-dhabb fian dın al-islm, 406 Irshd al-˛ayrn fi ˛ukm shurb al-dukhn, 475
Ilhm al-Wadüd fı jawb Ma˛müd, 400, 406
INDEX OF TITLES 731
Irshd al-ikhwn il m yajmafi al-qulüb fial I†mi√nn al-qalb wa-ahammiyatuhü fı ˛ayt al-
’l-Ra˛mn, 302 insn, 393
Irshd al-ikhwn fı mafirifat al-islm wa’l-ımn Izlat al-rayb wa’l-shakk wa’l-tafrı† fı dhikr al-
wa’l-i˛sn, 608 fiulam√ al-mu√allifın min ahl al-Takrür wa’l-
Irshd al-muslimın, 480 ∑ahr√ wa-ahl Shinqı†, 54
al-Irshd al-nuqüfi li’l-akh al-halüfi fı ’l-ta˛dhır al-fiIzz al-asm, 467
min al-wuqüfi fı ashwk al-mashrüfi, 64
Irshd al-srın il fiadam al-hrın, 284, 311 Jabr al-kasr, 284
Irshd al-wqif li-mafin <wa-khaßßaßat niyyat Jadhb al-murıd, 462
al-˛lif>, 22 Jadhb al-qulüb il fiAllm al-ghuyüb, 407
Irw√ al-nadım min fiadhb ˛ubb al-khadım, 454, Jadhwa nürniyya tubayyinu li’l-slik m
475 yafiru∂ lahu mimm huwa rabbnı aw
Isfif al-†libın fı mafirifat jamfi al-taksır qillatan shay†nı, 76
wa-kathratan wa-mafirifat al-mu√annath wa’l- Jadhwat al-anwr fı ’l-dhabb fian (manßib)
mudhakkar min alf÷ bafi∂ al-tarkıb, 614 awliy√ Allh al-akhyr, 76
al-Ishrt al-irdiyya wa’l-asrr al-imrdiyya, al-Jadıd fı ’l-takh†ub wa’l-tafibır, 626
115 al-Jadwal al-mar∂iya fı a˛km al-nün al-skina
Ishkliyyt al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-madris wa’l-tanwın rasman wa-talaffu÷an, 557
al-ibtid√iyya, 380 Jal√ al-fuhüm fi nawdır al-fiulüm, 326
Ishkliyyat al-tafilım al-fiarabı fı al-madrasa al- Jal√ al-ßudür fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-bu˛ür wa-
fiumümiyya, 382 marthıhim, 284
Ishtar Allah tabraka minnı al-∂am√ir Jalb al-nifima wa-daffi al-niqma bi-mujnabat
kullah, 407 al-wult al-÷alama, 22
al-Islm dın Allh al-khlid, 382 Jlibat al-afr˛ wa-slibat al-atr˛, 97
al-Islm dın al-˛aqq wa’l-bidfia ∂all, 625 Jlibat al-marghib fı ajl ka-fijil al-rghib, 407
al-Islm dın al-taw˛ıd, 349 Jlibat al-maziyyt wa-dfifiat al-raziyyt fı
al-islm fı Ifrıqiyya al-gharbiyya, 382 mad˛ khayr al-bariyyt, 407
al-Islm manhaj ˛ayt, 340 Jamfi al-a˛dıth al-qudsiyya, 506
al-Islm wa-mabdi√ al-akhlq, 257, 666 Jamfi nawzil Mu˛ammad Fl b. Mattl, 54
al-Islm wa’l-shabb, 340 Jmifi al-ml fı ’l-˛l wa’l-ma√l, 407
al-Islm wa’l-thaqfa fı jumhüriyyat Sinighl, Jmifi al-asrr wa’l-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-
475 nabı al-mukhtr, 233
al-Islm wa-wqifi al-Muslim al-mufißir, 340 Jmifi al-durar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar, 353
al-Ism <Allh> al-tafirıf bihi wa-bafi∂ m fıhi Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın [ of Sh. Ibrhım
min al-fiulüm wa’l-mafirif, 259 Niasse], 284
Ismfi al-n√ı fı tarjamat al-sayyid A˛mad al- Jmifi al-manfifi fı taqßır manfifi Fat˛ al-Jalıl,
Bakk√ı, 134 36
fiIßmat jamıfi al-mafißümın, 407 al-Jnn wa’l-shay†ın wa’l-ifitißm minhum,
Isnd al-südn, 571 259
al-Isr√ wa’l-mifirj, 259 Jany al-jannatayn fı mad˛ sayyid al-kawnayn,
al-Istikhra 76 353
Isti†rd al-÷uraf√, 22 Jawb fiAbd al-La†ıf, 408
It˛f ahl al-tadrıs, 254 Jawb akhına „Mu˛ammad Diop, 408
It˛f al-bughya fı ˛ukm al-ßalt wa-mas√il alal-Jawb fial su√l al-muqaddamın fı Njamın,
jumfia, 368 304
al-Ifitidhr bi’l-fiajz wa’l-taqßır fian ˛aqıqat al- Jawb amır Ndar, 408
mad˛ fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr, 248 Jawban li’l-Ifrıqiyyın, 270
al-Ifitiqdt, 407
732 INDEX OF TITLES
Jawb fian al-qawnın al-fiurfiyya allatı tafirafa al-Jawhir wa’l-yawqıt fi dukhül al-Islm al-
fialayh bafi∂ sukkn al-jibl, 23 maghrib mafia ’l-tawqıt, 557
Jawâb fian risâlat ba’∂ al-muntamîn ilâ’l-’ilm, Jwartu ’llha bi-kitbihi, 409
284 al-Jawhar al-nafıs fı fiaqd nathr al-Akh∂arı al-
Jawb fian su√l warada min al-Dil√, 22 ra√ıs, 409
al-Jawb al-f√iq fial ’l-su√l al-r√iq, 150 Jaz√ fı ta˛dıd al-qibla, 459
Jawb al-faßl fı a˛km al-waßl, 390 Jaz√ al-shakür, 461
Jawb fı a˛km al-hady li’l-sal†ın, 120 Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf alladhı kafnı kulla
Jawb fı ’l-inkr fial kitb Jawhir al-mafinı, jabbr fianıd wa-shay†n marıd wa-kafnı
187 kulla m fıhi sü√ wa-∂arar abadan, 409
Jawb fı sha√n al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı, Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf fı jawab fiAbd al-La†ıf,
236 409
Jawb fı sha√n waßiyya, 120 Jihd al-˘jj Mlik Sy, 384
al-Jawb fı su√l man qla inn jamıfian na†lub Jinyat al-ta√wıl al-fsid fial ’l-fiaqıda al-
minka an tubayyina lan, 408 Islmiyya, 5, 489
Jawb al-˛jj Demba Bsin Sal, 408 Jubdharat al-˛aqır, 653
Jawb ˛awla fatw nik˛ al-mufsid, 168 Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 4 al-ibtid√ı, 260
Jawb il akh s√il, 408 Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 5 al-ibtid√ı, 261
Jawb il ’l-Shaykh al-Bakk√ı, 233 Jughrfiyyat Mlı li’l-ßaff 6 al-ibtid√ı, 261
Jawb li-Ibrhım al-Kawlakhı ajba bihi fian Jumn al-durr, 93
rislat bafi∂ al-muntamın il ’l-fiilm, 295 Junnat al-murıd dün al-marıd, 98
Jawb li-mas√ala fı ’l-nikh, 160 al-Jurfia al-ßfiya wa’l-naf˛a al-kfiya, 76
Jawb li-Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. al-˘asan, 184 al-Juyüsh al-†ullafi bi’l-murhaft al-qu††afi fial
Jawb li-risla mursala il A˛mad Sıkü, 214 Ibn Myb akhı al-tana††ufi, 278
Jawb mas√il Mu˛ammad b. fi◊qib b. fiAlı, 98
al-Jawb al-muskit fı radd ˛ujaj al-mufitari∂ Kd al-ittifq wa’l-ilti√m an yaküna bayna dın
fial ’l-q√ilın bi-nadbiyyat al-qab∂ fı ßalt al-Naßr wa-dın al-islm, 467
al-nafl wa’l-far∂, 156 Kfiyat al-Ra˛mn fı ’l-tawassul il ’l-Malik al-
Jawb rislat Mu˛ammad Ibrhım, 44 Mannn, 606
Al-jawb al-sahl al-sayyigh fian su√l Monsieur al-Kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am, 98, 111
Bozaldé fiamm fiªndı min akhbr ahl Zgha, al-Kalm fı bayn fa∂l laylat al-Qadr wa-
467 waqtih wa-thawb mu˛yıyih wa’l-fiamal
al-Jawb al-ßarı˛ fial nuzül al-ması˛, 259 fıh, 620
al-Jawb al-ßawb li-inqdh al-fiawmm wa’l- al-Kalm Maghu Sansani, 542, 545
shabb, 259 Kalm mulük wa-mamlikihim, 546
Jawb Serigne Bakala Mmur Sıse, 408 Kalimat Allh hiya ’l-fiuly, 453
Jawb Serigne Busübbe, 408 al-Kan√is al-masıƒiyya, 245
Jawb Serigne ‹Wajja Dieng, 409 Kanz al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-awwalın wa’l-
al-Jawb al-shfı fian al-tanzufi al-munfı, 575 khirın, 285
Jawb al-su√l m huwa dalıl al-isdl, 259 al-Kanz al-mufıd li’l- murıd al-ßdiq, 614
Jawb su√l Müs K, 459 Kanz al-ragh√ib fı m li-fiAbd Rabbihi min al-
Jawhir al-badıfi fı ’l-tawasßul il ’llh al-badıfi manqib, 185
fı mad˛ al-˛abıb al-shafıfi, 354 Kanz al-†libın, 614
al-Jawhir al-ghliya fı ’l-asnıd al-filiya li’l- Kashf al-ghi†√ fiamm fialayhi al-Yafiqübiyya
†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 352 min al-kha†a√, 484
Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr mulük al-Südn, 474 Kashf al-ghi†√ fian al-fikr al-ßfı fı mafirifat ußül
Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr al-Südn, 62 al-dın al-islmı wa-mafirifat ußül al-
Jawhir al-ras√il [of Sh. Ibrhım Niys], 285 Tijniyya, 306
INDEX OF TITLES 733
Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı alf÷ al-Muwa††a√ Khtimat al-amd˛ li-sayyid al-arw˛ wa’l-
241 ashb˛, 354
Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı Minwl al-insh√ Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛
248 sayyid al-bashar, 278
Kashf al-ghumma fı mad˛ nabı al-ra˛ma 278 Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit, 310
Kashf al-ghumma fı raffi mir√ fiulam√ alal-Khaw†ir al-fiiyniyya, 345
umma fı ikhtilfihim fı ’l-ahilla, 285 al-Khaw†ir wa’l-˛aqıqa, 348
Kshif al-ilbs fian fay∂at al-khatm Abı ’l- Khayr m fı ’l-ar∂ wa’l-sam√ 218
fiAbbs, 285 al-Khidma al-mu†ahhara, 409
Kashf al-labs fı m bayn al-rü˛ wa’l-nafs, 77 al-Khilf al-wqifi bayna al-fiulam√ fı tafsır ism
Kashf al-niqb fian asrr Fti˛at al-Kitb, 77 Allh al-afi÷am, 409
Kashf al-niqb fian basmalat al-Muß†af, 249 Khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al-fiarab, 310
Kashf al-niqb fian wajh Minnat al-Wahhb, Khi†b il ahl Gharn†a, 11
249 Khi†b al-nafs, 316
al-Kashf wa’l-bayn li-aßnf majlüb al-südn, al-Khi†b al-sanawı, 285
23 Khiznat al-adab fı mafirifat ansb al-fiArab,
al-Kashf wa’l-nabha fı il˛q al-walad li’l- 229
shubha, 54 al-Khulßa fı ’l-jawb fian amr al-khalıfa, 306
Kshif al-˛ijb fı fiilm al-˛isb, 326 al-Khulßa al-mar∂iyya fı ’l-awrd al-lzima
Kshifat al-kurüb fian al-mu∂amman fı na÷m li’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 511
asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 98 Khulßat al-fiqh al-fiaßrı, 623
Katab Allh la-aghlibanna an wa-rusulı, 420 Khulßat kitb al-bb 261
al-Kattıb, 340 Khulßat al-fiulüm 316
al-Kawkib al-sayyrt fı ’l-awrd alal-Khumür wa’l-mukhaddirt fı ’l-Islm, 259
Qdiriyya, 135 Khu†ab wa-mawfii÷ muhimma, 259
al-Kawkab al-waqqd fı fa∂l dhikr al-mash√ikh Khu†ba fı iftita˛ al-Jmifi al-kabır bi-Dakar, 320
wa-˛aq√iq al-awrd, 77 Khu†ba fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd, 159
Kayfa tafiısh al-islm, 382 al-Khu†ba al-˛amıda al-jmifia li’l-˛ikam al-
Kayfiyyat al-dafiw il ’llh, 259 mufıda, 286
Kayfiyyat shaykhin wa-qudümuhu il bayt Khu†ba jalıla, 286
Allh wa-ibtid√ jihdihi il tammihi, 638 al-Khu†ba al-Müritniyya, 286
Kayfiyyat ta˛wıl al-ta√rıkh al-hijrı il ’l-mıldı Khu†bat fiıd al-a∂˛, 77, 208
wa-fiaksuhü, 328 Khu†bat fiıd al-fi†r, 98
Kayfiyyat wa∂fi al-taqwım al-mıldı wa’l-hijrı, Khu†bat al-jumufia [by Mlik Sy], 310
328 Khu†bat al-mawlid al-nabawı, 620
Khabar jihd Adibu Daghumba wa’l-Naßrnı, Khu†bat al-nika˛, 310, 409
549 al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad˛ al-qu†b al-akbar, 4,
Khabar jihd basariyyu (sic) wa-Ya Na fiAbd 278
Allh, 549 al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı ’l-tawassul bi-aw√il al-
Khabar qitl akbirin wa-nasab Karidanna (ay suwar wa-bi-˛urüf al-yt al-ghurar, 284
al-‡awriq) wa-Kurtay, 649 Kifyat al-ma√üna, 150
Khabar al-Süq, 647 Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat man laysa fı ’l-
Kham√il al-zahar fı kayfiyyat al-ßalt fial Dıbj, 23, 40
sayyid al-bashar, 23 Kifyat al-rghibın fım yahdı il ˛a∂rat rabb
al-Khamr al-˛all fı mad˛ sayyid al-rijl, 285 al-filamın wa-iqmfi al-mu˛dithın fı ’l-
Khamsa a˛zb, 70 sharıfia m laysa lahu aßl fı ’l-dın, 309
Khashm al-Qur√n al-fia÷ım, 309 Kifyt al-s√il, 473
734 INDEX OF TITLES
Kifyat al-†ullb fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-fiilm wa’l- L illha ill ’llh, 341
db, 369 La-in shakartum la-azıdannakum, 409, 427
K. al-thr li-qa†fi akdhıb al-akhbr, 557 Lamfiat al-barq, 226
K. al-bb fı ’l-qir√a wa’l-kitba, 261 al-Lamfi fı ’l-ishra li-˛ukm al-tibgh, 24
Kitb al-fatwı [of Ibn fiUmar Dukure], 253 Lmiyyat al-mutarannimın, 508
Kitb fı ’l-adfiiya wa’l-asrr, 98 Lmiyyat al-shubbn, 607
K. fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-qab∂, 201 al-Lmiyya al-ßughr, 604
K. fı ta√rıkh fiulam√ al-Takrür, 201 L nufarriqu bayna a˛adin min rusulihi, 421
K. fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 49 La†√if al-qudsı fı fa∂√il yat al-kursı, 43, 78
K. al-fukht wa’l-nawdir, 261 Layla balsash bishr, 409
Kitb Ghanj, 542, 543, 544 Laylat al-mawlid fim ˛aksashin, 410
K. al-˛ikam, 279 Lı Allh al-Qur√n Jibrıl Mu˛ammad, 424
K. al-˛uqüq, 259 Lim-dh yakhfüna al-Islm, 341
K. al-i∂tirr il ’llh fı ikhmd bafi∂ m Lisn al-fay∂a fı dhikr bafi∂ karmt ß˛ib al-
tawaqqada min al-bidafi wa-i˛y√ bafi∂ m fay∂a al-shaykh al-˛jj Ibrhın Anys, 614
indarasa min al-sunan, 209 Lisn shukri, 410
K. al-irshd, 116 al-Lu√lu√ al-masbük fı ta√rıkh al-Bundük, 574
K. al-kab√ir, 259 al-Lu√lu√ wa’l-murjn, 605
K. makrim al-akhlq, 333 Lubb fiilm al-siyar, 657
K. manfi al-war, 497 Lubb al-albb fı ˛aq√iq al-sunna wa’l-kitb,
K. al-mikhzam, 302 78
K. al-minna fı ifitiqd ahl al-sunna, 77 al-Lugha al-fiarabiyya wa-kifyatuh al-
K. qaßr al-†√ifa al-˛amawiyya li’l-ßalt al- ˛a∂riyya wa’l-tiknülüjiyya, 384
rubfiiyya, 266 al-Lumfia fı ajwibat al-as√ilat al-arbafia, 24
K. al-rudüd fial radd kitb Ibn Myb al-
ma†rüd, 660 Mafilij al-abdn bi-tafiwun al-a†ibb, 476
al-Kitb wa’l-sunna, 340 Mafilim al-Islm fı Ifrıqiy, 605
K. al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l- Mafilim al-†arıq, 341
tadnıs, 5, 380 Mabdi√ al-far√i∂, 607
K. al-ta√rıkh li-shaykhihi A˛mad al-Tijnı, 621 al-Mabdi√ al-ßarfiyya li’l-madris al-
Kitb [al]-tarsıl fıhi lught, 590 ibtid√iyya, 245-246
K. al-taw∂ı˛t fial mul˛a÷t jhil majhüli Mab˛ith al-˛all li-tark al-˛arm al-
yuwaqqifi bi’smi ’l-ustdh F∂il Say, 380 mu˛arram, 37
K. al-taw˛ıd wa’l-fiqh bi-†arıq al-ishra wa’l- Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq , 410
ghumü∂, 93 al-Mad√i˛ al-nabawiyya, 525
K. al-tibyn fı ’l-Südn [Sinighl] wa-fiulam Madd al-Khabıru, 410
al-buldn, 391 M ’l-dın?, 267
K. al-turjumn fı ta√rıkh al-∑a˛r√ wa’l-Südn Mafidin dhahab, 528
wa-balad Tinbuktu wa-Shinqı† wa-Arawn, Mafidin al-safida, 512
59 al-Madkhal fı ’l-mırth, 610, 611
Koly Soundiata, 348 Maftı˛ al-bishr wa’l-amn wa’l-janna fı ’l-ßalt
Kullun Latdior, 384 wa’l-taslım fial muqım al-sunna, 410
Kurrs jmifia li-mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı, 345 Maftı˛ al-ghayb, 373
Maftı˛ al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn, 411
al-La√lı al-sundusiyya fı ’l-fa∂√il al- Mafti˛ al-mun fı ’l-than√ fial ’llh tafil
Sanüsiyya, 24 wa’l-rasül, 411
al-La√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-ma˛sin al- Mafhüm al-waqf wa’l-hiba wa’l-waßy fı ’l-
ghurar, 245 Islm, 610
INDEX OF TITLES 735
Maghn†ıs al-qulüb fı sayr al-slikın il ˛a∂rat Maktüb fı a˛km al-sadl wa’l-qab∂ fı ’l-ßalt,
rabb al-filamın, 614 202
Mahıjat al-gharm il dr al-salm, 249 Maktüb fı dhikr bafi∂ fa∂√il al-shaykh Abı ’l-
Mahr al-˛ür al-fiın fı madh q√id al-ghurr al- fiAbbs Sayyid A˛mad b. al-∑li˛ al-Süqı,
mu˛ajjilın, 354 156
Mafiiyyat Allh, 411 Maktüb fı dhikr ˛ajj wa-jihd fiUmar b. Safiıd,
M jar bayna amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wa- 637
bayna al-˛jj fiUmar, 233 Maktüb fı dhikr ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj fiUmar b.
M jar bayn al-imm amır al-mu√minın Safiıd al-Fütı, 637
A˛mad wa-bayn al-˛jj fiUmar, 644 Maktüb fı dhikr suwar min al-Qur√n al-karım
Majd fı ’l-√ishra bi-m∂ın al-ifrıqı, 384 wa’l-dufi√ bih fiind al-shad√id, 51
Majlis al-qawm al-barara fı ’l-jawb fian al- Maktüb fı dhurriyyat ˘assn jadd al-Barbısh,
mas√il al-fiashara, 205 640
Majmafi al-nürayn fı faw√id al-drayn, 411 Maktüb fı ishra il fiadm jawz muwßalat ahl
Majmüfia a˛zb wa-adfiiya [of al-Mukhtr alal-÷ulm, 188
Kuntı], 70 Maktüb fı ’l-jawb fian mas√alat al-nawm fı ’l-
Majmüfi adfiiya [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 71 masjid, 156
Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya, 461 Maktüb fı karmt al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 637
al-Majmüfia al-kmila li-afiml al-mawlid al- Maktüb fı ’l-kasb wa-ahammiyyatihi, 65
nabawı, 282, 286 Maktüb fı khaß√iß al-nabı, 213
Majmüfia qaß√id [of Abü Bakr b. ˘ammd al- Maktüb fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad Seku,
Inükubdarı], 182 637
Majmüfi min al-fatwı [by Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd Maktüb fı ’l-na˛w mafia shar˛ihi, 57
al-fiAzız al-Jubayhı], 167 Maktüb fı nasab Fulln wa-muddat imrat
Majmüfi min al-mawfii÷, 201 sal†ınihim, 635
Al-Majmufi al-nafıs sirran wa-fialniyyatan fı Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ˛ukm al-q∂ı
dhikr bafi∂ al-sdat al-bı∂niyya wa’l- Mu˛ammad al-Amıın, 165
Fullniyya, 468 Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ’l-mutafiaßßib li-˛ukm al-
Majmüfi nawzil [by fiUmar b. fiAlı b. al- q∂ı Q-th-m, 165
Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 135 Maktüb fı radd al-bidafi al-shay†niyya al-
Majmüfi qaß√id [of A˛mad fiIyn Sy], 345 mu˛datha fı bild al-Südn, 52
Majmüfi qaß√id fı mad˛ al-nabı [by fiAbd Allh Maktüb fı ’l-ßarf wa’l-na˛w, 50
b. Mu˛ammad Niys], 277 Maktüb fı sha√n dhurriyyat al-Shaykh Sı.
Majmüfi qaß√id al-mawlid al-nabawı [ b y Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr, 641
Ibrhım Niasse], 286 Maktüb fı sha√n Haggr, 632
Majmüfi ri˛alt al-shaykh Ibrhım, 287 Maktüb fı taqßır al-wird fı ’l-safar, 137
Majmüfi al-tawassult, 353, 361 Maktüb fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh wa-mat yakünu
Majmüfi thaltha ajwiba [by Ibrhım Niasse], shaykhan, 146
287 Maktüb fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 137
Majmüfi thaltha khu†ab [by Ibrhım Niasse], Maktüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 134
287 Maktüb fı waqfiat al-Irk, 634
Majmüfi thaltha majlis sunniyya ma√thüra fian Maktüb ˛awl al-makh†ü†t wa-ahammiyyatih
khulaf√ murshid al-slikın wa-murabbı al- wa-adawtih, 65
murıdın al-qu†b al-rabbnı wa’l-firif al- Malja√ al-najt fial mad˛ sayyid al-sdt, 500
ßamadnı Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 288 Mafilümt fian khiznat usrat Bulfiarf, 65
Maktüb fı a˛km bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim, 120 al-Mamzüj 78
Maktüb fı a˛km al-˛ubus, 59 Manfifi Rama∂n, 411
Maktüb fı a˛km al-qab∂ wa’l-adab, 201
736 INDEX OF TITLES
al-Manhij al-mukhtalifa li-tafilım al-lugha al- Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Fulln wa-hij√ al-
fiarabiyya fı ’l-madris al-fiumümiyya, 393 Tawriq, 635
Man an, 384 Man÷üma fı mad˛ Ibrhım Niyß b. fiAbd Allh
al-Manqib al-fkhira fı asm√ sayyid al-duny al-Kawlakhı, 178
wa’l-khira, 16 Man÷üma fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib, 171
Mansik [ahl] al-widd fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd, Man÷üma fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Antahawsy,
288 170
Manfafiat al-alıf fı fiilmay al-lugha wa’l-taßrıf, Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Tijnı, 663
475 Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Wangariyyın, 650
al-Manhaj al-mubın fı shar˛ ˛adıth awliy√ Man÷üma fı mafiraka bayn Kunta wa-Kal-
Allh al-mu˛ibbın, 25 Antaßar, 642
al-Manhaj: qaßıda fı ’l-ishda bi-’l-shaykh Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ˘ukku, 185
fiUmar al-Fütı wa’l-q∂i fiAmar Fl, 384 Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial Nukka al-Süqı, 185
al-Manhaj al-qawım il ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım, Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya,
118 204, 658
Man huwa al-shaykh ˛aqqan, 481 Man÷üma fı rith√ a˛ad fiulam√ al-Takrür, 654
Man jadda fı ’l-fiilm wajada, 599 Man÷üma. fı rith√ Afilı b.fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-
Man rma fıka y kitb al-Karım, 411 Anßrı, 55
Manshürt [of A˛mad b. A˛mad Lobbo], 209 Man÷ümt fı ’l-salsil al-thaltha, 171
Manshürt [of A˛madu Lobbo], 209 Man÷üma fı ßalt al-istisq√, 120
Man yu†ifi al-rasül fa-qad a†fiAllh, 424 Man÷üma fı sha√n ahl al-bidafi, 204
Man÷üma fı ’l-adab, 33 Man÷üma fı sha√n Awld Zayn, 662
Man÷üma fı ajz√ al-˛adıth al-khamsa, 173 Man÷üma fı sha√n m jar bihi al-fiamal min al-
Man÷üma fı ’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-qawfı, 252 mu˛arramt, 173
Man÷üma fı asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 553 Man÷üma fı sha√n ßalt al-imm, 658
Maqla fı ’l-awliy√ wa-karmtihim, 78 Man÷üma fı sha√n sürat al-ikhlß, 179
Man÷üma fı ’l-bayn wa’l-badıfi, 197 Man÷üma fı sha√n waq√ifi al-Barbish wa-
Man÷üma fı ∂ab† al-nafs, 118 ta√rıkhih, 634
Man÷üma fı dhamm qaryat Hadr, 62 Man÷üma fı silsilat asm√ al-ajdd, 168
Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√, 141, 181 Man÷üma fı silsilat al-awrd al-Qdiriyya, 96
Man÷üma fı ’l-far√i∂ 179 Man÷üma fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-bidafi fı ’l-süq,
Man÷üma fı far√i∂ al-wu∂ü√, 531 172
Man÷üma fı ’l-fiqh, 184, 662 Man÷üma fı ’l-†alq, 154
Man÷üma fı hija√ Kunta, 197 Man÷üma fı talfiub al-ns bi’l-zakt, 184
Man÷üma fı ’l-˛isb, 203 Man÷üma fı ’l-ta√rıkh wa-mad˛ al-rasül, 192
Man÷üma fı ’l-fiibdt, 120 Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf, 99, 172, 179, 181, 182,
Man÷üma fı ißlh dht al-bayn, 220 187, 194
Man÷üma fı ’l-istisq√, 657 Man÷üma fı taßrıf al-affil, 170
Man÷üma fı ’l-kab√ir, 54 Man÷üma fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 97, 120
Man÷üma fı ’l-lugha wa’l-na˛w, 659 Man÷üma fı waßf mafiraka li’l-†awriq, 172, 649
Man÷üma fı ’l-mabfiüthın fial ra√s kulli mi√a, Man÷üma fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı 653
25 Man÷üma manfafiat al-ikhwn fı shufiab al-
Man÷üma fı m ˛adatha fı zamnihi min al- ımn, 54
bidafi, 191 al-Man÷üma al-mubraka, 217
Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Süq, 647 Man÷üma muwajjaha li-amır al-Fullnı al-
Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Wfı min Kanta, 641 sul†n A˛mad, 644
Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-aty, 172 Man÷ümat †urfat al-mamdüd fı na÷m m bi-
Tu˛fat al-mawdüd, 176
INDEX OF TITLES 737
Maqla fı daffi al-fiayn, 97 Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-wus†, 615

Maqla fı ’l-akhlq al-dıniyya wa’l-wafi÷, 99 Mashkil al-†ifl al-nafsiyya fı ’l-usar al-
Maqlıd al-safida, 517 sinighliyya, 393
M qalla wa-dalla fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl, al-Mashrab al-ßfı fı mad˛ al-Muß†af ’l-kfı,
655 411
Maqmt al-dın al-thalth, 288 Mashrafi m√ al-khabar li-wrid wriduh
al-Maqßid al-saniyya li-kulli muwaffaq min al- (?wradah?) bi’l-na÷ar, 588
dufit il ’llh, 217 al-Mashyakha fı Kajür, 391
al-Maqßid al-asn fı khawßß asmfi Allh al- Maslak al-hud li’l-sufiad√ al-Tijniyyın, 307
˛usn, 141 al-Masünı fı nürin am ÷alm, 341
al-Maqßid al-kafıl bi-˛all muqfal Khalıl, 25 Mathal alladhına yunfiqüna amwlahum fı sabıl
al-Maq†af al-ßarıf li’l-fikif al-wajıf fı adfiiyat al- Allh, 421
La†ıf, 65 Mathalu ’l-jannat allatı wufiida ’l-muttaqün, 421
al-Mar√a fı ’l-islm, 341 Ma†iyyat al-khalß fı kalimat al-ikhlß, 78
al-Mar√a al-muslima, 341 Ma†iyyat al-kh†ir li-ibn al-akh fiAbd al-Qadir,
al-Mar√a al-muslima fı al-qarn al-fiishrın, 381 249
M rawhu al-ruwt fı mujnabat al-wult, 25 Ma†lab al-fawzayn, 412
Mar˛aban bi-∂uyüf al-khayr, 385 Ma†lab al-ri∂wn al-Mbakı, 425
al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-fiarabiyya li’l-mar˛il Ma†lab al-shif√, 412
al-ibtid√iyya, 610 Ma†lab shif√ al-amr∂ al-÷hira wa’l-b†ina,
al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya li- 362
talmıdh Ifrıqiy. Juz√ i, 610 Ma†lab tafrıj al-kurüb, 362
Mafirifat Allh fı mafirifat asm√ihi al-˛usn, Ma†lab al-taqabbul fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-
625 rusul, 412
Marthiyat A˛mad Diara, 454 al-Ma†lab wa’l-ma√rab fı afi÷am asm√ al-rabb,
Marthiyat al-˛jj B-k al-Bußübı (Mbacké 25
Bousso), 461 Matn al-fiaj√ib al-qadariyya wa’l-mawhib al-
Marthiyat Serigne Bashır Mbakı, 455 karamiyya li-shaykhin wa-sayyidin al-˛jj
Marthiyat al-Shaykh Momar Jobé Mbacké, fiUmar b. Sfiıd al-Fütı, 387
462 Mafiünat al-balıd, 394
Marthiyat al-Shaykh Sıdi al-Mukhtr, 461 Mafiünat al-ikhwn mimman waqhu ’llhu min
Mas√il il fiulam√ Mißr, 25 al-shay†n, 176
Mas√il min fiilm al-falak, 460 al-Mawhib al-ilhiyya fı ’l-ghazawt al-
Mas√il min al-na˛w wa’l-bayn wa’l-man†iq nabawiyya, 276
wa’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-˛ikma, 460 Mawhib al-laduniyya fı ’l-dafiwat al-
Mas√il muhimma [by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat ˘amawiyya [li]’l-bayfia, 395
Allh], 234 Mawhib al-Nfifi fı mad√i˛ al-shfifi, 412
Mas√ala fı sha√n mu†lafiat kutub min mahjir, Mawhib al-Quddüs fı na÷m nathr shaykhin
33 al-Sanüsı, 412
Mas√ala fiind al-rajulayn, 582 Mawhib al-Ra˛mn, 412
Maslik al-jinn, 120 al-Mawfii÷ al-safiıdiyya fı ıßl˛ al-dın li’l-
Maslik al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn, 411, bariyya, 243
457 M waqafia fı ’l-Takrür al-Südnı m bayn
Masarrat al-majmifi fı mas√il al-jmifi, 288 Tinbuktu wa-Jannı, 234
Masarrat al-qbi∂, 615 Mawqifi al-a˛dq fial ’l-˛aq√iq allatı ˛awhu
Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-kubr wa-adillat al-rfifi hdhihi ’l-awrq, 558
al-fiuly, 615 M warada fı ta˛rım al-khamr wa’l-amr bi’l-
Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-ßughr, 615 mafirüf wa’l-nahy fian al-munkar, 506
738 INDEX OF TITLES
Mawhüb al-Mannn, 563 Mina˛ al-∑amad fi radd maqlt al-Arawnı

Mawjat al-khi∂amm min Allh al-brı ’l-nasam Mu˛ammad, 168
fı mad˛ al-kanz al-afi÷am, 354 Minan Allh fial m yüßıkum Allh, 63
Mawlid khayr al-filamın, 413 Minan al-Bqı ’l-Qadım fı mufijizt ’l-rqı ’l-
Mawlid sayyid al-filamın fı asfr al-mursalın, makhdüm, 413
344 Minan al-Bqı al-Qadım fı sırat al-shaykh al-
Mawqif al-faßl fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl, 246 khadım, 453
Mawqif al-mar√a fı ’l-mujtamafi al-islmı, 393 Minan al-rabb al-jalıl fı ta˛rır muhimmt Khalıl,
Mawrid al-fikhr fı shar˛ tazawwud al-ßighr, 25
457 Minkhalat al-ajz√, 238
Mawrid al-÷am√n fı dhikr ˛ayt al-shaykh Ibn Minnat al-A˛ad bi-asm√ al-asad, 249
Füdı fiUthmn, 624 Minnat al-Jalıl bi-nubdha min fa∂l al-mawlid
Mawrid al-÷am√n fı ’l-ßalt fial wuld sayyid al-jalıl, 249
fiAdnn, 44 Minnat al-Quddüs bi-jawb al-˛ibr Mu˛ammad
Maydn al-barhın fi ’l-naßı˛a li’l-fiuqal√ alal-Sanüsi, 249
sawdın, 388 Minnat al-Wahhb fı ’l-than√ fial ’l-shaykh
Mazj al-kawkib, 468 al-Tijnı qu†b al-aq†b, 249
Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm, Min qablu wa-min bafidu, 382
424, 425 Min fiumüm ahl al-madına al-munawwara, 413
Mift˛ al-amn fı rasm al-Qur√n, 490 Minwl al-insh√ li-˛awk al-sır√, 249
Mift˛ al-anwr, 275 Miqmafiat al-munkirın, 615
Mift˛ al-fia†iyya fı ’l-istightht bi-khayr al- Mifirj al-ßufiüd il nayl ˛ukm mujallab al-süd,
bariyya wa-bi-walidihi ß˛ib al-khatmiyya 26
wa’l-katmiyya, 284 Mir√t al-ßaf fı sırat al-nabı al-Muß†af, 278
Mift˛ al-fal˛ fı adhkr al-mas√ wa’l-ßab˛, Mir√t al-tafirıf fı fa∂l al-fiilm al-sharıf, 26
157 Mir√t al-†ullb, 652
Mift˛ al-far√i∂ li’l-mubtadi√ın fı tafilım fiilm al-Mırth wa’l-waratha, 606
al-far√i∂, 63 Mirqt al-aßfiy√ il kanz al-awliy√, 303
Mift˛ al-fat˛ wa’l-wußül il ˛a∂rat shaykhin Mirqt al-∂ufiaf√ il mafirifat bafi∂ al-asm√ al-
Ibn al-Rasül, 277 wqifia fı Durrat al-asm√, 249
Mift˛ al-ghuyüb fi jawb khillin fiUmar Jüb, Mißb˛ al-anwr wa-kshif al-astr, 151
413 Mißb˛ al-fiilm fı layl al-jahl wa’l-bidafi, 497
Mifta˛ al-naßr fı dufi√ laylat al-qadr, 413 Mißb˛ al-khayr fı qißßat ahl al-khayr wa-Dr
Mift˛ al-naßr fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-dhikr, 288 al-khayr, 481
Mift˛ ra˛mat al-Ra˛ım fı ’l-tawassul bi-bi’smi al-Mißb˛ li’l-ßighr wa-man ya˛tjuhu min al-
’llhi al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım, 288 kibr, 662
Mift˛ al-safida al-abadiyya fı ma†lib al- Mißb˛ al-mußallı fı bayn idrk al-ßalawt al-
A˛madiyya, 511 khams wa-tarqıfiih, 621
Mift˛ al-safida fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-sda, Mißb˛ al-÷alm fı fa∂l al-ßüfiyya al-kirm, 185
413 Mißft al-sidq fı i÷hr al-˛aqq min kitb Mai
Mift˛ al-†lib shar˛ Tu˛fat al-†ullb, 204 Gari ˛awla ˛ayt wa-r√ wa-tafilım al-
Mikhaddat al-fibidın, 275 shaykh Ibrhım Niys, 307
al-Mina˛ al-˛amıda fı shar˛ al-Farıda, 34 Mishkt al-anwr li-iqtibs al-anwr, 615
Min al-˘aqq , 413 Mishkt al-asrr, 343
Min ˛ayt al-ßa˛ba al-kirm, 482 al-Misk al-anamm il mafirifat halumm, 26
al-Mina˛ al-mufıda li-ahl al-˛ukm wa’l- Misk al-khitm fı mad˛ q√id al-kirm, 373
mafirifa, 214 Mubarrid al-fialıl wa-shfiyat al-ghalıl, 99, 111
INDEX OF TITLES 739
Mubarridat al-ghalıl wa-shfiyat al-ghull min Mukhtaßar fı ’l-na˛w, 388

ßudür al-mu√minın, 99 al-Mukhtaßar al-jamıl fı m tadfiü ilayhi al-˛ja
Mubayyin al-ishkl, 389 min al-˛urr wa’l-fiabd wa’l-mar√a wa’l-
Mubın al-hadiyya fı-m yuhd li’l-makh†üba ßibyn, 78
min al-fia†iyya, 275 Mukhtaßar al-Kawkab al-waqqd, 55
al-Mubrifi shar˛ al-mughnifi (?) fı fiilm al- Mukhtaßar kitb Shufiab al-ımn, 525
nujüm, 246 Mukhtaßar K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id, 55
Mudhakkira maftü˛a il qdat al-fiamal al- Mulayyin al-ßudür wa-mudhakkir al-qubür, 415
islamı fı ’l-Sinighl, 489 Mumıt, 416
al-Mudhakkira al-müjiza li-mafirifat Zongo wa- Munkh al-a˛bb min mina˛ al-Wahhb, 26
umar√ihi fı Kümsı, 622 Munawwir al-∂am√ir fı shar˛ Mußaqqil al-
Mufraqa fı bayn siysa al-ra√ıs Sanghür, 385 baß√ir fı na÷m al-Zawjir, 55
Mufassir al-ql li-ma∂ammir al-˛l, 115 Munawwir al-˛lik fı shar˛ baytay Ibn Mlik,
Mufıd al-anm wa-munıl al-marm bi-jamfi 26
ajwiba wa-waßy wa-an÷m fa∂ılat al- Munawwir al-ßudür lad ’l-manzil wa-fiinda ’l-
shaykh fiAbd Allh Niys, 275 duwar, 416
Mughnı ’l-murıd fian al-shaykh al-rashıd, 99 Mun÷art mafi mun÷irın, 259
Mughnı al-mutafiallim fı ’l-˛isb wa’l-far√i∂, Munılat al-amnı, 508
62 Munqidh al-ikhwn min nazafit al-shay†n,
Mu˛∂ara fian ˛ayt al-nabı Mu˛ammad, 620 320, 368
al-Mu˛addatha al-wqifiiyya, 261 Munyat al-mubtaghı, 615
Mu˛ammadatı, 415 Munyat al-s√ıl, 468
Mu˛ammad al-˛abıb, 414 Muqaddamt al-amd˛ fı mazy al-mift˛,
Mu˛ammadı al-khalıl 414 416
Mu˛ammad al-jamıl, 414 Muqaddima fı ’l-fiarü∂, 57
Mu˛ammad al-ma˛büb, 414 Muqqadima fı khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı al-
Mu˛ammad al-m˛ı, 414 ra˛ma, 416
Mu˛ammad al-makhdüm, 414 Muqqadima fı khidmat alladhı al-Qadım
Mu˛ammad al-ma√mün, 414 qaddamahü, 416
Mu˛ammad: manziltuhu wa-akhlquhu, 259 al-Muqaddima al-kubr, 558
Mu˛ammad al-mufia÷÷am, 414 al-Muqaddima al-Kükiyya, 394
Mu˛ammad al-mubbashir, 415 al-Muqaddima al-ßughr al-na÷miyya fı ’l-
Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammadun lahu, 415, 449 khidma li-khayr al-barriya, 417
Mu˛ammad al-mumallik, 415 al-Muqaddima al-Wangariyya, 33
Mu˛ammad al-muqaddam, 415 Muqaddimat al-ikhwn, 416
Mu˛ammad al-mußallı, 415 Muqaddimat al-Kukkı, 395
Mu˛yı al-sunna fı ’l-khu†ab al-minbariyya, 480 Muqaddimt muhimma fı adhkr al-ßalt wa-
Mufiın al-b˛ithın fian mas√il qismat furü∂ al- ghayrih, 258
writhın, 246 Mursala mafi al-shaykh Sıdiyya b. al-shaykh
Mufiın al-∂ufiaf√ fı ’l-qinfia, 15 Sayyid Mu˛ammad, 417
Mujlasat ahl al-taßawwuf, 415 al-Mursalt fial ’l-asm√ wa’l-ßift, 259
Müjaz ta√rıkh Mlı, 261 al-Murhaft al-qu††afi fial Ibn Myb akhı al-
Müjibt al-jinn, 45 tan††ufi, 277
Mukhashlab al-†uwaylib, 238 Murshid al-˛jj wa-qmüsihi, 610
Mukhtrt fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa- Murshid al-mußallı, 610
sayyidin Abı’l-fiAbbs A˛mad al-Tijnı, 288 al-Murshid fı ’l-tanfır fian mutaßawwifa hdh
Mukhtaßar Fat˛ al-Shakür, 59 ’l-zamn, 143
Mukhtaßar [fı ’l-fiarü∂], 525
740 INDEX OF TITLES
Musmarat al-fikr fı ziyrat al-qu†b al-akbar, Najt kulli hlik wa-nür kulli fibid wa-slik,
277 662
Musarri˛ al-fiayn fı-m laqiya afid√ al-˘usayn, Najm al-nuh al-qawfı fı fiilmy fiarü∂ al-shifir
249 wa’l-qawfı, 508
Mushkiltun asbbuh wa-fiiljuh, 382 Nakß fial fiaqibayhi, 417
Muslim al-yawm bayna thaqfatihı wa-dınihi Naql al-kaw√in,631
382 Nasab al-shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd al-Qdir Banba,
al-Muslimün fı bild Kanksu, 577 600
al-Muslimün fı ’l-Sinighl ma’lim al-˛∂ir wa- Nasab Müs b. fiAlı, 55
fq al-mustaqbal. 473 al-Naß√i˛ fı nuß˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b.
Muß†af ’l-Muß†af, 476 Sh. fiUmar Safiıd, 637
al-Muß†af wa-wulduhu’l-abrr al-kirm, 552 Naß√i˛ il ’l-ikhwn, 417
al-Muß†ala˛t al-siysiyya, 625 Nasamt al-sa˛r, 476
al-Mustaqbaliyya al-sharfiiyya al-Islmiyya fı Nashr al-fiabır bi-mafin yt al-ßalt fial ’l-
Ifrıqiy al-gharbiyya al-faranküfüniyya, 487 bashır al-nadhır, 27
Mu√tamar al-qimma al-islmı fı Dakr, 385 Naßı˛a [of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad
Muwlt awliy√ Allh wa-mufidt afid√ Allh, Bussübe], 460
194 Naßı˛a [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 79
Muzıl al-˛alak fian istijb (sic) kayfiyyat alal-Naßı˛a al-faßı˛a wa’l-˛ikam al-badıfia al-
taßadduq fial ’l-mayyit bi-S-y-k, 249 ßa˛ı˛a, 97
al-Naßı˛a fı zajr ˛alq al-li˛ya, 615
Nabfiat al-dhawq wa’l-shawq al-mukhtaßara Naßı˛a il jamıfi ikhwnihi min balad ◊hır min
min al-mudh’hab wa’l-nafit wa-ftiq al-ratq, al-fiulam√ al-afilm wa-il jamıfi al-kubar√
65 wa’l-kuram√ al-ßli˛ın al-mußli˛ın min ahl
al-Nafa˛t al-fianbariyya bi’l fuyü∂t al- ◊hır, 538
rabbniyya, 277 al-Naßı˛a al-ma˛müda wa’l-fii÷a al-maßmüda,
al-Nafa˛t al-˘amawiyya fı ’l-futü˛t al- 97
ilhiyya, 624 Naßı˛a minnı il ’l-ikhwn [by Ibrhım Niasse],
Nafa˛t al-Malik al-Ghanı fı ’l-siy˛a fı ar∂ 289
Bamakü wa-Ghinı, 287, 289 al-Naßı˛a al-muwajjaha il Mu˛ammad b.
Nafa˛t rabbniyya, 353 Afrkish, 99
Naf√is al-durar fı kalimt khayr al-bashar, 417 Naßı˛a nfifia, 417
al-Naffi al-fiamım fı sırat al-fiallma Zayn al-Dın al-Naßı˛a al-shfiya al-kfiya, 79
b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jabhı, 180 Naßı˛at ahl al-südn, 41
Naf˛ al-fiabır fı ˛ukm dam dabrat al-bafiır, 151 Naßı˛at al-batt li-jamıfi ahl Kunta, 79
Naf˛ al-†ıb fı mad˛ ahl zwiyat B˙r, 191 Naßı˛at al-ghawth, 92
Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb, 4, 78 Naßı˛at al-ikhwn, 326, 501
Naf˛at al-Mannn fı mad˛ khayr Banı fiAdnn, Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fian dafiwı al-wilya bi’l-
354 buhtn, 277
Nfifiat al-ßad li-man bihi ghulal mafirifat al- Naßı˛at al-ikhwn bi’l-fiilm wa’l-fiamal, 279
asm, 249 Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fı manfi tark qir√at al-
Nfifiat al-wildn, 582 Qur√n, 347, 369
Naf† al-sharq, 382 Naßı˛at al-munßif al-mubaßßir, 79
Nahj qa∂√ al-˛ajj fı m min al-db ilayhi ’l- Naßı˛at al-muttabifi wa-fa∂ı˛at al-mubtadifi 194
murıd ya˛tj, 417 Naßı˛at al-rufit, 508
Na˛w fahm dın al-Islm. Juz√ 1 & 2, 610 Naßı˛at al-slik fı mufimalat al-mlik, 653
al-Najt bi-ra˛mat al-Ra˛mn wa-bi-fa∂ilihi l Naßı˛at al-zawjayn, 202
bi’l-fiamal wa’l-ijtihd, 615
INDEX OF TITLES 741
Nasım al-riy˛ fı tash†ır qaßıdat sayyidı Ibrhım Na÷m ˛ikam al-shaykh Ma˛müd al-Kardı al-
al-Riyy˛ı, 289 Kürnı, 56
Naßran li’l-˛aqq wa-nuß˛an li’l-muslimın, 31 Na÷m ˛urüf bi’smi’llhi ’l-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım,
Naßr al-fiulam√ al-fiubbd fı ’l-radd fial 362
urjüzat al-Galldı, 185 Na÷m ˛urüf <ınnı tawakkaltu fiala ’llhi>, 362
Naßs al-kalima allatı alqh Ibrhım Niys fı Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-fti˛, 362
ar∂ Marrkish fı ’l-˛aflat allatı uqımat fı Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiimi√a, 56
ihd√ qfiat Jmifiat al-Qarawiyyın bi- Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiın, 56
munsabat dhikr ta√sısih, 289 Na÷m al-Kitb al-akh∂ar [li’l-Qadhdhfı], 61
Natıjat al-fara∂iyyın, 63 Na÷m K. al-shifa√, 525
Nawdir al-˛ikam li-ß˛ib jmifi al-kalim wa- Na÷m kitb Tanbıh al-mughtarrın, 525
waßy ’l-murıdın wa-†ullb al-fiilm, 284 Na÷m al-la√lı bi-ikhbr wa-tanbıh al-kirm,
Nawqi∂ al-ımn, 259 588
Nawzil A˛mad Mu˛ammad b. Khayr al- Na÷m Lawqi˛ al-anwr, 217
Tandaghı, 55 Na÷m mulakhkhaß li-yt al-shif, 371
al-Nawzil al-mufıda, 55 Na÷m nasab al-shuraf√ al-Birrıshiyyın, 56
Nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr al- Na÷m al-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-˛adıth al-
fiAllüshı, 55 muttafaq fialayhi, 56
Nawzil al-Shaykh Abı’l-Khayr al-Arawnı, 65 Na÷m nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-
Nawzil wa-ajwiba fiqhiyya, 137 Mukhtr, 56
Nayl al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal, 27 Na÷m al-Niqya, 141
Nayl al-amnı fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı, 608 Na÷m shar˛ Ba˛raq al-Kabır fial Lmiyyat al-
Nayl al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab, 354 affil, 197
Nayl al-ibtihj bi-ta†rız al-Dıbj, 27 Na÷m silsilat al-kirm fı tartıb ajdd sayyid al-
Nayl al-mafilı shar˛ fiaqıdat Bad√ al-mlı, 33 anm, 417
Nayl al-mafz bi’l-fiawd il ’l-˘ijz, 289 Na÷m ∑ughr al-Sanüsı, 33
Nayl al-marm bi-bayn ˛ukm al-iqdm fial al-Na÷m al-÷arıf li-nawzil ˘am ’llh al-sharıf,
’l-dufi√ li-m fıhı min al-ıhm, 27 56
Nayl al-marm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm, 277, Nelson Mandela, 385
355 Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın, 268
Nayl al-marm fı su√l al-˛jj Ub Ringim fı ’l- Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın al-˛anafiyya, 49
manm, 306 Nibrs al-murıdın li-zumrat al-˘amawiyya fı
al-Na÷fa fı ’l-Islm, 259 Ghn, 624
Nzila fı sha√n bi√r, 660 Nibrs al-÷alm fı mad˛ sayyid al-anm, 250
Nzila fı sha√n imra√a tazawwajat bafid wa∂fiih Nihyat al-amnı fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ummı ’l-
min ˛aml fsid, 33 fiAdnnı, 354
Nzila fı sha√n al-jmifi al-kabır fı Tinbuktu, 252 Nifimat rabb al-filamın fı khidmat khayr al-
Nzila nüzila bih Sh. al-Mukhtr b. Bb filamın, 418
A˛mad, 93 Nißb al-dhahab, 597
Na÷m adwr al-tashrıfi al-Islmı mafia kitb Nubdha fian ta√rıkh Azawd. 633
<Aqımü ’l-dın wa-l tafarraqü fıhi>, 259 Nubdha fı fa∂√il Rama∂n, 418
Na÷m akbar al-kab√ir al-thaltha fiashar, 55 Nubdha fıh asm√ al-˛jj Askiy wa-muddat
Na÷m ashykh al-Qdiriyya, 161 khilfatihim wa-fiadad al-masjid allatı
Na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 362 buniyat fı fiahdihi, 558
Nã÷m fatwı bafi∂ fiulam√ al-Takrür, 55 Nubdha fı nasab A˛mad b. al-Bashır al-Süqı,
Na÷m fı ’l-˛isb, 629 173
Na÷m fı mafirifat al-∂arürı min al-dın, 173 Nubdha min akhbr Bıghü, 558
Na÷m fı mukaffirt al-dhunüb, 55
742 INDEX OF TITLES
Nubdha min asm√ mulük Libtkü wa-Wüghü Nuzhat al-mustamifi wa’l-lfi÷ fı manqib al-
wa-Sinder, 643 shaykh Si. Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷, 275
Nubdha min nasab Zabarm, 651 Nuzhat al-n÷irın bi-mawlid sayyid al-awwalın
Nudbha min ta√rıkh Füta al-Sinighliyya, 473 wa’l-khirın, 250
Nubdha min ta√rıkh Ghurmankob˙, 637 Nuzhat al-rwı wa-bughyat al-˛wı, 79, 93
Nubdha min tafirıkh Jenne,. 641 Nuzül al-ra˛ma fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi’l-nifima, 28
Nubdha min ta√rıkh al-Umawiyyın, 552
Nubdha min ta√rıkh Zabarm, 651 Qabs min a˛km al-jan√iz 262
Nubdha ßfiya kfiya mu˛arrara shfiya, 93 Qad afla˛a ’l-yawma man istafil, 421
Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya min ta√rıkh shaykhin wa- al-Qadar wa’l-qa∂√, 260
ustdhin wa-wasılatin il rabbin Abı fiAbd Qâ’îd mufîda, 469
al-Mughıth al-shaykh al-˛jj Hrün al-Q√il fal-yaqul khayran, 418
Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı, 622 Q√ima bi-asm√ mulük Kantshı wa-muddat
Nu∂r al-dhahab fı kulli fann muntakhab, 79 khilfatihim, 641
Nudrat al-safida fı isr√ ß˛ib al-zifima, 250 Q√imat asm√ umar√ Libtkü, 644
Nujüm al-hud fı kawn nabiyyin af∂al man Q√imat mulük Humbüri, 640
dafi il ’llh wa-had, 289 Q√imat mulük Say, 646
al-Nukat al-lawmifi fı mas√alat al-nik˛ bi’l- Qal√id al-fiasjad fı fa∂l al-nabı al-mumajjad,
manfifi, 27 250
al-Nukat al-mustajda fı muswt al-ffiil li’l- Qal√id al-jumn fı fiilm al-bayn, 250
mubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda, 28 al-Qmüs al-fiaßrı: Modern Arabic Dictionary
al-Nukat al-wafiyya bi-shar˛ al-Alfiyya, 28 of English, Arabic, and Hausa, 625
al-Nukat al-zakiyya, 28 al-Qan†ara, 494
al-Nüniyya al-Kitwiyya, 198 Qan†arat al-˛isb, 656
Nür al-fiaynayn fı khalq sayyid al-kawnayn, 250 Qan†arat al-murıd 310
Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar, 282, 289 Qarfi al-ikhwn fian al-ta˛akkum bi’l-÷unün
Nür al-drayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn, wa’l-buhtn, 178
418, 434 Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 180, 229
Nür al-drayn fı ’l-ßalt fial sayyid al- Qaß√id fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya, 151
kawnayn, 418 Qaß√id fı (mad˛) usrat A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 642
al-Nür al-f√i∂ fı laghz al-far√i∂, 62 Qaßar al-†√ifa al-˘amawiyya li’l-ßalt al-
Nür al-˘annn fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al- rubfiiyya, 268
fiAdnni, 250 Q. fiash√ fı bayt al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-
Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı j√a bi’l-ßidq, 290 Tijnı, 323
Nür al-kaml fı mashhad al-rijl, 306 al-Q. al-badriyya, 84
al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, Q. b√iyya fı rith al-Shaykh A˛mad Bamba ,
290 471
al-Nuß˛ al-mubın, 218 Q. bi-munsabat al-intikhb bayn Büba Sall
Nußra li-ahl al-fiilm fı ’l-radd fian muwßalat ahl wa-Ndiaye Zalzamn fı Sanluwı Senghor wa-
al-÷ulm, 188 na˛nu ’l-Mru nakhtru, 323
Nußrat al-dhkirın fı ˛ujaj al-dhikr kitban wa- Q. al-bi√r al-fiatıq, 393
sunnatan, 615 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 215
Nußüß min al-Tawrh wa’l-Injıl, 259 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 116, 123
Nuzhat al-asm√, 92 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ Shaykh ˘amad Amın, 662
Nuzhat al-asm√ wa’l-afkr fı mad˛ al-Amın Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı, 222
wa-mafinı ’l-Mukhtr, 290 Q. dliyya fı ’l-taßawwuf, 79, 240
Nuzhat al-awidd√ fı fa∂l khtim al-awliy√, 250 Q. Dafiwat al-ns il dıni Rabb al-ns, 482
Nuzhat al-murıd fı mad˛ shaykhin al-farıd, 357 Q. Fat˛ al-fia÷ım, 455
INDEX OF TITLES 743
al-Q. al-fay∂iyya al-mushtamila fial anwfi al- Q. fı ’l-hij√ li-ar∂ Qantaraw wa-ahlih, 195
tajalliyyt, 84 Q. fı hij√ al-q∂ı Madiakhate Kala, 395
Q. fı db al-jimfi, 392 Q. fı ’l-˛ikam, 85
Q. fı a˛wl Dakar, 316 Q. fı ˛ußülihi fial bafi∂ al-martib al-
Q. fı ’l-amthl wa’l-˛ikam, 120 rabbniyya, 369
Q. fı awldihi [by Hrün al-Rashıd Jallü], 484 Q. fı ’l-ibtihl 85, 121
Q. fı bayn m j√a bihi al-rasül, 371 Q. fı ’l-iftikhr, 456
Q. fı bayn †arıq al-mutaßawwifın, 455 Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi-shuyükhihi, 328
Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il taqw ’llhi tafil:, 377 Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi’l-Sinighl, 334
Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il ’l-taw˛ıd, 378 Q. fı ’l-ijba fiamman sa√alahü a-m taqüluhu fı
Q. fı dhamm al-duny, 157 ’l-shaykh al-Tijnı ÷ann am yaqın, 357
Q. fı dhamm ˛ukm Fulln wa-mad˛ fiUmar al- Q. fı fiilm al-†arıqa, 85
Fütı, 638 Q. fı ’l-iltij√ il ’llh, 456
Q. fı ’l-dht al-ilhı, 84 Q. fı ’l-irshd wa’l-wafi÷ li-ahl Bamba, 633
Q. fı dhikr ar∂ Gundm wa-Tinbuktü, 196 Q. fı ’l-ishda bi-muna÷÷amat al-dafiwa al-
Q. fı dhikr awtd baldat Timbuktu wa’l-tawassul islmiyya bi-lıbiy, 482
bihim il ’llh, 666 Q. fı ’l-ishda bi-’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 376
Q. fı ’l-diffi fian al-Tijniyya, 187 Q. fı ’l-istightha bi-rabb al-filamın, 378
Q. fı ’l-dufi√ fial ’l-÷alama, 84 Q. fı ’l-istisq√, 85
Q. fı dufi√ihi ’l-khayr li-masqa† ra√sihi, 378 Q. fı ’l-istisq√ wa’l-tawassul, 104
Q. fı ’l-dufi’ li’bnihi A˛mad, 362 Q. fı mabdi√ fiilm al-falak, 341
Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-raffi al-wab√, 116 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall, 378, 483
Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-ßadıqihı A˛mad Jah, 366 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı, 376
Q. fı ’l-dufi√ wa’l-tawassul, 321 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allh, 186
Q. fı fa∂√il Rama∂n, 392 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allah b. Fayßal, 482
Q. fı falsafat al-˛ayt, 334 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy, 335
Q. fı faw√id yt al-Qur√n, 44 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jılnı, 170
Q. fı ’l-ghazal, 121 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Rabbihi, 188
Q. fı ’l-˛adıth, 510 Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Abı Bakr Sy, 366
Q. fı ’l-˛all wa’l-˛arm, 135 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Abı Bakr Sy al-khalıfa,
Q. hamziyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır al- 323
Madanı, 227 Q. fı mad˛ ahl Bayır, 195
Q. hamziyya: fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 123 Q. fı mad˛ ahl Füta, 511
Q. fı ’l-˛anın, 145 Q. fı mad˛ ahl al-fiurüba, 193
Q. fı ’l-˛anın il wa†anihi, 196 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf, 204
Q. fı ’l-˛aqıqa al-Mu˛ammadiyya, 316 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 152
Q. fı ˛aqıqat al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya, 334 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad Buya Gueye, 376
Q. fı ’l-˛arb bayn Kal-Antaßar wa-Kanta, 203 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad ˘mid SΩsi, 63
Q. fı ˛arb Füta mafia ahl Msina wa-dhikr mawt Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad Sıkü,214
A˛mad wa’l-˛jj fiUmar wa-mawqif al- Q. fı mad˛ [al-shaykh] A˛mad al-Tijnı, 336,
Bakk√ı min tilka ’l-˛arb, 638 346, 376, 379, 598, 654
Q. fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-ßabr wa’l-tawakkul fial Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. fiUmar, 146
’llh, 369 Q. fı mad˛ ajddihi [by A˛mad al-Tijnı b.
Q. fı hathth al-shabb fial ’l-jidd wa’l-fiamal, Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th Tyre], 334
334 Q. fı mad˛ akhıhi fiUthmn b. al-˘jj, 187
Q. fı hij√ ahl baladihi, 193 Q. fı mad˛ fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 237
Q. fı hij√ Idaw al-˘jj wa-mad˛ Kunta, 642 Q. fı mad˛ Alboury N’Diaye, 390
Q. fı hij√ Kunta, 147 Q. fı mad˛ fi◊lı b. A˛mad, 121
744 INDEX OF TITLES
Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-filim Mu˛ammad fi◊li Q. fı mad˛ [al-shaykh al-˛jj] Mlik Sy, 366
b. Fat ’l-Müritnı, 366 Q. fı mad˛ al-Maymün b. ˘ammd wa-fiUmar
Q. fı mad˛ l Sıh, 320 al-Raqqdı, 195
Q. fı mad˛ amır dawlat Farans, 666 Q. fı mad˛ Momar ∑ßum Diakhate, 329
Q. fı mad˛ amır Kal-Antaßar Mu˛ammad fi◊l b. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat, 366
Düdü, 641 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-
Q. fı mad˛ Sıdı al-fiArabı b. al-S’i˛ al-Tijnı Knimı, 218
al-Maghribı, 373 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. Bü Bakr al-Afiıshı,
Q. fı mad˛ fiashıratihi wa’l-diffi fianh, 85 188
Q. fı mad˛ al-aty, 182 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı al-Tijnı, 47
Q. fı mad˛ Awld Ghayln, 188 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh
Q. fı mad˛ bafi∂ ashykh al-Tijniyyın, 186 al-Arawnı, 171
Q. fı mad˛ By b. fiUmar, 171 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al Mansür Sy b. al-
Q. fı mad˛ al-biqfi al-islmiyya al-muqaddasa, shaykh al-˛jj Mlik Sy, 373
328 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af al-Galldı,
Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj ’Abd al-fiAzız Sy fı i˛d 189
ziyratihı li-Fs Ture, 335 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Niys 345
Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj F∂il Mbacke, 391 Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad, 171
Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik, 329 Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı wa’l-tawassul
Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik Sy, 329, 366, 514 bihi, 168
Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar [b. Safiıd], 226, 227, Q. fı mad˛ Müly Sharıf b. al-˘asan, 171
230, 598, 637 Q. fı mad˛ Müs Tarwiri, 197
Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar [al-∑alghawı], 598 Q. fı madh al-nabı bi-amrin min khlihi, 329
Q. fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amhu’llh, 515 Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı wa-irshdt fı mukhtalif al-
Q. fı mad˛ Ibn ˘ammüd, 45 maydın, 328
Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhim Diop, 365 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ndiassé Mbaye, 336
Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım al-Kawlakhı, 186 Q. fı mad˛ al-q’id Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı,
Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım Ma˛müd Diop, 482 365
Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhım Niys, 195, 200 Q . fı mad˛ al-Qsim wa’l-Fzzı wa-
Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ibr Mbaye, 392 jamfiatihim, 135
Q. fı mad˛ jaddihi [by Bb A˛mad b. A˛mad Q. fı mad˛ ra√ıs Kal al-Süq, 86
al-Bakk√ı], 135 Q. fı mad˛ al-ra√ıs al-Mukhtr w. Ddh, 485
Q. fı mad˛ Junnat al-murıd, 104 Qaßıda fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-jalla al-malik al-sharıf
Q. fı mad˛ khlihi Bb A˛mad, 141 al-˘ußayn b. ‡all, 350
Q. fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya, 563 Q. fı mad˛ al-shal†, 198
Q. fı mad˛ al-Kuntiyyın, 656 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Sfid Abıh b. Muhammad
Q. fı mad˛ Lmiyyat al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-F∂il, 481
al-firifın, 186 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Azhari fiAbd al-˘alım
Q. fı mad˛ Lat Dior, 389 Ma˛müd fiinda ziyratihı li-Sinighl, 366
Q. fı mad˛ madınat Kold, 482 Q. fı mad˛ shaykh al-ßüfiyya, 183
Q. fı mad˛ al-Ma˛müd, 189 Q. fı madh al-shaykh al-‡libüya, 479
Q. fı mad˛ Ma˛müd b. Safiıd Jeliy, 598 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Abı ’l-Khayr Sı. A˛mad b.
Q. fı mad˛ al-malik ˘ußayn b. ‡alll malik ’l- al-∑ayd, 154
Urdunn, 373 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 44
Q. fı mad˛ al-malik fiAbd al-fiAzız, 198 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Asaqqafi, 188
Q. fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib al-˘asan al-thnı, Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Bb A˛mad b. Sıdı al-
366 Kuntı, 44
Q. fı mad˛ al-malik Mu˛ammad al-khmis, 365 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi al-Mundhir, 183
INDEX OF TITLES 745
Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Sadıd, 185 Q. fı rith√ al-Sh. A˛mad, 367

Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi fiUmar b. Safiıd [Ghlı], Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh A˛mad Ba, 316
121 Q. fı rith√ A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı,
Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin A˛mad al-Tijnı, 371 116
Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin al-Tijnı, 336 Q.fı rith√ akhıhi Abı Bakr, 294
Q. fı mad˛ shuyükhihi [by Hrün al-Rashıd Q. fı rith√ Alfa Hshim, 313
Jallü], 484 Q. fı rith√ Sh. fi◊lı Ba, 367
Q. fı mad˛ shuyükh al-Tijniyya, 183 Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Balkhu, 535
Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Siddti ˘ay∂ara, 479 Q. fı rith√ Sh. By, 142
Q. fı mad˛ al-sul†n fiAbd al-Majıd, 121 Q. fı rith√ By b. Sh. Si. fiUmar al-Kuntı, 190
Q. fı mad˛ al-Süqiyyın, 86 Q. fı ritha√ Cerno Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 517
Q. fı mad˛ al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 330 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘ammad, 537
Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı, 184, 329 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘anafı al-shahır bi’l-˛jj
Q. fı mad˛ fiulam√ al-Süq, 141 Bl-Bl, 537
Q. fı mad˛ fiUmar b. Sadıd al-Triqı, 187 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Mlik Sy wa’l-˛jj fiAbd
Q. fı mad˛ wlidihi [by A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Allh Niys, 326
Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sa√th Ture], 336 Q. fı rith√ Sh. al-˛jj Safiıd Nüru Tll, 367
Q. fı mad˛ Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al- Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Sunna Külü, 537
Jabahı, 186 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj fiUmar[al-∑alghawı], 595
Q. fı makrim al-akhlq, 376 Q. fı rith√ ibn fiammihi Hrün Gaye, 379
Q. fı marthiyyat al-shaykh Ibrhım Seck, 392 Q. fı rith√ Ibn al-fiArabı Ly, 390
Q. fı mubyafiatihı li’l-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al- Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Idris Sow, 483
Tijnı , 377 Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Ismfiıl Baldé, 483
Q. fı muß˛abat al-shuyükh, 456 Q. fı rith√ La˛lu, 367
Q. fı ’l-muwzana bayn al-mar√a al-˛a∂riyya Q. fı rith√ Llla fi◊√isha, 147
wa’l mar√a al-badawiyya, 341 Q. fı rith√ Sı. Ma˛müd al-Tijnı, 368
Q. fı naßı˛at al-ikhwn, 336, 377 Q. fı rith√ Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı,
Q. fı na÷m asm√ ajddihı, 370 536
Q. fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-Süq, 86 Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 34
Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ m haj al-shaykh Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad Füdı, 367
fiAbbs, 377 Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Türe, 367
Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ muntaqid al-shaykh Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Iknan b. ˘amm, 182
’Abbs Sall, 378 Q. [dliyya] fı rith√ Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı, 13
Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Ghaldı, 118 Q. fı ritha√ Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-
Q. fı ’l-radd fial hij√in min a˛ad al-buyüt al Mukhtr w. al-Dh, 367
dıniyya al-kabıra, 323 Q. fı rith√ Müly Afilı b. Müly fiAbd al-Salm
Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr b. Büna, 86 al-Tuwtı, 154
Q. fı ’l-radd fial munkir al-Tijniyya, 196 Q. fı rith√ al-Mundhir, 191
Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Shdhiliyyın wa’l- Q. fı rith√ al-q∂ı Sı. fi◊lı al-Arawnı, 154
Tijniyyın, 143 Q. fı rith√ al-Sayyida Umm al-khayr, 316
Q. fı ’l-radd fial shfiirin min a˛ad al-buyüt al- Q. fı rith√ ’l-sharıf Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb al-
dıniyya hij√an shifiran, 369 Tijnı, 372
Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyya, 122 Q. fı rith√ ummihi, 368
Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-q∂ı Q. fı rith√i ummihi [by A˛mad al-Tijnı b.
Ma˛müd, 34 Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sa√th Ture], 336
Q. fı rith√ Sh. fiAbd al-Salm Lü, 367 Q. fı rith√ fiUrwa amır Arawn, 154
Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Takanı, 60 Q. fı rith√ waladihi ˘amza, 186
Q. fı rith√ abıhi fiAbbs Sall, 373 Q. fı rith√ wlidihi al-shaykh Mayoro Sall, 373
746 INDEX OF TITLES
Q. fı rith√ zawjat al-shaykh Sı. al-Mukhtr bt. Q. fı ’l-tawajjuh al-tmm il ’llh, 370
A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 116 Q. fı ’l-tawakkul fial ’llh, 341, 378
Q. fı safiat fiafw Allh, 456 Q. fı tawakkulihi fial ’llh wa˛dihi, 456
Q. fı shafin al-dajjl, 86 Q. fı ’l-tawassul, 86, 122, 171, 337, 393
Q. fı shukr Allh tafil, 330 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh al-imm, 171
Q. fı ’l-shukr wa’l-˛amd, 322 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh Kanta, 168
Q. fı shuyükh al-Qdiriyya, 116 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 143
Q. fı ’l-ßidq fı ’l-†alab, 377 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ghazawtihi ßall ’llh
Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya, 122, 145 fialayhi wa-sallam bi-ßarf al-fitna fian ahl al-
Q. fı silsilatihi al-Tijniyya, 389 fiIrq, 65
Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Tijniyya, 484 Q. fı ’l-tawwassul bi’l-˘ayy ’l-Qayyüm, 372
Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ’l-aslf alladhına knü fı Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı,
Sanluwı, 316 376
Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ibtifid al-ns fian al- Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh, 455
sharıfia al- islmiyya, 336 Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llhi bi-shaykhin al-Tijnı,
Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf li-hujüm Isr’ıl fial ’l-fiarab fı 7 379
yuniyü 1967, 369 Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh tafil, 483
Q. fı ta√dıb al-nafs, 376 Q. fı ’l-tawwasul wa’l-dufi√, 456
Q. fi-tafwı∂ amrihi il ’llh, 370 Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh, 378
Q. fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi-nifimat Allh fialayhi, 458 Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh wa’l-ta∂arrufi lahu, 370
Q. fı tahdhıb al-nafs, 378 Q. fı ’l-tawba wa’l-istighfr, 455
Q. fı tahni√at ’l-shaykh fiAlı Ba bi’ntih√i Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 33, 122, 330, 337, 658
jmifiihi fı Guéoul, 369 Q. fı taw˛ıd Allh, 456
Q. fı tahni√at al-˛jj Müs bi-˛ajjihi, 379 Q. fı ’l-tawfiiya wa’l-irshd, 376
Q. fı tahni√at Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd, 154 Q. fı waßf ri˛la lahu il qaryat Alék fı
Q. fı tahni√at al-sharıf fiAbd ’l-fiAzız al-˘asanı, Murıtniyy, 370
323 Q. fı ’l-wafi÷, 168
Q. fı tahni√at shaykhihi Mu˛ammad Muß†af, Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd, 86, 179, 378, 485
195 Q. fı ziyrat al-sharıf A˛mad ˘aydara fı
Q. fı †alab al-naßr min Allh, 204 Mtam, 323
Q. fı talkhıßihi li-bb fialmt al-ifirbi fı ’l- Q. fı ziyratihi li-∂arı˛ al-shaykh Safid abıhi,
na˛w, 370 479
Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-Sı. fi◊lı al-Tıjnı bi-munsabat Q. fı ziyratihi li-khlihi [by Mu˛ammad b.
nuzülihı bi-madınat Louga, 367 ˘amma b. Mu˛ammad al-Kuntı], 141
Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-muf†ı Mıßr al-shaykh Q. fı ’l-zuhd, 87
Muhammad al-˘ußarı, 366 Q. fı ÷uhür al-˛qq lahu 377
Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-shahr Rama∂n al-mubrak Q. Ghazlat al-nür, 350
fim 1397/1977, 370 Q. al-˛amma, 574
Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi’l-shaykh al-sharıf b. fiUmar al- Q. hamziyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı, 236
Tıjnı, 365 Q. hamziyya: fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 133
Q. fi tar˛ıb bi-sumuww al-amır fiAbd Allh b. Q. al-˛irz al-manıfi, 294
fiAbd ’l-fiAzız fı Lügha, 372 Q. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar, 238
Qaßıda fı tafirıf al-ridda, 652 Q. al-isr√ wa’l mifirj, 350
Q. fı ’l-ta√rıkh, 86 Q. Istightha bi’l-˛jj Mlik Sy, 330
Q. fı ta√rıkh ta√sıs qaryatihi “al-Qhira”, 370 Qaßıda istighthiyya bi-jh al-nabı, 315
Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf, 189, 205, 336, 372 Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 655
Q. fı ’l-tasbı˛, 336 Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amadi Amın. 662
Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh wa’l-ta∂arrufi lahu, 370 Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ jamfiat al-Süq, 120124
INDEX OF TITLES 747
Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr Q. al-tawassul wa-dufi √ li’l-wird wa’l-wa÷ıfa,

al-Kuntı, 642 330
Q. lmiyya fı ’l-tahni√a [by Shaykh Gassama], Q. Tawwasulun fı †alab al-ghin bi’llhi, 457
391 Q. yadhkuru fıh bafi∂ al-waq√ifi, 666
Q. lmiyya fı ’l-taßawwuf, 239 Q. yatashawwaqu ilayh al-shaykh Mu˛ammad
Q. lmiyya fı ziyratihi li-Fs [by Shaykh al-Hdı Türe, 371
Gassama], 391 Qaßıdat khir al-zamn, 444
Q. lmiyya il amır al-mu√minın Mu˛ammad Qaßıdat al-˛amd wa’l-shukr al-jliba in sh√
Bello, 124 Allh tafil li’l-zayd wa’l-naßr, 444
Q. li’l-tawassul il ’llh bi-jh al-nabı wa-bi- Qaßıdatni munawwiratnı li-†alab zawja ßli˛a
˛urmat al-Tijnı, 337 wa-dhurriyya †ayyiba min Allh tafil, 444
Q. Madınat Tiwwan, 392 Qaßr Thierno Ka, 385
Qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı [al-Badıfiiyya], Qa†fi alsinat al-mutashayyikhın wa’l-mur√ın
465 wa-ib†l al-˛ujaj li’l-mul˛idın fı fiaq√idihim
Q. Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-Fti˛ 378 al-fsida wa-taqrırtihim al-m√ila fian al-
Q. nüniyya fı amr ahl al-Tijnı, 125 salaf al-ßli˛, 559
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar, Qa†f al-thamar fı raffi asnıd al-mußannaft fı ’l-
659 funün wa’l-athar, 506
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır, 228 Qaw√id al-fiaq√id, 476
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı, 240 Qawfiid al-Islm al-khamsa, 172
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 126 Qawfiid al-Islm mafia sunan sayyid al-anm,
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-nabı, 655 538
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ shaykhihi [by Mu˛ammad Qawfiid al-†arıqa al-A˛madiyya al-Tijniyya,
b. fiUthmn b. A˛mad al-Bghunı al- 395
Anßrı], 239 al-Qawl bi-kifyat al-taqlıd fı ’l-taw˛ıd li-
Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-Tijniyyın, 240 fiawmm al-muslimın, 49
Q. nüniyya fı rith√ Abı Bakr b. Yirkoi Talfi, 237 al-Qawl al-friq min ta√rıkh ab†l al-‡awriq,
Q. qfiyya fı ’l-radd fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar, 581 535
Q. r√iyya fı hij√ Lat Dior, 389 al-Qawl al-ma√lüf fı ’l-radd fial man nah fifil
Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 228 al-mafirüf, 168
Q. r√iyya fı ’l-taßawwuf, 47, 243 al-Qawl al-munıf fı tarjamat al-imm Abı fiAbd
Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 659 Allh al-Sharıf, 28
Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al- Qıfin al-janna fı ’l-adhkr al-Qur√niyya wa’l-
Kabır al-Madanı, 238 nabawiyya 65
Q. San Luwı [St-Louis], 323 Qißßat ahl al-Süq, 647
Q. al-shy, 323 Qißßat al-amjad fı ˛ayt al-wlid, 481
Q. al-shukr fial mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı, 663 Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj, 541, 545
Q. sıniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 237 al-Qißßa ta√rıkh al-Muslimın fı hdh ’l-zamn,
Q. sullam al-muhtadı wa-fialam al-muqtadı 372 548
Q. t√iyya fı ’l-tahni√a [by Shaykh Gassama], Qi†fia fial ’l-maqmt 34
391 Qitfia fı ’l-wu∂ü√ wa’l-tayammum, 559
Q. Tanbıh al-mubtadi√ın wa-tadhkirat al- Qi†fia min asm√ bafi∂ mulük Sıghu, 646
ghfilın 377 Qi†fia min ta√rıkh Takrür, 636
Q. al-taslım li’llhi, 316 al-Qunbula al-dmigha fial ru√üs al-munkirın
Q. tawwassul bi-jh rasül Allhi ßalla ’llhu li-awliy√ Allh, 616
fialayhi wa-sallam fı ’l-istisq√, 377 al-Qunbula al-dhurriyya fı radd fial A˛mad
Q. al-tawassul bi-sirr al-shaykh A˛mad al- fiUmar ß˛ib al-mubraza al-kubr, 622
Tijnı, 316 al-Qur√n huwa al-imm li’l-filam ajmafi, 623
748 INDEX OF TITLES
al-Qur√n shif√ li’l-ns wa’llhu al-Shfı, 625 Raw∂at al-kham√il li’l-akhyr wa-shafrat al-
al-Qur√n, ta√rıkhuhu wa-tadwınuhu wa- ßawrim fial ’l-ashrr, 127
mu˛tawaytuhu, 611 Raw∂at al-mufißirın fı mafirifat fiulüm al-dın,
Qurrat al-abßr fı sırat al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr 472
b. Mu˛ammad M˛ammad b. Ma˛müd al- Raw∂at al-mutafiallimın wa-˛adıqat al-
Fullnı, 635 mufiallimın, 659
Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi 252 al-Raw∂t al-nadiyya fial ’l-maqßürat al-
Duraydiyya, 326
Radfi al-aqrn fian al-ta˛akkum fı a˛km al- Raw∂at safida, 528
Qur√n, 180 al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb fı shar˛ Naf˛ al-†ıb, 105
Radfi al-nfı fian al-zakt al-nmı, 616 Raw∂ al-mu˛ibbın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın, 295
Radd fial kitb min Ibn Salım, 143 al-Raw∂ al-naqı fial sırat al-nabı, 607
al-Radd fial ’l-murtadd al-mutajarri√ fial ’llh Raw∂ al-qinfia, 574
wa-fial kitbihi, 260 Rayy al-÷am√n fı mad˛ sayyid al-akwn, 355
Radd fial qaßıdat Mu˛ammad b. Burayk, 204 Ri˛la fı min†aqat Bfülbı, 633
Radd fial qaßıdat Yafiısh al-Galldı, 197 al-Ri˛la al-Gannriyya wa’l-Kumshiyya 287,
Radd fial qu∂t Arawn, 115 295
Radd fial risla fı iqmat al-jumufia fı Bü al-Ri˛la al-˘ijziyya al-ül, 295
Jubayha, 165 al-Ri˛la al-Kunkiriyya, 287, 289
Radd fial rislat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Ri˛lat il ’l-Qhira, 261
B˙r fı ’l-nikh, 174 Ri˛la safiıda, 611
Radd fial su√layn fı ’l-bayn, 135 Ri˛lat umm al-qur, 394
Radd man qayyada shurü† al-†arıqa al- Rim˛ ˛izb al-Ra˛ım fial nu˛ür ˛izb al-rajım,
Tijniyya, 311 218
al-Radd wa’l-ib†l fial man iddafi al-ru√y al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia, 110
bi’l-iqbl, 192 al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia il
Raffi al-˛araj, 468 sayyid Bb A˛mad, 90
Raffi al-malm fian man rafafia wa-qaba∂a R. al-anwr wa’l-naßı˛a li’l-ikhwn fı ’l-nahy
iqtid√an li-sayyid al-anm, 294 fian shurb al-dukhn, 538
Raffi al-mushkilt fian bafi∂ fiulam√ Tuwt, 151 R. fian al-wird, 115
Ragh√ib al-mu˛tjın fial †arıqat al-Tijniyyın, R. fı db al-murıd, 219
225, 387 R. fı ahammiyyat al-ta√rıkh 56
al-Ra√ıs Shadhlı b. Jadıd, 386 R. fı akhbr al-jumufia, 165
R√iyyat al-wußül fı ˛ayt al-rasül, 46 R. fı ’l-akhlq, 48
Rajul asm√ Wusifi Tutu, 550 R. fı anwfi al-kufr, 269
Ras√il [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 87 R. fı ’l-awrd, 139
Ras√il bayn al-Bakk√ı wa-Akansüs, 133 R. fı ’l-awrd wa-kayfiyyat al-talqın wa’l-
Ras√il fı ˛ukm al-fiaqd fial ’l-˛iml min al-zin bayfia, 142
wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi, 260 R. fı bayn anwfi al-bidafi wa’l-kufr bi-bild al-
Ras√il fı nik˛ al-mutfia wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ Südn, 48
fıhi, 260 R. fı ’l-bidfia, 50
Ras√il fı sha√n ahl Msina wa’l-˛arb mafia al- R. fı ’l-dhikr wa-shurü† al-khalwa, 110
Faransiyyın, 644 R. fı fa∂l al-fiilm wa’l-fiulam√, 169
Ras√il il fiUthmn b. M. Fodiye, fiUmar al- R. fı ’l-˛a∂∂ fial ’l-jihd, 133
Fütı, A˛mad A˛mad, wa-ahl Tinbuktu, 133 R. fı ˛ukm dim√ al-Kuntiyyın wa-amwlihim,
al-Rashfat al-shfiya, 87 202
al-Raw∂a al-anıqa fı m yatafiallaq bi’l- R. fı ˛ukm al-taqlıd, 169
u∂˛iyya, 142 R. fı ˛uqüq al-nis√, 110
INDEX OF TITLES 749
R. fı ’l-if†r, 199 R. fı ’l-tafirıf bi-ahl al-ar∂, 128

R. fı ikhtilf al-fiulam√ fı ’l-tibgh, 63 R. fı ’l-taßawwuf, 28, 169, 184, 199, 219
R. fı fiilm al-˛isb, 62 R. fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-anbiy√ wa’l-awliy√ 193
R. fı fiilm al-†abıfia wa’l-falsafa, 193 R. fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 178
R. fı fiilm al-tawqıt 203 R. fı ’l-Tijniyya, 200
R. fı ’l-ımn, 169 R. fı ’l-ujra, 196
R. fı inkr al-÷ulm li-ibnayhi Mu˛ammad wa- R. fı ujrat al-a†ibb√, 87
˘ammdı, 110 R. fı fiuyüb al-ßadaq†, 196
R. fı ’l-irth, 165 R. fı wafayt fiulam√ Bü Jubayha , 634
R. fı ’l-istikhra, 87 R. fı ’l-wafi÷, 202
R. fı ithbt aßl imrat Igalld li-Kel-n-Sıd al- R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd,87, 111, 139
mustaw†inın fı ar∂ Bamba, 640 R. fı wußül al-thawb li’l-amwt, 63
R. fı jawb al-muta˛ribın, 87 R. fı ÷uhür al-khalıfa al-thnı fiashar, 213
R. fı jawz al-ujra li-mufiallim al-Qur√n, 196 al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya, 97, 11
R. fı kayfiyyat al-sulük, 87 R. il Abı Bakr b. Ghurul, 117
R. fı kayfiyyat ziyrat al-shaykh, 87 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr wa-Idrıs b. Nü˛,
R. fı ’l-kufr wa’l-ımn, 661 212
R. fı m yajibu fiamaluhu mafi fiUmar al-Fütı, R. il fiAbd Allh b. Alf fiAmm [al-Tinbuktı],
128 128
R. fı mad˛ al-shifir, 186 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Kann, 198
R. fı mara∂ al-bbüsh, 135 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 269
R. fı mushkilat al-zakt, 196 R. il abn√ A˛mad b. Hanün al-fiUbaydı, 106
R. fı naßı˛at ahl al-bawdı, 202 R. il abn√ Sh. Sı. A˛mad ∑li˛ fı sha√n kaff
R. fı nu†q al-∂d, 205 Kel Antaßar fian al-fasd, 88
R. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-faqıh fiUthmn al-Ghu†ayrif, R. il abn√ fiAlı b. Najıb, 87
186 R. il abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf, 87
R. fı ’l-radd fial m ishtamala fialayhi Khaß√iß R. il ahl Füta, 653
Mu˛yı ’l-Dın, 187 R. il ahl Jenne, 106
R. fı ’l-radd fial Ubbu, 191 R. il ahl Kunta fimmatan wa-il ahl al-˛all
R. fı ru√y ra√h [of Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. wa’l-fiaqd minhum khßßatan, 642
Abı Bakr al-Inükundarı], 183 R. il ahl al-‡lib al-Muß†af, 107
R. fı sha√n fiAbd Allh b. Khashün,165 R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf, 139, 142
R. fı sha√n al-a˛bs, 183 R. il A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh al-Waddnı, 117
R. fı sha√n a˛wl sukkn Tinbuktu, 110 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad, 128, 130, 644
R. fı sha√n fiaqd nik˛, 127 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad [from al-˛jj fiUmar],
R. fı sha√n bayfi ama fı qaryat Sraym, 116 219
R. fı sha√n il˛q al-walad bi-abıhi, 110 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad, 129
R. fı sha√n al-im√, 128 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Sh. A˛mad, 128
R. fı sha√n man yukhrij al-zakt min ardhal m R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı, 117, 128
fiindahu, 206 R. il A˛mad A˛mad al-Msinı fı sha√n ahl
R. fı sha√n m wajadtu min anwfi al-kufr wa’l- Sansandı, 644
bidafi al-mu˛arrama allatı l tu˛ß fı ar∂ al- R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo fı
Südn, 48 ˛urmat ∂ayfihi fiAbd al-Karım, 129
R. fı ’l-tafimul mafi al-naßr, 196 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo
R. fı ’l-†ahra, 139 al-Msinı, 129-130
R. fı ta˛rım al-hijra fı hdh’l-zamn, 116 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. al-Shaykh, 129
R. fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı, 196 R. il A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (or al-Bakky), 231,
R. fı taqßır al-wird, 87 642, 666
750 INDEX OF TITLES
R. il A˛mad b. al-Faqı, 105 R. il bafi∂ al-ikhwn [by Ibrhım Niasse], 295
R. il A˛mad b. ˘amad Samba Tta, 210 R. il Bdı b. Ma˛müd, 88
R. il A˛mad al-Madanı fı bayn m jar bayn R. il bafi∂ al-Kuntiyyın, 107
A˛mad al-Bakk√ı wa-fiUmar al-˘awsı, 222 R. il B-k-t, 139
R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Abı Bakr al- R. il ’l-faqıh Bb b. fiUthmn, 209
Msinı, 130 R. il ’l-faqıh Sadıd wa’l-‡hir fı mushkilat al-
R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-kha†ıb al- buyüfi, 656
Madanı, 105 R. il Fondoko, Sultan Msina, 107
R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo [al- R. il Ghuruwü b. Safiıd, 210
Msinı], 105, 130, 192 R. il ˘abıb Allh b. al-Mukhtr, 108
R. il A˛mad b. ∑li˛ al-Arawnı, 88 R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar, 130, 213, 660
R. il A˛mad b. al-Shaykh, 129 R. il ’l-˘jj b. fiUmar Abı Radda [Bü Radda]
R. il A˛mad Sıkü, 214 117
R. il A˛mad al-Tijnı, 187 R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd [from A˛mad b.
R. il A˛mad b. al-shaykh fiUmar, 238 A˛mad Lobbo], 212
Risla il ’l-akh ˘asan ’Njy, 444 R. il ˛kim ar∂ Adghgh 139
R. il fiAlı b. Sh. Sı. A˛mad wa-ikhwnihi, 88 R. il ˘mid b. A˛mad al-∑anhjı, 88
R. il ’l-fimil ˘ammd wa-q∂ı Kül†, 117 R. il Hanün b. Abı Yüsuf, 107
R. il ’l-amır fiAlı al-fiAshshrın Kak b. R. il Hanün b. Bayd, 88
Ma˛müd, 206 R. il Ibn amır al-mu√minın fiAbd Allh, 235
R. il ’l-amır Ba Lobbo, 128 R. il ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr [from A˛mad b.
R. il ’l-amır Ghuruwü b. Safiıd, 212 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 212
R. il ’l-amır al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütwı, R. il Ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr [from A˛mad
132 Lobbo], 209
R. il amır Ibn fiAbd Allh b. Sh. A˛mad, 130 R. il Ibn Hanün 154
R. il amır Kanü Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı, 295 R. il ibnihi A˛mad [from A˛mad Lobbo], 210
R. il amır Karshısh Sulaymn Baßaldı, 130 R. il ibnihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 107
R. il amır Msina al-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. R. il ibnihi al-brr Mu˛ammad wa-man
Abı’l-fiAbbs fı sha√n tarika, 644 mafiahu min al-talmıdh al-akhyr, 108
R. il Amır Minkali (?) A˛mad b. fiUthmn, 130 R. il ibnihi fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd, 88
R. il amır al-mu√minın fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. R. il ibnihi Mu˛ammad, 108
fiAshshb, 88 R. il ibnihi Sh. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, 108
R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. A˛mad, 644 R. il ikhwnin wa-a˛bbin wa-talmıdhin
R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-˘jj al-Marrkushiyyın, 128
fiUmar, 639 R. il jamfiat abn√ Abı Radda wa-ahl al-‡lib
R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al- fiAbd Allh, 108
Madanı, 231, 658 R. il jamfiat al-abn√ wa’l-ikhwn jamfiat
R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad abn√ fiammin Ibn al-Nafima, 89
b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı, 43, 117 R. il jamfiat abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf, 153
R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-Shaykh R. il jamfiat F-w-n-t wa-ahl Bahbal, 108
fiUmar, 639 R. il jamfiat Idaghmüs, 109
R. il amır al-mu√minın fiUmar b. Safiıd, 231 R. il jamfiat Iguelld, 89
R. il ’l-amır Safiıd b. al-Shaykh Safiıd, 654 R. il jamfiat al-Islm, 131
R. il ’l-amır fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr, 212 R. il jamfiat Jenne, 131
R. il Awld Dwüd, 107 R. il jamfiat Kel Antaßar, 89
R. il Bb A˛mad, 107 R. il jamfiat Msina [from al-˛jj fiUmar],
R. il Sı. Bb A˛mad A˛mad, 110 219
R. il Bb A˛mad b. fiUrwa b. ˘ammd, 139 R. il jamıfi al-ikhwn [from Mlik Sy], 311
INDEX OF TITLES 751
R. il kffat al-Süqiyyın, 184 R. il q∂ı Tinbuktü, 196

R. il kalafat Kunta, 134 R. il ’l-Q√id Abı Bakr al-Bsh, 89
R. il ’l-khalıfa A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. R. il ’l-Rashıd wa-Galajo, 110
Mu˛ammad, 109 R. il ’l-∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır, 89
R. il kulli mu√min wa-mu√mina, 89 R. il shaykhihi Mu˛ammad b. [Mu˛ammad]
R. il man jarrada al-†arıqa fian al-tarbiya, 305 Baghayogho b. Gur∂o, 174
R. il Masfiüd b. Manßur, 179 R. il Sidiyya b. al-Mukhtr, 110
R. il Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr, 210 R. il Sıdiyya wa-B Lobbo wa-fiAbd Allh b.
R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Gıg, 131 Abı Bakr wa-ghayrihim, 132
R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. √g-l-g, 131 R. il ’l-sul†n al-Almadı al-Mukhtr Bb al-
R. il Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı Faraj, 131 Kuntı, 89
R. il Mu˛ammad b. Afimar b. fiAlı b. fiUmar R. il ’l-sul†n Mu˛ammd al-Amın al-Knimı,
(◊msh), 109 219
R. il Mu˛ammad al-fi◊qib b. al-‡hir b. fiAlı, R. il tilmıdhihi fiˆs b. Ma˛ammad [from
106 A˛mad Lobbo], 211
R. il Mu˛ammad ˘awlan, 117 R. il ’l-fiulam√ wa’l-˛ukkm [from A˛mad b.
R. il Mu˛ammad Mawlüd wa-Mu˛ammad al- A˛mad Lobbo], 213
‡hir, 109 R. il ’l-umar√ wa’l-˛ukkm, 211
R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mbrak b. fiAlı, 139 R. il umar√ al-Kuntiyyın, 642
R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-Anßrı, R. il fiUmar ˘amad fı sha√n al-∂iyfa, 132
144 R. il fiUmar al-˘awßı, 117
R. il Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. 210 R. il Ufimar al-mulaqqab bi’l-shaykh By, 171
R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Nasab, 131 R. il fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Balla fı sha√n al-
R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya, 184 ∂arrt, 90
R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya fı sha√n R. il Wadıfiat Allh al-Fullnı, 132
al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya, 61 R. il Sıdı al-Wfı, 90
R. il Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 89 R. il Walwan (?) wa-Arwy, 117
R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sı. fiUmar al-Kuntı, 56 R. il ’l-walı al-ßli˛ al-˛jj Ballu fı sha√n al-
R. il ’l-mujhidın [from al-˛jj fiUmar], 219 itwt, 140
R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. A˛mad al-Kuntı, 654 R. il wazır Dawr ˘asan b. Müs fian al-
R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr mahdiyya, 145
al-Kuntı, 131, 210, 608 R. il Würam b. Alfa, 211
R. il Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır al-Kuntı fı ’l- R. il Yüsuf b. A˛mad, 133
awrd, 173 R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın, 117
R. il murıdihi al-ßdiq Galajo b. ˘amma, 109 R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın b. al-Bakk√ı, 134, 174
R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha, 134 al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya,
R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı, 139 90
R. il Niymı [Niamey], 284, 295 al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya
R. il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir, 109 ghayr al-fifiya 110
R. il qab√il al-Fulln, 131 R. la†ıfa mushtamila fial ˛ikam mufıda, 312
R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh, 210 Risla maftü˛a il sa√ir al-ikhwn wa’l-a˛bb fı
R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr Sammüd, 209 ’llh, 302
R. il ’l-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs b. R. al-manßür fı ’l-radd fial rislat Dasısat al-
fiUmar b. Zayyn al-˘asanı, 139 inkr, 616
R. il ’l-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Risla al-maymüna, 90
Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs al-˘asanı, 157 al-Risla al-maymüna al-muhimma al-
R. il ’l-q∂ı al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh, 132 mu˛tawiya fial jull al-naß√i˛ al-wuddiyya
R. ila q∂ı San Shirfi, 654 wa’l-irshdt al-bayyina al-qayyima bi-
752 INDEX OF TITLES
munsabat al-fitna al-†˛ina fial Tinbuktü ∑afiyyat al-fiibd, 501

wa’l-aqlım al-shimliyya 65 al-Sahm al-mußıb, 90
R. min jamfiat Tinbuktu il A˛mad A˛mad b. al-Sahm al-thwı fı a˛sh√ al-Bakk√ı al-ghwı,
A˛mad al-Fullnı, 645 642
al-Risla al-mubraka 220 Salm al-Tijniyyın, 387
Risla munıfa fı ußül bild Müshı, 560 Salmat al-muslim manü†a bi-tark al-kibr wa’l-
al-Risla al-muqaddasa fı ta√rıkh Füta Türu 347 kadhib wa-qa†fi al-ra˛im, 468
R. nfifia, 295 ∑alt rabbı mafia al-salm fial ˛abıbı khayr al-
R. al-Qur√n, 296 anm, 501
Risla shifiriyya il bafi∂ aßdiq√ihi, 371 al-∑alt wa’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-sda al-
R. al-tawba, 296 Mlikiyya, 246
Rislat jamfiat Tinbuktu il ’l-amır A˛mad b. ∑alt wa-taslım min al-Nfifi al-Mawl, 445
A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı, ∑alawt fial ’l-nabı, 91
648 ∑alawt wa-adhkr wa-adfiiya muhimma, 258
Rislat al-ri˛la al-thlitha, 559 Salwat al-a˛zn bi-tasliyat al-Qur√n, 250
Risla wa-ta√rıkh, 90 Salwat al-shujün fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ma√mün,
al-Risla wa’l-wilya wa-thamaratuh al-f√i∂a 282
bi’l-fay∂a al-Tijniyya 307 Sanat Asash bushr, 445
Rü˛ al-adab li-m ˛awhu min ˛ikam wa-adab, ∑anjat al-wazzn fı nawzil Arawn, 151
296 ∑arfiat al-hind li-affil al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra li’l-
Rü˛ al-˛ubb fı mad˛ al-qu†b, 296 fiabd, 50
Rü˛ al-labıb fı dhikr ˛ujub al-˛abıb, 608 Sard al-mas˛a, 100
al-Ruq wa’l-nushur wa’l-fiuwadh wa-aqwl alal-Sar˛a al-warıqa fı fiilm al-wathıqa, 590
fiulam√ fıh, 260 al-∑rim wa’l qa∂ıb fı qa†fi awhm ahl al-ßalıb,
Ruqyat al-fiayn 111 297
Rushd al-ghfil, 654 al-∑awfiiq al-ilhiyya fı ’l-radd fial turraht
Ru√y [of Ibrhım Niasse], 296 al-kan√is al-ması˛iyya, 246
Ru√y [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 94 ∑awrim al-˛aqq wa’l-intißr fı qa†fi afinq al-
mutafiaßßibın fial shaykhin min dhawı ’l-
al-Safida al-abadiyya fı ’l-tafirıf bi-fiulam√ inkr, 306
Tinbuktu al-bahiyya, 63 al-∑awrim al-hindiyya fı qa†fi al-dafiwı al-
Safidt al-murıdın fı amd˛ khayr al-mursalın, mahdiyya, 111
444 al-∑awm junna min al-nr, 481
Safidat al-†ullb wa-r˛a li-†lib al-ifirb, 445 Sawq al-˛abıb il fahm as√ilat Ibrhım al-labıb,
Sabab ˛arb Kunta wa-Kal Antaßar wa-nubdha fı 220
ta√rıkh ˆdnn, 642 ∑awt anßr al-fay∂a fı tabshır al-fiabd al-
Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd, 111 mufitaqid bi-m lahu min al-zawjt fı ’l-
Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd fı naßı˛at al-afid√ janna, 616
wa’l-˛ussd, 90 Sa-yajfial Allhu bafida fiusrin yusran, 399, 401,
Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd, 111 445
Sabıl al-salm fı ibq√ al-maqm, 297 Sayf al-˛aqq, 216, 220
Safar al-safida, 477 Sayf al-˛aqq fial nu˛ür al-Wahhbiyyın, 616
∑afariyya, 445 al-Sayf al-mud√im fial mad˛ khayr al-
al-Safına al-nfifia li’l-fiulüm al-dıniyya, 521 bariyya, 663
Safınat al-amnı al-munjiya li-qri√ih min sü√ al-Sayf al-ßaqıl fı radd fial rislat al-ktib al-
al-khtima wa-baly al-azmn, 445 ∂a√ıl, 608
Safınat al-amn li’l-kh√ifın lujaj al-nırn, 445 Sayr al-qalb li-mad˛ al-Muß†af al-˛ibb il
Safınat al-safida li-ahl al-∂ufif wa’l-nijda, 220 ˛a∂rat al-rabb, 297
INDEX OF TITLES 753
al-Shabb fı ’l-Islm: wjibtuhum wa- Shar˛ khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al- fiarab,
mushkiltuhun wa-fiiljuh, 260 312
al-Shabb al-muslim fı mahabb al-riy˛, 483 Shar˛ Khulßat Ibn Mlik, 151
al-Shabb wa-dawruhum fı ’l-Islm, 65 Shar˛ al-la√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-
Shfiyat al-qulüb, 176 ma˛sin al-ghurar, 246
Shfiyat al-qulüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 179 Shar˛ la†ıf fial ’l-abyt allatı ansha√tuh fı ’l-
Shajarat [nasab] Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-mulaqqab muthallath al-khlı al-was† al-firı min al-
bi-˘awad al-Anßrı il ◊dam, 199 ta∂fiıf, 112
al-Shakhßiyyt wa’l-amkin al-ta√rıkhiyya al- Shar˛ manqib al-sdt al-kirm min al-
madhküra fı ’l-Qur√n, 611 ßa˛ba, 15
Shams al-qaß√id al-ghurar fı tahni√at al- Shukr al-Mni˛ fı ri˛lat Ibn al-S√i˛, 631
shaykh fiUmar, 229 Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-˛adıth, 145
Shaq√iq al-nufimn fı ˛ayt fiUthmn, 350 Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-na˛w, 240
Shar˛ ahamm al-kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am, Shar˛ manzüma fı ’l-taw˛ıd (sürat al-ikhlß),
111 179
Shar˛ fial ’l-a˛dıth al-Maqqariyya, 140 Shar˛ man÷ümat A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ww,
Shar˛ fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik wa-I˛mirr Ibn 63
Büna, 160 Shar˛ man÷ümat al-faqıh Sı. fiUmar b. fiAbd al-
Shar˛ fial ’l-Bas† wa’l-tafirıf fı ’l-taßrıf 29 Karım li-mırth Khalıl, 140
Shar˛ fial ’l-Jawhara fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 202 Shar˛ Marqı ’l-ßufiüd, 157
Shar˛ fial Jumal al-Khünajı, 16 Shar˛ al-mawlidiyya fı ’l-far√i∂, 63
Shar˛ fial man÷ümat al-◊jurrümiyya, 159 Shar˛ mulaffaqt shawhid al-Khazrajı, 35
Shar˛ fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ubba li’l- Shar˛ Mul˛at al-ifirb, 177
◊jurrümiyya, 202 Shar˛ Muqaddimat al-Akh∂arı, 202
Shar˛ fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 14 Shar˛ na÷m al-◊jurrümiyya, 140
Shar˛ fiala ’l-na÷m al-Ma√müniyya min al- Shar˛ Na÷m K. al-shifa√, 525
mırth fı ’l-munsakha, 62 Shar˛ na÷m al-Tuwtı li-fiAqıdat al-Akh∂arı,
Shar˛ fial na÷m Niqyat al-Suyü†ı, 142 140
Shar˛ fial ’l-Qur†ubiyya, 16 Shar˛ al-qaßida al-fay∂iyya, 91
Shar˛ fial ßal† †alfiat al-dht al-mu†alsam, 91 Shar˛ Q. fı ’l-ifitiqd, 179
Shar˛ fial ’l-∑ughr, 17 Shar˛ qaßıda fı mad˛ al-nabı, 91
Shar˛ alf÷ al-naßı˛a al-kfiya wa’l-taqrıb lim Shar˛ qaßıdat Ibn Muqrifi, 47
i˛tawat fialayhi min al-fiulüm al-nfifia al- Shar˛ qaßıdat al-Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad
shfiya, 31 ˘ammag, 188
Shar˛ al-fiaqıda al-Burhniyya, 29 Shar˛ qaßıdat al-shahma wa’l-arya˛iyya bi-
Shar˛ asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 199 ßarm, 189
Shar˛ al-fiAwfı fı ’l-ßalt, 241 Shar˛ Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi, 253
Shar˛ al-Bjürı, 326 Shar˛ Risla fı mafinı kalimatay al-shahda,
Shar˛ bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ 580
Manfafiat al-ikhwn, 56 Shar˛ al-ßadr fı ’l-kalm fial ’l-si˛r. 468
Shar˛ al-hady wa’l-ßilt fı jamfi wa-na÷m Shar˛ al-ßadr wa-tanwır al-qalb bi-bayn
Muba††ilt al-ßalt, 143 maghfira m nusiba li’l-jnib al-nabawı min
Shar˛ al-˛amdala, 661 al-dhanb, 29
Shar˛ ˛izb al-asrr, 111 Shar˛ al-∑ughr, 29
Shar˛ Ibn fi◊shir, 157 Shar˛ sullam al-tarqiya, 43
Shar˛ Irshd al-slik, 269 Shar˛ sürat al-Fti˛a, 446
Shar˛ ism Allh al-afi÷am, 111 Shar˛ takhmıs Ibn Mahıb li-fiishrıniyyt al-
Fzzı, 17
754 INDEX OF TITLES
Shar˛ takhmıs qaßıda fı rith√ fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Sihm al-masdüda fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-
al-Aghllı wa-Shaykh By al-Kuntı, 536 ˛asada, 133
Shar˛ takmilat al-Bij√ı fial ’l-lmiyya, 35 al-Sihm al-musaddada il nu˛ür al-shunt al-
Shar˛ al-†ar√if al-qudsı [al-qudsiyya], 94 ˛asada, 112
Shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd fial ’l-maqßür wa’l- al-Si˛r al-˛all fı m bayn al-˛arm wa’l-˛all,
mamdüd, 44 195
Shar˛ al-Tu˛fat al-miskiyya wa’l-naf˛a al- Sil˛ ahl al-khawf, 446
Makkiyya, 180 Sil˛ al-ßli˛ın fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-†li˛ın, 297
Shar˛ waßy ’l-rasül (ßalfiam) fı ˛ijjat alal-Silsila al-Qdiriyya, 446
widfi, 260 Silsilat ajdd Mu˛ammad al-Jumfia b. Mamm,
Shar˛ Wasılat al-ßibyn, 525 184
Shawhid al-mızn li-shifir al-fiurbn, 250 Silsilat al-fiarabiyya li’l-†alaba al-ifrıqiyya, 625
al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı: ˛aytuhu wa- Silsilat al-dhahab fı dhikr af∂al al-nasab, 468
afimluhu, 381 al-∑indıd, 446
al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys, 386 al-Sinighl wa-al-istifimr al-firansı, 382
al-Shaykh al-Tijnı huwa ’l-qu†b al-maktüm, Sirj al-muslimın min al-sunna wa’l-kitb al-
297 mu˛kam, 476
Shifir al-ßibyn fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı, 227 Sirj al-naf√is wa-fiilj al-waswis, 115
Shif√ al-asqm al-firi∂a fı ’l-÷hir wa’l-b†in al-Sirr al-akbar wa’l-kibrıt al-a˛mar, 297
min al-ajsm, 147 al-Sitr al-d√im li’l-mudhnib al-h√im, 4, 112
Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm, 282 al-∑iym ˛ukmuhu wa-˛ikamuhu, 260
Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ Sayyid al-anm, 297 al-Siysa al-sukkniyya wa-na÷rat al-islm il
al-Shif√ fı mad˛ al-Muß†af, 345 ’l-mas√ala, 382
Shif√ al-ghalıl, 374, 563 Su√l al-mas√il wa’l-nawzil, 275
Shif√ al-ghalıl wa-ir˛at al-fialıl fı shar˛ al-sifr Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiaq√id al-taw˛ıdiyya,
al-awwal min Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 653 607
Shif√ al-˛uzn wa’l-gharm fı jawb al-ukht al- Su√l wa-jawb fial fiaqıdat ahl al-sunna al-
ßdiqa fiAnta Manm, 446 musammt bi’l-Murshida, 606
Shif√ al-ßadr fı man ˛a∂ara waqfiat Badr, 277 Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiAwfı, 607
Shikyat al-dın al-Mu˛ammadı il rifiyat al- Su√l al-rthı, 591
muwakkalın bihi, 50 al-Sullam al-asm al-asn il samfi al-asm√
Shikyat al-ma÷lüm, 597 al-˛usn, 112
Shudhür al-adhkr al-m˛iya li’l-awzr, 112 Sullam al-bayn fı ˛urriyyat al-südn, 57
Shukr al-munfiim, 616 Sullam al-ithbt il saqf al-najt min m∂ı al-
Shukr rabb al-filamın, 394 dhunüb wa’l-tı, 142
Shufilat al-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al- Sullam al-murıd fı-m ya˛tju ilayhi fı ’l-
mukhtr, 250 drayni min al-Malik Majıd, 321
al-Shumüs al-A˛madiyya fı ’l-fiaq√id al- Sullam al-najt fı ’l-tawassul bi-aß˛b al-najt,
Mu˛ammadiyya, 91 617
al-Shumüs al-†awlifi bi-÷alm m u˛ditha fiind Sullam al-ri∂wn bi-dhawq ˛alwat al-ımn, 89
al-qubür min mankir al-bad√ifi, 142 Sullam al-wildn il mafirifat ˛ukm al-niswn,
Shurü† al-mufimalt fı af∂al al-diynt, 333 250
∑idquhum, 446 Sullam al-wußül fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-rasül,
∑ifat al-˛jj Ma˛müd, 582 447
∑ift al-imm wa-mas√üliyyatuhu fı ’l-Islm, al-Surür bi-Rabıfi al-awwal shahr al-surür, 251
260 Surür al-jannn bi-awßf al-jinn, 251
∑ifat al-janna wa-m fıh, 552 Suyüf al-safiıd al-mufitaqid fı ahl Allh ka’l-
Tijnı fial raqabat al-†arıd al-jnı, 220
INDEX OF TITLES 755
by Cerno Mamadu Luuda Dalaba, 499

Tafiqub al-layl wa’l-nahr,. 347 Tafsır sürat al-ikhlß, 262
al-Tafiwun al-ifrıqı al-fiarabı, 386 Tahdhıb al-aqwl wa’l-radd fial ’l-
Tabkıt al-mufitaqid wa-tabkıt al-muntaqid, 190 Ibrhımiyya, 624
Tabkiyat al-Bakk√i, 117, 119, 128, 235 Tahdhıb raw∂ al-qinfia, 560
Tablıgh al-nis√ fı tadhkır al-nis, 264 Tahdhıb al-waraqt al-˛aramiyya fı ’l-tafßıl
Tabshır al-kh√if al-˛ayrn wa-tadhkıruhu bi- bayn shurü† al-jumufia al-wujübiyya (wa-) ’l-
safiat ra˛mat Allh al-Karım al-Mannn, 468 ad√iyya, 187
Tabßirat al-anm fı anna al-fiilm huwa al-imm, Ta˛dhır al-umma al-Mu˛ammadiyya min ittibfi
298 al-firqa al-A˛madiyya al-Banjuliyya al-
Tabßirat al-anm fı jawz ru√yat al-Brı fı ’l- Ghanbiyya, 527
yaq÷a wa’l-manm, 298 al-Ta˛dıth wa’l-ta√nıs fı ’l-i˛tijj bi-[alf÷] Ibn
Tabßirat al-mukhtr fı anna sadl al-yad sunnat Idrıs, 29
al-Mukhtr, 61 Ta˛iyyat al-multaq fı ’l-fikr al-islmı al-tsifi
Tabßirat al-†ullb bi-mabdi√ al-˛isb, 328 fiashar, 386
Tabyın al-a˛km fı isti˛bb tafsır al-khu†ba, 262 Tahni√at al-fim bi-m waqafia fıhi min al-
al-Ta∂mun al-Islmı, 260 infim, 195
Tadhkira li’l-nsı fian al-waq√ifi li’l-nsı, 573 Ta˛qıq al-mabnı fı †arıqat al-khatm al-Tijnı,
Tadhkirat al-ghfilın fian qub˛ ikhtilf al- 352
mu√minın, 220 Ta˛qıq al-maql fı ÷ill al-zawl, 328
Tadhkirat li-ißl˛ dht al-bayn min al-fi√atayn Ta˛rır al-aqwl fı trıkh al-Sinighl, 333
al-fia÷ımatayn, 510 Ta˛rır al-kalm fı-m yanqu∂uhu ’l-qu∂t wa’l-
Tadhkirat al-mustarshidın wa-fal˛ al-†libın, ˛ukkm, 37
221 Tj al-jawhır fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-kawthar, 391
Tadhkirat al-nisyn fı akhbr mulük al-südn, Tajribatı, 386
41 Tajrıb al-qalam wa’l-midd fı dıni mufi†ı al-
al-Tadhyıl al-jalıl al-fiadım al-mathıl, 91 sadd, 447
Tadhyıl wa-takhmıs li-qaßıdat al-Badamßı al- Takdhıb al-mul˛id al-˛asüd Salmn Rushdı al-
‡√ı, 563 ma†rüd fı-m iftar fial ’llh min zawr
Tafrıj al-qulüb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-ma˛büb, buhtn wa-sabb al-rasül wa-tabdıl al-
477 Qur√n, 321
Tafßıl al-ımn wa-arknihi, 66 Takhmıs al-Burda, 573
Tafßıl fiuqüd al-jumn bi’l-durr wa’l-marjn, Takhmıs fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar b.
469 Safiıd, 637
Tafsır yat al-kursı, 261 Takhmıs al-mımiyya al-ßughr, 510
Tafsır yat al-nür, 261 Takhmıs mımiyyat al-Yadlı fı mad˛ al-nabı, 49
Tafsır al-basmala, 94 Takhmıs Q. Allhu lı fiudda, 629
Tafsır <huwa ’l-awwal wa’l-khir wa’l-÷hir Takhmıs Q. lmiyya li’l-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 112
wa’l-b†in>, 261 Takhmıs qaßida li-Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı, 534
Tafsır Juz√ fiamma, 261 Takhmıs qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar,
Tafsır mafinı al-Qur√n al-karım, 298 231
Tafsır qißr al-suwar (Sürat al-Ikhlß wa’l- Takhmıs al-qaßıda al-Shaqr†ısiyya, 563, 664
Mufiawwidhatayn), 611 Takhmıs al-qaßıda al-Shaqr†isiyya fı mad˛ al-
Tafsır al-Qur√n: nabı, 664
by Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh al- Takhmıs qaßıdat al-˛jj fiUmar, 226
Süqı al-Tinbuktı, 61 Takhmıs qaßıdat al-Shaykh A˛mad Akansüs,
by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. 177
Anbüja, 229
756 INDEX OF TITLES
Takhmıs Q. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘awsı fı Tanbıh al-ikhwn fı dhikr al-a˛zn, 591

mad˛ awld al-˛jj fiUmar, 222 Tanbıh al-kuhül wa’l-murd fial ta˛rım lafib al-
Takwın al-fi†ilın, 386 shi†ranj wa’l-nard wa-ghayrihim min al-
al-‡alq kam yajib an yakün fi ’l-islm, 382 lafib al-shghil fian dhikr Allh al-Fard, 190
‡alfiat al-urjuwn, 115 Tanbıh al-mdi˛ al-muqallid fial m kna
Ta√lıf fı ’l-adhkr wa’l-awrd, 133 fialayhi salaf Tinbuktu fı ’l-mawlid, 66
Ta√lıf fı ’l-qa∂√ wa’l-˛ukkm, 37 Tanbıh al-mushil li-taqhum al-ns, 661
Ta√lıf fı ’l-wirtha, 657 Tanbıh al-mustafıd min ba˛r fa∂l Allh al-mufıd
Tafilıl al-˛urüf al-hij√iyya li-awld al-madris fial ’l-mustarshidın, 559
al-Islmiyya, 608 Tanbıh al-ns fial shaqwat nqidı bayfiat Abı
Tafilım, 447 ’l-fiAbbs, 275
al-Tafilım al-fiarabı wa-fiulüm al-fiarab wa- Tanbıh al-shı fian al-ßalt bi-nußüß al-Qur√n
˛a∂ratuhum wa-ahammiyyatuh fı ’l-filam al-Karım wa’l-a˛dıth al-nabawiyya, 617
al-Islmı, 261 Tanbıh al-shı fı nawzil al-Shaykh al-Jabhı,
Tafilım al-ßibyn ˛urüf al-Qur√n, 607 170
Tafilıq fial ’l-risla al-maymüna, 57 Tanbıh al-slik fial aw∂a˛ al-maslik, 526
Tafilıq fial aw√il al-Alfiyya, 29 al-Tanbıh wa’l-irshd, 626
Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Ibn ˘jib, 29 Tanbıh al-wqif fial ta˛rır <wa-khaßßaßat
Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Khalıl, 17 niyyat al-˛lif>, 30
Tafilıq fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 158 Tanfıs al-ßli˛ın, 327
Tafilıq fial ’l-Murdı, 36 Tanqiyat al-afhm min shubuht al-awhm, 469
Tafilıq fial rajaz al-Maghılı fı ’l-man†iq, 15 Tanwır al-baß√ir wa’l-afhm bi-˛ukm ˛ashr al-
Tafilıq fial ’l-taghayyurt al-wqifia fı ’l- ajsm bafid al-ifidm, 30
˛uküma al-sinighliyya, 461 Tanwır al-fu√d fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd, 484
Tafilıq fı ’l-akhlq, 661 Tanwır al-qulüb bi-takfır al-afiml al-ßli˛a li’l-
Tafilıq wa-†urar nabbaha fıh fial hafawt li- dhunüb, 30
shurr˛ Khalıl wa-ghayrihi, 32 Tanwır al-ßudür wa-tas’hıl al-umür, 447
Talkhıß al- afilm li-arkn al-islm, 333 Tanzıh al-akrim fian tazwıj al-ma˛rim, 133
Talkhıß Jüd al-mawjüd, 44 al-‡qa al-dharriyya al-muwajjaha li-afid√
Talkhıß al-manhaj al-islmı fı ’l-tarbiyya, 342 khayr al-bariyya, 298
al-Talkhıß al-mufıd fial Rislat Ibn Abı Zayd, Taqyıd mufıda, 469
44 Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-ßüfı, 5, 380, 489
‡alfi al-munfafia fı dhikr al-munzafia, 591 Taqrıb awqt al-ßalt wa’l-ßiym, 460
Tamrın al-†ullb, 326 Taqrıb al-ßilt fial Qawfiid al-ßalt, 607
al-Tamyız wa’l-taf∂ıl bayn al-wfidın wa’l- Taqrı÷ li-kitb ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial
˛ujjj, 559 ’l-munkir al-muntaqid, 189
Tanqud fı bayn al-zunüj fiinda ra√ıs Senghür, al-Taqw, 343
386 Taqwım al-kaffa fı m li’l-fiulam√ min ˛adıth
Tanbıh al-adhkiy√ fı kawn al-shaykh al-Tijnı al-janna, 506
khtim al-awliy√, 298 Taqwiyat al-∂afiıf fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-Qur√n al-
Tanbıh al-aghbiy√ fial isti˛lat ru√yat Allh sharıf, 298
tafil bi’l-abßr fı ’l-duny sharfian li-ghayr Taqyıdt mukhtaßara fial Nayl al-ibtihj, 27
khtim al-anbiy√, 326 Taqyıd fı ’l-asm√ wa’l-˛urüf, 113
Tanbıh al-bint al-muslima fı ’l-dın wa’l -duny, Taqyıd fı khawßß al-˛izb al-sayfı, 221
305 al-‡ar√if al-ßughr, 118
Tanbıh al-ghfilın fı farsh al-afirsh fı a˛km al-‡ar√if wa’l-tal√id min karmt al-
lu˛üq al-walad bi’l-firsh, 61 shaykhayn al-wlida wa’l-wlid, 113
Tanbıh al-ikhwn, 388 Tarbıfi abyt al-˛jj ∑li˛, 575
INDEX OF TITLES 757
Tarbıfi al-Burda, 591 Ta√rıkh khulaf√ al-Füqiyyın (i.e.al-Fütiyyın),

Tarbıfi kitb al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya, 590, 591 470
al-Tarbiya al-islmiya, 342 Ta√rıkh khurüj Kal-Antaßar min al-Madına al-
al-Tarbiya al-Islmiyya min al-risla al- munawwara, 641
Mu˛ammadiyya, 626 Ta√rıkh Kunta 111, 112
al-Tarbiya al-islmiyya wa-ahdfuh, 392 Ta√rıkh al-Madanı, 526
‡ard al-fujjr, 494 Ta√rıkh mamlik al-Watariyyın min Ghum, 560
Tar˛ıb mushayyafi bi’l-tabshır il khayr ’l- Ta√rıkh Msina, 45
drayn, 447 Ta√rıkh Msina wa-Nifima wa-Bsikünü wa-
Tafirıf al-fiash√ir wa’l-khilln bi-shufiüb wa- qabılat al-Süqiyyın, 645
qab√il al-Fulln, 225 Ta√rıkh mulük bild Müshi wa-a˛wlihim, 560
al-Tafirıf bi-shurü† al-bayfi wa-ta˛dıdihi, 205 Ta√rıkh al-Muslimın, 567
Ta√rıkh al-shaykh Abı Adda wa-awldihi fı Ta√rıkh al-muslimın fı zamn, 550
Arawn, 165 Ta√rıkh al-Slimiyya, 526
Ta√rıkh ahl al-Süq, 172 Ta√rıkh al-S˙kü ’l-Sikuru fa-li’llhi al-˛amd
Ta√rıkh ahl Tariwari min Mandi, 567 wa’l-shukr, 263
Ta√rıkh ahl Wala, 567 Ta√rıkh al-Shaykh Sulaymn, 550
Ta√rıkh fiAlı Ÿ uuÿa Ndian, 500 Ta√rıkh al-südn, 14, 40
Ta√rıkh Arawn wa-Tawdannı, 157 Ta√rıkh tadhkirat al-immiyyın fi bildin Wa,
Ta√rıkh Askiya, 647 569
Ta√rıkh asm√ rua√s√ wa-mulük ‡üb Küru, Ta√rıkh al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya min al-Maghrib
649 il baqiyyat mudun Ifrıqiyya, 66
Ta√rıkh Azawd, 63, 633 Tafirıkh al-‡awriq wa-˛urübuhim mafia al-
Ta√rıkh Azawd fı akhbr al-Barbısh wa- Naßr hına dukhülihim Tinbuktü, 649
˛urübuhim mafia al-Rigaybt wa-Hoggr Ta√rıkh al-türudbe, 469
wa-Idnn wa-Ifoghs wa-dhikr bafi∂ Ta√rıkh Ulliminden, 649
akbirihim wa-dukhül al-Naßra fı Tinbuktü Ta√rıkh wa-nasab Awld ˘assn bi-Azawd, 90
wa-ghayr dhlika, 633 Ta√rıkh wa-nasab bafi∂ abn√ ˘assn, 640
Ta√rıkh Banı ˘assn fı Azawd, 633 Ta√rıkh waft abın shaykhin al-mufiallim
Ta√rıkh Barbısh Azawd, 634 Hrün Jr, 595
Ta√rıkh Daghabwı, 596 Ta√rıkh waq√ifi al-Barbısh wa-na÷muhu, 166
Ta√rıkh Dna, 469 Tafirıkh waq√ifi al-Fulln, 635
Ta√rıkh al-fattsh fı akhbr al-buldn wa’l- Ta√rıkh al-Watariyyın wa-bafi∂ mamlik al-
juyüsh wa-akbir al-ns wa-dhikr waq√ifi Südn al-Faransı wa-ghayrih wa-fiulam√
al-Takrür wa-fia÷√im al-umür wa-tafrıq al-bild, 559
ansb al-fiabıd min al-a˛rr, 38 ‡arıq al-janna fı faw√id min Kitb al-minna, 57
Ta√rıkh Fittuga , 236 ‡arıq al-jinn fı mad˛ sayyid Banı fiAdnn, 277
Ta√rıkh Füta Jallü, 222 Tarjamat A˛mad Bü ’l-Afirf wa-ibnihi
Ta√rıkh al-˘jj fiUmar, 327, 639 Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Bü ’l-Afirf, 66
Ta√rıkh al-fiilm, 559 Tarjamat al-mu√allif [Ibrhım Niys], 302
Ta√rıkh Imjaghan, ay ‡awriq Imshaghan Tarjamat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-
wa-nubdha min aßl Kal al-sük, 633 Mukhtr b. al-‡lib fiAbd Allh al-Shinqı†ı al-
Ta√rıkh iqlım Ashantı, 592 Waltı, 57
Ta√rıkh al-Islm fi Bübü, 560 Tartıb jmifi al-Mifiyr, 30
T√rıkh jmifi ‡üb, 454 Tas’hıl al-marm [fial shar˛ fiaqıdat sürat al-
Ta√rıkh Jenne, 641 ikhlß], 176, 177
Ta√rıkh Karamoko Ba, 497 Tashnıf al-dhn bi-m athn ’l-Qur√n fial ’l-
nabı al-ammn, 251
758 INDEX OF TITLES
Tash†ır qaßıdat Mu˛ammad al-Watarı, 560 ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-
Tasliyat al-ma÷lüm, 599 fiAbbs, 299
Tasliyat al-wßilın wa’l-firifın fı ithbt al- Tazawwud al-shubbn il ’ittibfi al-Malik al-
tarbiya wa’l-˛a∂art wa-ifir∂ fian aqwl al- Dayyn, 448
munkirın, 617 Tazawwud al-ßighr il jinn Allh dhı’l-anhr
Tathqıf al-mufiawwaj fı nu†q bafi∂ al-˛urüf, 197 fı ’l-taw˛ıd wa’l-fiqh wa’l-taßawwuf, 448, 457
Ta√thır al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-lugha al- Tazyın al-mamlık fı ta√rıkh ÷uhür Amirık, 475
wulufiyya, 394 al-Thabat al-Kabır, 506
Tatimma fı dhikr amthila †abaqat al-mujtahidın al-Thabat al-ßaghır, 506
al-thaltha min s√ir al-madhhib al-arbafia, Thabat shuyükhihi [of Alfa Hshim], 225
561 Thalth mu˛∂art, 260
Tawassul abytihi mutawwajun bi-˛urüf ism alal-Thamar al-ynifi fı ’l-ımn li-man tamassaka
ßa˛bı ’l-jalıl (fiAmr b. ˘usayn), 363 bihi, 617
Tawassul al-asıf bi’l-nabı al-sharıf il rabbihi al-Thamar al-ynifi fı raffi †uruq al-musalsalt
al-La†ıf, 324 wa’l-ajz√ wa’l-jawmifi wa-dhikr †uruq al-
Tawassul fı ’l-tafwı∂ wa-†alab al-fiilm, 362 taßawwuf wa-m lah min al-tawbifi, 506
Tawassul li-hıf÷ al-Qur√n, 363 Thamarat al-fay∂a, 617
Tawassul li’l-khißl al-˛amıda, 363 al-Thaqfa al-Islmiyya juz√ min al-˛a∂rt al-
al-Tawassult, 448 ifrıqiyya, 349
al-Tawba al-naßü˛ al-jliba li’l-futü˛, 447 Thawra janziya fiumruh arbafiat fiashara sana fı
Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla li-man yarümu dalılan fial ’l- ’l-fiIrq, 383
†arıqa al-ßüfiyya, 617 ‡ibb al-jinn fı ’l-qaß√id al-˛isn, 261
al-Taw∂ı˛ fı tafsır qawlihi tafil <Udhkurünı al-Tibyn fı mafinı ßiy˛ al-˛ayawn, 251
adhkurkum> wa’l-kalm fial ’l-munkirın, al-Tijnı fial burj al-tuq, 374
617 al-Tubbu tabbu, 387
Taw∂ı˛ al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra, 271 al-Tu˛fa, 175
al-Taw∂ı˛t al-bası†a fial ’l-man÷üma alal-Tu˛fa bi-m yajüzu wa-ya˛rumu min al-
Bayqüniyya, 246 tadwı wa’l-fiuwadh wa’l-ruqya, 247
Tawfıq al-Mannn fı shar˛ Maslik al jinn, 457 Tu˛fat ahl al-˛∂ira bi-m yanfafi al-˛ajj
al-Taw˛ıd huwa al-ass, 483 siyyam bi’l-†jira, 299
al-Taw˛ıd wa-dalıliuhu min al-Qur√n al-majıd, Tu˛fat ahl al-jibl fı mafirifat a˛wl al-rijl, 91
260 Tu˛fat al-a˛rr fı mad˛ nür al-anwr, 608
al-Taw˛ıd wa’l-shirk, 342 Tu˛fat al-akys bi-ajwibat al-imm Khayr al-
al-Tawfiiya, 262 Dın b. Ilys, 506
Tawliyat al-imma fı Düri [Dori] wa-Libtkü, Tu˛fat al-arıb al-najıb fı muntakhabt faw√id
643 [var. faw√id abraznh min] al-Raw∂ al-
‡awq al-fiiqyn fı jawmifi kalim al-Qur√n, 251 khaßıb, 57, 105
Tawsifiat al-fiilm wa’l-fiirfn li’l-shuyükh wa’l- Tu˛fat al-asfr fı adhkr al-safar, 152
shubbn, 298 Tu˛fat a†yib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b Si. Abı
Tawßiyat al-a˛bb alladhına bafiudü fiann wa- ’l-fiAbbs, 284
tabshır, 298 Tu˛fat al-a†fl fı ˛aq√iq al-affil, 299
al-Ta√yıdt al-rabbniyya li’l-jamfiat al- Tu˛fat al-awld wa’l-˛afad, 255
Tijniyya, 236 Tu˛fat al-awwh fı takhmıs astaghfir Allh, 448
Taysır, 312 Tu˛fat al-fikr fı zakt al-fi†r, 392
Taysır al-fiasır, 448 Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√ bi-bafi∂ fa∂√il al-fiulam√, 30
Taysır al-fiasır fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-bashır, 448 Tu˛fat al-ikhwn fial takhmıs rayy al-÷am√n,
Taysır al-wußül il ˛a∂rat al-rasül, 299 388
Tu˛fat al-labıb wa-bughyat al-˛abıb, 75, 178
INDEX OF TITLES 759
Tu˛fat al-mudarris, 624 Urjüzat al-wildn fı mafirifat al-Islm wa’l-ımn

Tu˛fat al-muta∂arrifiın fı ’l-twassul bi-asma√ al- wa’l-i˛sn, 609
mufa∂∂alın, 449 al-fiUßra al-ßfiya fı sulük al-shawmis fı ’l-
Tu˛fat al-muttaqın wa-junnat al-mutawaqqın ukhuwwa fı shu√ün al-dafiwa wa’l-i†ra wa’l-
min al-umar√ wa’l-wuzar√ wa’l-qu∂t al- bifitha 66
muwaffaqın, 146 Ußl al-fiilm wa’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya wa-fa∂√il
Tu˛fat al-ßdiqın li’l-rghibın fı ’l-fid√, 618 mawln al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı ß˛ib
Tu˛fat al-sawlik, 525 al-maziyya, 307
Tu˛fat al-ßibyn, 607 Uss matın wa-aßl ßa˛ı˛, 449
Tu˛fat al-fiushshq fı mad˛ Abı Is˛q, 608 al-Ustdh al-kfı [fı] fiilmay al-fiarü∂ wa’l-
Tu˛fat al-z√ir fı shar˛ Ibn fi◊shir, 177 qawfı, 469
al-Tu˛fa al-fiu÷m, 508 Ußül al-fiqh, 115
Tunkuyaw, 592
Turjumn al-maql wa-rfifi al-ishkl bi-shar˛ Wa-amm bi-nifimati rabika fa-˛addith, 421
Mina˛ al-Fafifil fı ’l-ußul, 113 Wa-amm m yanfafiu ’l-nsa fa-yamkuthu fı
‡uruq mafirifat al-qibla, 460 ’l-ar∂i, 424
Wa’l-balad al-†ayyib yakhruju nabtuhu bi-
al-fiUjla al-fiajıba fı ’l-radd fial ahl al- idhn Allh, 399
khußüßiyya, 178 Wa’l-balad al-Tayyib yakhruju nabtuhu bi-
al-Ukhüwwa wa’l-ßadqa, 460 idhn rabbihi, 449
al-fiUlam wa’l-islm 342 Wa’dhkurü ’llha fı ayym mafidüdt, 421
fiUmdat al-Islm wa-bustn al-fiulam√ wa’l- Waft al-Muß†af ßall ’llhu fialayhi wa-
firifın fı ta˛sın al-÷ann bi’llh, 623 sallam, 299
fiUmdat al-mukhbir il ßift ahl al-kufr, 561 Wa˛y al-fiaqıda fı s˛at al-sharıfia wa’l-˛aqıqa,
Umm al-kitb: manzilatuh wa-faw√iduh, 262 395
fiUnwn al-†irz fı ’l-ri˛la il ’l-˘ijz, 327 Wa-innaka la-fial khuluqin fia÷ım, 449
fiUqüd al-jumn fı radd al-bidafi wa-tabyın Wa-inna laka la-ajran ghayr mamnün, 424
sunnat al-rasül al-mannn, 253 Wajh al-ibtihj fı ’l-dhayl fial ’l-Dıbj, 27
al-fiUr al-aqw fı mad˛ al-ghawth dhı’l-jadw, Wajh al-ta˛qıq fı kawn jmifi Madına huwa ’l-
609 fiatıq, 288, 300
Urjüza fı ahl Badr, 510 Wajjahtu, 449
Urjüza fı ’l-fiaq√id, 221 Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilh, 449
Urjüza fı fat˛ bild al-Takrür, 631 Wa-kna ˛aqqan fialayn naßr al-mu√minın, 421
Urjüza fı khalq al-nabı, 525 Wa-kun min al- shkirın, 421
Urjüza fı ’l-khunth al-mushkil, 561 Wa-laqad karramn banı ◊dam, 424
Urjüza fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al- Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahü, 449
Kabır, 239 Wa’llhu fial m naqülu wakıl, 422
Urjüza fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar wa-awldihi, 222 Wa-m dhlika fial ’llhi bi-fiazız, 427, 450
Urjüza fı ’l-mırth, 598 Wa-m fiinda ’llhi khayrun wa-abq, 422
Urjüza fı najm dhı dhanab, 598 Wa-min ∂arari nr al-duny, 450
Urjüza fı ’l-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al- Waqnı ˘afı÷un, 424
a˛dıth al-nabawiyya al-sharıf, 57 Waqfiat Kinshin, 494
Urjüza fı naßr al-Tijniyya, 187 al-Waqf, 387
Urjüza fı shar˛ sürat al-ikhlß, 179 Wa-qul rabbi anzilnı munzalan mubrakan, 422
Urjüza fı ’l-taßawwuf, 189, 229 al-Waßy al-mufıda fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya,
Urjüza fı ußül al-fiqh, 525 347
Urjüza Sayyid al-dufi√, 218 Waßy [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 91
Urjüzat al-tawba, 299
760 INDEX OF TITLES
al-Wasıla al-mubraka bi-asm√ Allh al- Wathıqa fı sha√n laf÷ kalimat <tarhm> al-
˛usn, 113 triqiyya, 193
Wasılat al-anm fı m yanqasim fial a˛km al- Wathıqa fı sha√n tan÷ufi fial br, 197
sharıfia, 136 Wathıqa fı ta√mın Jwandu kibr, 133
Wasılat al-mun fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, Wathıqa fı ’l-tafiziya fial waft akhın al-˛jj
known as Taysir, 312 al-Tijnı fiUthmn, 300
Wasılat al-mundı, 176 Wathıqa fı waft San Shirfi, 175
Wasılat al-muqarrabın il ˛adrat al-matın, 312 Wathıqa il ’l-muslimın [from al-˛jj fiUmar],
Waßılat al-rubü˛ fı tadhyıl al-tawbat al-naßü˛, 222
450 Wa-waßßayn ’l-insn bi-wlidayhi ˛usnan, 422
Wasılat al-ßibyn, 525 Wa-yazıd Allh alladhına ihtadü, 423
Wasılatı wa-shfifiı fı thubüt al-i˛tijj bi-alf÷ al- Wa-yufiallimukum Allh, 423
imm al-Shfifiı, 30 Wiqyat al-mutakallimın min al-la˛n al-
Waßiyya [by Sh. By al-Kuntı], 140 muthallim, 143
Waßiyya [by Ibrhım Niasse], 300 Wird [of the Mourides], 451
al-Waßiyya al-fkhira al-mushtamila fial
khayray al-duny wa’l-khira, 114 Y khayr ∂ayf, 433
Waßiyya il ’l-amır al-˘asan b. al-Khiya, 170 Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAnnı
Waßiyya il Mukhtr, 450 fial khayr al- bary A˛mad, 418
Waßiyya il ’l-shaykh ◊dam Gy, 450 Y nru künı bardan wa-salman fial Ibrhım,
Waßiyya il tilmıdhihi al-˛jj fiAbd Allh b. al- 423
˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-Shaykh Ikina, 92 Y mukrim al-∂ayf, 433
Waßiyya il ’l-tilmıdh Sayyid al-Wfı b. ‡lib, Y s√ilı 451
92 Y †liban ri∂ ’l-fiAlı, 451
Waßiyya li-awldihi, 133 al-Yqüt wa’l-jawhar fı khalq ß˛ib al-tj wa’l-
Waßiyya li-bafi∂ al-ikhwn, 170 mighfar, 251
Waßiyya li’l-bashır A˛mad al-Madanı, 114 al-Yqüt wa’l-marjn fı mad˛ shaykhin
Waßiyya li-Momar Nıy al-Kajını, 450 ˘imyat al-Ra˛mn, 265
Waßiyya li-murıdihi Ma˛müd b. al-˛jj al-Ajıjı, Y sayyidı y Muß†af y dh ’l-nad, 418
114 Yasurru rasül Allh, 424
Waßiyya li-qabılat Kunta, 140 Yatımat al-laylı fı ifhm fiulam√ Tanylı, 92
Waßiyya man÷üma [of al-˛jj Mar˛ab], 561 Yawqıt al-ßilt fı taqrıb mawqıt al-ßalt, 461
al-Waßiyya al-mubraka, 450 Yawm fishür kullu fim wa-kullu yawm, 451
al-Waßiyya al-nfifia, 94 Yawm al-mawlid fim baksash, 452
Waßiyyat al-murıdın, 450
Waßiyyat al-shaykh, 451 Zd al-musfir wa-kifyat al-˛∂ir, 315, 368
Waßiyyat al-shaykh fiAbbs ˛awla ’l-ßalt, 374 Zd al-musfir wa-qüt al-˛∂ir, 435, 443
Waßiyyat al-shaykh al-akbar il ’l-murıdın, 451 Zajr al-ikhwn fian shurb al-khamr, 316
Waßiyyat al-shaykh li-a˛ad al-murıdın, 451 Zajr al-qulüb, 312
Waßiyyat Sukhna Penda Diop, 400 al-Zand al-warı fı takhyır al-mushtarı, 31
Waßiyya wajıza fı ’l-taßawwuf, 92 al-Zawj fı ’l-sharıfia al-Islmiyya, 611
Waßiyya wa-kitb fı fiilm al-sirr, 114 Zawj al-Muslim min al-kitbiyya wa-aqwl al-
Waßiyyat al-wlid [of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Bah], fiulam√ fıhi, 260
517 Zawl al-albs fı †ard al-shay†n al-khanns, 92
Wa’ßrif middı wa-qalmı li’l-ßawb, 451 Zawraq al-kh√i∂ fı fiilm al- farfii∂, 477
Wa†anı wa-fiıd al-istiqll, 387 al-Zin wa-thruhu, al-sayyi√ a fı sulük al-
Wathıqa fı bayn ghazawt al-˛jj fiUmar, 226 Muslim wa-shiddat ftihi fı ’l-mujtamafi, 66
Wathıqa fı ’l-mırth, 133 Zınat al-fityn fı fiulüm al-dın al-mußn, 143
INDEX OF TITLES 761
Ziydat al-jawhir min yawqıt alf÷ wa-durar Zuhür al-bastın fı ta√rıkh al-sawdın, 463, 469
˛ikam fı funün fiulüm shatt, 300
Zubdat faw√id jawhir ras√il al-shaykh
Ibrhım Anys, 618
(ii) Dagbane
Nißb al-dhahab, 597
Yughu Tulani, 550
(iii) French
Definite articles (“le, la, les”) are ignored in alphabetization.
Afin que tu deviennes croyant, 487 Le Guide du Parfait Tijânî aspirant à la
L’Afrique aux Africains, 301 perfection, 307
Les bases de la voie Ahmadiyya at-atijania, Huruf: Composition à partir des lettres de la
395 “Sallatul Fatihi” de Cheikhal Khalifa
Les bienfaits de l’éternel ou la biographie Seydi Ababacar Sy (RTA). Les
de Cheikh Ahmadou Bamba Mbacké, ruissellements de la splendeur, 313
453 Histoire des Yâlalbés, 470
Ce qu’il faut savoir pour la prière. Réparer L’islam en Afrique, 487

les erreurs commises à son sein, 487 L’Islam et la paix mondiale, 247
Le chemin de la croyance vers la foi, 347 L’Islam et ses détracteurs, 247
Chroniques du Fouta Sénégalais, 470
Le Code de la famille musulmane, 487 “Lettre pastorale”, 572
Le Coran, Français-Peul, 488 La loi islamique du travail, 488
Lumières sur la Tijâniyya, 301
Dimensions de l’Islam selon le Coran et la
Sounnah, 343 Mahomet: sa mission, 247
Le droit chemin dans la pratique islamique La mission sacrée ou l’histoire du Futa
parfait, 489 Toro, 347
Musulmans, pouvoir et société d’après les
L’église actuelle, est-elle chrétienne au dits et les écrits de Son Eminence
Paulinienne?, 247 Serigne Madior Cissé, 342
L’Essentiel sur le maouloud à la mosquée
Ihsaan, 343 Niche des Secrets, 343
L’Essentiel sur la Purification, 343
L’état islamique: ses spécificités et ses Les Obligations d’un Tidiane des deux
caractéristiques, 487 sexes, 488
Étude sur des expériences en cours L’Or décanté, 310
d’exécution sur l’état actuel de
l’utilisation de l’alphabet arabe dans Perles précieuses de l’éducation islamique,
l’enseignement formel et non-formel au 245
Mali, 247 La philosophie du pélerinage et ses lieux
saints, 488
762 INDEX OF TITLES
La Prophétie, la sainteté et leurs fruits, 307 dévoiement des hommes des églises
chrétiennes, 247
Réflexions de Serigne Abbas Sall sur Sindidu: “le généreux chef”, 447
l’éducation ou l’utilité du savoir, 369
Réflexions mystiques de Serigne Abbas Sal, Le Timbi (Hier et Aujourd’hui), 503
363 Les trois étapes de la religion, 301
Règlements religieux du jeûne du mois de Les Trois Grandes Figures de l’Islam en
Ramadhan (rite malékite), 244 Afrique, 476
Sauvegarde des élèves des medersahs des
étudiants et toute notre jeunesse Le vrai et le faux: L’islam au Sénégal, 488
musulmane contre les tentatives de
(iv) Fulfulde
Some titles are in Arabic, but the language of their content is

Fulfulde.
Almaamiiÿe suudu soriyaa’en, 520 Hla ¯Saihu al-Hajji Omaru Kedewıyu bı
Amicale ko fâbo, 515 Seıdı, 638
Asko Farba Sek, 495
Jaljalooÿe Labe, 520
Bel ∂eeji nduu adunaaru dey ko ∂i tooke Jawaabu kitaale Fuuta-Jaloo, 514
514 Juulen e Muhammad, 512
Juuragol qabru Nulaa∂o, 512
Dabareeji al-Hajji Ngaari Mbeewa, 520
Darngal, 500, 518 Kaaweeji jamaanu hannde, 517
Dewgal haa daagal, 503
Maasibo yanii yonii en, ee ko yurmi, 499
Ewnagol fii jangugol, 514 Majaa∂o Alla gaynaa li, 512
Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya, 461
Fewndo dabbunde, 516 Mantugol nula∂o Muhammadu jom fbo,
Fewndo setto, 516 517
Fı aynugol nai, 516 Mantule Faatu Seydi, 496, 520
Fı burüre, 516 Musiÿÿe jangee nanon, 508
Fı gandal, 516
Fı no Fulÿe hewtiri Füta e no ÿe moyyhiniri Nangen golle e soobinagol, 519
dawla Fulÿe, 516 Nharıji leydi meen, 517
Fı remugol, 516
Fii Hubbu no feeñirnoo Fuuta-Jaloo, 500, Oogirde malal, 496, 512
519
Fuuta hettii Ÿ uttu, 516 Qaßıda [on al-˛jj fiUmar], 639
Q. fullniyya, 510
Gantara, 497 Qaßıda fullniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b.
Gime Pular, 517 Safiıd, 226
Gimol fii Faatunnde Siriifu ¯©™seyx Abdallaa
Sagale, 517 ¯ Sayku Juhe Boowe-Geme, 495, 519
INDEX OF TITLES 763
Taariika fii ngurdan Tyerno Muhammadu Waajor∂i jiyaaÿe wonÿe e rewde wur∂o mo
Mamba Mombeyaa, 503 mayaataa, 518
Taariika Fuuta Jaloo, 503 Woo fow no fota, 521
Taarixa Almaamiÿe Fuuta-Jaloo, 521
Tafsır al-Qur√n [poem], 499 Yarlo∂en Faransi, 519
Yeewirde Fuuta, 502
La Vie d’El Hadj Omar: Qaçida en Poular, Yewtere Makka e Madiina, 515
232 Yıtere nden no ila gondi, 518
Zuljalaal, 515
Waaju, 522
(v) Gbanyito
Q. fı ’l-wafi÷, 546
(vi) Hausa
In addition to the titles below, there are some untitled Hausa poems,
e.g. pp. 593, 595.
al-Akhbr Samuri daga mutanen Wa, 568 Rikicin khunth, 606
al-Akhbr Samuru, 566
al-Akhbr sarauta Wa, 568 Sabon Tsari na-Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr, 630
al-Akhbr Sarki Safu Buli, 568 Shikashikin ilman gado, 607
al-Akhbr Wala kasamu, 566
al-Akhbr Zabarima, 568 Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke daga surat al-ns
Asalin Daghunba da Nanunba, 597 zuwa sürat al-Fıl, 625
Asalin fara’ili, 606 Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke na mai da nisa
kusa Juz√ fiAmma, 625
Gado da magada,607 Tarihin Ilorin, 592
Tarihin Kabi, 592
Kundin waªoªi n Imru√ al-Qays ∂an ˘ujri, 593 Tarihin ºasar Hausa, 592
Tariyon asalin Gonjawa de Cumbulawa da
Labarin Shamuri, 566 Nawurawa, 546
Labarin Zabaramawa. 565
Waªar Nasara, 592
Magana Muslimi na daurri, 567 Waªar Talauci da wadata, 593
Magana Wala, 567
(vii) Kotokoli
Yandiya, 598
764 INDEX OF TITLES
(viii) Songhay
Titles are in Arabic, but the language of their content is in Songhay

Q. fı dhamm al-tabk, 154 Q. fı ’l-naßı˛a wa’l-tawaßßul bi’l-awliy√ al-
mu˛ı†ın bi-madınat Tinbuktü li-raffi al-fitna,
65
(ix) Wolof
Most titles are in Arabic, but the language of their content is Wolof.
Itijn, 384 Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya, 461
Jaz√ al-shakür, 461 Q. Dalıl al-ßidq il †arıq al-˛qq, 372
Koly Soundiata, 321 Q. sullam al-muhtadı wa-fialam al-muqtadı, 372
INDEX OF FIRST LINES
The definite article “al-” is ignored in alphabetization; but this does

not apply to prepositions such as fı, bi, fial, etc. Tanwıns are also
included in alphabetization.
(i) Arabic
Afidhanı ’l-Bqı min al-shay†nı * fiInda Adfiüka y dh ’l-fiarshi ya Mutafilı * Y Rabbı
mamarrı wa-fı ’l-aw†nı. 434 y wlı wa-nifim al-wlı, 124
Afidhanı ’l-Mnifiu min kulli lafiını * Bi-qadrihı Adfiüka dh ’l-jalli mubasmil * wa-mu˛asbil
fa-qultu ˛abbadh ’l-mufiınü, 431 wa-mu˛awqil wa-mu˛amdil, 456
A-fidhilı ’l-˛ablu min Salmka mafßülü * Wa’l- Afadtanı m lam tufidhu jılı * Sudtu bi-dhka
fiahdu muntaqi∂un wa’l-fiaqdu ma˛lülü. 355 jamifia jılı, 458
A-afiyi m yadüru fı ’l-khuldi l * Am an l fiAfat al-diyru bi-dhı ’l-†ulü˛i li-wdı * Dht
afiı wa-lam alqa bl,334 al-maßyafi li-Mayyata wa-Sufidı, 484
A-bad burüqun tahta jun˛i ÷almı * Am wajhu Af∂alu m yu∂maru fı fu√di * Taqw ’l-ilh
Mayyata am rubüfiu shammi, 311 al-khliq al-fiibdi, 377
Ab ’l-˛abıb salıl al-qu†bi ’Uthmn * wa˛ıdu A-fı ’l-bası†ati ghayr Allahi mafibüdü * Bi’l-
fiaßrika ta√yıdan wa-fiirfn, 329 ˛aqqi am fı ’l-sam√i li’l-ghayri mawjüdü,
Ab ’l-rabıfiu siw ’l-idbri bi’l-nifiamı * Min 314
bafidi iqblihı bi’l-fiar∂i wa’l-nifiamı, 429 A-fı ’l-kawni man yarjü maqman li-A˛mad *
fiAbbsu Sall fı ’l-˛arbi fiAbbsu asad * Wa-lam Wa-shaykhı Abı ’l-’Abbsi writhi A˛mad,
yushbih jüdahü jüdu a˛ad, 483 373
fiAbd al-fiAzız afiirnı qalba üßıka * Waßiyyatan A-fı ’l-kawni man yushfı ghalılı wa-ghullatı *
fianka tashfı kulla m fıka, 314 Wa-yakshifu awj’ ∂an√ı wa-ghammatı, 374
Abda√u bi-bi’smi’llh al-W˛id al-Qahhrı * Aflata shams al-dıni idh nma ‡h * Thumma
Thumma ßaltuhu fial ’l-nabı al-Mukhtrı, fiamm al-war ÷alm al-∂allı, 299
537 Aghit˛ aghith y mughıth al-kawn lı kurbı *
Abshir bi-khayrin fa-inna ’l-naj˛a ma˛tümü * Bi’l-Muß†af ’l-muntaq min jumlat al-
Wa-kullu m qaddar al-Ra˛mnu marsümü, fiarabı, 290
82 Aghnnı ’llhu Rabb al-jinni wa’l-basharı * fiAn
Abshir fa-anta bi-˛abl Allhi mawßülü * L al-fian wa’l-adh bi’l-shukri wa’l-bushrı,
takhsh faqran fa-inna ’l-fiahda mas√ülü, 81 420
A-dafinı [or A-dafika] dfiı ’l-bayni bi’l-ijhrı A˛adu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı
* Y nafsi inna al-khayra fı ’l-asrrı, 61 sammaytahu Mu˛ammad, 410
fi◊dtı ’l-dahra fiibdtun li-man * Lahu ’l- Ahja kalkalı ˛la shawqı * Li-faqdi sliki †arıqi
bary wa’l-fifil wa’l-zamanü, 434 ’l- ˛aqqi, 461
Adhülı tarki ’l-lawma lam asta†ifi ßabr * bal A-hjaka yawman wa’l-fat, 638
amrı suyül al-damfii aw anzil al-qabr, 329 A-hja qalbaka barqun kh†ifun lamafi * Ta˛t
Adfiu il ’l-ilhi bi’l-taw˛ıdı * Wa-m ra√aytu al-duj wa-fial ’l-qalb al-jaw khalafi, 357
fianhu min ma˛ıdı, 400
766 INDEX OF FIRST LINES
A-˛aqq an at min fiinda A˛mada A˛mada * A-l fa’stabshir al-muslimına bi-naßr Allhi
Mu˛ammad in sayyidd al-fiabdi wa’l-fiabdu wa’l-khayrı, 204
aswada, 122 A-l ˛alla fı ’l-dri ∂ayfun lan * karımu n
A˛babtu Rabb al-filamin * mafia ’l-amıni wa’l- bißa˛bin kirmin hun, 335
amın, 420 A-l innanı arjü min al-wsifii ’l-˛aqqı * Bi-jhi
Ahd bi-˛amdin li-man lı thabbata ’l-qadam * ’l-muqaff nßiri ’l-˛aqqi bi’l-˛aqqı, 432
Nifima ’l-Shakür alladhı lı yashkuru ’l- fiAl innan nuhnıka bi’l-bishri wa’l-khayri *
khidam, 420 Bi-tazwıjika ’l-fiadhr√a fakhran fial fakhri,
Ahlan wa-sahlan bi-∂ayfin z√irin tı * bi-kulli m 314
shi√ta min anwfii khayrti, 370 A-l inna Rabb al-fiarshi akrama A˛mad *
Ahlu Yandih ahlu khayrı * Zdahum Rabbı fialayhi ßaltu ’llhi m adh’haba ’l-fiid,
nawl, 589 434
A˛madu mughniy an tafil fian sinah * Wa- A-l innanı uthnı fial khayri munfiamı: * Wa-l
kna lı bi-kulli shahrin wa-sanah, 434 ashtakı li’l-khalqi man faqada anfiumı, 423,
A˛madun ’l-mukhtru mil˛u ’l-nsi * 429
Khidmatuhü ta˛mı fian al-adnsi, 400 A-l inna ’l-zamna la-dhü ’ghtiylı * Wa-
Ajbanı Rabb al-sam * Wa’l-ar∂i bi-’lladhı yan÷uru ahlahu na÷ara ifitillı, 60
sam, 435 A-l khalli ’l-taghazzul wa’l-taßbı * Wa-dwi
fiAjaban li-man fiarafa ’l-hidyata wa’btagh * ’l-d√a bi’l-qalb al-mußbı, 353
Wa-bi-nüri ‡h lam yakun mustaßbigh, fiAl kulli fiabdin kalimatu ’l-˛amdi wa’l-shukrı
331 * Li-khliqihi ’l-Mannni fi ’l-sirri wa’l-
fiAjab al-dahri an ya√ummu Sanghüru * Baladan jahrı, 360
kna issahu Latjüru, 385 A-l kullu awrdi ’l-shuyükhi ’l-nüri * Baßırata
Ajru ’l-Karımi ’l Rfıfii ’l-Shakür * Dafi man yarfi shurü†an wa-yadhkuru, 331
kulliyatı il ’l-shukür, 434 A-l l˛a shaybun bayna fawdı wa-hmatı *
fiAkaftu fial bb al-nabiyyi Mu˛ammadı * Wa- Wa-bayya∂a fa˛mı mundhiran lı nihyatı,
man ftanı lam ulfa min dhka safü, 291 334
Akhı anßit il ˛adıthı * Li-mad˛i khayr al-war A-l layta shifirı hal li-shifirı fı ’l-azal * Qubülun
’l- qafiıthi, 337 lad ’l-mukhtri wa-law aqall, 355
Akhliß akhı fiibdatan fı ’llhi * Wa-l takun A-l layta shifirı hal yar ’l-nsu m ar * Min
musı√ah ka’llhı, 379 al-˛aqqi aw yabdü lahum m bad liy, 609
Akshif ˛ijba ÷ulmat al-dahm√ı * Y †ayyib al- A-l layta shifirı hal yafiülu lı ’l-amrü * Il jamfii
nufiüti wa’l-asm√ı, 101 shamlin kna farraqahü ’l-dahrü, 360
A-l abligh banü qaynın shu√ün * Min al- A-l malı˛ al-shifiri anshid fa-nasmafi * wa-l
kalimt türithuhum shujün, 198 tajfialna dhikra ’l-ghanjti ma†lafi, 329
A-l abligh il ’l-nafar al-mufidı * fiAl man fialayya wa-lastu ßadı˛ * Lahü kullu
Mughalghalatan tunbi√u bi’l-saddı, 80 fimin hady, 447
A-l ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu qümü * Il taghyıri A-l man lı bi-fiansin jalmazız * Tusfiidunı bi-
aw∂afi al-rafiy, 337 naßßin aw hazız, 199
Al l dujiya fikrun bihi anta tufakkirü * Wa-l A-l min sabılin müßilin dra fiirfnı * Li-Fsin
fiumiyat fiaynun bih anta tabßirü, 103 il dardsin dri i˛snı, 376
A-l fa-hal man yamurru jnib al-Jazfiı * Il fiAl ’l-muntaq khayri ’l-bary Mu˛ammadı
’lfiAqıqi fa-Dhı ’l-majzi fa’l-Salfiı, 573 * Salmıka khallid y ilhı bi-A˛madı, 400,
A-l fa’r˛al ß˛ibayya li-an nar * Ghazlan 426
fiarnı †ayfuhu fnı√ al-kir, 574 fiAl ’l-Muß†af minnı ßaltun taqı ∂ayr * Jihtı
A-l fa-’smafiü minnı niy˛ata h√imı * Li- kam yuf∂ı il na˛wı ’l-khayr, 447
hawlin shadıdin h√ilin mutarkimı, 317 A-lam ya√ni bafid al-shaybi minka rujüfiü * Il
†fiat al-mawl wa-anta mu†ı fiü. 367
INDEX OF FIRST LINES 767
A-l nufiiyat lan bintu ’l-hummi * saq Allhu akbar m dh qad nafi al-nfiı * Min
jadathan lah thawbu ’l-fiammi, 456 mawt shaykhin hdh il ’llhi dfiı, 116
A-l qul li-man yaghdü yufarriqu ikhwn * Allhu akbar min siwhü wa-afi÷amu * Wa-
Wa-yaq†afiu ar˛man wa-yanßur al-shay†n, afiazzu minhu wa-minhu ay∂an akramu, 331
377 Allhu akramu man afi† wa-man wahab *
A-l qul li-man ya√wı li-shaykhı wa-yaddafiı * Wa-khayru man bi’l-adh wa’l-sü√i qad
Ma˛abbatahü fal-yastamifi lı wa-yusmifiı, 357 dhahab, 399
fiAl raghmi anf al-jhil al-mutafiaßßibı * Li-kulli Allhu Allhü Rabbı l sharıka lahü * Man
akhin jahlin tafassaqa mudhnibı. 368 a˛san al-khalqa taqdıran wa-ajmalahü, 119
A-l ra˛im al-ilhu akhı wa-˛ibbı * Ab Bakrin Allhu Barrun Ra˛ımun Bri√un A˛ad * Bqin
fat√ı wa-ra√sa ßa˛bı, 291 Badıfiun wa-Ra˛mnun wa-Multa˛ad, 419
A-l shamsu ’l-hud †alafiat fialayn * Bi-hmdi Allhu fa∂∂ala bi’l-mazy fs * Bayn al-qur
’llhi na˛nu ’l-muslimın, 337 wa-khußüßan al-dards, 361
A-l tahda√u ’l-rawfitu fın bi-la˛÷atı * Wa- Allhu ˛asbı idh m azmata fia÷mı, 234
qad ˛alla hdh ’l kha†bu fın bi-shiddatı, Allhu ˘ayyun ∑amadun wa-Bqı * Sub˛nahu
375 dhü kanafin wa-wqı, 102
A-l y ab zaydin fian al-˛aqqi fa-’f˛aßi * wa- Allhu khayru ˛afı÷ in ˛fi÷un abad * Wa-
in kunta lam taqdir fa-qallid li-darqaßi, 330 khayru Rabb in bi-khayri ’l-dhikri qad
A-l y fiadhülı l talumnı fial ’l-˛ubbı * Fa- fiabad, 426
hadhka law tadrı thaqılun fial qalbı, 331 Allhu Mughnin Wsifiun wa-∑amadu * fiAlayhi
A-l y Dafidu way˛aka nabbi√ını *, 311 jalla wa-fial afitamidu, 426
A-l y ˛ammata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tıni Allhu Rabbı A˛adü * [...] al- ∑amad alladhı
li-ilfin †ar, 574 huwa ’l-ilhü, 434
A-l y jamfiata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tünı li- Allhu Rabbi filimun bi-shif√ı * W’hwa ’l-
alaqin †ar, 574 Qadıru fial ’l-shif√ı, 80
A-l y mlik al-mulki ’l-fia÷ımı * Laka ’l- Allhu Ra˛mnu Allhu Ra˛ım * ∑alli fial ’l-
˛amdu ’l-˛adıthu mafia ’l-qadımı, 335 nabı ’l-ummı fiabd al-Ra˛ım, 472
A-l y qawmu fa’stamifiü ’l-˛adıth * Bi- Allhu sharrafa man bi’l-fa∂li khaßßaßahu *
mad˛i’l-Muß†af ’l-nadbi ’l-mughıth, 331 Wa-kna fı qab∂ihi wa’l-bas†i asrrü, 103
A-l y sayyid al-sdti man qad * Tasarbala Allhu sub˛nahu man sh√ahu yahab *
bi’l-mahbati wa’l-waqrı, 103 Yunaffidhu ’l-˛ukma l yafiy wa-l yahab,
fiAlayya akramta y mawlya fı safarı * Y 515
jliban kulla khayrin mnifian ∂ararı, 371 Allhu yafißimunı min kulli mahlakatı *
A-l ÷ahar al-fasdu fı ’l-barri wa’l-ba˛rı * Bi- Kadhka yafißimu aß˛bı min al-fitanı, 218
m kasabat aydı unsin dhawı ’l-kufrı, 335 fiAllilünı bi-fat˛i Makkata shams * Li-˛urübi
A-li-dhikri layl idh atatka bi-manzilı* al-nafsu ’l-Hdı bi-düni qitlı, 282
˛zat fıhi kulla mu√ammalı, 400 Al†if bi-lu†fika y La†ıfu bi-khalqihi * Bi’l-
Alikan a†yaba ’l-ulükati minnı * ˘diya ’l-fiısi ghaythi tabfiathuhu sarıfian mughdiq, 85
li’l-qir wa’l-sandı, 372 A-man huwa bi’l-fiadli mawßüfun wa’l-karamı *
A-li-mu√min ill ’l-ri∂ bi-qa∂’√ı * Maliki ’l- Wa-bi’l-kamli wa-bi’l-i˛sni wa’l-qidamı,
mulüki wa-maliku ’l-ashy√, 367 82
fiAliyyan Kabıran Mlik al-mulk Qhir * fiAl A-man sirruhü na˛w al-mulibbına qad yassar *
kulli jabbrin afinı al-kulla fi◊liy, 127 Taraffaq bin wa-la-tubdil al-fiusra bi’l-yusrı,
Allhu af∂alu man dhü ’l-khawfi qad laja√a * 84
Lahü wa-akramu man bi’l su√li qad faja√, A-man tashakk min shab (?) ˛absihi * Abshir
428 bi-nürin l˛a min shamsihi, 81
Allhu akbar inna ’l-fiumra firiyyatü * wa- ◊mantu Rabban l sharıka lahu wa-l * Abadan
kullu firiyatin l budda mardüdü, 330 yur li-qa∂√ihı min mufsid, 387
A-Mayya shqatki ha†† ßirta ˛ayrn * Aw hal Ar ’l-mu˛arriku li’l-ashy huwa ’llhu *
tahımu bi-dhikr Dafidin haymn, 589 Huwa ’l-musakkinu m fı ’l-kawni illhü,
A-min ∂a˛ik al-ghammi ar ammı * San 364
barqin am iftarrat ummı, 355 Arn ilhı ’l ˛aqqa wa√l-˛qqu w∂i˛u * Wa-
A-min dhikr ikhwn al-˛aj atamalmalu * Am za˛za˛a fiann ’l-˛ayfa wa√l-nüru l√i˛u, 377
al-rakbi aghr ’l-wajda idh yata˛ammalü, Araqqu salmı min raqıq widdikum * Taruqqu
102 ˛awshı washyıhi wa-tarüqü, 103
A-min tadhakkari jırnin bi-dhı Salamı * Ariqta Ar rü˛ı turıdu ’l-majda * Wa’l-khayrti wa’l-
laylan †awılan bhir al-÷ulamı, 591 fiizz, 336
A-min tidhkri laylin ariqtu damfi * fiAl ’l- Ard ’l-murıdi min al-a˛wli shuhratuhü *
khaddaynı am habba riy˛ü, 171 wa’l-ßıtu fa’˛dharhum taßil il ’l-˛li, 379
A-min †üli ’l-fiuhüdi am al-tan√ı * tar tarakü Ari˛ al-nafsa l tukallaf ill * Wusfiah fa’l-
qawnına ’l-sam√ı, 336 Tijnu afijaza fiaql, 359
Ammananı al-jamılu khayra ’l-munzali * Min Ariqat li-barq al-firi∂ al-mutamallilı * fiAynki
∂arari ’l-afid√i wa’l-tazalzuli, 435 fa’nhamat bi-damfiin musbilı, 147
fiAmmara ’llhu fimiran wa-rawn * M ku√üs Asfiad Allhu dhü ’l-jalli jallah * maliki ’l-
al-dbi qad nwaln, 337 maghribi ’l-mufı∂i nawlah, 365
fiAmmat jiht al-ar∂i anwfi al-fitan * Fı sanatin A-∑li˛u fa’fham m na÷amtu wathıqat *
ta√rıkhuh sharrun qa†an, 474 Was√ilu ˛ubbin fıhi’l-˛aq√iq, 590
An fiabduka al-kaslnü wa’l-fiaybu ÷hirü * As√aluka ’llhumma lu†fa ’l-khßßi * Mafia
Fa-khudh bi-yamını l tadafinı li-afid√ı, 101 stiqmatı fial ’l-ikhlßi, 378
An fı zimmı Mu˛ammadin wa-dhimrihi * fiAßamanı ’l-Khliqu min ∂arari m * Khalaqa
Khayr al-war fı nafsihi wa-nijrihi, 126 aw yakhluqu ∂urrı ’nßaram, 407
An l as√alu nafsı * Mithla Suqr†a wa-Hubsi, A-shams un tabaddat fı san ufuqi ’l-safidi *
341 a∂√at dujunti ’l-ghayhibi min bufidi,
An al-shribu ’l-rayynu qad dhuqtu min 365
qablu * fa-ßa˛wiya bafida ’l-shukri y ˛ibbu A-shqatka a†llun fiawfı ’l-mafilimi * bi-dhti
y khillu, 457 ’lliw fal-mun˛anı fal-makhrimi, 456
Anshidan y mu√arrikhan li’l-anmı * Na÷ma A-shqatka ’l-mafihidu wa’l-fiadhr * Wa-
ta√rıkhin bi-˛usni ni÷mı, 574 f∂at gharbu fiaynayka iddikr, 360
Anta ’l-Qadıru ’lladhı athnayta nafsaka l * Ashhadu anna ’llha jalla wa-fial * [……],
Ya√tı bi-˛amdika arbb al-faß˛t, 483 423
A-nusıta fa-anta man yansk * Li-m hdha Ashkü ilayka wa-l ashkü il ’l-nsı * Faqrı
’l-dawiyyu fı dhikrk, 383 wa-dhullı wa-taqßırı wa-iflsı, 84
Aqsmu dın Allhi dhı ’l-jamlı * (.... ) al- s√il Ashkü wa-˛uqqa lı ’l-shakw il wlı * fiafwi ’l-
bi-’l-ml, 404 kha†y ’l-mufifı sü√a a˛wlı, 363
Aqülu bafid al-˛amdi wa’l-salmı * fiAl ’l- Aßıghü il mad˛ al-walı ’l-mukammali *
rasüli fiumdat al-Islmı, 629 khitmi ’l-wilyt al-fialı ’l-mufa∂∂alı, 331
Aqülu bi-bi’smi ’llhi y Ra˛mnü * Ra˛ımu y Aßikh y man yukhallı bi’l-ghawnı * Wa-
Mannnu y ˘annnü, 478 rannti ’l-mathlithi wa’l-mathnı, 366
Ar ’l-duny ta˛illu bih ’l-bary * Mufint Asıru mafia al-abrri ˛ına asıru * Wa-÷annu ’l-
al-maß√ib wa’l-baly, 367 fiid annı hunka asıru, 422
fiAraftu li-Salm bi’l-yaf√i maghniy * fi◊dat Asqi† wa-akhmil wa-fir y †lib al-lı * Jhan
li-sawnı ’l-mufißirti bawliy, 314 wa-dhikran muw∂ifian fian ikhbli, 376
Arka tafi†ı ’l-shifira wa’l-qalbu h√imü *fiAl Astaghfir Allh al-fia÷ıma wa-atübü * Ilayhi min
zamanin fıhi’l-fußß˛u bah√imü, 460 ÷awhirin wa-min ghuyüb, 435
Astaghfir Allha mimm kuntu ffiilahü * Atübu
li’llhi mimm kuntu q√ilahü, 321
Astaghfir Allha min naqßı wa-min nafsı, 234 Afiüdhu bi-llhi min al-shay†nı * Wa-†ayyib
Astaghfir al-ilha ghfir al-dhunübi * jamıfiaha al-mamarri ka ’l-aw†nı, 411
wa-stiran kulla fiuyübi, 378 Awfia÷tu nafsiya min amr al-kha†ı√tı * khawf
Astawdifiu ’llha ’l-karım ’l-kfı * al-mnifia ’l- al-suqü†i fial raw∂ al-baliyytı, 317
˛afı÷ dh ’l-al†fi, 362 Awjada lı wujüdu man lahü ’l-qidam * Fa∂lan
A†ba lı’l-mamarru ka’l-aw†ni * Bq i n fia÷ıman dünahü kasba al-khidam, 435
afidhanı min al-shay†ni, 434 Awrathta fiabdaka wa-jraka al-kitb * y
Atfiaba nafsahu ’lladhı qad jr * Khayra m˛iyan fianhu jawliba ’l-fiitb, 435
shafıfiin r∂a lı ’l-fujjr, 444 Awwalu m awjabahu ’l-Ra˛mnü * qa†fian fial
◊tnı ’l-akramu m fqa ’l- ÷unun * min al- ’l-mukallafi al-ımnü, 409
khuyüri wa-˛amnı fian anın, 435 A-y akhn al-filim * Jiddu bi-fiulüm al-
◊tnı ’l-akramu m yaghbi†unı * Fıhi siwya fiulam, 534
mkithan fı wa†anı, 435 A-y ilh al-filamın * Wa-munzil al-dhikr al-
Atnı amrun min amırı wa-fiindan * Dawmu mubın, 46
’mtithl al-mar√i amran mufiayyan, 329 A y mdi˛an layl wa-zaydan wa-khlid * wa-
◊tnı ’l-afi÷amu Rabbı al-akramü * Wa’nqda khilan wa-tajan hal nasıta Mu˛ammad?, 337
lı min dhı ’l-jaml al-karamü, 429 A-y man idh fiujn yuqawwimu m bin * Bi-
◊tnı ’l-dhikr al-˛akım al-∑amadü * Wa- himmatihı f’†rud jamıfia rawfiidı, 378
qdahu il yadayya Mu˛ammadü, 435 A-y man turıdu al-fiizza wa’l-majda bi’l-fakhri
◊tnı ’l-kitba Rabbı al-A˛adü * Wa-innahü al- * Fa-dünaka fa’†lubh lad ’l-shaykhi dhı ’l-
akramu nifim al-multa˛adü, 435 naßri, 479
A-tar shukra shkirin li-jaw√i * jda bi-’l- A-y man yabtaghı yumn al-kirmı * A-l
malali wjiban am jamıl, 337 fa’dnu il mad˛ al-jummı, 608
A-tarawna fı ’l-Sinighla †abban yu˛kimu * A-y qßidan Kghü fa-fiuj na˛w baldatı * Wa-
†ibban li-dhı qalbin ya†ıru wa-ya˛simu, 329 zamzim bih ahlı wa-balligh a˛ibbatı, 28
Atat qabl an abd tanaffasuhu ’l-fajrü * Fa- A-y ß˛i ßabr a n wa’l-karımu ßubüru *
z˛a bih ˛ijrun wa-zla lah hijrü, 126 saya˛kumu m bayna ’l-fiibdi khabıru, 369
Atat wu∂ü√tu dhawı ’l-islm * Man÷ümata ◊yasa minnı ’llhu fiinda Jıwali * Iblısa idh
“yad “ lad ’nqism, 447 ndaytuhü bi-y Walı, 435
Ataytu bb ilh al-khalqi multabis * Bi- A-y shaykhu y fiAbbsu rifqan bimu∂ghatı *
˛awbatı wa-shanıfi al-fifili y Allhu, 292 Tukinnu lakum ˛ubban wa-ab˛ura ˛urmatı,
Ataytuka mushtqan ilayka wa-z√ir * Wa-lı 375
khamsatu ayymin fı ’l-badwi wa-s√ir, 199 A-y †liban nahj al-hidyati mujtall * fiUlüman
◊tıka tnı bi-l tawnı * Y m˛ı ’l-ghurbati wa-tafilıman wa-dhikran murattal, 135
wa’l-hawnı, 431 A-ya†ıbu fiayshuka wa’l-mashıbu qad ifital *
A†lubu minka’l-fiilma qabl al-fiamalı * Fal- Fawdayka muntashirn wa-mawtuka aqbal,
taqinı ’l-jahla wa-qud liya amalı, 401 331
Afiüdhu bi’llhi min dhanbin yafiüqu fiani ’l * A-ya†rudunı man rü˛u qalbı wa-m√uhü * Wa-
-Wußüli li’l-˛a∂rat al-fiuly il ’llhi, 337 mashrabuhü al-aßf wa-a˛l ghidh√ihı, 375
Afiüdhu bi’llhi min kayd al-fiid abad * Wa- al-fiAynu tadmafiu wa’l-akbdu mah∂üm *
sharri m fiaqadü wa’stamsakü’l-fiuqad, 80 Wa’l-qalbu taqlibu wa’l-asmfiu maßmüm,
Afiüdhu bi’llahi min khawf al-anm wa-min * 517
Ri∂an fian al-nafsi hammı ’l-rizqi y ’llhu, Ayqi÷ jufünaka inna ’l-qalba wasnnü * Wa-
478 ßammim al-fiazma inna ’l-fiazma kaslnü, 82
Afiüdhu bi’llhi min nazaght al-shay†nı * Wa- A-yumkinunı y lahfa nafsı hun ’l-mukthü *
bafida bismi ’llh al-Mlik al-Dayynı, 537 Wa-thamma dawman dhlik al-qu†bu wa’l-
Afiüdhu bi’llhi min al-shay†ni * rajımihi ’l- ghawthü, 361
lafiıni dhı ’l-fiudwni, 364
Ayyasa minnı ’llhu fiinda jwalı* Iblısa idh Banaytu †fiatı bi’ttibfiı * Bi’l-dhikri wa’l-
ndaytuhu bi-y walı, 402 ˛adıthi wa’l-ijmfiı, 436
Ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu l tuhmilü ’l-dahr * Wa-l Banı zamnı ajıbü lı bi-tibyni * Mimm bihı
tansaw ’l-dayyna sirran wa-l jahr, 417 fiammati ’l-balw li’l-azmni, 317
Ayyuh ’l-rkib al-mujiddu dhamıl (?) * Braka lı ’l-Bqı bi-l ’intih√ı * Fı thamanı
Taq†afi al-bayda (sic) bukratan wa-aßıl, 453 wa’l- bayfiu dhü ’ntih√ı, 436
fiAzalaka Brisu ifitizl * Sallim mahmaka Barakatu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidamü *
wa’rta˛il, 383 Qad wajab lahü tanm lı ’l-khidamü, 436
Azil al-jahlata wa’l-khan bi-tafiallumi * Barhin bi-fay∂ khatm al-Tijni y Barhmu *
fiIlman yurıka ˛aq√iqan bi-tafahhumi, 377 Anna ’l-tijniyyın li’l-anmi immu, 386
Azk ’l-ta˛iyyati wa’l-salmi mujaddidı * Minnı Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-amr∂ı * Wa-kabba
il ˛abbı firif al-ma˛fadı, 599 man ankara bi’fitir∂ı, 413
Azk ’l-war man khaßßahu Rabbuhü * Bi- Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-fiuyübı* Wa-kna lı
bizzat al-fa∂li wa-tj al-jamlı, 102 bi-af∂al al-ghuyübı, 436
fiAzza ’l-diynatu idh kdat mabnıh * Barra√anı ’l-Quddüsu min fiuyübı * Nafsı wa-lı
Tandakku wajdan fial fuqdni bnıh, 190 qad jda bi’l-ghuyübı, 436
Byafitu khayr al-war bi’llaw˛i wa’l-qalami *
Bada√tu bi-bi’smi ’llhi shukr(an) wa-a˛madü * Li-wajhi Rabbi ’l-war dhı ’llaw˛i wa’l-
fiAl m afi†nı ’llhu fiilm al-maqßidı, 537 qalami, 429
Bada√tu bi-ismi ’llhi Rabbı wjidı * Wa- Bi-abı ’l-amın * Wa-shaykhihı safidi ’l-war,
thannaytu bi’l-˛amdi ßaltan fial ’l-hdı, 609 478
Bada√tu bi’smi ’llhi bad√an wa-fidat * Wa- Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi y badıfiu * Nadfiüka y
ashkuruhu shukran yazıdu ziydat, 611 Qarıbu y Samıfiu, 459
Bada√tu bi’smi man kafnı ’l-lafiın * Bi-qadri Bi-bismi’llhi mabda√ı idh abd * Wa-
dhti ’llhi Rabbı ’l-mufiı, 431 ˛amduhü lı ’l-muntah idh ahd, 321
Badıfi al-shaykhi junnatu man yurıd * Farıdun Bidyatu kulli shay√in fı ’˛tiqri * Fa-hdh ’l-
wa’l-badıfiu lahu farıdü, 104 dıku aßlan kna farakh, 334
Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Amıruh bal Bidyatun li’l-awliy√i nihyatü * nihyatun
dhakarun min al-na˛lı, 580 li’l-anbiy√i bidyatü, 457
Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Ra√ısuhum Bi-fa∂lika y mawlya kun lı whib * Sulüka
wa’l-†ayru mushbih al-˛ajalı, 575 †arıq al qawmi qalban wa-qlab, 331
Badr al-ahillati ghba ’l-yawma wa’statar * Bi-fss in sayyidun tana√a * fiAdım al-mithli
fiAn al-fiuyüni fa-amr Allhi m quddir, 367 mudh nasha√, 331
Bakhbakh li-drin banh ’l-shaykh Mukhtrü Bi-Fti˛at al-kitbi tunlu sirr * Wa-fiIzzan
* Shaykh al-mash√ikhi mashhür un wa- shmikhan †ül al-laylı, 123
mukhtrü, 392 Bi-˛amdi ’llhi qad fata˛a ’l-amırü * Abü ’l-
Baladun sayru amrihı bi-tubbi * S√irun düna fiAbbsi A˛madun ’l-kabırü, 228
waqfatin li-tabbı, 386 Bi-˛amdi man yußarrif al-duhür * Bada√n
Bal inna hdhı ar∂u ‡h Mu˛ammadı * Fa- hdh ’l-rajaz al-mas†ür, 588
dhka fiAqıqun dhka Silfiun wa-Gharqadü, Bi-˛aqqi Rabb al-war y qawmi fa’ntabihü *
291 Fa-inna fı dahrin hdh ablısü, 604
B√ al-lafiınu y√isan ka-qirdı * Li-ghayri dhtı Bi-˛aqqi wajhika ’l-karımi ’lladhı * Fuztu bi-
bkiyan bi-†ardı, 426 qaßdihı fawzan yaghbi†unı, 436
Balha ’l-malma fa-inn ßabran faragh * Bi’llhi naßran dafiawtü * Li-m ilayhi aradtü,
Wa’l-saylu sayl al-haw il ’l-zub balagh, 597
331 Bi-man qad at bi’l-han min Mu∂ar * Wa-
Balligh thawba hdhihi ilhı * Hadiyyata n ßa˛bin kirmin shiddin ßubbar, 472
minn li-˛ubb Allhı, 315
Bi-Mu˛ammadin wa-bi lihi ’l-akhyri * wa-bi- Buddiln bi-zawjatin tu†ıfiun * fiAn zawjatin
shaykhin al-Tijnı dhı ’l-asrri, 362 kh√inatin tafißın, 582
Bifi al-nafsa fı ’l-fiilm al-sharıfi Bashırü * Fa- Bunuwwuhu ’l-rü˛i sqat m bi-dardsi * Min
inna bihi ahd ’l-anmi taßırü, 254 al-mafilı il shaykhı ’bn fiAbbasi, 383
Bi’smi ’l-fiAliyyi Allhi wa’l-Ra˛mnı * al- Bushr bi-A˛mad al-hdı ’l-amın * Rasüli Rabb
Nfifii ’l-Ra˛ımi Dhı ’l-azmnı, 409 al-filamın, 477
Bi’smika ’llhumma wa-bi’l-Ra˛mnı * Wa- Bushr bi-mawlidi dh ’l-qmüsi qad sa†afiat *
bi’l-Ra˛ım al-mlik al-dayynı, 356 Anwruhü fa-a∂fiat jawwa linjn, 338
Bi’smi khliqi ˛liqin raßfiu ˛ulalı , 563 Bushrka atka bashırü * Min fiinda Hindin
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi√ı * Dhi ’l-˛awli wa’l- baßırü, 590
qudrati wa’l-fial√i, 321 Bushr lan ahla ßalt al-fti˛ı * Fuzn bim
Bismi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi’ı * al-Wsifii ’l- yafimalu kullu ßli˛ı, 317
ra˛mati wa’l-l√i, 362 Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-karamü *
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi akfinı al-akdra y ’llhu * ∑if Lamm’ stahallat fialayn ’l-ashhur al-
al-baq bihı lı fıka y ’llhu, 436 ˛urumü, 430
Bi ’smi ’l-ilhi ashkuru ’l murıd * Wa-artajı Bushr li-man fı ∂amn al-Muß†af walaj *
min fa∂lihi ’l-mazıd, 288 Bushr lahu wa-hanı√an bi’lladhı falaj, 359
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’l-˘ayyi wa’l-Qayyümi * wa’l- Bushr li-man manhj salak * Wa-rafi
kshifi ’l-kurübi wa’l-humümi, 364 shar√i†an wa-m tarak, 329
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı’akdra y ’llhü * ∑affi ’l- Bushr qad in†af√at nırnu Almn * Bi-qudrat
baqa√a bihi lı fıka y ’llhü, 402 Allhi bushrn fa-bushrn, 317
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’lladhı ’l-Qur√nu qad nazal *
Dafinı ilayka ’l-wajhu wa’l-fiaynu wa’l-famü *
Minhu ibtid√i wa-arjü fiindahu’l-nuzul, 429
Tukallimunı ’l-a˛wlu minh fa-afhamü, 482
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi man had bi’l-jüdı * al-Qbil al-
∆fia ’l-shabbu bi-l fiilmin wa-l fiamalı *
ruküfii wa’l-sujüdı, 426
Wa-shba ra√siya shayb al-dhulli wa’l-
Bi’smi’l-ilhi tubtu innı tubtü * Tubtu li-m
khajali, 331
fafialtu aw m qultü, 299
Dafiat bafid m abd mabsimih ’l-fajrü * Wa-
Bi’smi ’l-ilhi al-Whibi al-Fatt˛ * Bi-dhı
zla fian al-ishrqi min laylih ’l-˛ajrü, 134
ßaltı fial ’l-mift˛, 403
Dafiawtuka y man l yukhayyibu dfiiy * Wa-
Bi’sm ’l-ilhi wa-hwa ’l-Ra˛mnü * Wa-hwa
ji√tu il abwbi fa∂lika sfiiy, 127
’l-Ra˛ımü wa-lahu ’l-azmnü, 436
Dafi al-fiayn tudhrı fı †alal al-rabfiı * Fa-laysa
Bi’smi ’llhi abda√u fı ’l-na÷mı * Ilhun w˛idun
˛arman an urıqa bihi damfiı, 11
Rabb al-anmı, 588
∆q al-khinqu wa-khnat al-asbbü, 100
Bismi’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ilühiyya * al-˘amdu
Dr al-˛abıbi ataytuh fajran fa-l * A÷faru bi-
li’llhi ’l-Karım al-rabübiyya, 658
luqy ’l-˛jjı fıh lam u√lim, 303
Bi’smi ’llhi ’l-fiA÷ım * al-Ra˛mni ’l Brı al-
Dhabba wujüdu ’llhi m lam yar∂a lı * Li-
ra˛ım, 472
ghayri dhtı bi’l-nabı al-mufa∂allı, 436
Bi’smi ’llhi bi’ismik al-mufradı * Bihi bada√tu
Dhahabat Khadıjatu * Kulluh bi-jamlih, 456
li-nayl al-maqßidı, 146
al-Dhawqu sakr al-fiabdi bi’l-sharbı * Qabl al-
Bi’smi’llhi büritiri ifr * Wafi÷u ikul itırınü
tarawwu˛ bafid al-iqtirbı, 79
itüb, 546
Dhı dafiwat in umirta fı dınin wa-nahat *
Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı fı mad˛ khayri ’l-liq√ı *
m’llhu ya√muruhü fiamm nah ’l-nhı,
M u ˛ a m m a d in sayyid al-kulli khayr al-
482
aniby√ı, 471
Dını ˛ubbu ’llhı wa’l-rasüli * ßall fialayhi
Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı * Wa-makhtamı
qda lı sülı, 402
wa’ntih√ı, 101
al-Dınu yabra√u wa’l-ift√u min fi√atı * Tasfi
Bi-bismi’llhi mabda√ı idh abd * Wa-
il ’l-sharri bi’l-fatw wa-bi’l-dını, 256
˛amduhü lı ’l-muntah idh ahd, 321
al-Dufi√u sil˛u ahl al-yaqın * ∑a˛˛a fian Fa-l budda min shakw il ’llahi kurbatı * Fa-
A˛mad al-mukayyif (?) al-amın, 102 m liya ghayru ’llhi jbiru kasratı,312
Dumüfiun ka-raqrq al-lujayni tubarhinü * fiAl Fa-l takhsh iqllan wa-dhü’l-fiarshi mni˛ü *
ßidqi shawqı baynam ’l-waqtu mawhinü, Wa-l takhsh jahlan wa’l-mufiallimu fti˛ü,
281 81
Dünaka y ma˛müdu m in sh√a’l-Jalıl * Fa-li-bbi jüdika yanta˛ı i√mlü * Ni∂w al-
Yashfı murıdan wa-murdan min ghalıl, 408 humümi wa-tanta˛ı ’l-mlü, 359
Duny ’l-˛a∂rati kawnun kulluhu fikru * wa’l- Fal-yabki man kna yabkı ’l-fiilma wa’l-fiamal
fikru rahanu lisnin kulluhu duraru, 384 * Wa-sunnat al-muß†af ’l-hdı lan subul,
368
Fa-at ‡aybat an bi-amri ilhı * Qawiya ’l Fa-m lı wa-m li’l-ghniyti wa-m liy *
Muß†af bi-tilka ’l ˛ijlı, 283 Wa-m li-siwya’l-mukhtri ˛att ubliy,
Fa-azk salmin kna minnı fi†iri * Il ß˛ibı 331
’l-muwaffı li-fiahdiya nßiri, 371 Fa’mda˛ü ’lladhı †araq * Wa’rtaq ’l-sam√
Fa-bi-m ra˛matin min Allhi ln * Sayyid al- araq, 338
khalqi kulluhum al-n, 373 Fa-min jahd al-muqilli fial is†i†fiah * Madı˛ı
Fa-dhü ’l-fiarshi mawjüdun qadıman bil ’btid * man bi-qab∂atihi ’l-shaffiah, 355
Wa-Bq in bil ’ntih dawman bil ’mtir, Fa-minnı li’l-taqı al-fiadl al-shahır * Salmun
337 nashruhu fawq al-fiabır, 186
Fa-hal fı mafinı ’l-khatmi in kamula ’l-mayzü Fa-najjin y khliq al-shay†nı * Min kaydihi
* Li-mustayqi÷in ill ’l-ta˛ayyaru wa’l-fiajzü, wa-salb al-ımn, 317
361 Fa-nazzih al-khalqa fian al-radh√ilı * Wa-fian
Fa’l ˛amdu li’l-mni˛ al-akwni khayrti * ßift al-dhammi wa’l-nuqßnı, 256
Thumma ’l-ßaltu fial khayr al -bariyyt, Fa-qad safiü bi’l-ar∂i bi’l-fasdı * Fa-
376 khudh’hum wa-kulla man yufidı, 87
Fa-˛aw∂ al-mawti amruhu ayyu amrı * Wa- Faqadtu fiawnan ar min khayri afiwnı * Bi-
Zaydun fı wurüdihi mithlu fiUmarı, 61 faqdi ummı ’llatı min khayri niswnı, 336
Fa-idh fu√d al-mar√i kna tawassakh * Bi- Fqa jamıfi al-anbiy wa’l-rusulı * Sayyidun
madı˛i ‡h fal-yazul kullu al-†akh, 331 A˛madu ˛ibb al-muralı, 419
Fa-in li-’l-ghıdi wa’l-fiıni * a˛bıl al-shay†ıni, Fa-raddı salm un l yusmu lahü niddu *
371 Tamm an wa-l yufiz l fiamrı lahü ˛addu,
Fa-innahü fialayhi af∂alu ’l-salm * m in dafi 371
ill il ’llhi ’l-salm, 371 Fraqtu li’llhi min kullı hudan fiadad * Wa-
Fa-innahü kna li’l-awwbına ghafür faqrı * qda lı minhu abadan l tar madad, 426
Il ’l-Wsifii ’l-Ghaffri dhı ’l-qadri, 432 Farartu li’l-Kfı ’l-Muhaymin al-Raqıb * Fa-
Fa-innı bi-˛amd Allhi adraktu bafi∂a m * kuffa aydı ’l-baghyi Rabbi lı raqıb, 290
Tamannaytuhu min fiindihı mutakarrim, 369 Far˛u mawlidi ’l-nabiyyi mu˛arram * Kam
Fa-fii÷ nafsaka ’l-ammrata ’l-fa˛sha wa’l- lahü qda ’l-fiul wa’l-karam, 419
nadhl * wa-ill tazidka ’l-tafiaba wa√l Fari˛a khayru ’l-bashar bi-khu†a ’l-mubashshir
khizya wa’l-dhull, 376 * wa-qdanı bi-bishr in min Rabbihı ’l-
Fa ’l-fiizzu markazuhü shaykhı akhü himamı * mufa∂ill, 437
Fa-man yarum naylahü yti lidh ’l- Fari˛a khayru mursalin bi-kha††ı ’l-mufiassali,
shahamı, 379 404
Fa-kha†bun khalîlun fiazzanı fiindahû ’l-ßabrü * Fari˛tu mimman af∂a ’l-m√a fa ’nfajar * Bi-
Mamtu ˛abıb in fiumruhu ’l-fawzu wa’l- fiıßmati sarmad min kaydi man fajar, 432
naßrü, 294 Farraqa baynı wa-bayna m yafiüqü * fiAni ’l
Fa-l budda min raffii aqlmin * nuhü∂an li- -ilhi Allhu jri ’l-rafıqü, 437
tashhıdhi adhhnin, 336
Fa-ßaddiq fı †ilbika wa’khsha nafs * G h a ∂ a n f a r u n yasfiü lad ’l-˛urübı *

Tafiüquka fian wißlin li’l -murdi, 376 Mukhtabirun bi’l-÷hir al-maktübı, 483
Fa-salmun minn yakhußßu abn * Lam yafuz Ghdarat Salm diyr * Lam najid fıh
ghayruhu ladayn ’l-funün, 594 mazr, 590
Fa’s√al al-mawl bi-khayr al-nsı * al-Fliq al- Ghdartu Fsan il Dakr * Fı yawmi ’l-
ißb˛i ka ’l-miqbsı, 298 ithnayni fial ’l-nahr, 338
Fa’l-shyu shif√un in khafıfan munafinafi * Li- Ghadawtu wa-l adrı li-wajhiya maqßad * Wa-
s√iri amr∂i ’l-˛arürati wa’l-bardi, 324 amsaytu ˛ayarna ’l-fu√di mubaddad, 386
Fa-tabrak al-Khallqü dhü ’l-fial√ı * Rabb al- Ghazlat al-nüri fiinda al-sidri qad †alafi„at *
bariyyati mühib al-nufim√ı, 589 Wa-kahfuh al-fiarshu wa’l-kursiyyu ka’l-
Fata˛a fat˛an lam yur * Qa††u wa-fiiwa∂un lan qalami, 350
yur, 419
Habb al-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-aw†nı * Fa-
Fata˛a lı ’l-Fatt˛u bb al-khayrı * Wa-fian
athra minnı kmin al-fiirfnı, 82
janbı sadda bba ’l-∂ayrı, 436
Habba ’l-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-wa†an al-bafiıdi *
Fat najluhu ’l-mafirüf bayna ’l-fiash√irı * Ülı
Wa-at fial fiawzin wa-fı ’l-waqt al-safiıdi,
’l-sabqi fı ’l-taqw min ahli ’l-baß√irı, 366
123
Fa-wa˛˛id ilh an jalla Rabban tafarrad *
˘abıbı ˛abıbı maldhı wa-bughyatı * Immı
Kamlan fifilan wa-ßiftin mumajjid, 378
murdı frija ’l-hammi junnatı, 330
Fawwa∂tu amrı mu∂†arr a n il ’llhi *
˘abıbı ’l-rasül al-Muß†af fiabdu dhtik *
Mu˛assina ’l-÷anni da√ban kna bi’llh, 362
Kadh sirruhü ’l-maktümu fay∂u ba˛rik,
Fawwa∂tu rjiya fa∂l Allhi li’lhi * Amriya
375
sirran wa-jahran dh min Allhi, 370
Hab lı minka mughniyan fian jılı * Wa-law
Fa-y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y kshifa ’l-mi˛an
Abbakrin aw “Jılı”, 458
* Wa-y filiman m fı ∂am√irin kaman,
Hadn il nahj al-rashd al-mutbafiu * Naßır
372
al-war man li’l-ma˛midi jmifiu, 609
Fzat qalmı ’l-yawma bi’l-khayrayn * In
˘adratun idh qumn takünu * Li-ummatina
sh√a man yakfını ’l-∂ayrayn, 437
bi-fiazmin la yalınu, 384
Fı bashasin ghba fian al-fiuyünı * Shaykh al-
Hadaytanı hdı ’l-ßirt al-mustaqım * Bi-man
shuyükhi qurrat al-fiuyünı, 475
simtuhü ßirtun mustqım, 437
Fikrı wa-qawlı wa-afimlı il ’l-Brı * Dhikran
˘adhafa an yaqßidanı bal√ * Bqin bihı
wa-shukran wa-iqblı wa-idbrı, 419
’nqda lı ’ fitil√, 429
Fı kulli yawmin li’l-ilhi shufiünu * Fı ’l-khalqi
Hdh ’l-kitbu afiazza kulli muktasabı *
yubdıh bi-kun fa-yakünu, 368
Ladayya idh kna min ghar√ib al-kutubı,
Fitnat al-dıni ath * Man at yawman aty,
533
536
Hdh wa-innı bi’l-rasül al-Muß†af * Rumtu
Fu√dı li’l-˛abıbi fia÷ımu fiishqı* Wa-qalbı li’l-
tawassulan il man iß†af, 437
fiurüqi bi-dhlika yusqı, 331
Hdh wa-lamm jammat al-humümü * Fı
Fu†irtu fial ˛ubb al-Amıni wa-mad˛ihi * Mad
kalkalı wa’fitdanı ’l-ghumümü, 446
’l-dahri wa’l-ayymi asfi li-waßlihı, 608
Hdh wa-qad dhakara fı hdh ’l-ni÷m *
Fuzta bi-÷arfi ’l-˛asantı * Sayyidatan li’l-
Taqrıba awqti ’l-ßalt wa’l-ßiym, 460
mu˛sinti Maryam faqat al-müqanti * fiInda
Hdhı ’l-bu˛ayratu abdat kulla m fıh * Li-
’lladhı lam yudrak, 421
man ghad bi-sihm al-katmi yarmıh, 190
Fuztu bi-kawni wafidi Dhı ’l-Jallı * ˘aqqan
Hdhihı ’l-bishratu l bishrata mithluh * Li-
wa-arjü surfiata irti˛lı, 423
tammi amri ∂iyfatin lam tüjadi, 317
Ghba fiann ghawthu ’l-war wa’l-wal√ü * Hdhihi ’l-raziyyatu jalla ’llhu dhü karami *
fabak ’l-filamüna wa’l-fiulam√ü, 317 Raziyyatun fiammat al-a˛lma bi’l ghumami,
Ghba fiann ’l-˘abıbu ghayba fiiyni * 316
Dünam fiindan lahü min makn, 372
Hdhihi rislatun ilayka nafsı * Arsalah rü˛ı ˘amnı ’l-˘aqqu min al-mamlı * Li-ghayrihi
ka-mithl al-ussı, 279 wa-huwa Dhü Kaml, 437
˘adıth al-nafsi yadh’habu bı wa-ytı * ˘amd an dawm al-abadi * Li-dhı ’l-baq√i ’l-
Yu˛arriku skinı yuqßı subtı, 303 ∑amadi * al-W˛idiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Mubdı
˘adıthun in lam yakun fı ’llhi * yanqußu ajru ’l-shu√ün al-mubtadı, 357
ßawmina wa’llhi, 363 ˘ a m d an li-fiallm al-sar√ir wa’l-jahrı *
Hjanı shadw al-˛ammi * Bafida m †ayf al- Thumma ’l-ßaltu li-khayri khalq in min
manmı * ‡fa wahn an min ˛adhmı * Mu∂arı, 598
Müqidan nr al-gharmi, 354 ˘amd an li-jfiilin bi-ma˛∂ al-nifimah * Min
Hkum jawb an yadfafiu ’l-malmah * Wa- ummat al-mukhtri fiayni ’l-ra˛mah, 335
yakshifu ’l-gha†√a bi’l-salmah, 418 ˘amd an li-man akhrajan a˛y√ * Min †alabi
˘lı ilayka shakawtuh y sayyidı * Y mlikı ˛ayyin zdan a˛y√, 256
wa-mu˛awwil al-a˛wlı, 102 ˘amd an li-man fiallaman fı ’l-Baqarah *
Hal jannat al-khuldi fı raw˛in wa-ray˛nı * Am A˛km ˛ajj al-bayti ˛ına dhakarah, 289
annanı bayna janbay wlidı ’l-jnı, 360 ˘amd an li-man asd wa-m akd wa-ahd
Hal li-baynin damfiu fiaynayka ’stahal * Min ilayn nifimahu wa-m ahd, 102
karımin dhti ˛alyin wa’l-˛ulal, 359 ˘amd an li-man fı dhikrihı qul sırü * Fı ’l-ar∂i
Hal li-Layl min marmı * Am li-Hindin min man sar lahu bashıru, 289
kalmı, 589 ˘amdan li-man jafialanı khadıman li’l-Muß†af *
Hal min maraddin lı zamnan m∂iy * Layta ’l- ’lladhı ˛aw al-taqdım, 417
buk√a yuraddu dahran n√iyy, 335 ˘amd an li-man jafiala zayda nifiamihı * Fı
Hal min mubkin fial qadmin qad imtathal * shukrihi bi-fa∂lihi wa-karamihı, 161
Awmir llhi na˛w Allhi qad ra˛al, 317 ˘amd an li-man lahu ’l-asm√ ’l-˛usn * Wa-
Hal min murabbin ˛aw kaml * Ka-mithl al- kullu nafitin dhı kamlin asn, 104
shaykh al-Tijnı ll, 331 ˘amd an li-man mana˛an al-ımn * Wa-
Hal qu†bu d√irat al-wujüdi wa-markazü * fata˛a ’l-qulüb wa’l-abdn, 393
Falak al-fiul li-mad√i˛ı yatahazhazü, 332 ˘amd an li-man manna bi-bayn m yufham
Hal samifitum ’l-khabar * jalla m bihı fial ’l-adh’hn wa-abna ghawmi∂ asrr
nashar, 335 kitbihi, 135
Halummü awqad al-shawqu fı ßadrı * Jadhan ˘amd an li-man qad awjaba ’l-su√l * fial
tatala÷÷ fıfi nhıka min jamrı, 254 ’lladhına karihü ’l-∂all, 450
Hal wbilun am damfiu ajfnı sakab * Am hal ˘amd an li-man yahaba kulla wa†arı * Li-kulli
ghurb al-bayni y qalbı nafia, 591 mu∂†arrin dafi fı ’l-safarı, 443
Hal yarta∂ı fiayshun fial ’l-l√i * Am yaltaqı ˘amd an li-man ya˛fa÷u kulla dhı safar * Min
ilghni fawqa fiar√i, 379 kulli m yasü√uhü min al-∂arar, 437
˘amadtuka y Ra˛mnu fı kulli ˛latı * ˘amd an li-mawln ’lladhı fata˛ * Bba ’l-
fa˛aqqiq raj√ı fıka y kulli munyatı, 316 wußüli li-man ilayhi na˛, 338
˘amadtu ’llha yaffialu m yash√ü * Lahu ˘amd an li-munzili ’l-∂an wa’l-d√ * Wa-
˛ukmun wa-mulkun wa’l-baq√ü, 617 munzil al-shif√a wa’l-daw√, 412
˘amadtu Rabbı fial kawn al-rasül * Wasılatı ˘amdan li-Rabbı ghfir al-dhanbi lan * Qbili
ilayhi hdh khayru sül, 415 tawbin li-lu†fihı bin, 447
˘amadtu Rabbı ’lladhı qad ˛aqqa ˘amdan li-Rabbı idh ’l-aqdmu qad wa†i√at *
mihaddatuhu, 236 Turbata mißra bild al-nıli wa’l-haram, 338
Hma ’l-fu√du li-shawqin fjanı wa-†ar * Fa- ˘amdan min Ma˛müdı * Ibn al-immi Mu˛am-
sla damfiı fial ’l-khaddayni wa’nhamar, madı, 657
204 ˘amdı li-Bqin kafnı ’l-mawta wa’l-tabab *
˘√ ’l-ma˛abbatı li’l-mun mift˛ü * Wa-bi- bi-jhi man qad kafnı ’l-∂arra wa’l-sabab,
b√ih li-dhawı’l-quyüdi sar˛ü, 665 425
˘amdı li-Rabbin karımin l sharıka lah * wa- al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karımi dhı ’l-minan * fiAl
ßadrı ’l-yawma nüran s†ifian mali√, 428 ashghlı bi-furü∂in wa-sunan, 412
˘amdı wa-shukrı li-man kullı bihi ßr * Lahu al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karımi ’l-kfı * al-mu√mini
ri∂an düna sukh†in fiinda ßarßr, 405 ’l-fialımi bi’l-al†f, 362
al-˘amdu fı ’l-ül wa-fı ’l-khirah * Li’llhi fı al-˘amdu li’llhi l mafibüba ill huwa * Bi’l-
anfiumihi ’l wfirah, 360 ˛aqqi l Rabba ill Rabbun ’llhu, 346
al-˘amdu li’l-Fard al-Qadıri fı ’l-azal * al-˘amdu li’llhi l nu˛ßı ’l-than√a abad *
Sub˛nahu lahu ’l-umüru fı ’l-uwal, 572 Kam fiala nafsihi min nafsihi ˛amıd, 353
al-˘amdu li’l-˘aqq al-Mubın * Man kawnahu al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amt * Wa-huwa
liya yabın, 407 ˛ayyun ken dune qad mt, 462
al-˘amdu li’l-ilhi idh had’l-war * Li-wirdihi al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ’l-amr lana tamah [*]
man li-san√ihi ÷ahar, 184 had bi-man sammhu asm ’l-anm, 563
al-˘amdu li’llhi fial infimihı * Wa’l-shukr al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı afi† wa-bar * Thumma
li’llhi fial if∂lihı, 552 had thumma waf thumma shakar, 126
al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l-tafilımı * Wa-af∂al alal-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-fa∂lihı * Manna
ßaltı wa’l-taslımı, 527 fial fiibdihi bi-ruslihı, 84
al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l- tawdud * Fı dınihı ’l- al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * F∂at
wqı bi-l ta˛sud, 450 bu˛ür al-fiilmi wa’l-fiirfnı, 46
al-˘amdu li’llhi fial wujüdı * Ra˛matihı wa- al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * Qad
lu†fihı wa’l-jüdı, 420 tamma m rumn bi-˛usni jamlihı, 317
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlı al-Afilamı * Mudawwiri al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı hadn * Li-fiirfni
al-aflk mujrı ’l-anfiumı, 341 dhtihi fiirfn, 582
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlım al-Khabırı * al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı fiibdah * Amara bi’l-
Mudabbir al-ashy√i wa’hw al-Qadırü, 558 ımni wa’l-fiibdah, 406
al-˘amdu li’llh al-fialiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Rabb alal-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı kafnı * Makr al-fiid
khal√iq al-karımi al-ßamadı, 303 bi-Muß†af kafnı, 401
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAliyyi than√uhü * Azk al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı l mudhill li-man
’l-ßalti fial ’l-rasüli ’l-afi÷amı, 360 rafafia wa-l mufiizz li-man fian fa∂lihi dafafia,
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-mir *, 221 90
al-˘amdu li’llh al-fiAzız al-Qdirı * Idh al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mahm tarak *
khaßßan bi-Abı ’l-fuyü∂ al-Zhirı, 200 Su√lahü yagh∂ab fa-˛abbadh ’l-malak,
al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-l√i wa’l-nifiamı * 437
musdı ’l-fa∂√ili mu˛∂i ’l-fa∂li wa’l-karamı, al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man ittaßal * Bi-
322 ˛ablihi ’l-matıni l budda waßal, 98, 145
al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-asm√i y ’llhu * al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man qaßad *
Sub˛nahu Dhü ’l-jalli qul huwa ’llhu, 478 Ri∂fiahü ˛amhü fiamm raßad, 437
al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-if∂li wa’l-nifiamı * al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mat dhahaba * Ilayhi
Wa’l-manni wa’l-jüdi wa’l-i˛sni wa’l- dhhibun hadhü wa-wahab, 418
karamı, 316 ˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı minn †alab * Ikhlß
al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-taysıri ya ’llhu * Na÷m safiyin wa-murfit al-†alab, 120
al-dararı lahu y ’llhu y ’llhu, 312 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * A˛mada
al-˘amdu li’llhi fı fiawdı il qalamı * Li-mad˛i bi’l-kitbi kay yu˛allil, 338
fiAbdi ’l-fiAzız ’l-mlikı ’l-fialami, 335 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülahu
al-˘amdu li’llhi hdha ’l-shaykhu Rabbhu * ßall fialayhi dh’l-fiul, 175
Khayru ’l-wujüdi ’lladhi afilhu mawlhu, al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülan
313 Mu˛ammadan wa-bajjal, 437, 444
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-˛afı÷ al-dfifiı * Li-kulli al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qaddar * Wa-fiaf
∂urrin al-mujır al-mnifiı, 425 wa-zda fia†√an liman shakar, 332
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad fa∂∂al * al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına bil *
Rasülan fial ’lladhına arsal, 444 fiAdd in bi-shukrin wa-dhikrin yaßrifni bal,
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi qad jda lı * Bi-m 429
bihi shakartuhu min n√ilı, 444 al-˘amdu li’llhi rabbı khliqı azal * ˛amdan
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qalbı had * afüzü bihi wa-ablugh al-amal, 81
munawwiran wa-qda lı dhawı hud, 424 al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabbi m qara√nhu *
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ßarrafanı * Bi-fa∂lihı fa’qbalhu bi’l-fa∂li wa’l-tawfıqi y ’llhu,
fian bidfiin li’l-sunanı , 404 364
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı tawa˛˛ad * Fı al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-khalqi y ’llhü *
mulkihi umürahu wa-wakkad, 591 Sub˛nahü ’l-D√im al-Bqı y ’llhü, 479
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yakhtaßßü * Man al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Ra˛ım al-Hdı * Li-man
sh√a bi-ra˛matin hadn al-naßßü, 438 yash√u min dhawı ’l-fiindı, 218
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yaq∂ı fial * fiIbdihi al-˘amdu li’llhi Razzq al-fiibdı * Ghaniyyin
m sh√a jalla wa-fial, 573 l shabıh wa-l mathılu, 604
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yarzuqunı * Min al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-ßalt bi’l-kamlı * fiAl
˛aythu l a˛tasibu kulla ’l -zamanı, 317 rasül Allhi wa-s√ir al-lı, 558
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi yubaddilü * Sayyi√atan al-˘amdu li’llhi wjib ˛amdihi wa’l-shukr
˛asanatan wa-yajzilü, 412 lahu fial m awlhn min rafdihi, 95
al-˘amdu li’llhi li-yawmi ’l-fiar∂i * Rabbi alal-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall abad * fiAl ’lladhı
samwti wa-Rabb al-ar∂i, 334 bihı lan ’l-hud bad, 449
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mhid lan ghabr√ * al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall ’llhu * fiAl
Wa-anzala fialayn min al-sam√i m√, 563 „Mu˛ammadin wa-man talhü, 401
al-˘amdu li’llhi man fı ’l-gharb qad fata˛ * al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßalla ’llhu * fiAl
fiAl ’l-amıri Abı ’l-fiAbbsi buldn, 228 Mu˛ammadin wa-man wlhu, 455
al-˘amdu li’llhi mawl ’l-˛if÷i wa’l-÷afarı * al-˘amdu li-mukawwir al-duhürı * Wa-munbit
Man kna fı ßufrin aw kna fı safar, 411 al-ashjri wa’l-zuhürı, 573
al-˘amdu li’llhi mawln ’lldhı bada√ * al-˘amdu li’l-mu√†iyyi ’l-waliyyi ’l-mnifii *
ˆjda ◊dama ˛ına hayya√a ’l-˛ama√, 330 fiAl ’l-nabı khayri ’l-anmi ’l-shfifii, 372
al-˘amdu li’llhi min qalbı wa-arknı * fiAl al-˘amdu mu†laqan li-dht al-brı * Thumma
ta˛allı bi-silk al-qu†b al-Rabbnı, 318 salmhu fial ’l-mukhtri, 288
al-˘amdu li’llh al-mudabbiri dhü (sic) ’l- Hammat Sulaym bi-ßarfı fian maziyytı * Kay-
ghin√ı * Wa-mußarrif al-a˛wli wa’l- m taqüdu zimmı li’l-raziyytı, 407
azmnı, 591 ˘na murdı an adhkurakum bi-m * Arnı
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mukarram * wa-shukrun ilhı fı mu†lafiat al-kutubı, 508
li’llh i’l-mufia÷÷am, 562 ˘asb al-∂afiıfi idh ∂ıma mawlhü * ˘asb al-
al-˘amdu li’llhi musdı ’l-khayri wa’l-nifiamı * faqıri ghin man laysa illhu, 101
Min ghayri ∂ıqin wa-l tafibin bi-ghufrnı, ˘asbı ’l-Muhayminu wa-˛asbı ’l-Wqı * ˘asbı
616 ’l-Qadımu ’llhu ˛asbı ’l-Bqı, 294
al-˘amdu li’llhi mufi†ı al-ßdiqına naj * Wa- ˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakıl * L il
mnifi al-kdhibın al-falja wa’l-˛ujaj, 588 ghayrihı ladayya sabıl, 355
al-˘amdu li’llhi mu÷hir al-˛aqq wa-mufilıhı “˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakılü” * Wa-
wa-muba††il al-b†il wa-madh’hab mu˛illıhi, hwa ˛asbı ˛asıbun fı ’l-awni, 375
88 Hatafa ’l-haw li’l-khalqi hatfa ’l-bulbuli * Fa-
al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Qadır al-jrı * Fı ˛ukmihi taßammama ’l-akhyru düna ’l-bulbuli, 366
m sh√a bi’l-aqdrı, 46 ˘att mat anta bi’l-ahw√i maghlülü * Wa-
al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına fial * anta bi’l-raybi fı ’l-˛lt al-manshülü, 112
Irslihı ’l-sayyid al-mukhtri man fa∂al, Hay˛n un fı ba˛ri ’l-layli khußüß * Mnifiun
471 min mawnifii ’l-yammi ghawßn, 334
˘ayyka Rabbu ’l-war ’l-Ra˛mnu ˛ayyk Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım * wa-bi-
* Wa-bi ’l-shuhüdi mafia ’l-tamkıni bayyk, ßa˛ı˛in kun lan bi-l saqım, 452
457 Ihtimmu Senghür bi-’l-zanji yukhdhı * Kulla
˘ayyi Drin kulla ˛ını * ˘awla Fsin hiya dını, man hammahü ’l-zunüj wa-yu√dhı, 386
346 Ijfial hdhihi ’l-qfiyat al-tiya * Fawq al-
˘ayyi ’l-diyyra bi-s˛atay Nkıktu * wa’l- mımiyyati ÷hiran wa-b†in, 432
tudhra fı fiaraßtih fiabartu, 368 Ijfial al-layla jawdan yamta†ı * Wa-dafi al-
˘za ’l-fiulüm al-ghurra mundhu ßibhu * nawma fa-fı ’l-nawmi al-fashal, 81
Kam abda ˛azmuhü hawh, 483 Ijmafi shatt al-shamli fı dafiatı * Wa-khaf∂
Him bi’l-jamli li-sayyid al-aq†bı * Wa’hjur fiayshin raghadin wsifiı, 100
sabıla taghazzulin wa-taßbı, 357 Ikhtalafa rajulni fı sabab jihd al-˛jj
˘ubbı ’l-Tijniyya l yanfakku yazddü * M Ma˛müd, 583
dma minhu li-ahl Allhi imddü, 358 Il dhı ’l-jüdi ka ’l-ba˛r al-fası˛ı * Rasülu ’l
Hud ilhı za˛za˛ * M s√anı muza˛zi˛, lhi dhı ’l-raw∂ al-∂arı˛ı, 335
438 Il fu√dı wa-yadı wa-wa†anı * Wujüdu Rabbı
Humümı min al-duny wußülı li-Mtami * Li- qda dhikra fia†anı, 438
˛ubbı liq√ al-qarmi najli ’bni ˘shimi, 323 Il ghayrin qad wajjah al-kaydu wa’l-safiy *
˘uqqa ’l-buk√u fial sdtin amwtı * Tabkı ’l- ÷ulüm un wa-shay†n un bi-man qda lı ’l-
ar∂ı fialayhim ka ’l-samwtı, 432 rafiy, 434
Hutmatun taqßuru fian darki ’l-fiul ’l-himamu Il ’l-imm al-rafıfii dhı ’l-karmti * Uhdı
* Wa-lam tafiud fı sibqi ’l-majdi tazdahimu, ilayhi ta˛iyytin zakiyyt, 377
385 Il khalqihi ’l-Ra˛mnu li’l-ra˛mati arsal *
˘u†nı karıman wa-jamılan y wadüd * Wa’r∂a Min al-nsi khayr al-nsi fı ’l-aßli wa’l-fiul,
wa-abqi ’l-wudda lı bi-l ˛udüd, 438 472
Huwa ’l-˛ibbu Ibrhımu qad j√a z√ir * Li- Il ’l-kitbi wa’l-˛adıthi inßaraf * Qalbı wa-
A˛mada khayr al-filamına wa-shkir, 281 qlibı bi-mad˛i ’l-Muß†af, 438
Huymı il ghayri ’l-ilhi shaqwat u n * Il ’llhi bi’l-shaykhi ’bni fiUmri wasılatı * Wa-
Takhayyaltuh safid an wa-˛ubbı lahü ’l- ˛uqqa li-mithlı an yaludh bi’l-khalıfatı, 103
safidü, 340 Il ’llhi Rabb al-fiarshi wa’l-farshi wa’l-sam
* Wa-dhı ’l-ar∂i wa’l-kursı shukrı qad sam,
Idh atayta Lügha z√iran fa-sal * fiAn al-munıri 430
wajhuhü fiAbbsu Sall, 482 Il mat anta y miskınu mashghülü * Bi-jamfii
Idh katabtu ’htazza fiarsh al-Bqı * Wa- duny wa-anta fianh manqülü, 81
sabba˛at mal√ik al-qibbı, 399 Il Mawl ’l-war ’l-Mannni ashkü * ∑urüf al-
Idh khuliqat li’l-a˛ibb ’l-fiuhüdü * Fa-fiahdı dahri fiammat fı ’l-bild, 558
li-man kuntu ahw jadıdü, 358 Il ’lladhı yudhhibu ’l-a˛zna idhhb * mılü
Idh lam ashmir bafida khamsına ˛ijjat * Fa- bi-Qur√nihi m zla wahhb, 425
dhlika tafrı†un wa-sü√u †awiyyatı, 84 Il ’llhi Rabb al-fiarshi wa’l-farshi wa’l-sam
Idh lam yakun bzun lad aykatin ß˛ * * Wa-dhı ’l-ar∂i wa’l-kursı shukrı qad sam,
Tarannama fawq al-ghußn al-wurqu irt˛, 430
395 Il man thaw bayn al-jawni˛i ˛ubbuhü *
Idh m wa∂afita ’l-ar∂a fı falak al-fiül * Wa- Salmun ka-∂aw√ al-miski bal huwa ajmalü,
nazzalta sukkn al-sam bi-hibl, 371 86
Idh na˛nu ji√n Ngoumba qbalan bih * Il mat anta min dunyka tankhadifiu * Wa-
Fat an lam yazal sam˛ al-khalıqati nbih, ayna min ˛ubbih li’l-qalbi muntazafiu, 363
473 Il mat anta y miskınu mashghülü * Bi-jamfii
Ifrıqiyy ’stayqi÷ı wa-†rudı * fiIdki ’l-ghuzti duny wa-anta fianh manqülü, 80
wa-l tarqudı, 340
Il mufiıdin karımin khayri mafibüdı * ashkü bi- Inna fı Fs waliyyan ˛wiyy * Li’l-mazy li’l-
jhi shafıfiin khayri mawlüdı, 427 bary hdiy, 332
Il nukhbat al-akhyri y fawtu azmnı * Wa- Inna fı ’stiw’i ’l-thar najmu ’l-thur fiajazü
q√id jund Allhi Fütiyyi ’l-buldnı, 177 ’l- * wa-fı ’stiw√i ∂iy√i ’l kawkabi ’l-
Il Sighü r√im al-khayrti rma * Ya√ummu qamar, 323
fa-innah ar∂ al-nifim, 227 Inna ’l-ilha at˛ al-ajra wa’l-rutab * Fı
Ilh al-khalqi mawln qadımü * Wa-mawßüfun manzil al-khuldi lamm fiabduhu judhib,
bi-awßf al-kamlı, 133 532
Ilhı bi-jhi shafıfi al-anm * Dafiawtuka Inna ’l-karıma Mu˛ammad al-amına fi ’llhi *
’llhumma qin ’l-˛arm, 478 Kna akhan lı fa∂luhü qad thabat, 473
Ilhı wa-y mawl ’l-mawlı wa-khayra man * Inna ’lladhı ’l-ßidqu mafia ’l-amnah * Lahü
Yurajj li-kashf al-˛ditht al-ta†awwulı, 101 mafia ’l-tablıghi wa’l-fa†nah, 438
Ilhı y Rabb al-bary laka ’l-˛amdu * Inna lî far˛atan bi-dhikr al-nabı * ˘ubbuhü ßâra
takarramta y Ra˛mnu y man lahu ’l- zhirı wa-khafı, 294
majdu, 456 Inn li’llhi wa-inn rjifiüna lahü * Jalla tafila
Ifilam ˛abka ’llhu rushdan wa-safiah * Kna fia÷ım al-mulki wa’l-sha√ni, 318
ilhun wal shay√a mafiah, 412 Inna li’l-shamsi khibratan fı ’l-tawrıkhı * Wa-
Ilayka rafafin ’l-amra y man lahu ’l-amru * law bi’l-jawbi jdat bi-hamsı, 335
Wa-laysa laka Zaydun siwka wa-l fiAmr, 83 Inna ’l-mu˛arrik al-musakkan alladhı * Yüfi†ı
Ilayka y khayr al-bariyyatı salmu * wa-yamnafiu wa-ghayra dh anbudhı, 318
Khadımika ’lladhı kafaytahü ’l-malmu, 423 Innanı fiudh†u bi’l-ilhi ’l-mufiını * min jamıfi al-
Ilaykum fa-l il siwkum wa-qaßduhü * Qalılun adh wa-kulli lafiinı, 430
min abyd al-shahiyyayni li’l-jullı, 536 Inna ’l-rubüfia hiya ’l-rubüfiu tala√lu√ * Lkin
Ilayya qda Rabbı al-taysır * Wa-kna lı wa- sawkinuh hümu ’l-aghyri, 316
yassara ’l-fiasır, 438 Inna ’l-safidata fı ’l-fiuqb li-man tabifi *
Ilayya qudta ’l-barakti wa˛dı * bil tanzufiin sabıla man kna li’l-Ra˛mni qad khashafi,
wa-ghayri ja˛dı, 399 456
Ilayya wajjah al-jaz√ Allhü * Bi-qadri l Inna’l-shal†a akluhü mamdü˛ü * Li’l-rjı’l-
illha illa ’llh, 438 ßaghıri ˛ayyun yarü˛ü, 198
fiIlmı bi-anna ilhı l sharıka lahü * Qad qda lı Inna ’l-shuyükha kullahum kirmu * Amm ’l-
’l-fiilma wa’l-afimla wa’l-adab, 425 fakhükhu fa-hum al-li√mu, 338
Iltamisü ’l-arzqa fı khaby * Ar∂ikum ta˛÷ü Inna ’l-†ahrata lad man faqahü * qismni
min al-mazy, 376 mafilümni fal-tafaqqahü, 447
ˆmnukum an tu√minü bi’llhi * wa-b’il- Inna ’l-Tijnı la-yatun li-man ifitabar * Min yi
mal√ikati jund Allhi, 448 khliqihi ’l-fii÷mi min al-bashar, 361
Infiaqada ’l-bayfiu bi-m dalla fial * Ri∂√i Innı afiüdhu bi-Rabbi ’l-nsi wa’l-falaqi * Min
b√ifiin wa-mushtarin fial, 420 sharri khaßmin aladdin ˛sidin khaliqi, 364
In kunta bban li’l najt müfiy * Mutafialliqan Innı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af atamadhhabu * Fı
bi-janbin al-˛mı ’l-fialiyyı, 311 kashfıya ’l-asw wa-m atajannabu, 373
In kunta fı ’l-drayni fawzan taqßidu * Fa-’ttaqi Innı bi-sdat hdhihi ’l-azmnı * Ahl al-
mawlka bi-fifili m amara (...?). 408 safidati sdatı khulßnı, 116
Inna aß˛b al-jannati ’l-yawma bushr * Innı la-uhdı ’l-than√a wa’l-ßalta mafi * Il
Jwazat li’l-fiuqüli ˛addan wa-†awr, 354 ’l-rasül al-karımi shfifi al-shufafi, 472
Inna ’l-atya fial raghm al-˛asüdi at * Min Innı ra√aytu ’l-shaykha Sıdı Mu˛ammad *
shımat al-kuram al-˛wına li’l-fakhrı, 534 ˘z al-makrima †rifan wa-talıd, 474
Inna Dakra mafilımu ’l-tidhkri * wa- Innı ’sta√jartu ’l-dahra bi’l-Muhayminı * Bi-
maw†inun li-muhazzabi ’l-afkri, 316 dh ’l-jiwri ˛uztu kulla ma√manı, 293
Innı ’ttakhadhtu rasül Allhi mustanadı * ˘issan Jaz ’llhu ’l-muhayminu khayra wfin * mina
wa-mafinan wa-m arjü siw sanadı, 291 ’l-˛usn Mufiammarahü ’l-Qadhdhfı, 365
Inniya a˛madu muRabbiya ’l-wakıl * Jaz ’llhu shaykhan qma bi’l-naß˛i li’l-war
Mußalliyan fial immiya ’l-kafıl, 405 * Li-wajh ilhin bi’l-sar√iri filimü, 256
Inniya aqülu wa-innı ’l-yawma dhü khajalı * Jaz√u dhı ’l-wujüdi jalla wa’l-qidam * wa-dhı
Min kathrat al-dhanbi wa’l-fti wa’l-wajalı, ’l-baq√i ßnanı fian al-nadam, 430
452 Ji√tu ’l-manzila wa’stafhamtu man qa†an * A-
Inqda lı min ilhı ’l-fa∂lu wa’l-karamu * Bi-l fıkum jıratı am fı ’lladı ÷afian, 533
’nßirf wa-innı ’l-dahra mu˛taramu, 420
Kadhabat in iddafiat al-˛a∂rata aw-badat *
In shi√tu qultu anta fı ’l-ßabri ’l-jabal * Fı ’l-
Badawiyyatun fı zayyi man tata˛a∂∂arü, 321
fiilmi k’l-ba˛ri wa-fı ’l-fia† ’l-mathal, 482
Kadh khatmuhü kna li-bbi ’l-wilyatı *
Ismuhu fiinda ahl al-jannati fiAbd al-Karım, 401
Kadh katmuhü lubbun li-dhti ’l-khilfatı,
375
J√an ’l-khayru kulluhü wa’l-surüru * dabba
Kafnı Abü ’l-fiAbbsi fakhran ufkhiruhü *
fı afimaq al-qulübü yadüru, 367
Mad ’l dahri y fawza ’lladhı ’l-khatmu
Jadhb man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * al-
nßiruhü, 359
fiIlmu wa’l-afimlu lı düna ’l-nadam, 438
Kafnı ’l-qu†bu A˛madu fian siwhu * Wa-
Jahilüka ramzan li-’l-tuq wa-tafnı * Jafialuka
ghayrı ghayru A˛mada m kafhu, 359
ramzan li-’l-qil wa-tawni, 383
Kalmuhum laf÷un murakkabun mufıdü * Bi’l-
Jkha waddifihu qabla washk al-firqı *
qaßdi na˛wa inna hdh la-safiıdü, 445
wa’rtiq√ al-nufüsi bayn al-tarqı, 472
Kaml al-mun fı ’l-dıni wa’l-ghyati ’l-qußw
Jamafia ’l-qa∂√u wa-in ya∂ummu qa∂fiu *
* Min al-fara˛ al-muf∂ı il jannat al-ma√w,
Shafibayni nla dhawwuhum m sh√u, 386
369
Jamafita lı m lam yakun wa-l yakünü * Li-
Kam laylatan qad bittuh mutaßaffi˛ * ∑afa˛ti
mumkinin y man lahü kun fa-yakünü, 438
˛ubbin min fu√dı ’l muqßadi, 375
Jamafita wa-jüdan haybatan wa-jall * wa-
Kanzu ’l-kunüzi bi-fa∂li ’llhi qad jnı * fa-
abßarta min dh bahjatan wa-jaml, 281
kayfa lwabihı ’l-Ra˛mnu njnı, 457
Jar ’l-damfiu min fiaynayka y taymu
Kawwin lı ’l-yawma nasran fiizza mawlya *
mahyamü * A-min dhikr drin aw khafat
W’al-takshif al-˛ujub fiannı hab lı al-y,
fianka Maryamü, 609
420
Jar ’l-damfi min fiaynı wa-˛ayya ka√ıbü * Wa-
Kayfa astaghnı fian al-awliy√ı * Bafida naylı
fi ’l-qalbi minnı lawfiatun wa-lahıbü, 474
’bna slimin dh ’l-fial√ı, 359
Jwartu bi’l-furqni Rabbiya ’l-mufiın *
Kayfa tarjü maqmaka ’l-awliy√ü *
Malaktu nafsı wa-za˛za˛tu ’l-lafiın, 409
Wa’ntih√un lahum ladayka ’btid√ü, 357
Jz ’l-fiAzızu li-fiabdihı ’l-Rabbnı *
Khalawna lad “Alika” lan laylı * Ghawlin
Khayra ’l-jaz√i bi-akmal al-ri∂wnı, 368
lasna fı ’l-fiußur al-khawlı, 370
Jzka Rabbuka y fat ’l-fitynı * Wa-a†la
Khlı dafinı wa-qla lı ’ttakhidh qalam *
fiumraka fı tuqan wa-amni, 369
wa’mda˛ nabiyya ’l-hud wal takun
Jaz ’llhu fianna la Dwuda khayra-m *
sa√im, 329
Yujzıhi khayran fian murıdihı akram, 372
Khalılayya m hdhı ’l-†ulülu wa-dhı ’l-kud *
Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-nadba ˛ja ’bna fiAbbsi *
Mu†awwadatun mathn fa-mathn fa-ßfiid,
Jaz√a qadırin whibin düna miqysi, 378
100
Jaz ’llhu fiann shaykhan khayra m bihı *
Khalılı afiirnı ’l-samfia minnı naß√i˛u *
Yujzıhi shaykhan fian murıdıhi ˛izbihı, 359
Ilaykum tarh kulluhunna mafti˛, 359
Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-umma wa’l-wlida ’l-barr
Khalli ’l-taghazzula fı-madı˛i ’l-Muß†af * Inna
* wa-shaykhı wa-ikhwnı wa-a˛bbıya ’l-
’l-tafiazzula fı ’l-madıhi qad intaf, 338
khayr, 363
Khaßßan Rabb al-anmı * dhü ’lfia†y wa’l-
fii÷mı, 318
Kha†arat ka-mayys al-qan ’l-muta√a††irı * Laka tawassaltu bi-khayri mursalı * Y khayra

Wa-ranat bi-alh÷ al-ghazl al-afifarı,11 mlikin wa-khayra mursilı, 439
Khtim al-awliy√i li’llhi †urr * Y mumidd Laka ’l-ulühiyyatu y ’llhu bil shakka * Fa-
al-aq†bi sirran wa-jahr, 360 kullı karaman taqabbal, 439
Khatm un fial burj al-tuq yataqaddamü * L kuf√a m bayna ’l-bası†ati wa’l-suh * Li’l-
Mutaraddiyan bi-rida;l-nabiyyi yatabassamü, Muß†af ’l-mukhtri min ülı ’l-nuh, 335
374 La-mad˛u rasül Allhi ka ’l-shahdi fı ’l-famı *
Khayl un sar am inna rakbı yammam * Fa-qum wa’sqınıhi muskiran bi’l -tarannumı,
Maw†ina khayr al-nsi li’l-sayri ßammam, 332
292 Lamfinu barqi ’l-layli na˛wa ’l-mashriqı *
Khudh bi-∂abfiı ilayka Rabbiya akhdh * abd haw qalbı bi-nürin mashriqı, 328
Layyinan aw bi-aydi lu†fika jabdh, 337 Lam yabdu mithl al-Muß†af Mu˛ammadı *
Kitbatı min al-Karımi ’l-akramı * Wa-qda lı Sirran wa-jahran fı bary ’l-∑amadı, 439
fıh fialhu ’l-akramü, 439 Lam yan˛u li’llhi tafila fı ’l-azalı * Naqßun wa-
Kubb al-fiaduwwu fa-inna ’llha ghlibuhü * l yan˛uhü fiiwa∂un dh nazalı, 439
Fa’l-mawtu †libuhu wa’l-mawt slibuhü, Lam yazal wjib al-wujüdi wa˛ıd * Lam yajid
291 qa††u ß˛iban aw walıd, 338
Kulla fa∂ılatin turmu ˛uzti * Wa’l-filiyti ’l- Lan min al-fiumri taf∂ılan min Allhi * Hadhı
darajti nilti, 482 ’l-fiimratu inna ’l-˛amda li’llhi, 318
Kullu fiilmin fa-lahu mujtahidü * fiAlayhi fı Lan rifqat un fı Ngoumba fiinda ’l-ra√ısı *
taqrırihi yufitamadü, 561 Mu˛ammadin al-nabı ’l-amın al-nafısı, 473
Kullu ma qulta y * ∑˛i min tilka ’l-khaby, Laqad ∂fiat al-ashfiru idh m yuqra÷u * Siw
534 ’l-Muß†af man ßıtuhü laysa yafiki÷u, 332
Kullu wirdin ütiya il nsi fiar∂ * La-daw√u ’l- Laqad ∂fiat taqrı÷ı * Wa-abytı wa-ank÷ı,
murıdi rü˛an wa-fiar∂, 334 336
Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal * Qaßdan Laqad ˛aqqa an yubk damun l madmifiü *
wa-tafilu ’l-jıla y mutafiallimü, 430, 434 fiAl ’l-dıni mimm ghayyarathu ’l-fa÷√ifiü,
Kunn lad zaman al-nuw * nanshı ’l-farı∂a 254
wa-nanshuru, 332 La-qad l˛a barqun bi-laylin alaq * Yuthır al-
Kuntu khilwan min al-humümi barı√ * Wa- sawkina fiind al-ghasaq, 533
jawdan ufi†ı ’l-nawla jarı√, 342 Laqad ruziqtu widd al-Muß†af wa-ßaf *
Waqtı bi-mawlidihı abıtu fiinda ∑af, 291
La-fiamruka inna ’l-aty alladhı * Radadta L qarma ill wa-hdın lahü sanadü * Huwa
fialayn huwa ’l-mufitamadu, 533 ’l-humm alladhı m mithluhü a˛adü, 332
L budda lı min jamalı * Arkabuhu li-fiilalı * L shakka annaki law-l kunti ßbirat * M
wa-nahalı wa-fialalı, 534 kunti skinatan fı Fsa min alami, 336
Ladayya ’l-mala√ al-afil tadhakkartu nqatı * L shakka anna ’l-Muß†f ra√ısü * Li-man li-
Wa-˛awlı unsun shribüna bi’l-fa∂latı, 279 jumlati ’l-war ru√üsü, 439
L ˛awla quwwata li’l-makhlüqi y ’llhu * Ill Lastu adrı lim’l-fiuyünu fiuyünı * Fı ’nßibbi
bi-˛awlika y dh ’l-fa∂li y ’llhu, 471 wa’zdiydi hutüni, 385
Laja√tu il ’l-mawl ’l-fialiyyi jalla sh√nuhü * Lastu ill mufiayyaban bi-yaqını * Anna fiayna
Li-daffiı wa-jalbı qad kafnı ˛ißnuhü, 293 ’l-yaqıni fı ÷illi dını, 384
Laka ’l-˛amdu dh ’l-jalli * Wa-dh ’l-bah L tadhkur al-dra wa’ns ’l-rabfia wa’l-†alal
wa’l-jamlı, 359 * Wa-fiadda fian dhikrika ’l-a˛y√a wa’l-
Laka’l-˛amdu Rabbi m tarannamat * w-sh-˛ khulal, 124
fial ’l-fqi wa-minhum maßabb, 85 L tanmı y fiaynu jüdı bi-damfii * Ffiilin fifil
Laka ’l-˛amdu y man lahu iftaqara * Jamıfi alal-wbilına bi-zarfii, 332
bary bi-qahri ÷ahrı, 85
L tastarib bi-karmtin yukhaßßu bih * Man Lı maddu Rabbı ’lladhı ˛waltuhü wa-hud *
ittaq ’llha fı sirrin wa-ifilnı, 86 Kullı wa-lı qda bi’l mukhtri khayru hud,
L tatakabbar wa-l tatajabbar * Innaka fiabdun 410
lasta bi-shay√ı, 316 Li-mad˛i A˛mada ‡h * ‡awılan sahirtu laylı,
Law kna yablughu wßifun m ˛zahu * fiAbd 338
al-fiAzızi mu†ayyab al-arkni.318 Li-man lahü ’l-laylu mafi ’l-nahri * Li-man
Lawqi˛ al-ra˛amti wa’l-ta˛iyytı * fiAl ’l- kafnı kullu dhı ’ntihr, 440
nabıyyi ’l-ra∂iyyi khayr al-barriyy†ı, 104 Li-man wujüduhü tulzim al-qidam * Kulliyyatı
Laylata ˛ayy i n min laylı ’l-jumufiah * sirran wa-jahran bi’l-khidam, 440
Shawwli †afisashin waftu ’l-warifiah, 368 Li’l-Muß†af nawaytu m yujaddidu *
Laysa al-jihdu ßawrikhan wa-junüd * Wa- Sunnatahü ’l-ghar√ wa-innı A˛madu, 424
ta˛akkuman fı shaghlih wa-wafiıd, 384 Li-Nkumba ha÷÷ un wa-nifiam un * Min nüri
Laysat ˛ukümat Senghor aw-Lamin * Taq∂ı khayri ’l-war, 479
lan ’l-˛jt fiinda man qamin, 341 Li-qalbı il ’l-bi√ri al-fiatıqi tasharrubü * Wa-fı
Layta shifirı hal lan qad ˛utim * Fı bulayd zamzam al-gharr√i li’l-ahli mashrabü, 393
zawratun min umam, 360 Li-Rabbin ghafürin qad ma˛ fiannı ’l-dhanb *
Li-fiabdi Rabbihi khadım al-Muß†af * Tihi ’l- wa-fiannı naf iblısa fı ba˛ri m yanb, 425,
muqaddima nüran yaß†afı, 439 438
Lı arbafiüna min al-mıldi sinın * Wall ’l- Li-Rabb in karımin wsifiin khayri mafibüdı *
shabbu wa-Rabbı ’llhu yahdın, 318 Shukürı lad drı wa-fı ’l-ba˛ri wa’l-bıdı,
Li’l-drisına wa-li’l-madrisi minkumü * Awf 427
musfiadatin ka-nawfii sa˛bı, 482 Li’l-ra˛li ta˛tı min al-a†ı†i * bi-mithli m bı min
Li-dh idh fiamma khawfun kulla an˛√ı * Bi’l- al-gha†ı†i, 335
Muß†af artajı amnı wa-ifil√ı, 292 Lisnu shukrı * Min bafidi dhikrı * Bi-ghayri
Li-dh ’ntaßartu bi-manßür al-ilhi mal(*)dhı makri * Li-dhı’l-l√ı, 410
fı ’l khu†übi ˛abıbu ’llhi jalla fial, 292 Li-‡h nabiyyi ’l-anbiy√i than√ı * Bi-waqti
Li-dhı ’l-baq√i bi’l-ßalawti ’l-khamsı * iqtirbı mithla waqti tan√ı, 292
˘amdı wa-shukrı bi-ghayri ramsı, 439 Lu†fuhu yajrı bi’l-fiabıdi dawm * Min
Li-ghayrika l nashkü ilh al-war amr * Wa- ghawiyyin wa-safiıdin wa-rashıdı, 105
m lan ill ilayka ’ltij√u dahr, 452
Mafia jumüfi in min al-mu˛ibbına qumn *
Li-khayri kulli wlidin wa-walad * Qd al-fiAlı
Nata˛arr hill shahrin ˛abıbı, 304
Dhü qidamin lam yalid, 410
M fianna fiaynayka mundhu ’l-layli lam tanami
Li’llhi Dhı ’l-Jalli wa’l-Ikrm * Kullı min al-
* A-fı ’l-fu√di khaylu ’l-˛ubbi min alami,
mu˛arrami ’l-˛arm, 439
334
Li’llhi kasrun m lahu jbirü * Wa-thalmatun
M blu Hindin na√at fiann bi-ghayri qil *
laysa lah ßbirü, 533
Wa-ßrat anb√uh yutl (sic) mal wa-mil,
Li’llhi ’lladhı qad jda lı bi-hud * Kullı
589
khadıman li-man taqdımuhü fiahd, 427
M ’l-dahru ill na˛yh * aw dawratun ya˛y
Li’llhi m ghashiya ’l-fu√da min jazfiı * Idh
bin majrha, 386
fja nafiyu Abı fi◊√ishata ’l-warifiı, 536
M ji√ta y ghawth al-khal√iqi sayyidı * La-
Li’llhi qad waßaltu bi’l-jamılı * wa-za˛za˛ al-
shahidta min fiind al-rasüli Mu˛ammadı, 358
afid√u ka ’l-khumülı, 439
M blu qalbika l yanfakku dh ’l-alamı *
Li’llhi Rabbi ’l-war qad qumtu min drı * Li-
Mudh bna ahl al-˛im wa’l-bnı wa’l-
ghayri Hindin wa-l Mayyin wa-l jrı, 479
fialamı, 573
Li’llhi shukrı bi-l kufrnı * Mudh ßnanı fian
Madadtu li’llhi ’l-mukarrami yadı * Dh
kulli dhı khusrn, 431
khidmatin li’l-muntaq ’l-mu√ayyadı, 440
Li’llhi y qawman tübü il ’llhi *
Madadtu li’llhi yadı * Bi’l-muntaq ’l-
Umürakum fawwi∂ü ˛aqqan il ’llhi, 318
mu√ayyadı, 440
Madadtu li’l-shaykhi al-anwrı * Immi ’l- Malaktu bi-fa∂li ’llhi m kna yushtah *
qu†bi’l-Rabbnı, 479 Wa-sayrı lahü min qablu bi’l-muntaq
Madadtu y Rabbi y ra˛mnu y ßamadu * ’ntah, 428
yadı ilayka fa-anta ’l-w˛idu ’l-a˛adu, 363 Malaktu khayra ’l-khalqi khidmatan ßafat * wa’
Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq ’l-nüri azmn * qda lı minhu fiulüman qad shafat, 440
Li-wajhi Ra˛ımin lam yazal qa††u Ra˛mn, M lan fiißmatun siw man ta˛m * In yurma
410 ˛imyatan aw yu∂m, 112
Ma∂ il Ra˛mati ’l-Brı wa-ri∂wnih * Hdh M lan min kharı†ati ’l-ar∂i dhı * Ghayru m
’l-mu†ahharu hqqan kulla ardnih, 367 ’l-Sinighl min khayri ’l-wa†anı, 334
Madda il kulliyatı ’llhu ’l-fialımü * M ghba Mala√ al-qalba ˛ubbu shaykhı ’l-Tijnı * Laysa
fian siwya fuztu bi’l-fiulümı, 440 fıhi li-ghayrihı min maknı, 360
Madda lı ’l-˘aqqu ’l-mubınu m li’l-bariyyati Ml al-fu√du il badr al-dujunntı * Ghawth
yubınu * Wa-m li-ghayrı l yubınu min al-anmi il qu†bi ’l-bariyytıfiat al-dhti,
bishrin wa-nifiamı, 414 360
Madda lı ’l-mukhtru m lı madd * Min M lı ar ’l-fiabarti mithl ’l-dim√i * Fawq
bishrin bi-l adhan fa’mtadd, 414 al-khudüdi fa-qultu y l fian√i, 318
Madda lı ’l-sharıfiata ’l-mu†ahharah * Man M lı ar ’l-jawwa mukhtall al-ni÷mi fial *
qda lı ’l-˛aqıqata ’l-munawwarah, 414 Khilfi m kna ßi˛˛iyyan wa-mufitadilı, 46
Madda wujüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdü * Lı naffiuhü M lı arka il m yuskhi† Allha, 234
wa’ nqda na˛wı al-jüdü, 427 M lı ar ’l-kawna mamlü√an bi-afr˛ı * Wa-l
Madd al-Khabıru * Lı wa’l-kabıru * M l ka-maytati ar∂in ghibba Sa˛s˛i, 365
yabüru * min al-luh√ı, 414 M lı li’l-fiadhli wa’l-fidhilı * fiAdhilu q a d
Mad˛u ’l-nabı dhı ’l-mazy ’l-m˛ı * aghn aktharta fı ’l-b†ilı, 123
fian al-suyüfi wa’l-rim˛ı, 440 M li’l-fu√di fnat al-yawma madhfiürü *
Mad˛un wa-dhammun fı maqmin w˛idı * Min Madhrüfu damfiin a-bi’l-hayf√ı maghrürü,
w˛idin li-w˛idin fiajabn, 240 484
Ma˛ ’llhu m qad s√anı ’l-dahru fa ’nghasal Mallaka nafsı al-khayru dhü ’l-nafsiyyah * Lı-
* Wa-lı qda sirran minhu a˛l min al-fiasal, athbata ’l-fal˛a dhü ’l-salbiyyah, 440
414 Mallakanı ’l-maliku sirran fia÷m * Sqa li-
Ma˛ tawajjuh al-fiid wa’l-sü√ı * Lı-man ˛am ghayrı kullu man tafia÷÷am, 415
fiumrı fian musı√ı, 415 Man dh yusfiilu fian kirmin ajillatı * Fa-hum
Ma˛ fiuyübı wa-ma˛ fiifsı * Man qda lı ’l- mash√ikhu qdatun li’l-muqtafı, 86
shukür fı anfsı, 415 Man ghayru Rabbika tarjühu wa-ta√malu * an
Ma˛awtu bi’llhi fı dh ’l-yawmi jumlata m * yuza˛zi˛a ’l-hamma wa’l-awjla wa’l-
Thabbatahü min haw nafsı wa-min qalbı, kurab, 341
429 Man kna fimilan li-wajh Allhi * Yanßur lahu
Mahawtu ’l-lagh fiannı bi-Rabbı wa-bi ’l-nabı ’llhu bi-l ’shtibhi, 377
* fiAlayhi salm khayri hdin mujnibı, 414 Man kna yafiqilu mawjüdan wa-yaftakiru * fıhi
Ma˛madatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar * Minhu yußawwiruhü shakhßan lahü ßuwar, 456
fial m˛in ma˛ bi-hi ’l-kadar, 421 Man kna yarjü siw ’l-Ra˛mni qultu lahü *
Majjadanı ’l-majıdu wa’l-mumajjad * ∆ayyafita fiumraka fı lahwin wa-fı fiabathı,
wa’nqda lı minhu ’l-kitb al-amjad, 440 322
M ’l-karımu yans t√iban athü * L yakhfu Man lı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af * Wa’l-mad˛u fawq
bakhsan kullu man rajhü, 456 al-muntah, 248
Maktümat un khutimat bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-dhti * M sma˛a ’l-dahru min yawmin aladhdha bin
Nafs al-wilyati majl †al, 360 * Ka’l-yawmi ji√n lad dr ibni fiAbbs, 323
M kuntu aktumuhu mudh azmunin fshı * Bayn M sh√ahu ’llhu bi-kun yakünü * M lam
al-bariyyati li-m bna li’l-wshı, 361 yakun yash√u l yakünü, 356
M ’l-sukh†u il˛˛un bi’l-dufi√i * Wa’ltij√un Minnı ’l-salm wa-fiannı ayyuh ’l-nujubü *

ilayka bafid iltij√ı, 101 Ta˛ammalü tafiban intjuhu ’l-†arabü, 80
M †ba fiayshuka y man sha√nuhü abad * Minnı wafiıdun d√im al-iqblı * Yaqfü la√ıman fı
K a d h b un wa-ifk un wa-buhtn un min al- rififiin blı, 86
nasami, 378 Mudda ˛aytı dhta †ülin wa-safiah * Y khayra
Mat taßhü wa-qalbuka fı ghurürı * Wa-tasbi˛u mughnin qad wahabta tawsifiah, 452
bi’l-sinıni wa’l-shuhürı, 84 Mudda ßaltuka mafia ’l-taslım * Li-fiabdika ’l-
Mawl ’l-bariyyati bi’l-nabiyyi Muhammadı * rasüli dhı ’l-taklım, 430
Anzil sa˛√iba rahmatin li-Muhammadı, 291 Mu˛ammadatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar *
Mawlid khayr al-filamın A˛mad * Naf li- Minhu fial m˛in ma˛ bihı al-kadar, 433
ghayrin ’l-adh wa’l-kamad, 413 Mu˛ammadatı li’l-W˛idi ’l-Qahhrı * fiAl ’l-
Mawlidu ß˛ibı Ayfür Waylikis * Wfaqa sirj al-anwar al-bahhrı, 440
jumufiatan thaltha wa-fiishrın, 598 Mu˛ammadun fiAbd Allhi khayr al-bariyyatı *
Mayoro Kumba Galy Madira Mukhtr * Wa-majl ’l-asmı wa’l-ßift al-fialiyyatı,
Mbayang Mukhtr Maysin fi◊li Lamtoro, 353
370 Mu˛ammadun jammalahü ’l-ilhu * Bi-bahji l
Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm * ilha illa ’llha, 414
Kam za˛za˛a ’l-shay†na wa’l-jahla wa’l- Mu˛ammad un kullu m fı ’l-rusli fıhi †uwi *
ghamm, 424 Mu˛ammad un fza minhu al-mißru wa’l-
Middı wa-aqlmı wa-fiaqdı wa-aqwlı * Li- badwi, 293
Rabb al-sam wa’l-ar∂i qa†fian ka-a˛wli, Mu˛ammad un qad ma˛ m s√anı abad *
414 Wa-madda lı bi-sharri bqin w˛idin fiabd,
Mimm samifitu min aghrab al-buhtnı * Min 415
qawl ahl al-zaygh wa’l-khidhlnı, 125 Mu˛ammad un wa’l-li wa’l-ßa˛bi’l-kirm *
Min fiabdi mawlhu ’l-ghaniyyu bihi ’l-faqırı * Wa-lı bihi hab Rabbi m fqa ’l-marm, 441
Wa-ilayhi ˛aqqan A˛mad al-Bakk√iyyı,127 Mu˛ammadun ’l-Mushrı atka ˛immü * Wa-
Min Allhi bi’l-mukhtri qad j√at al-mun* arjü min al-Mawl atka marmü, 293
Wa-rumtu min al-bqı bihı ’l-shukra Mumıtu kuffa man tawajjaha bi-∂urr * Liya lahu
azman, 431 fı fijilin y ma ya∂urr, 416
Min al-˘aqq j√a ’l-˛aqqu li’l-˛aqqi fı ’l-ßa˛bı Muny madı˛u shaykhı dhı ’l-san√ı * Lahu
* Bi-˛aqqin mubın in l yufinıhi min ßafibı, ’l-majdu al-mu√aththalu wa’l-than√ü, 598
413 Munsalakhu Shawwla fim wafsash * Ta√sısun
Min al-ilhi li’l-ilhi tı ’l-˛urüf * Li-wajhihı wa- ’l-safidata shfı ’l-fia†ash, 370
lı yamla√u ’l-÷urüf, 440
Nahrı kulluhu darsun wa-ßwmu * wa-laylı
Min al-khadımi il ’l-makhdümi mıznü * L
kulluhü dawman qiymu, 322
yanta˛ı ajruhü kaylun wa-mıznü, 431
Nabiyyu mawln ’l-shafıfi * al-∑li˛ al-barr al-
Min mlikı rumtu bi-ahli Badrı * fiißmata kullı
mu†ıfi * Dhü’l-qadri wa’l-sha√n al-rafıfi *
wa’ fitil√i qadrı, 415
fiAl ’l-nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af khayr * al-∑alti
Minnı ilayka ta˛iyytun mufatta˛atü * Akmmu
wa’l-salm * Wa-lihi wa’l-shuraf√ *
azhrih min raw∂at al-bni, 336
Aß˛bihi ’l-ghurr al-kirm, 121
Minnı il sayyid al * -Sdti Siddtı, 479
Nabiyyun rasülun Mu˛ammadü * bi-hı
Minnı li’l-shaykhi ’lladhı fı ’l-fiilmi Mukhtrü *
imma˛ ∂urrı wa-hwa A˛madü, 441
Najl al-makrimi hum fı ’l-majdi akhyrü,
Nafafianı man lam yakun bi-waladı * wa-l bi-
479
wlidin fa-†ba khaladı, 447
Minnı shukürun wa-˛amdun li’ ’lladhi faja√ *
Naf ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * Li-
Bi-makhjal al-su√li fiabdan khdiman laja√,
ghayrı ’l-shay†ni wa’hwa dhü nadam, 417,
428
431
Nafsi ’llatı tamliku al-ashy√a dhhibatü * Fa- Qad kuntu fı ˛li ahl al-dahri mufitabir * Li-
kayfa asfi fial shay√in dhhibı, 85 man yudrıhim kay yaqta∂ı ’l-wa†ar, 318
Nah∂ an li-sawtin qad dafi bi-Kajoor * I˛y√a Qad qlah shukran Mu˛ammad al-Bashırü *
nahjin shaqqahu Latoor, 384 Li-nifiamin awlhu Rabbuhu ’l-Baßırü, 255
Na˛madu Rabban bsi† al-mihdı * Wa-jfiil al- Qad qla Müs khdimu ’l- khadım * Li-man
jibli ka’l-awtdı, 589 ˛aw taqaddum al-qadım, 461
Na˛nu ˛umt al-dıni * Bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-talqın Qad ßadaqa ’llhu wa-ballagha ’l-rasülü * Wa-
nafdıhi bi’l-watın * bi-fiazminat al-mubın, na˛nu mann bi-kulli m yaqülü, 85
341 Qad shba shawq al-nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af adamı
Na˛wı mafia ’l-fiarü∂i wa’l-bayn * walat bih * Fa-hal tasılanna min bafid al-dumüfii damı,
li-ghayrı al-fiißyn, 441 293
Naja˛a li’l-khamsati fı ’l-affili * Tathniyat al- Qad †ba lı ’l-yawma fian Layl wa-jrtı *
asm lahu y tlı, 370 Dafidin Sufidin wa-Sufidh wa-Mayytı,
Nm al-khaliyyu wa-jafn al-fiayni yaq÷nü * 374
Idh qıla ˛alla bih büqun wa-ßulbnü, 86 Qad †ba qalbı li-m ’llhu sallamanı * Min al-
Nma khalılı wa-bittu ’l-layla lam anam * Min fiid wa-bi-ha††i’l-dhanbi akramanı, 431
ghayri m saqamin ladayya wa-l alam, 125 Ql al-faqıh al-muqtadı bi’llhı * Mu˛ammad
Nr al-ma˛abbati am dhı nüru fiirfnı * Iyyhu al-Mukhtru ghayra w†ı, 85
ghyatu m yufin bihi ’l-fnı, 356 Ql al-khadım al-fiabdu wa’hwa A˛madü * L
Naßr un min Allhi wa-fat˛un fian qarıb * Wa- zla fiinda Dhı ’l-jaml ya˛madü, 404
bashshir al-mü√mina jamfian y ˛abıb, 355 Ql al-khadımu A˛mad al-Bakk√ı * fiAnhu
Nawaytu fı dh ’l-fimmı * Ka ’l-fimmi ’l- fiaf wa-ra˛ima ’l-fiAliyyu, 122
awwalı * Ziyrata qabri ’l-shaykhı * Safid Ql al-mu˛ibbu li-rasül Allhı * Mu˛ammadun
abihi ’l-walı, 479 sib†u ˛abıb Allhı, 417
Nid√un tin al-ımn wa’l-birr wa’l-tuq * Wa-
nashr fiulüm al-dıni bi’l-˛usni wa’l-naq, 482 Qla li-wajh Allhi fiabduhü ’l-khadım *
Nifim al-ßab min fiinda ar∂ al-a˛ibbatı * Samat rasuluhü a˛mad (...?) al-qadım, 430
bı ilayh himmatı ˛ına habbatı, 485 Qla al-mubashshir j√ ’l-sayyid Sıdtı *
al-Nüru jund al qalbi ay taw˛ıdu * Wa-jundu Qawlan ta∂manu anwfi al-masarrtı, 471
nafsin ÷ulmatun ßindıdu, 376 Qla Mu˛ammadu ’l-Kükiyyu ’l-dri * Wa’l-
Nuzüluka min ar∂ al-nubuwwatı fawzan * Bi- abü min dhurriyat al-Mukhtri, 394
yumn in wa-khayrtin min Allhi fiamman, Ql Mu˛ammadun huwa ’l-‡ughüghiyyu jaddı
483 * Takrüriyyu iqlımin wa-Süqı al-waladı , 175
Qla Mu˛ammad un sulalatu fiUmar * Rjı
Qad akh†a√a ’l-sahmu min rmı ’l-fiul ’l- ra˛mat al-Ilhi dhı’l-Qada, 252
ghara∂ * In kna ghayru khitmi ’l-awliy Qla Mu˛ammad al-‡aghüghiyy al-nasab * Ibn
ghara∂, 358 Mu˛ammadin Inalbash al-qu†b, 176
Qda lı ’l-Qur√nu m l ajidü * Fı ghayrihı Qla fiubayd Allhi dhü ’l-fiißynı * al-Murtajı
nifim al-kitbu al-munjidü, 427 maghfirat al-Ra˛mnı, 599
Qad asar Allhu rü˛ı na˛wa ˛a∂ratihı * Wa- Qla fiubayd Allhi khdim al-rasül *
sawfa tıhi mafirüjan mafia ’l-jismı, 350 Mu˛ammadu ’bnu. shaykhihı al-rjı ’l-
Qad bada√tu m nawaytu * Fı ’l-ta˛rıri qubül, 448
musa††ir, 601 Qla fiubaydu Rabbihı fialiyyü * ayyadahü bi-
Qad ˛uyyirat jumlat al-†ullbi wa’l-fiulam√ * naßrihı ’l-fialiyyü, 316
Hal ji√ta bi’l-na÷mi aw bi’l-nathri aw bihim, Qalbı fufidı shighfı kulliyatı kabidı * aslamtu
323 li’llhi fı sirrin wa-fı fialanı, 316
Qad ishtqa qalbı il sayyidı * Wa-shaykhı al- Qalbı lahu fı fiitbi ’l-jismi takrrü * Li-annahu
Tijnı al- fat ’l-amjadi, 329 li’l-hud wa’l-nüri jarrrü, 445
Qalbı ya˛innu il Abı ’l-Anwr, 526

Ra√ ’l-˛afı÷u janb al-khilli A˛madu Jah *
al-Qalbu minnı fı dh ’l-yawmi qad fialim* Bi-
Dınan wa-duny wa-yaq∂ı m yash ˛iwajah,
fiajzi khalqin fa-min khawfi ’l-war salim,
366
430
Ra√ ’llhu qalban kna da√ban yu˛fi÷ü * fiAl
Qalb un fial ba˛r al-as yataqallabu * wa-
’l-fiahdi li’l-Tijnı ni’ma ’l-mu˛fi÷ü, 361
shighfuu fı qfiihı yatalahhabu, 385
Ra√nı bafi∂ al-nsi annı mublighü * Bi-mad˛ı
Qalla li’l-amıri wa-l tarhabuka haybatuhu *
li’l-Tijnı mudh an blighü, 358
Inna ’l-mahbata khidn al-fiadli wa’l-sadadı,
Ra√aytu fiajıba ˛lin fı ’l-mafidı * Wa-akh†ra
460
sa-ta÷haru fı ’l-bildı, 604
Qlü la-anta ßabı khlin min al’l-khli * min ajli
Ra√aytu bild an l tufiaddu fiadıdat * Sa-
dh ßirta l tunh fian affili, 456
adhkuru minh ’l-bafi∂a lastu muwfiy, 604
Qlü lı ’rkun li-abwb al-sal†ını * Ta˛uz
Ra√aytu ’l-Muß†af fı ’l-nawmi ˛aqq * Fa-
jaw√iza tughnı kullam ˛ını, 432
bashsharanı wa-adnnı ilayhi, 80
Qlü ’staslimu kunta fı dh ’l-jıli dh qadami *
Rabb al-Amın wa-Rabb al-Muß†af wa-kaf *
Wa-kunta fıhim ra√ısan y akhı ’stalimi, 318
Fa ’ghfir dhunüba fiubaydin qad fiaß wa-
Qarrarta y shaykhu fiaynay mubtag˛ı zdi *
jaf, 298
Muballaghin li-jinnin kulla murtdi, 368
Rabban dafiawnka fial * Falaqatin wa’l-
Qaßarat yad al-afhmi wa’l-afkrı * fiamma
fiafwu yufiz li’l-kirm, 82
˛awhu sayyid’l-Mukhtr, 642
Rabban ’ghfir li-man atka khadım *
Qaßurtu fian al-mash√ikhi ajmafiın * Il
muqbilan t√iban ilayka fiadım, 431
shaykhı ’l-murabbı ’l-wlidın, 319
Rabbi adfiü bi-˛qq al-ism al-mufia÷÷amı * Wa-
Qif fial rabfi al-˛abıbi wa-qul * Hal maqılun
bi-˛qq al-ßifti ˛qq al-asmı, 375
fiindah wa-ma÷l, 581
Rabb al-fiibdi Ghfir al-dhunübı * Wa-qbil
Qif bi’l-diyri wa-bi’l-mafilimi fı ’l-qur *
al-tawbi bi-taqabbuli tawbı, 294
Nabkı khalılı ˛asratan wa-ta˛ayyur, 60
Rabbi bi-hijrat al-rasül al-rashdı * Fal-tahdin
Qif bi’l-diyri wa-in lam talqa insn * Fa-m
li-subul al-rashdı, 303
al-tansı li-†ül al-fiahdi ansn, 126
Rabbı bi-jhi mujmifi al-shu√ünı * Fa’kshif
Qif bi’l-diyri wa-sal Salm bi-dhı salamı * Hal
kurübı aßli˛an shu√ünı, 293
f˛a †ıb al-shadh fı ’l-rabfii dhı salamı, 477
Rabbı bi-jh al-murta∂ Mu˛ammadi ßalli *
Qif al-ma†y bi-afil sh†i√ al-wdı * ‡uw ’l-
fiAlayhi Rabbi †ül al-abadi, 377
muqaddasi m afilhu min wdı, 358
Rabbi bi-jh al-Muß†af ’l-hdı ’l-amını * ∑all
Qifü wa’smafiü li’l-qawli fı tunkuyaw *
fialayhi Rabbun fı kulli ˛ını, 311
Ra√ayn ’l-fiaj√iba fı tunkuyaw, 592
Rabbi bi-l ilha ill ’llh * Qin ’l-rad wa-
Qılı tawall il ’l-zimmi wa-miqwadı * Wa-li-
kulla m nakhshh, 332
dhka bittu ’l-layla laylata anqadi, 335
Rabbı bi-m yashra˛ al-adh’hna qad faja√ *
Qul li-jaysh al-Fullni qultu(m) shanıfi *
Bi-jhi af∂ali man li’llhi qad laja√, 428
Rumta amran amran fia÷ıman fa÷ıfi, 122
Rabbı bi-shaykhı A˛mad al-Tijnı * khayru ’l-
Qul li’l-khalifati abq Allhu ˛urmatahu * Wa-
wasılati il ’l-Ra˛mni, 364
anna shfiirahu fı ’l-bbi qad waqaf, 346
Rabbi innı fiabd u n kathıru ’l-mafißı *
Qul li’l-mumazziqi fiir∂ı dünam sababi * Wa’l-
Ghalabtanı nafsı fa-kun lı mufiın, 441
muftarı †uruqan min ayyim kadhibi, 369
Rabbı innı li-m anzalt * Ilayya min khayrin
Qultu li-man yurıdu istifibd al-ns A˛sin il ’l-
faqırun batt, 357
nsi tastafibid qulübahum * Fa-†lam
Rabbi ’shra˛ lı y man lahu ’l-amru ßadrı * wa-
istafibad al-insn al-i˛snu, 561
ila ’l-yusri ˛awwilan kulla amrı, 356
Qul y khalılu li-shni√in murr√ı * Inna ’l-
Rabbî tarnı b√isan faqır* fa-’r˛am ra˛ımı ’l-
qinfia malbası wa-rid√ı, 575
b√is al-faqır, 294
Qul y khalılu li-shni√ in murr√ı * La-
Rabbu jamıfi al-filamina a˛madu * fiAl ’lladhı
a˛madanna ilhı shukra al√ı, 560
simtuhü Mu˛ammadü, 441
Rabb al-war laka ’l-ma˛midu fa-ßalli * fiAl ∑abran jamılan y akhı li’llhi * fiAlayhi in shadd
’lladhı man iktaf bihı waßal, 447 al-bal ya√lahü, 582
Raddu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * Sabfi un taqı abwbs kulli nrı * Tajüdu bi’l-
Mafia ’l-baq li-siwya m ßadam, 441 dirhami wa’l-dınr, 447
Raddu salmin †ayyibin qad fq * Kulla salmin ∑af fiilmu man ˛ajja fı rayfashül * Bi-minkhli
yajlibu ’l-wifq, 432 fa∂l al-Mannn al-qubül, 573
Ra∂ın bi-m ’l-mawl qa∂ fı fiibdihı * wa- Sahartu’l-layla una÷÷imu dhı ’l-qaßıdı * Bi-
man lam yakun na√ fian rashdihı, 369 mad˛ al-˛jji Sunnu Külü farıdı, 537
Ra∂ıtu fian al-mawl tafil ’lladhı Rabb * ∑a˛awta fa-hal tar∂ ‘l-ghayrika ßhiy *
Fu√dı wa-aghnnı wa’krim bihi Rabb, 441 Qubaylaka nah∂an li-’l-mafilı musmiy,
Rafafin il ’l-M˛ı ’lladhı qad ma˛ ’l-˛uzn * 387
Madı˛an fiajıban yukhjil al-sajfia wa’l-wazn, ∑˛ibı un÷ur fa-hal tar min bqı * Ghayra
412 wajh al-Muhaymin al-Khallqı, 367
Rfii m anta qultahü li’l-munjı * Wa’l-munj ∑˛i ’rkabi ’l-˛azma wa’ß˛ab ßdiqa ’l-˛li *
wa-laysa ka ’l-burwjı, 336 m∂ı ’l-fiazımati fı ’l-tı wa-fı ’l-˛li, 372
Ramaytum fa aqßadtum ßamıma fu√dı * Safiıdun ummatun fıh safiıdu * Muf∂a ’l-nüri
faghdartumü fiaynı salıba ruqdi, 365 †lifiuh sufiüdu, 367
Rasül Allhi mift˛u ’l mazy * fiAdımu ’l- S√iq al-khayri l yazlu yasüqü * Li’l-Tijnı
mithli wahhbu ’l-hady, 322 man lahu ’l-tawfıqü, 360
Rasülu ilh al-filamına tafil * Khadımuka Salaba lı nür al-lisni wa’l-kitb * azmna
nd y rasülu tafil, 292 khidmatı lad ahla ’l-kitb, 441
Rasül un ra√üfun bal hudan fiaynu ra˛matı * Salm Allhi wa’l-ri∂wnu yattar * Yajüdu
Yadullu sabılan li’l-jinni muballigh, 355 tharan li-Bba A˛mad wa-qabr, 126
Rfiü ’l-waßıyyata fiüh qawm al-Tijnı * Wa’l- Salm an †ayyiban farajan amın * Li-ma˛bübı
tan÷urüh bi-ri∂wnin wa-i˛sni, 319 fiAliyyi ’bni Ma˛amm, 599
Rifq an bi-man adbarat rak∂an shabıbatuhu * Salmatı min dawfiı ’l-∂ıqi wa’l-˛asadi * Dafiat
Wa-aqbala al-shaybu yanfi slif al-fiumrı, li-shukri qalmı ’l-fim ka ’l-jasadi, 445
103 Salm un fial man tha minhu thabırü * Wa-
Rü˛ al-nabiyyi wa-rü˛u shaykhı hkadh * that bi’l-duny wa-th al-qubürü, 254
M a d  d an wa-imdd an fa-khudh dh ’l- Salmun bqin qadımun fa∂luhu karamü * fiAl
ma√khadh, 358 ’lladhı madda lı-m laysa yanßarimü, 431
Rumn shukür alladhı bi’l-kfi wa’l-nünı * M Salmun ka-fiarf al-miski wa’l-fianbar al-nadı *
sh√a yaffialu min bdin wa-maknünı, 430 fiAl f√iq al-aqrni dhı ’l-fiizzi wa’l-majdı,
Rumn shuküra man ilayn wajjah * 478
A˛madan al-Mukhtra dh fa’ttajah, 428 Salmun ka-fiarf al-raw∂i bkarahu ’l-ma†arü *
Ruwaydaka ba˛r al-m√i man fıka yafiburü *, Kam zna fian wakf al-khay nürahu al-
103 shajar, 126
Salmun ka-fard al-Mußtaf sayyid al-rusulı *
Sa√aln ahla hdh ’l-˛ayyi * Wa-damfiı sqi†un Wa-sayyidi kull al-filam al-fiulwı wa’l-suflı,
fian mayyi, 338 478
Sa√altu Allhumma bi’l-Mukhtrı * Yusr a n Salmun kam ∂fiat riy˛ ghawlı * Tahubbu
sarıfian y Karım al-Brı, 446 rı˛an ßabban wa-shamlı, 124
Sa√altu Rabbı ’l-˘afı÷ al-Mnifi * In kna Salm un mu˛allan bi’l-zabarjadi wa’l-durrı *
fiann kulla ∂urrin dfifi, 405 Wa-yuzrı fial ∂aw√ al-yawqıti fı ’l-na˛rı,
Sa√altuka mu∂†arran li-yusrin lad fiusrı * Fa-y 319
Rabbi y Ra˛mnu y kshif al-∂arrı, 147 Salm un salmun wa-l yufiaddadı * Li’l-˛jji
Sabaqat rijl al-Qdirı wa-tuwwijü * Bi- Qdirin bafiıd al-mad , 589
fiam√im al-taqdır wa’-tijnı, 143
∑altı fial man nafituhu ’l-jüdu wa’l-badhlü * Sha√nı bi-˛ubb al-kirm al-ghurri mushtahirü *
Wa-min sha√nihi ’l-i˛snu wa’l-ßul˛u wa’l- Da√ban wa-qalbı bi-ahl al-fiilmi muzdahirü,
fa∂lü, 159 574
∑altu ’lladhı fı kulli shahrin wa-fı ßafar * Sharibtu bu˛ür al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi khliqı * Wa-fı
˘amnı fial m˛in ma˛ ’l-˛absa wa’l- nüri ‡h wa’l-Tijniyyi A˛madı, 374
safar, 433 Sharibn khumür al-shawqi fı sakartı * Wa-
∑alt un w˛idun bi-fiqhi fiabd * fiAl ’lladhı khu∂n bu˛ür al-fiishqi fı ghamartı, 330
a˛sana safiyan A˛mad, 441 Shaykhı ’bnu fiAbbs alladhı man ammahü *
∑altu Rabbı mafia ’l-salmı * fiAl ’l-˛abıbi yufi† ’l mun bi-fiinyat al-ra˛mn, 376
khayr al-anmı, 102 Shaykhı ’l-farıdu mlikı * m mithluhü min
∑alli wa-sallim Rabban fial ’l-nabı * Wa’l-li nsiki, 322
wa’l-ßa˛bi filı ’l-rutabi, 315 Shaykhun A˛mad al-Tijnıyyu afil * Jmifiin
Sali ’l-nsa ahla ’l-fiar∂i aw kha†† al-istiw√ı * li’l-fiul ’l-raqıb al-mufiall, 359
Fa-hal fakhru ‡h ’l-Muß†af ghayruhu al-Shın mufijamatun wa’l-kfu wa’l-r√u * Li’l-
˛aw, 329 r√i wa’l-b√i wa’hwa ’l- b√u wa’l-r√u,
Sammıhi bi’l-sharıfi dhı ’l-martibi * 428
Mu˛ammadi ’l-ghlı akhı ’l mawhibi, 324 Shuddü ’l-ri˛la il ßindıdin ’l-fiarabı * ’l-
∑na ilhı bi’l-mun jihtı * Wa-abadan aghnü hshimiyyi ’l-sharıfi ’l-aßl wa’l-nasabi, 335
yadı fian htı, 446 Shughif al-fu√du bi-˛ubbi Dht al-w˛idı *
Saq ’l-ilhu ghamman f∂a wa’nhamara * Wa’l-sirru anb fian muqirrin j˛idı, 80
Min ra˛matin qabra man ndamtuhu fiußur, Shughiftu fial ˛ubbı Sulaym wa-jrih * Wa-
533 Hindin wa-Lubn fian maqılati mabda√ı, 478
Saqka ilh al-fiarshi yqabra sayyidı, 454 Shukrı li-dhı ’l-wujüdi nifiamun wa’l-qidam *
∑aramtu ˛abliya min layl wa-in afiishi * wa-dhı ’l- baq√i ’lladhı yuthabbitu ’l-
∑araftu hammı bi-madh al-Muß†af ’l- qadam, 442
Qurashı, 332 Sirrun sar mutanakkiran bi-tafiarrufı * Bayn al-
Sar rü˛ al-˛abıbi yazüru Rabbı * wa-yarjü war muta÷hiran bi-tala††ufı, 358
minhu maghfirat al-dhunübı, 319 Sufidu aw Asm√ü * Aw Dafidun aw ˘aww√ü,
∑arraftu widdı fian sufida wa-fian mayy * wa- 589
fian kulli m yunm il hdhihı ’l-duny, 371 Sub˛na man awjada kulla dharratı * Min
Sayrun bi-˛addi durübin yaftakhir * Bi-m√thir fiadamin il wujüd al-nifimatı, 609
al-srına bih man khabi, 385 Sub˛na man l yumr * Wa-l yur wa-l
Shba ra√sı wa-ghaflatı fı ’zdiydi * Wa-jumü˛ı yubr, 337
li-m dhuhı fı tamdi, 370 Sub˛na Rabbı al-fia÷ım al-afil * Man khalaq
Shakartu ’llha fı sirrı wa-jahrı * Kam qad al-Mukhtra fardan afil, 400
afiamman (?) nifim ’l-÷ahırı, 595 Sub˛na Rabbı ’l-fia÷ım al-barrı * Fı ’l-ba˛ri
Shakartu Rabbı dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-qidam * dh tahayyu√in li’l-barrı, 442
Wa-dh ’l-baq√i man yuthabbitu ’l-qadam, ∑udd al-maß√iba Rabbı la taßul darı * Wa-
441 baynan Rabbi bfiid bayna ßuldrı, 319
Shakartu Rabbı al-muqıt al-∑amad * fiAl ’l- Su˛qan li-salm wa-layl ayyu fiudwnı * baynı
nabı wa’l-rasüli A˛mada, 442 wa-baynahum min düni buhtnı, 336
Shakawtu umürı wa-dhanbı ’l-fia÷ım, 447 Suqtu al-shaküra wa’l-than√a sarmad * Li-
Shakaytu li-fiumrı li-far†i fıhi tafarra† * Wa-m khayri Rabbin bi’l-muküthi A˛mad, 442
shnat fıhi min wfiri takhalla†, 563 Suqyan li-ar∂in ghashh ’l-qa˛†u min zamanı *
Sha√n al-ma˛abba shay√un fıhi m fıhi * Man Fa’mnin bi-ghaythin ay Mannnu y ’llhü,
dhqa †afiman lahu fı ’l-nsi yudrıhi, 355 81
Tafilaw y shabba’l-qu†ri li-’stishkhdhi

Müsn.*, 334
Tafiallam wa-bdir y ghfil * Li-fahm al- Tarajjawtu min ma∂ghikum luqmat * Tuzıl al-
fiaq√id qabl al-qubürı, 661 bal wa-tufiısh al-nufüs, 28
Ta√allaqa najdiyyan fa-˛ayy wa-sallam * Wa- Tarnı idh m ji√tu drata San-Luwi * fiAl
nj jufünı fa’stahallat lahu dam, 11 ˛lati m mithluh shribu ’l-khamri, 323
‡afiantu sayfin fawqa fiunqi ’l-abya∂i * Bi- ‡araqat Nafısatu wa’l-duj lam yanjalı *
∂arüratin tilka ’llatı an arta∂ı, 383 Wasnna min †ül al-sur fı ’l-hawjalı, 124
Ta√awwabanı lahfun wa-hammun tamarrad * Taraqq il afil wa-qad kna filiyy * Wa-
Wa-wajdun uqsı ladhfiahü al-mutawaqqid, dıdnuhü qad kna rakb al-mafiliyy, 483
358 ‡arıqu ahli ’l-ilhi * Qafrun wa-wafirun ßadüfiu,
‡b al-zamnu wa-qarrat al-fiaynnı * Wa-at 336
’l-˛ubüra fa-hanna√ü khulßn, 102 Tasabbaba fiabdun slikun nahja mlikı * Bi-
Tabraka dhü ’l-fiul wa’l-kibriy√ı * jamfii ’l-shurü† al-mustaghıthi bi-mlikı, 313
Tawa˛˛ada bi’l-kamli wa’l-san√ı, 591 Tawwaßullı ’l yawma bi-khdim ’l-nabı * wa-
Tabarrakü min fiubaydin kna shaykhahum *, ahli baytihı dhawı ’l taqarrubı, 458
227 ‡awayti li-‡h ’l-Muß†af ataqarrabü *
Tadabbartu ’l-hayta hayta fiasrı * wa-mithlı Mahmiha fian shawq al-khuwaydimi
l yußarri˛u düna sabri, 386 yufiribü, 608
Tadhakkar fa-fı ’l-tidhkr jull al-faw√idı * Wa- Tawfıq man qaddama ghayruhü intaf * Lı jda
fı †ayyihi wirdun fial khayri wridı, 13 minhu bi-’khtißßi m ’khtaf, 442
Tafnayn bi-˛ubb al-khatmi ˛ubb * Wa-afinı Tayammantu bi’smi’llhi mawlya awwal *
’l-khatma A˛madan ’l-Tijnı, 374 Wa-m khba makrübun fial ’llhi fiawwal,
Tafarruqun ka-asrbi ’l-qa†ıfii * na√at fi ’l-jar√i 112, 113
min farfii ’l-hufiüfii, 385 Than√ı li-samiyyı al-qu†bi widdı * wa-˛aythu
That riy∂ al-ghawri wa’l-am†rı * Wa’l-zuhri ’l-dınu muntasabı wa-jaddı, 336
wa’l-akmmi wa’l-afi mrı, 472 Than√u khayr al-war li’l-fawzi fiunwnü * L
Tahdı ’l-anm wa-jamfi al-jahli tahzumuhü * Bi- yashghalanka fianh ’l-dahra insnü, 332
kulli jayshin min al-fiirfni jarrr, 482 Tijnı laysa mithluka fi ’l-budüri * Wa-l
‡ahhir ∂amıraka min hammi dunka wa-kun * shamsun ka shamsika fı ’l-÷uhüri, 322
Bi’llhi li’llhi fiabdan wthiqan qanifi, 364 Tiwwan fı hdh ’l-˛ıni yusta˛sanu ’l-ßabrü *
Tahwı ilaykum qulübu ’l-muslimına mafi * fiAn al-na÷ri fı ˛ltih yufi÷amu ’l-ajrü, 319
Wa’l-muslimti min al-fiurbni wa’l-fiajamı, Tub li’l-fiAlımi wa’l-Khabıri fawr * Min kulli
482 shay√in qad yu˛kı jawr, 407
Takallam akhı fı ’llhi †abfian bi-l ’l-tiw * Fa- Tubn ilayka y ilha ’l-filamın * qbil al-
l yarsha˛ ’l-an bighayri ’lladhı ˛aw, 339 tawbi li’l-fiibdi ’l-mujrimın, 324
‡alafi al-badru fı rubüfii qurayshi * Fa ’l-nra ’l Tubtu li-Rabbı min al-mu˛arramı * wa-kulli m
thar fial kulli nawshi, 339 kuriha fı mu˛arram, 451
‡alafi al-badru kshifan ÷ulumtı * Kunna fın Tübü il ’llhi tawb a n l yukhli†uhü *
tarq il darajti, 372 Ghishshun wa-l tabtadı fı ufuqihı ’l-kadhib,
‡alafiat bi-wajhin s†ifi al-lamfinı * Qarrat bi- 321
man÷arin ßabbah al-fiaynnı, 60 ‡ulu shaykhı fı Dakr * Minhu qalbı fıhi
‡alafiat fa-burjuka li’l-bariyyati asfiadü * nr,332
Ayymu jda bika ’l-zamn al-ajwadü, 100
Ufiazzı qibb al-majdi wa’l-mawtu l yu†fı *
Tanßarat al-afid√u min kulli jnibı * fiAlayya
Wa-inna karmatahu al-nafsa wa’l-†abfi bal
fa-˛asbı man lahu ’l-khalqu wa’l-amrü, 83
yu˛fı, 147
Taqallamü ’l-lughta wa’l-taßrıf * Wa’l-na˛wa
fiUdhn min-al-nafsi wa’l-shay†ni bi’llhi *
wa’l-badıfia bi’l-bayn, 256
mimm yuza˛zi˛unı fian ˛a∂rati ’llhi, 363
‡araf al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Wa’l-qalbu min
Ufawwi∂u amrı il ’llhi inna ’llha baßırü *
lafa˛t al-wajdi walhnü, 83
B’ismi’llhi ’l-Ra˛mni ’l-Ra˛ımı, 402
Uthnı fial man bi-fat˛ al-ghaybi yuftını * Wa- Wa-hdhihı ’l-zajaru min fialiyyi * Min nashri
artajı minhu bushr sürata ’l- †ını, 432 shaykhin ’l-ri∂ ’l-fialiyyi, 315
Udhnı tamujju kalmakum y-luwwamü * Wa-hal fiawd al-fat ’l-ndarwı li-Fsi * Siw ’l-
Wa’l-qalbu min hazytikum yata√allamü, tafibıri fian kurh al-tansı, 339
330 Wa-hal fı ’l-drati al duny madr * Li-nafsin
Ufnı jamıfia zamnı * Fı ˛ubb al-shaykh al- fian ˛iy∂ al-mawti dr, 462
Tijnı, 598 Wahhbu bi’smika ’l-fia÷ım al-afi÷amı * Wa-
Uhanni√u man yafilü ’l-san√a wa-yaqßidu * Il fiayni nüri wajhika ’l-mu†alsamı, 355
na˛wi bayt Allhi nifim al-maqßadi, 379 Wa-huwa ’llhu l siwhu kabırü * Wa-fial
Uhanni√u ßhib al-qaßri ’l-munıfi * Lad kulli m yash√u qadırü, 357
Wakma qurba ma†ar Yüfı, 385 Wa˛yun atka min al-ilh al-afi÷amı * L rayba
Uhdı salman fiarfuhü muta∂awwifiü * Li-janbi fı hdh li-ghayri jahannamı, 297
khlı qadruhü mutaraffifiü, 329 Wa-in kna nayl al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi bi’l-fiadw *
Uhdı salman il man ismuhü fialamu * Wa-man Fa-l tar∂a ill bi’l-atammi wa’l-aqw, 361
manqibuhü fı ’l-dıni tashtahiru, 324 Wa-in sa√alü qad zurtum al-farma fiqib * Wa-
Uhdı salm an zrı ’l-jwı * Bi-bayti shifiri n hal at’haf al-zuwwru minhu mawhib, 281
r√iqin bwı, 332 Wa-in tafijab fa-˛asbuka min fiujbı * ˘ijbun
fiUlüm alladhı qd al-fiulüma li-man yash * fiaynuhu kashf al-˛ijbı, 357
Tufiallimunı m kna fı ’l-ghaybi wa’l-÷ahri, Wa-innı ’lldhı byafitu shaykhı ’bna fiAbbsi *
400 Bi-qaydi ˛aytı lastu ulf bi-iqfis, 377
Urıtu bi-khayr al-khalqi khayra mar√ı * Naf Wajjahtu abkra amd˛ı li-man fa∂∂al * fiAla
al-shakka wa’l-asw wa-kulla mir√ı, 292 ’l-kirmi ’l-khiyri ’l-sdati ’l-fu∂al√, 449
Uslik al-dahra dh ’l-bah√ı * Bi’l-dhti wa’l- Wajjahtu kullı il Dhı ’l-fa∂li wa’l-minan *
ßifti wa’l-asm√ı, 315 fiAbdan khadıman lahu bi’l-far∂i wa’l-sunna,
fiUyün sa˛bin am sa˛b fiuyünı * Saqat ßawba 418
nufimnin bi-ßawbin mafiını, 11 Wajjahtu kullı li-man hadnı * Wa-r∂in lı fı ’l-
ba˛ri man fidnı, 423
Wafiada ’l-karımu fa-wafiduhü l yakhlifu * wa- Wajjahtu kullı li’l-Wadüd al-∑amadı * Dh
ghad il akwnihı yatafiarrafu, 371 khidmatin li’l-Muß†af„ Mu˛ammadı, 449
Wa-amm bi-nifimati Rabbika fa-˛addith Wajjahtu li’l-ilhi bi’smi ’llhı * Kulliyyatı bi-l
labbayk * Rabbı wa-safidayka wa’l-khayru adhan wa’llhı, 442
kulluhu bi-yadayk, 421 Wajjahtu li’llhi ˛amdan wa’hwa karramanı *
Wa-bafidu fa ’filamü a-y ikhwnü * afinan Bi ’l-Muß†af wa-bihı lı jda bi’l-amni, 406
fial ’l-hud ’l-Ra˛mnü, 445 Wajjahtu li’llhi li-m lı qa∂ ’l-arab *
Wa-bafidu fa ’l-majüsu wa’l-naßr * ∑rü li- ˘amdan yasüqu lı’l-ml wa’l-†alab, 425
iblısa ’l-qawı asr, 406 Wajjahtu mad˛ı li-man taqdımuhü bdı* Wa-
Wa-bi-dhı ’l-fi†nati wa’l-firsati Mamma man qad kafnı fasqan bi-fiibdı, 428
* Yujlı ’l-mafinı ˛aythu afijazat al-fikar, 536 Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilhı* Wa-qudtu mad˛ı li-
Wa-bi-thqib al-dhihni al-taqı khalılu man * rasül Allhı, 449
˘z al-sakına wa’l-murü√a wa’l-khafar, 535 Wajjahtu wajhı bi-tafsiri ’l-kitb * Li-man
Wa-firru min amkin al-malhı * Ka’l-duffi kafnı ’l-˛isba wa’l-fiitb, 423
wa’l-mizmri wa’l-fiıdnı, 257 Wajjahtu wajhı jhilan faqır* Li’llhi fiabdan
Wa’l-˛amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ajlalı * Thumma khdiman ˛aqır, 442
’l-ßaltu mukammilan li’l-rusulı, 561 Wajjahtu wajhı li-Bqin qda lı ’l-qurab *
Wahaba lı ’l-Wahhbu fı ’l-thulth * M fiAbdan shaküran lahu bi’l-dhikri muqtarib,
yukhjilu ’l-fiashru wa’l-thalth, 424 450
Wahaba liya ’llhu lisn al-fiarabı * Wa-lı bihi Wajjahtu wajhı li-fiizzi ’l-fiajami wa’l-fiarabi
qad qda khayr al-qurbı, 421 *∑all fialayhi ’lladhı lı qad qa∂ arabı, 426
Wajjahtu wajhı li-man takrımuhu bn * Fı Waqnı ˘afızun Qhirun jalla Mnifiü * Jamıfi
shahri mawlidi man fı ’l-ba˛ri Rabbn, 424 al-adh wa’l-khayru lı’l-yawma †√ifiü, 425
Wajjahtu wajhı li’l-Qadım al-Bqı * L ∂arranı Wa-qul ilhi Rabbi zidnı fiilm * Y man a˛†a
˛asadu dhı ’l-nifqi, 293 kulla shay√in fiilm, 356
Wajjahtu wajhiya rjı ’l-fa∂li li’llhi * Bi’l- Wa-qul li’lladhı yashkü fial qalbihı ’l ghi† *
Muß†af y fi÷ım al-qadri wa’l-jhi, 370 Li-yuthni fial ’l-mukhtri dhı ’l-nüri wa’l-
Wa-la-anta akramu man ankha bi-bbihı * fia†, 332
Ni∂w al-mulimm al-mudalhimmu mujannabü, Wa-ra∂iya’llhu fian sayyidi Mu˛ammad i n
358 ba˛r in mula††amı * Ab [sic] ˘mid i n
Wa-l√im in lumtuhü fı ’l-lawmi aw kn * Mu˛ammadin wa-A˛mad al-fhimı, 583
mustafidhiran ndiman wa-nazruhü ln, 332 Wa-ra∂iya ’llhu Rabbı ’l-munzilu ’l-suwar *
Walajtu wulüjan ßfiyan laysa yab†a√u * Bi-m ri∂an war√a madhu l yuqsu war, 365
ukhtıra lı fı-mad˛i man laysa yakh†afiu, 422 Wasifia lı’l-Wsifiu yawma ’l-jumufiah * Wa-lı
Wa’filam bi-anna thamarat al-tafiallumı * Li- jarra julla khayrin manfafiah, 442
†lib al-fiulümi wa’l-burhnı, 257 Waßiyyatı kullu ıß√ in li-fiuthmni * Fal-
Wa-laqad aratnı wa’l-ilhu mubaßßirı * M yastamifi kulla ißkh√i li-ladhzni, 319
afijazat bi’l-fiaqli kulla mufakkirı, 354 Waßiyyatukum mafi an li-wajhi Rabbin * An
Wa-laqad karrama ’l-ilhu mubın * Fa∂lahu ta†lubü fiilman yajurru ˛usn, 450
m li-◊damin min banın, 354 Waßiyyatukum y man tafiallaqü biy * Fı ’l-
Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahu, 422 sirri wa’l-jahri li-wajhi Rabbiy, 450
Wa-la-sawfa yufi†ıka Rabbuka ’l-mukhtrü * Wathiqtu bi-fa∂l Allhi m a˛sana ’l-÷ann *
Rutaban fa-tar∂ ayyuh ’l-mukhtrü, 356 Bihi ’l-dahra arjü m urajji bihi ’l amn, 356
Wa-lı fı ’l-drayni hab khayra naßıb * Wa’jfial Wathiqtu bi-khayri ’l-khalqi fiabdi ’l-Mudabbiri
˛aytı kullah khayra thawbi, 401 * Nuzül al-nad li’l-qnifiına wa-mufitarı, 293
Waliyyukum awliy√ Allhi idh makarü * Wathiqtu bi’llhi tafil wa˛dahü * Wa-artajı
makr an huwa ’llhu mawl ’l-khalqi fa- injzahü lı wafidahü, 442
’ß†abirü, 299 Wathiqtu bi’l-mughnı fian al-asbbı * Muqallib
Wall ’l-lafiın li-siw jihtı * ‡aradahu mughnı al-awßli wa’l-albbı, 442
yadı fian htı, 433 Wa-y ’l-shif wa-y ikhwnun wa-idh * qul
Wall li-ghayri jihatı ’l-shay†n * Wa-lı ßaf hu‹wa ytu ’l-shif li-dhı’l-adh, 371
’l-mamarru wa’l-aw†n, 442 Widdı li-Rabb in qdirin khayri fafifilı * A-
Wa’llhi m kna fi ’l-akwni man balagh * ßa˛˛ fu√dı mafia kalmı wa-affilı, 422
˘aqıqata ’l-Muß†af bi’l-fiilmi law nabagh, Wuddı li-man bi-nabiyyı yafta˛ al-bb *
339 Duny wa-ukhr wa-fıhim faqat a˛bb, 426
Wa’llhu fial m naqülu wakıl, 422 Wu∂ü˛u kawnika a˛abbu abad * Li-dhı ’l-
Wa-min al-fiaj√ibi fı Dakar li-mubßirı * Kawn war min al-war lahum bad, 424
al-usüdi yaßıduh ’l-ghizlnü, 328 Wu∂ü˛u ßaf√ı bi-lladhı ’l-dahru yansha√ü *
Wa-min shımatı ’l-ıthru ill bi-qurbikum * Murdı bi-Rabbı qad bad lı wa-ansha√ü,
Wa-˛a÷÷ı minkum fa-hwa mumtanifiun fiindı, 429
100 Wu∂ü˛u ’fitil√i ’l-Muß†af qda lı ’l- fiafw *
Waqafa ’l-fiaqlu wazamjar * wa-amm al-dıni Kam qda lı bushran ˛aw ’l-amna wa’l-
tharthar, 340 ßafw, 434
Wa-qla Rabbukum ilhı ’dfiünı * Wa˛dı astajib Wujüdı bi-hamdi ’llhi min sbiq al-fiadam *
lakum fa-l tafißünı, 356 Wa-m bafidahu li’llhi min sbigh al-nifiam,
Waqnı bqin za˛za˛a ’l-∂arr wa’l-tabab * Li- 356
ghayrı wa-bi ’l-mukhtri aghn fiani ’l- Wujüdu dhı ’l-qidam wa’l-baq√i * Qad bna lı
sabab, 422 wa-jda bi’rtiq√i, 443
Wullıtu fian kulli m lam yur∂ihı ’l-A˛adü * Y dh ’l-bushrti bi’l-yti wa’l-suwarı* Lı
Wa-kna lı wa-kafnı sharra man ja˛adü, ish’had bi-kawniya fiabd al-mu˛sin al-
427 ßuwarı, 433
Wuqıtu sharra ’l-insi mafia ’l-jinni * Li anna Y dh ’l-jalli mafia ’l-ikrmi y sanadı *
sayyida ’l-war mujinnı, 297 fiannı ’jzi khayr a n li-man ahd lı aw
Wusülu jamıfi al-msikına bi-˛abliy * khadam, 456
Ta˛aqqaqahu man lam yukadhdhib bi- Y dh ’lladhı athra duran khafı * Fı mad˛i
Rabbiy, 294 ‡h ’l-Muß†af ’l-ashrafi, 333
Y dh ’l-sharıfu karım al-aßli wa’l-nasabi *
Y ab ’l-fay∂i innan fı ˛imk * Nartajı waßla Mujaddid al-dıni bi’l-akhlqi wa’l-adabi,
˛ablin bi-fiurk, 359 323
Y fidhilayya min al-luwwami wa’l-fiudhdhalı * Y dh ’l-than l yan˛aßir * Innı ghulibtu
fiÜwj ’l-ma†iyya bi-hdh ’l-rabfi wa’l- fa’ntaßir, 83
†alalı, 124 Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam * Y
Y ahla Sinighlin hdh durrat al-durarı * dh ’l-mukhlafati khudh minnı ’l-khidam,
Shaykh al-bild wa-q∂i’l-badwi wa’l- 435, 443
˛a∂arı, 515 Yafn ’l-zamnu wafın dahshatu ’l-bli * fiAl
Y la Dimba fa inna ’llha * Fa∂∂alakum fat najlihı Mu˛ammadin fi◊li, 366
minhu m sh√a min maziyyatı, 320 Y ghdiy an yafilü ’l-sinda fa-ballighan *
Y fi◊miran ka ’smihı bi’l-fiilmi m ’ndaras * Salgh wa-sal fian jıratı salm, 557
Min al-madrisi li-l-qawm al-nuh ’l-ru√as, Y ghfiran kull fiabdin mudhnibin jnı * Y
368 Barru y Ra˛mnu y ˘nı, 316
Y arıban yabtaghı manhaj * Li-mafzin l yur Y ˛∂ı ’l-fiısi na˛wa ’l-fiaylami ’l-hdı * rifqan
afiwaj, 330 bi-sawqi fiamıdin shawquhu bdi, 371
Y ayyuh ’l-ghdı il ’l-tafiallumı * Hka Y hjiyan hdhiyan bi’l-kidhbi muftakhir * Al-
waßiyyatı wa-rfii kalimı, 416 kidhbu djin wa-nür al-˛aqqi ÷ahar, 147
Y ayyuh ’l-muta˛allı ghayra shımatihı * Aqßir Y himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı sahhilı * Li-
fa-laysa wujüd al-fiayni ka’l-atharı, 83 fiabdikum muradahü ’l-mubtahili, 376
Y ayyuh ’l-rams al-sanı * Dhü’l-maghna†ıs Y jfiil al-nra bardan li’l-khalıli wa-qad *
al-˛asanı, 135 Ta√ajjaj al-jamru minh ˛miyan wa-waqad,
Y Bba A˛mad y kahf al-∂ififi dafi * 127
Mustanjidka ∂afiıfun ruknuhu inßadafi, 141 Y ’jillhu fiann ’jzına li’l-shaykh sayyidin *
Y ba˛ru sirbı il ˛abıbı * Bi-ar∂i Fsin fatan al-˛jj Mlik bi-m yur∂ıhi bi-llhi, 330
najıbi, 333 Y kafibat al-aq†bi wa’l-abdlı * Wa-mu˛aqqiq
Ya√b ’l-qa∂’u li-jumlat al-ashykhı * Ill ’l- al-a÷nni wa’l-mlı, 102
Tijnı an yaküna munkhı, 359 Y Karımu y Ra˛ımü * Anta’l-Ra˛mnu
Y ’bnı wa-y qurrata ’l-fiaynayni y waladı * Ra˛ımü, 595
summıta bi’l-gidiwı ’l-fütıyyi shaykhi fiUmar, Y khalılayya fa-fiajab an * Idh ra√aytu ’l-
324 fiaj√ib, 588
Yadafiu iblısu li-ghayrı sarmad * ˘ubbı Rabbı Y khallu y murıdu fiabdu ’llhi * L zilta dh
wa-˛ubbı A˛mad, 451 jadhbin li-bbi ’llhi, 443
Y d√im al-i˛sn wa’l-mafirüfı * Wfaytu bba Y khayra ∂ayfin at bi’l-bishr wa’l-madadı *
nawlik al-ma√lüfı, 100 Ahlan wa-sahlan wa-tra˛ıban bi-l fiadadı,
Y dalıl al-˛ayrni aydı ’l-nmi * Wa- 427
quwhum wanat mudımı ’l-malm, 378 Y khayra man zra ’l-aw†n * Wa-khayra
Y dh ’l-asmı ’l-fii÷mi ’l-ghurri y sanadı * man min fiulüm al-dıni makhzünü, 346
innı ’ttakhadhtuka fi ’l-drayni mafiün, 432 Ya khayra mawlüdin mawjüdin at * Min khayri
mafibüdin ’l-war kay ya†f,339
Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıbı * Wa-khalılı wa- Y man tadakdiku min tajalliyyihi ’l-jibl *
kunta qablu †abıbı, 426 Wa-li-fiizzihi’l-afil jamıfi al-khalqi dhall,
Y lhiyan bi’l-shabbi fa’ntahizi * Furßatuhü 125
wa’l-ba†latu ’shta√izi, 330 Y man tamunnu fial m shi√ta min karamı *
Y ’llhu bi’l-Muß†af al-ßindıdi y ’llhü * wa-tafruju ’l-hamma y mawßüfu bi’l-
Wa-bi-khalılika Ibrhim y ’llhü, 446 qidamı, 319
Ya ’llhu innı ilayka ’l-yawma y ’llhü * Y man tunaghghißu dafiban fiinda shurbatin *
Abghı ’l-wasılata bi’l-mukhtri ya ’llhü, ba˛r al-ma˛abbati i÷hran li-fiudwni, 319
443 Y man yad al-nawli aqfiada ka˛ıl * Idh
Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAnnı ghad li’l-zamni †arfan ka˛ıl, 474
fial khayr al-bary A˛mad, 418, 443 Y man yadullu fial musammhu ismuhu, 234
Y ’llhu y alifu ßalli d√im * Wa-sallim fial Y man yar m fı ’l-∂amıri mukh†ir * Y
’lladhı qad wusim, 303 man yajüdu bih narümu takarrum, 320
Y ’llhu y ˘annnu y Mannnu * Y ˘ayyu Y man yajüdü bi-jüdin ghayra ma˛düdı * Wa-
y Qayyümu y Ra˛mnu, 319 man yamunnu bi-mannin ghayra ma˛düdı,
Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y man l sharıka lah * Fı 123
’l-khalqi wa’l-amri y Qayyümu y Kfı, Y man yanhü ˛aqqan amalu * Wa-laqad nufiya
362 ’l-mithlu ’l-mathalu, 313
Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y ∑amadu * Y man yujıbu dafiwata ’l-mu∂†arri * astajib lı
y man yujıbu dufi ’l-mu∂†arri y ahdu, wafiannı ’kshif ∂urrı, 461
362 Y man yukh†ibu Salm dünam khajali * Wa-
Y ’llhü y kshif al-balw√i  wa’l-ghumamı ru˛ta tabhathu fianhu dünama malali, 383
* y Rabbi y shfifi al-awjfii wa’l-alamı, Y man yurıdu ’l-fawza qaddim niyyah * Min
319 qabli safiyin fi ’l-fiul ’l-mar∂iyya, 443
Y ’llhu y man l illha ghayrahü * Y man Y man yurıdu lu˛üqan bi’lladhı sabaq * Min
atnı düna sharrin khayrahü, 448 al-rijli wa-sabqan bafida m la˛iq, 329
Y ’llhu y Rabbı dh ’l-asm√ al-qadımt * Y Momar Seye qad fiarnı * m fiarnı fı
Wa-dh ’l-ßift al-fialiyyt al-ßamımt, 479 jannı, 320
Y ’llhu y Rabbi y Ra˛mnu y ’llhu * Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr * Y
Ra˛ımun y Bsi†u ’l-mannni y ’llhü, 379 m˛iyan fian khadımin qablu awzr, 433
Y madı˛an li-ghayri ‡h rasüli ’llhi * M Y mülifian bi’l-†arabi * Rghiba fian tafiattubi *
dh janayta min mad˛i dhk, 339 Wa’l-zayghi wa’l-tajannubi * Inha∂ li-mad˛
Y man bi-amd˛ihı lı yafta˛u ’l-bb * duny al-qu†bi, 609
wa-ukhr wa-düna ’l-daraki alb, 452 Y mumidd al-Mukhtri ra˛ala than√uka, 227
Y man bi-amd˛ihı ta√tını ’l-busharü * Y Y nafsu qümı bi-ßidq al-jiddi fı ’l-†alabı, 122
M
„ uß†af y rasülu ’llhi y basharü, 433 Yanlu ’l-mar√u mabghhü * Idh m ’llhu
Y man bi-azrihi yashudd al-sfiidü * M lı afi†hü, 330
siwkum fı ’l-umüri musfiidü, 80 Ya nßir al-fiabd al-nabiyyu Mu˛ammad *
Y man bi-˛usn al-ßanfii qa†† ˛ab lı * fiAmman Fardan tu˛addı kulla jamfiin fı ’l-nad, 121
siwhu wa-fianhu batta wißlı, 64 Yanyir Fabryir fa-Mris * Abrıl May yünyu
Y man bi-fiirfn al-muthallath ightaba† * Min y ˛ris, 399
ghayr ta∂fiıfin bihi khlı al-wasa†, 112 Yanqdu lı ’l-ajru bil ˛isb * Mimman lahu
Y man kasnı na√yuhü thawbay jaw * wa- fiumrı dhü ’˛tisb, 426
∂an kaska ’l-fiizza Rabbu ’l-mashriqi, 457 Y qalbu m laka ka’l-jarı˛ * hall tafıqu wa-
Y man lahü qla khayr al-khalqi ijll * Anfiq tastarı˛, 333
wa-l takhsha min Dhı ’l-fiarshi iqll, 359 Ya qßid al-˛aramayni bushrka ’˛riß * Fı-m
Y man lahü sabba˛at man fı ’l-samwtı * Wa- nawayta wa-bi’l-mansiki akhliß, 328
man fı ’l-ar∂i min anwfi al-barriyytı, 354
Yaqın an bi-afil m yakünu yaqınü * Fa-hal Y Rabban ilayka ashkü ˛lı * Bi’l-Muß†af
mithlu dhı ˛aqqi ’l-yaqıni ÷unünü, 357 wa-khamsati ’l-rijlı, 443
Yaqını yaqını tarku qaßdı li-mawridi * khalılin Y Rabban qad fiammat al-asw√u wa’l-∂ararü
˛abıbin dhı ’l-siydti mufradi, 427 * Wa’ghbarra ufq al-sam wa’˛marrat al-
Yaqüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * M shajarü, 83
sarranı bi-l adhan wa-l nadam, 443 Y Rabban ßalli fial Mu˛ammadı * fiAbdika
Yaqülu fiabd Allhi dh tagharrubü * fiInda ’l dh nabiyyika ’l-mumajjadı, 291
-fiid li’llhi dh taqarrub, 450 Y Rabban ßalli wa-sallim sarmad * fiAl
Yaqülu fiAbd Allhi najlu sayyidı * ’lladhı sammaytahü bi-A˛mad, 402
Mu˛ammad in dma ˛ubbuhu li’l-A˛madı, Y Rabban y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu * Y man
553 ilayhi kullu m arümu, 378
Yaqülu afqaru ’l-fiabıdi ’l-whı * Lira˛mati ’l- Ya Rabban y qarıbü * Y man ilayka atübü,
ghaniyyi fiabdu ’llhi, 362 320
Yaqülu A˛madu ’l-dhalıl ’l-shı * al -Mustajıru Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabban * Y
bi-rasüli ’llhi, 418 Rabban y Rabban ya ˛ibban, 444
Yaqülu A˛mad al-ßaghır ∂imnuhü * murtajiyan Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabbi dh ’l-
fat˛ al-fia÷ım mannuhü, 455 ma†arı * Am†ir ladayn sa˛ban ghayra dh
Yaqülu fı aqw ’l-raj√i fı karamı * Dhı ’l- ∂ararı, 320
karam al-jammi li-ghafr m ’jtaram, 143 Y Rabban y Rabbi Rabb al-filamın * ßalli
Yaqülu ’l-Fütiyyu dhka ’l-afqarü * Al- fial ’l-nabiyyi khayri ’l-k√inın, 458
Kidiwiyyu ’bnu Safiıdin fiUmarü, 221 Ya Rabbi bi’l-fiAlı al-mu˛ı†ı * al-Wsifii wa’l-
Yaqülu Ibrhımu najl al-˛jjı * fiAbd al-ilhi ism al-afi÷amı, 95
badrin ’l-wahhjı, 296 Y Rabbi bi’l-fiilm al-mu˛ı† al-wsifiı * Wa’l-ism
Yaqülu man laysa yazlu A˛mad * Li-Rabbihı al-afi÷am al-fia÷ım al-jmifiı, 99
dh khidmatin mufitamid, 399 Y Rabbi bi’smi dhtika ’l-fialiyyah * Wa-bi-
Yaqülu man laysa yazlu ya˛madü * mlikahü ßiftika ’l-fiul ’l-saniyyah, 364
’l-fiabdu ’l-khadımu A˛madü, 448 Y Rabbi dh ’l-anmi wa’l-af∂lı * Rawwi ’l-
Yaqülu najlu m yara ’l-südnı * al- bilda bi-wbilin dhayylı, 82
maghribiyyu ’l-mlikiyyu al-Tıjnı, 369 Y Rabbı hab lı d√ima ’l-ghufrni * bisirri
Yaqülu †lib al-ilhi wa’l-rasül * Mu˛ammadun shaykhı A˛mada ’l-Tijnı, 316
yarjü ’l-ri∂ wa’l-qubül, 406 Y Rabbi hadh ’l-wab * Nar annahu
Y qu†ba dawr al-sdat al-akmalı * Y dh’l- i∂taramat, 84
fiul y sayyidi y fiAlı, 121 Y Rabbi m fiawwadtan ill ’l-jamıl * Wa-
Yaqüfiu ma√süru dhanbihi aqarra * Rjı’l-ilha rizquka ’l-jammu wa-fa∂luka ’l-jazılü, 85
mu˛sinan ÷annan Kamara, 657 Y Rabbi najjin min al-shay†nı * wa-jawrat
Y Rabban astawdifiuka ’l-bunayy * al-jırni wa’l-sul†nı, 452
Mu˛ammad A˛mad kun lahu khafiyy, 362 Y Rabbi qad ∂q al-khinqu wa-†l * Wa-
Y Rabban brak lan fı †btıi * Munılan b’il- ilayka nafzafiu ßibyatan wa-rijl, 125
fa∂li kulla ’l-bughyatı, 364 Y Rabbi ßalli ßaltan l ’ntih√a lah * Wa-l
Y Rabban bi-˛aqqi ’l-ismi ’l-afi÷ami * wa- yun†iquh d˛ü man†iqi wa-lah, 471
˛aqqi khayri ruslika ’l-mufia÷÷ami, 363 Y Rabbi üfı ˛ılat al-mu˛tlı * Laj√an ilayka bi-
Y Rabban bi-˛urmat al-Mukhtrı * fiAlayhi dhullatin wa-sufilı, 101
khayru ßalawtin li’l-Brı, 475 Y Rabbi y Rabbi ßra ’l-mawtu †üfn * Wa-
Y Rabban bi-sirri fiayni ’l-dhti * Wa-nüri m anta akramu man bi’l-lu†fi awln, 82
lah mina ’l-ßifti, 364 Y rghiban li-man√i˛i ’l-fursni * mutafiarri∂a
Y Rabban ∂afiufat al-a†flü * Wa-qa˛a† al- ’l-nafa˛ti li’l-ra˛mni, 365
nis√u wa’l-rijlü, 81 Y rghiban tabyın m qad ashkal * Baynuhu
fı ’l-ghrimın al-˛umal, 630
Y rkib al-fiansa tukha††i ’l-rub * Wa-taq†afi Yashtqu qalbı il qu†bin ˛aw sharaf * Wa-
al-sabsaba wa’l-sabsab, 122 jumlat al fiaybi fianhu ’llhu qad ßaraf, 330
Y rkib al-nujub al-fiitqi wa’l-fa˛li * ˘ayya Ysınu sirru wujüd al-Muß†af ‡h *
’l-amıra ’bn al-amır al-akmali, 124 M u ˛ a m m a d u n makhtam al-anb wa-
Y sdatin bihim al-zamnu mufkhirü * Wa- mabdh, 359
lahum fial amad al-laylı mafkhirü, 103 Yasurru rasüla ’llhi kha††ı bi-mawlidı *
Y ß˛i fa’lzim sunnatan wa-jamfia, 509 Yadümu lan bushran yafı khayra mawridı,
Y ß˛i in rumta fı ’l-firdawsi abyt * qul fı 428
madı˛i rasüli ’llhi abyt, 333 Y †lam katabat yadk faw√id * Jallat fian
Y ß˛i kun dh ’shtighlin kulla a˛yn * bi- al-tafiddi wa’l-i˛ß√ı, 533
†fiati ’llhi l tarkun li-fiißyn, 432 Y †lib al-fiilmi kun fı ’l-fiilmi mufitabir * ta˛uz
Y ß˛i fiuj bi’l-jimlı * fiAl ’l-rubüfi al-bawlı, ma√thira tughnı ˛aythu m ˛a∂ar, 320
125 Y †liban li’l-˛aqqi düna jidlı * Anßif akhı li’l-
Y ß˛ibı rum nüra Rabbika’l-salm * bi-tarki W˛id al-Mutafilı, 60
fiißynin wa-qillati ’l-anm, 455 Y thniya ’l-˘asanayni ’l-fqid al-thnı * Fı
Yâ sa√ilan hal Mlikun qad zakk * Gerte fa- qarni fiishrına min qßin wa-min dni, 366
habbu gerte lam yuzakk, 292 Y ukhayya khudh nama† * Li’l-jinni
Y skinı ’l Sinighl hal ghayrı * Mimm munbasi†, 330
banaytum ˛√izun fakhrı, 328 Yawadd al-fat idrka m huwa †libuhü * Wa-
Y slikan li-†arıq al-khatmi munkhari† * ya√b lahu dahrun tawlat maß√ibuhü, 145
Bushrka nilta mun ’l-drayni fa’ghtabi†, Y whilan jafial al-taqßıra taqßır * Wa-rma
361 raddan wa-tajwıran wa-tafikır, 103
Y slikan yashtakı fı qalbihı mara∂ * qum li’l- Y way˛a man knat al-duny irdatuhu * Wa-
†abıbi ’l-Tijnı yashfi m fiara∂, 333 bi’l-baßırat fı fiuqbhu m na÷ar, 485
Y sayyidı al-Bakk√ı y sanadı * Wafiadtu Y waykha nafsı wa-wayki ’l-nafsu w alamı *
wa’intih qaßdı wa-y fiamadı, 135 idh ghba fiannıya badrun ˛lata ’l-÷ulamı,
Y sayyidi nißf al-Khulsati li’bni M * Likin al- 320
immi Mu˛ammadin akmaltuhu, 123 Yazüru la shaykhihı Safidu abıhi * Man ismuhü
Y sayyidı y rasül Allhi khudh mad˛ı * M lı Safidun mu∂fun li-abıhi, 479
siw ’l-muntaq li’l-mliki ’l-wlı * wasılatan Yu√minnı ’llhu bi-afil khayrı * Bi-l nihyatin
wa-kafnı kulla ahwli, 429 bi-ghayri ∂ayrı, 433
Y sayyid al-rusuli y man mad˛uhü daraku *
⁄afirat yadka bi-durrat al-ghawwßı * Wa-
Li’l-mubtadı wa-hajhu fı ’lla÷ daraku, 333
akhadhta li’l-khayrti kulla nawßı, 361
Y sayyid al-sdti y badr al-hud * Y man
⁄alamüna wa-Rabbin ÷alamüna * Abßat al-
il nür al-amna Mußtaf, 478
haqqi fi ’l-duny ˛aramüna, 386
Ya shfiiran yarjü ’l-nabiyya wa-yamda˛u * Y
Zran Mißru wa’l-mukarraru a˛l * ˘alla
safida jiddika kullu safiyika yarba˛u, 333
was†a ’l-qulübi ahlan wa-sahl, 366
Y shfiiran yartajı bi-shifirihı nifiam * Aw
Zrat fı kulli la˛÷in †arfu mu˛tarisı * Wa-˛awla
yattaqı niqamn aw yabtaghı ˛ikam, 333
kulli kinsin kaffu muftarisı, 11
Y shaykhan A˛mad al-Tijnı y sanadı *
Zur ar∂a fsin bi-qalbin khshifiin nfı * Siw ’l-
Mumiddu kulli waliyyi ’llhi bi’l-madad, 379
Muhaymini qaßdan fiabdahu ’l-kfi, 358
Y shaykhu mliku hdh ’l-ibnu qad nazal *
˘amka ya√mulu min imddika ’l-nuzul,
366
(ii) Fulfulde
Hey moo∂on yo jamaanu wodaangu fendo han Mi∂o salmina ÿeygu ga fii musidal * Ÿ eyguuli
* Hey noo∂on sgataaÿe sa∂∂uÿe fewndo han, yonaw∂i ∂aÿÿa malal, 509
522 Mi∂o yetta jooman wown∂o lan senii∂o mo
maayataa * Malnay∂o julÿe lette innuÿe
Mi yetta Alla honnu∂olan e Masi * Yi∂immi, juulaata, 664
ye∂immi giggol Sayku Masi, 499 Mi∂o yetta wa∂u∂on e mofte Muhammadu * E
Mi yetta Allah senii∂o wa∂u∂o’n e mofte jibinÿe lan maakimmi inde Muhammadu,
suÿaa∂o burnaa∂o khalqu fow * Sabo 664
heewÿe bonnii jikke tertike diina fow, 522
Mi yetti ma yaa Allaahu gettooje maa∂a fow * Yıitere nden no ila gondi k˙yhe ∂ en ko
E soowreeje mum e ko haanu∂aa yettiree de munca∂un, 518
fow, 521
(iii) Hausa
Abin ga da ya tafo shi za mu tsara * Ku saurara Mu gode Ubangiji daya mai iyawa * Tafil
ga labarin nasara, 592 wand ke iko da kowa, 586
Muna sama waka da sunan Alla * Muradinmu
Bismila na fara ga jalla Ubangiji * Kata tsari na halin tsiya, 593
taimako gare ini zan taÿa ªoªari, 593 Na fara dan sunan tafil za ni waha * In taba
Kalmomi miyagu nike so zani zana * Dangina ∂an azanci kadan in gai da zaki, 593
musulmi ku saurara ku jiya, 593
(iv) Wolof
Ci turu buur bi Yà lla mi ra˛mn * Te di ’l- Jisn bu woor te kima wan bür Yàll * Lay xeeti
ra˛ımi ’l-whibi ’l-mannn, 372 sant lépp ñehalna yalla, 372
GENERAL INDEX
This index focuses chiefly on names of persons not authors included

with their writings elsewhere in the volume, titles of books by such
persons, place names, religious groups, and ethnic groups. Index
does not list places, or promoters, of publication.
Alphabetization ignores person’s titles, honorifics, and filial relation
indicators (b. and w.). The country where a town, village, or region
is located is put in brackerts after the place name. The abbreviation
(L/E) stands for language / ethnicity.
Ababakar Kébé, see Ndiouga Kébé fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba, Sarkin Zongo of Yendi,
Abalagh (or Abalek, Niger), 530 589, 594, 600
fiAbbs al-fiAlawı al-Mlikı al-Makkı, 619 fiAbd al-Qdir Jawr, 255
Imam fiAbbs al-Mu˛addith, 554 fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jilnı, 170, 579
fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu, Almamy fiAbd al-Qdir Kane, 476
imam of Kong, 551, 552, 565 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı, 211
fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs Sal, 383 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad Tarawiri, imam
fiAbd Allh Cissé, 342 of Wa, 565
fiAbd Allh Diallo, 503 fiAbd al-Qdir b. al-Muß†af, 127
fiAbd Allah b. Fayßal, 482 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Safiıd, 635
al-˛jj fiAbd Allh al-Fütı, 554 fiAbd al-Qdir, son of Yüsuf Bamba, Sarkin
fiAbd Allh b. Ibrhım al-fiAlawı, 252 Zongo of Yendi, 594
fiAbd Allh Jire, 266 fiAbd al-Qdir Yüsuf Maydük, 625
fiAbd Allh Mbaye, 455 Sh. fiAbd Rabbih b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı, 185,
fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 79, 208, 269 186
fiAbd Allh b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Sh. fiAbd al-Ra˛ım of Koula, Guinea, 501
Watara, 571 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn of Sombili, 513
fiAbd Allh w. Rabbnı, 305 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAlı al-Makküdı al-Fsı, 29
fiAbd al-fiAzız, king of Saudi Arabia, 198, 270 Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B/Bh, 503, 504, 514
fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy Jamıl, 313 al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Diallo, 503
fiAbd al-˘fi÷ al-fiAjımı, 505 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Kunbali, 581
fiAbd al-˘alım Ma˛müd, Al-Azharı shaykh, Sh.fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Lo, 404, 453
366 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad, 635
fiAbd al-˘amıd b. Bdıs, 251 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Saganugu, 580
fiAbd al-Karım b. A˛mad al-Nqil, 215, 498 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Sayyid al-Tinbuktı, 64
fiAbd al-La†ıf al-Kuntı, 524 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Shinqı†ı, 505
fiAbd al-Majıd, Ottoman sultan, 122 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Ujhürı, 16
fiAbd al-Mu√min b. A˛mad b. Salm, 555 fiAbd al-Salm Lü [Lo], 367
fiAbd al-Qdir, almamy of Futa Toro, 635, 636 fiAbd al-∑amad b. ˘mid al-Aghllı, 532
fiAbd al-Qdir al-Anßrı, 194 Abdou Diouf (president of Senegal), 387
Abdoul Diallo, 502, 503
GENERAL INDEX 797
El hadj Abdourahmane Diallo, 517 ◊dam Na-Mafiaji, 554

Abdulªadiri ∂an Gi∂a∂o, 652 Adamu Waziri, 577
fiAbdu Samb, 351 Adibo (Ghana), 549, 550, 595
Abidjan (Ivory Coast), 372, 655 Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras (Mali), 68, 118, 136, 139
Abı Samghün (Algeria), 272 Agades (Niger), 530
Aboabo quarter in Kumase, 613, 621 Ag ˘atı b. ˘uwilly, 198
Abü Bakr ◊dam, kha†ıb of the Kumase Agibou (al-fi◊qib), son of al-˛jj fiUmar, 266
mosque, 616 Agyeman Prempeh, 627
Abü Bakr A˛mad b. al-˘usayn al-Bayhaqı, Ahaggar (Algeria), 68, 632
525 Ahl-i-˘adıth school (India), 505
Abü Bakr fiAtıq, 282 Ahliyya School, Nima, Accra, 555
Abü Bakr Büb˙, 532 al-˛jj A˛mad, Zohe Imam of Yendi, 594
Abü Bakr Cissé, 459 A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı, 224,
Abü Bakr Diallo, 319 555, 612, 619
Abü Bakr Diakhaté b. Madiakhaté Kala, 453 A˛mad b. Abı Bakr Kale, 252
Abü Bakr Diawara, 256 A˛mad Abü Bakr Wulde Hoore Goniya, 233
al-˛jj Abü Bakr al-Falltı al-Kanawı, 612 A˛mad Abü ’l-Fat˛ b. fiAlı al-Yarwwı, 285
Abü Bakr (Garba) ◊dam ˘akım, Asante Sı. A˛mad Ag Adda, 149, 159
Region Chief Imam, 620 A˛mad Ag al-Shaykh al-Süqı, 149
Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir Timiti, al-˛jj A˛mad al-Damanghari, 554
554 A˛mad Dm Ture, 664
Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan al-Tayra, 554 A˛mad Fal Secondary school (in Saint-Louis),
Abü Bakr b. fiˆs al-Ghallwı, 149 380
Abü Bakr Jabayghatı, 523 A˛mad al-˘abıb b. Mu˛ammad, 272
Abü Bakr Kunatay, 540 Ahmad b. Habıb Allah Mbacké, 383
Abü Bakr b. Müdi, 635 A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı, 227, 228, 229,
Sh. Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ fiAbd Allh, 538 238, 242
Abü Bakr b. Müs al-Kashinwı, Tijnı A˛mad al-Kisy al-Kalasüqı, 193
muqaddam, 618 Sh. A˛mad Kolondiya, 538
Abü Bakr b. al-∑ayd, 150 A˛mad Mai Kano al-Fütı al-Azharı, 614
Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Ibrhım Saganugu, imam A˛mad al-Ma√mün al-Yafiqübı, 636
of Bobo-Dioulasso, 571 A˛mad al-Maqqarı, 18
Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Mu√min Takari A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı,
[Tarawiri] of Wa, 570 645
Abü Bakr b. fiUmar, Almoravid leader, 9 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ciroma, 621
Abü Bakr b. fiUthmn, king of Gonja,whose Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Safiıd, 632
laqab is Layufi, 544 A˛mad Mukhtr Sakho, 639
Abü ’l-Makrim al-Bakrı, 16 A˛mad b. Nßir al-Dın Mu˛ammad al-Darfiı,
Sh. Abü ’l-Qsim al-fiArabı al-Tabassı, 486 91
Accra (Ghana), 547, 554, 555, 598, 602, 605, A˛mad Ndiaye Mabèye, 457
606, 609, 611 Sh. A˛mad Nguirane, 320
Acre (Palestine), 325 A˛mad Slim b. al-Slik al-Daw˛jjı, 124
Sayyid ◊dam, Sarkin Mossi of Kumase, 612 A˛mad al-∑aqlı (or ∑aqallı), 52
◊dam fiAbd Allh al-Ilürı, 554 A˛mad Shafibn, 617, 618
◊dam Bban Makaranta [al-Ksı al-Shaykh A˛mad al-Shdhilı b. Mu˛ammad al-Juljulı,
al-Kumsı], khalıfa of Ibrhım Niasse in 508
Kumase, 614, 618, 620 A˛mad Skıraj al-fiAyyshı, 308, 613
Sh. ◊dam Guèye, 450 A˛mad Tafsır Ba, 266
798 GENERAL INDEX
Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, originator of the Tijnı Alhajji Amadu Baba, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase,
†arıqa, 215, 220, 226, 235, 236, 272, 280, 602
297, 345, 351, 352, 356-61, 391, 495, 500, Afimar b. Sı. fiAlı al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı, 531
503, 598, 608, 654, 655, 659, 660, 663 Qdi fiAmar Fl, 385
A˛mad al-Tijnı, nephew of al-˛jj fiUmar, Amar Samb, 337, 396
222, 224, 225, 230 America, 475
A˛mad Tijnı fiUthmn, 300 American Bible Society, 519
A˛mad Watara, 577 Amicale Gilbert Vieillard, 515
A˛mad Zarrüq of Jenne, 52 Amın Kébé, 322
Ahmadou Hampaté Ba, 265, 267 Aminatou Diallo-Bah, 501, 520
Aïnoumane (Senegal), 388 Ammalü Ag Hamath al-Anßrı, 64
Aïr (Niger), 530, 650 fiAmr b. al-fi◊ß, 634
◊√isha Kamara, 523 Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b.
al-◊jurrümiyya, 36, 445 fiUthmn, 13
Akan (L/E), 539, 578 al-Andalus, 213
Alboury N’Diaye, 390 Anßr al-Dın (Ghana school system), 607, 609
◊le Sarr, 391 Ansongo (Niger), 270, 647
Alexandria (Egypt), 274 Anu ∑amman (Niger), 530
Alfa Gazari, 601 al-fi◊qib al-Anußammanı, 30
Alfa Ibrhım (ruler of Labé), 512 fiAqıda of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al-
Alfa Ibrhım Sow, 493, 512 ∑aghır al-Akh∂arı, 140
Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik, 26, 27, 28, 29, 175, 177, fiAqıda of al-Awjilı, 241
351 fiAqıda of Burhn al-Dın fiUthmn al-Sallijı,
Alfiyya of Ma˛an∂ Bb al-Daymnı, 351 29
Alfiyya of al-Suyü†ı, 34, 253 al-fiAqıda al-ßughr of al-Sanüsı, 607
Algiers, 12, 349 Sıdı al-fiArabı b. al-S’i˛ al-Tijnı al-Maghribı,
fiAlı b. Abı ‡lib, 243 373
Sh. fiAlı Dia, 351 Arawn (Mali), 62, 149, 151, 155, 158, 159,
fiAlı Dièye, 351 165, 166, 193, 204, 632
Imam fiAlı al-Gambarı, 558 Archbishop Lefebvre of Dakar, 284
al-˛jj fiAlı al-Khalıfa, 554 Archinard, Col. Louis, 207, 223
fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn b. Argungu (Nigeria), 538
Mu˛ammd Fodiye, 652 Arhin, Dr. Kwame, 626
Sı. fiAlı al-Najıb, 213 Arma (rulers of post-Songhay Middle Niger),
fiAlı b. ∑iddıq Kunatay, 577, 579 636, 649
Sh.fiAlı Sise, 481 Asamankese (Ghana), 597
fiAlı al-∑üfı al-Fsı, 497 Asante (Ghana), 541, 543, 546, 547, 550, 564,
Alioune Guèye, 488 570, 583, 586, 592, 614, 620, 626, 627
Alioune Samb, 351 al-fiAshmwiyya, 606
Almamy fiAbd al-Qdir Kane of Futa Toro, al-fiAshriyyt of al-Fzzı, 590
476 Askiya Dwüd of Songhay, 31, 38
Almamy Bademba of Futa Jallon, 510 Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad of Songhay, 10, 14,
Almamy Ibrhım of Futa Jallon, 509 38, 39, 181, 213, 646
Almamy Njay of Futa Toro, 636 Askiya al-Mukhtr b. al-˘jj, 647
Almamy fiUmar Soriya of Futa Jallon, 520 Assemblée Territoriale de l’Afrique
Almamy fiUthmn of Futa Jallon, 520 Occidentale Française, 348
Alpha Guèye, 488 Atebubu (Ghana), 626
Audu Badi, Sarkin Zongo of Kete-Krakye, 587
GENERAL INDEX 799
al-fiAwfı, Mlikı scholar, 488, 607 Sh. Bashır Ngirane, 392

Awjila (Libya), 8 Bawku (Ghana), 602, 627
al-Awjilı, Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. fiAbd al- Baye-Fall (Mouride sect), 398
Ra˛mn, 662 Begho, see Bighu
Awld fiAllüsh, 154 Beirut, 270, 528
Awld al-Bahır, 169 Beijing China), 282
Awld Ghayln, 169 al-˛jj Bello b. Limam Thnı, 594
fiAyn M∂ı (Algeria), 272 Benin, Republic of, 611
Azawd (Mali), 1, 63, 67, 69, 74, 91, 94, 149, B˙r (Mali), 183
155, 188, 205, 633 Berlin (Germany), 600
al-Azhar, 263, 280, 303, 307, 393, 463, 575, Bighu/Begho (Ghana), 3, 539, 543, 562, 570,
576, 580, 602, 625 571
Bilima (Guinea), 510
Serigne Babacar Sy, 342 Bilma (Niger), 634
Bbah b. Sayyid Mu˛ammad b. Bbah A˛mad Binani (Guinea), 497
b. Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr, 643 Bin fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-Kabır, 619
Bb Ibrhım of Konongo, 581 Bi√r Inüshuf (Mali), 199
Bb b. Suwaylim al-Khußaybı, 168 Bisaya (Guinea), 510
Badara Diack, 344 Black Volta river, 578
Almamy Bademba of Futa Jallon, 509 Blaise Diagne, 466
Badon (Guinea), 511 Blyden, Edward, 221, 528
Badr, battle of, 415 Bobo (E), 551, 560, 578
Bafulabe, 633 Bobo-Dioulasso (Burkina Faso), 551, 552, 553,
Bghana (Mali), 504, 523 554, 555, 557, 558, 571, 578, 579
Baghdad (Iraq), 325 Bogoro Grmaga (Mali), 255
Bagyemso (Ghana), 587 Boki Diame (Senegal), 485
al-Bjürı, Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad, 326 Bokoul (Senegal), 455
Sh. Bako al-Tnü, 559 Bolewura Safo, 568
Bamako (Mali), 207, 256, 289 Bonduku (Ivory Coast), 3, 551, 570, 571, 572,
Bamba, Juula sub-group, 562 573, 575, 576, 577, 579, 580, 627
Bamba (Mali), 633 Bornu (Nigeria), 215, 220, 541, 566, 598, 603
Bamba Fâ-Khoudia, 389 Boron (Ivory Coast), 540, 551, 552
Bambara (L/E) 107, 179, 209, 467 Boubou Hama, president of National Assembly
Bambogo (Mali), 256 (Niger), 265, 556
Bamuko (Burkina Faso), 555 Boudjbéha (Mali), 159, 165, 166, 168, 170, 634
Banamba (Mali), 263 Boukari Tamba, 498
Bnat Sufid of Kafib b. Zuhayr, 248 Bouroudji (Guinea), 491, 508, 511
Banda, also called Fugala (Ghana), 551, 562, Boutilimit, see Bü Tilimıt
564, 579, 580, 594 Bowdich, T. E., 543
Bandiagara (Mali), 215, 230, 266 Bron[g] kingdom of Gyaman, 570
Banı Isr√ıla, 526 Sh. Bübakar Boyi b. Mu˛ammad Saliyu b. Sh.
Bansang (Gambia), 511 Bübakar Bütı, 513
Banü ’l-Mült, 87 Sh. Bü Bakar Poti, 494
Barbısh, southern Saharan nomads, 63, 69, Bübu Ar∂o Galo, 105
144, 166, 188, 633, 634 Bü Jubayha (see also Boudjbéha), 633
Bara Khary Niang, 389 Buna/Bouna (Ivory Coast), 3, 551, 571, 579
Barıd Ifrıqiy (journal), 255 Burda of al-Büßırı, 391, 525, 573, 591
Baroueli (Mali), 252 Burkina Faso, 2, 539, 486, 555
Barth, Heinrich, 119, 129, 181, 571
800 GENERAL INDEX
Burmi, battle of, 224 Dalen (Guinea), 508

Busse (Burkino Faso), 567 Dalıl al-qfiid of Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. fiAbd
Bussube, 458 al-Ra˛mn al-Awjilı, 662
Bü Tilimıt (Mauritania), 94, 417, 463 Damascus, 575
Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan (Guinea), 513 Damergu (Niger), 634
Dam Mbacké, 459
Cairo, 274, 289, 338, 349, 575 Dr al-Arqm li-Tahfı÷ al-Qur√n al-Karım
Callep (Senegal), 351 (madrasa), 339
Cam (Senegal), 483 Dr al-˘adıth (Saudi Arabia), 270
Cambeen (Senegal), 351 Dr al-Khayr (Senegal), 480, 481
Cameroun, 280, 304 Dr al-mufiallimın (college in Dakar), 393
Cape Coast (Ghana), 575, 603, 612 Dara Labé (Guinea), 498, 507
Casamance (Senegal), 480, 509 Darou Dondé (Guinea), 498
Cayor (Senegal), 398 Dar al-Salam (Burkino Faso), 579
Centre Ahmad Baba (Timbuktu), 6, 158 Darsalami, 552, 553, 554
Centre d’Etudes Islamiques, Abidjan, 655 al-Dasüqı’s comm. on the Mukhtaßar, 164
Centre Islamique Sérigne Hady Toure De Gaulle, Charles, 317, 345
(Dakar), 487 Dégembéré (Mali), 216
Chad, 280, 304, 349 De Gironcourt, Georges, 647, 650
Cocody-Riviera, part of Abidjan, 655 Delafosse, Maurice, 466, 572
Codde Guèye, 488 Demba Bsin Sal, 408
Collin, Jean (colonial administrator who settled Demba Ndiaye, 322
in Senegal), 387 Demba Wague, 251
Comité Consultatif des Affaires Musulmanes, Denyankoÿe (Fulbe sub-group), 469
52, 398 Dhü Nün, 466
Comité musulman de l’A.O.F., 500 Dia (Mali), 564, 579
Communism, 262 Diakha (Mali), 2, 9
Companya (Guinea), 502 Diakhamody (Mali), 268
Conakry (Guinea), 289, 502 Diakhanke, see Jahanke
Convention People’s Party of Ghana, 602 Diallo (Fulbe clan), 511
Corson, Dr. J. F.,Medical Officer in Wa, 565 al-Dıbj al-mudhahhab fı mafirifat afiyn al-
Council for Development and for the madh’hab, of Ibn Far˛ün, 18, 27
Translation of Islamic Literature (Ghana), Didé-Koto (Guinea), 523
609 Diegounkou, see Jegunko
Daboya Ghana), 580, 627 Dilly (Mali), 252
Dafin (Juula sub-group), 551, 554, 578, 579 Dinguiraye (Guinea), 215, 241, 498, 507
Dagana (Senegal), 308, 454 Dinnik, 111
Dagari (E), 64 Diomboko (Guinea), 523
Dagbamba (E), 584, see also Dagomba, 567 Dionfo (Guinea), 502, 503
Dagbane (L), 549, 597 Diori Hamani president of Niger, 265
Dagomba (Ghana, see also Dagbamba), 540, Diourbel (Senegal), 398, 454
547, 550, 564, 567, 584, 596, 597, 601 Dirdıriyya (†arıqa), 155
Dahra Djolof (Senegal), 393 Dıwn of Imrü√ al-Qays, 248, 588, 593
D√irat al-dirst al-Islmiyya, 257 Djégounko, see Jegunko
Dakar, 4, 253, 266, 305, 320, 328, 332, 343, Djelgodi (Niger), 635
348, 379, 391, 471, 476, 486, 487 Djougou (Bénin), 541, 584, 594
Dalaba (Guinea), 503 Dogon (L/E), 210
Dal√il al-khayrt [of al-Jazülı], 91, 656 Dokrupe (Ghana), 627
GENERAL INDEX 801
Dongol Cerno (Guinea), 513 Fulbe/Fulani/Peuls, 40, 115, 125, 132, 467, 468,
Dounga, battle of, 242 597, 605, 612, 612, 634-6, 645, 653
Dori (Niger), 635, 643 Fulfulde (language/literature), 4, 5, 232, 236,
Dosso (Niger), 537, 538, 651 267, 488, 492, 495, 499, 500, 502, 503,
Doumga (Senegal), 485 512-521, 635, 638, 639, 640
Douroula (Ghana), 578, 583 Futa Bondu (Senegal), 469, 523
Dresden (Germany), 600 Futa Jallon (Guinea), 5, 207, 215, 215, 272,
Dufi√ al-rift of Al-˘arırı, 425 466, 485, 491-522, 638
Dunkwa (Ghana), 576 Futanke (Fulani from Futa Toro), 126, 306, 308
Dupuis, J., 547 Futa Toro (Senegal), 50, 207, 214, 232, 241,
Cerno Duura Sombili, 500 251, 315, 325, 350, 397, 458, 463, 466, 469,
Dyula, see Juula 473, 485, 496, 636
Ecole des Etudes Islamiques (in Boutilimit, Gabeiro (Fulani sub-group), 636
Mauritania), 486 Gabon, 398, 453, 461, 605
Ecole Nationale d’Administration et de Gade Ndemba (Senegal), 375
Magistrature (Senegal), 473 Gaden, Henri, 466
Ejura (Ghana), 605 Gaia (Guinea), 507
L’ère nouvelle (magazine), 487 Galajo, 635
Etudes islamiques, 487, 488 Galla Yel (Senegal), 453
Europeans (al-Naßr), 573, 588, 592, 656 Gallieni, Cdt., 242
Gambaga (Ghana), 585, 587, 590
F∂iliyya (†arıqa), 463, 480 Gambia, 274
F∂il Mbacke, 391 Gane Samb Lo, 284
Fahd, King of Saudi Arabia, 516 Ganguel (Senegal), 466
Serigne Fallou (Mu˛ammad F∂il, or Al-Hâjj Gannr (Wolof for southern Mauritania), 287,
Falilou), 416, 428 295
Fanta Madi Chérif, 528 Gao (Mali), 8, 119, 180, 636
al-Faqqı b. Bübakar al-Aghllı, 532 Gaoual (Guinea), 494
Fâs Cissé Touré, 389 Sh. Garba, nicknamed Hitler, 625
Fass Toure (Senegal), 327, 333, 339, 342, 486 Garba ba-Gonje, 545, 585
Fâtou Seydi, wife of Almamy fiUmar Soriya, Malam Garba [Abü Bakr b. Müs] al-
495, 520 Kashinwı, 612
Faysal b. fiAbd al-fiAzız, King of Saudi Arabia, Gasama Kamagatay, 545
365 Cerno Al-Gassimou (of Zawiya), 497
Ferobe, Fulani sub-group, 635 Gaya (Senegal), 308, 322
Fez (Morocco), 52, 272, 274, 276, 318, 346, Gbanyito (L), 546
348, 391, 489, 495, 497 Gbuipe (Ghana), 542, 544
Fezzan (Libya), 221 Gédé (Senegal), 315, 459
Fodigi Mori Müs Kaita, 653 Gemukura (Mali), 228
Fodiye Almami Sy, 254 Genumu Kura, battle of, 655
Fodiye Dwüd Sıbı of Fegui, 254, 255 George V, King of Great Britain, 568
Fodiye Jbı of Gori, 255 Germany/Germans, 502, 549, 550, 572, 584,
Fodiye Mu˛ammad Sita, 253 594, 587
Frafra (E), 621 Ghana (Ancient), 2, 38, 559
La France catholique (journal), 284 Ghana/Gold Coast, 2, 3, 6, 279, 280, 304
Freetown (Sierra Leone), 221, 638 Ghana Muslim Council of Chiefs, 602
Malam Fulata Borono, 603 Ghana Muslim Mission, 602
802 GENERAL INDEX
Ghanaian National Council of Ulama and ˘ar†ın, 166

Imams, 619 Karamoko Hrün b. Bb Watara, 576
Gill, J. Withers, 585 Hrün Jr b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri, 596
Gimbala-Diakha (Mali), 522 Hrün Mu˛ammad, khalıfa of Ibrhım Niasse
Gobir (Nigeria), 586 in Kumase, 617, 618, 621
Gold Coast Muslim Council, 602 Hrün al-Rashıd Jibrıl Mdughu, 609
Gonja (Ghana), 3, 539, 542- 547, 568, 580, Hrün Tanjakür, 254
588, 595, 627 al-˛jj al-˘asan Anj√, 255
Gor Dara, 393 ˘asan Ndiaye, 444
Goumba Cissé (father of Madior Malick ˘asan I, Sultan of Morocco, 53
Cissé), 464 ˘asan II, King of Morocco, 366
Goundam (Mali), 181, 196, 199, 204, 233 Malam ˘asan Ata, a Gonja teacher, 605
Goundioro (Mali), 256, 523 al-˘asan ∑algha, 586
Gouriki-Samba-Diom (Senegal), 466 ˘assniyya (L/E), 470, 640
Granada (Spain), 10, 11 Hausa (L/E), 530, 541, 546, 565, 566, 567, 568,
Groumania (Ivory Coast), 545 584, 587, 592, 600, 602, 603, 606, 620, 625,
Grunshi/Gurunsi (see also Gurensi), 585, 586 628
Guéoul (Senegal), 315, 321, 392, 435, 457, Hausaland (Nigeria), 2, 221, 541, 583, 586,
471, 472, 477, 479 592, 600, 603, 604
Guiguilone (Senegal), 325 al-˘aw∂ (Mauritania), 67
Guilê, battle of, 390 ˘ayt al-˛ayawnt al-kubr of Mu˛ammad b.
Guinea, 491-529 Müs al-Damırı, 242
Guinea Bissau, 507, 513, 518 Hayre (Senegal), 241
Gulimım (Morocco), 53 al-˘illa (Mali), 67, 119
Gurensi (see also Gurunsi/Grunshi), 553, 576 “Hitler”, see Sh. Garba
Gurma (Mali), 586, 637 Hodh, see ˘aw∂
Gushiegu (Ghana), 585, 599, 627 Hombori (Mali), 640
Gyaman (Ghana), 570, 627 Houphouët-Boigny, president of Ivory Coast,
265, 575
Hdı Ture, 486 “Hubbu” movement, 510, 519
˘adıth school of Medina, 505 al-˘ulal al-mawshiyya, 40
Halwar (Senegal), 214 Humanity journal (Ghana), 610
˘amad Bodejo, 105 Imam ˘usayn b. Idrıs of Yendi, 594
˘amadu Kamaghatay of Bonduku, 576 ˘usayn al-Kashnwı, called Mallam ∑allaw,
˘amlliyya/Hamallisme (Hamawiyya), 208, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase, 587, 589, 612,
267, 395, 624 619, 620
˘amdallhi (Burkina Faso), 579 ˘ußayn b. ‡alll, king of Jordan, 373
˘amdallhi (Mali), 38, 43, 52, 207, 208, 211, Hyderabad (India), 505
212, 215, 216, 233, 241
Ibn Ba††ü†a, 1, 9, 12, 40, 382
Cerno Hamdine Kane, 344
Ibn ˘ajar al-Haytamı, 55, 56
˘mid Ane Tillere, 475, 485
Ibn ˘jib, 29, 175
Hamma Bodejo, 635
Ibn Husm al-Dın al-Shahır b. al-Muttaqı, 665
Hammadun Abba, q∂ı of Sokura, 233
Ibn al-Jawzı, 56
Hamma b. Hamathi, 198
Ibn Myb al-Jakanı, 277, 660
Alfa ˘amma b. Yünus, 584, 597
Ibn al-Muqrifi, Ismfiıl b. Abı Bakr al-Shwarı
Hamziyya of al-Büßırı, 325
al-Shaghdarı al-Yamanı, 47
al-˘anafiyya, Islamic institution of higher
Ibn Salım ,143
learning in Louga (Senegal), 351, 374, 385
Ibn Safiüd University in Riy∂, 611
GENERAL INDEX 803
Ibn Tümart, 12 Sharıf fiˆs al-Kanawı, 604

Ibra Fall, 398 fiIs Mada˛a b.fiUmar Salagha, 586
Alfa Ibrhım (ruler of Labé, Guinea), 513 Isanwurfo, Kpembewura, 600, 601
Almamy Ibrhım of Futa Jallon, 509 Is˛q Kano, 604
Ibrahîma Bah, 503 Is˛q Saganugu, 570
Alf Ibrhım b. Abı Bakr, q∂ı of Mopti, 646 fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı, 220, 525
Cerno Ibrahîma Caba Bah, 503 Islamic Council for Development and Human
Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf, 181 Services, Accra, 610
Ibrhım Aw, 325 Islamic Culture Centre of Prang, 625
Ibrhım al-Amır b. Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı, Islamic Judiciary Committee of Ghana, 608
505 Islamic League, 320
Ibrhım Bakarambasi Kawtay, 580 Islamic University of Madına (Saudi Arabia),
Ibrhım Balarabe Jega, 284 324, 611, 625
Ibrahim Diop (known as Baryım), 351 al-Ißlıt al-khirrı† of Ibn Abı Ma˛allı, 24
Sh. Ibrhim Diop, 365 Ismfiıl Baldé, 483
Ibrhım Jnı, 523 Ismfiıl b. Mu˛ammad Timiti. imam of
Ibrhım Kabawı, 528 Bonduku, 571
Ibrhım al-Laqnı, 20 Ivory Coast, 2, 264, 539, 575
Ibrahim M[a˛müd]. Diop, 298, 482
Ja (Mali), see Dia
Ibrhım al-R√is b. Ismfiıl, 51
Cerno Jaawo Pellel, 501
Ibrhım Timiti, imam of Bonduku, 571
Jabaghatay, 545
I∂√at al-dujunna of al-Maqqarı, 253
Jbi-Kasama (Jahanke clan), 522, 523
Idaw fiAlı, 272, 273
Jafifar b. Is˛q, Emir of Zaria, 283, 287
Idrıs, Zohe Imam in Yendi, 599
al-˛jj Jafifar Jumoy (or Djamoye), 254, 255
Alfa Idrıs b. Mu˛ammad al-˘aydarı, 65
Jahanke/Diakhanke, 2, 497, 522-527, 540, 552,
Idrıs Naino, 603
658
Sh. Idris Sow, 483
Jallnı (Mali), 257
Idrissa Mbengue, 310
Jalloÿe (Fulbe clan), 233, 512
Iguellad (south Saharan people), 89, 181, 189,
Jamfiat anßr al-dın, 280
640
Jamfiat fiibd al-Ra˛mn, 486, 489
Ihallashatan (Khawrij tribal group), 650
Jaml fiAbd al-Nßir, president of Egypt, 516
[K.] al-I˛mirr of al-Mukhtr Ibn Büna al-
al-Jmifi al-mußannaf fı Shufiab al-ımn of Abü
Jakanı, 351, 394
Bakr A˛mad b. al-˘usayn al-Bayhaqı, 525
I˛sn (journal), 342
Jamfiiyya Shabb al-Nah∂a (Khartoum), 511
al-Iklıl wa’l-tj fı tadhyıl Kifyat al-mu˛tj of
al-Jawb al-muskit of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad
Mu˛ammad b. al-‡ayyib al-Qdirı, 23
Akansüs, 120
Ilorin (Nigeria), 592, 603
Jawhir al-mafinı of fiAlı ˘arzim Barda,
Imam Mu˛ammad of Gbuipe, 542
187
al-Imm al-Südnı, 35
Jawhir al-ras√il of A˛mad Abü’l-Fat˛ al-
Imillü b. Hamathi, 198
Yarwawı, 618
In Settefen (Mali), 118
Jawharat al-kaml[Tijnı prayer], 264
Institute of African Studies, University of
al-Jaz√iriyya, 248
Ghana, 576
Jazüliyya (†arıqa), 155
Institut Supérieur d’Etudes Islamiques,
Jegunko (Diegounkou or Djégounko), 215, 498
University of Algiers, 346, 348
Jenene (Ivory Coast), 580, 581
Iraq, 349, 374, 383, 464
Jenne (Mali), 8, 40, 45, 46, 50, 53, 106, 523,
Cerno Irrahima mo Juntu, 494
539, 540, 551, 578, 579, 612, 641
fiˆs b. al-˛jj fiAlı al-fiUmrnı, 169
Jerusalem, 547, 575
804 GENERAL INDEX
al-˛jj Jibrıl Kasmasi, 554 Kebbi (Nigeria), 3, 541, 586, 592

Jili Mbaye, 458 Kébémer (Senegal), 321, 333, 471
Jingere B˙r (“Great Mosque” of Timbuktu), 2, Keje (Mali), 228
11, 37, 51 Kel Aghll, 530, 532, 534, 535
Jolof (Senegal), 273, 308, 458 Kel Ahoggar, 136
Josom (Senegal), 301 Kel Antaßar, 89, 189, 641, 642
Julabogo, 201 Kel Awsa, 189
Juula/Dyula, 9, 31, 539, 540, 541, 542, 552, 565 Kel Gunahn, 650
Kel ˘urma, 68
Kaarta (Mali), 230 Kel Inalbash, 68
Kafiba, 656 Kel Inukundar, 181, 184
Kabara (Mali), 169 Kel Sıdı fiAlı, 206
Kbara (Mali), 9, 12 Kel al-Süq, 68, 86, 166, 172, 647
Kaduna (Nigeria), 286 Kete-Krayke, 3, 541, 584, 587, 595, 596, 597,
Kaédi (Mauritania), 264 605
Kafaba (Ghana), 628 Keur Makala (Senegal), 388
Kajagr (Niger), 531 Khadım Mu˛ammad Safiıd Mbacké, 459
Kajoor (Senegal), 308, 327, 455 Khadıja al-Shinqı†iyya, 555
Kalan (Guinea), 491 Khlid al-Azharı, 16
Kamaghatay, 570 Khalwatiyya (†arıqa), 272
Kamshegu (Ghana), 541 Khartoum (Sudan), 576
Kangaba (Mali), 567 Khtima of al-Yadlı, 253
Kankan (Guinea), 523, 528-529 al-Khazrajiyya, 508
Kano (Nigeria), 224, 283, 289, 300, 306, 541, Khelcom Diop (Senegal), 391
566, 586, 605, 606 Khulßa of Ibn Mlik, 123
Kaolack, 274, 275, 276, 279, 285, 286, 300, Kidal (Mali), 136
301, 305, 306, 307, 338, 346, 464, 481, 486, Kingui (Mali), 256
489, 612 Kintampo (Ghana), 576, 577
Kaoussen, Revolt of, 136 Ko (E), 551
Karamoko Alfa mo Labé, 494, 520 Kofi Kakari, Asantehene, 577, 579
Karamoko fiAlı b. al-∑iddıq Kunatay, 577 Koforidua (Ghana), 598, 599, 602
Karamoko Billo, 508 Koho (Burkino Faso), 578
Karamoko Ÿ ooyi Masi, 499 Koki (Senegal), 392, 394, 453
Karamoko Dugutigi Kulibali, 560 Kolaa∂e (Guinea), 496
Karamoko Turi, 560 Kolda (Senegal), 481, 482
Karamoko [Sulaymn] Yara (“the blind walı of Kong (Ivory Coast), 3, 540, 551, 552, 553, 558,
God”), 578 559, 560, 565, 570, 577, 579, 580
Karantagi (Guinea), 497 Konyan (Guinea), 523
Karantaw jihd, 579 Koro (Ghana), 540
Kasamba fiulam√ of Touba, 526 Kossi (Senegal), 305
Kashf al-˛ijb fiamman talq mafia al-shaykh Koubia (Guinea), 498, 503
al-Tijnı min al-aß˛b of A˛mad Skıraj, Kougeni (Mali), 253
613 Koula Mawnde (Guinea), 499, 501
Katsina (Nigeria), 67, 541, 596 Koulia (Guinea), 514
Kawa Ag Amma, amenokal of the Ullimiden, Koutan (Guinea), 498, 507
69 Kotokoli (L), 597, 598
Kayel (Senegal), 351 Koyin, battle of, 507
Kayes (Mali), 207, 253, 255, 256, 257, 523 Kpabia (Ghana), 584, 596
GENERAL INDEX 805
Kpembe (Ghana), 546, 583, 587, 628 Lokoso, 562

Kpembewura Isanwurfo, 600, 601 London, 293
Kpembewura Mahama, 597 Louga (Senegal), 322, 351, 353, 373, 380, 381,
Kpembewura Napo, 601 385, 389, 455, 486
Kpong (Ghana), 595, 605 Lotokoro (Mali), 650
Karamoko Kunandi Timiti, 575 Lugudi (Guinea), 496
K. al-ßalt of al-fiAwfı, 488
Maama fiUthmn ‡nu, 494
Kulliyyat ußül al-Dın wa’l-Dafiwa (Saudi
M√ al-fiAynayn, 480
Arabia), 611
Mb Diakhou, 389
Kumase (Ghana), 6, 287, 295, 542, 547, 551,
Maba Diakhou Ba, 274, 308
554, 601, 612, 613, 619, 620, 621, 623, 624
Maba M’baye, 389
Kunche (Niger), 641
Maci (Guinea), 498
Kunta (Saharan group), 67-148, 641-643
Macintosh, Susan Keech, 46
Kunatay, 571
Madına (Saudi Arabia), 270, 281, 324, 505,
Kunta al-Qibla, 67
555, 586, 611
Kunting (Gambia), 523
Madina Nianou (Guinea), 501
Kuwait, 349, 464, 516
Madrasa Ittihdiyya, Accra, 611
K. al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya by fiAlı b. al-˘usayn
al-Madrasa al-Itti˛diyya li’l-Dirst al-
al-Sajjd, 591
Islmiyya, in Baroueili, Mali, 263
Madrasa Mu˛ammadiyya in Kayes, 257
Labbt b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım, 73
Madrasa al-Nüriyya al-Islmiyya in Kumase,
al-˛jj Labbu, son of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr
622
al-∑alghawı, 589, 594
Madrasat al-Fal˛ (Segu), 244
Labé (Guinea), 494, 496, 497, 499, 500, 502,
Madrasat al-Hill al-Islmı, 257
513, 514, 518, 519, 524
Madrasat al-Mutafiallimın in Niger, 537
Lagos (Nigeria), 289, 554
Madrasat al-Rashıd in Ghana, 609
La˛lu, Moroccan merchant in Senegal, 367
Madrasat Takwın al-Mufiallimın in Tunis, 393
Lla fi◊√isha, wife of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı.,
Madrasat Ummun in Sikasso, 257
643
al-Madrasat al-Wa†aniyya in Kumase, 613,
Lmiyyat al-affil of Ibn Mlik, 175, 178
619, 625
Lanfieri (Burkina Faso), 567
Karamoko al-Maghılı, 526
al-Laqnı, Nßir al-Dın 14
al-Maghılı, Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Karım, 15,
al-Laqnı, Shams al-Dın, 14
150, 269
Larbi Tébessi, see Sh. Abü ’l-Qsim al-fiArabı
Maghsharan/Imaghcharan, 140, 181
al-Tabassı
Ma˛jıb, S. Saharan people, 110
al-La†√if al-insiyya fial na÷m al-fiaqıda al-
Mafihad al-fiIlmı in Riy∂., 270
Sanüsiyya of fiAbd al-Ghanı al-Nbulsı, 33
Ma˛ammad Sani Balarabe, 538
Lat Dior (damel of Cayor), 388, 398
Ma˛aram M’Backe, 388
Lawqi˛ al-anwr fı †abaqt al-akhyr of fiAbd
Mahdı, 262
al-Wahhb al-Shafirnı, 217
Mahdı Müs, 564, 588
Lélouma (Guinea), 493, 494, 497, 500, 501
Ma˛müd ˘ammd Kane Diallo, 252
Leo Africanus, 149
Ma˛müd b. Ibrahim b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af
Lepusi (Ghana), 594
Saganugu, 578
Lere (Mali), 193
Ma˛müd Jwarı, 523
Libya, 349, 379, 602
al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw, 557,
Limam Thnı of Kete-Krakye, 591
579, 582, 583
Liptako (Burkina Faso), 269, 636, 643
Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Salga al-Kanawı, 606
Lokoja (Nigeria), 554
Sı. Ma˛müd al-Tijnı, 368
806 GENERAL INDEX
Al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn Saganugu, 569 Mauritania, 67, 241, 251, 280, 287, 295, 305,
Ma˛müd b. Zarqün (pasha of Timbuktu), 10 318, 373, 397, 398, 464, 471, 473, 477, 485,
Majdhıb clan of al-Dmir (Sudan), 224 490, 496, 501, 504, 530
Makala b. Müsa Diakhate, 455 al-Mawhib al-quddüsiyya fı ’l-manqib al-
al-˛jj Mala∂o Diallo, 503 Sanüsiyya of Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-
Mali (ancient), 8, 38, 539, 543, 550 Malllı, 24
Malicounda (Senegal), 395 Mawdo Mbengue, 310
Mlik, imam of Gbuipe, 547 Mawlüd Fl, 273
Mlik Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Ture, 379 Mayacine Oumi Dieng, 389
Mamadou Fâ-Diama Niang, 389 M’Backé (Senegal), 398
Mamadou Jire, 263 Mbacké Baol (Senegal), 458
Mamadou Saghîr M’baye, 389 Sh. M’Backé Bousso, 389, 461
Mama Sambou Gasama, 522 Mbacké family of Touba, 325
Mamour Cissé, Sérigne de Bakel, 416 Mbacké Seck, 393
Mampong (Ghana), 620 Alfa Mayoro Wele, 308, 311, 322
Mamprusi (Ghana), 545, 564, 567 Mederdra (Mauretania), 264
Mampurugu (Ghana), 585, 628 Medina Khasso, 465
Shaykh Manda, 500 Mengye (Ghana), 562
Manda (Guinea), 514, 518 Mift˛ al-asrr al-Rabbniyya of Mu˛ammad
Manda Foulbé (Guinea), 500 Ghibrıma of Bornu, 618
Mande (L/E), 9, 564 Sharıf Mijinyawa b. Sharıf Ibrhım, 585
Mandela, Nelson, president of South Africa, 7, Min (Saudi Arabia), 292
385 Mina˛ al-Wahhb of al-Maghılı, 26
Manfara (Mali), 540 Ministry of Education (Senegal), 349
al-Manhaj al-farıd of Mu˛ammad al-Wlı b. Ministry of Foreign Affairs (Senegal), 303, 348
Sulaymn al-Fullnı al-Barnwı, 267 Ministry of Information (Senegal), 489
al-Manjür, 28 Mischlich, Adam, 584, 587
Mansa Müs, ruler of Ancient Mali, 8, 11 Modibo Keita, president of Mali, 265
Mansür Sy, 317 Cerno Modi fi◊lim, 485
Man÷üma of al-Qur†ubı, 16 Cerno Modi mo Labé, 494
Maqmt of al-˘arırı, 34, 253, 325, 351, 489 Cerno Mody ◊che, 344, 346, 348
al-Maqqarı, Shams al-Dın A˛mad, 18 Mogho Naba Wobogu, 585
al-Maqßür wa’l-mamdüd of Ibn Durayd, 44, Mole of Dagomba (Ghana), 547
326 Moleyili (Ghana), 549
Maraille (Mauretania), 465 Momar Antisali (father of A˛mad Bamba),
Mrina (Mali), 254, 256 389, 398
Marrakesh (Morocco), 10, 18 Momar Antasali Diakhaté, 389
Marssassoum (Guinea), 527 Sh. Momar ˘awa Ndiaga Seye,, 320
Marty, Paul, 149, 166, 396, 466, 572 Momar Jobé Mbacké, 462
Masar Diop (Senegal), 351 Momar Nıy al-Kajını, 450
Mâsilla Mâné, 389 Momar Sâssoum Diakhaté, 329, 389
Msina, 2, 9, 37, 38, 40, 43, 45, 51, 115, 119, Mombeyâ (Guinea), 496
213, 219, 234, 522, 541, 584, 597, 632, 638, Monrovia (Liberia), 528
644-646 Montluçon (France), 265
Massemba Khary Sylla, 389 Moodi Abdullahi Suware, 496
Masüfa (∑anhja sub-group), 1, 9 Moodi Amadu Laria, 502
Matam (Senegal), 323, 466, 488 Moodi Salihou, father of fiUmar Rfifiu, 507
Matar Ndiaye, 273
GENERAL INDEX 807
Moodi ‡hir b. Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé, Mu˛ammad Ammak b. al-Bakk√ al-Kuntı,
494 136, 532
Mopti (Mali), 646 Mu˛ammad fiAmmür ( Qdirı muqaddam), 128
Sh. Mor Ngirane, 315 Mu˛ammad Ashraf al-fiA÷ımbdı, 505
Mor Seck, 322 Mu˛ammad Aw, 325
Mossi/Moshi (E/L), 560, 584, 586, 620, 623 Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Bbuya, 150
Mossi Youth Association, 623 Mu˛ammad Baªo, 603, 604
Mouhamadou Limâmou Laye, 474 Mu˛ammad Bakuri imam of Wa, 580
Mourdia (Mali), 251 al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Baldé, 502
Moussa Traore, president of Mali, 197 Mu˛ammad Bawa of Katsina, 596
Mowa (Guinea), 528 Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn (∂an Fodiye),
Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı, president of the 123, 125, 127, 660
Libyan Arab Jamhıriyya, 61, 365 Mu˛ammad Bobo, 228
Cerno Mufiwiya Maci (Pita), 498 Mu˛ammad Bounaliou, 523
al-Mudawwana of Ibn Sa˛nün, 15 Mu˛ammad Ciroma, Asante Region Chief
Mu˛ammad fiAbbs ◊n, 466 Imam, 620
Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Amnat Allh, 252 Mu˛ammad al-Daymnı, 253
Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh al-Tinwajiyu, 501 Mu˛ammad Diallo, 274
Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Karım al-Sammn, 272, Mu˛ammad Diattara, 488
505 Mu˛ammad Diop, 408
Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Sh. Mu˛ammad al-F∂il b. Mmayn al-
Kunbali, 581 Qalqamı, 252, 463, 481
Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Wahhb, 656 Mu˛ammad Fani b. fiAlı, 300
Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Ya˛y al- Mu˛ammad Fat˛ al-Na÷ıfı, 618
Shaqr†isı, 664 Mu˛ammad F†uma Gasama, 523
Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid al-Sindı, 505 Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad
Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂, son of Ismfiıl of Bighu, al-Muß†af, 553
543, 544 Sh. Mu˛ammad Füdı, 367, 368
Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂ b. Abı Bakr Saganugu, Mu˛ammad Ghlı, 215, 272, 555
578 Mu˛ammad Ghibrıma of Bornu, 618
Sı. Mu˛ammad w. A˛mad w. fiAbd Allh al- Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb Ba, 315
Akh∂ar, 264 Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ b. al-Mukhtr al-fiAlawı,
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs, 5, 120, 177 215, 223, 272, 275, 388, 505, 555
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Bashır, 639 Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Mawlüd Fl al-fiAlawı,
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙gΩr˙, 603 612, 619
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Daymnı, 474 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım, imam of Wa, 570
Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Wali, nicknamed Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Drı, 227
Turu Kuru, 554 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Khlidı, 653
Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat ’l-Müritnı, 366 Mu˛ammad Inuwa b. fi›Is, Sh. fiAbd Allh
amır Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. al-‡hir b. al-Mahdı, Tnu, 612
60 Mu˛ammad al-Jaylnı al-Barkürı, 111
Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı al-Waltı, 211 Mu˛ammad al-Jaz√irı, the kha†ıb of Blida, 254
Mu˛ammad A-l-r b. fiAbd Allh al-Süqı, Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. Mmma, 184, 187
known as Balkhu, 534, 535 Mu˛ammad Karantaw, 578
Mu˛ammad al-Amın w. A˛mad Zaydn, 252 Mu˛ammad Kaso, Touba imam, 523
Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Knemı, 218, 219 Muhammad al-Katsinwı, 541
Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar b. Mlik al-Fütı, Mu˛ammad al-Khalıf b. al-Shaykh Zayn al-
225 fi◊bidın, 639
808 GENERAL INDEX
al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Labbü, 601 Alfa Mu˛ammad Sellu (Karamoko al-Fhim

Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı Ag al-‡hir., 199 Labe, see also Karamoko Alfa mo Labe),
Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın 513
b. Jiddu al-Simllı531 Sıdı Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır, 524
Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd w. Rabbnı, 305 Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 166
Mu˛ammad al-Majdhüb (known as al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad Ta, 555
w. al-Shaykh al-‡hir), 225 Mu˛ammad ‡hir al-Anßrı, 202
Mu˛ammad Mourdia, 254 Mu˛ammad al-Taslamı, 253
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Busübbe, 408 Mu˛ammad al-Thnı b. al-˘asan (Sani
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr w. al- Kafanga), 282
Dh, 367 Mu˛ammad Thiam, 305
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr al- Mu˛ammad b. Ubba al-Tuwtı, 140
Sharıf al-˘asanı al-fiAlawı, 278 Mu˛ammad fiUmar fiArabı, 511
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af [b. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Umayya, 142
fiUmar Kunandi], 543, 547 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Hawsa, 251
Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Sinna, 504 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı
Mu˛ammad Mukhtr Sghü, 253 al-Tijnı, 591
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Tarawiri of Wa, 578
Mu˛ammad al-fi◊fı Saganugu, 551, 552, Mu˛ammad Vth, King of Morocco, 365
553 Cerno Mu˛ammad Wuri 498
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Mbacké, 452 Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad b. al-
Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu, 551 Mukhtr al-Waltı, 139, 140, 159, 251
Mu˛ammad Muß†af, son of Taslımi, imam of Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. fiUmar al-Sanüsı, 580
Touba, 523 Mu˛ammad Zayd of Tamarimuni, Friday Imam
Mu˛ammad al-Mushrı (or -Mishrı), 293 of Wa, 569
Mu˛ammad-n-Allh (governor of Timbuktu), Malam Muhamman Kundungunda, 585
9, 12 Mukhtr fiAbd al-Karım, known by his
Mu˛ammad al-Na÷ıfı, 254 Christian name as Edward Blyden, 221
Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Rbifi Khlid, 612 al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr al-Fullnı, 635
Mu˛ammad w. Ra˛˛l, chief of the Barbısh, al-Mukhtr b. Büna al-Jakanı, 504
69 Mukhtr w. ˘mid ( Mukhtar Ould
Mu˛ammad al-Rashıd Shafibn Kunda, 617, Hamidoun), 486
618 Mukhtr Ndoumbé, 394
Mu˛ammad al-∑adıq b. al-Dın, 568 Mukhtr ould Daddah, president of Mauritania,
al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Saganugu, 560 485
Mu˛ammad Safiıd Safar, 505 Mukhtr Sakho, 466
Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Yadlı, 510 al-Mukhtr al-Süsı, 254
Mu˛ammad Salgha, 606 Mukhtaßar of al-Akh∂arı, 409, 488
Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, 14, 15, 19, 22, 25, 30, 31,
al-Qri√, 75 32, 36, 58, 150, 158, 253, 311, 351, 469,
Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyi al-Tinwjıwı, 488, 496, 523, 532, 606
59 Mule Tarawiri, 578
Mu˛ammad Slim b. Qatham b. al-Dh, 275 Mul˛at al-ifirb of Qsim b. Alı al-˘arırı, 177
Mu˛ammad Samba, 514 Al-Mundhir, founder of B˙r, 183
Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı, Emir of Kano, 295, 296 Cerno Muntaq Tall, 349
Mu˛ammad Saynabu Niasse, 253 Murıd/Murıdiyya ∑üfı †arıqa, 318, 396, 397,
455, 463
GENERAL INDEX 809
al-Murshid al-mufiın fial ’l-∂arürı min fiulüm New Testament, 519

al-dın by fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı New York, 397
Ibn fi◊shir al-Andalusı al-Fsı, 157, 177 Sh. Ngagne Dièye, 391
Murta∂ al-Zabıdı, 505 Ngaoundere (Cameroun), 304
Müs, amır of Dagomba, 595 Ngeriyaÿe, 513
Müs Ag Amastan, 136 Nguick (Senegal), 379
Müs Cam, 351 Nguick Fall (Senegal), 351
al-˛jj Müs Kunkü, 560 N’Guidjilone (Senegal), 485
Müs Mâne N’Diaye, 389 Nguilogne, 481
Muslim Association Party (Ghana), 602 Niamina (Mali), 263
Muslim Council of Ghana, 602 Niger, 243, 280, 304, 530-537
Muslim Students organisation (Ghana), 609 Nigeria, 5, 243, 279, 280, 296, 304, 306, 602
Muslim World League, 280 Nioro du Sahel (Mali), 215, 256, 265, 266
Muslim Youth Congress, 602 Niqya of Jall al-Dın al-Suyü†ı, 142
al-Muß†af b. Bb Sharaf, 163 Njabel (Senegal), 375
Mustaf Lo, 337 Njambur (Senegal), 351, 388, 455
Muß†af Mbacke, 453 Nkenkasu (Ghana), 577
Le Musulman (Senegalese periodical), 487 Nkrumah, Kwame, president of Ghana, 559,
Malam Mutawakilu, 602 602, 605
Muthallath of al-Ghazlı, 124 Nousi (Guinea≈, 504
Müly al-Madanı al-fiAlawı, imam of Qdirı Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, 612
zwiya, 128 Nuzhat al-˛dı bi-akhbr mulük al-qarn al-
Muwa††a√ of Imam Mlik, 241, 311, 551, 571, ˛dı, 41
575 Nyaaro Karamoko, 266
Sh. Nadhır b. Ibrhim Niys, 307 Odumase (Ghana), 575

Nagg al-Süqı, 186 Organisation of the Islamic Conference, 347,
Namasa (Ghana), 628 365
Nna Khadıja bt. Sh. Alfa A˛mad b. Alfa Organisation pour l’action islamique (Dakar),
Banya, 52 487
Nanu (Burkina Faso), 579 Osei Bonsu Ketewa, 626
Nanumba (E), 597 Osei Kwadwo (Asantehene), 550
Na Pelpuo III of Wa, 568 Osei Tutu Kwame (Asantehene), 543, 547
Naqshabandiyya †arıqa, 325 Ottomans, 656
Nasa (Ghana), 540 Ould Daddah, Mukhtr (President of Mauri-
al-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı, 134 tania), 485
Nßiriyya †arıqa, 155, 272, 505 Ouro-Modi (Mali), 523
Nasiru Kabara [Mu˛ammad al-Nßir b.
Paateya Guinea), 494
Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr], 538
Pakro (Ghana), 607
National Council of Ulama, Ghana, 619
Palewogo (Ghana), 539
National Liberation Movement of Ghana, 602
Paris, 397
Nayiri Bariga of Mampurugu, 585
Parti Démocratique de Guinée, 515
Nayl al-marm min shiyam al-kirm of fiAbd
Patare (Senegal), 375
Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 79
Pétel (Guinea), 494
N’Daibé (Senegal), 325
Pétain, Marshal, 345
Ndieye (Senegal), 321
Poyé (Guinea), 493, 495, 503
Ndiouga Kébé or Ababakar Kébé, 458
Prang (Ghana), 602, 625
Ndiwine (Senegal), 457
N’Djamena/Fort Lamy (Chad), 304, 305, 554
810 GENERAL INDEX
Qdiriyya (†arıqa), 5, 67, 68, 69, 94, 98, 113, Alfa Safiıd al-Fütı, 224
128, 125, 135, 145, 157, 161, 166, 169, 171, al-˛jj Safiıd Hann, 266
205, 207, 233, 264, 272, 396, 397, 398, 446, Safiıd b. ˘mid, imam of Wa, 569
463, 465, 466, 471, 472, 477, 497, 524, 528, Safiıd b. Mlik al-Timitı, imam of Bonduku,
531, 553, 554, 571, 653 572, 575
al-Qmüs al-mu˛ı† of al-Fırüzbdı, 248 Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu,
al-Qmüsı (magazine), 338 578, 579
Qarawiyyin mosque-college/university, 289, Safiıd al-Nür [Seydou Nourou Tall], 266, 345,
346, 348, 489 351, 367, 638
al-Qsim b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı, 532 Safiıd Sghü, 254
Sh. al-Qsim b. Mma Ismafiıl al-Zwiywı, Saint-Louis (Senegal), 308, 323, 339, 342, 343,
497 344, 346, 348, 349, 350, 351, 376, 380, 389,
Qatar, 464 408, 457, 460, 464, 465, 472, 477, 481, 486
Qaryünus University in Benghazi, 379 Sakal (Senegal), 391
Qawfiid al-ßalt, 607 Salaga (Ghana), 3, 541, 545, 547, 580, 583,
Q. hamziyya of al-Büßırı., 325 584, 586, 587, 591, 594, 596, 597, 598, 599,
Karamoko Qu†b, son of Taslımi, 523 600, 601, 628
Salm al-Tijniyyın of Mu˛ammad al-Amın b.
Rabat (Morocco), 302 fiUmar b. Mlik al-Fütı, 225
Sh. Rabbnı, 302, 305 ∑alt al-Fti˛ (Tijnı prayer), 324
Alfa R˛a, 523 Malam Salifu, 585
Rama∂n, 403, 404, 406, 411, 413, 418 ∑li˛ al-Zughaybı, imam of the Prophet’s
al-Rmizat al-shfiya of Mu˛ammad al- mosque in Madına, 254
Khazrajı, 32, 35, 351 Slim b. Bb˙r al-Tinbuktı, 66
Rashıd Ri∂, 486 Slim b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanhürı, 19
Ra√s al-M√ (Mali), 88 Slim Sükhün, 256
Rassemblement Démocratique Africaine, 265 al-˛âjj Slim Suwari, 496, 522, 527, 540, 551,
Le réveil islamique, 487, 488 570
Rguibat, 144 Mallam ∑allaw, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase, see
Rio Grande (Guinea), 524 ˘usayn al-Kashnwı
Risla (of Ibn Abı Zayd), 15, 44, 63, 240, 325, al-˛jj Salmoye of Jenne, 266
351, 488, 492, 495, 606 Salum (Senegal), 398
Riy∂ (Saudi Arabia), 5, 270, 395, 611 Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı, 664
Rome, 289 Samba Ka, 397
Roye Dièye (Senegal), 351 Samba Laobé Fall, damel of Cayor, 390
Ruqiyya Sow, 318 Samba Marême Diop, 389
Rushdie, Salman, 321 Cerno Samba Mombeyaa, 493, 499, 503
Samb Tokolor, 458
Sabari (Ghana), 540, 550 Samda Diadana, 388
Safid Büh b. Mu˛ammad F∂il, 466, 477, 529 Sami (Mali), 254
Saer Maty Ba, 274 Sammniyya (†arıqa), 272, 505
Safane (Burkina Faso), 551, 578, 579, 580 al-˛jj Sammu Silla, 560
Safo (Katanka), 544 Samori, 528, 565, 566, 568
Sagalé (Guinea), 501 Sandiary Diop, 351
Saganugu, Juula sub-group, 540, 550-562, 570, Sangare (Fulani sub-group), 635
578, 579 ∑anhja (Saharan tribal confederation), 1, 9,
Sagatta (Senegal), 471 10
∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı, 523, 562 Sansanding (Mali), 96, 211
Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir, imam of Wa, 564
GENERAL INDEX 811
Sankore mosque, 2, 40 Sıdı Ya˛y mosque, Timbuktu, 12

Sansanne Mango (Togo), 545, 553, 601 Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır, 397, 398, 417, 463, 524
al-˛jj al-Sanüsı al-‡ürı, 562 Sierra Leone, 523
al-Sqiy√ al-˛amr√ (Morocco), 67 Sikasso (Mali), 58, 257
Sarankye Mori, son of Samori, 579 Silla (ancient Takrür), 233
Sarédina (Mali), 119 Sinder (Niger), 646
Sariq Ahmad Kébé, 448 Sisako of Wa Jangbeyiri, 570
Satanic Verses of Salman Rushdie, 321 Sissala (E), 575
Saudi Arabia, 5, 303, 328, 347, 348, 464, 473, al-Q∂ı Skıraj al-fiAyyshı, 308
602, 622, 464 Sokodé (Togo), 538
Savelugu (Ghana), 549 Sokone (in Sine Saloum, Senegal), 325
Say (Niger), 214, 530, 646 Sokoto, 215, 220, 224, 272, 530, 586
Cerno Saydou Diallo, 502 Songhay (L/E), 6, 41, 154, 194, 586
Sayyid ◊dam, Sarkin Mossi of Kumase, 612 Songhay (empire), 10, 40, 558, 646
Schildkrout, Enid, 623 Soninke (L/E), 9, 38, 586
Sebara, 132 Sosso (E), 248
Seeforé (Guinea), 492 Sow, Alfa Ibrâhîm, 493, 495, 512
Seeku Dalaba, 503 Stuttgart (Germany), 600
Seeleyaÿe family (Guinea), 494, 496 al-∑ughr of al-Sanüsı, 17, 33, 253, 267, 412,
Segu (Mali), 61, 63, 207, 215, 248, 249, 266, 508, 662
632, 644, 645 Sulaymn b. fiAbd Allh Baghayogho, 540,
Segu Sikoro (Mali), 223, 263 541, 547, 548, 550
Sékou Touré, president of Guinea, 502, 515 Karamoko [Sulaymn] Yara (“the blind walı of
Selik (Senegal), 276 God”), 578, 579, 580
Senghor, Léopold, president of Senegal, 6, 337, al-Sullam al-murawnaq of al-Khünajı, 351
383, 386, 395 ∑üma b. Mu˛ammad Bawa, 547
Senghor International Airport, Dakar, 386 Sunni fiAlı, 10, 14
Serigne Madîna Sylla, 389 al-Süq (Mali), 136, 149, 172-3, 633, 647-648
Serigne Müs Ka, 6 Surmuy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-
Seydiyanke ruling family of Futa Jallon, 520 Wangarı, 169
Seydou Nourou Tall, see Safiıd al-Nür Cerno Suufi Kansa Gawol, 497
Seyx Abdallaa Sagale, 517 al-Suyü†ı, Jall al-Dın, 16, 180, 507, 616
Shdhiliyya, 155, 397, 499, 554 Sy family of Tivaouane, 325
Shfiya of Ibn ˘jib, 175
Tdmakkat (Mali), 115, 172, 633
Shaghrüsh (Mali), 55
Tafsır al-Jallayn, 253, 351, 550, 570, 571, 575,
al-Shams b. fi◊bidın, muftı of Syria, 505
576
al-Shaqr†isı, Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b.
Tafsirga (Mali), 256
Ya˛y, 664
Tagalalt clan, 180
Sh. Sharubütu, 607, 608
Taghza, 149
Sheku fiAbd al-Qdir ( known as Sheku Timiti),
Tagidda (Niger), 530
570
‡h b. Mu˛ammad al-Bayqünı al-Dimashqı,
al-Shiffi of Q∂ı fiIy∂, 523, 525, 551
246
Shıfiism, 5, 490
al-Thir Mai Gari, 307
Shinqı† (Mauritania), 53
Taïba (Senegal), 274
Sh. Sıdti, son of Safid Büh, 471
Taïba Niassene (Senegal), 279
∑iddıq b. fiAbd al-Mu√mim, imam of Wa, 569
Takedda, see Tagidda
al-˛jj ∑iddıq b. Safiıd of Wa, 569
Takmilat al-takmila li’l-Dıbj of Bb b.
Karamoko Sidiki Chérif, 528
A˛mad Bayb al-Shinqı†ı, 24
812 GENERAL INDEX
Takrür, 631, 632 161, 169, 181, 196, 200, 210, 211, 504, 540,
Sh. Talibouya Diop, 472 543, 547, 548, 550, 648-9
Tamakloe, E. F., German interpreter, 584, 596 Timiti (E), 570, 572
Tamale (Ghana), 279, 606 Tintouhoun (Mali), 181
Tamasheq (language of the Tuareg), 532 Tinwjiyü (Mauritanian zawya group), 264,
Tama÷÷uk (Niger), 531 265
Tamba (Guinea), 507 Tishıt (Mauritania), 528
Tamgrüt (Morocco), 505 Tivaouane (Senegal), 253, 308, 314, 319, 325,
Tanbıh al-mughtarrın fı ’l-qarn al-fishir fial 327, 350, 458
m khlafahu al-salaf al-†hir of fiAbd al- Togo[land], 539, 587
Wahhb al-Shafirnı, 525 Torodbe (E), 636
Gyamanhene Tan Daté, of Bonduku, 580 Touba (Guinea, see also Touba Koto a n d
Taoudeni (Mali), 157 Touba Kuta), 497, 499, 522-524, 526, 649,
Tarjim afiyn al-Madına al-munawwara, 505 658.
Tarawiri [Traore, Juula sub-group], 564-570 Touba (Senegal), 325, 396, 397, 398, 407, 412
Taslima (Mali), 551 Touba Kane (Senegal), 484
Tata Doporo (Guinea), 494 Touba-Koro, 649
Tchin Tabaraden (Niger), 536 Touba Koto (Guinea), 523
Terrazart, 650 Touba Kuta (Guinea), 524
Tetemu (Ghana), 589, 595, 605 Trb b. ˘amls, 642
Thiambène (Senegal), 351 Traore, see Tarawiri
Thiarêne (Senegal), 488 Tribunal Musulman of Saint-Louis, 348
Thiaroye (Senegal), 489 Tuareg, 8, 10, 53, 58, 65, 88, 96, 117, 128, 530,
Thiène (Senegal), 398 633, 635, 649-650
Thiès (Senegal), 344, 466, 486 Tu˛fat al-˛ukkm of Ibn fi◊ßim, 253, 496
Thierno Ka, 385 Tu˛fat al-mawdüd of Ibn Mlik, 75
Thierno Yoro Bal, 325 Tukulor (E), 224, 243, 273, 325, 398, 467, 469
Thilogne (Senegal), 346 Tunbukwrai (Niger), 538
Tiâguel-Bôri (Guinea), 515 Tunis, 50, 448, 656
al-˛jj Tijnı Dramé, 255 Ture (clan of Futa Toro), 241
Tijniyya († a r ı q a , beliefs, practices, Turks, 572
adherents), 4, 5, 52, 66, 68, 119, 128, 125, Turin, 397
161, 184, 185, 187, 197, 204, 205, 207, 208, Tuwt (Algeria), 8, 26, 67, 149, 264
220, 223-4, 224, 233, 235, 240, 251, 254,
264, 266, 270, 272, 276, 277, 279, 283, 285, Uba Ringim, 306
296, 301, 302, 307, 308, 309, 313, 314, 318, al-fiUhüd al-Mu˛ammadiyya of fiAbd al-
322, 325, 327, 342, 344, 349, 351, 352, 373, Wahhb al-Shafirnı, 525
376, 388, 394, 395, 397, 463, 484, 495, 499, Ullimiden (Tuareg sub-group), 74, 89, 134, 649
500, 501, 503, 507, 529, 538, 554, 558, 559, al-hajj ‘Umar Dao, 582
578, 579, 580, 581, 587, 598, 612, 618, 620, [Serigne] fiUmar Diop, 351, 413
621, 658, 660 fiUmar Fadika b. Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. al-
Tillabéry (Niger), 647 Salm b. Ibrhım al-Dabsı al-Fdikı al-
Timbi-Madîna [Bamikouré] (Guinea), 503, 515 Zghawı, 47
Timbo (Guinea), 507, 523 fiUmar b. al-˘asan Tanjakür, 253
Timbuktu (Mali), 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 14, 16, Sı.fiUmar al-Karzı al-Tijnı, 365
17, 18, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 40, 42, 43, 51, 62, fiUmar Lo, 459
64, 67, 89, 115, 119, 130, 149, 155, 158, fiUmar Kunadi b. fiUmar, 544
Umar Kunandi Jabaghatay of Buna, 576
GENERAL INDEX 813
fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 13 Wala (people of Wa, Ghana), 540, 567

Alfa fiUmar Pereejo Soo, 500 Wlaldé (Senegal), 325
Almamy fiUmar Soriya, 520 Walta, 8, 11, 13, 149, 639
fiUmar b. Sulaymn b. Abı Bakr b. Ma˛müd b. Walewale (Ghana), 587
fiUthmn b. Ya˛y b. Imam Ma˛müd, 562 Walo (Senegal), 308
fiUmar Türı, 523 Wa Na, origins of the office of, 568
Umm al-Khayr bt. Ibrhım Niys, 391 Wanaar (Senegal), 464
Umm al-Zayn, 505 Wangara/Wangarawa, 539, 540, 541, 622, 650
Union Culturelle Muslumane (Senegal), 6, 307, al-Wansharısı, A˛mad b. Ya˛y, 30
486 Waraqt of Abü ’l-Mafilı [al-Juwaynı?], 113
Union of Arabic-Islamic Schools (Sikasso, Watara (Juula sub-group), 558, 559, 560, 570,
Mali), 257 571, 576, 577
Union Progressiste Sénégalaise, 489 Wawamÿe (Fulbe sub-group), 469
United Arab Republic Cultural Centre (Accra, Wenchi (Ghana), 562, 564, 574, 577, 580
Ghana), 538 Whittall, P. J., D.C. Wa, 568
Université Muhammad V (Rabat), 473 Karamoko Wili, 575
University of Algiers, 346, 348 Wilks, Ivor, 598
University of Ghana, 576, 609 Wolof (L/E), 308, 314, 327, 343, 351, 372, 380,
University of Medina (Saudi Arabia), 611, 625 384, 387, 390, 397, 461, 465, 472, 477
fiUqba b. fi◊mir, 635, 648 World Muslim Congress, 280
fiUqba b. Nfifi, 67, 280, 352 World Muslim League, 373
fiUqba b. Ysir, 634 World War II, 317
fiUqüd al-jumn of al-Suyü†ı, 351, 469
Yagbum (Ghana), 539
fiUrwa al-Arawnı, 60
Yahüdh b. Safid, 554, 612, 620
U.S.A., 307
al-˛jj Ya˛y Darna, 606
Caliph fiUthman b. fiAffn, 551, 552
Ya˛y al-Nawawı b. fiAbd al-Qdir Macci∂o,
fiUthmn Dabila, imam of Wa, 565
532
fiUthmn Gharı, 523
Sı. Ya˛y [al-Tadallisı], 649
fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Ballu al-Inükundarı, 655
Yalalÿe (Fulbe sub-group), 469, 470
fiUthmn Jire, 263
Yafimuru Tarawiri, 540, 564, 569
fiUthmn Mrıgh, 256
Ya Na fiAbd Allh, 549
fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 32, 49, 69,
Ya Na Andani paramount chief of Dagomba,
127, 133, 208, 213, 586, 607, 612
595, 600, 601
fiUthmn Ndiaye, 319
Ya Na Luro, 550
fiUthmn Nü˛ al-Barnwı, 609
Ya Na Mu˛ammad Zangina, 548
fiUthmn b. ∑ambu al-Fütı, 531
Ya Na Yafiqub, 585
Uthman Sarkin Zongo (of Kumasi), 593
Yanbüfi al-nakhl. (Saudi Arabia), 270
fiUthmn Sıl, 256
Yandoto (Nigeria), 544
Vieillard, Gilbert, 492, 519 Yafiqüb Ejura, 620
Visi (Ghana), 540 Yafiqüb Ibrhım, 538
Yafiqub b. fiAbd al-Qdir, imam of Wa, 566
Wa (Ghana), 3, 539, 540, 551, 560, 564, 566, Yafiqüb b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı, 532
567, 568, 569, 579, 602, 628-9 Yafiqüb b. Ma˛müd Taslım b. fiUthmn
Wdı Darfia (Morocco), 67 Saganugu, 578
Wagadugu (Burkina Faso), 548, 556 Yafiqüb Sylla, 264, 265, 484
Wahabu (Ghana), 579 al-Yqüta al-farıda of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-
Wahhbiyya, 5, 208, 262, 270-1, 603, 616 W˛id al-Na÷ıfı, 618
Wajja Dieng, 409 Yarse (E), 622
814 GENERAL INDEX
Yendi (Ghana), 583, 587, 589, 593, 594, 596, Za∞âwa/Zaghwa, 469
597, 599, 600 al-Zahr√ bt. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Yafiıshiyya,
Yidan Mole Buba, 548 169
Yidan Mole Mu˛ammad, 548 Zakari Magóga, 606
Yidan Mole Muß†af, 548 Zanj, 209
Yirlaÿe (Fulani sub-group), 213 Zaria (Nigeria), 554, 612
Yola (Nigeria), 603 Zarma (L/E), 530, 586
Cerno Yoro Bal, 466, 485 Zarrüq, 93
Yoruba (L/E), 304, 603 Zarrüqiyya (†arıqa), 155
Yoossou (Senegal), 481 al-Zawjir [fian iqtirf al-kab√ir of Ibn ˘ajar
Yüsuf Diop, 457 al-Haytamı], 55, 56
Yüsuf b. Ibrhım al-ˆsı, 19 Zwiyat Kunta, 67
Yüsuf ∑aghır, first Sarkin Zongo of Yendi, 594 Zaynab Tall, 349
Yüsuf Sıl, 255 Zinder (Niger), 651
[K.] al-Zuhd wa’l-waßiyya by fiAlı b. al-˘usayn
Zaberma/Zabarima (E), 565, 568, 601, 621, al-Sajjd, 591
625, 651

Arabic Literature of Africa. Volume 4. The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa. (Brill, HdO, 2003) PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Arabic Literature of Africa. Volume 4. The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa. (Brill, HdO, 2003) PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA

H. ALTENMÜLLER · B. HROUDA · B.A. LEVINE · R.S. O’FAHEY

J.O. HUNWICK and R.S. O’FAHEY

ALBRECHT HOFHEINZ, MUHAMMAD SANI UMAR

OUSMANE KANE, BERNARD SALVAING,

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

© Copyright 2003 by Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, The Netherlands

13. Anonymous Chronicles, King-Lists and Historical Fragments

INDICES .... ...........................................................................................709

We have pleasure in presenting to readers the fourth volume of our

IIIA The Writings of the Muslim Peoples of Northeastern

V. Arabic Writings of the Sudan in the 20th Century

A seventh volume, containing amendments and additions to the

As with volume II of Arabic Literature of Africa, work on the present

In the Preface to volume II, I apologised for not incorporating material

Evanston John O. Hunwick

NOTE : After completion of this volume, another catalogue of

The book is divided into chapters focusing on geographical areas, and in

Transliteration of Arabic words follows the system of the Encyclopaedia

A list of abbreviations most frequently used in this volume is given

(2) ENGLISH , FRENCH, AND LATIN

abridgt. abridgement inc. incomplete

Irshd al-slik ﬁAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad Ibn ﬁAskar al-

Murshid of IBN fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı Ibn fi◊shir al-Andalusı

ALA I Arabic Literature of Africa, Vol. I: T h e

Dramé/FN Ibrhım Sori Dramé, Field Notes, Kayes, Nov.

Hadiyya Ismﬁıl Bsh al-Baghddı, Hadiyyat al-

Kawkib Najm al-Dın al-Ghazzı, al-Kawkib al-s√ira

RMM Revue du monde musulman.

Western Sudanic Africa constitutes a large and diverse region. This

Ancient Ghana), some of them settled in the Msina region, and by

time as the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, (mid-1650s), while roughly a century

poems honouring him.

of it other than the famous qaßıda of Mu˛ammad ﬁAlı Cam (or

The Middle Niger

THE MIDDLE NIGER TO 1800

∑anhja governor Mu˛ammad-n-Allh, 1 and he held classes in its

Timbuktu from Msina during the period of ∑anhja (often called

IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-S˛ilı al-Anßrı al-

1. Khi†b il ahl Gharn†a

iv) Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ malik al-maghrib [Abı ’l-˘asan]

Publ. 14 vv. in Ibn al-A˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 236-7.

MU˘AMMAD al-Kbarı Abü ﬁAbd Allh, known as M o d i b b o

1. Bustn al-faw√id wa’l-manfiﬁ or Bustn al-mulük (see Nashr al-

Sıdı YA˘Y◊ b. ﬁABD AL-RA˘ˆM b. ﬁABD AL-RA˘M◊N al-

He was the contemporary of scholars such as ﬁUmar b. Mu˛ammad

1. Q. dliyya fı rith√ Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı

THE AQˆT FAMILY

The first member of this family to live in Timbuktu was Mu˛ammad

MA˘MÜD b. ﬁUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT al-∑anhjı al-Masüfı,

He was born in Timbuktu, but at the age of five, in 873/1468-9,

2. Shar˛ ﬁal Mukhtaßar Khalıl

His son MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ﬁUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD

Both editions of Infq al-maysür wrongly call him Mu˛ammad b. ﬁUmar

1. Taﬁlıq ﬁal rajaz al-Maghılı fı ’l-man†iq

A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. SAﬁˆD b. 931/1524-5, d. 28 Mu˛arram

1. ˘shiya ﬁal Mukhtaßar Khalıl

ABÜ BAKR b. al-˛jj A˘MAD b. ﬁUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT

He was a nephew of Q∂ı Ma˛müd b. ﬁUmar, and a well-known ascetic.

1. Mufiın al-∂ufiaf√ fı ’l-qinfia

2. Shar˛ manqib al-sdt al-kirm min al-ßa˛ba

A˘MAD b. al-˛jj A˘MAD b. ﬁUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT, b.

1. ˘shiya ﬁal shar˛ al-Tat√ı ﬁal Mukhtaßar Khalıl